The City of God
" Rome having been stormed and sacked by the Goths
2 under Alaric their king,[1] the worshippers of false
3 gods, or pagans, as we commonly call them, made an attempt
4 to attribute this calamity to the Christian religion, and began
5 to blaspheme the true God with even more than their wonted
6 bitterness and acerbity. It was this which kindled my zeal
7 for the house of God, and prompted me to undertake the
8 defence of the city of God against the charges and misrepresentations
9 of its assailants. This work was in my hands
10 for several years, owing to the interruptions occasioned by
11 many other affairs which had a prior claim on my attention,
12 and which I could not defer. However, this great undertaking
13 was at last completed in twenty-two books. Of these,
14 the first five refute those who fancy that the polytheistic
15 worship is necessary in order to secure worldly prosperity,
16 and that all these overwhelming calamities have befallen us
17 in consequence of its prohibition. In the following five
18 books I address myself to those who admit that such calamities
19 have at all times attended, and will at all times attend,
20 the human race, and that they constantly recur in forms more
21 or less disastrous, varying only in the scenes, occasions, and
22 persons on whom they light, but, while admitting this, maintain
23 that the worship of the gods is advantageous for the life
24 to come. In these ten books, then, I refute these two
25 opinions, which are as groundless as they are antagonistic to
26 the Christian religion.
27 "But that no one might have occasion to say, that though
28 I had refuted the tenets of other men, I had omitted to
29 establish my own, I devote to this object the second part of
30 this work, which comprises twelve books, although I have
31 not scrupled, as occasion offered, either to advance my own
32 opinions in the first ten books, or to demolish the arguments
33 of my opponents in the last twelve. Of these twelve books,
34 the first four contain an account of the origin of these two
35 cities—the city of God, and the city of the world. The
36 second four treat of their history or progress; the third and
37 last four, of their deserved destinies. And so, though all
38 these twenty-two books refer to both cities, yet I have
39 named them after the better city, and called them The City
40 of God."
41 Such is the account given by Augustine himself[2] of the
42 occasion and plan of this his greatest work. But in addition
43 to this explicit information, we learn from the correspondence[3]
44 of Augustine, that it was due to the importunity of his friend
45 Marcellinus that this defence of Christianity extended beyond
46 the limits of a few letters. Shortly before the fall of Rome,
47 Marcellinus had been sent to Africa by the Emperor Honorius
48 to arrange a settlement of the differences between the Donatists
49 and the Catholics. This brought him into contact not
50 only with Augustine, but with Volusian, the proconsul of
51 Africa, and a man of rare intelligence and candour. Finding
52 that Volusian, though as yet a pagan, took an interest in the
53 Christian religion, Marcellinus set his heart on converting
54 him to the true faith. The details of the subsequent significant
55 intercourse between the learned and courtly bishop and
56 the two imperial statesmen, are unfortunately almost entirely
57 lost to us; but the impression conveyed by the extant correspondence
58 is, that Marcellinus was the means of bringing his
59 two friends into communication with one another. The first
60 overture was on Augustine's part, in the shape of a simple
61 and manly request that Volusian would carefully peruse the
62 Scriptures, accompanied by a frank offer to do his best to
63 solve any difficulties that might arise in such a course of
64 inquiry. Volusian accordingly enters into correspondence
65 with Augustine; and in order to illustrate the kind of difficulties
66 experienced by men in his position, he gives some
67 graphic notes of a conversation in which he had recently
68 taken part at a gathering of some of his friends. The difficulty
69 to which most weight is attached in this letter, is the
70 apparent impossibility of believing in the Incarnation. But
71 a letter which Marcellinus immediately despatched to Augustine,
72 urging him to reply to Volusian at large, brought the
73 intelligence that the difficulties and objections to Christianity
74 were thus limited merely out of a courteous regard to the
75 preciousness of the bishop's time, and the vast number of his
76 engagements. This letter, in short, brought out the important
77 fact, that a removal of speculative doubts would not suffice
78 for the conversion of such men as Volusian, whose life was
79 one with the life of the empire. Their difficulties were rather
80 political, historical, and social. They could not see how the
81 reception of the Christian rule of life was compatible with
82 the interests of Rome as the mistress of the world.[4] And
83 thus Augustine was led to take a more distinct and wider
84 view of the whole relation which Christianity bore to the old
85 state of things,—moral, political, philosophical, and religious,—and
86 was gradually drawn on to undertake the elaborate
87 work now presented to the English reader, and which may
88 more appropriately than any other of his writings be called
89 his masterpiece[5] or life-work. It was begun the very year of
90 Marcellinus' death, a.d. 413, and was issued in detached
91 portions from time to time, until its completion in the year
92 426. It thus occupied the maturest years of Augustine's
93 life—from his fifty-ninth to his seventy-second year.[6]
94 From this brief sketch, it will be seen that though the
95 accompanying work is essentially an Apology, the Apologetic
96 of Augustine can be no mere rehabilitation of the somewhat
97 threadbare, if not effete, arguments of Justin and Tertullian.[7]
98 In fact, as Augustine considered what was required of him,—to
99 expound the Christian faith, and justify it to enlightened
100 men; to distinguish it from, and show its superiority to, all
101 those forms of truth, philosophical or popular, which were
102 then striving for the mastery, or at least for standing-room;
103 to set before the world's eye a vision of glory that might win
104 the regard even of men who were dazzled by the fascinating
105 splendour of a world-wide empire,—he recognised that a task
106 was laid before him to which even his powers might prove
107 unequal,—a task certainly which would afford ample scope for
108 his learning, dialectic, philosophical grasp and acumen, eloquence,
109 and faculty of exposition.
110 But it is the occasion of this great Apology which invests
111 it at once with grandeur and vitality. After more than eleven
112 hundred years of steady and triumphant progress, Rome had
113 been taken and sacked. It is difficult for us to appreciate,
114 impossible to overestimate, the shock which was thus communicated
115 from centre to circumference of the whole known
116 world. It was generally believed, not only by the heathen,
117 but also by many of the most liberal-minded of the Christians,
118 that the destruction of Rome would be the prelude to the
119 destruction of the world.[8] Even Jerome, who might have
120 been supposed to be embittered against the proud mistress
121 of the world by her inhospitality to himself, cannot conceal
122 his profound emotion on hearing of her fall. "A terrible
123 rumour," he says, "reaches me from the West, telling of Rome
124 besieged, bought for gold, besieged again, life and property
125 perishing together. My voice falters, sobs stifle the words I
126 dictate; for she is a captive, that city which enthralled the
127 world."[9] Augustine is never so theatrical as Jerome in the
128 expression of his feeling, but he is equally explicit in lamenting
129 the fall of Rome as a great calamity; and while he does
130 not scruple to ascribe her recent disgrace to the profligate
131 manners, the effeminacy, and the pride of her citizens, he is
132 not without hope that, by a return to the simple, hardy, and
133 honourable mode of life which characterized the early Romans,
134 she may still be restored to much of her former prosperity.[10]
135 But as Augustine contemplates the ruins of Rome's greatness,
136 and feels, in common with all the world at this crisis, the
137 instability of the strongest governments, the insufficiency of
138 the most authoritative statesmanship, there hovers over these
139 ruins the splendid vision of the city of God "coming down
140 out of heaven, adorned as a bride for her husband." The old
141 social system is crumbling away on all sides, but in its place
142 he seems to see a pure Christendom arising. He sees that
143 human history and human destiny are not wholly identified
144 with the history of any earthly power—not though it be as
145 cosmopolitan as the empire of Rome.[11] He directs the attention
146 of men to the fact that there is another kingdom on
147 earth,—a city which hath foundations, whose builder and
148 maker is God. He teaches men to take profounder views of
149 history, and shows them how from the first the city of God,
150 or community of God's people, has lived alongside of the
151 kingdoms of this world and their glory, and has been silently
152 increasing, "crescit occulto velut arbor ævo." He demonstrates
153 that the superior morality, the true doctrine, the
154 heavenly origin of this city, ensure its success; and over
155 against this, he depicts the silly or contradictory theorizings
156 of the pagan philosophers, and the unhinged morals of the
157 people, and puts it to all candid men to say, whether in the
158 presence of so manifestly sufficient a cause for Rome's downfall,
159 there is room for imputing it to the spread of Christianity.
160 He traces the antagonism of these two grand communities
161 of rational creatures, back to their first divergence
162 in the fall of the angels, and down to the consummation of all
163 things in the last judgment and eternal destination of the good
164 and evil. In other words, the city of God is "the first real
165 effort to produce a philosophy of history,"[12] to exhibit historical
166 events in connection with their true causes, and in their real
167 sequence. This plan of the work is not only a great conception,
168 but it is accompanied with many practical advantages;
169 the chief of which is, that it admits, and even requires, a full
170 treatment of those doctrines of our faith that are more directly
171 historical,—the doctrines of creation, the fall, the incarnation,
172 the connection between the Old and New Testaments, and the
173 doctrine of "the last things."[13]
174 The effect produced by this great work it is impossible
175 to determine with accuracy. Beugnot, with an absoluteness
176 which we should condemn as presumption in any less competent
177 authority, declares that its effect can only have been
178 very slight.[14] Probably its effect would be silent and slow;
179 telling first upon cultivated minds, and only indirectly upon
180 the people. Certainly its effect must have been weakened
181 by the interrupted manner of its publication. It is an easier
182 task to estimate its intrinsic value. But on this also patristic
183 and literary authorities widely differ. Dupin admits that it
184 is very pleasant reading, owing to the surprising variety of
185 matters which are introduced to illustrate and forward the
186 argument, but censures the author for discussing very useless
187 questions, and for adducing reasons which could satisfy no
188 one who was not already convinced.[15] Huet also speaks of
189 the book as "un amas confus d'excellents materiaux; c'est de
190 l'or en barre et en lingots."[16] L'Abbé Flottes censures these
191 opinions as unjust, and cites with approbation the unqualified
192 eulogy of Pressensé.[17] But probably the popularity of the
193 book is its best justification. This popularity may be
194 measured by the circumstance that, between the year 1467
195 and the end of the fifteenth century, no fewer than twenty
196 editions were called for, that is to say, a fresh edition every
197 eighteen months.[18] And in the interesting series of letters
198 that passed between Ludovicus Vives and Erasmus, who had
199 engaged him to write a commentary on the *City of God* for
200 his edition of Augustine's works, we find Vives pleading for
201 a separate edition of this work, on the plea that, of all the
202 writings of Augustine, it was almost the only one read by
203 patristic students, and might therefore naturally be expected
204 to have a much wider circulation.[19]
205 If it were asked to what this popularity is due, we should
206 be disposed to attribute it mainly to the great variety of ideas,
207 opinions, and facts that are here brought before the reader's
208 mind. Its importance as a contribution to the history of
209 opinion cannot be overrated. We find in it not only indications
210 or explicit enouncement of the author's own views upon
211 almost every important topic which occupied his thoughts,
212 but also a compendious exhibition of the ideas which most
213 powerfully influenced the life of that age. It thus becomes,
214 as Poujoulat says, "comme l'encyclopédie du cinquième siècle."
215 All that is valuable, together with much indeed that is not so,
216 in the religion and philosophy of the classical nations of
217 antiquity, is reviewed. And on some branches of these subjects
218 it has, in the judgment of one well qualified to judge,
219 "preserved more than the whole surviving Latin literature."
220 It is true we are sometimes wearied by the too elaborate
221 refutation of opinions which to a modern mind seem self-evident
222 absurdities; but if these opinions were actually prevalent
223 in the fifth century, the historical inquirer will not
224 quarrel with the form in which his information is conveyed,
225 nor will commit the absurdity of attributing to Augustine the
226 foolishness of these opinions, but rather the credit of exploding
227 them. That Augustine is a well-informed and impartial
228 critic, is evinced by the courteousness and candour which he
229 uniformly displays to his opponents, by the respect he won
230 from the heathen themselves, and by his own early life. The
231 most rigorous criticism has found him at fault regarding
232 matters of fact only in some very rare instances, which can
233 be easily accounted for. His learning would not indeed stand
234 comparison with what is accounted such in our day: his
235 life was too busy, and too devoted to the poor and to the
236 spiritually necessitous, to admit of any extraordinary acquisition.
237 He had access to no literature but the Latin; or at
238 least he had only sufficient Greek to enable him to refer to
239 Greek authors on points of importance, and not enough to
240 enable him to read their writings with ease and pleasure.[20]
241 But he had a profound knowledge of his own time, and a
242 familiar acquaintance not only with the Latin poets, but with
243 many other authors, some of whose writings are now lost to
244 us, save the fragments preserved through his quotations.
245 But the interest attaching to the *City of God* is not merely
246 historical. It is the earnestness and ability with which he
247 developes his own philosophical and theological views which
248 gradually fascinate the reader, and make him see why the
249 world has set this among the few greatest books of all time.
250 The fundamental lines of the Augustinian theology are here
251 laid down in a comprehensive and interesting form. Never
252 was thought so abstract expressed in language so popular.
253 He handles metaphysical problems with the unembarrassed
254 ease of Plato, with all Cicero's accuracy and acuteness, and
255 more than Cicero's profundity. He is never more at home
256 than when exposing the incompetency of Neoplatonism, or
257 demonstrating the harmony of Christian doctrine and true
258 philosophy. And though there are in the *City of God*, as
259 in all ancient books, things that seem to us childish and
260 barren, there are also the most surprising anticipations of
261 modern speculation. There is an earnest grappling with
262 those problems which are continually re-opened because they
263 underlie man's relation to God and the spiritual world,—the
264 problems which are not peculiar to any one century. As we
265 read these animated discussions,
266 "The fourteen centuries fall away
267 Between us and the Afric saint,
268 And at his side we urge, to-day,
269 The immemorial quest and old complaint.
270 No outward sign to us is given,
271 From sea or earth comes no reply;
272 Hushed as the warm Numidian heaven
273 He vainly questioned bends our frozen sky."
274 It is true, the style of the book is not all that could be
275 desired: there are passages which can possess an interest
276 only to the antiquarian; there are others with nothing to
277 redeem them but the glow of their eloquence; there are
278 many repetitions; there is an occasional use of arguments
279 "plus ingenieux que solides," as M. Saisset says. Augustine's
280 great admirer, Erasmus, does not scruple to call him a writer
281 "obscuræ subtilitatis et parum amœnæ prolixitatis;"[21] but
282 "the toil of penetrating the apparent obscurities will be rewarded
283 by finding a real wealth of insight and enlightenment."
284 Some who have read the opening chapters of the *City of God*,
285 may have considered it would be a waste of time to proceed;
286 but no one, we are persuaded, ever regretted reading it all.
287 The book has its faults; but it effectually introduces us to
288 the most influential of theologians, and the greatest popular
289 teacher; to a genius that cannot nod for many lines together;
290 to a reasoner whose dialectic is more formidable, more keen
291 and sifting, than that of Socrates or Aquinas; to a saint whose
292 ardent and genuine devotional feeling bursts up through the
293 severest argumentation; to a man whose kindliness and wit,
294 universal sympathies and breadth of intelligence, lend piquancy
295 and vitality to the most abstract dissertation.
296 The propriety of publishing a translation of so choice a
297 specimen of ancient literature needs no defence. As Poujoulat
298 very sensibly remarks, there are not a great many men
299 now-a-days who will read a work in Latin of twenty-two
300 books. Perhaps there are fewer still who ought to do so.
301 With our busy neighbours in France, this work has been a
302 prime favourite for 400 years. There may be said to be
303 eight independent translations of it into the French tongue,
304 though some of these are *in part* merely revisions. One of
305 these translations has gone through as many as four editions.
306 The most recent is that which forms part of the Nisard series;
307 but the best, so far as we have seen, is that of the accomplished
308 Professor of Philosophy in the College of France, Emile Saisset.
309 This translation is indeed all that can be desired: here and
310 there an omission occurs, and about one or two renderings a
311 difference of opinion may exist; but the exceeding felicity
312 and spirit of the whole show it to have been a labour of
313 love, the fond homage of a disciple proud of his master. The
314 preface of M. Saisset is one of the most valuable contributions
315 ever made to the understanding of Augustine's philosophy.[22]
316 Of English translations there has been an unaccountable
317 poverty. Only one exists,[23] and this so exceptionally bad, so
318 unlike the racy translations of the seventeenth century in
319 general, so inaccurate, and so frequently unintelligible, that
320 it is not impossible it may have done something towards
321 giving the English public a distaste for the book itself. That
322 the present translation also might be improved, we know;
323 that many men were fitter for the task, on the score of
324 scholarship, we are very sensible; but that any one would
325 have executed it with intenser affection and veneration for
326 the author, we are not prepared to admit. A few notes have
327 been added where it appeared to be necessary. Some are
328 original, some from the Benedictine Augustine, and the rest
329 from the elaborate commentary of Vives.[24]
330 The Editor.
331 Glasgow, 1871.
332 THE CITY OF GOD.
BOOK I
4 ARGUMENT.
5 >
6 >
7 >
8 AUGUSTINE CENSURES THE PAGANS, WHO ATTRIBUTED THE CALAMITIES OF THE
9 > WORLD, AND ESPECIALLY THE RECENT SACK OF ROME BY THE GOTHS, TO
10 > THE CHRISTIAN RELIGION, AND ITS PROHIBITION OF THE WORSHIP OF THE
11 > GODS. HE SPEAKS OF THE BLESSINGS AND ILLS OF LIFE, WHICH THEN, AS
12 > ALWAYS, HAPPENED TO GOOD AND BAD MEN ALIKE. FINALLY, HE REBUKES
13 > THE SHAMELESSNESS OF THOSE WHO CAST UP TO THE CHRISTIANS THAT
14 > THEIR WOMEN HAD BEEN VIOLATED BY THE SOLDIERS.
15 PREFACE, EXPLAINING HIS DESIGN IN UNDERTAKING
16 THIS WORK.
17 The glorious city of God is my theme in this work, which
18 you, my dearest son Marcellinus,[25] suggested, and which
19 is due to you by my promise. I have undertaken its defence
20 against those who prefer their own gods to the Founder of
21 this city,—a city surpassingly glorious, whether we view it as it
22 still lives by faith in this fleeting course of time, and sojourns
23 as a stranger in the midst of the ungodly, or as it shall dwell
24 in the fixed stability of its eternal seat, which it now with
25 patience waits for, expecting until "righteousness shall return
26 unto judgment,"[26] and it obtain, by virtue of its excellence,
27 final victory and perfect peace. A great work this, and an
28 arduous; but God is my helper. For I am aware what
29 ability is requisite to persuade the proud how great is the
30 virtue of humility, which raises us, not by a quite human
31 arrogance, but by a divine grace, above all earthly dignities
32 that totter on this shifting scene. For the King and Founder
33 of this city of which we speak, has in Scripture uttered to
34 His people a dictum of the divine law in these words: "God
35 resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble."[27] But
36 this, which is God's prerogative, the inflated ambition of a
37 proud spirit also affects, and dearly loves that this be numbered
38 among its attributes, to
39 "Show pity to the humbled soul,
40 And crush the sons of pride."[28]
41 And therefore, as the plan of this work we have undertaken
42 requires, and as occasion offers, we must speak also of the
43 earthly city, which, though it be mistress of the nations, is
44 itself ruled by its lust of rule.
45 1. *Of the adversaries of the name of Christ, whom the barbarians for Christ's
46 sake spared when they stormed the city.*
47 For to this earthly city belong the enemies against whom
48 I have to defend the city of God. Many of them, indeed,
49 being reclaimed from their ungodly error, have become sufficiently
50 creditable citizens of this city; but many are so inflamed
51 with hatred against it, and are so ungrateful to its
52 Redeemer for His signal benefits, as to forget that they would
53 now be unable to utter a single word to its prejudice, had they
54 not found in its sacred places, as they fled from the enemy's
55 steel, that life in which they now boast themselves. Are not
56 those very Romans, who were spared by the barbarians through
57 their respect for Christ, become enemies to the name of Christ?
58 The reliquaries of the martyrs and the churches of the apostles
59 bear witness to this; for in the sack of the city they were
60 open sanctuary for all who fled to them, whether Christian
61 or Pagan. To their very threshold the bloodthirsty enemy
62 raged; there his murderous fury owned a limit. Thither did
63 such of the enemy as had any pity convey those to whom
64 they had given quarter, lest any less mercifully disposed
65 might fall upon them. And, indeed, when even those murderers
66 who everywhere else showed themselves pitiless came
67 to these spots where that was forbidden which the licence of
68 war permitted in every other place, their furious rage for
69 slaughter was bridled, and their eagerness to take prisoners
70 was quenched. Thus escaped multitudes who now reproach
71 the Christian religion, and impute to Christ the ills that have
72 befallen their city; but the preservation of their own life—a
73 boon which they owe to the respect entertained for Christ by
74 the barbarians—they attribute not to our Christ, but to their
75 own good luck. They ought rather, had they any right perceptions,
76 to attribute the severities and hardships inflicted by
77 their enemies, to that divine providence which is wont to
78 reform the depraved manners of men by chastisement, and
79 which exercises with similar afflictions the righteous and
80 praiseworthy,—either translating them, when they have passed
81 through the trial, to a better world, or detaining them still on
82 earth for ulterior purposes. And they ought to attribute it
83 to the spirit of these Christian times, that, contrary to the
84 custom of war, these bloodthirsty barbarians spared them, and
85 spared them for Christ's sake, whether this mercy was actually
86 shown in promiscuous places, or in those places specially
87 dedicated to Christ's name, and of which the very largest
88 were selected as sanctuaries, that full scope might thus be
89 given to the expansive compassion which desired that a large
90 multitude might find shelter there. Therefore ought they to
91 give God thanks, and with sincere confession flee for refuge to
92 His name, that so they may escape the punishment of eternal
93 fire—they who with lying lips took upon them this name,
94 that they might escape the punishment of present destruction.
95 For of those whom you see insolently and shamelessly insulting
96 the servants of Christ, there are numbers who would not
97 have escaped that destruction and slaughter had they not pretended
98 that they themselves were Christ's servants. Yet now,
99 in ungrateful pride and most impious madness, and at the
100 risk of being punished in everlasting darkness, they perversely
101 oppose that name under which they fraudulently protected
102 themselves for the sake of enjoying the light of this brief
103 life.
104 2. *That it is quite contrary to the usage of war, that the victors should spare
105 the vanquished for the sake of their gods.*
106 There are histories of numberless wars, both before the
107 building of Rome and since its rise and the extension of its
108 dominion: let these be read, and let one instance be cited in
109 which, when a city had been taken by foreigners, the victors
110 spared those who were found to have fled for sanctuary to the
111 temples of their gods;[29] or one instance in which a barbarian
112 general gave orders that none should be put to the sword who
113 had been found in this or that temple. Did not Æneas see
114 "Dying Priam at the shrine,
115 Staining the hearth he made divine?"[30]
116 Did not Diomede and Ulysses
117 "Drag with red hands, the sentry slain,
118 Her fateful image from your fane,
119 Her chaste locks touch, and stain with gore
120 The virgin coronal she wore?"[31]
121 Neither is that true which follows, that
122 "Thenceforth the tide of fortune changed,
123 And Greece grew weak."[32]
124 For after this they conquered and destroyed Troy with fire and
125 sword; after this they beheaded Priam as he fled to the altars.
126 Neither did Troy perish because it lost Minerva. For what
127 had Minerva herself first lost, that she should perish? Her
128 guards perhaps? No doubt; just her guards. For as soon
129 as they were slain, she could be stolen. It was not, in fact,
130 the men who were preserved by the image, but the image by
131 the men. How, then, was she invoked to defend the city and
132 the citizens, she who could not defend her own defenders?
133 >
134 >
135 >
136 3. *That the Romans did not show their usual sagacity when they trusted
137 > that they would be benefited by the gods who had been unable to defend
138 > Troy.*
139 And these be the gods to whose protecting care the
140 Romans were delighted to entrust their city! O too, too
141 piteous mistake! And they are enraged at us when we
142 speak thus about their gods, though, so far from being enraged
143 at their own writers, they part with money to learn what
144 they say; and, indeed, the very teachers of these authors are
145 reckoned worthy of a salary from the public purse, and of
146 other honours. There is Virgil, who is read by boys, in order
147 that this great poet, this most famous and approved of all
148 poets, may impregnate their virgin minds, and may not readily
149 be forgotten by them, according to that saying of Horace,
150 "The fresh cask long keeps its first tang."[33]
151 Well, in this Virgil, I say, Juno is introduced as hostile to
152 the Trojans, and stirring up Æolus, the king of the winds,
153 against them in the words,
154 "A race I hate now ploughs the sea,
155 Transporting Troy to Italy,
156 And home-gods conquered. "[34]...
157 And ought prudent men to have entrusted the defence of
158 Rome to these conquered gods? But it will be said, this was
159 only the saying of Juno, who, like an angry woman, did not
160 know what she was saying. What, then, says Æneas himself,—Æneas
161 who is so often designated "pious?" Does he not say,
162 "Lo! Panthus, 'scaped from death by flight,
163 Priest of Apollo on the height,
164 His conquered gods with trembling hands
165 He bears, and shelter swift demands?"[35]
166 Is it not clear that the gods (whom he does not scruple to call
167 "conquered") were rather entrusted to Æneas than he to
168 them, when it is said to him,
169 "The gods of her domestic shrines
170 Your country to your care consigns?"[36]
171 If, then, Virgil says that the gods were such as these, and
172 were conquered, and that when conquered they could not
173 escape except under the protection of a man, what madness
174 is it to suppose that Rome had been wisely entrusted to these
175 guardians, and could not have been taken unless it had lost
176 them! Indeed, to worship conquered gods as protectors and
177 champions, what is this but to worship, not good divinities,
178 but evil omens?[37] Would it not be wiser to believe, not that
179 Rome would never have fallen into so great a calamity had
180 not they first perished, but rather that they would have
181 perished long since had not Rome preserved them as long as
182 she could? For who does not see, when he thinks of it, what
183 a foolish assumption it is that they could not be vanquished
184 under vanquished defenders, and that they only perished
185 because they had lost their guardian gods, when, indeed, the
186 only cause of their perishing was that they chose for their
187 protectors gods condemned to perish? The poets, therefore,
188 when they composed and sang these things about the conquered
189 gods, had no intention to invent falsehoods, but uttered,
190 as honest men, what the truth extorted from them. This,
191 however, will be carefully and copiously discussed in another
192 and more fitting place. Meanwhile I will briefly, and to the
193 best of my ability, explain what I meant to say about these
194 ungrateful men who blasphemously impute to Christ the calamities
195 which they deservedly suffer in consequence of their
196 own wicked ways, while that which is for Christ's sake spared
197 them in spite of their wickedness they do not even take the
198 trouble to notice; and in their mad and blasphemous insolence,
199 they use against His name those very lips wherewith they
200 falsely claimed that same name that their lives might be
201 spared. In the places consecrated to Christ, where for His
202 sake no enemy would injure them, they restrained their tongues
203 that they might be safe and protected; but no sooner do they
204 emerge from these sanctuaries, than they unbridle these tongues
205 to hurl against Him curses full of hate.
206 >
207 >
208 >
209 4. *Of the asylum of Juno in Troy, which saved no one from the Greeks; and of
210 > the churches of the apostles, which protected from the barbarians all who
211 > fled to them.*
212 Troy itself, the mother of the Roman people, was not able,
213 as I have said, to protect its own citizens in the sacred places
214 of their gods from the fire and sword of the Greeks, though
215 the Greeks worshipped the same gods. Not only so, but
216 "Phœnix and Ulysses fell
217 In the void courts by Juno's cell
218 Were set the spoil to keep;
219 Snatched from the burning shrines away,
220 There Ilium's mighty treasure lay,
221 Rich altars, bowls of massy gold,
222 And captive raiment, rudely rolled
223 In one promiscuous heap;
224 While boys and matrons, wild with fear,
225 In long array were standing near."[38]
226 In other words, the place consecrated to so great a goddess
227 was chosen, not that from it none might be led out a captive,
228 but that in it all the captives might be immured. Compare
229 now this "asylum"—the asylum not of an ordinary god, not
230 of one of the rank and file of gods, but of Jove's own sister
231 and wife, the queen of all the gods—with the churches built
232 in memory of the apostles. Into it were collected the spoils
233 rescued from the blazing temples and snatched from the gods,
234 not that they might be restored to the vanquished, but divided
235 among the victors; while into these was carried back, with the
236 most religious observance and respect, everything which belonged
237 to them, even though found elsewhere. There liberty
238 was lost; here preserved. There bondage was strict; here
239 strictly excluded. Into that temple men were driven to become
240 the chattels of their enemies, now lording it over them;
241 into these churches men were led by their relenting foes, that
242 they might be at liberty. In fine, the gentle[39] Greeks appropriated
243 that temple of Juno to the purposes of their own
244 avarice and pride; while these churches of Christ were chosen
245 even by the savage barbarians as the fit scenes for humility
246 and mercy. But perhaps, after all, the Greeks did in that
247 victory of theirs spare the temples of those gods whom they
248 worshipped in common with the Trojans, and did not dare to
249 put to the sword or make captive the wretched and vanquished
250 Trojans who fled thither; and perhaps Virgil, in the manner
251 of poets, has depicted what never really happened? But there
252 is no question that he depicted the usual custom of an enemy
253 when sacking a city.
254 5. *Cæsar's statement regarding the universal custom of an enemy when
255 sacking a city.*
256 Even Cæsar himself gives us positive testimony regarding
257 this custom; for, in his deliverance in the senate about the
258 conspirators, he says (as Sallust, a historian of distinguished
259 veracity, writes[40]) "that virgins and boys are violated, children
260 torn from the embrace of their parents, matrons subjected to
261 whatever should be the pleasure of the conquerors, temples
262 and houses plundered, slaughter and burning rife; in fine, all
263 things filled with arms, corpses, blood, and wailing." If he
264 had not mentioned temples here, we might suppose that
265 enemies were in the habit of sparing the dwellings of the gods.
266 And the Roman temples were in danger of these disasters,
267 not from foreign foes, but from Catiline and his associates,
268 the most noble senators and citizens of Rome. But these,
269 it may be said, were abandoned men, and the parricides of
270 their fatherland.
271 6. *That not even the Romans, when they took cities, spared the conquered
272 in their temples.*
273 Why, then, need our argument take note of the many
274 nations who have waged wars with one another, and have
275 nowhere spared the conquered in the temples of their gods?
276 Let us look at the practice of the Romans themselves: let us,
277 I say, recall and review the Romans, whose chief praise it has
278 been "to spare the vanquished and subdue the proud," and
279 that they preferred "rather to forgive than to revenge an injury;"[41]
280 and among so many and great cities which they have
281 stormed, taken, and overthrown for the extension of their
282 dominion, let us be told what temples they were accustomed
283 to exempt, so that whoever took refuge in them was free. Or
284 have they really done this, and has the fact been suppressed
285 by the historians of these events? Is it to be believed,
286 that men who sought out with the greatest eagerness points
287 they could praise, would omit those which, in their own
288 estimation, are the most signal proofs of piety? Marcus
289 Marcellus, a distinguished Roman, who took Syracuse, a most
290 splendidly adorned city, is reported to have bewailed its
291 coming ruin, and to have shed his own tears over it
292 before he spilt its blood. He took steps also to preserve
293 the chastity even of his enemy. For before he gave orders
294 for the storming of the city, he issued an edict forbidding the
295 violation of any free person. Yet the city was sacked according
296 to the custom of war; nor do we anywhere read, that even
297 by so chaste and gentle a commander orders were given that
298 no one should be injured who had fled to this or that temple.
299 And this certainly would by no means have been omitted,
300 when neither his weeping nor his edict preservative of chastity
301 could be passed in silence. Fabius, the conqueror of the city
302 of Tarentum, is praised for abstaining from making booty of
303 the images. For when his secretary proposed the question to
304 him, what he wished done with the statues of the gods, which
305 had been taken in large numbers, he veiled his moderation
306 under a joke. For he asked of what sort they were; and when
307 they reported to him that there were not only many large
308 images, but some of them armed, "Oh," says he, "let us leave
309 with the Tarentines their angry gods." Seeing, then, that the
310 writers of Roman history could not pass in silence, neither the
311 weeping of the one general nor the laughing of the other,
312 neither the chaste pity of the one nor the facetious moderation
313 of the other, on what occasion would it be omitted, if, for
314 the honour of any of their enemy's gods, they had shown this
315 particular form of leniency, that in any temple slaughter or
316 captivity was prohibited?
317 >
318 >
319 >
320 7. *That the cruelties which occurred in the sack of Rome were in accordance
321 > with the custom of war, whereas the acts of clemency resulted from the
322 > influence of Christ's name.*
323 All the spoiling, then, which Rome was exposed to in the
324 recent calamity—all the slaughter, plundering, burning, and
325 misery—was the result of the custom of war. But what was
326 novel, was that savage barbarians showed themselves in so
327 gentle a guise, that the largest churches were chosen and set
328 apart for the purpose of being filled with the people to whom
329 quarter was given, and that in them none were slain, from
330 them none forcibly dragged; that into them many were led
331 by their relenting enemies to be set at liberty, and that from
332 them none were led into slavery by merciless foes. Whoever
333 does not see that this is to be attributed to the name of Christ,
334 and to the Christian temper, is blind; whoever sees this,
335 and gives no praise, is ungrateful; whoever hinders any one
336 from praising it, is mad. Far be it from any prudent man to
337 impute this clemency to the barbarians. Their fierce and
338 bloody minds were awed, and bridled, and marvellously tempered
339 by Him who so long before said by His prophet, "I
340 will visit their transgression with the rod, and their iniquities
341 with stripes; nevertheless my loving-kindness will I not utterly
342 take from them."[42]
343 8. *Of the advantages and disadvantages which often indiscriminately accrue to
344 good and wicked men.*
345 Will some one say, Why, then, was this divine compassion
346 extended even to the ungodly and ungrateful? Why, but because
347 it was the mercy of Him who daily "maketh His sun to
348 rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just
349 and on the unjust."[43] For though some of these men, taking
350 thought of this, repent of their wickedness and reform, some,
351 as the apostle says, "despising the riches of His goodness and
352 long-suffering, after their hardness and impenitent heart, treasure
353 up unto themselves wrath against the day of wrath and
354 revelation of the righteous judgment of God, who will render
355 to every man according to his deeds:"[44] nevertheless does the
356 patience of God still invite the wicked to repentance, even as
357 the scourge of God educates the good to patience. And so,
358 too, does the mercy of God embrace the good that it may
359 cherish them, as the severity of God arrests the wicked to
360 punish them. To the divine providence it has seemed good to
361 prepare in the world to come for the righteous good things,
362 which the unrighteous shall not enjoy; and for the wicked
363 evil things, by which the good shall not be tormented. But
364 as for the good things of this life, and its ills, God has willed
365 that these should be common to both; that we might not too
366 eagerly covet the things which wicked men are seen equally
367 to enjoy, nor shrink with an unseemly fear from the ills which
368 even good men often suffer.
369 There is, too, a very great difference in the purpose served
370 both by those events which we call adverse and those called
371 prosperous. For the good man is neither uplifted with the
372 good things of time, nor broken by its ills; but the wicked
373 man, because he is corrupted by this world's happiness, feels
374 himself punished by its unhappiness.[45] Yet often, even in the
375 present distribution of temporal things, does God plainly evince
376 His own interference. For if every sin were now visited with
377 manifest punishment, nothing would seem to be reserved for
378 the final judgment; on the other hand, if no sin received now
379 a plainly divine punishment, it would be concluded that there
380 is no divine providence at all. And so of the good things of
381 this life: if God did not by a very visible liberality confer
382 these on some of those persons who ask for them, we should
383 say that these good things were not at His disposal; and if
384 He gave them to all who sought them, we should suppose that
385 such were the only rewards of His service; and such a service
386 would make us not godly, but greedy rather, and covetous.
387 Wherefore, though good and bad men suffer alike, we must
388 not suppose that there is no difference between the men themselves,
389 because there is no difference in what they both suffer.
390 For even in the likeness of the sufferings, there remains an
391 unlikeness in the sufferers; and though exposed to the same
392 anguish, virtue and vice are not the same thing. For as the
393 same fire causes gold to glow brightly, and chaff to smoke; and
394 under the same flail the straw is beaten small, while the grain
395 is cleansed; and as the lees are not mixed with the oil, though
396 squeezed out of the vat by the same pressure, so the same
397 violence of affliction proves, purges, clarifies the good, but
398 damns, ruins, exterminates the wicked. And thus it is that
399 in the same affliction the wicked detest God and blaspheme,
400 while the good pray and praise. So material a difference does
401 it make, not what ills are suffered, but what kind of man
402 suffers them. For, stirred up with the same movement, mud
403 exhales a horrible stench, and ointment emits a fragrant odour.
404 9. *Of the reasons for administering correction to bad and good together.*
405 What, then, have the Christians suffered in that calamitous
406 period, which would not profit every one who duly and faithfully
407 considered the following circumstances? First of all, they
408 must humbly consider those very sins which have provoked God
409 to fill the world with such terrible disasters; for although they be
410 far from the excesses of wicked, immoral, and ungodly men, yet
411 they do not judge themselves so clean removed from all faults
412 as to be too good to suffer for these even temporal ills. For
413 every man, however laudably he lives, yet yields in some points
414 to the lust of the flesh. Though he do not fall into gross enormity
415 of wickedness, and abandoned viciousness, and abominable
416 profanity, yet he slips into some sins, either rarely or so
417 much the more frequently as the sins seem of less account.
418 But not to mention this, where can we readily find a man who
419 holds in fit and just estimation those persons on account of
420 whose revolting pride, luxury, and avarice, and cursed iniquities
421 and impiety, God now smites the earth as His predictions
422 threatened? Where is the man who lives with them in the
423 style in which it becomes us to live with them? For often
424 we wickedly blind ourselves to the occasions of teaching and
425 admonishing them, sometimes even of reprimanding and chiding
426 them, either because we shrink from the labour or are
427 ashamed to offend them, or because we fear to lose good friendships,
428 lest this should stand in the way of our advancement,
429 or injure us in some worldly matter, which either our covetous
430 disposition desires to obtain, or our weakness shrinks from
431 losing. So that, although the conduct of wicked men is distasteful
432 to the good, and therefore they do not fall with them
433 into that damnation which in the next life awaits such persons,
434 yet, because they spare their damnable sins through fear, therefore,
435 even though their own sins be slight and venial, they are
436 justly scourged with the wicked in this world, though in eternity
437 they quite escape punishment. Justly, when God afflicts
438 them in common with the wicked, do they find this life bitter,
439 through love of whose sweetness they declined to be bitter to
440 these sinners.
441 If any one forbears to reprove and find fault with those
442 who are doing wrong, because he seeks a more seasonable
443 opportunity, or because he fears they may be made worse by
444 his rebuke, or that other weak persons may be disheartened
445 from endeavouring to lead a good and pious life, and may be
446 driven from the faith; this man's omission seems to be occasioned
447 not by covetousness, but by a charitable consideration.
448 But what is blameworthy is, that they who themselves revolt
449 from the conduct of the wicked, and live in quite another
450 fashion, yet spare those faults in other men which they ought
451 to reprehend and wean them from; and spare them because
452 they fear to give offence, lest they should injure their interests
453 in those things which good men may innocently and legitimately
454 use,—though they use them more greedily than becomes
455 persons who are strangers in this world, and profess the hope
456 of a heavenly country. For not only the weaker brethren,
457 who enjoy married life, and have children (or desire to have
458 them), and own houses and establishments, whom the apostle
459 addresses in the churches, warning and instructing them how
460 they should live, both the wives with their husbands, and the
461 husbands with their wives, the children with their parents,
462 and parents with their children, and servants with their masters,
463 and masters with their servants,—not only do these weaker
464 brethren gladly obtain and grudgingly lose many earthly and
465 temporal things on account of which they dare not offend men
466 whose polluted and wicked life greatly displeases them; but
467 those also who live at a higher level, who are not entangled in
468 the meshes of married life, but use meagre food and raiment,
469 do often take thought of their own safety and good name, and
470 abstain from finding fault with the wicked, because they fear
471 their wiles and violence. And although they do not fear them
472 to such an extent as to be drawn to the commission of like
473 iniquities, nay, not by any threats or violence soever; yet
474 those very deeds which they refuse to share in the commission
475 of, they often decline to find fault with, when possibly they
476 might by finding fault prevent their commission. They abstain
477 from interference, because they fear that, if it fail of good effect,
478 their own safety or reputation may be damaged or destroyed;
479 not because they see that their preservation and good name
480 are needful, that they may be able to influence those who need
481 their instruction, but rather because they weakly relish the
482 flattery and respect of men, and fear the judgments of the
483 people, and the pain or death of the body; that is to say,
484 their non-intervention is the result of selfishness, and not of
485 love.
486 Accordingly, this seems to me to be one principal reason
487 why the good are chastised along with the wicked, when God
488 is pleased to visit with temporal punishments the profligate
489 manners of a community. They are punished together, not
490 because they have spent an equally corrupt life, but because
491 the good as well as the wicked, though not equally with them,
492 love this present life; while they ought to hold it cheap, that
493 the wicked, being admonished and reformed by their example,
494 might lay hold of life eternal. And if they will not be the
495 companions of the good in seeking life everlasting, they should
496 be loved as enemies, and be dealt with patiently. For so long
497 as they live, it remains uncertain whether they may not come
498 to a better mind. These selfish persons have more cause to
499 fear than those to whom it was said through the prophet, "He
500 is taken away in his iniquity, but his blood will I require at
501 the watchman's hand."[46] For watchmen or overseers of the
502 people are appointed in churches, that they may unsparingly
503 rebuke sin. Nor is that man guiltless of the sin we speak of,
504 who, though he be not a watchman, yet sees in the conduct of
505 those with whom the relationships of this life bring him into
506 contact, many things that should be blamed, and yet overlooks
507 them, fearing to give offence, and lose such worldly blessings
508 as may legitimately be desired, but which he too eagerly
509 grasps. Then, lastly, there is another reason why the good
510 are afflicted with temporal calamities—the reason which Job's
511 case exemplifies: that the human spirit may be proved, and
512 that it may be manifested with what fortitude of pious trust,
513 and with how unmercenary a love, it cleaves to God.[47]
514 10. *That the saints lose nothing in losing temporal goods.*
515 These are the considerations which one must keep in view,
516 that he may answer the question whether any evil happens to
517 the faithful and godly which cannot be turned to profit. Or
518 shall we say that the question is needless, and that the apostle
519 is vapouring when he says, "We know that all things work
520 together for good to them that love God?"[48]
521 They lost all they had. Their faith? Their godliness?
522 The possessions of the hidden man of the heart, which in the
523 sight of God are of great price?[49] Did they lose these? For
524 these are the wealth of Christians, to whom the wealthy apostle
525 said, "Godliness with contentment is great gain. For we brought
526 nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing
527 out. And having food and raiment, let us be therewith content.
528 But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a
529 snare, and into many foolish and hurtful lusts, which drown
530 men in destruction and perdition. For the love of money is
531 the root of all evil; which, while some coveted after, they have
532 erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with
533 many sorrows."[50]
534 They, then, who lost their worldly all in the sack of Rome,
535 if they owned their possessions as they had been taught by
536 the apostle, who himself was poor without, but rich within,—that
537 is to say, if they used the world as not using it,—could
538 say in the words of Job, heavily tried, but not overcome:
539 "Naked came I out of my mother's womb, and naked shall I
540 return thither: the Lord gave, and the Lord hath taken away;
541 as it pleased the Lord, so has it come to pass: blessed be the
542 name of the Lord."[51] Like a good servant, Job counted the
543 will of his Lord his great possession, by obedience to which
544 his soul was enriched; nor did it grieve him to lose, while
545 yet living, those goods which he must shortly leave at his
546 death. But as to those feebler spirits who, though they
547 cannot be said to prefer earthly possessions to Christ, do yet
548 cleave to them with a somewhat immoderate attachment, they
549 have discovered by the pain of losing these things how much
550 they were sinning in loving them. For their grief is of their
551 own making; in the words of the apostle quoted above,
552 "they have pierced themselves through with many sorrows."
553 For it was well that they who had so long despised these
554 verbal admonitions should receive the teaching of experience.
555 For when the apostle says, "They that will be rich fall into
556 temptation," and so on, what he blames in riches is not the
557 possession of them, but the desire of them. For elsewhere he
558 says, "Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be
559 not high-minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the
560 living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that
561 they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute,
562 willing to communicate; laying up in store for themselves
563 a good foundation against the time to come, that they
564 may lay hold on eternal life."[52] They who were making such
565 a use of their property have been consoled for light losses by
566 great gains, and have had more pleasure in those possessions
567 which they have securely laid past, by freely giving them
568 away, than grief in those which they entirely lost by an
569 anxious and selfish hoarding of them. For nothing could
570 perish on earth save what they would be ashamed to carry
571 away from earth. Our Lord's injunction runs, "Lay not up
572 for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth
573 corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal; but lay
574 up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor
575 rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor
576 steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be
577 also."[53] And they who have listened to this injunction have
578 proved in the time of tribulation how well they were advised
579 in not despising this most trustworthy teacher, and most
580 faithful and mighty guardian of their treasure. For if many
581 were glad that their treasure was stored in places which the
582 enemy chanced not to light upon, how much better founded
583 was the joy of those who, by the counsel of their God, had
584 fled with their treasure to a citadel which no enemy can possibly
585 reach! Thus our Paulinus, bishop of Nola,[54] who voluntarily
586 abandoned vast wealth and became quite poor, though
587 abundantly rich in holiness, when the barbarians sacked Nola,
588 and took him prisoner, used silently to pray, as he afterwards
589 told me, "O Lord, let me not be troubled for gold and silver,
590 for where all my treasure is Thou knowest." For all his
591 treasure was where he had been taught to hide and store it
592 by Him who had also foretold that these calamities would
593 happen in the world. Consequently those persons who obeyed
594 their Lord when He warned them where and how to lay up
595 treasure, did not lose even their earthly possessions in the
596 invasion of the barbarians; while those who are now repenting
597 that they did not obey Him have learnt the right use of
598 earthly goods, if not by the wisdom which would have prevented
599 their loss, at least by the experience which follows it.
600 But some good and Christian men have been put to the
601 torture, that they might be forced to deliver up their goods to
602 the enemy. They could indeed neither deliver nor lose that
603 good which made themselves good. If, however, they preferred
604 torture to the surrender of the mammon of iniquity,
605 then I say they were not good men. Rather they should
606 have been reminded that, if they suffered so severely for the
607 sake of money, they should endure all torment, if need be, for
608 Christ's sake; that they might be taught to love Him rather
609 who enriches with eternal felicity all who suffer for Him, and
610 not silver and gold, for which it was pitiable to suffer, whether
611 they preserved it by telling a lie, or lost it by telling the truth.
612 For under these tortures no one lost Christ by confessing Him,
613 no one preserved wealth save by denying its existence. So
614 that possibly the torture which taught them that they should
615 set their affections on a possession they could not lose, was
616 more useful than those possessions which, without any useful
617 fruit at all, disquieted and tormented their anxious owners.
618 But then we are reminded that some were tortured who had
619 no wealth to surrender, but who were not believed when they
620 said so. These too, however, had perhaps some craving for
621 wealth, and were not willingly poor with a holy resignation;
622 and to such it had to be made plain, that not the actual possession
623 alone, but also the desire of wealth, deserved such
624 excruciating pains. And even if they were destitute of any
625 hidden stores of gold and silver, because they were living
626 in hopes of a better life,—I know not indeed if any such
627 person was tortured on the supposition that he had wealth;
628 but if so, then certainly in confessing, when put to the question,
629 a holy poverty, he confessed Christ. And though it was
630 scarcely to be expected that the barbarians should believe
631 him, yet no confessor of a holy poverty could be tortured
632 without receiving a heavenly reward.
633 Again, they say that the long famine laid many a Christian
634 low. But this, too, the faithful turned to good uses by a pious
635 endurance of it. For those whom famine killed outright it
636 rescued from the ills of this life, as a kindly disease would
637 have done; and those who were only hunger-bitten were
638 taught to live more sparingly, and inured to longer fasts.
639 11. *Of the end of this life, whether it is material that it be long delayed.*
640 But, it is added, many Christians were slaughtered, and
641 were put to death in a hideous variety of cruel ways. Well,
642 if this be hard to bear, it is assuredly the common lot of all
643 who are born into this life. Of this at least I am certain,
644 that no one has ever died who was not destined to die some
645 time. Now the end of life puts the longest life on a par with
646 the shortest. For of two things which have alike ceased to
647 be, the one is not better, the other worse—the one greater, the
648 other less.[55] And of what consequence is it what kind of
649 death puts an end to life, since he who has died once is not
650 forced to go through the same ordeal a second time? And as
651 in the daily casualties of life every man is, as it were, threatened
652 with numberless deaths, so long as it remains uncertain
653 which of them is his fate, I would ask whether it is not better
654 to suffer one and die, than to live in fear of all? I am not
655 unaware of the poor-spirited fear which prompts us to choose
656 rather to live long in fear of so many deaths, than to die once
657 and so escape them all; but the weak and cowardly shrinking
658 of the flesh is one thing, and the well-considered and reasonable
659 persuasion of the soul quite another. That death is not
660 to be judged an evil which is the end of a good life; for
661 death becomes evil only by the retribution which follows it.
662 They, then, who are destined to die, need not be careful to
663 inquire what death they are to die, but into what place death
664 will usher them. And since Christians are well aware that
665 the death of the godly pauper whose sores the dogs licked
666 was far better than of the wicked rich man who lay in purple
667 and fine linen, what harm could these terrific deaths do to
668 the dead who had lived well?
669 12. *Of the burial of the dead: that the denial of it to Christians does them no
670 injury.*[56]
671 Further still, we are reminded that in such a carnage as
672 then occurred, the bodies could not even be buried. But
673 godly confidence is not appalled by so ill-omened a circumstance;
674 for the faithful bear in mind that assurance has been
675 given that not a hair of their head shall perish, and that,
676 therefore, though they even be devoured by beasts, their
677 blessed resurrection will not hereby be hindered. The Truth
678 would nowise have said, "Fear not them which kill the body,
679 but are not able to kill the soul,"[57] if anything whatever that
680 an enemy could do to the body of the slain could be detrimental
681 to the future life. Or will some one perhaps take so
682 absurd a position as to contend that those who kill the body
683 are not to be feared before death, and lest they kill the body,
684 but after death, lest they deprive it of burial? If this be so,
685 then that is false which Christ says, "Be not afraid of them
686 that kill the body, and after that have no more that they can
687 do;"[58] for it seems they can do great injury to the dead body.
688 Far be it from us to suppose that the Truth can be thus false.
689 They who kill the body are said "to do something," because
690 the death-blow is felt, the body still having sensation; but
691 after that, they have no more that they can do, for in the
692 slain body there is no sensation. And so there are indeed
693 many bodies of Christians lying unburied; but no one has
694 separated them from heaven, nor from that earth which is all
695 filled with the presence of Him who knows whence He will
696 raise again what He created. It is said, indeed, in the Psalm:
697 "The dead bodies of Thy servants have they given to be meat
698 unto the fowls of the heaven, the flesh of Thy saints unto the
699 beasts of the earth. Their blood have they shed like water
700 round about Jerusalem; and there was none to bury them."[59]
701 But this was said rather to exhibit the cruelty of those who
702 did these things, than the misery of those who suffered them.
703 To the eyes of men this appears a harsh and doleful lot, yet
704 "precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of His saints."[60]
705 Wherefore all these last offices and ceremonies that concern
706 the dead, the careful funeral arrangements, and the equipment
707 of the tomb, and the pomp of obsequies, are rather the solace
708 of the living than the comfort of the dead. If a costly burial
709 does any good to a wicked man, a squalid burial, or none at all,
710 may harm the godly. His crowd of domestics furnished the
711 purple-clad Dives with a funeral gorgeous in the eye of man;
712 but in the sight of God that was a more sumptuous funeral
713 which the ulcerous pauper received at the hands of the angels,
714 who did not carry him out to a marble tomb, but bore him
715 aloft to Abraham's bosom.
716 The men against whom I have undertaken to defend the
717 city of God laugh at all this. But even their own philosophers[61]
718 have despised a careful burial; and often whole
719 armies have fought and fallen for their earthly country without
720 caring to inquire whether they would be left exposed on
721 the field of battle, or become the food of wild beasts. Of this
722 noble disregard of sepulture poetry has well said: "He who
723 has no tomb has the sky for his vault."[62] How much less
724 ought they to insult over the unburied bodies of Christians,
725 to whom it has been promised that the flesh itself shall be
726 restored, and the body formed anew, all the members of it
727 being gathered not only from the earth, but from the most
728 secret recesses of any other of the elements in which the dead
729 bodies of men have lain hid!
730 13. *Reasons for burying the bodies of the saints.*
731 Nevertheless the bodies of the dead are not on this account
732 to be despised and left unburied; least of all the bodies
733 of the righteous and faithful, which have been used by the
734 Holy Ghost as His organs and instruments for all good works.
735 For if the dress of a father, or his ring, or anything he wore,
736 be precious to his children, in proportion to the love they
737 bore him, with how much more reason ought we to care for
738 the bodies of those we love, which they wore far more closely
739 and intimately than any clothing! For the body is not an
740 extraneous ornament or aid, but a part of man's very nature.
741 And therefore to the righteous of ancient times the last offices
742 were piously rendered, and sepulchres provided for them, and
743 obsequies celebrated;[63] and they themselves, while yet alive,
744 gave commandment to their sons about the burial, and, on
745 occasion, even about the removal of their bodies to some
746 favourite place.[64] And Tobit, according to the angel's testimony,
747 is commended, and is said to have pleased God by
748 burying the dead.[65] Our Lord Himself, too, though He was
749 to rise again the third day, applauds, and commends to our
750 applause, the good work of the religious woman who poured
751 precious ointment over His limbs, and did it against His burial.[66]
752 And the Gospel speaks with commendation of those who were
753 careful to take down His body from the cross, and wrap it
754 lovingly in costly cerements, and see to its burial.[67] These
755 instances certainly do not prove that corpses have any feeling;
756 but they show that God's providence extends even to the
757 bodies of the dead, and that such pious offices are pleasing to
758 Him, as cherishing faith in the resurrection. And we may
759 also draw from them this wholesome lesson, that if God does
760 not forget even any kind office which loving care pays to the
761 unconscious dead, much more does He reward the charity we
762 exercise towards the living. Other things, indeed, which the
763 holy patriarchs said of the burial and removal of their bodies,
764 they meant to be taken in a prophetic sense; but of these we
765 need not here speak at large, what we have already said being
766 sufficient. But if the want of those things which are necessary
767 for the support of the living, as food and clothing, though
768 painful and trying, does not break down the fortitude and
769 virtuous endurance of good men, nor eradicate piety from their
770 souls, but rather renders it more fruitful, how much less can
771 the absence of the funeral, and of the other customary attentions
772 paid to the dead, render those wretched who are already
773 reposing in the hidden abodes of the blessed! Consequently,
774 though in the sack of Rome and of other towns the dead
775 bodies of the Christians were deprived of these last offices,
776 this is neither the fault of the living, for they could not render
777 them; nor an infliction to the dead, for they cannot feel the
778 loss.
779 14. *Of the captivity of the saints, and that divine consolation never failed them
780 therein.*
781 But, say they, many Christians were even led away captive.
782 This indeed were a most pitiable fate, if they could be
783 led away to any place where they could not find their God.
784 But for this calamity also sacred Scripture affords great consolation.
785 The three youths[68] were captives; Daniel was a
786 captive; so were other prophets: and God, the comforter, did
787 not fail them. And in like manner He has not failed His
788 own people in the power of a nation which, though barbarous,
789 is yet human,—He who did not abandon the prophet[69] in the
790 belly of a monster. These things, indeed, are turned to ridicule
791 rather than credited by those with whom we are debating;
792 though they believe what they read in their own books,
793 that Arion of Methymna, the famous lyrist,[70] when he was
794 thrown overboard, was received on a dolphin's back and carried
795 to land. But that story of ours about the prophet Jonah is
796 far more incredible,—more incredible because more marvellous,
797 and more marvellous because a greater exhibition of power.
798 >
799 >
800 >
801 15. *Of Regulus, in whom we have an example of the voluntary endurance of
802 > captivity for the sake of religion; which yet did not profit him, though he
803 > was a worshipper of the gods.*
804 But among their own famous men they have a very noble
805 example of the voluntary endurance of captivity in obedience
806 to a religious scruple. Marcus Attilius Regulus, a Roman
807 general, was a prisoner in the hands of the Carthaginians.
808 But they, being more anxious to exchange their prisoners with
809 the Romans than to keep them, sent Regulus as a special
810 envoy with their own ambassadors to negotiate this exchange,
811 but bound him first with an oath, that if he failed to accomplish
812 their wish, he would return to Carthage. He went,
813 and persuaded the senate to the opposite course, because he
814 believed it was not for the advantage of the Roman republic
815 to make an exchange of prisoners. After he had thus exerted
816 his influence, the Romans did not compel him to return to the
817 enemy; but what he had sworn he voluntarily performed.
818 But the Carthaginians put him to death with refined, elaborate,
819 and horrible tortures. They shut him up in a narrow
820 box, in which he was compelled to stand, and in which finely
821 sharpened nails were fixed all round about him, so that he
822 could not lean upon any part of it without intense pain; and
823 so they killed him by depriving him of sleep.[71] With justice,
824 indeed, do they applaud the virtue which rose superior to so
825 frightful a fate. However, the gods he swore by were those
826 who are now supposed to avenge the prohibition of their worship,
827 by inflicting these present calamities on the human race.
828 But if these gods, who were worshipped specially in this
829 behalf, that they might confer happiness in this life, either
830 willed or permitted these punishments to be inflicted on one
831 who kept his oath to them, what more cruel punishment
832 could they in their anger have inflicted on a perjured person?
833 But why may I not draw from my reasoning a double inference?
834 Regulus certainly had such reverence for the gods,
835 that for his oath's sake he would neither remain in his own
836 land, nor go elsewhere, but without hesitation returned to his
837 bitterest enemies. If he thought that this course would be
838 advantageous with respect to this present life, he was certainly
839 much deceived, for it brought his life to a frightful termination.
840 By his own example, in fact, he taught that the gods
841 do not secure the temporal happiness of their worshippers;
842 since he himself, who was devoted to their worship, was both
843 conquered in battle and taken prisoner, and then, because he
844 refused to act in violation of the oath he had sworn by them,
845 was tortured and put to death by a new, and hitherto unheard
846 of, and all too horrible kind of punishment. And on the supposition
847 that the worshippers of the gods are rewarded by
848 felicity in the life to come, why, then, do they calumniate
849 the influence of Christianity? why do they assert that this
850 disaster has overtaken the city because it has ceased to worship
851 its gods, since, worship them as assiduously as it may, it
852 may yet be as unfortunate as Regulus was? Or will some
853 one carry so wonderful a blindness to the extent of wildly
854 attempting, in the face of the evident truth, to contend that
855 though one man might be unfortunate, though a worshipper of
856 the gods, yet a whole city could not be so? That is to say,
857 the power of their gods is better adapted to preserve multitudes
858 than individuals,—as if a multitude were not composed
859 of individuals.
860 But if they say that M. Regulus, even while a prisoner
861 and enduring these bodily torments, might yet enjoy the
862 blessedness of a virtuous soul,[72] then let them recognise that
863 true virtue by which a city also may be blessed. For the
864 blessedness of a community and of an individual flow from
865 the same source; for a community is nothing else than a
866 harmonious collection of individuals. So that I am not concerned
867 meantime to discuss what kind of virtue Regulus
868 possessed: enough, that by his very noble example they are
869 forced to own that the gods are to be worshipped not for the
870 sake of bodily comforts or external advantages; for he preferred
871 to lose all such things rather than offend the gods by
872 whom he had sworn. But what can we make of men who
873 glory in having such a citizen, but dread having a city like
874 him? If they do not dread this, then let them acknowledge
875 that some such calamity as befell Regulus may also befall a
876 community, though they be worshipping their gods as diligently
877 as he; and let them no longer throw the blame of
878 their misfortunes on Christianity. But as our present concern
879 is with those Christians who were taken prisoners, let
880 those who take occasion from this calamity to revile our most
881 wholesome religion in a fashion not less imprudent than impudent,
882 consider this and hold their peace; for if it was no
883 reproach to their gods that a most punctilious worshipper of
884 theirs should, for the sake of keeping his oath to them, be
885 deprived of his native land without hope of finding another,
886 and fall into the hands of his enemies, and be put to death
887 by a long-drawn and exquisite torture, much less ought the
888 Christian name to be charged with the captivity of those who
889 believe in its power, since they, in confident expectation of a
890 heavenly country, know that they are pilgrims even in their
891 own homes.
892 >
893 >
894 >
895 16. *Of the violation of the consecrated and other Christian virgins to which they
896 > were subjected in captivity, and to which their own will gave no consent;
897 > and whether this contaminated their souls.*
898 But they fancy they bring a conclusive charge against
899 Christianity, when they aggravate the horror of captivity by
900 adding that not only wives and unmarried maidens, but even
901 consecrated virgins, were violated. But truly, with respect to
902 this, it is not Christian faith, nor piety, nor even the virtue
903 of chastity, which is hemmed into any difficulty: the only
904 difficulty is so to treat the subject as to satisfy at once
905 modesty and reason. And in discussing it we shall not be so
906 careful to reply to our accusers as to comfort our friends.
907 Let this, therefore, in the first place, be laid down as an unassailable
908 position, that the virtue which makes the life good
909 has its throne in the soul, and thence rules the members of
910 the body, which becomes holy in virtue of the holiness of the
911 will; and that while the will remains firm and unshaken,
912 nothing that another person does with the body, or upon the
913 body, is any fault of the person who suffers it, so long as he
914 cannot escape it without sin. But as not only pain may be
915 inflicted, but lust gratified on the body of another, whenever
916 anything of this latter kind takes place, shame invades even a
917 thoroughly pure spirit from which modesty has not departed,—shame,
918 lest that act which could not be suffered without
919 some sensual pleasure, should be believed to have been committed
920 also with some assent of the will.
921 17. *Of suicide committed through fear of punishment or dishonour.*
922 And consequently, even if some of these virgins killed themselves
923 to avoid such disgrace, who that has any human feeling
924 would refuse to forgive them? And as for those who would
925 not put an end to their lives, lest they might seem to escape
926 the crime of another by a sin of their own, he who lays this
927 to their charge as a great wickedness is himself not guiltless
928 of the fault of folly. For if it is not lawful to take the law
929 into our own hands, and slay even a guilty person, whose
930 death no public sentence has warranted, then certainly he
931 who kills himself is a homicide, and so much the guiltier of
932 his own death, as he was more innocent of that offence for
933 which he doomed himself to die. Do we justly execrate the
934 deed of Judas, and does truth itself pronounce that by hanging
935 himself he rather aggravated than expiated the guilt of
936 that most iniquitous betrayal, since, by despairing of God's
937 mercy in his sorrow that wrought death, he left to himself no
938 place for a healing penitence? How much more ought he to
939 abstain from laying violent hands on himself who has done
940 nothing worthy of such a punishment! For Judas, when he
941 killed himself, killed a wicked man; but he passed from this
942 life chargeable not only with the death of Christ, but with
943 his own: for though he killed himself on account of his crime,
944 his killing himself was another crime. Why, then, should a
945 man who has done no ill do ill to himself, and by killing
946 himself kill the innocent to escape another's guilty act, and
947 perpetrate upon himself a sin of his own, that the sin of
948 another may not be perpetrated on him?
949 18. *Of the violence which may be done to the body by another's lust, while the
950 mind remains inviolate.*
951 But is there a fear that even another's lust may pollute
952 the violated? It will not pollute, if it be another's: if it
953 pollute, it is not another's, but is shared also by the polluted.
954 But since purity is a virtue of the soul, and has for its companion
955 virtue the fortitude which will rather endure all ills
956 than consent to evil; and since no one, however magnanimous
957 and pure, has always the disposal of his own body, but can
958 control only the consent and refusal of his will, what sane
959 man can suppose that, if his body be seized and forcibly made
960 use of to satisfy the lust of another, he thereby loses his
961 purity? For if purity can be thus destroyed, then assuredly
962 purity is no virtue of the soul; nor can it be numbered
963 among those good things by which the life is made good, but
964 among the good things of the body, in the same category as
965 strength, beauty, sound and unbroken health, and, in short, all
966 such good things as may be diminished without at all diminishing
967 the goodness and rectitude of our life. But if purity
968 be nothing better than these, why should the body be perilled
969 that it may be preserved? If, on the other hand, it belongs
970 to the soul, then not even when the body is violated is it
971 lost. Nay more, the virtue of holy continence, when it resists
972 the uncleanness of carnal lust, sanctifies even the body, and
973 therefore when this continence remains unsubdued, even the
974 sanctity of the body is preserved, because the will to use it
975 holily remains, and, so far as lies in the body itself, the power
976 also.
977 For the sanctity of the body does not consist in the integrity
978 of its members, nor in their exemption from all touch;
979 for they are exposed to various accidents which do violence to
980 and wound them, and the surgeons who administer relief often
981 perform operations that sicken the spectator. A midwife,
982 suppose, has (whether maliciously or accidentally, or through
983 unskilfulness) destroyed the virginity of some girl, while
984 endeavouring to ascertain it: I suppose no one is so foolish
985 as to believe that, by this destruction of the integrity of one
986 organ, the virgin has lost anything even of her bodily sanctity.
987 And thus, so long as the soul keeps this firmness of purpose
988 which sanctifies even the body, the violence done by another's
989 lust makes no impression on this bodily sanctity, which is
990 preserved intact by one's own persistent continence. Suppose
991 a virgin violates the oath she has sworn to God, and goes to
992 meet her seducer with the intention of yielding to him, shall
993 we say that as she goes she is possessed even of bodily
994 sanctity, when already she has lost and destroyed that sanctity
995 of soul which sanctifies the body? Far be it from us to so
996 misapply words. Let us rather draw this conclusion, that while
997 the sanctity of the soul remains even when the body is
998 violated, the sanctity of the body is not lost; and that, in like
999 manner, the sanctity of the body is lost when the sanctity of
1000 the soul is violated, though the body itself remain intact.
1001 And therefore a woman who has been violated by the sin of
1002 another, and without any consent of her own, has no cause to
1003 put herself to death; much less has she cause to commit
1004 suicide in order to avoid such violation, for in that case she
1005 commits certain homicide to prevent a crime which is uncertain
1006 as yet, and not her own.
1007 19. *Of Lucretia, who put an end to her life because of the outrage done her.*
1008 This, then, is our position, and it seems sufficiently lucid.
1009 We maintain that when a woman is violated while her soul
1010 admits no consent to the iniquity, but remains inviolably
1011 chaste, the sin is not hers, but his who violates her. But do
1012 they against whom we have to defend not only the souls, but
1013 the sacred bodies too of these outraged Christian captives,—do
1014 they, perhaps, dare to dispute our position? But all know how
1015 loudly they extol the purity of Lucretia, that noble matron
1016 of ancient Rome. When King Tarquin's son had violated
1017 her body, she made known the wickedness of this young
1018 profligate to her husband Collatinus, and to Brutus her kinsman,
1019 men of high rank and full of courage, and bound them
1020 by an oath to avenge it. Then, heart-sick, and unable to bear
1021 the shame, she put an end to her life. What shall we call
1022 her? An adulteress, or chaste? There is no question which
1023 she was. Not more happily than truly did a declaimer say of
1024 this sad occurrence: "Here was a marvel: there were two,
1025 and only one committed adultery." Most forcibly and truly
1026 spoken. For this declaimer, seeing in the union of the two
1027 bodies the foul lust of the one, and the chaste will of the
1028 other, and giving heed not to the contact of the bodily members,
1029 but to the wide diversity of their souls, says: "There
1030 were two, but the adultery was committed only by one."
1031 But how is it, that she who was no partner to the crime
1032 bears the heavier punishment of the two? For the adulterer
1033 was only banished along with his father; she suffered the
1034 extreme penalty. If that was not impurity by which she
1035 was unwillingly ravished, then this is not justice by which
1036 she, being chaste, is punished. To you I appeal, ye laws
1037 and judges of Rome. Even after the perpetration of great
1038 enormities, you do not suffer the criminal to be slain untried.
1039 If, then, one were to bring to your bar this case, and were to
1040 prove to you that a woman not only untried, but chaste and
1041 innocent, had been killed, would you not visit the murderer
1042 with punishment proportionably severe? This crime was
1043 committed by Lucretia; that Lucretia so celebrated and
1044 lauded slew the innocent, chaste, outraged Lucretia. Pronounce
1045 sentence. But if you cannot, because there does not
1046 compear any one whom you can punish, why do you extol
1047 with such unmeasured laudation her who slew an innocent
1048 and chaste woman? Assuredly you will find it impossible
1049 to defend her before the judges of the realms below, if they be
1050 such as your poets are fond of representing them; for she is
1051 among those
1052 "Who guiltless sent themselves to doom,
1053 And all for loathing of the day,
1054 In madness threw their lives away."
1055 And if she with the others wishes to return,
1056 "Fate bars the way: around their keep
1057 The slow unlovely waters creep,
1058 And bind with ninefold chain."[73]
1059 Or perhaps she is not there, because she slew herself conscious
1060 of guilt, not of innocence? She herself alone knows
1061 her reason; but what if she was betrayed by the pleasure
1062 of the act, and gave some consent to Sextus, though so violently
1063 abusing her, and then was so affected with remorse,
1064 that she thought death alone could expiate her sin? Even
1065 though this were the case, she ought still to have held her
1066 hand from suicide, if she could with her false gods have
1067 accomplished a fruitful repentance. However, if such were
1068 the state of the case, and if it were false that there were two,
1069 but one only committed adultery; if the truth were that both
1070 were involved in it, one by open assault, the other by secret
1071 consent, then she did not kill an innocent woman; and therefore
1072 her erudite defenders may maintain that she is not
1073 among that class of the dwellers below "who guiltless sent
1074 themselves to doom." But this case of Lucretia is in such a
1075 dilemma, that if you extenuate the homicide, you confirm the
1076 adultery: if you acquit her of adultery, you make the charge
1077 of homicide heavier; and there is no way out of the dilemma,
1078 when one asks, If she was adulterous, why praise her? if
1079 chaste, why slay her?
1080 Nevertheless, for our purpose of refuting those who are
1081 unable to comprehend what true sanctity is, and who therefore
1082 insult over our outraged Christian women, it is enough that in
1083 the instance of this noble Roman matron it was said in her
1084 praise, "There were two, but the adultery was the crime
1085 of only one." For Lucretia was confidently believed to be
1086 superior to the contamination of any consenting thought to
1087 the adultery. And accordingly, since she killed herself for
1088 being subjected to an outrage in which she had no guilty
1089 part, it is obvious that this act of hers was prompted not by
1090 the love of purity, but by the overwhelming burden of her
1091 shame. She was ashamed that so foul a crime had been perpetrated
1092 upon her, though without her abetting; and this
1093 matron, with the Roman love of glory in her veins, was
1094 seized with a proud dread that, if she continued to live, it
1095 would be supposed she willingly did not resent the wrong
1096 that had been done her. She could not exhibit to men her
1097 conscience, but she judged that her self-inflicted punishment
1098 would testify her state of mind; and she burned with shame
1099 at the thought that her patient endurance of the foul affront
1100 that another had done her, should be construed into complicity
1101 with him. Not such was the decision of the Christian women
1102 who suffered as she did, and yet survive. They declined to
1103 avenge upon themselves the guilt of others, and so add crimes
1104 of their own to those crimes in which they had no share.
1105 For this they would have done had their shame driven them
1106 to homicide, as the lust of their enemies had driven them
1107 to adultery. Within their own souls, in the witness of
1108 their own conscience, they enjoy the glory of chastity. In
1109 the sight of God, too, they are esteemed pure, and this contents
1110 them; they ask no more: it suffices them to have
1111 opportunity of doing good, and they decline to evade the
1112 distress of human suspicion, lest they thereby deviate from
1113 the divine law.
1114 20. *That Christians have no authority for committing suicide in any
1115 circumstances whatever.*
1116 It is not without significance, that in no passage of the
1117 holy canonical books there can be found either divine precept
1118 or permission to take away our own life, whether for the sake
1119 of entering on the enjoyment of immortality, or of shunning,
1120 or ridding ourselves of anything whatever. Nay, the law,
1121 rightly interpreted, even prohibits suicide, where it says,
1122 "Thou shalt not kill." This is proved specially by the
1123 omission of the words "thy neighbour," which are inserted
1124 when false witness is forbidden: "Thou shalt not bear false
1125 witness against thy neighbour." Nor yet should any one on
1126 this account suppose he has not broken this commandment if
1127 he has borne false witness only against himself. For the love
1128 of our neighbour is regulated by the love of ourselves, as it is
1129 written, "Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself." If, then,
1130 he who makes false statements about himself is not less guilty
1131 of bearing false witness than if he had made them to the injury
1132 of his neighbour; although in the commandment prohibiting
1133 false witness only his neighbour is mentioned, and persons
1134 taking no pains to understand it might suppose that a man
1135 was allowed to be a false witness to his own hurt; how much
1136 greater reason have we to understand that a man may not
1137 kill himself, since in the commandment, "Thou shalt not kill,"
1138 there is no limitation added nor any exception made in favour
1139 of any one, and least of all in favour of him on whom the
1140 command is laid! And so some attempt to extend this command
1141 even to beasts and cattle, as if it forbade us to take life
1142 from any creature. But if so, why not extend it also to the
1143 plants, and all that is rooted in and nourished by the earth?
1144 For though this class of creatures have no sensation, yet they
1145 also are said to live, and consequently they can die; and therefore,
1146 if violence be done them, can be killed. So, too, the
1147 apostle, when speaking of the seeds of such things as these,
1148 says, "That which thou sowest is not quickened except it
1149 die;" and in the Psalm it is said, "He killed their vines with
1150 hail." Must we therefore reckon it a breaking of this commandment,
1151 "Thou shalt not kill," to pull a flower? Are we
1152 thus insanely to countenance the foolish error of the Manichæans?
1153 Putting aside, then, these ravings, if, when we say,
1154 Thou shalt not kill, we do not understand this of the plants,
1155 since they have no sensation, nor of the irrational animals
1156 that fly, swim, walk, or creep, since they are dissociated from
1157 us by their want of reason, and are therefore by the just
1158 appointment of the Creator subjected to us to kill or keep
1159 alive for our own uses; if so, then it remains that we understand
1160 that commandment simply of man. The commandment
1161 is, "Thou shalt not kill man;" therefore neither another nor
1162 yourself, for he who kills himself still kills nothing else than
1163 man.
1164 21. *Of the cases in which we may put men to death without incurring the guilt
1165 of murder.*
1166 However, there are some exceptions made by the divine
1167 authority to its own law, that men may not be put to death.
1168 These exceptions are of two kinds, being justified either by a
1169 general law, or by a special commission granted for a time to
1170 some individual. And in this latter case, he to whom authority
1171 is delegated, and who is but the sword in the hand of him
1172 who uses it, is not himself responsible for the death he deals.
1173 And, accordingly, they who have waged war in obedience to
1174 the divine command, or in conformity with His laws have
1175 represented in their persons the public justice or the wisdom
1176 of government, and in this capacity have put to death wicked
1177 men; such persons have by no means violated the commandment,
1178 "Thou shalt not kill." Abraham indeed was not merely
1179 deemed guiltless of cruelty, but was even applauded for his
1180 piety, because he was ready to slay his son in obedience to
1181 God, not to his own passion. And it is reasonably enough
1182 made a question, whether we are to esteem it to have been in
1183 compliance with a command of God that Jephthah killed his
1184 daughter, because she met him when he had vowed that he
1185 would sacrifice to God whatever first met him as he returned
1186 victorious from battle. Samson, too, who drew down the
1187 house on himself and his foes together, is justified only on
1188 this ground, that the Spirit who wrought wonders by him
1189 had given him secret instructions to do this. With the exception,
1190 then, of these two classes of cases, which are justified
1191 either by a just law that applies generally, or by a special intimation
1192 from God Himself, the fountain of all justice, whoever
1193 kills a man, either himself or another, is implicated in the
1194 guilt of murder.
1195 22. *That suicide can never be prompted by magnanimity.*
1196 But they who have laid violent hands on themselves are
1197 perhaps to be admired for their greatness of soul, though they
1198 cannot be applauded for the soundness of their judgment.
1199 However, if you look at the matter more closely, you will
1200 scarcely call it greatness of soul, which prompts a man to kill
1201 himself rather than bear up against some hardships of fortune,
1202 or sins in which he is not implicated. Is it not rather proof
1203 of a feeble mind, to be unable to bear either the pains of
1204 bodily servitude or the foolish opinion of the vulgar? And
1205 is not that to be pronounced the greater mind, which rather
1206 faces than flees the ills of life, and which, in comparison of
1207 the light and purity of conscience, holds in small esteem the
1208 judgment of men, and specially of the vulgar, which is frequently
1209 involved in a mist of error? And, therefore, if suicide is to be
1210 esteemed a magnanimous act, none can take higher rank for
1211 magnanimity than that Cleombrotus, who (as the story goes),
1212 when he had read Plato's book in which he treats of the
1213 immortality of the soul, threw himself from a wall, and so
1214 passed from this life to that which he believed to be better.
1215 For he was not hard pressed by calamity, nor by any accusation,
1216 false or true, which he could not very well have lived
1217 down: there was, in short, no motive but only magnanimity
1218 urging him to seek death, and break away from the sweet
1219 detention of this life. And yet that this was a magnanimous
1220 rather than a justifiable action, Plato himself, whom he had
1221 read, would have told him; for he would certainly have been
1222 forward to commit, or at least to recommend suicide, had not
1223 the same bright intellect which saw that the soul was immortal,
1224 discerned also that to seek immortality by suicide was
1225 to be prohibited rather than encouraged.
1226 Again, it is said many have killed themselves to prevent
1227 an enemy doing so. But we are not inquiring whether it has
1228 been done, but whether it ought to have been done. Sound
1229 judgment is to be preferred even to examples, and indeed
1230 examples harmonize with the voice of reason; but not all
1231 examples, but those only which are distinguished by their
1232 piety, and are proportionately worthy of imitation. For
1233 suicide we cannot cite the example of patriarchs, prophets, or
1234 apostles; though our Lord Jesus Christ, when He admonished
1235 them to flee from city to city if they were persecuted, might
1236 very well have taken that occasion to advise them to lay
1237 violent hands on themselves, and so escape their persecutors.
1238 But seeing He did not do this, nor proposed this mode of
1239 departing this life, though He were addressing His own
1240 friends for whom He had promised to prepare everlasting
1241 mansions, it is obvious that such examples as are produced
1242 from the "nations that forget God," give no warrant of imitation
1243 to the worshippers of the one true God.
1244 23. *What we are to think of the example of Cato, who slew himself because
1245 unable to endure Cæsar's victory.*
1246 Besides Lucretia, of whom enough has already been said,
1247 our advocates of suicide have some difficulty in finding any
1248 other prescriptive example, unless it be that of Cato, who
1249 killed himself at Utica. His example is appealed to, not
1250 because he was the only man who did so, but because he was
1251 so esteemed as a learned and excellent man, that it could
1252 plausibly be maintained that what he did was and is a good
1253 thing to do. But of this action of his, what can I say but
1254 that his own friends, enlightened men as he, prudently dissuaded
1255 him, and therefore judged his act to be that of a feeble
1256 rather than a strong spirit, and dictated not by honourable
1257 feeling forestalling shame, but by weakness shrinking from
1258 hardships? Indeed, Cato condemns himself by the advice he
1259 gave to his dearly loved son. For if it was a disgrace to live
1260 under Cæsar's rule, why did the father urge the son to this
1261 disgrace, by encouraging him to trust absolutely to Cæsar's
1262 generosity? Why did he not persuade him to die along
1263 with himself? If Torquatus was applauded for putting
1264 his son to death, when contrary to orders he had engaged,
1265 and engaged successfully, with the enemy, why did conquered
1266 Cato spare his conquered son, though he did not spare
1267 himself? Was it more disgraceful to be a victor contrary to
1268 orders, than to submit to a victor contrary to the received
1269 ideas of honour? Cato, then, cannot have deemed it to be
1270 shameful to live under Cæsar's rule, for had he done so, the
1271 father's sword would have delivered his son from this disgrace.
1272 The truth is, that his son, whom he both hoped and desired
1273 would be spared by Cæsar, was not more loved by him than
1274 Cæsar was envied the glory of pardoning him (as indeed
1275 Cæsar himself is reported to have said[74]); or if envy is too
1276 strong a word, let us say he was *ashamed* that this glory should
1277 be his.
1278 24. *That in that virtue in which Regulus excels Cato, Christians are
1279 pre-eminently distinguished.*
1280 Our opponents are offended at our preferring to Cato the
1281 saintly Job, who endured dreadful evils in his body rather
1282 than deliver himself from all torment by self-inflicted death;
1283 or other saints, of whom it is recorded in our authoritative
1284 and trustworthy books that they bore captivity and the oppression
1285 of their enemies rather than commit suicide. But their
1286 own books authorize us to prefer to Marcus Cato, Marcus
1287 Regulus. For Cato had never conquered Cæsar; and when
1288 conquered by him, disdained to submit himself to him, and
1289 that he might escape this submission put himself to death.
1290 Regulus, on the contrary, had formerly conquered the Carthaginians,
1291 and in command of the army of Rome had won for
1292 the Roman republic a victory which no citizen could bewail,
1293 and which the enemy himself was constrained to admire; yet
1294 afterwards, when he in his turn was defeated by them, he preferred
1295 to be their captive rather than to put himself beyond
1296 their reach by suicide. Patient under the domination of the
1297 Carthaginians, and constant in his love of the Romans, he
1298 neither deprived the one of his conquered body, nor the other
1299 of his unconquered spirit. Neither was it love of life that
1300 prevented him from killing himself. This was plainly enough
1301 indicated by his unhesitatingly returning, on account of his
1302 promise and oath, to the same enemies whom he had more
1303 grievously provoked by his words in the senate than even
1304 by his arms in battle. Having such a contempt of life, and
1305 preferring to end it by whatever torments excited enemies
1306 might contrive, rather than terminate it by his own hand,
1307 he could not more distinctly have declared how great a crime
1308 he judged suicide to be. Among all their famous and remarkable
1309 citizens, the Romans have no better man to boast of than
1310 this, who was neither corrupted by prosperity, for he remained
1311 a very poor man after winning such victories; nor broken by
1312 adversity, for he returned intrepidly to the most miserable
1313 end. But if the bravest and most renowned heroes, who had
1314 but an earthly country to defend, and who, though they had
1315 but false gods, yet rendered them a true worship, and carefully
1316 kept their oath to them; if these men, who by the custom
1317 and right of war put conquered enemies to the sword, yet
1318 shrank from putting an end to their own lives even when
1319 conquered by their enemies; if, though they had no fear at
1320 all of death, they would yet rather suffer slavery than commit
1321 suicide, how much rather must Christians, the worshippers of
1322 the true God, the aspirants to a heavenly citizenship, shrink
1323 from this act, if in God's providence they have been for a
1324 season delivered into the hands of their enemies to prove or
1325 to correct them! And, certainly, Christians subjected to this
1326 humiliating condition will not be deserted by the Most High,
1327 who for their sakes humbled Himself. Neither should they
1328 forget that they are bound by no laws of war, nor military
1329 orders, to put even a conquered enemy to the sword; and if
1330 a man may not put to death the enemy who has sinned, or
1331 may yet sin against him, who is so infatuated as to maintain
1332 that he may kill himself because an enemy has sinned, or is
1333 going to sin, against him?
1334 25. *That we should not endeavour by sin to obviate sin.*
1335 But, we are told, there is ground to fear that, when the
1336 body is subjected to the enemy's lust, the insidious pleasure
1337 of sense may entice the soul to consent to the sin, and steps
1338 must be taken to prevent so disastrous a result. And is not
1339 suicide the proper mode of preventing not only the enemy's
1340 sin, but the sin of the Christian so allured? Now, in the
1341 first place, the soul which is led by God and His wisdom,
1342 rather than by bodily concupiscence, will certainly never consent
1343 to the desire aroused in its own flesh by another's lust.
1344 And, at all events, if it be true, as the truth plainly declares,
1345 that suicide is a detestable and damnable wickedness, who is
1346 such a fool as to say, Let us sin now, that we may obviate a
1347 possible future sin; let us now commit murder, lest we perhaps
1348 afterwards should commit adultery? If we are so controlled
1349 by iniquity that innocence is out of the question, and
1350 we can at best but make a choice of sins, is not a future and
1351 uncertain adultery preferable to a present and certain murder?
1352 Is it not better to commit a wickedness which penitence may
1353 heal, than a crime which leaves no place for healing contrition?
1354 I say this for the sake of those men or women who
1355 fear they may be enticed into consenting to their violator's
1356 lust, and think they should lay violent hands on themselves,
1357 and so prevent, not another's sin, but their own. But far be
1358 it from the mind of a Christian confiding in God, and resting
1359 in the hope of His aid; far be it, I say, from such a mind
1360 to yield a shameful consent to pleasures of the flesh, howsoever
1361 presented. And if that lustful disobedience, which
1362 still dwells in our mortal members, follows its own law irrespective
1363 of our will, surely its motions in the body of one
1364 who rebels against them are as blameless as its motions in
1365 the body of one who sleeps.
1366 26. *That in certain peculiar cases the examples of the saints are not to be
1367 followed.*
1368 But, they say, in the time of persecution some holy women
1369 escaped those who menaced them with outrage, by casting
1370 themselves into rivers which they knew would drown them;
1371 and having died in this manner, they are venerated in the
1372 church catholic as martyrs. Of such persons I do not presume
1373 to speak rashly. I cannot tell whether there may not
1374 have been vouchsafed to the church some divine authority,
1375 proved by trustworthy evidences, for so honouring their memory:
1376 it may be that it is so. It may be they were not deceived by
1377 human judgment, but prompted by divine wisdom, to their
1378 act of self-destruction. We know that this was the case
1379 with Samson. And when God enjoins any act, and intimates
1380 by plain evidence that He has enjoined it, who will call
1381 obedience criminal? Who will accuse so religious a submission?
1382 But then every man is not justified in sacrificing his
1383 son to God, because Abraham was commendable in so doing.
1384 The soldier who has slain a man in obedience to the authority
1385 under which he is lawfully commissioned, is not accused
1386 of murder by any law of his state; nay, if he has not slain
1387 him, it is then he is accused of treason to the state, and of
1388 despising the law. But if he has been acting on his own
1389 authority, and at his own impulse, he has in this case
1390 incurred the crime of shedding human blood. And thus
1391 he is punished for doing without orders the very thing he
1392 is punished for neglecting to do when he has been ordered.
1393 If the commands of a general make so great a difference, shall
1394 the commands of God make none? He, then, who knows it
1395 is unlawful to kill himself, may nevertheless do so if he is
1396 ordered by Him whose commands we may not neglect. Only
1397 let him be very sure that the divine command has been
1398 signified. As for us, we can become privy to the secrets
1399 of conscience only in so far as these are disclosed to us, and
1400 so far only do we judge: "No one knoweth the things of a
1401 man, save the spirit of man which is in him."[75] But this we
1402 affirm, this we maintain, this we every way pronounce to be
1403 right, that no man ought to inflict on himself voluntary death,
1404 for this is to escape the ills of time by plunging into those of
1405 eternity; that no man ought to do so on account of another
1406 man's sins, for this were to escape a guilt which could not
1407 pollute him, by incurring great guilt of his own; that no man
1408 ought to do so on account of his own past sins, for he has all
1409 the more need of this life that these sins may be healed by
1410 repentance; that no man should put an end to this life to
1411 obtain that better life we look for after death, for those who
1412 die by their own hand have no better life after death.
1413 27. *Whether voluntary death should be sought in order to avoid sin.*
1414 There remains one reason for suicide which I mentioned
1415 before, and which is thought a sound one,—namely, to prevent
1416 one's falling into sin either through the blandishments of
1417 pleasure or the violence of pain. If this reason were a good
1418 one, then we should be impelled to exhort men at once to
1419 destroy themselves, as soon as they have been washed in the
1420 laver of regeneration, and have received the forgiveness of all
1421 sin. Then is the time to escape all future sin, when all past
1422 sin is blotted out. And if this escape be lawfully secured by
1423 suicide, why not then specially? Why does any baptized person
1424 hold his hand from taking his own life? Why does any
1425 person who is freed from the hazards of this life again expose
1426 himself to them, when he has power so easily to rid himself
1427 of them all, and when it is written, "He who loveth danger
1428 shall fall into it?"[76] Why does he love, or at least face, so
1429 many serious dangers, by remaining in this life from which
1430 he may legitimately depart? But is any one so blinded and
1431 twisted in his moral nature, and so far astray from the truth,
1432 as to think that, though a man ought to make away with himself
1433 for fear of being led into sin by the oppression of one
1434 man, his master, he ought yet to live, and so expose himself
1435 to the hourly temptations of this world, both to all those
1436 evils which the oppression of one master involves, and to
1437 numberless other miseries in which this life inevitably implicates
1438 us? What reason, then, is there for our consuming time
1439 in those exhortations by which we seek to animate the baptized,
1440 either to virginal chastity, or vidual continence, or
1441 matrimonial fidelity, when we have so much more simple
1442 and compendious a method of deliverance from sin, by persuading
1443 those who are fresh from baptism to put an end to
1444 their lives, and so pass to their Lord pure and well-conditioned?
1445 If any one thinks that such persuasion should be attempted, I
1446 say not he is foolish, but mad. With what face, then, can he
1447 say to any man, "Kill yourself, lest to your small sins you
1448 add a heinous sin, while you live under an unchaste master,
1449 whose conduct is that of a barbarian?" How can he say this,
1450 if he cannot without wickedness say, "Kill yourself, now that
1451 you are washed from all your sins, lest you fall again into
1452 similar or even aggravated sins, while you live in a world
1453 which has such power to allure by its unclean pleasures, to
1454 torment by its horrible cruelties, to overcome by its errors
1455 and terrors?" It is wicked to say this; it is therefore wicked
1456 to kill oneself. For if there could be any just cause of
1457 suicide, this were so. And since not even this is so, there is
1458 none.
1459 28. *By what judgment of God the enemy was permitted to indulge his lust on the
1460 bodies of continent Christians.*
1461 Let not your life, then, be a burden to you, ye faithful servants
1462 of Christ, though your chastity was made the sport
1463 of your enemies. You have a grand and true consolation, if
1464 you maintain a good conscience, and know that you did not
1465 consent to the sins of those who were permitted to commit
1466 sinful outrage upon you. And if you should ask why this
1467 permission was granted, indeed it is a deep providence of the
1468 Creator and Governor of the world; and "unsearchable are His
1469 judgments, and His ways past finding out."[77] Nevertheless,
1470 faithfully interrogate your own souls, whether ye have not
1471 been unduly puffed up by your integrity, and continence, and
1472 chastity; and whether ye have not been so desirous of the
1473 human praise that is accorded to these virtues, that ye have
1474 envied some who possessed them. I, for my part, do not
1475 know your hearts, and therefore I make no accusation; I do
1476 not even hear what your hearts answer when you question
1477 them. And yet, if they answer that it is as I have supposed
1478 it might be, do not marvel that you have lost that by which
1479 you can win men's praise, and retain that which cannot be
1480 exhibited to men. If you did not consent to sin, it was
1481 because God added His aid to His grace that it might not
1482 be lost, and because shame before men succeeded to human
1483 glory that it might not be loved. But in both respects even
1484 the fainthearted among you have a consolation, approved by
1485 the one experience, chastened by the other; justified by the
1486 one, corrected by the other. As to those whose hearts, when
1487 interrogated, reply that they have never been proud of the
1488 virtue of virginity, widowhood, or matrimonial chastity, but,
1489 condescending to those of low estate, rejoiced with trembling
1490 in these gifts of God, and that they have never envied any
1491 one the like excellences of sanctity and purity, but rose
1492 superior to human applause, which is wont to be abundant in
1493 proportion to the rarity of the virtue applauded, and rather
1494 desired that their own number be increased, than that by the
1495 smallness of their numbers each of them should be conspicuous;—even
1496 such faithful women, I say, must not complain
1497 that permission was given to the barbarians so grossly to
1498 outrage them; nor must they allow themselves to believe that
1499 God overlooked their character when He permitted acts which
1500 no one with impunity commits. For some most flagrant and
1501 wicked desires are allowed free play at present by the secret
1502 judgment of God, and are reserved to the public and final
1503 judgment. Moreover, it is possible that those Christian
1504 women, who are unconscious of any undue pride on account
1505 of their virtuous chastity, whereby they sinlessly suffered the
1506 violence of their captors, had yet some lurking infirmity which
1507 might have betrayed them into a proud and contemptuous
1508 bearing, had they not been subjected to the humiliation that
1509 befell them in the taking of the city. As, therefore, some
1510 men were removed by death, that no wickedness might change
1511 their disposition, so these women were outraged lest prosperity
1512 should corrupt their modesty. Neither those women, then,
1513 who were already puffed up by the circumstance that they
1514 were still virgins, nor those who might have been so puffed
1515 up had they not been exposed to the violence of the enemy,
1516 lost their chastity, but rather gained humility: the former
1517 were saved from pride already cherished, the latter from pride
1518 that would shortly have grown upon them.
1519 We must further notice that some of those sufferers may
1520 have conceived that continence is a bodily good, and abides
1521 so long as the body is inviolate, and did not understand that
1522 the purity both of the body and the soul rests on the stedfastness
1523 of the will strengthened by God's grace, and cannot
1524 be forcibly taken from an unwilling person. From this error
1525 they are probably now delivered. For when they reflect how
1526 conscientiously they served God, and when they settle again
1527 to the firm persuasion that He can in nowise desert those
1528 who so serve Him, and so invoke His aid; and when they
1529 consider, what they cannot doubt, how pleasing to Him is
1530 chastity, they are shut up to the conclusion that He could
1531 never have permitted these disasters to befall His saints, if by
1532 them that saintliness could be destroyed which He Himself
1533 had bestowed upon them, and delights to see in them.
1534 >
1535 >
1536 >
1537 29. *What the servants of Christ should say in reply to the unbelievers who cast in
1538 > their teeth that Christ did not rescue them from the fury of their enemies.*
1539 The whole family of God, most high and most true, has
1540 therefore a consolation of its own,—a consolation which cannot
1541 deceive, and which has in it a surer hope than the tottering
1542 and falling affairs of earth can afford. They will not refuse
1543 the discipline of this temporal life, in which they are schooled
1544 for life eternal; nor will they lament their experience of it,
1545 for the good things of earth they use as pilgrims who are not
1546 detained by them, and its ills either prove or improve them.
1547 As for those who insult over them in their trials, and when
1548 ills befall them say, "Where is thy God?"[78] we may ask them
1549 where their gods are when they suffer the very calamities for
1550 the sake of avoiding which they worship their gods, or maintain
1551 they ought to be worshipped; for the family of Christ is
1552 furnished with its reply: our God is everywhere present,
1553 wholly everywhere; not confined to any place. He can be
1554 present unperceived, and be absent without moving; when
1555 He exposes us to adversities, it is either to prove our perfections
1556 or correct our imperfections; and in return for our
1557 patient endurance of the sufferings of time, He reserves for us
1558 an everlasting reward. But who are you, that we should
1559 deign to speak with you even about your own gods, much
1560 less about our God, who is "to be feared above all gods? For
1561 all the gods of the nations are idols; but the Lord made the
1562 heavens."[79]
1563 30. *That those who complain of Christianity really desire to live without
1564 restraint in shameful luxury.*
1565 If the famous Scipio Nasica were now alive, who was once
1566 your pontiff, and was unanimously chosen by the senate,
1567 when, in the panic created by the Punic war, they sought for
1568 the best citizen to entertain the Phrygian goddess, he would
1569 curb this shamelessness of yours, though you would perhaps
1570 scarcely dare to look upon the countenance of such a man.
1571 For why in your calamities do you complain of Christianity,
1572 unless because you desire to enjoy your luxurious licence
1573 unrestrained, and to lead an abandoned and profligate life
1574 without the interruption of any uneasiness or disaster? For
1575 certainly your desire for peace, and prosperity, and plenty is
1576 not prompted by any purpose of using these blessings honestly,
1577 that is to say, with moderation, sobriety, temperance, and
1578 piety; for your purpose rather is to run riot in an endless
1579 variety of sottish pleasures, and thus to generate from your
1580 prosperity a moral pestilence which will prove a thousand-fold
1581 more disastrous than the fiercest enemies. It was such
1582 a calamity as this that Scipio, your chief pontiff, your best
1583 man in the judgment of the whole senate, feared when he refused
1584 to agree to the destruction of Carthage, Rome's rival;
1585 and opposed Cato, who advised its destruction. He feared
1586 security, that enemy of weak minds, and he perceived that a
1587 wholesome fear would be a fit guardian for the citizens. And
1588 he was not mistaken: the event proved how wisely he had
1589 spoken. For when Carthage was destroyed, and the Roman
1590 republic delivered from its great cause of anxiety, a crowd
1591 of disastrous evils forthwith resulted from the prosperous
1592 condition of things. First concord was weakened, and destroyed
1593 by fierce and bloody seditions; then followed, by a
1594 concatenation of baleful causes, civil wars, which brought in
1595 their train such massacres, such bloodshed, such lawless and
1596 cruel proscription and plunder, that those Romans who, in the
1597 days of their virtue, had expected injury only at the hands of
1598 their enemies, now that their virtue was lost, suffered greater
1599 cruelties at the hands of their fellow-citizens. The lust of
1600 rule, which with other vices existed among the Romans in
1601 more unmitigated intensity than among any other people, after
1602 it had taken possession of the more powerful few, subdued
1603 under its yoke the rest, worn and wearied.
1604 31. *By what steps the passion for governing increased among the Romans.*
1605 For at what stage would that passion rest when once it
1606 has lodged in a proud spirit, until by a succession of advances
1607 it has reached even the throne? And to obtain such advances
1608 nothing avails but unscrupulous ambition. But unscrupulous
1609 ambition has nothing to work upon, save in a nation corrupted
1610 by avarice and luxury. Moreover, a people becomes avaricious
1611 and luxurious by prosperity; and it was this which that very
1612 prudent man Nasica was endeavouring to avoid when he
1613 opposed the destruction of the greatest, strongest, wealthiest
1614 city of Rome's enemy. He thought that thus fear would act as
1615 a curb on lust, and that lust being curbed would not run riot
1616 in luxury, and that luxury being prevented avarice would be
1617 at an end; and that these vices being banished, virtue would
1618 flourish and increase, to the great profit of the state; and
1619 liberty, the fit companion of virtue, would abide unfettered.
1620 For similar reasons, and animated by the same considerate
1621 patriotism, that same chief pontiff of yours—I still refer to
1622 him who was adjudged Rome's best man without one dissentient
1623 voice—threw cold water on the proposal of the senate
1624 to build a circle of seats round the theatre, and in a very
1625 weighty speech warned them against allowing the luxurious
1626 manners of Greece to sap the Roman manliness, and persuaded
1627 them not to yield to the enervating and emasculating
1628 influence of foreign licentiousness. So authoritative and
1629 forcible were his words, that the senate was moved to prohibit
1630 the use even of those benches which hitherto had been
1631 customarily brought to the theatre for the temporary use of
1632 the citizens.[80] How eagerly would such a man as this have
1633 banished from Rome the scenic exhibitions themselves, had
1634 he dared to oppose the authority of those whom he supposed
1635 to be gods! For he did not know that they were malicious
1636 devils; or if he did, he supposed they should rather be propitiated
1637 than despised. For there had not yet been revealed to
1638 the Gentiles the heavenly doctrine which should purify their
1639 hearts by faith, and transform their natural disposition by
1640 humble godliness, and turn them from the service of proud
1641 devils to seek the things that are in heaven, or even above
1642 the heavens.
1643 32. *Of the establishment of scenic entertainments.*
1644 Know then, ye who are ignorant of this, and ye who feign
1645 ignorance be reminded, while you murmur against Him who
1646 has freed you from such rulers, that the scenic games, exhibitions
1647 of shameless folly and licence, were established at
1648 Rome, not by men's vicious cravings, but by the appointment
1649 of your gods. Much more pardonably might you have
1650 rendered divine honours to Scipio than to such gods as these.
1651 The gods were not so moral as their pontiff. But give me
1652 now your attention, if your mind, inebriated by its deep potations
1653 of error, can take in any sober truth. The gods enjoined
1654 that games be exhibited in their honour to stay a physical
1655 pestilence; their pontiff prohibited the theatre from being constructed,
1656 to prevent a moral pestilence. If, then, there remains
1657 in you sufficient mental enlightenment to prefer the soul to
1658 the body, choose whom you will worship. Besides, though
1659 the pestilence was stayed, this was not because the voluptuous
1660 madness of stage-plays had taken possession of a warlike
1661 people hitherto accustomed only to the games of the circus;
1662 but these astute and wicked spirits, foreseeing that in due
1663 course the pestilence would shortly cease, took occasion to
1664 infect, not the bodies, but the morals of their worshippers, with
1665 a far more serious disease. And in this pestilence these gods
1666 find great enjoyment, because it benighted the minds of men
1667 with so gross a darkness, and dishonoured them with so foul
1668 a deformity, that even quite recently (will posterity be able to
1669 credit it?) some of those who fled from the sack of Rome and
1670 found refuge in Carthage, were so infected with this disease,
1671 that day after day they seemed to contend with one another
1672 who should most madly run after the actors in the theatres.
1673 33. *That the overthrow of Rome has not corrected the vices of the Romans.*
1674 Oh infatuated men, what is this blindness, or rather madness,
1675 which possesses you? How is it that while, as we hear, even
1676 the eastern nations are bewailing your ruin, and while powerful
1677 states in the most remote parts of the earth are mourning
1678 your fall as a public calamity, ye yourselves should be crowding
1679 to the theatres, should be pouring into them and filling
1680 them; and, in short, be playing a madder part now than ever
1681 before? This was the foul plague-spot, this the wreck of
1682 virtue and honour that Scipio sought to preserve you from
1683 when he prohibited the construction of theatres; this was his
1684 reason for desiring that you might still have an enemy to fear,
1685 seeing as he did how easily prosperity would corrupt and
1686 destroy you. He did not consider that republic flourishing
1687 whose walls stand, but whose morals are in ruins. But the
1688 seductions of evil-minded devils had more influence with you
1689 than the precautions of prudent men. Hence the injuries
1690 you do, you will not permit to be imputed to you; but the
1691 injuries you suffer, you impute to Christianity. Depraved by
1692 good fortune, and not chastened by adversity, what you desire
1693 in the restoration of a peaceful and secure state, is not the
1694 tranquillity of the commonwealth, but the impunity of your
1695 own vicious luxury. Scipio wished you to be hard pressed
1696 by an enemy, that you might not abandon yourselves to luxurious
1697 manners; but so abandoned are you, that not even
1698 when crushed by the enemy is your luxury repressed. You
1699 have missed the profit of your calamity; you have been made
1700 most wretched, and have remained most profligate.
1701 34. *Of God's clemency in moderating the ruin of the city.*
1702 And that you are yet alive is due to God, who spares you that
1703 you may be admonished to repent and reform your lives.
1704 It is He who has permitted you, ungrateful as you are, to escape
1705 the sword of the enemy, by calling yourselves His servants,
1706 or by finding asylum in the sacred places of the martyrs.
1707 It is said that Romulus and Remus, in order to increase
1708 the population of the city they founded, opened a sanctuary
1709 in which every man might find asylum and absolution of all
1710 crime,—a remarkable foreshadowing of what has recently
1711 occurred in honour of Christ. The destroyers of Rome followed
1712 the example of its founders. But it was not greatly
1713 to their credit that the latter, for the sake of increasing the
1714 number of their citizens, did that which the former have done,
1715 lest the number of their enemies should be diminished.
1716 35. *Of the sons of the church who are hidden among the wicked, and of false
1717 Christians within the church.*
1718 Let these and similar answers (if any fuller and fitter answers
1719 can be found) be given to their enemies by the redeemed family
1720 of the Lord Christ, and by the pilgrim city of King Christ.
1721 But let this city bear in mind, that among her enemies lie hid
1722 those who are destined to be fellow-citizens, that she may
1723 not think it a fruitless labour to bear what they inflict as
1724 enemies until they become confessors of the faith. So, too,
1725 as long as she is a stranger in the world, the city of God has
1726 in her communion, and bound to her by the sacraments, some
1727 who shall not eternally dwell in the lot of the saints. Of
1728 these, some are not now recognised; others declare themselves,
1729 and do not hesitate to make common cause with
1730 our enemies in murmuring against God, whose sacramental
1731 badge they wear. These men you may to-day see thronging
1732 the churches with us, to-morrow crowding the theatres
1733 with the godless. But we have the less reason to despair of
1734 the reclamation even of such persons, if among our most
1735 declared enemies there are now some, unknown to themselves,
1736 who are destined to become our friends. In truth, these two
1737 cities are entangled together in this world, and intermixed
1738 until the last judgment effect their separation. I now proceed
1739 to speak, as God shall help me, of the rise, progress, and end
1740 of these two cities; and what I write, I write for the glory of
1741 the city of God, that, being placed in comparison with the
1742 other, it may shine with a brighter lustre.
1743 36. *What subjects are to be handled in the following discourse.*
1744 But I have still some things to say in confutation of those
1745 who refer the disasters of the Roman republic to our religion,
1746 because it prohibits the offering of sacrifices to the gods. For
1747 this end I must recount all, or as many as may seem sufficient,
1748 of the disasters which befell that city and its subject provinces,
1749 before these sacrifices were prohibited; for all these disasters
1750 they would doubtless have attributed to us, if at that time our
1751 religion had shed its light upon them, and had prohibited their
1752 sacrifices. I must then go on to show what social well-being
1753 the true God, in whose hand are all kingdoms, vouchsafed to
1754 grant to them that their empire might increase. I must show
1755 why He did so, and how their false gods, instead of at all aiding
1756 them, greatly injured them by guile and deceit. And, lastly, I
1757 must meet those who, when on this point convinced and confuted
1758 by irrefragable proofs, endeavour to maintain that they
1759 worship the gods, not hoping for the present advantages of this
1760 life, but for those which are to be enjoyed after death. And
1761 this, if I am not mistaken, will be the most difficult part of my
1762 task, and will be worthy of the loftiest argument; for we must
1763 then enter the lists with the philosophers, not the mere common
1764 herd of philosophers, but the most renowned, who in many points
1765 agree with ourselves, as regarding the immortality of the soul,
1766 and that the true God created the world, and by His providence
1767 rules all He has created. But as they differ from us
1768 on other points, we must not shrink from the task of exposing
1769 their errors, that, having refuted the gainsaying of the wicked
1770 with such ability as God may vouchsafe, we may assert the
1771 city of God, and true piety, and the worship of God, to which
1772 alone the promise of true and everlasting felicity is attached.
1773 Here, then, let us conclude, that we may enter on these subjects
1774 in a fresh book.
BOOK II
7 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
10 >
11 >
12 >
13 IN THIS BOOK AUGUSTINE REVIEWS THOSE CALAMITIES WHICH THE ROMANS SUFFERED
14 > BEFORE THE TIME OF CHRIST, AND WHILE THE WORSHIP OF THE
15 > FALSE GODS WAS UNIVERSALLY PRACTISED; AND DEMONSTRATES THAT, FAR
16 > FROM BEING PRESERVED FROM MISFORTUNE BY THE GODS, THE ROMANS
17 > HAVE BEEN BY THEM OVERWHELMED WITH THE ONLY, OR AT LEAST THE
18 > GREATEST, OF ALL CALAMITIES—THE CORRUPTION OF MANNERS, AND THE
19 > VICES OF THE SOUL.
20 1. *Of the limits which must be put to the necessity of replying to an adversary.*
21 If the feeble mind of man did not presume to resist the clear
22 evidence of truth, but yielded its infirmity to wholesome
23 doctrines, as to a health-giving medicine, until it obtained from
24 God, by its faith and piety, the grace needed to heal it, they
25 who have just ideas, and express them in suitable language,
26 would need to use no long discourse to refute the errors of
27 empty conjecture. But this mental infirmity is now more
28 prevalent and hurtful than ever, to such an extent that even
29 after the truth has been as fully demonstrated as man can
30 prove it to man, they hold for the very truth their own unreasonable
31 fancies, either on account of their great blindness,
32 which prevents them from seeing what is plainly set before
33 them, or on account of their opinionative obstinacy, which prevents
34 them from acknowledging the force of what they do see.
35 There therefore frequently arises a necessity of speaking more
36 fully on those points which are already clear, that we may, as
37 it were, present them not to the eye, but even to the touch,
38 so that they may be felt even by those who close their eyes
39 against them. And yet to what end shall we ever bring our
40 discussions, or what bounds can be set to our discourse, if we
41 proceed on the principle that we must always reply to those
42 who reply to us? For those who are either unable to understand
43 our arguments, or are so hardened by the habit of contradiction,
44 that though they understand they cannot yield to
45 them, reply to us, and, as it is written, "speak hard things,"[81]
46 and are incorrigibly vain. Now, if we were to propose to confute
47 their objections as often as they with brazen face chose
48 to disregard our arguments, and as often as they could by any
49 means contradict our statements, you see how endless, and
50 fruitless, and painful a task we should be undertaking. And
51 therefore I do not wish my writings to be judged even by you,
52 my son Marcellinus, nor by any of those others at whose service
53 this work of mine is freely and in all Christian charity
54 put, if at least you intend always to require a reply to every
55 exception which you hear taken to what you read in it; for
56 so you would become like those silly women of whom the
57 apostle says that they are "always learning, and never able
58 to come to the knowledge of the truth."[82]
59 2. *Recapitulation of the contents of the first book.*
60 In the foregoing book, having begun to speak of the city
61 of God, to which I have resolved, Heaven helping me, to consecrate
62 the whole of this work, it was my first endeavour
63 to reply to those who attribute the wars by which the world
64 is being devastated, and specially the recent sack of Rome
65 by the barbarians, to the religion of Christ, which prohibits
66 the offering of abominable sacrifices to devils. I have
67 shown that they ought rather to attribute it to Christ, that
68 for His name's sake the barbarians, in contravention of all
69 custom and law of war, threw open as sanctuaries the largest
70 churches, and in many instances showed such reverence to
71 Christ, that not only His genuine servants, but even those who
72 in their terror feigned themselves to be so, were exempted from
73 all those hardships which by the custom of war may lawfully
74 be inflicted. Then out of this there arose the question, why
75 wicked and ungrateful men were permitted to share in these
76 benefits; and why, too, the hardships and calamities of war
77 were inflicted on the godly as well as on the ungodly. And in
78 giving a suitably full answer to this large question, I occupied
79 some considerable space, partly that I might relieve the
80 anxieties which disturb many when they observe that the
81 blessings of God, and the common and daily human casualties,
82 fall to the lot of bad men and good without distinction; but
83 mainly that I might minister some consolation to those holy
84 and chaste women who were outraged by the enemy, in such
85 a way as to shock their modesty, though not to sully their
86 purity, and that I might preserve them from being ashamed
87 of life, though they have no guilt to be ashamed of. And
88 then I briefly spoke against those who with a most shameless
89 wantonness insult over those poor Christians who were subjected
90 to those calamities, and especially over those broken-hearted
91 and humiliated, though chaste and holy women; these
92 fellows themselves being most depraved and unmanly profligates,
93 quite degenerate from the genuine Romans, whose
94 famous deeds are abundantly recorded in history, and everywhere
95 celebrated, but who have found in their descendants the
96 greatest enemies of their glory. In truth, Rome, which was
97 founded and increased by the labours of these ancient heroes,
98 was more shamefully ruined by their descendants, while its
99 walls were still standing, than it is now by the razing of them.
100 For in this ruin there fell stones and timbers; but in the ruin
101 those profligates effected, there fell, not the mural, but the
102 moral bulwarks and ornaments of the city, and their hearts
103 burned with passions more destructive than the flames which
104 consumed their houses. Thus I brought my first book to a
105 close. And now I go on to speak of those calamities which
106 that city itself, or its subject provinces, have suffered since
107 its foundation; all of which they would equally have attributed
108 to the Christian religion, if at that early period the
109 doctrine of the gospel against their false and deceiving gods
110 had been as largely and freely proclaimed as now.
111 >
112 >
113 >
114 3. *That we need only to read history in order to see what calamities the Romans
115 > suffered before the religion of Christ began to compete with the worship of
116 > the gods.*
117 But remember that, in recounting these things, I have still
118 to address myself to ignorant men; so ignorant, indeed, as to
119 give birth to the common saying, "Drought and Christianity
120 go hand in hand."[83] There are indeed some among them who
121 are thoroughly well educated men, and have a taste for history,
122 in which the things I speak of are open to their observation;
123 but in order to irritate the uneducated masses against us, they
124 feign ignorance of these events, and do what they can to make
125 the vulgar believe that those disasters, which in certain places
126 and at certain times uniformly befall mankind, are the result
127 of Christianity, which is being everywhere diffused, and is
128 possessed of a renown and brilliancy which quite eclipse
129 their own gods.[84] Let them then, along with us, call to mind
130 with what various and repeated disasters the prosperity of
131 Rome was blighted, before ever Christ had come in the flesh,
132 and before His name had been blazoned among the nations
133 with that glory which they vainly grudge. Let them, if they
134 can, defend their gods in this article, since they maintain
135 that they worship them in order to be preserved from these
136 disasters, which they now impute to us if they suffer in the
137 least degree. For why did these gods permit the disasters
138 I am to speak of to fall on their worshippers before the
139 preaching of Christ's name offended them, and put an end to
140 their sacrifices?
141 >
142 >
143 >
144 4. *That the worshippers of the gods never received from them any healthy moral
145 > precepts, and that in celebrating their worship all sorts of impurities were
146 > practised.*
147 First of all, we would ask why their gods took no steps to
148 improve the morals of their worshippers. That the true God
149 should neglect those who did not seek His help, that was but
150 justice; but why did those gods, from whose worship ungrateful
151 men are now complaining that they are prohibited, issue
152 no laws which might have guided their devotees to a virtuous
153 life? Surely it was but just, that such care as men showed
154 to the worship of the gods, the gods on their part should have
155 to the conduct of men. But, it is replied, it is by his own
156 will a man goes astray. Who denies it? But none the less
157 was it incumbent on these gods, who were men's guardians,
158 to publish in plain terms the laws of a good life, and not to
159 conceal them from their worshippers. It was their part to
160 send prophets to reach and convict such as broke these laws,
161 and publicly to proclaim the punishments which await evildoers,
162 and the rewards which may be looked for by those that
163 do well. Did ever the walls of any of their temples echo to
164 any such warning voice? I myself, when I was a young
165 man, used sometimes to go to the sacrilegious entertainments
166 and spectacles; I saw the priests raving in religious excitement,
167 and heard the choristers; I took pleasure in the shameful
168 games which were celebrated in honour of gods and goddesses,
169 of the virgin Cœlestis,[85] and Berecynthia,[86] the mother of all the
170 gods. And on the holy day consecrated to her purification,
171 there were sung before her couch productions so obscene and
172 filthy for the ear—I do not say of the mother of the gods, but
173 of the mother of any senator or honest man—nay, so impure,
174 that not even the mother of the foul-mouthed players themselves
175 could have formed one of the audience. For natural
176 reverence for parents is a bond which the most abandoned
177 cannot ignore. And, accordingly, the lewd actions and filthy
178 words with which these players honoured the mother of the
179 gods, in presence of a vast assemblage and audience of both
180 sexes, they could not for very shame have rehearsed at home
181 in presence of their own mothers. And the crowds that were
182 gathered from all quarters by curiosity, offended modesty
183 must, I should suppose, have scattered in the confusion of
184 shame. If these are sacred rites, what is sacrilege? If this
185 is purification, what is pollution? This festivity was called
186 the Tables,[87] as if a banquet were being given at which unclean
187 devils might find suitable refreshment. For it is not difficult
188 to see what kind of spirits they must be who are delighted
189 with such obscenities, unless, indeed, a man be blinded by
190 these evil spirits passing themselves off under the name of
191 gods, and either disbelieves in their existence, or leads such a
192 life as prompts him rather to propitiate and fear them than the
193 true God.
194 5. *Of the obscenities practised in honour of the mother of the gods.*
195 In this matter I would prefer to have as my assessors in
196 judgment, not those men who rather take pleasure in these
197 infamous customs than take pains to put an end to them, but
198 that same Scipio Nasica who was chosen by the senate as
199 the citizen most worthy to receive in his hands the image of
200 that demon Cybele, and convey it into the city. He would
201 tell us whether he would be proud to see his own mother
202 so highly esteemed by the state as to have divine honours
203 adjudged to her; as the Greeks and Romans and other nations
204 have decreed divine honours to men who had been of material
205 service to them, and have believed that their mortal benefactors
206 were thus made immortal, and enrolled among the
207 gods.[88] Surely he would desire that his mother should enjoy
208 such felicity were it possible. But if we proceeded to ask
209 him whether, among the honours paid to her, he would wish
210 such shameful rites as these to be celebrated, would he not at
211 once exclaim that he would rather his mother lay stone-dead,
212 than survive as a goddess to lend her ear to these obscenities?
213 Is it possible that he who was of so severe a morality, that
214 he used his influence as a Roman senator to prevent the
215 building of a theatre in that city dedicated to the manly
216 virtues, would wish his mother to be propitiated as a goddess
217 with words which would have brought the blush to her cheek
218 when a Roman matron? Could he possibly believe that the
219 modesty of an estimable woman would be so transformed by
220 her promotion to divinity, that she would suffer herself to be
221 invoked and celebrated in terms so gross and immodest, that
222 if she had heard the like while alive upon earth, and had
223 listened without stopping her ears and hurrying from the
224 spot, her relatives, her husband, and her children would have
225 blushed for her? Therefore, the mother of the gods being
226 such a character as the most profligate man would be ashamed
227 to have for his mother, and meaning to enthral the minds of
228 the Romans, demanded for her service their best citizen, not
229 to ripen him still more in virtue by her helpful counsel, but
230 to entangle him by her deceit, like her of whom it is written,
231 "The adulteress will hunt for the precious soul."[89] Her intent
232 was to puff up this high-souled man by an apparently divine
233 testimony to his excellence, in order that he might rely upon
234 his own eminence in virtue, and make no further efforts after
235 true piety and religion, without which natural genius, however
236 brilliant, vapours into pride and comes to nothing. For what
237 but a guileful purpose could that goddess demand the best
238 man, seeing that in her own sacred festivals she requires such
239 obscenities as the best men would be covered with shame to
240 hear at their own tables?
241 6. *That the gods of the pagans never inculcated holiness of life.*
242 This is the reason why those divinities quite neglected the
243 lives and morals of the cities and nations who worshipped
244 them, and threw no dreadful prohibition in their way to
245 hinder them from becoming utterly corrupt, and to preserve
246 them from those terrible and detestable evils which visit not
247 harvests and vintages, not house and possessions, not the body
248 which is subject to the soul, but the soul itself, the spirit that
249 rules the whole man. If there was any such prohibition, let
250 it be produced, let it be proved. They will tell us that purity
251 and probity were inculcated upon those who were initiated in
252 the mysteries of religion, and that secret incitements to virtue
253 were whispered in the ear of the *élite*; but this is an idle
254 boast. Let them show or name to us the places which were
255 at any time consecrated to assemblages in which, instead of
256 the obscene songs and licentious acting of players, instead of
257 the celebration of those most filthy and shameless Fugalia[90]
258 (well called Fugalia, since they banish modesty and right
259 feeling), the people were commanded in the name of the gods
260 to restrain avarice, bridle impurity, and conquer ambition;
261 where, in short, they might learn in that school which Persius
262 vehemently lashes them to, when he says: "Be taught, ye
263 abandoned creatures, and ascertain the causes of things; what
264 we are, and for what end we are born; what is the law of
265 our success in life, and by what art we may turn the goal
266 without making shipwreck; what limit we should put to our
267 wealth, what we may lawfully desire, and what uses filthy
268 lucre serves; how much we should bestow upon our country
269 and our family; learn, in short, what God meant thee to be,
270 and what place He has ordered you to fill."[91] Let them name
271 to us the places where such instructions were wont to be
272 communicated from the gods, and where the people who worshipped
273 them were accustomed to resort to hear them, as we
274 can point to our churches built for this purpose in every land
275 where the Christian religion is received.
276 >
277 >
278 >
279 7. *That the suggestions of philosophers are precluded from having any moral
280 > effect, because they have not the authority which belongs to divine instruction,
281 > and because man's natural bias to evil induces him rather to follow
282 > the examples of the gods than to obey the precepts of men.*
283 But will they perhaps remind us of the schools of the
284 philosophers, and their disputations? In the first place, these
285 belong not to Rome, but to Greece; and even if we yield to
286 them that they are now Roman, because Greece itself has
287 become a Roman province, still the teachings of the philosophers
288 are not the commandments of the gods, but the discoveries
289 of men, who, at the prompting of their own speculative
290 ability, made efforts to discover the hidden laws of nature, and
291 the right and wrong in ethics, and in dialectic what was consequent
292 according to the rules of logic, and what was inconsequent
293 and erroneous. And some of them, by God's help,
294 made great discoveries; but when left to themselves they
295 were betrayed by human infirmity, and fell into mistakes. And
296 this was ordered by divine providence, that their pride might
297 be restrained, and that by their example it might be pointed
298 out that it is humility which has access to the highest regions.
299 But of this we shall have more to say, if the Lord God of
300 truth permit, in its own place.[92] However, if the philosophers
301 have made any discoveries which are sufficient to guide men
302 to virtue and blessedness, would it not have been greater
303 justice to vote divine honours to them? Were it not more
304 accordant with every virtuous sentiment to read Plato's writings
305 in a "Temple of Plato," than to be present in the temples
306 of devils to witness the priests of Cybele[93] mutilating themselves,
307 the effeminate being consecrated, the raving fanatics
308 cutting themselves, and whatever other cruel or shameful, or
309 shamefully cruel or cruelly shameful, ceremony is enjoined by
310 the ritual of such gods as these? Were it not a more suitable
311 education, and more likely to prompt the youth to virtue, if
312 they heard public recitals of the laws of the gods, instead of
313 the vain laudation of the customs and laws of their ancestors?
314 Certainly all the worshippers of the Roman gods, when once
315 they are possessed by what Persius calls "the burning poison
316 of lust,"[94] prefer to witness the deeds of Jupiter rather than to
317 hear what Plato taught or Cato censured. Hence the young
318 profligate in Terence, when he sees on the wall a fresco representing
319 the fabled descent of Jupiter into the lap of Danaë
320 in the form of a golden shower, accepts this as authoritative
321 precedent for his own licentiousness, and boasts that he is an
322 imitator of God. "And what God?" he says. "He who
323 with His thunder shakes the loftiest temples. And was I, a
324 poor creature compared to Him, to make bones of it? No;
325 I did it, and with all my heart."[95]
326 8. *That the theatrical exhibitions publishing the shameful actions of the gods,
327 propitiated rather than offended them.*
328 But, some one will interpose, these are the fables of poets,
329 not the deliverances of the gods themselves. Well, I have
330 no mind to arbitrate between the lewdness of theatrical entertainments
331 and of mystic rites; only this I say, and history
332 bears me out in making the assertion, that those same entertainments,
333 in which the fictions of poets are the main attraction,
334 were not introduced in the festivals of the gods by the
335 ignorant devotion of the Romans, but that the gods themselves
336 gave the most urgent commands to this effect, and indeed extorted
337 from the Romans these solemnities and celebrations in
338 their honour. I touched on this in the preceding book, and
339 mentioned that dramatic entertainments were first inaugurated
340 at Rome on occasion of a pestilence, and by authority of the
341 pontiff. And what man is there who is not more likely to
342 adopt, for the regulation of his own life, the examples that are
343 represented in plays which have a divine sanction, rather than
344 the precepts written and promulgated with no more than
345 human authority? If the poets gave a false representation
346 of Jove in describing him as adulterous, then it were to be expected
347 that the chaste gods should in anger avenge so wicked
348 a fiction, in place of encouraging the games which circulated
349 it. Of these plays, the most inoffensive are comedies and
350 tragedies, that is to say, the dramas which poets write for
351 the stage, and which, though they often handle impure subjects,
352 yet do so without the filthiness of language which characterizes
353 many other performances; and it is these dramas which
354 boys are obliged by their seniors to read and learn as a part
355 of what is called a liberal and gentlemanly education.[96]
356 9. *That the poetical licence which the Greeks, in obedience to their gods, allowed,
357 was restrained by the ancient Romans.*
358 The opinion of the ancient Romans on this matter is
359 attested by Cicero in his work *De Republica*, in which Scipio,
360 one of the interlocutors, says, "The lewdness of comedy could
361 never have been suffered by audiences, unless the customs of
362 society had previously sanctioned the same lewdness." And
363 in the earlier days the Greeks preserved a certain reasonableness
364 in their licence, and made it a law, that whatever comedy
365 wished to say of any one, it must say it of him by name.
366 And so in the same work of Cicero's, Scipio says, "Whom
367 has it not aspersed? Nay, whom has it not worried? Whom
368 has it spared? Allow that it may assail demagogues and
369 factions, men injurious to the commonwealth—a Cleon, a Cleophon,
370 a Hyperbolus. That is tolerable, though it had been
371 more seemly for the public censor to brand such men, than
372 for a poet to lampoon them; but to blacken the fame of
373 Pericles with scurrilous verse, after he had with the utmost
374 dignity presided over their state alike in war and in peace,
375 was as unworthy of a poet, as if our own Plautus or Nævius
376 were to bring Publius and Cneius Scipio on the comic stage, or
377 as if Cæcilius were to caricature Cato." And then a little after
378 he goes on: "Though our Twelve Tables attached the penalty
379 of death only to a very few offences, yet among these few this
380 was one: if any man should have sung a pasquinade, or have
381 composed a satire calculated to bring infamy or disgrace on
382 another person. Wisely decreed. For it is by the decisions
383 of magistrates, and by a well-informed justice, that our lives
384 ought to be judged, and not by the flighty fancies of poets;
385 neither ought we to be exposed to hear calumnies, save where
386 we have the liberty of replying, and defending ourselves before
387 an adequate tribunal." This much I have judged it advisable
388 to quote from the fourth book of Cicero's *De Republica*; and
389 I have made the quotation word for word, with the exception
390 of some words omitted, and some slightly transposed, for the
391 sake of giving the sense more readily. And certainly the
392 extract is pertinent to the matter I am endeavouring to explain.
393 Cicero makes some further remarks, and concludes
394 the passage by showing that the ancient Romans did not
395 permit any living man to be either praised or blamed on the
396 stage. But the Greeks, as I said, though not so moral, were
397 more logical in allowing this licence which the Romans forbade:
398 for they saw that their gods approved and enjoyed the
399 scurrilous language of low comedy when directed not only
400 against men, but even against themselves; and this, whether
401 the infamous actions imputed to them were the fictions of
402 poets, or were their actual iniquities commemorated and acted
403 in the theatres. And would that the spectators had judged
404 them worthy only of laughter, and not of imitation! Manifestly
405 it had been a stretch of pride to spare the good name
406 of the leading men and the common citizens, when the very
407 deities did not grudge that their own reputation should be
408 blemished.
409 10. *That the devils, in suffering either false or true crimes to be laid to their
410 charge, meant to do men a mischief.*
411 It is alleged, in excuse of this practice, that the stories told
412 of the gods are not true, but false, and mere inventions; but
413 this only makes matters worse, if we form our estimate by
414 the morality our religion teaches; and if we consider the
415 malice of the devils, what more wily and astute artifice could
416 they practise upon men? When a slander is uttered against
417 a leading statesman of upright and useful life, is it not reprehensible
418 in proportion to its untruth and groundlessness?
419 What punishment, then, shall be sufficient when the gods are
420 the objects of so wicked and outrageous an injustice? But
421 the devils, whom these men repute gods, are content that even
422 iniquities they are guiltless of should be ascribed to them, so
423 long as they may entangle men's minds in the meshes of these
424 opinions, and draw them on along with themselves to their
425 predestinated punishment: whether such things were actually
426 committed by the men whom these devils, delighting in
427 human infatuation, cause to be worshipped as gods, and in
428 whose stead they, by a thousand malign and deceitful artifices,
429 substitute themselves, and so receive worship; or whether,
430 though they were really the crimes of men, these wicked
431 spirits gladly allowed them to be attributed to higher beings,
432 that there might seem to be conveyed from heaven itself a
433 sufficient sanction for the perpetration of shameful wickedness.
434 The Greeks, therefore, seeing the character of the gods they
435 served, thought that the poets should certainly not refrain
436 from showing up human vices on the stage, either because
437 they desired to be like their gods in this, or because they were
438 afraid that, if they required for themselves a more unblemished
439 reputation than they asserted for the gods, they might provoke
440 them to anger.
441 >
442 >
443 >
444 11. *That the Greeks admitted players to offices of state, on the ground that men
445 > who pleased the gods should not be contemptuously treated by their fellows*.
446 It was a part of this same reasonableness of the Greeks
447 which induced them to bestow upon the actors of these same
448 plays no inconsiderable civic honours. In the above-mentioned
449 book of the *De Republica*, it is mentioned that Æschines,
450 a very eloquent Athenian, who had been a tragic actor in his
451 youth, became a statesman, and that the Athenians again and
452 again sent another tragedian, Aristodemus, as their plenipotentiary
453 to Philip. For they judged it unbecoming to condemn
454 and treat as infamous persons those who were the chief
455 actors in the scenic entertainments which they saw to be so
456 pleasing to the gods. No doubt this was immoral of the
457 Greeks, but there can be as little doubt they acted in conformity
458 with the character of their gods; for how could they
459 have presumed to protect the conduct of the citizens from
460 being cut to pieces by the tongues of poets and players, who
461 were allowed, and even enjoined by the gods, to tear their
462 divine reputation to tatters? And how could they hold in
463 contempt the men who acted in the theatres those dramas
464 which, as they had ascertained, gave pleasure to the gods
465 whom they worshipped? Nay, how could they but grant to
466 them the highest civic honours? On what plea could they
467 honour the priests who offered for them acceptable sacrifices
468 to the gods, if they branded with infamy the actors who in
469 behalf of the people gave to the gods that pleasure or honour
470 which they demanded, and which, according to the account of
471 the priests, they were angry at not receiving? Labeo,[97] whose
472 learning makes him an authority on such points, is of opinion
473 that the distinction between good and evil deities should find
474 expression in a difference of worship; that the evil should be
475 propitiated by bloody sacrifices and doleful rites, but the good
476 with a joyful and pleasant observance, as, *e.g.* (as he says himself),
477 with plays, festivals, and banquets.[98] All this we shall,
478 with God's help, hereafter discuss. At present, and speaking
479 to the subject on hand, whether all kinds of offerings are made
480 indiscriminately to all the gods, as if all were good (and it is
481 an unseemly thing to conceive that there are evil gods; but
482 these gods of the pagans are all evil, because they are not gods,
483 but evil spirits), or whether, as Labeo thinks, a distinction is
484 made between the offerings presented to the different gods,
485 the Greeks are equally justified in honouring alike the priests
486 by whom the sacrifices are offered, and the players by whom
487 the dramas are acted, that they may not be open to the charge
488 of doing an injury to all their gods, if the plays are pleasing
489 to all of them, or (which were still worse) to their good gods,
490 if the plays are relished only by them.
491 >
492 >
493 >
494 12. *That the Romans, by refusing to the poets the same licence in respect of men
495 > which they allowed them in the case of the gods, showed a more delicate
496 > sensitiveness regarding themselves than regarding the gods.*
497 The Romans, however, as Scipio boasts in that same discussion,
498 declined having their conduct and good name subjected
499 to the assaults and slanders of the poets, and went so far as
500 to make it a capital crime if any one should dare to compose
501 such verses. This was a very honourable course to pursue, so
502 far as they themselves were concerned, but in respect of the
503 gods it was proud and irreligious: for they knew that the
504 gods not only tolerated, but relished, being lashed by the injurious
505 expressions of the poets, and yet they themselves would
506 not suffer this same handling; and what their ritual prescribed
507 as acceptable to the gods, their law prohibited as injurious to
508 themselves. How then, Scipio, do you praise the Romans for
509 refusing this licence to the poets, so that no citizen could be
510 calumniated, while you know that the gods were not included
511 under this protection? Do you count your senate-house
512 worthy of so much higher a regard than the Capitol? Is the
513 one city of Rome more valuable in your eyes than the whole
514 heaven of gods, that you prohibit your poets from uttering
515 any injurious words against a citizen, though they may with
516 impunity cast what imputations they please upon the gods,
517 without the interference of senator, censor, prince, or pontiff?
518 It was, forsooth, intolerable that Plautus or Nævius should
519 attack Publius and Cneius Scipio, insufferable that Cæcilius
520 should lampoon Cato; but quite proper that your Terence
521 should encourage youthful lust by the wicked example of
522 supreme Jove.
523 >
524 >
525 >
526 13. *That the Romans should have understood that gods who desired to be worshipped
527 > in licentious entertainments were unworthy of divine honour.*
528 But Scipio, were he alive, would possibly reply: "How
529 could we attach a penalty to that which the gods themselves
530 have consecrated? For the theatrical entertainments in which
531 such things are said, and acted, and performed, were introduced
532 into Roman society by the gods, who ordered that they
533 should be dedicated and exhibited in their honour." But was
534 not this, then, the plainest proof that they were no true gods,
535 nor in any respect worthy of receiving divine honours from
536 the republic? Suppose they had required that in their
537 honour the citizens of Rome should be held up to ridicule,
538 every Roman would have resented the hateful proposal. How
539 then, I would ask, can they be esteemed worthy of worship,
540 when they propose that their own crimes be used as material
541 for celebrating their praises? Does not this artifice expose
542 them, and prove that they are detestable devils? Thus the
543 Romans, though they were superstitious enough to serve as
544 gods those who made no secret of their desire to be worshipped
545 in licentious plays, yet had sufficient regard to their hereditary
546 dignity and virtue, to prompt them to refuse to players any
547 such rewards as the Greeks accorded them. On this point
548 we have this testimony of Scipio, recorded in Cicero: "They
549 [the Romans] considered comedy and all theatrical performances
550 as disgraceful, and therefore not only debarred players
551 from offices and honours open to ordinary citizens, but also
552 decreed that their names should be branded by the censor, and
553 erased from the roll of their tribe." An excellent decree, and
554 another testimony to the sagacity of Rome; but I could wish
555 their prudence had been more thoroughgoing and consistent.
556 For when I hear that if any Roman citizen chose the stage as
557 his profession, he not only closed to himself every laudable
558 career, but even became an outcast from his own tribe, I cannot
559 but exclaim: This is the true Roman spirit, this is worthy of
560 a state jealous of its reputation. But then some one interrupts
561 my rapture, by inquiring with what consistency players are
562 debarred from all honours, while plays are counted among the
563 honours due to the gods? For a long while the virtue of
564 Rome was uncontaminated by theatrical exhibitions;[99] and if
565 they had been adopted for the sake of gratifying the taste of
566 the citizens, they would have been introduced hand in hand
567 with the relaxation of manners. But the fact is, that it was
568 the gods who demanded that they should be exhibited to
569 gratify them. With what justice, then, is the player excommunicated
570 by whom God is worshipped? On what pretext
571 can you at once adore him who exacts, and brand him who
572 acts these plays? This, then, is the controversy in which the
573 Greeks and Romans are engaged. The Greeks think they
574 justly honour players, because they worship the gods who
575 demand plays: the Romans, on the other hand, do not suffer
576 an actor to disgrace by his name his own plebeian tribe, far
577 less the senatorial order. And the whole of this discussion
578 may be summed up in the following syllogism. The Greeks
579 give us the major premiss: If such gods are to be worshipped,
580 then certainly such men may be honoured. The Romans add
581 the minor: But such men must by no means be honoured.
582 The Christians draw the conclusion: Therefore such gods must
583 by no means be worshipped.
584 14. *That Plato, who excluded poets from a well-ordered city, was better than
585 these gods who desire to be honoured by theatrical plays.*
586 We have still to inquire why the poets who write the
587 plays, and who by the law of the twelve tables are prohibited
588 from injuring the good name of the citizens, are reckoned more
589 estimable than the actors, though they so shamefully asperse
590 the character of the gods? Is it right that the actors of these
591 poetical and God-dishonouring effusions be branded, while
592 their authors are honoured? Must we not here award the
593 palm to a Greek, Plato, who, in framing his ideal republic,[100]
594 conceived that poets should be banished from the city as
595 enemies of the state? He could not brook that the gods be
596 brought into disrepute, nor that the minds of the citizens be
597 depraved and besotted, by the fictions of the poets. Compare
598 now human nature as you see it in Plato, expelling poets
599 from the city that the citizens be uninjured, with the divine
600 nature as you see it in these gods exacting plays in their
601 own honour. Plato strove, though unsuccessfully, to persuade
602 the light-minded and lascivious Greeks to abstain from so
603 much as writing such plays; the gods used their authority to
604 extort the acting of the same from the dignified and sober-minded
605 Romans. And not content with having them acted,
606 they had them dedicated to themselves, consecrated to themselves,
607 solemnly celebrated in their own honour. To which,
608 then, would it be more becoming in a state to decree divine
609 honours,—to Plato, who prohibited these wicked and licentious
610 plays, or to the demons who delighted in blinding men to the
611 truth of what Plato unsuccessfully sought to inculcate?
612 This philosopher, Plato, has been elevated by Labeo to the
613 rank of a demigod, and set thus upon a level with such as
614 Hercules and Romulus. Labeo ranks demigods higher than
615 heroes, but both he counts among the deities. But I have no
616 doubt that he thinks this man whom he reckons a demigod
617 worthy of greater respect not only than the heroes, but also
618 than the gods themselves. The laws of the Romans and the
619 speculations of Plato have this resemblance, that the latter
620 pronounces a wholesale condemnation of poetical fictions,
621 while the former restrain the licence of satire, at least so far
622 as men are the objects of it. Plato will not suffer poets
623 even to dwell in his city: the laws of Rome prohibit actors
624 from being enrolled as citizens; and if they had not feared to
625 offend the gods who had asked the services of the players, they
626 would in all likelihood have banished them altogether. It is
627 obvious, therefore, that the Romans could not receive, nor
628 reasonably expect to receive, laws for the regulation of their
629 conduct from their gods, since the laws they themselves enacted
630 far surpassed and put to shame the morality of the gods. The
631 gods demand stage-plays in their own honour; the Romans
632 exclude the players from all civic honours:[101] the former
633 commanded that they should be celebrated by the scenic representation
634 of their own disgrace; the latter commanded that
635 no poet should dare to blemish the reputation of any citizen.
636 But that demigod Plato resisted the lust of such gods as
637 these, and showed the Romans what their genius had left
638 incomplete; for he absolutely excluded poets from his ideal
639 state, whether they composed fictions with no regard to truth,
640 or set the worst possible examples before wretched men
641 under the guise of divine actions. We for our part, indeed,
642 reckon Plato neither a god nor a demigod; we would not
643 even compare him to any of God's holy angels, nor to the
644 truth-speaking prophets, nor to any of the apostles or martyrs
645 of Christ, nay, not to any faithful Christian man. The reason
646 of this opinion of ours we will, God prospering us, render in
647 its own place. Nevertheless, since they wish him to be considered
648 a demigod, we think he certainly is more entitled
649 to that rank, and is every way superior, if not to Hercules
650 and Romulus (though no historian could ever narrate nor any
651 poet sing of him that he had killed his brother, or committed
652 any crime), yet certainly to Priapus, or a Cynocephalus,[102] or
653 the Fever,[103]—divinities whom the Romans have partly received
654 from foreigners, and partly consecrated by home-grown rites.
655 How, then, could gods such as these be expected to promulgate
656 good and wholesome laws, either for the prevention of moral
657 and social evils, or for their eradication where they had already
658 sprung up?—gods who used their influence even to sow and
659 cherish profligacy, by appointing that deeds truly or falsely
660 ascribed to them should be published to the people by means
661 of theatrical exhibitions, and by thus gratuitously fanning the
662 flame of human lust with the breath of a seemingly divine
663 approbation. In vain does Cicero, speaking of poets, exclaim
664 against this state of things in these words: "When the
665 plaudits and acclamation of the people, who sit as infallible
666 judges, are won by the poets, what darkness benights the
667 mind, what fears invade, what passions inflame it!"[104]
668 15. *That it was vanity, not reason, which created some of the Roman gods.*
669 But is it not manifest that vanity rather than reason regulated
670 the choice of some of their false gods? This Plato,
671 whom they reckon a demigod, and who used all his eloquence
672 to preserve men from the most dangerous spiritual calamities,
673 has yet not been counted worthy even of a little shrine; but
674 Romulus, because they can call him their own, they have
675 esteemed more highly than many gods, though their secret doctrine
676 can allow him the rank only of a demigod. To him they
677 allotted a flamen, that is to say, a priest of a class so highly
678 esteemed in their religion (distinguished, too, by their conical
679 mitres), that for only three of their gods were flamens appointed—the
680 Flamen Dialis for Jupiter, Martialis for Mars, and Quirinalis
681 for Romulus (for when the ardour of his fellow-citizens
682 had given Romulus a seat among the gods, they gave him this
683 new name Quirinus). And thus by this honour Romulus has
684 been preferred to Neptune and Pluto, Jupiter's brothers, and
685 to Saturn himself, their father. They have assigned the same
686 priesthood to serve him as to serve Jove; and in giving Mars
687 (the reputed father of Romulus) the same honour, is this
688 not rather for Romulus' sake than to honour Mars?
689 >
690 >
691 >
692 16. *That if the gods had really possessed any regard for righteousness, the
693 > Romans should have received good laws from them, instead of having to
694 > borrow them from other nations.*
695 Moreover, if the Romans had been able to receive a rule of
696 life from their gods, they would not have borrowed Solon's
697 laws from the Athenians, as they did some years after Rome
698 was founded; and yet they did not keep them as they
699 received them, but endeavoured to improve and amend them.[105]
700 Although Lycurgus pretended that he was authorized by
701 Apollo to give laws to the Lacedemonians, the sensible
702 Romans did not choose to believe this, and were not induced
703 to borrow laws from Sparta. Numa Pompilius, who succeeded
704 Romulus in the kingdom, is said to have framed some laws,
705 which, however, were not sufficient for the regulation of civic
706 affairs. Among these regulations were many pertaining to
707 religious observances, and yet he is not reported to have
708 received even these from the gods. With respect, then, to
709 moral evils, evils of life and conduct,—evils which are so
710 mighty, that, according to the wisest pagans,[106] by them states
711 are ruined while their cities stand uninjured,—their gods
712 made not the smallest provision for preserving their worshippers
713 from these evils, but, on the contrary, took special pains
714 to increase them, as we have previously endeavoured to prove.
715 17. *Of the rape of the Sabine women, and other iniquities perpetrated in Rome's
716 palmiest days.*
717 But possibly we are to find the reason for this neglect of
718 the Romans by their gods, in the saying of Sallust, that
719 "equity and virtue prevailed among the Romans not more by
720 force of laws than of nature."[107] I presume it is to this inborn
721 equity and goodness of disposition we are to ascribe the rape
722 of the Sabine women. What, indeed, could be more equitable
723 and virtuous, than to carry off by force, as each man was
724 fit, and without their parents' consent, girls who were strangers
725 and guests, and who had been decoyed and entrapped by the
726 pretence of a spectacle! If the Sabines were wrong to deny
727 their daughters when the Romans asked for them, was it not
728 a greater wrong in the Romans to carry them off after that
729 denial? The Romans might more justly have waged war
730 against the neighbouring nation for having refused their
731 daughters in marriage when they first sought them, than for
732 having demanded them back when they had stolen them.
733 War should have been proclaimed at first: it was then that
734 Mars should have helped his warlike son, that he might by
735 force of arms avenge the injury done him by the refusal of
736 marriage, and might also thus win the women he desired.
737 There might have been some appearance of "right of war" in
738 a victor carrying off, in virtue of this right, the virgins who
739 had been without any show of right denied him; whereas
740 there was no "right of peace" entitling him to carry off those
741 who were not given to him, and to wage an unjust war with
742 their justly enraged parents. One happy circumstance was
743 indeed connected with this act of violence, viz., that though
744 it was commemorated by the games of the circus, yet even
745 this did not constitute it a precedent in the city or realm of
746 Rome. If one would find fault with the results of this act, it
747 must rather be on the ground that the Romans made Romulus
748 a god in spite of his perpetrating this iniquity; for one cannot
749 reproach them with making this deed any kind of precedent
750 for the rape of women.
751 Again, I presume it was due to this natural equity and
752 virtue, that after the expulsion of King Tarquin, whose son had
753 violated Lucretia, Junius Brutus the consul forced Lucius
754 Tarquinius Collatinus, Lucretia's husband and his own colleague,
755 a good and innocent man, to resign his office and go
756 into banishment, on the one sole charge that he was of the
757 name and blood of the Tarquins. This injustice was perpetrated
758 with the approval, or at least connivance, of the
759 people, who had themselves raised to the consular office both
760 Collatinus and Brutus. Another instance of this equity and
761 virtue is found in their treatment of Marcus Camillus. This
762 eminent man, after he had rapidly conquered the Veians, at
763 that time the most formidable of Rome's enemies, and who
764 had maintained a ten years' war, in which the Roman army had
765 suffered the usual calamities attendant on bad generalship,
766 after he had restored security to Rome, which had begun to
767 tremble for its safety, and after he had taken the wealthiest
768 city of the enemy, had charges brought against him by the
769 malice of those that envied his success, and by the insolence
770 of the tribunes of the people; and seeing that the city bore
771 him no gratitude for preserving it, and that he would
772 certainly be condemned, he went into exile, and even in his
773 absence was fined 10,000 asses. Shortly after, however, his
774 ungrateful country had again to seek his protection from the
775 Gauls. But I cannot now mention all the shameful and
776 iniquitous acts with which Rome was agitated, when the
777 aristocracy attempted to subject the people, and the people
778 resented their encroachments, and the advocates of either party
779 were actuated rather by the love of victory than by any equitable
780 or virtuous consideration.
781 >
782 >
783 >
784 18. *What the history of Sallust reveals regarding the life of the Romans, either
785 > when straitened by anxiety or relaxed in security.*
786 I will therefore pause, and adduce the testimony of Sallust
787 himself, whose words in praise of the Romans (that "equity
788 and virtue prevailed among them not more by force of laws
789 than of nature") have given occasion to this discussion. He
790 was referring to that period immediately after the expulsion
791 of the kings, in which the city became great in an incredibly
792 short space of time. And yet this same writer acknowledges
793 in the first book of his history, in the very exordium of his
794 work, that even at that time, when a very brief interval
795 had elapsed after the government had passed from kings to
796 consuls, the more powerful men began to act unjustly, and
797 occasioned the defection of the people from the patricians,
798 and other disorders in the city. For after Sallust had stated
799 that the Romans enjoyed greater harmony and a purer state
800 of society between the second and third Punic wars than at
801 any other time, and that the cause of this was not their love
802 of good order, but their fear lest the peace they had with
803 Carthage might be broken (this also, as we mentioned, Nasica
804 contemplated when he opposed the destruction of Carthage,
805 for he supposed that fear would tend to repress wickedness,
806 and to preserve wholesome ways of living), he then goes on to
807 say: "Yet, after the destruction of Carthage, discord, avarice,
808 ambition, and the other vices which are commonly generated
809 by prosperity, more than ever increased." If they "increased,"
810 and that "more than ever," then already they had appeared,
811 and had been increasing. And so Sallust adds this reason for
812 what he said. "For," he says, "the oppressive measures of
813 the powerful, and the consequent secessions of the plebs from
814 the patricians, and other civil dissensions, had existed from
815 the first, and affairs were administered with equity and well-tempered
816 justice for no longer a period than the short time
817 after the expulsion of the kings, while the city was occupied
818 with the serious Tuscan war and Tarquin's vengeance." You
819 see how, even in that brief period after the expulsion of the
820 kings, fear, he acknowledges, was the cause of the interval of
821 equity and good order. They were afraid, in fact, of the war
822 which Tarquin waged against them, after he had been driven
823 from the throne and the city, and had allied himself with the
824 Tuscans. But observe what he adds: "After that, the patricians
825 treated the people as their slaves, ordering them to be
826 scourged or beheaded just as the kings had done, driving
827 them from their holdings, and harshly tyrannizing over those
828 who had no property to lose. The people, overwhelmed by
829 these oppressive measures, and most of all by exorbitant
830 usury, and obliged to contribute both money and personal
831 service to the constant wars, at length took arms, and seceded
832 to Mount Aventine and Mount Sacer, and thus obtained for
833 themselves tribunes and protective laws. But it was only the
834 second Punic war that put an end on both sides to discord
835 and strife." You see what kind of men the Romans were,
836 even so early as a few years after the expulsion of the kings;
837 and it is of these men he says, that "equity and virtue prevailed
838 among them not more by force of law than of nature."
839 Now, if these were the days in which the Roman republic
840 shows fairest and best, what are we to say or think of the
841 succeeding age, when, to use the words of the same historian,
842 "changing little by little from the fair and virtuous city it
843 was, it became utterly wicked and dissolute?" This was, as he
844 mentions, after the destruction of Carthage. Sallust's brief
845 sum and sketch of this period may be read in his own history,
846 in which he shows how the profligate manners which were
847 propagated by prosperity resulted at last even in civil wars.
848 He says: "And from this time the primitive manners, instead
849 of undergoing an insensible alteration as hitherto they had
850 done, were swept away as by a torrent: the young men were
851 so depraved by luxury and avarice, that it may justly be said
852 that no father had a son who could either preserve his own
853 patrimony, or keep his hands off other men's." Sallust
854 adds a number of particulars about the vices of Sylla, and
855 the debased condition of the republic in general; and other
856 writers make similar observations, though in much less striking
857 language.
858 However, I suppose you now see, or at least any one who
859 gives his attention has the means of seeing, in what a sink
860 of iniquity that city was plunged before the advent of our
861 heavenly King. For these things happened not only before
862 Christ had begun to teach, but before He was even born of
863 the Virgin. If, then, they dare not impute to their gods the
864 grievous evils of those former times, more tolerable before the
865 destruction of Carthage, but intolerable and dreadful after it,
866 although it was the gods who by their malign craft instilled
867 into the minds of men the conceptions from which such
868 dreadful vices branched out on all sides, why do they impute
869 these present calamities to Christ, who teaches life-giving truth,
870 and forbids us to worship false and deceitful gods, and who,
871 abominating and condemning with His divine authority those
872 wicked and hurtful lusts of men, gradually withdraws His
873 own people from a world that is corrupted by these vices,
874 and is falling into ruins, to make of them an eternal city,
875 whose glory rests not on the acclamations of vanity, but on
876 the judgment of truth?
877 19. *Of the corruption which had grown upon the Roman republic before Christ
878 abolished the worship of the gods.*
879 Here, then, is this Roman republic, "which has changed
880 little by little from the fair and virtuous city it was, and has
881 become utterly wicked and dissolute." It is not I who am
882 the first to say this, but their own authors, from whom we
883 learned it for a fee, and who wrote it long before the coming
884 of Christ. You see how, before the coming of Christ, and
885 after the destruction of Carthage, "the primitive manners,
886 instead of undergoing insensible alteration, as hitherto they had
887 done, were swept away as by a torrent; and how depraved
888 by luxury and avarice the youth were." Let them now, on
889 their part, read to us any laws given by their gods to the
890 Roman people, and directed against luxury and avarice. And
891 would that they had only been silent on the subjects of
892 chastity and modesty, and had not demanded from the people
893 indecent and shameful practices, to which they lent a pernicious
894 patronage by their so-called divinity. Let them
895 read our commandments in the Prophets, Gospels, Acts of
896 the Apostles, or Epistles; let them peruse the large number
897 of precepts against avarice and luxury which are everywhere
898 read to the congregations that meet for this purpose, and
899 which strike the ear, not with the uncertain sound of a philosophical
900 discussion, but with the thunder of God's own oracle
901 pealing from the clouds. And yet they do not impute to their
902 gods the luxury and avarice, the cruel and dissolute manners,
903 that had rendered the republic utterly wicked and corrupt,
904 even before the coming of Christ; but whatever affliction
905 their pride and effeminacy have exposed them to in these
906 latter days, they furiously impute to our religion. If the
907 kings of the earth and all their subjects, if all princes and
908 judges of the earth, if young men and maidens, old and
909 young, every age, and both sexes; if they whom the Baptist
910 addressed, the publicans and the soldiers, were all together
911 to hearken to and observe the precepts of the Christian
912 religion regarding a just and virtuous life, then should the
913 republic adorn the whole earth with its own felicity, and
914 attain in life everlasting to the pinnacle of kingly glory.
915 But because this man listens, and that man scoffs, and most
916 are enamoured of the blandishments of vice rather than the
917 wholesome severity of virtue, the people of Christ, whatever
918 be their condition—whether they be kings, princes, judges,
919 soldiers, or provincials, rich or poor, bond or free, male or
920 female—are enjoined to endure this earthly republic, wicked
921 and dissolute as it is, that so they may by this endurance
922 win for themselves an eminent place in that most holy and
923 august assembly of angels and republic of heaven, in which
924 the will of God is the law.
925 20. *Of the kind of happiness and life truly delighted in by those who inveigh
926 against the Christian religion.*
927 But the worshippers and admirers of these gods delight in
928 imitating their scandalous iniquities, and are nowise concerned
929 that the republic be less depraved and licentious.
930 Only let it remain undefeated, they say, only let it flourish
931 and abound in resources; let it be glorious by its victories, or
932 still better, secure in peace; and what matters it to us?
933 This is our concern, that every man be able to increase his
934 wealth so as to supply his daily prodigalities, and so that the
935 powerful may subject the weak for their own purposes. Let
936 the poor court the rich for a living, and that under their protection
937 they may enjoy a sluggish tranquillity; and let the
938 rich abuse the poor as their dependants, to minister to their
939 pride. Let the people applaud not those who protect their
940 interests, but those who provide them with pleasure. Let no
941 severe duty be commanded, no impurity forbidden. Let kings
942 estimate their prosperity, not by the righteousness, but by the
943 servility of their subjects. Let the provinces stand loyal to
944 the kings, not as moral guides, but as lords of their possessions
945 and purveyors of their pleasures; not with a hearty
946 reverence, but a crooked and servile fear. Let the laws take
947 cognizance rather of the injury done to another man's property,
948 than of that done to one's own person. If a man be a
949 nuisance to his neighbour, or injure his property, family, or
950 person, let him be actionable; but in his own affairs let every
951 one with impunity do what he will in company with his own
952 family, and with those who willingly join him. Let there be
953 a plentiful supply of public prostitutes for every one who
954 wishes to use them, but specially for those who are too poor
955 to keep one for their private use. Let there be erected houses
956 of the largest and most ornate description: in these let there
957 be provided the most sumptuous banquets, where every one
958 who pleases may, by day or night, play, drink, vomit,[108] dissipate.
959 Let there be everywhere heard the rustling of dancers,
960 the loud, immodest laughter of the theatre; let a succession of
961 the most cruel and the most voluptuous pleasures maintain a
962 perpetual excitement. If such happiness is distasteful to any,
963 let him be branded as a public enemy; and if any attempt to
964 modify or put an end to it, let him be silenced, banished, put
965 an end to. Let these be reckoned the true gods, who procure
966 for the people this condition of things, and preserve it when
967 once possessed. Let them be worshipped as they wish; let
968 them demand whatever games they please, from or with their
969 own worshippers; only let them secure that such felicity be
970 not imperilled by foe, plague, or disaster of any kind. What
971 sane man would compare a republic such as this, I will not
972 say to the Roman empire, but to the palace of Sardanapalus,
973 the ancient king who was so abandoned to pleasures, that he
974 caused it to be inscribed on his tomb, that now that he was
975 dead, he possessed only those things which he had swallowed
976 and consumed by his appetites while alive? If these men
977 had such a king as this, who, while self-indulgent, should lay
978 no severe restraint on them, they would more enthusiastically
979 consecrate to him a temple and a flamen than the ancient
980 Romans did to Romulus.
981 21. *Cicero's opinion of the Roman republic.*
982 But if our adversaries do not care how foully and disgracefully
983 the Roman republic be stained by corrupt practices, so
984 long only as it holds together and continues in being, and
985 if they therefore pooh-pooh the testimony of Sallust to its
986 "utterly wicked and profligate" condition, what will they
987 make of Cicero's statement, that even in his time it had
988 become entirely extinct, and that there remained extant no
989 Roman republic at all? He introduces Scipio (the Scipio
990 who had destroyed Carthage) discussing the republic, at a time
991 when already there were presentiments of its speedy ruin by
992 that corruption which Sallust describes. In fact, at the time
993 when the discussion took place, one of the Gracchi, who,
994 according to Sallust, was the first great instigator of seditions,
995 had already been put to death. His death, indeed, is mentioned
996 in the same book. Now Scipio, in the end of the
997 second book, says: "As, among the different sounds which proceed
998 from lyres, flutes, and the human voice, there must be
999 maintained a certain harmony which a cultivated ear cannot
1000 endure to hear disturbed or jarring, but which may be elicited
1001 in full and absolute concord by the modulation even of voices
1002 very unlike one another; so, where reason is allowed to
1003 modulate the diverse elements of the state, there is obtained a
1004 perfect concord from the upper, lower, and middle classes as
1005 from various sounds; and what musicians call harmony in
1006 singing, is concord in matters of state, which is the strictest
1007 bond and best security of any republic, and which by no
1008 ingenuity can be retained where justice has become extinct."
1009 Then, when he had expatiated somewhat more fully, and had
1010 more copiously illustrated the benefits of its presence and the
1011 ruinous effects of its absence upon a state, Pilus, one of the
1012 company present at the discussion, struck in and demanded
1013 that the question should be more thoroughly sifted, and that
1014 the subject of justice should be freely discussed for the sake
1015 of ascertaining what truth there was in the maxim which was
1016 then becoming daily more current, that "the republic cannot
1017 be governed without injustice." Scipio expressed his willingness
1018 to have this maxim discussed and sifted, and gave it as
1019 his opinion that it was baseless, and that no progress could be
1020 made in discussing the republic unless it was established, not
1021 only that this maxim, that "the republic cannot be governed
1022 without injustice," was false, but also that the truth is, that it
1023 cannot be governed without the most absolute justice. And
1024 the discussion of this question, being deferred till the next
1025 day, is carried on in the third book with great animation.
1026 For Pilus himself undertook to defend the position that the
1027 republic cannot be governed without injustice, at the same
1028 time being at special pains to clear himself of any real participation
1029 in that opinion. He advocated with great keenness
1030 the cause of injustice against justice, and endeavoured by
1031 plausible reasons and examples to demonstrate that the former
1032 is beneficial, the latter useless, to the republic. Then, at the
1033 request of the company, Lælius attempted to defend justice,
1034 and strained every nerve to prove that nothing is so hurtful
1035 to a state as injustice; and that without justice a republic
1036 can neither be governed, nor even continue to exist.
1037 When this question has been handled to the satisfaction of
1038 the company, Scipio reverts to the original thread of discourse,
1039 and repeats with commendation his own brief definition of a
1040 republic, that it is the weal of the people. "The people" he
1041 defines as being not every assemblage or mob, but an assemblage
1042 associated by a common acknowledgment of law, and by
1043 a community of interests. Then he shows the use of definition
1044 in debate; and from these definitions of his own he
1045 gathers that a republic, or "weal of the people," then exists
1046 only when it is well and justly governed, whether by a
1047 monarch, or an aristocracy, or by the whole people. But
1048 when the monarch is unjust, or, as the Greeks say, a tyrant;
1049 or the aristocrats are unjust, and form a faction; or the
1050 people themselves are unjust, and become, as Scipio for want
1051 of a better name calls them, themselves the tyrant, then the
1052 republic is not only blemished (as had been proved the day
1053 before), but by legitimate deduction from those definitions, it
1054 altogether ceases to be. For it could not be the people's weal
1055 when a tyrant factiously lorded it over the state; neither
1056 would the people be any longer a people if it were unjust,
1057 since it would no longer answer the definition of a people—"an
1058 assemblage associated by a common acknowledgment of
1059 law, and by a community of interests."
1060 When, therefore, the Roman republic was such as Sallust
1061 described it, it was not "utterly wicked and profligate," as
1062 he says, but had altogether ceased to exist, if we are to admit
1063 the reasoning of that debate maintained on the subject of
1064 the republic by its best representatives. Tully himself, too,
1065 speaking not in the person of Scipio or any one else, but
1066 uttering his own sentiments, uses the following language in
1067 the beginning of the fifth book, after quoting a line from the
1068 poet Ennius, in which he said, "Rome's severe morality and
1069 her citizens are her safeguard." "This verse," says Cicero,
1070 "seems to me to have all the sententious truthfulness of an
1071 oracle. For neither would the citizens have availed without
1072 the morality of the community, nor would the morality of the
1073 commons without outstanding men have availed either to
1074 establish or so long to maintain in vigour so grand a republic
1075 with so wide and just an empire. Accordingly, before our
1076 day, the hereditary usages formed our foremost men, and they
1077 on their part retained the usages and institutions of their
1078 fathers. But our age, receiving the republic as a *chef-d'œuvre*
1079 of another age which has already begun to grow old, has not
1080 merely neglected to restore the colours of the original, but has
1081 not even been at the pains to preserve so much as the general
1082 outline and most outstanding features. For what survives
1083 of that primitive morality which the poet called Rome's safeguard?
1084 It is so obsolete and forgotten, that, far from practising
1085 it, one does not even know it. And of the citizens what
1086 shall I say? Morality has perished through poverty of great
1087 men; a poverty for which we must not only assign a reason,
1088 but for the guilt of which we must answer as criminals charged
1089 with a capital crime. For it is through our vices, and not by
1090 any mishap, that we retain only the name of a republic, and
1091 have long since lost the reality."
1092 This is the confession of Cicero, long indeed after the death
1093 of Africanus, whom he introduced as an interlocutor in his
1094 work *De Republica*, but still before the coming of Christ. Yet,
1095 if the disasters he bewails had been lamented after the Christian
1096 religion had been diffused, and had begun to prevail, is
1097 there a man of our adversaries who would not have thought
1098 that they were to be imputed to the Christians? Why, then,
1099 did their gods not take steps then to prevent the decay and
1100 extinction of that republic, over the loss of which Cicero, long
1101 before Christ had come in the flesh, sings so lugubrious a
1102 dirge? Its admirers have need to inquire whether, even in
1103 the days of primitive men and morals, true justice flourished
1104 in it; or was it not perhaps even then, to use the casual expression
1105 of Cicero, rather a coloured painting than the living
1106 reality? But, if God will, we shall consider this elsewhere.
1107 For I mean in its own place to show that—according to the
1108 definitions in which Cicero himself, using Scipio as his mouthpiece,
1109 briefly propounded what a republic is, and what a
1110 people is, and according to many testimonies, both of his own
1111 lips and of those who took part in that same debate—Rome
1112 never was a republic, because true justice had never a place
1113 in it. But accepting the more feasible definitions of a republic,
1114 I grant there was a republic of a certain kind, and certainly
1115 much better administered by the more ancient Romans than
1116 by their modern representatives. But the fact is, true justice
1117 has no existence save in that republic whose founder and
1118 ruler is Christ, if at least any choose to call this a republic;
1119 and indeed we cannot deny that it is the people's weal. But
1120 if perchance this name, which has become familiar in other
1121 connections, be considered alien to our common parlance, we
1122 may at all events say that in this city is true justice; the city
1123 of which Holy Scripture says, "Glorious things are said of
1124 thee, O city of God."
1125 22. *That the Roman gods never took any steps to prevent the republic from being
1126 ruined by immorality.*
1127 But what is relevant to the present question is this, that
1128 however admirable our adversaries say the republic was or is,
1129 it is certain that by the testimony of their own most learned
1130 writers it had become, long before the coming of Christ,
1131 utterly wicked and dissolute, and indeed had no existence,
1132 but had been destroyed by profligacy. To prevent this, surely
1133 these guardian gods ought to have given precepts of morals
1134 and a rule of life to the people by whom they were worshipped
1135 in so many temples, with so great a variety of priests
1136 and sacrifices, with such numberless and diverse rites, so
1137 many festal solemnities, so many celebrations of magnificent
1138 games. But in all this the demons only looked after their
1139 own interest, and cared not at all how their worshippers lived,
1140 or rather were at pains to induce them to lead an abandoned
1141 life, so long as they paid these tributes to their honour, and
1142 regarded them with fear. If any one denies this, let him
1143 produce, let him point to, let him read the laws which the
1144 gods had given against sedition, and which the Gracchi transgressed
1145 when they threw everything into confusion; or those
1146 Marius, and Cinna, and Carbo broke when they involved their
1147 country in civil wars, most iniquitous and unjustifiable in their
1148 causes, cruelly conducted, and yet more cruelly terminated; or
1149 those which Sylla scorned, whose life, character, and deeds, as
1150 described by Sallust and other historians, are the abhorrence
1151 of all mankind. Who will deny that at that time the
1152 republic had become extinct?
1153 Possibly they will be bold enough to suggest in defence
1154 of the gods, that they abandoned the city on account of the
1155 profligacy of the citizens, according to the lines of Virgil:
1156 "Gone from each fane, each sacred shrine,
1157 Are those who made this realm divine."[109]
1158 But, firstly, if it be so, then they cannot complain against the
1159 Christian religion, as if it were that which gave offence to
1160 the gods and caused them to abandon Rome, since the Roman
1161 immorality had long ago driven from the altars of the city a
1162 cloud of little gods, like as many flies. And yet where was
1163 this host of divinities, when, long before the corruption of the
1164 primitive morality, Rome was taken and burnt by the Gauls?
1165 Perhaps they were present, but asleep? For at that time the
1166 whole city fell into the hands of the enemy, with the single
1167 exception of the Capitoline hill; and this too would have been
1168 taken, had not—the watchful geese aroused the sleeping gods!
1169 And this gave occasion to the festival of the goose, in which
1170 Rome sank nearly to the superstition of the Egyptians, who
1171 worship beasts and birds. But of these adventitious evils
1172 which are inflicted by hostile armies or by some disaster, and
1173 which attach rather to the body than the soul, I am not
1174 meanwhile disputing. At present I speak of the decay of
1175 morality, which at first almost imperceptibly lost its brilliant
1176 hue, but afterwards was wholly obliterated, was swept away as
1177 by a torrent, and involved the republic in such disastrous
1178 ruin, that though the houses and walls remained standing,
1179 the leading writers do not scruple to say that the republic
1180 was destroyed. Now, the departure of the gods "from each
1181 fane, each sacred shrine," and their abandonment of the city
1182 to destruction, was an act of justice, if their laws inculcating
1183 justice and a moral life had been held in contempt by that
1184 city. But what kind of gods were these, pray, who declined
1185 to live with a people who worshipped them, and whose
1186 corrupt life they had done nothing to reform?
1187 23. *That the vicissitudes of this life are dependent not on the favour or hostility
1188 of demons, but on the will of the true God.*
1189 But, further, is it not obvious that the gods have abetted the
1190 fulfilment of men's desires, instead of authoritatively bridling
1191 them? For Marius, a low-born and self-made man, who ruthlessly
1192 provoked and conducted civil wars, was so effectually
1193 aided by them, that he was seven times consul, and died
1194 full of years in his seventh consulship, escaping the hands of
1195 Sylla, who immediately afterwards came into power. Why,
1196 then, did they not also aid him, so as to restrain him from so
1197 many enormities? For if it is said that the gods had no
1198 hand in his success, this is no trivial admission, that a man
1199 can attain the dearly coveted felicity of this life even though
1200 his own gods be not propitious; that men can be loaded with
1201 the gifts of fortune as Marius was, can enjoy health, power,
1202 wealth, honours, dignity, length of days, though the gods be
1203 hostile to him; and that, on the other hand, men can be tormented
1204 as Regulus was, with captivity, bondage, destitution,
1205 watchings, pain, and cruel death, though the gods be his friends.
1206 To concede this is to make a compendious confession that the
1207 gods are useless, and their worship superfluous. If the gods
1208 have taught the people rather what goes clean counter to the
1209 virtues of the soul, and that integrity of life which meets a
1210 reward after death; if even in respect of temporal and transitory
1211 blessings they neither hurt those whom they hate nor profit
1212 whom they love, why are they worshipped, why are they invoked
1213 with such eager homage? Why do men murmur in difficult
1214 and sad emergencies, as if the gods had retired in anger? and
1215 why, on their account, is the Christian religion injured by the
1216 most unworthy calumnies? If in temporal matters they have
1217 power either for good or for evil, why did they stand by Marius,
1218 the worst of Rome's citizens, and abandon Regulus, the best?
1219 Does this not prove themselves to be most unjust and wicked?
1220 And even if it be supposed that for this very reason they are
1221 the rather to be feared and worshipped, this is a mistake; for
1222 we do not read that Regulus worshipped them less assiduously
1223 than Marius. Neither is it apparent that a wicked life is to
1224 be chosen, on the ground that the gods are supposed to have
1225 favoured Marius more than Regulus. For Metellus, the
1226 most highly esteemed of all the Romans, who had five sons
1227 in the consulship, was prosperous even in this life; and
1228 Catiline, the worst of men, reduced to poverty and defeated
1229 in the war his own guilt had aroused, lived and perished
1230 miserably. Real and secure felicity is the peculiar possession
1231 of those who worship that God by whom alone it can be
1232 conferred.
1233 It is thus apparent, that when the republic was being
1234 destroyed by profligate manners, its gods did nothing to
1235 hinder its destruction by the direction or correction of its
1236 manners, but rather accelerated its destruction by increasing
1237 the demoralization and corruption that already existed. They
1238 need not pretend that their goodness was shocked by the
1239 iniquity of the city, and that they withdrew in anger. For
1240 they were there, sure enough; they are detected, convicted:
1241 they were equally unable to break silence so as to guide
1242 others, and to keep silence so as to conceal themselves. I
1243 do not dwell on the fact that the inhabitants of Minturnæ
1244 took pity on Marius, and commended him to the goddess
1245 Marica in her grove, that she might give him success in
1246 all things, and that from the abyss of despair in which he
1247 then lay he forthwith returned unhurt to Rome, and entered
1248 the city the ruthless leader of a ruthless army; and they
1249 who wish to know how bloody was his victory, how unlike a
1250 citizen, and how much more relentlessly than any foreign foe
1251 he acted, let them read the histories. But this, as I said, I
1252 do not dwell upon; nor do I attribute the bloody bliss of
1253 Marius to, I know not what Minturnian goddess [Marica], but
1254 rather to the secret providence of God, that the mouths of our
1255 adversaries might be shut, and that they who are not led by
1256 passion, but by prudent consideration of events, might be delivered
1257 from error. And even if the demons have any power
1258 in these matters, they have only that power which the secret
1259 decree of the Almighty allots to them, in order that we may
1260 not set too great store by earthly prosperity, seeing it is oftentimes
1261 vouchsafed even to wicked men like Marius; and that
1262 we may not, on the other hand, regard it as an evil, since
1263 we see that many good and pious worshippers of the one true
1264 God are, in spite of the demons, pre-eminently successful;
1265 and, finally, that we may not suppose that these unclean
1266 spirits are either to be propitiated or feared for the sake of
1267 earthly blessings or calamities: for as wicked men on earth
1268 cannot do all they would, so neither can these demons, but
1269 only in so far as they are permitted by the decree of Him
1270 whose judgments are fully comprehensible, justly reprehensible
1271 by none.
1272 24. *Of the deeds of Sylla, in which the demons boasted that he had their help.*
1273 It is certain that Sylla—whose rule was so cruel, that, in
1274 comparison with it, the preceding state of things which he
1275 came to avenge was regretted—when first he advanced towards
1276 Rome to give battle to Marius, found the auspices so favourable
1277 when he sacrificed, that, according to Livy's account, the
1278 augur Postumius expressed his willingness to lose his head if
1279 Sylla did not, with the help of the gods, accomplish what he
1280 designed. The gods, you see, had not departed from "every
1281 fane and sacred shrine," since they were still predicting the
1282 issue of these affairs, and yet were taking no steps to correct
1283 Sylla himself. Their presages promised him great prosperity, but
1284 no threatenings of theirs subdued his evil passions. And then,
1285 when he was in Asia conducting the war against Mithridates,
1286 a message from Jupiter was delivered to him by Lucius Titius,
1287 to the effect that he would conquer Mithridates; and so it came
1288 to pass. And afterwards, when he was meditating a return
1289 to Rome for the purpose of avenging in the blood of the
1290 citizens injuries done to himself and his friends, a second
1291 message from Jupiter was delivered to him by a soldier of
1292 the sixth legion, to the effect that it was he who had predicted
1293 the victory over Mithridates, and that now he promised to give
1294 him power to recover the republic from his enemies, though
1295 with great bloodshed. Sylla at once inquired of the soldier
1296 what form had appeared to him; and, on his reply, recognised
1297 that it was the same as Jupiter had formerly employed to
1298 convey to him the assurance regarding the victory over Mithridates.
1299 How, then, can the gods be justified in this matter
1300 for the care they took to predict these shadowy successes, and
1301 for their negligence in correcting Sylla, and restraining him
1302 from stirring up a civil war so lamentable and atrocious, that it
1303 not merely disfigured, but extinguished, the republic? The
1304 truth is, as I have often said, and as Scripture informs us, and
1305 as the facts themselves sufficiently indicate, the demons are
1306 found to look after their own ends only, that they may be
1307 regarded and worshipped as gods, and that men may be induced
1308 to offer to them a worship which associates them with
1309 their crimes, and involves them in one common wickedness
1310 and judgment of God.
1311 Afterwards, when Sylla had come to Tarentum, and had
1312 sacrificed there, he saw on the head of the victim's liver the
1313 likeness of a golden crown. Thereupon the same soothsayer
1314 Postumius interpreted this to signify a signal victory, and
1315 ordered that he only should eat of the entrails. A little
1316 afterwards, the slave of a certain Lucius Pontius cried out, "I
1317 am Bellona's messenger; the victory is yours, Sylla!" Then
1318 he added that the Capitol should be burned. As soon as he
1319 had uttered this prediction he left the camp, but returned the
1320 following day more excited than ever, and shouted, "The Capitol
1321 is fired!" And fired indeed it was. This it was easy for a
1322 demon both to foresee and quickly to announce. But observe,
1323 as relevant to our subject, what kind of gods they are under
1324 whom these men desire to live, who blaspheme the Saviour
1325 that delivers the wills of the faithful from the dominion of
1326 devils. The man cried out in prophetic rapture, "The victory
1327 is yours, Sylla!" And to certify that he spoke by a divine
1328 spirit, he predicted also an event which was shortly to happen,
1329 and which indeed did fall out, in a place from which he in
1330 whom this spirit was speaking was far distant. But he never
1331 cried, Forbear thy villanies, Sylla!—the villanies which were
1332 committed at Rome by that victor to whom a golden crown
1333 on the calf's liver had been shown as the divine evidence of
1334 his victory. If such signs as this were customarily sent by
1335 just gods, and not by wicked demons, then certainly the entrails
1336 he consulted should rather have given Sylla intimation
1337 of the cruel disasters that were to befall the city and himself.
1338 For that victory was not so conducive to his exaltation to
1339 power, as it was fatal to his ambition; for by it he became
1340 so insatiable in his desires, and was rendered so arrogant and
1341 reckless by prosperity, that he may be said rather to have
1342 inflicted a moral destruction on himself than corporal destruction
1343 on his enemies. But these truly woful and deplorable
1344 calamities the gods gave him no previous hint of, neither
1345 by entrails, augury, dream, nor prediction. For they feared
1346 his amendment more than his defeat. Yea, they took good
1347 care that this glorious conqueror of his own fellow-citizens
1348 should be conquered and led captive by his own infamous
1349 vices, and should thus be the more submissive slave of the
1350 demons themselves.
1351 25. *How powerfully the evil spirits incite men to wicked actions, by giving them
1352 the quasi-divine authority of their example.*
1353 Now, who does not hereby comprehend,—unless he has
1354 preferred to imitate such gods rather than by divine grace to
1355 withdraw himself from their fellowship,—who does not see
1356 how eagerly these evil spirits strive by their example to lend,
1357 as it were, divine authority to crime? Is not this proved by
1358 the fact that they were seen in a wide plain in Campania rehearsing
1359 among themselves the battle which shortly after took
1360 place there with great bloodshed between the armies of Rome?
1361 For at first there were heard loud crashing noises, and afterwards
1362 many reported that they had seen for some days together
1363 two armies engaged. And when this battle ceased, they
1364 found the ground all indented with just such footprints of
1365 men and horses as a great conflict would leave. If, then, the
1366 deities were veritably fighting with one another, the civil wars
1367 of men are sufficiently justified; yet, by the way, let it be observed
1368 that such pugnacious gods must be very wicked or very
1369 wretched. If, however, it was but a sham-fight, what did
1370 they intend by this, but that the civil wars of the Romans
1371 should seem no wickedness, but an imitation of the gods?
1372 For already the civil wars had begun; and before this, some
1373 lamentable battles and execrable massacres had occurred.
1374 Already many had been moved by the story of the soldier,
1375 who, on stripping the spoils of his slain foe, recognised in the
1376 stripped corpse his own brother, and, with deep curses on civil
1377 wars, slew himself there and then on his brother's body. To
1378 disguise the bitterness of such tragedies, and kindle increasing
1379 ardour in this monstrous warfare, these malign demons, who
1380 were reputed and worshipped as gods, fell upon this plan of
1381 revealing themselves in a state of civil war, that no compunction
1382 for fellow-citizens might cause the Romans to shrink
1383 from such battles, but that the human criminality might be
1384 justified by the divine example. By a like craft, too, did these
1385 evil spirits command that scenic entertainments, of which I
1386 have already spoken, should be instituted and dedicated to
1387 them. And in these entertainments the poetical compositions
1388 and actions of the drama ascribed such iniquities to the
1389 gods, that every one might safely imitate them, whether he
1390 believed the gods had actually done such things, or, not believing
1391 this, yet perceived that they most eagerly desired to be
1392 represented as having done them. And that no one might
1393 suppose, that in representing the gods as fighting with one
1394 another, the poets had slandered them, and imputed to them
1395 unworthy actions, the gods themselves, to complete the deception,
1396 confirmed the compositions of the poets by exhibiting
1397 their own battles to the eyes of men, not only through actions
1398 in the theatres, but in their own persons on the actual field.
1399 We have been forced to bring forward these facts, because
1400 their authors have not scrupled to say and to write that the
1401 Roman republic had already been ruined by the depraved
1402 moral habits of the citizens, and had ceased to exist before the
1403 advent of our Lord Jesus Christ. Now this ruin they do not
1404 impute to their own gods, though they impute to our Christ
1405 the evils of this life, which cannot ruin good men, be they
1406 alive or dead. And this they do, though our Christ has
1407 issued so many precepts inculcating virtue and restraining
1408 vice; while their own gods have done nothing whatever to
1409 preserve that republic that served them, and to restrain it
1410 from ruin by such precepts, but have rather hastened its
1411 destruction, by corrupting its morality through their pestilent
1412 example. No one, I fancy, will now be bold enough to say
1413 that the republic was then ruined because of the departure
1414 of the gods "from each fane, each sacred shrine," as if they
1415 were the friends of virtue, and were offended by the vices of
1416 men. No, there are too many presages from entrails, auguries,
1417 soothsayings, whereby they boastingly proclaimed themselves
1418 prescient of future events and controllers of the fortune of
1419 war,—all which prove them to have been present. And had
1420 they been indeed absent, the Romans would never in these
1421 civil wars have been so far transported by their own passions
1422 as they were by the instigations of these gods.
1423 26. *That the demons gave in secret certain obscure instructions in morals, while
1424 in public their own solemnities inculcated all wickedness.*
1425 Seeing that this is so,—seeing that the filthy and cruel
1426 deeds, the disgraceful and criminal actions of the gods, whether
1427 real or feigned, were at their own request published, and were
1428 consecrated, and dedicated in their honour as sacred and
1429 stated solemnities; seeing they vowed vengeance on those who
1430 refused to exhibit them to the eyes of all, that they might be
1431 proposed as deeds worthy of imitation, why is it that these
1432 same demons, who, by taking pleasure in such obscenities, acknowledge
1433 themselves to be unclean spirits, and by delighting
1434 in their own villanies and iniquities, real or imaginary, and by
1435 requesting from the immodest, and extorting from the modest,
1436 the celebration of these licentious acts, proclaim themselves
1437 instigators to a criminal and lewd life;—why, I ask, are they
1438 represented as giving some good moral precepts to a few of
1439 their own elect, initiated in the secrecy of their shrines? If
1440 it be so, this very thing only serves further to demonstrate the
1441 malicious craft of these pestilent spirits. For so great is the
1442 influence of probity and chastity, that all men, or almost all
1443 men, are moved by the praise of these virtues; nor is any
1444 man so depraved by vice, but he hath some feeling of honour
1445 left in him. So that, unless the devil sometimes transformed
1446 himself, as Scripture says, into an angel of light,[110] he could not
1447 compass his deceitful purpose. Accordingly, in public, a bold
1448 impurity fills the ear of the people with noisy clamour; in
1449 private, a feigned chastity speaks in scarce audible whispers to
1450 a few: an open stage is provided for shameful things, but on
1451 the praiseworthy the curtain falls: grace hides, disgrace flaunts:
1452 a wicked deed draws an overflowing house, a virtuous speech
1453 finds scarce a hearer, as though purity were to be blushed at,
1454 impurity boasted of. Where else can such confusion reign,
1455 but in devils' temples? Where, but in the haunts of deceit?
1456 For the secret precepts are given as a sop to the virtuous,
1457 who are few in number; the wicked examples are exhibited
1458 to encourage the vicious, who are countless.
1459 Where and when those initiated in the mysteries of Cœlestis
1460 received any good instructions, we know not. What we do
1461 know is, that before her shrine, in which her image is set, and
1462 amidst a vast crowd gathering from all quarters, and standing
1463 closely packed together, we were intensely interested spectators
1464 of the games which were going on, and saw, as we pleased to
1465 turn the eye, on this side a grand display of harlots, on the
1466 other the virgin goddess: we saw this virgin worshipped with
1467 prayer and with obscene rites. There we saw no shamefaced
1468 mimes, no actress overburdened with modesty: all that the
1469 obscene rites demanded was fully complied with. We were
1470 plainly shown what was pleasing to the virgin deity, and the
1471 matron who witnessed the spectacle returned home from the
1472 temple a wiser woman. Some, indeed, of the more prudent
1473 women turned their faces from the immodest movements of
1474 the players, and learned the art of wickedness by a furtive
1475 regard. For they were restrained, by the modest demeanour
1476 due to men, from looking boldly at the immodest gestures; but
1477 much more were they restrained from condemning with chaste
1478 heart the sacred rites of her whom they adored. And yet
1479 this licentiousness—which, if practised in one's home, could only
1480 be done there in secret—was practised as a public lesson in the
1481 temple; and if any modesty remained in men, it was occupied
1482 in marvelling that wickedness which men could not unrestrainedly
1483 commit should be part of the religious teaching of
1484 the gods, and that to omit its exhibition should incur the
1485 anger of the gods. What spirit can that be, which by a hidden
1486 inspiration stirs men's corruption, and goads them to adultery,
1487 and feeds on the full-fledged iniquity, unless it be the same that
1488 finds pleasure in such religious ceremonies, sets in the temples
1489 images of devils, and loves to see in play the images of vices;
1490 that whispers in secret some righteous sayings to deceive the
1491 few who are good, and scatters in public invitations to profligacy,
1492 to gain possession of the millions who are wicked?
1493 >
1494 >
1495 >
1496 27. *That the obscenities of those plays which the Romans consecrated in order
1497 > to propitiate their gods, contributed largely to the overthrow of public
1498 > order.*
1499 Cicero, a weighty man, and a philosopher in his way, when
1500 about to be made edile, wished the citizens to understand[111]
1501 that, among the other duties of his magistracy, he must propitiate
1502 Flora by the celebration of games. And these games
1503 are reckoned devout in proportion to their lewdness. In
1504 another place,[112] and when he was now consul, and the state in
1505 great peril, he says that games had been celebrated for ten
1506 days together, and that nothing had been omitted which could
1507 pacify the gods: as if it had not been more satisfactory to irritate
1508 the gods by temperance, than to pacify them by debauchery;
1509 and to provoke their hate by honest living, than soothe it by
1510 such unseemly grossness. For no matter how cruel was the
1511 ferocity of those men who were threatening the state, and on
1512 whose account the gods were being propitiated: it could not
1513 have been more hurtful than the alliance of gods who were
1514 won with the foulest vices. To avert the danger which
1515 threatened men's bodies, the gods were conciliated in a fashion
1516 that drove virtue from their spirits; and the gods did not
1517 enrol themselves as defenders of the battlements against the
1518 besiegers, until they had first stormed and sacked the morality
1519 of the citizens. This propitiation of such divinities,—a propitiation
1520 so wanton, so impure, so immodest, so wicked, so filthy,
1521 whose actors the innate and praiseworthy virtue of the Romans
1522 disabled from civic honours, erased from their tribe, recognised
1523 as polluted and made infamous;—this propitiation, I say, so
1524 foul, so detestable, and alien from every religious feeling, these
1525 fabulous and ensnaring accounts of the criminal actions of the
1526 gods, these scandalous actions which they either shamefully
1527 and wickedly committed, or more shamefully and wickedly
1528 feigned, all this the whole city learned in public both by the
1529 words and gestures of the actors. They saw that the gods
1530 delighted in the commission of these things, and therefore
1531 believed that they wished them not only to be exhibited to
1532 them, but to be imitated by themselves. But as for that good
1533 and honest instruction which they speak of, it was given in
1534 such secrecy, and to so few (if indeed given at all), that they
1535 seemed rather to fear it might be divulged, than that it might
1536 not be practised.
1537 28. *That the Christian religion is health-giving.*
1538 They, then, are but abandoned and ungrateful wretches, in
1539 deep and fast bondage to that malign spirit, who complain and
1540 murmur that men are rescued by the name of Christ from the
1541 hellish thraldom of these unclean spirits, and from a participation
1542 in their punishment, and are brought out of the night of
1543 pestilential ungodliness into the light of most healthful piety.
1544 Only such men could murmur that the masses flock to the
1545 churches and their chaste acts of worship, where a seemly
1546 separation of the sexes is observed; where they learn how they
1547 may so spend this earthly life, as to merit a blessed eternity
1548 hereafter; where Holy Scripture and instruction in righteousness
1549 are proclaimed from a raised platform in presence of all,
1550 that both they who do the word may hear to their salvation,
1551 and they who do it not may hear to judgment. And though
1552 some enter who scoff at such precepts, all their petulance is
1553 either quenched by a sudden change, or is restrained through
1554 fear or shame. For no filthy and wicked action is there set
1555 forth to be gazed at or to be imitated; but either the precepts
1556 of the true God are recommended, His miracles narrated, His
1557 gifts praised, or His benefits implored.
1558 29. *An exhortation to the Romans to renounce paganism.*
1559 This, rather, is the religion worthy of your desires, O admirable
1560 Roman race,—the progeny of your Scævolas and Scipios, of
1561 Regulus, and of Fabricius. This rather covet, this distinguish
1562 from that foul vanity and crafty malice of the devils. If there
1563 is in your nature any eminent virtue, only by true piety is it
1564 purged and perfected, while by impiety it is wrecked and
1565 punished. Choose now what you will pursue, that your praise
1566 may be not in yourself, but in the true God, in whom is no
1567 error. For of popular glory you have had your share; but by
1568 the secret providence of God, the true religion was not offered
1569 to your choice. Awake, it is now day; as you have already
1570 awaked in the persons of some in whose perfect virtue and
1571 sufferings for the true faith we glory: for they, contending
1572 on all sides with hostile powers, and conquering them all by
1573 bravely dying, have purchased for us this country of ours with
1574 their blood; to which country we invite you, and exhort you
1575 to add yourselves to the number of the citizens of this city,
1576 which also has a sanctuary[113] of its own in the true remission of
1577 sins. Do not listen to those degenerate sons of thine who
1578 slander Christ and Christians, and impute to them these disastrous
1579 times, though they desire times in which they may
1580 enjoy rather impunity for their wickedness than a peaceful life.
1581 Such has never been Rome's ambition even in regard to her
1582 earthly country. Lay hold now on the celestial country,
1583 which is easily won, and in which you will reign truly and
1584 for ever. For there shalt thou find no vestal fire, no Capitoline
1585 stone, but the one true God
1586 "No date, no goal will here ordain:
1587 But grant an endless, boundless reign."[114]
1588 No longer, then, follow after false and deceitful gods; abjure
1589 them rather, and despise them, bursting forth into true liberty.
1590 Gods they are not, but malignant spirits, to whom your eternal
1591 happiness will be a sore punishment. Juno, from whom you
1592 deduce your origin according to the flesh, did not so bitterly
1593 grudge Rome's citadels to the Trojans, as these devils whom
1594 yet ye repute gods, grudge an everlasting seat to the race of
1595 mankind. And thou thyself hast in no wavering voice passed
1596 judgment on them, when thou didst pacify them with games,
1597 and yet didst account as infamous the men by whom the plays
1598 were acted. Suffer us, then, to assert thy freedom against the
1599 unclean spirits who had imposed on thy neck the yoke of
1600 celebrating their own shame and filthiness. The actors of
1601 these divine crimes thou hast removed from offices of honour;
1602 supplicate the true God, that He may remove from thee those
1603 gods who delight in their crimes,—a most disgraceful thing if
1604 the crimes are really theirs, and a most malicious invention
1605 if the crimes are feigned. Well done, in that thou hast spontaneously
1606 banished from the number of your citizens all actors
1607 and players. Awake more fully: the majesty of God cannot be
1608 propitiated by that which defiles the dignity of man. How,
1609 then, can you believe that gods who take pleasure in such
1610 lewd plays, belong to the number of the holy powers of heaven,
1611 when the men by whom these plays are acted are by yourselves
1612 refused admission into the number of Roman citizens
1613 even of the lowest grade? Incomparably more glorious than
1614 Rome, is that heavenly city in which for victory you have
1615 truth; for dignity, holiness; for peace, felicity; for life, eternity.
1616 Much less does it admit into its society such gods, if thou dost
1617 blush to admit into thine such men. Wherefore, if thou wouldst
1618 attain to the blessed city, shun the society of devils. They
1619 who are propitiated by deeds of shame, are unworthy of the
1620 worship of right-hearted men. Let these, then, be obliterated
1621 from your worship by the cleansing of the Christian religion,
1622 as those men were blotted from your citizenship by the censor's
1623 mark.
1624 But, so far as regards carnal benefits, which are the only
1625 blessings the wicked desire to enjoy, and carnal miseries, which
1626 alone they shrink from enduring, we will show in the following
1627 book that the demons have not the power they are supposed
1628 to have; and although they had it, we ought rather on that
1629 account to despise these blessings, than for the sake of them
1630 to worship those gods, and by worshipping them to miss the
1631 attainment of these blessings they grudge us. But that they
1632 have not even this power which is ascribed to them by those
1633 who worship them for the sake of temporal advantages, this,
1634 I say, I will prove in the following book; so let us here close
1635 the present argument.
BOOK III
13 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
16 >
17 >
18 >
19 AS IN THE FOREGOING BOOK AUGUSTINE HAS PROVED REGARDING MORAL AND
20 > SPIRITUAL CALAMITIES, SO IN THIS BOOK HE PROVES REGARDING EXTERNAL
21 > AND BODILY DISASTERS, THAT SINCE THE FOUNDATION OF THE CITY THE
22 > ROMANS HAVE BEEN CONTINUALLY SUBJECT TO THEM; AND THAT EVEN
23 > WHEN THE FALSE GODS WERE WORSHIPPED WITHOUT A RIVAL, BEFORE THE
24 > ADVENT OF CHRIST, THEY AFFORDED NO RELIEF FROM SUCH CALAMITIES.
25 1. *Of the ills which alone the wicked fear, and which the world continually
26 suffered, even when the gods were worshipped.*
27 Of moral and spiritual evils, which are above all others to
28 be deprecated, I think enough has already been said to
29 show that the false gods took no steps to prevent the people
30 who worshipped them from being overwhelmed by such calamities,
31 but rather aggravated the ruin. I see I must now
32 speak of those evils which alone are dreaded by the heathen—famine,
33 pestilence, war, pillage, captivity, massacre, and the
34 like calamities, already enumerated in the first book. For
35 evil men account those things alone evil which do not make
36 men evil; neither do they blush to praise good things, and
37 yet to remain evil among the good things they praise. It
38 grieves them more to own a bad house than a bad life, as if
39 it were man's greatest good to have everything good but himself.
40 But not even such evils as were alone dreaded by the
41 heathen were warded off by their gods, even when they were
42 most unrestrictedly worshipped. For in various times and
43 places before the advent of our Redeemer, the human race was
44 crushed with numberless and sometimes incredible calamities;
45 and at that time what gods but those did the world worship,
46 if you except the one nation of the Hebrews, and, beyond them,
47 such individuals as the most secret and most just judgment
48 of God counted worthy of divine grace?[115] But that I may
49 not be prolix, I will be silent regarding the heavy calamities
50 that have been suffered by any other nations, and will speak
51 only of what happened to Rome and the Roman empire, by
52 which I mean Rome properly so called, and those lands which
53 already, before the coming of Christ, had by alliance or conquest
54 become, as it were, members of the body of the state.
55 2. *Whether the gods, whom the Greeks and Romans worshipped in common,
56 were justified in permitting the destruction of Ilium.*
57 First, then, why was Troy or Ilium, the cradle of the
58 Roman people (for I must not overlook nor disguise what I
59 touched upon in the first book[116]), conquered, taken, and destroyed
60 by the Greeks, though it esteemed and worshipped
61 the same gods as they? Priam, some answer, paid the
62 penalty of the perjury of his father Laomedon.[117] Then it is
63 true that Laomedon hired Apollo and Neptune as his workmen.
64 For the story goes that he promised them wages, and
65 then broke his bargain. I wonder that famous diviner Apollo
66 toiled at so huge a work, and never suspected Laomedon was
67 going to cheat him of his pay. And Neptune too, his uncle,
68 brother of Jupiter, king of the sea, it really was not seemly
69 that he should be ignorant of what was to happen. For he
70 is introduced by Homer[118] (who lived and wrote before the
71 building of Rome) as predicting something great of the posterity
72 of Æneas, who in fact founded Rome. And as Homer
73 says, Neptune also rescued Æneas in a cloud from the wrath of
74 Achilles, though (according to Virgil[119])
75 "All his will was to destroy
76 His own creation, perjured Troy."
77 Gods, then, so great as Apollo and Neptune, in ignorance of
78 the cheat that was to defraud them of their wages, built the
79 walls of Troy for nothing but thanks and thankless people.[120]
80 There may be some doubt whether it is not a worse crime to
81 believe such persons to be gods, than to cheat such gods.
82 Even Homer himself did not give full credence to the story;
83 for while he represents Neptune, indeed, as hostile to the
84 Trojans, he introduces Apollo as their champion, though the
85 story implies that both were offended by that fraud. If, therefore,
86 they believe their fables, let them blush to worship such
87 gods; if they discredit the fables, let no more be said of the
88 "Trojan perjury;" or let them explain how the gods hated
89 Trojan, but loved Roman perjury. For how did the conspiracy
90 of Catiline, even in so large and corrupt a city, find so abundant
91 a supply of men whose hands and tongues found them a
92 living by perjury and civic broils? What else but perjury
93 corrupted the judgments pronounced by so many of the senators?
94 What else corrupted the people's votes and decisions
95 of all causes tried before them? For it seems that the
96 ancient practice of taking oaths has been preserved even in
97 the midst of the greatest corruption, not for the sake of restraining
98 wickedness by religious fear, but to complete the tale
99 of crimes by adding that of perjury.
100 3. *That the gods could not be offended by the adultery of Paris, this crime being
101 so common among themselves.*
102 There is no ground, then, for representing the gods (by
103 whom, as they say, that empire stood, though they are proved
104 to have been conquered by the Greeks) as being enraged at the
105 Trojan perjury. Neither, as others again plead in their defence,
106 was it indignation at the adultery of Paris that caused
107 them to withdraw their protection from Troy. For their
108 habit is to be instigators and instructors in vice, not its
109 avengers. "The city of Rome," says Sallust, "was first built
110 and inhabited, as I have heard, by the Trojans, who, flying
111 their country, under the conduct of Æneas, wandered about
112 without making any settlement."[121] If, then, the gods were
113 of opinion that the adultery of Paris should be punished, it
114 was chiefly the Romans, or at least the Romans also, who
115 should have suffered; for the adultery was brought about by
116 Æneas' mother. But how could they hate in Paris a crime
117 which they made no objection to in their own sister Venus,
118 who (not to mention any other instance) committed adultery
119 with Anchises, and so became the mother of Æneas? Is it
120 because in the one case Menelaus[122] was aggrieved, while in
121 the other Vulcan[123] connived at the crime? For the gods, I
122 fancy, are so little jealous of their wives, that they make no
123 scruple of sharing them with men. But perhaps I may be
124 suspected of turning the myths into ridicule, and not handling
125 so weighty a subject with sufficient gravity. Well, then, let
126 us say that Æneas is not the son of Venus. I am willing to
127 I admit it; but is Romulus any more the son of Mars? For
128 why not the one as well as the other? Or is it lawful for
129 gods to have intercourse with women, unlawful for men to
130 have intercourse with goddesses? A hard, or rather an incredible
131 condition, that what was allowed to Mars by the law
132 of Venus, should not be allowed to Venus herself by her own
133 law. However, both cases have the authority of Rome; for
134 Cæsar in modern times believed no less that he was descended
135 from Venus,[124] than the ancient Romulus believed himself the
136 son of Mars.
137 4. *Of Varro's opinion, that it is useful for men to feign themselves the offspring
138 of the gods.*
139 Some one will say, But do you believe all this? Not I
140 indeed. For even Varro, a very learned heathen, all but
141 admits that these stories are false, though he does not boldly
142 and confidently say so. But he maintains it is useful for
143 states that brave men believe, though falsely, that they are
144 descended from the gods; for that thus the human spirit,
145 cherishing the belief of its divine descent, will both more
146 boldly venture into great enterprises, and will carry them out
147 more energetically, and will therefore by its very confidence
148 secure more abundant success. You see how wide a field is
149 opened to falsehood by this opinion of Varro's, which I have
150 expressed as well as I could in my own words; and how
151 comprehensible it is, that many of the religions and sacred
152 legends should be feigned in a community in which it was
153 judged profitable for the citizens that lies should be told even
154 about the gods themselves.
155 >
156 >
157 >
158 5. *That it is not credible that the gods should have punished the adultery of
159 > Paris, seeing they showed no indignation at the adultery of the mother of
160 > Romulus.*
161 But whether Venus could bear Æneas to a human father
162 Anchises, or Mars beget Romulus of the daughter of Numitor,
163 we leave as unsettled questions. For our own Scriptures
164 suggest the very similar question, whether the fallen angels
165 had sexual intercourse with the daughters of men, by which
166 the earth was at that time filled with giants, that is, with enormously
167 large and strong men. At present, then, I will limit
168 my discussion to this dilemma: If that which their books
169 relate about the mother of Æneas and the father of Romulus
170 be true, how can the gods be displeased with men for adulteries
171 which, when committed by themselves, excite no displeasure?
172 If it is false, not even in this case can the gods be angry that
173 men should really commit adulteries, which, even when falsely
174 attributed to the gods, they delight in. Moreover, if the
175 adultery of Mars be discredited, that Venus also may be freed
176 from the imputation, then the mother of Romulus is left unshielded
177 by the pretext of a divine seduction. For Sylvia
178 was a vestal priestess, and the gods ought to avenge this sacrilege
179 on the Romans with greater severity than Paris' adultery
180 on the Trojans. For even the Romans themselves in primitive
181 times used to go so far as to bury alive any vestal who
182 was detected in adultery, while women unconsecrated, though
183 they were punished, were never punished with death for that
184 crime; and thus they more earnestly vindicated the purity of
185 shrines they esteemed divine, than of the human bed.
186 6. *That the gods exacted no penalty for the fratricidal act of Romulus.*
187 I add another instance: If the sins of men so greatly incensed
188 those divinities, that they abandoned Troy to fire and
189 sword to punish the crime of Paris, the murder of Romulus'
190 brother ought to have incensed them more against the Romans
191 than the cajoling of a Greek husband moved them against the
192 Trojans: fratricide in a newly-born city should have provoked
193 them more than adultery in a city already flourishing. It
194 makes no difference to the question we now discuss, whether
195 Romulus ordered his brother to be slain, or slew him with his
196 own hand; a crime this latter which many shamelessly deny,
197 many through shame doubt, many in grief disguise. And we
198 shall not pause to examine and weigh the testimonies of historical
199 writers on the subject. All agree that the brother of
200 Romulus was slain, not by enemies, not by strangers. If it
201 was Romulus who either commanded or perpetrated this crime;
202 Romulus was more truly the head of the Romans than Paris
203 of the Trojans; why then did he who carried off another man's
204 wife bring down the anger of the gods on the Trojans, while he
205 who took his brother's life obtained the guardianship of those
206 same gods? If, on the other hand, that crime was not wrought
207 either by the hand or will of Romulus, then the whole city is
208 chargeable with it, because it did not see to its punishment,
209 and thus committed, not fratricide, but parricide, which is worse.
210 For both brothers were the founders of that city, of which the
211 one was by villany prevented from being a ruler. So far as
212 I see, then, no evil can be ascribed to Troy which warranted
213 the gods in abandoning it to destruction, nor any good to Rome
214 which accounts for the gods visiting it with prosperity; unless
215 the truth be, that they fled from Troy because they were
216 vanquished, and betook themselves to Rome to practise their
217 characteristic deceptions there. Nevertheless they kept a
218 footing for themselves in Troy, that they might deceive future
219 inhabitants who repeopled these lands; while at Rome, by a
220 wider exercise of their malignant arts, they exulted in more
221 abundant honours.
222 7. *Of the destruction of Ilium by Fimbria, a lieutenant of Marius.*
223 And surely we may ask what wrong poor Ilium had done,
224 that, in the first heat of the civil wars of Rome, it should
225 suffer at the hand of Fimbria, the veriest villain among
226 Marius' partisans, a more fierce and cruel destruction than
227 the Grecian sack.[125] For when the Greeks took it many
228 escaped, and many who did not escape were suffered to
229 live, though in captivity. But Fimbria from the first gave
230 orders that not a life should be spared, and burnt up together
231 the city and all its inhabitants. Thus was Ilium requited,
232 not by the Greeks, whom she had provoked by wrong-doing;
233 but by the Romans, who had been built out of her ruins;
234 while the gods, adored alike of both sides, did simply nothing,
235 or, to speak more correctly, could do nothing. Is it then true,
236 that at this time also, after Troy had repaired the damage
237 done by the Grecian fire, all the gods by whose help the kingdom
238 stood, "forsook each fane, each sacred shrine?"
239 But if so, I ask the reason; for in my judgment, the conduct
240 of the gods was as much to be reprobated as that of the
241 townsmen to be applauded. For these closed their gates
242 against Fimbria, that they might preserve the city for Sylla,
243 and were therefore burnt and consumed by the enraged
244 general. Now, up to this time, Sylla's cause was the more
245 worthy of the two; for till now he used arms to restore the
246 republic, and as yet his good intentions had met with no
247 reverses. What better thing, then, could the Trojans have
248 done? What more honourable, what more faithful to Rome, or
249 more worthy of her relationship, than to preserve their city for
250 the better part of the Romans, and to shut their gates against
251 a parricide of his country? It is for the defenders of the
252 gods to consider the ruin which this conduct brought on Troy.
253 The gods deserted an adulterous people, and abandoned Troy
254 to the fires of the Greeks, that out of her ashes a chaster
255 Rome might arise. But why did they a second time abandon
256 this same town, allied now to Rome, and not making
257 war upon her noble daughter, but preserving a most stedfast
258 and pious fidelity to Rome's most justifiable faction? Why did
259 they give her up to be destroyed, not by the Greek heroes,
260 but by the basest of the Romans? Or, if the gods did not
261 favour Sylla's cause, for which the unhappy Trojans maintained
262 their city, why did they themselves predict and promise
263 Sylla such successes? Must we call them flatterers of
264 the fortunate, rather than helpers of the wretched? Troy was
265 not destroyed, then, because the gods deserted it. For the
266 demons, always watchful to deceive, did what they could.
267 For, when all the statues were overthrown and burnt together
268 with the town, Livy tells us that only the image of Minerva
269 is said to have been found standing uninjured amidst the
270 ruins of her temple; not that it might be said in their praise,
271 "The gods who made this realm divine," but that it might not
272 be said in their defence, They are "gone from each fane, each
273 sacred shrine:" for that marvel was permitted to them, not
274 that they might be proved to be powerful, but that they might
275 be convicted of being present.
276 8. *Whether Rome ought to have been entrusted to the Trojan gods?*
277 Where, then, was the wisdom of entrusting Rome to the
278 Trojan gods, who had demonstrated their weakness in the
279 loss of Troy? Will some one say that, when Fimbria
280 stormed Troy, the gods were already resident in Rome?
281 How, then, did the image of Minerva remain standing?
282 Besides, if they were at Rome when Fimbria destroyed Troy,
283 perhaps they were at Troy when Rome itself was taken and set
284 on fire by the Gauls. But as they are very acute in hearing,
285 and very swift in their movements, they came quickly at the
286 cackling of the goose to defend at least the Capitol, though to
287 defend the rest of the city they were too long in being warned.
288 9. *Whether it is credible that the peace during the reign of Numa was brought
289 about by the gods.*
290 It is also believed that it was by the help of the gods that
291 the successor of Romulus, Numa Pompilius, enjoyed peace
292 during his entire reign, and shut the gates of Janus, which
293 are customarily kept open[126] during war. And it is supposed
294 he was thus requited for appointing many religious observances
295 among the Romans. Certainly that king would have
296 commanded our congratulations for so rare a leisure, had he
297 been wise enough to spend it on wholesome pursuits, and,
298 subduing a pernicious curiosity, had sought out the true God
299 with true piety. But as it was, the gods were not the authors
300 of his leisure; but possibly they would have deceived him less
301 had they found him busier. For the more disengaged they
302 found him, the more they themselves occupied his attention.
303 Varro informs us of all his efforts, and of the arts he employed
304 to associate these gods with himself and the city; and in its
305 own place, if God will, I shall discuss these matters. Meanwhile,
306 as we are speaking of the benefits conferred by the
307 gods, I readily admit that peace is a great benefit; but it is
308 a benefit of the true God, which, like the sun, the rain, and
309 other supports of life, is frequently conferred on the ungrateful
310 and wicked. But if this great boon was conferred on
311 Rome and Pompilius by their gods, why did they never afterwards
312 grant it to the Roman empire during even more meritorious
313 periods? Were the sacred rites more efficient at
314 their first institution than during their subsequent celebration?
315 But they had no existence in Numa's time, until he
316 added them to the ritual; whereas afterwards they had
317 already been celebrated and preserved, that benefit might
318 arise from them. How, then, is it that those forty-three, or
319 as others prefer it, thirty-nine years of Numa's reign, were
320 passed in unbroken peace, and yet that afterwards, when the
321 worship was established, and the gods themselves, who were
322 invoked by it, were the recognised guardians and patrons of
323 the city, we can with difficulty find during the whole period,
324 from the building of the city to the reign of Augustus, one
325 year—that, viz., which followed the close of the first Punic
326 war—in which, for a marvel, the Romans were able to shut
327 the gates of war?[127]
328 >
329 >
330 >
331 10. *Whether it was desirable that the Roman empire should be increased by such
332 > a furious succession of wars, when it might have been quiet and safe by
333 > following in the peaceful ways of Numa.*
334 Do they reply that the Roman empire could never have
335 been so widely extended, nor so glorious, save by constant
336 and unintermitting wars? A fit argument, truly! Why
337 must a kingdom be distracted in order to be great? In this
338 little world of man's body, is it not better to have a moderate
339 stature, and health with it, than to attain the huge dimensions
340 of a giant by unnatural torments, and when you attain it to
341 find no rest, but to be pained the more in proportion to the
342 size of your members? What evil would have resulted, or
343 rather what good would not have resulted, had those times
344 continued which Sallust sketched, when he says, "At first the
345 kings (for that was the first title of empire in the world) were
346 divided in their sentiments: part cultivated the mind, others
347 the body: at that time the life of men was led without
348 covetousness; every one was sufficiently satisfied with his
349 own!"[128] Was it requisite, then, for Rome's prosperity, that the
350 state of things which Virgil reprobates should succeed:
351 "At length stole on a baser age,
352 And war's indomitable rage,
353 And greedy lust of gain?"[129]
354 But obviously the Romans have a plausible defence for
355 undertaking and carrying on such disastrous wars,—to wit,
356 that the pressure of their enemies forced them to resist, so
357 that they were compelled to fight, not by any greed of human
358 applause, but by the necessity of protecting life and liberty.
359 Well, let that pass. Here is Sallust's account of the matter:
360 "For when their state, enriched with laws, institutions, territory,
361 seemed abundantly prosperous and sufficiently powerful,
362 according to the ordinary law of human nature, opulence gave
363 birth to envy. Accordingly, the neighbouring kings and states
364 took arms and assaulted them. A few allies lent assistance;
365 the rest, struck with fear, kept aloof from dangers. But the
366 Romans, watchful at home and in war, were active, made preparations,
367 encouraged one another, marched to meet their
368 enemies,—protected by arms their liberty, country, parents.
369 Afterwards, when they had repelled the dangers by their
370 bravery, they carried help to their allies and friends, and procured
371 alliances more by conferring than by receiving favours."[130]
372 This was to build up Rome's greatness by honourable means.
373 But, in Numa's reign, I would know whether the long peace
374 was maintained in spite of the incursions of wicked neighbours,
375 or if these incursions were discontinued that the peace
376 might be maintained? For if even then Rome was harassed
377 by wars, and yet did not meet force with force, the same
378 means she then used to quiet her enemies without conquering
379 them in war, or terrifying them with the onset of battle, she
380 might have used always, and have reigned in peace with the
381 gates of Janus shut. And if this was not in her power, then
382 Rome enjoyed peace not at the will of her gods, but at the
383 will of her neighbours round about, and only so long as they
384 cared to provoke her with no war, unless perhaps these pitiful
385 gods will dare to sell to one man as their favour what lies not
386 in their power to bestow, but in the will of another man.
387 These demons, indeed, in so far as they are permitted, can
388 terrify or incite the minds of wicked men by their own peculiar
389 wickedness. But if they always had this power, and if
390 no action were taken against their efforts by a more secret
391 and higher power, they would be supreme to give peace or
392 the victories of war, which almost always fall out through
393 some human emotion, and frequently in opposition to the will
394 of the gods, as is proved not only by lying legends, which
395 scarcely hint or signify any grain of truth, but even by
396 Roman history itself.
397 11. *Of the statue of Apollo at Cumæ, whose tears are supposed to have portended
398 disaster to the Greeks, whom the god was unable to succour.*
399 And it is still this weakness of the gods which is confessed
400 in the story of the Cuman Apollo, who is said to have wept
401 for four days during the war with the Achæans and King
402 Aristonicus. And when the augurs were alarmed at the
403 portent, and had determined to cast the statue into the sea,
404 the old men of Cumæ interposed, and related that a similar
405 prodigy had occurred to the same image during the wars
406 against Antiochus and against Perseus, and that by a decree
407 of the senate gifts had been presented to Apollo, because the
408 event had proved favourable to the Romans. Then soothsayers
409 were summoned who were supposed to have greater
410 professional skill, and they pronounced that the weeping of
411 Apollo's image was propitious to the Romans, because Cumæ
412 was a Greek colony, and that Apollo was bewailing (and
413 thereby presaging) the grief and calamity that was about to
414 light upon his own land of Greece, from which he had been
415 brought. Shortly afterwards it was reported that King Aristonicus
416 was defeated and made prisoner,—a defeat certainly
417 opposed to the will of Apollo; and this he indicated by even
418 shedding tears from his marble image. And this shows us
419 that, though the verses of the poets are mythical, they are not
420 altogether devoid of truth, but describe the manners of the
421 demons in a sufficiently fit style. For in Virgil Diana
422 mourned for Camilla,[131] and Hercules wept for Pallas doomed
423 to die.[132] This is perhaps the reason why Numa Pompilius,
424 too, when, enjoying prolonged peace, but without knowing or
425 inquiring from whom he received it, he began in his leisure
426 to consider to what gods he should entrust the safe keeping
427 and conduct of Rome, and not dreaming that the true,
428 almighty, and most high God cares for earthly affairs, but
429 recollecting only that the Trojan gods which Æneas had
430 brought to Italy had been able to preserve neither the Trojan
431 nor Lavinian kingdom founded by Æneas himself, concluded
432 that he must provide other gods as guardians of fugitives
433 and helpers of the weak, and add them to those earlier
434 divinities who had either come over to Rome with Romulus,
435 or when Alba was destroyed.
436 12. *That the Romans added a vast number of gods to those introduced by
437 Numa, and that their numbers helped them not at all.*
438 But though Pompilius introduced so ample a ritual, yet did
439 not Rome see fit to be content with it. For as yet Jupiter
440 himself had not his chief temple,—it being King Tarquin
441 who built the Capitol. And Æsculapius left Epidaurus for
442 Rome, that in this foremost city he might have a finer field
443 for the exercise of his great medical skill.[133] The mother of
444 the gods, too, came I know not whence from Pessinuns; it
445 being unseemly that, while her son presided on the Capitoline
446 hill, she herself should lie hid in obscurity. But if she is the
447 mother of all the gods, she not only followed some of her
448 children to Rome, but left others to follow her. I wonder,
449 indeed, if she were the mother of Cynocephalus, who a long
450 while afterwards came from Egypt. Whether also the goddess
451 Fever was her offspring, is a matter for her grandson Æsculapius[134]
452 to decide. But of whatever breed she be, the foreign
453 gods will not presume, I trust, to call a goddess base-born who
454 is a Roman citizen. Who can number the deities to whom
455 the guardianship of Rome was entrusted? Indigenous and
456 imported, both of heaven, earth, hell, seas, fountains, rivers;
457 and, as Varro says, gods certain and uncertain, male and
458 female: for, as among animals, so among all kinds of gods
459 are there these distinctions. Rome, then, enjoying the protection
460 of such a cloud of deities, might surely have been preserved
461 from some of those great and horrible calamities, of
462 which I can mention but a few. For by the great smoke of
463 her altars she summoned to her protection, as by a beacon-fire,
464 a host of gods, for whom she appointed and maintained
465 temples, altars, sacrifices, priests, and thus offended the true
466 and most high God, to whom alone all this ceremonial is lawfully
467 due. And, indeed, she was more prosperous when she
468 had fewer gods; but the greater she became, the more gods
469 she thought she should have, as the larger ship needs to be
470 manned by a larger crew. I suppose she despaired of the
471 smaller number, under whose protection she had spent comparatively
472 happy days, being able to defend her greatness.
473 For even under the kings (with the exception of Numa Pompilius,
474 of whom I have already spoken), how wicked a contentiousness
475 must have existed to occasion the death of
476 Romulus' brother!
477 13. *By what right or agreement the Romans obtained their first wives.*
478 How is it that neither Juno, who with her husband Jupiter
479 even then cherished
480 "Rome's sons, the nation of the gown,"[135]
481 nor Venus herself, could assist the children of the loved
482 Æneas to find wives by some right and equitable means?
483 For the lack of this entailed upon the Romans the lamentable
484 necessity of stealing their wives, and then waging war with
485 their fathers-in-law; so that the wretched women, before they
486 had recovered from the wrong done them by their husbands,
487 were dowried with the blood of their fathers. "But the
488 Romans conquered their neighbours." Yes; but with what
489 wounds on both sides, and with what sad slaughter of relatives
490 and neighbours! The war of Cæsar and Pompey was the
491 contest of only one father-in-law with one son-in-law; and
492 before it began, the daughter of Cæsar, Pompey's wife, was
493 already dead. But with how keen and just an accent of grief
494 does Lucan[136] exclaim: "I sing that worse than civil war
495 waged in the plains of Emathia, and in which the crime was
496 justified by the victory!"
497 The Romans, then, conquered that they might, with hands
498 stained in the blood of their fathers-in-law, wrench the
499 miserable girls from their embrace,—girls who dared not
500 weep for their slain parents, for fear of offending their victorious
501 husbands; and while yet the battle was raging, stood
502 with their prayers on their lips, and knew not for whom to
503 utter them. Such nuptials were certainly prepared for the
504 Roman people not by Venus, but Bellona; or possibly that
505 infernal fury Alecto had more liberty to injure them now that
506 Juno was aiding them, than when the prayers of that goddess
507 had excited her against Æneas. Andromache in captivity
508 was happier than these Roman brides. For though she was a
509 slave, yet, after she had become the wife of Pyrrhus, no more
510 Trojans fell by his hand; but the Romans slew in battle the
511 very fathers of the brides they fondled. Andromache, the
512 victor's captive, could only mourn, not fear, the death of her
513 people. The Sabine women, related to men still combatants,
514 feared the death of their fathers when their husbands went
515 out to battle, and mourned their death as they returned, while
516 neither their grief nor their fear could be freely expressed.
517 For the victories of their husbands, involving the destruction
518 of fellow-townsmen, relatives, brothers, fathers, caused either
519 pious agony or cruel exultation. Moreover, as the fortune of
520 war is capricious, some of them lost their husbands by the
521 sword of their parents, while others lost husband and father
522 together in mutual destruction. For the Romans by no means
523 escaped with impunity, but they were driven back within
524 their walls, and defended themselves behind closed gates; and
525 when the gates were opened by guile, and the enemy admitted
526 into the town, the Forum itself was the field of a hateful and
527 fierce engagement of fathers-in-law and sons-in-law. The
528 ravishers were indeed quite defeated, and, flying on all sides
529 to their houses, sullied with new shame their original shameful
530 and lamentable triumph. It was at this juncture that
531 Romulus, hoping no more from the valour of his citizens,
532 prayed Jupiter that they might stand their ground; and from
533 this occasion the god gained the name of Stator. But not
534 even thus would the mischief have been finished, had not the
535 ravished women themselves flashed out with dishevelled hair,
536 and cast themselves before their parents, and thus disarmed
537 their just rage, not with the arms of victory, but with the
538 supplications of filial affection. Then Romulus, who could
539 not brook his own brother as a colleague, was compelled to
540 accept Titus Tatius, king of the Sabines, as his partner on the
541 throne. But how long would he who misliked the fellowship
542 of his own twin-brother endure a stranger? So, Tatius being
543 slain, Romulus remained sole king, that he might be the
544 greater god. See what rights of marriage these were that
545 fomented unnatural wars. These were the Roman leagues of
546 kindred, relationship, alliance, religion. This was the life of
547 the city so abundantly protected by the gods. You see how
548 many severe things might be said on this theme; but our purpose
549 carries us past them, and requires our discourse for other
550 matters.
551 14. *Of the wickedness of the war waged by the Romans against the Albans, and
552 of the victories won by the lust of power.*
553 But what happened after Numa's reign, and under the other
554 kings, when the Albans were provoked into war, with sad results
555 not to themselves alone, but also to the Romans? The
556 long peace of Numa had become tedious; and with what
557 endless slaughter and detriment of both states did the Roman
558 and Alban armies bring it to an end! For Alba, which had
559 been founded by Ascanius, son of Æneas, and which was more
560 properly the mother of Rome than Troy herself, was provoked
561 to battle by Tullus Hostilius, king of Rome, and in the conflict
562 both inflicted and received such damage, that at length both
563 parties wearied of the struggle. It was then devised that the
564 war should be decided by the combat of three twin-brothers
565 from each army: from the Romans the three Horatii stood
566 forward, from the Albans the three Curiatii. Two of the
567 Horatii were overcome and disposed of by the Curiatii; but
568 by the remaining Horatius the three Curiatii were slain. Thus
569 Rome remained victorious, but with such a sacrifice that only
570 one survivor returned to his home. Whose was the loss on
571 both sides? Whose the grief, but of the offspring of Æneas, the
572 descendants of Ascanius, the progeny of Venus, the grandsons of
573 Jupiter? For this, too, was a "worse than civil" war, in which
574 the belligerent states were mother and daughter. And to this
575 combat of the three twin-brothers there was added another
576 atrocious and horrible catastrophe. For as the two nations
577 had formerly been friendly (being related and neighbours), the
578 sister of the Horatii had been betrothed to one of the Curiatii;
579 and she, when she saw her brother wearing the spoils of her
580 betrothed, burst into tears, and was slain by her own brother in
581 his anger. To me, this one girl seems to have been more humane
582 than the whole Roman people. I cannot think her to blame for
583 lamenting the man to whom already she had plighted her troth,
584 or, as perhaps she was doing, for grieving that her brother should
585 have slain him to whom he had promised his sister. For why
586 do we praise the grief of Æneas (in Virgil[137]) over the enemy cut
587 down even by his own hand? Why did Marcellus shed tears
588 over the city of Syracuse, when he recollected, just before he
589 destroyed, its magnificence and meridian glory, and thought
590 upon the common lot of all things? I demand, in the name
591 of humanity, that if men are praised for tears shed over enemies
592 conquered by themselves, a weak girl should not be
593 counted criminal for bewailing her lover slaughtered by the
594 hand of her brother. While, then, that maiden was weeping
595 for the death of her betrothed inflicted by her brother's hand,
596 Rome was rejoicing that such devastation had been wrought
597 on her mother state, and that she had purchased a victory with
598 such an expenditure of the common blood of herself and the
599 Albans.
600 Why allege to me the mere names and words of "glory" and
601 "victory?" Tear off the disguise of wild delusion, and look at
602 the naked deeds: weigh them naked, judge them naked. Let
603 the charge be brought against Alba, as Troy was charged with
604 adultery. There is no such charge, none like it found: the
605 war was kindled only in order that there
606 "Might sound in languid ears the cry
607 Of Tullus and of victory."[138]
608 This vice of restless ambition was the sole motive to that
609 social and parricidal war,—a vice which Sallust brands in
610 passing; for when he has spoken with brief but hearty commendation
611 of those primitive times in which life was spent
612 without covetousness, and every one was sufficiently satisfied
613 with what he had, he goes on: "But after Cyrus in Asia, and
614 the Lacedemonians and Athenians in Greece, began to subdue
615 cities and nations, and to account the lust of sovereignty a
616 sufficient ground for war, and to reckon that the greatest glory
617 consisted in the greatest empire;"[139] and so on, as I need not now
618 quote. This lust of sovereignty disturbs and consumes the
619 human race with frightful ills. By this lust Rome was overcome
620 when she triumphed over Alba, and praising her own
621 crime, called it glory. For, as our Scriptures say, "the wicked
622 boasteth of his heart's desire, and blesseth the covetous, whom
623 the Lord abhorreth."[140] Away, then, with these deceitful masks,
624 these deluding whitewashes, that things may be truthfully seen
625 and scrutinized. Let no man tell me that this and the other
626 was a "great" man, because he fought and conquered so and
627 so. Gladiators fight and conquer, and this barbarism has its
628 meed of praise; but I think it were better to take the consequences
629 of any sloth, than to seek the glory won by such
630 arms. And if two gladiators entered the arena to fight, one
631 being father, the other his son, who would endure such a spectacle?
632 who would not be revolted by it? How, then, could
633 that be a glorious war which a daughter-state waged against
634 its mother? Or did it constitute a difference, that the battlefield
635 was not an arena, and that the wide plains were filled
636 with the carcases not of two gladiators, but of many of the
637 flower of two nations; and that those contests were viewed not
638 by the amphitheatre, but by the whole world, and furnished a
639 profane spectacle both to those alive at the time, and to their
640 posterity, so long as the fame of it is handed down?
641 Yet those gods, guardians of the Roman empire, and, as it
642 were, theatric spectators of such contests as these, were not
643 satisfied until the sister of the Horatii was added by her
644 brother's sword as a third victim from the Roman side, so that
645 Rome herself, though she won the day, should have as many
646 deaths to mourn. Afterwards, as a fruit of the victory, Alba
647 was destroyed, though it was there the Trojan gods had formed
648 a third asylum after Ilium had been sacked by the Greeks, and
649 after they had left Lavinium, where Æneas had founded a
650 kingdom in a land of banishment. But probably Alba was
651 destroyed because from it too the gods had migrated, in their
652 usual fashion, as Virgil says:
653 "Gone from each fane, each sacred shrine,
654 Are those who made this realm divine."[141]
655 Gone, indeed, and from now their third asylum, that Rome
656 might seem all the wiser in committing herself to them after
657 they had deserted three other cities. Alba, whose king
658 Amulius had banished his brother, displeased them; Rome,
659 whose king Romulus had slain his brother, pleased them. But
660 before Alba was destroyed, its population, they say, was amalgamated
661 with the inhabitants of Rome, so that the two cities
662 were one. Well, admitting it was so, yet the fact remains
663 that the city of Ascanius, the third retreat of the Trojan gods,
664 was destroyed by the daughter-city. Besides, to effect this
665 pitiful conglomerate of the war's leavings, much blood was
666 spilt on both sides. And how shall I speak in detail of
667 the same wars, so often renewed in subsequent reigns, though
668 they seemed to have been finished by great victories; and of
669 wars that time after time were brought to an end by great
670 slaughters, and which yet time after time were renewed
671 by the posterity of those who had made peace and struck
672 treaties? Of this calamitous history we have no small proof,
673 in the fact that no subsequent king closed the gates of war;
674 and therefore, with all their tutelar gods, no one of them
675 reigned in peace.
676 15. *What manner of life and death the Roman kings had.*
677 And what was the end of the kings themselves? Of
678 Romulus, a flattering legend tells us that he was assumed into
679 heaven. But certain Roman historians relate that he was
680 torn in pieces by the senate for his ferocity, and that a man,
681 Julius Proculus, was suborned to give out that Romulus had
682 appeared to him, and through him commanded the Roman
683 people to worship him as a god; and that in this way the
684 people, who were beginning to resent the action of the senate,
685 were quieted and pacified. For an eclipse of the sun had also
686 happened; and this was attributed to the divine power of
687 Romulus by the ignorant multitude, who did not know that
688 it was brought about by the fixed laws of the sun's course:
689 though this grief of the sun might rather have been considered
690 proof that Romulus had been slain, and that the crime
691 was indicated by this deprivation of the sun's light; as, in
692 truth, was the case when the Lord was crucified through the
693 cruelty and impiety of the Jews. For it is sufficiently demonstrated
694 that this latter obscuration of the sun did not occur
695 by the natural laws of the heavenly bodies, because it was
696 then the Jewish passover, which is held only at full moon,
697 whereas natural eclipses of the sun happen only at the last
698 quarter of the moon. Cicero, too, shows plainly enough that
699 the apotheosis of Romulus was imaginary rather than real, when,
700 even while he is praising him in one of Scipio's remarks in the
701 *De Republica*, he says: "Such a reputation had he acquired,
702 that when he suddenly disappeared during an eclipse of the
703 sun, he was supposed to have been assumed into the number
704 of the gods, which could be supposed of no mortal who had
705 not the highest reputation for virtue."[142] By these words, "he
706 suddenly disappeared," we are to understand that he was mysteriously
707 made away with by the violence either of the tempest
708 or of a murderous assault. For their other writers speak not
709 only of an eclipse, but of a sudden storm also, which certainly
710 either afforded opportunity for the crime, or itself made an end
711 of Romulus. And of Tullus Hostilius, who was the third king
712 of Rome, and who was himself destroyed by lightning, Cicero
713 in the same book says, that "he was not supposed to have been
714 deified by this death, possibly because the Romans were unwilling
715 to vulgarize the promotion they were assured or persuaded
716 of in the case of Romulus, lest they should bring it
717 into contempt by gratuitously assigning it to all and sundry."
718 In one of his invectives,[143] too, he says, in round terms, "The
719 founder of this city, Romulus, we have raised to immortality
720 and divinity by kindly celebrating his services;" implying
721 that his deification was not real, but reputed, and called so
722 by courtesy on account of his virtues. In the dialogue *Hortensius*,
723 too, while speaking of the regular eclipses of the sun,
724 he says that they "produce the same darkness as covered
725 the death of Romulus, which happened during an eclipse
726 of the sun." Here you see he does not at all shrink from
727 speaking of his "death," for Cicero was more of a reasoner
728 than an eulogist.
729 The other kings of Rome, too, with the exception of Numa
730 Pompilius and Ancus Marcius, who died natural deaths, what
731 horrible ends they had! Tullus Hostilius, the conqueror and
732 destroyer of Alba, was, as I said, himself and all his house
733 consumed by lightning. Priscus Tarquinius was slain by his
734 predecessor's sons. Servius Tullius was foully murdered by
735 his son-in-law Tarquinius Superbus, who succeeded him on the
736 throne. Nor did so flagrant a parricide committed against
737 Rome's best king drive from their altars and shrines those gods
738 who were said to have been moved by Paris' adultery to treat
739 poor Troy in this style, and abandon it to the fire and sword
740 of the Greeks. Nay, the very Tarquin who had murdered, was
741 allowed to succeed his father-in-law. And this infamous parricide,
742 during the reign he had secured by murder, was allowed
743 to triumph in many victorious wars, and to build the Capitol
744 from their spoils; the gods meanwhile not departing, but abiding,
745 and abetting, and suffering their king Jupiter to preside and
746 reign over them in that very splendid Capitol, the work of a
747 parricide. For he did not build the Capitol in the days of
748 his innocence, and then suffer banishment for subsequent
749 crimes; but to that reign during which he built the Capitol,
750 he won his way by unnatural crime. And when he was afterwards
751 banished by the Romans, and forbidden the city, it
752 was not for his own but his son's wickedness in the affair of
753 Lucretia,—a crime perpetrated not only without his cognizance,
754 but in his absence. For at that time he was besieging
755 Ardea, and fighting Rome's battles; and we cannot say what
756 he would have done had he been aware of his son's crime.
757 Notwithstanding, though his opinion was neither inquired into
758 nor ascertained, the people stripped him of royalty; and when
759 he returned to Rome with his army, it was admitted, but he
760 was excluded, abandoned by his troops, and the gates shut in
761 his face. And yet, after he had appealed to the neighbouring
762 states, and tormented the Romans with calamitous but unsuccessful
763 wars, and when he was deserted by the ally on
764 whom he most depended, despairing of regaining the kingdom,
765 he lived a retired and quiet life for fourteen years, as it
766 is reported, in Tusculum, a Roman town; where he grew old
767 in his wife's company, and at last terminated his days in a
768 much more desirable fashion than his father-in-law, who had
769 perished by the hand of his son-in-law; his own daughter
770 abetting, if report be true. And this Tarquin the Romans
771 called, not the Cruel, nor the Infamous, but the Proud; their
772 own pride perhaps resenting his tyrannical airs. So little did
773 they make of his murdering their best king, his own father-in-law,
774 that they elected him their own king. I wonder if it
775 was not even more criminal in them to reward so bountifully
776 so great a criminal. And yet there was no word of the gods
777 abandoning the altars; unless, perhaps, some one will say in
778 defence of the gods, that they remained at Rome for the purpose
779 of punishing the Romans, rather than of aiding and profiting
780 them, seducing them by empty victories, and wearing them
781 out by severe wars. Such was the life of the Romans under
782 the kings during the much-praised epoch of the state which
783 extends to the expulsion of Tarquinius Superbus in the 243d
784 year, during which all those victories, which were bought with
785 so much blood and such disasters, hardly pushed Rome's
786 dominion twenty miles from the city; a territory which would
787 by no means bear comparison with that of any petty Gætulian
788 state.
789 >
790 >
791 >
792 16. *Of the first Roman consuls, the one of whom drove the other from the country,
793 > and shortly after perished at Rome by the hand of a wounded enemy,
794 > and so ended a career of unnatural murders.*
795 To this epoch let us add also that of which Sallust says,
796 that it was ordered with justice and moderation, while the
797 fear of Tarquin and of a war with Etruria was impending. For
798 so long as the Etrurians aided the efforts of Tarquin to regain
799 the throne, Rome was convulsed with distressing war. And
800 therefore he says that the state was ordered with justice and
801 moderation, through the pressure of fear, not through the influence
802 of equity. And in this very brief period, how calamitous
803 a year was that in which consuls were first created, when
804 the kingly power was abolished! They did not fulfil their
805 term of office. For Junius Brutus deprived his colleague
806 Lucius Tarquinius Collatinus, and banished him from the
807 city; and shortly after he himself fell in battle, at once
808 slaying and slain, having formerly put to death his own sons
809 and his brothers-in-law, because he had discovered that they
810 were conspiring to restore Tarquin. It is this deed that
811 Virgil shudders to record, even while he seems to praise it;
812 for when he says,
813 "And call his own rebellious seed
814 For menaced liberty to bleed,"
815 he immediately exclaims,
816 "Unhappy father! howsoe'er
817 The deed be judged by after days;"
818 that is to say, let posterity judge the deed as they please,
819 let them praise and extol the father who slew his sons, he is
820 unhappy. And then he adds, as if to console so unhappy a
821 man:
822 "His country's love shall all o'erbear,
823 And unextinguished thirst of praise."[144]
824 In the tragic end of Brutus, who slew his own sons, and
825 though he slew his enemy, Tarquin's son, yet could not survive
826 him, but was survived by Tarquin the elder, does not
827 the innocence of his colleague Collatinus seem to be vindicated,
828 who, though a good citizen, suffered the same punishment
829 as Tarquin himself, when that tyrant was banished?
830 For Brutus himself is said to have been a relative[145] of Tarquin.
831 But Collatinus had the misfortune to bear not only
832 the blood, but the name of Tarquin. To change his name,
833 then, not his country, would have been his fit penalty: to
834 abridge his name by this word, and be called simply L. Collatinus.
835 But he was not compelled to lose what he could
836 lose without detriment, but was stripped of the honour of the
837 first consulship, and was banished from the land he loved. Is
838 this, then, the glory of Brutus—this injustice, alike detestable
839 and profitless to the republic? Was it to this he was driven
840 by "his country's love, and unextinguished thirst of praise?"
841 When Tarquin the tyrant was expelled, L. Tarquinius Collatinus,
842 the husband of Lucretia, was created consul along
843 with Brutus. How justly the people acted, in looking more
844 to the character than the name of a citizen! How unjustly
845 Brutus acted, in depriving of honour and country his colleague
846 in that new office, whom he might have deprived of his name,
847 if it were so offensive to him! Such were the ills, such the
848 disasters, which fell out when the government was "ordered
849 with justice and moderation." Lucretius, too, who succeeded
850 Brutus, was carried off by disease before the end of that same
851 year. So P. Valerius, who succeeded Collatinus, and M. Horatius,
852 who filled the vacancy occasioned by the death of Lucretius,
853 completed that disastrous and funereal year, which had
854 five consuls. Such was the year in which the Roman republic
855 inaugurated the new honour and office of the consulship.
856 17. *Of the disasters which vexed the Roman republic after the inauguration of
857 the consulship, and of the non-intervention of the gods of Rome.*
858 After this, when their fears were gradually diminished,—not
859 because the wars ceased, but because they were not so
860 furious,—that period in which things were "ordered with
861 justice and moderation" drew to an end, and there followed
862 that state of matters which Sallust thus briefly sketches:
863 "Then began the patricians to oppress the people as slaves,
864 to condemn them to death or scourging, as the kings had
865 done, to drive them from their holdings, and to tyrannize over
866 those who had no property to lose. The people, overwhelmed
867 by these oppressive measures, and most of all by usury, and
868 obliged to contribute both money and personal service to the
869 constant wars, at length took arms and seceded to Mount
870 Aventine and Mount Sacer, and thus secured for themselves
871 tribunes and protective laws. But it was only the second
872 Punic war that put an end on both sides to discord and
873 strife."[146] But why should I spend time in writing such
874 things, or make others spend it in reading them? Let the
875 terse summary of Sallust suffice to intimate the misery of the
876 republic through all that long period till the second Punic
877 war,—how it was distracted from without by unceasing wars,
878 and torn with civil broils and dissensions. So that those
879 victories they boast were not the substantial joys of the
880 happy, but the empty comforts of wretched men, and seductive
881 incitements to turbulent men to concoct disasters upon
882 disasters. And let not the good and prudent Romans be
883 angry at our saying this; and indeed we need neither deprecate
884 nor denounce their anger, for we know they will harbour
885 none. For we speak no more severely than their own authors,
886 and much less elaborately and strikingly; yet they diligently
887 read these authors, and compel their children to learn them.
888 But they who are angry, what would they do to me were I
889 to say what Sallust says? "Frequent mobs, seditions, and at
890 last civil wars, became common, while a few leading men on
891 whom the masses were dependent, affected supreme power
892 under the seemly pretence of seeking the good of senate and
893 people; citizens were judged good or bad, without reference
894 to their loyalty to the republic (for all were equally corrupt);
895 but the wealthy and dangerously powerful were esteemed good
896 citizens, because they maintained the existing state of things."
897 Now, if those historians judged that an honourable freedom of
898 speech required that they should not be silent regarding the
899 blemishes of their own state, which they have in many places
900 loudly applauded in their ignorance of that other and true city
901 in which citizenship is an everlasting dignity; what does it
902 become us to do, whose liberty ought to be so much greater,
903 as our hope in God is better and more assured, when they
904 impute to our Christ the calamities of this age, in order that
905 men of the less instructed and weaker sort may be alienated
906 from that city in which alone eternal and blessed life can
907 be enjoyed? Nor do we utter against their gods anything
908 more horrible than their own authors do, whom they read and
909 circulate. For, indeed, all that we have said we have derived
910 from them, and there is much more to say of a worse kind
911 which we are unable to say.
912 Where, then, were those gods who are supposed to be justly
913 worshipped for the slender and delusive prosperity of this
914 world, when the Romans, who were seduced to their service
915 by lying wiles, were harassed by such calamities? Where
916 were they when Valerius the consul was killed while defending
917 the Capitol, that had been fired by exiles and slaves? He
918 was himself better able to defend the temple of Jupiter, than
919 that crowd of divinities with their most high and mighty king,
920 whose temple he came to the rescue of, were able to defend
921 him. Where were they when the city, worn out with unceasing
922 seditions, was waiting in some kind of calm for the return
923 of the ambassadors who had been sent to Athens to borrow
924 laws, and was desolated by dreadful famine and pestilence?
925 Where were they when the people, again distressed with
926 famine, created for the first time a prefect of the market; and
927 when Spurius Melius, who, as the famine increased, distributed
928 corn to the famishing masses, was accused of aspiring to royalty,
929 and at the instance of this same prefect, and on the authority
930 of the superannuated dictator L. Quintius, was put to death by
931 Quintus Servilius, master of the horse,—an event which occasioned
932 a serious and dangerous riot? Where were they when
933 that very severe pestilence visited Rome, on account of which
934 the people, after long and wearisome and useless supplications
935 of the helpless gods, conceived the idea of celebrating Lectisternia,
936 which had never been done before; that is to say,
937 they set couches in honour of the gods, which accounts for
938 the name of this sacred rite, or rather sacrilege?[147] Where
939 were they when, during ten successive years of reverses, the
940 Roman army suffered frequent and great losses among the
941 Veians, and would have been destroyed but for the succour
942 of Furius Camillus, who was afterwards banished by an ungrateful
943 country? Where were they when the Gauls took,
944 sacked, burned, and desolated Rome? Where were they when
945 that memorable pestilence wrought such destruction, in which
946 Furius Camillus too perished, who first defended the ungrateful
947 republic from the Veians, and afterwards saved it from the
948 Gauls? Nay, during this plague they introduced a new pestilence
949 of scenic entertainments, which spread its more fatal
950 contagion, not to the bodies, but the morals of the Romans?
951 Where were they when another frightful pestilence visited the
952 city—I mean the poisonings imputed to an incredible number
953 of noble Roman matrons, whose characters were infected with
954 a disease more fatal than any plague? Or when both consuls
955 at the head of the army were beset by the Samnites in
956 the Caudine Forks, and forced to strike a shameful treaty,
957 600 Roman knights being kept as hostages; while the troops,
958 having laid down their arms, and being stripped of everything,
959 were made to pass under the yoke with one garment each?
960 Or when, in the midst of a serious pestilence, lightning struck
961 the Roman camp and killed many? Or when Rome was
962 driven, by the violence of another intolerable plague, to send
963 to Epidaurus for Æsculapius as a god of medicine; since the
964 frequent adulteries of Jupiter in his youth had not perhaps
965 left this king of all who so long reigned in the Capitol, any
966 leisure for the study of medicine? Or when, at one time,
967 the Lucanians, Brutians, Samnites, Tuscans, and Senonian
968 Gauls conspired against Rome, and first slew her ambassadors,
969 then overthrew an army under the prætor, putting to the sword
970 13,000 men, besides the commander and seven tribunes? Or
971 when the people, after the serious and long-continued disturbances
972 at Rome, at last plundered the city and withdrew
973 to Janiculus; a danger so grave, that Hortensius was created
974 dictator,—an office which they had recourse to only in extreme
975 emergencies; and he, having brought back the people, died
976 while yet he retained his office,—an event without precedent
977 in the case of any dictator, and which was a shame to those
978 gods who had now Æsculapius among them?
979 At that time, indeed, so many wars were everywhere engaged
980 in, that through scarcity of soldiers they enrolled for
981 military service the *proletarii*, who received this name, because,
982 being too poor to equip for military service, they had
983 leisure to beget offspring.[148] Pyrrhus, king of Greece, and at
984 that time of wide-spread renown, was invited by the Tarentines
985 to enlist himself against Rome. It was to him that Apollo,
986 when consulted regarding the issue of his enterprise, uttered
987 with some pleasantry so ambiguous an oracle, that whichever
988 alternative happened, the god himself should be counted
989 divine. For he so worded the oracle,[149] that whether Pyrrhus
990 was conquered by the Romans, or the Romans by Pyrrhus,
991 the soothsaying god would securely await the issue. And
992 then what frightful massacres of both armies ensued! Yet
993 Pyrrhus remained conqueror, and would have been able now
994 to proclaim Apollo a true diviner, as he understood the oracle,
995 had not the Romans been the conquerors in the next engagement.
996 And while such disastrous wars were being waged, a
997 terrible disease broke out among the women. For the pregnant
998 women died before delivery. And Æsculapius, I fancy, excused
999 himself in this matter on the ground that he professed to be
1000 arch-physician, not midwife. Cattle, too, similarly perished;
1001 so that it was believed that the whole race of animals was
1002 destined to become extinct. Then what shall I say of that
1003 memorable winter in which the weather was so incredibly
1004 severe, that in the Forum frightfully deep snow lay for forty
1005 days together, and the Tiber was frozen? Had such things
1006 happened in our time, what accusations we should have heard
1007 from our enemies! And that other great pestilence, which
1008 raged so long and carried off so many; what shall I say of
1009 it? Spite of all the drugs of Æsculapius, it only grew worse
1010 in its second year, till at last recourse was had to the Sibylline
1011 books,—a kind of oracle which, as Cicero says in his *De
1012 Divinatione*, owes significance to its interpreters, who make
1013 doubtful conjectures as they can or as they wish. In this
1014 instance, the cause of the plague was said to be that so many
1015 temples had been used as private residences. And thus
1016 Æsculapius for the present escaped the charge of either ignominious
1017 negligence or want of skill. But why were so many
1018 allowed to occupy sacred tenements without interference, unless
1019 because supplication had long been addressed in vain to
1020 such a crowd of gods, and so by degrees the sacred places were
1021 deserted of worshippers, and being thus vacant, could without
1022 offence be put at least to some human uses? And the temples,
1023 which were at that time laboriously recognised and restored
1024 that the plague might be stayed, fell afterwards into disuse,
1025 and were again devoted to the same human uses. Had they
1026 not thus lapsed into obscurity, it could not have been pointed
1027 to as proof of Varro's great erudition, that in his work on
1028 sacred places he cites so many that were unknown. Meanwhile,
1029 the restoration of the temples procured no cure of the
1030 plague, but only a fine excuse for the gods.
1031 18. *The disasters suffered by the Romans in the Punic wars, which were not
1032 mitigated by the protection of the gods.*
1033 In the Punic wars, again, when victory hung so long in
1034 the balance between the two kingdoms, when two powerful
1035 nations were straining every nerve and using all their resources
1036 against one another, how many smaller kingdoms
1037 were crushed, how many large and flourishing cities were demolished,
1038 how many states were overwhelmed and ruined, how
1039 many districts and lands far and near were desolated! How
1040 often were the victors on either side vanquished! What
1041 multitudes of men, both of those actually in arms and
1042 of others, were destroyed! What huge navies, too, were
1043 crippled in engagements, or were sunk by every kind of
1044 marine disaster! Were we to attempt to recount or mention
1045 these calamities, we should become writers of history. At
1046 that period Rome was mightily perturbed, and resorted to
1047 vain and ludicrous expedients. On the authority of the
1048 Sibylline books, the secular games were re-appointed, which
1049 had been inaugurated a century before, but had faded into
1050 oblivion in happier times. The games consecrated to the infernal
1051 gods were also renewed by the pontiffs; for they, too,
1052 had sunk into disuse in the better times. And no wonder;
1053 for when they were renewed, the great abundance of dying
1054 men made all hell rejoice at its riches, and give itself up to
1055 sport: for certainly the ferocious wars, and disastrous quarrels,
1056 and bloody victories—now on one side, and now on the other—though
1057 most calamitous to men, afforded great sport and
1058 a rich banquet to the devils. But in the first Punic war
1059 there was no more disastrous event than the Roman defeat in
1060 which Regulus was taken. We made mention of him in the
1061 two former books as an incontestably great man, who had
1062 before conquered and subdued the Carthaginians, and who
1063 would have put an end to the first Punic war, had not an
1064 inordinate appetite for praise and glory prompted him to impose
1065 on the worn-out Carthaginians harder conditions than
1066 they could bear. If the unlooked-for captivity and unseemly
1067 bondage of this man, his fidelity to his oath, and his surpassingly
1068 cruel death, do not bring a blush to the face of the gods,
1069 it is true that they are brazen and bloodless.
1070 Nor were there wanting at that time very heavy disasters
1071 within the city itself. For the Tiber was extraordinarily
1072 flooded, and destroyed almost all the lower parts of the city;
1073 some buildings being carried away by the violence of the
1074 torrent, while others were soaked to rottenness by the water
1075 that stood round them even after the flood was gone. This
1076 visitation was followed by a fire which was still more destructive,
1077 for it consumed some of the loftier buildings round
1078 the Forum, and spared not even its own proper temple, that of
1079 Vesta, in which virgins chosen for this honour, or rather for
1080 this punishment, had been employed in conferring, as it were,
1081 everlasting life on fire, by ceaselessly feeding it with fresh
1082 fuel. But at the time we speak of, the fire in the temple was
1083 not content with being kept alive: it raged. And when the
1084 virgins, scared by its vehemence, were unable to save those
1085 fatal images which had already brought destruction on three
1086 cities[150] in which they had been received, Metellus the priest,
1087 forgetful of his own safety, rushed in and rescued the sacred
1088 things, though he was half roasted in doing so. For either
1089 the fire did not recognise even him, or else the goddess of fire
1090 was there,—a goddess who would not have fled from the fire
1091 supposing she had been there. But here you see how a man
1092 could be of greater service to Vesta than she could be to him.
1093 Now if these gods could not avert the fire from themselves,
1094 what help against flames or flood could they bring to the state
1095 of which they were the reputed guardians? Facts have shown
1096 that they were useless. These objections of ours would be
1097 idle if our adversaries maintained that their idols are consecrated
1098 rather as symbols of things eternal, than to secure the
1099 blessings of time; and that thus, though the symbols, like all
1100 material and visible things, might perish, no damage thereby
1101 resulted to the things for the sake of which they had been
1102 consecrated, while, as for the images themselves, they could be
1103 renewed again for the same purposes they had formerly served.
1104 But with lamentable blindness, they suppose that, through the
1105 intervention of perishable gods, the earthly well-being and temporal
1106 prosperity of the state can be preserved from perishing.
1107 And so, when they are reminded that even when the gods remained
1108 among them this well-being and prosperity were blighted,
1109 they blush to change the opinion they are unable to defend.
1110 19. *Of the calamity of the second Punic war, which consumed the strength
1111 of both parties.*
1112 As to the second Punic war, it were tedious to recount the
1113 disasters it brought on both the nations engaged in so protracted
1114 and shifting a war, that (by the acknowledgment even
1115 of those writers who have made it their object not so much to
1116 narrate the wars as to eulogize the dominion of Rome) the
1117 people who remained victorious were less like conquerors than
1118 conquered. For, when Hannibal poured out of Spain over the
1119 Pyrenees, and overran Gaul, and burst through the Alps, and
1120 during his whole course gathered strength by plundering and
1121 subduing as he went, and inundated Italy like a torrent, how
1122 bloody were the wars, and how continuous the engagements,
1123 that were fought! How often were the Romans vanquished!
1124 How many towns went over to the enemy, and how many
1125 were taken and subdued! What fearful battles there were,
1126 and how often did the defeat of the Romans shed lustre on the
1127 arms of Hannibal! And what shall I say of the wonderfully
1128 crushing defeat at Cannæ, where even Hannibal, cruel as he
1129 was, was yet sated with the blood of his bitterest enemies, and
1130 gave orders that they be spared? From this field of battle he
1131 sent to Carthage three bushels of gold rings, signifying that so
1132 much of the rank of Rome had that day fallen, that it was
1133 easier to give an idea of it by measure than by numbers; and
1134 that the frightful slaughter of the common rank and file whose
1135 bodies lay undistinguished by the ring, and who were numerous
1136 in proportion to their meanness, was rather to be conjectured
1137 than accurately reported. In fact, such was the scarcity
1138 of soldiers after this, that the Romans impressed their criminals
1139 on the promise of impunity, and their slaves by the bribe of
1140 liberty, and out of these infamous classes did not so much
1141 recruit as create an army. But these slaves, or, to give them
1142 all their titles, these freedmen who were enlisted to do battle
1143 for the republic of Rome, lacked arms. And so they took
1144 arms from the temples, as if the Romans were saying to their
1145 gods: Lay down those arms you have held so long in vain, if
1146 by chance our slaves may be able to use to purpose what you,
1147 our gods, have been impotent to use. At that time, too, the
1148 public treasury was too low to pay the soldiers, and private
1149 resources were used for public purposes; and so generously
1150 did individuals contribute of their property, that, saving the
1151 gold ring and bulla which each wore, the pitiful mark of his
1152 rank, no senator, and much less any of the other orders and
1153 tribes, reserved any gold for his own use. But if in our day
1154 they were reduced to this poverty, who would be able to
1155 endure their reproaches, barely endurable as they are now,
1156 when more money is spent on actors for the sake of a superfluous
1157 gratification, than was then disbursed to the legions?
1158 20. *Of the destruction of the Saguntines, who received no help from the Roman
1159 gods, though perishing on account of their fidelity to Rome.*
1160 But among all the disasters of the second Punic war, there
1161 occurred none more lamentable, or calculated to excite deeper
1162 complaint, than the fate of the Saguntines. This city of Spain,
1163 eminently friendly to Rome, was destroyed by its fidelity to
1164 the Roman people. For when Hannibal had broken treaty with
1165 the Romans, he sought occasion for provoking them to war,
1166 and accordingly made a fierce assault upon Saguntum. When
1167 this was reported at Rome, ambassadors were sent to Hannibal,
1168 urging him to raise the siege; and when this remonstrance was
1169 neglected, they proceeded to Carthage, lodged complaint against
1170 the breaking of the treaty, and returned to Rome without accomplishing
1171 their object. Meanwhile the siege went on; and
1172 in the eighth or ninth month, this opulent but ill-fated city,
1173 dear as it was to its own state and to Rome, was taken, and
1174 subjected to treatment which one cannot read, much less narrate,
1175 without horror. And yet, because it bears directly on
1176 the matter in hand, I will briefly touch upon it. First, then,
1177 famine wasted the Saguntines, so that even human corpses
1178 were eaten by some: so at least it is recorded. Subsequently,
1179 when thoroughly worn out, that they might at least escape the
1180 ignominy of falling into the hands of Hannibal, they publicly
1181 erected a huge funeral pile, and cast themselves into its flames,
1182 while at the same time they slew their children and themselves
1183 with the sword. Could these gods, these debauchees and
1184 gourmands, whose mouths water for fat sacrifices, and whose
1185 lips utter lying divinations,—could they not do anything in a
1186 case like this? Could they not interfere for the preservation of
1187 a city closely allied to the Roman people, or prevent it perishing
1188 for its fidelity to that alliance of which they themselves
1189 had been the mediators? Saguntum, faithfully keeping the
1190 treaty it had entered into before these gods, and to which it
1191 had firmly bound itself by an oath, was besieged, taken, and
1192 destroyed by a perjured person. If afterwards, when Hannibal
1193 was close to the walls of Rome, it was the gods who terrified
1194 him with lightning and tempest, and drove him to a distance,
1195 why, I ask, did they not thus interfere before? For I make
1196 bold to say, that this demonstration with the tempest would
1197 have been more honourably made in defence of the allies of
1198 Rome—who were in danger on account of their reluctance to
1199 break faith with the Romans, and had no resources of their
1200 own—than in defence of the Romans themselves, who were
1201 fighting in their own cause, and had abundant resources to
1202 oppose Hannibal. If, then, they had been the guardians of
1203 Roman prosperity and glory, they would have preserved that
1204 glory from the stain of this Saguntine disaster; and how silly
1205 it is to believe that Rome was preserved from destruction at
1206 the hands of Hannibal by the guardian care of those gods who
1207 were unable to rescue the city of Saguntum from perishing
1208 through its fidelity to the alliance of Rome. If the population
1209 of Saguntum had been Christian, and had suffered as it
1210 did for the Christian faith (though, of course, Christians would
1211 not have used fire and sword against their own persons), they
1212 would have suffered with that hope which springs from faith
1213 in Christ—the hope not of a brief temporal reward, but of unending
1214 and eternal bliss. What, then, will the advocates and
1215 apologists of these gods say in their defence, when charged
1216 with the blood of these Saguntines; for they are professedly
1217 worshipped and invoked for this very purpose of securing prosperity
1218 in this fleeting and transitory life? Can anything be
1219 said but what was alleged in the case of Regulus' death? For
1220 though there is a difference between the two cases, the one
1221 being an individual, the other a whole community, yet the
1222 cause of destruction was in both cases the keeping of their
1223 plighted troth. For it was this which made Regulus willing
1224 to return to his enemies, and this which made the Saguntines
1225 unwilling to revolt to their enemies. Does, then, the keeping
1226 of faith provoke the gods to anger? Or is it possible that not
1227 only individuals, but even entire communities, perish while
1228 the gods are propitious to them? Let our adversaries choose
1229 which alternative they will. If, on the one hand, those gods
1230 are enraged at the keeping of faith, let them enlist perjured
1231 persons as their worshippers. If, on the other hand, men and
1232 states can suffer great and terrible calamities, and at last perish
1233 while favoured by the gods, then does their worship not produce
1234 happiness as its fruit. Let those, therefore, who suppose
1235 that they have fallen into distress because their religious worship
1236 has been abolished, lay aside their anger; for it were quite
1237 possible that did the gods not only remain with them, but regard
1238 them with favour, they might yet be left to mourn an
1239 unhappy lot, or might, even like Regulus and the Saguntines,
1240 be horribly tormented, and at last perish miserably.
1241 21. *Of the ingratitude of Rome to Scipio, its deliverer, and of its manners
1242 during the period which Sallust describes as the best.*
1243 Omitting many things, that I may not exceed the limits
1244 of the work I have proposed to myself, I come to the epoch
1245 between the second and last Punic wars, during which, according
1246 to Sallust, the Romans lived with the greatest virtue and
1247 concord. Now, in this period of virtue and harmony, the
1248 great Scipio, the liberator of Rome and Italy, who had with
1249 surprising ability brought to a close the second Punic war—that
1250 horrible, destructive, dangerous contest—who had defeated
1251 Hannibal and subdued Carthage, and whose whole life is said
1252 to have been dedicated to the gods, and cherished in their
1253 temples,—this Scipio, after such a triumph, was obliged to
1254 yield to the accusations of his enemies, and to leave his
1255 country, which his valour had saved and liberated, to spend
1256 the remainder of his days in the town of Liternum, so
1257 indifferent to a recall from exile, that he is said to have
1258 given orders that not even his remains should lie in his
1259 ungrateful country. It was at that time also that the proconsul
1260 Cn. Manlius, after subduing the Galatians, introduced
1261 into Rome the luxury of Asia, more destructive than all
1262 hostile armies. It was then that iron bedsteads and expensive
1263 carpets were first used; then, too, that female singers
1264 were admitted at banquets, and other licentious abominations
1265 were introduced. But at present I meant to speak, not of the
1266 evils men voluntarily practise, but of those they suffer in spite
1267 of themselves. So that the case of Scipio, who succumbed to
1268 his enemies, and died in exile from the country he had rescued,
1269 was mentioned by me as being pertinent to the present discussion;
1270 for this was the reward he received from those
1271 Roman gods whose temples he saved from Hannibal, and
1272 who are worshipped only for the sake of securing temporal
1273 happiness. But since Sallust, as we have seen, declares that
1274 the manners of Rome were never better than at that time, I
1275 therefore judged it right to mention the Asiatic luxury then
1276 introduced, that it might be seen that what he says is true, only
1277 when that period is compared with the others, during which
1278 the morals were certainly worse, and the factions more violent.
1279 For at that time—I mean between the second and third Punic
1280 war—that notorious Lex Voconia was passed, which prohibited
1281 a man from making a woman, even an only daughter, his heir;
1282 than which law I am at a loss to conceive what could be
1283 more unjust. It is true that in the interval between these
1284 two Punic wars the misery of Rome was somewhat less.
1285 Abroad, indeed, their forces were consumed by wars, yet also
1286 consoled by victories; while at home there were not such
1287 disturbances as at other times. But when the last Punic war
1288 had terminated in the utter destruction of Rome's rival, which
1289 quickly succumbed to the other Scipio, who thus earned for
1290 himself the surname of Africanus, then the Roman republic was
1291 overwhelmed with such a host of ills, which sprang from the
1292 corrupt manners induced by prosperity and security, that the
1293 sudden overthrow of Carthage is seen to have injured Rome
1294 more seriously than her long-continued hostility. During the
1295 whole subsequent period down to the time of Cæsar Augustus,
1296 who seems to have entirely deprived the Romans of liberty,—a
1297 liberty, indeed, which in their own judgment was no longer
1298 glorious, but full of broils and dangers, and which now was
1299 quite enervated and languishing,—and who submitted all things
1300 again to the will of a monarch, and infused as it were a new
1301 life into the sickly old age of the republic, and inaugurated a
1302 fresh *régime*;—during this whole period, I say, many military
1303 disasters were sustained on a variety of occasions, all of which
1304 I here pass by. There was specially the treaty of Numantia,
1305 blotted as it was with extreme disgrace; for the sacred
1306 chickens, they say, flew out of the coop, and thus augured
1307 disaster to Mancinus the consul; just as if, during all these
1308 years in which that little city of Numantia had withstood the
1309 besieging army of Rome, and had become a terror to the
1310 republic, the other generals had all marched against it under
1311 unfavourable auspices.
1312 22. *Of the edict of Mithridates, commanding that all Roman citizens found in
1313 Asia should be slain.*
1314 These things, I say, I pass in silence; but I can by no
1315 means be silent regarding the order given by Mithridates,
1316 king of Asia, that on one day all Roman citizens residing
1317 anywhere in Asia (where great numbers of them were following
1318 their private business) should be put to death: and this
1319 order was executed. How miserable a spectacle was then
1320 presented, when each man was suddenly and treacherously
1321 murdered wherever he happened to be, in the field or on the
1322 road, in the town, in his own home, or in the street, in market
1323 or temple, in bed or at table! Think of the groans of the
1324 dying, the tears of the spectators, and even of the executioners
1325 themselves. For how cruel a necessity was it that compelled
1326 the hosts of these victims, not only to see these abominable
1327 butcheries in their own houses, but even to perpetrate them:
1328 to change their countenance suddenly from the bland kindliness
1329 of friendship, and in the midst of peace set about the
1330 business of war; and, shall I say, give and receive wounds,
1331 the slain being pierced in body, the slayer in spirit! Had
1332 all these murdered persons, then, despised auguries? Had
1333 they neither public nor household gods to consult when they
1334 left their homes and set out on that fatal journey? If they
1335 had not, our adversaries have no reason to complain of these
1336 Christian times in this particular, since long ago the Romans
1337 despised auguries as idle. If, on the other hand, they did
1338 consult omens, let them tell us what good they got thereby,
1339 even when such things were not prohibited, but authorized,
1340 by human, if not by divine law.
1341 23. *Of the internal disasters which vexed the Roman republic, and followed a
1342 portentous madness which seized all the domestic animals.*
1343 But let us now mention, as succinctly as possible, those
1344 disasters which were still more vexing, because nearer home;
1345 I mean those discords which are erroneously called civil, since
1346 they destroy civil interests. The seditions had now become
1347 urban wars, in which blood was freely shed, and in which parties
1348 raged against one another, not with wrangling and verbal
1349 contention, but with physical force and arms. What a sea of
1350 Roman blood was shed, what desolations and devastations were
1351 occasioned in Italy by wars social, wars servile, wars civil!
1352 Before the Latins began the social war against Rome, all the
1353 animals used in the service of man—dogs, horses, asses, oxen,
1354 and all the rest that are subject to man—suddenly grew wild,
1355 and forgot their domesticated tameness, forsook their stalls
1356 and wandered at large, and could not be closely approached
1357 either by strangers or their own masters without danger. If
1358 this was a portent, how serious a calamity must have been
1359 portended by a plague which, whether portent or no, was in
1360 itself a serious calamity! Had it happened in our day, the
1361 heathen would have been more rabid against us than their
1362 animals were against them.
1363 24. *Of the civil dissension occasioned by the sedition of the Gracchi.*
1364 The civil wars originated in the seditions which the
1365 Gracchi excited regarding the agrarian laws; for they were
1366 minded to divide among the people the lands which were
1367 wrongfully possessed by the nobility. But to reform an
1368 abuse of so long standing was an enterprise full of peril, or
1369 rather, as the event proved, of destruction. For what disasters
1370 accompanied the death of the elder Gracchus! what slaughter
1371 ensued when, shortly after, the younger brother met the same
1372 fate! For noble and ignoble were indiscriminately massacred;
1373 and this not by legal authority and procedure, but by mobs
1374 and armed rioters. After the death of the younger Gracchus,
1375 the consul Lucius Opimius, who had given battle to him
1376 within the city, and had defeated and put to the sword both
1377 himself and his confederates, and had massacred many of the
1378 citizens, instituted a judicial examination of others, and is
1379 reported to have put to death as many as 3000 men. From
1380 this it may be gathered how many fell in the riotous encounters,
1381 when the result even of a judicial investigation was
1382 so bloody. The assassin of Gracchus himself sold his head
1383 to the consul for its weight in gold, such being the previous
1384 agreement. In this massacre, too, Marcus Fulvius, a man of
1385 consular rank, with all his children, was put to death.
1386 25. *Of the temple of Concord, which was erected by a decree of the senate on the
1387 scene of these seditions and massacres.*
1388 A pretty decree of the senate it was, truly, by which the
1389 temple of Concord was built on the spot where that disastrous
1390 rising had taken place, and where so many citizens of every
1391 rank had fallen.[151] I suppose it was that the monument of the
1392 Gracchi's punishment might strike the eye and affect the
1393 memory of the pleaders. But what was this but to deride
1394 the gods, by building a temple to that goddess who, had she
1395 been in the city, would not have suffered herself to be torn
1396 by such dissensions? Or was it that Concord was chargeable
1397 with that bloodshed because she had deserted the minds of
1398 the citizens, and was therefore incarcerated in that temple?
1399 For if they had any regard to consistency, why did they not
1400 rather erect on that site a temple of Discord? Or is there
1401 a reason for Concord being a goddess while Discord is none?
1402 Does the distinction of Labeo hold here, who would have
1403 made the one a good, the other an evil deity?—a distinction
1404 which seems to have been suggested to him by the mere fact
1405 of his observing at Rome a temple to Fever as well as one to
1406 Health. But, on the same ground, Discord as well as Concord
1407 ought to be deified. A hazardous venture the Romans made
1408 in provoking so wicked a goddess, and in forgetting that the
1409 destruction of Troy had been occasioned by her taking offence.
1410 For, being indignant that she was not invited with the other
1411 gods [to the nuptials of Peleus and Thetis], she created dissension
1412 among the three goddesses by sending in the golden
1413 apple, which occasioned strife in heaven, victory to Venus,
1414 the rape of Helen, and the destruction of Troy. Wherefore,
1415 if she was perhaps offended that the Romans had not thought
1416 her worthy of a temple among the other gods in their city,
1417 and therefore disturbed the state with such tumults, to how
1418 much fiercer passion would she be roused when she saw the
1419 temple of her adversary erected on the scene of that massacre,
1420 or, in other words, on the scene of her own handiwork! Those
1421 wise and learned men are enraged at our laughing at these
1422 follies; and yet, being worshippers of good and bad divinities
1423 alike, they cannot escape this dilemma about Concord and
1424 Discord: either they have neglected the worship of these
1425 goddesses, and preferred Fever and War, to whom there are
1426 shrines erected of great antiquity, or they have worshipped
1427 them, and after all Concord has abandoned them, and Discord
1428 has tempestuously hurled them into civil wars.
1429 26. *Of the various kinds of wars which followed the building of the temple of
1430 Concord.*
1431 But they supposed that, in erecting the temple of Concord
1432 within the view of the orators, as a memorial of the punishment
1433 and death of the Gracchi, they were raising an effectual
1434 obstacle to sedition. How much effect it had, is indicated by
1435 the still more deplorable wars that followed. For after this
1436 the orators endeavoured not to avoid the example of the
1437 Gracchi, but to surpass their projects; as did Lucius Saturninus,
1438 a tribune of the people, and Caius Servilius the prætor,
1439 and some time after Marcus Drusus, all of whom stirred seditions
1440 which first of all occasioned bloodshed, and then the
1441 social wars by which Italy was grievously injured, and reduced
1442 to a piteously desolate and wasted condition. Then followed the
1443 servile war and the civil wars; and in them what battles were
1444 fought, and what blood was shed, so that almost all the peoples
1445 of Italy, which formed the main strength of the Roman empire,
1446 were conquered as if they were barbarians! Then even historians
1447 themselves find it difficult to explain how the servile war
1448 was begun by a very few, certainly less than seventy gladiators,
1449 what numbers of fierce and cruel men attached themselves to
1450 these, how many of the Roman generals this band defeated,
1451 and how it laid waste many districts and cities. And that
1452 was not the only servile war: the province of Macedonia, and
1453 subsequently Sicily and the sea-coast, were also depopulated
1454 by bands of slaves. And who can adequately describe either
1455 the horrible atrocities which the pirates first committed, or the
1456 wars they afterwards maintained against Rome?
1457 27. *Of the civil war between Marius and Sylla.*
1458 But when Marius, stained with the blood of his fellow-citizens,
1459 whom the rage of party had sacrificed, was in his turn
1460 vanquished and driven from the city, it had scarcely time to
1461 breathe freely, when, to use the words of Cicero, "Cinna and
1462 Marius together returned and took possession of it. Then,
1463 indeed, the foremost men in the state were put to death, its
1464 lights quenched. Sylla afterwards avenged this cruel victory;
1465 but we need not say with what loss of life, and with what ruin
1466 to the republic."[152] For of this vengeance, which was more
1467 destructive than if the crimes which it punished had been
1468 committed with impunity, Lucan says: "The cure was excessive,
1469 and too closely resembled the disease. The guilty
1470 perished, but when none but the guilty survived: and then
1471 private hatred and anger, unbridled by law, were allowed free
1472 indulgence."[153] In that war between Marius and Sylla, besides
1473 those who fell in the field of battle, the city, too, was filled
1474 with corpses in its streets, squares, markets, theatres, and
1475 temples; so that it is not easy to reckon whether the victors
1476 slew more before or after victory, that they might be, or because
1477 they were, victors. As soon as Marius triumphed, and
1478 returned from exile, besides the butcheries everywhere perpetrated,
1479 the head of the consul Octavius was exposed on the
1480 rostrum; Cæsar and Fimbria were assassinated in their own
1481 houses; the two Crassi, father and son, were murdered in one
1482 another's sight; Bebius and Numitorius were disembowelled by
1483 being dragged with hooks; Catulus escaped the hands of his
1484 enemies by drinking poison; Merula, the flamen of Jupiter,
1485 cut his veins and made a libation of his own blood to his god.
1486 Moreover, every one whose salutation Marius did not answer
1487 by giving his hand, was at once cut down before his face.
1488 28. *Of the victory of Sylla, the avenger of the cruelties of Marius.*
1489 Then followed the victory of Sylla, the so-called avenger of
1490 the cruelties of Marius. But not only was his victory purchased
1491 with great bloodshed; but when hostilities were finished,
1492 hostility survived, and the subsequent peace was bloody as the
1493 war. To the former and still recent massacres of the elder
1494 Marius, the younger Marius and Carbo, who belonged to the
1495 same party, added greater atrocities. For when Sylla approached,
1496 and they despaired not only of victory, but of life
1497 itself, they made a promiscuous massacre of friends and foes.
1498 And, not satisfied with staining every corner of Rome with
1499 blood, they besieged the senate, and led forth the senators to
1500 death from the curia as from a prison. Mucius Scævola the
1501 pontiff was slain at the altar of Vesta, which he had clung to
1502 because no spot in Rome was more sacred than her temple;
1503 and his blood well-nigh extinguished the fire which was kept
1504 alive by the constant care of the virgins. Then Sylla entered
1505 the city victorious, after having slaughtered in the Villa Publica,
1506 not by combat, but by an order, 7000 men who had surrendered,
1507 and were therefore unarmed; so fierce was the rage
1508 of peace itself, even after the rage of war was extinct. Moreover,
1509 throughout the whole city every partisan of Sylla slew
1510 whom he pleased, so that the number of deaths went beyond
1511 computation, till it was suggested to Sylla that he should allow
1512 some to survive, that the victors might not be destitute of
1513 subjects. Then this furious and promiscuous licence to murder
1514 was checked, and much relief was expressed at the publication
1515 of the prescription list, containing though it did the death-warrant
1516 of two thousand men of the highest ranks, the senatorial
1517 and equestrian. The large number was indeed saddening,
1518 but it was consolatory that a limit was fixed; nor was the
1519 grief at the numbers slain so great as the joy that the rest
1520 were secure. But this very security, hard-hearted as it was,
1521 could not but bemoan the exquisite torture applied to some of
1522 those who had been doomed to die. For one was torn to
1523 pieces by the unarmed hands of the executioners; men treating
1524 a living man more savagely than wild beasts are used to
1525 tear an abandoned corpse. Another had his eyes dug out, and
1526 his limbs cut away bit by bit, and was forced to live a long
1527 while, or rather to die a long while, in such torture. Some
1528 celebrated cities were put up to auction, like farms; and one
1529 was collectively condemned to slaughter, just as an individual
1530 criminal would be condemned to death. These things were
1531 done in peace when the war was over, not that victory might
1532 be more speedily obtained, but that, after being obtained, it
1533 might not be thought lightly of. Peace vied with war in
1534 cruelty, and surpassed it: for while war overthrew armed
1535 hosts, peace slew the defenceless. War gave liberty to him
1536 who was attacked, to strike if he could; peace granted to the
1537 survivors not life, but an unresisting death.
1538 >
1539 >
1540 >
1541 29. *A comparison of the disasters which Rome experienced during the Gothic
1542 > and Gallic invasions, with those occasioned by the authors of the civil wars.*
1543 What fury of foreign nations, what barbarian ferocity, can
1544 compare with this victory of citizens over citizens? Which
1545 was more disastrous, more hideous, more bitter to Rome: the
1546 recent Gothic and the old Gallic invasion, or the cruelty displayed
1547 by Marius and Sylla and their partisans against men
1548 who were members of the same body as themselves? The
1549 Gauls, indeed, massacred all the senators they found in any part
1550 of the city except the Capitol, which alone was defended; but
1551 they at least sold life to those who were in the Capitol, though
1552 they might have starved them out if they could not have
1553 stormed it. The Goths, again, spared so many senators, that
1554 it is the more surprising that they killed any. But Sylla,
1555 while Marius was still living, established himself as conqueror
1556 in the Capitol, which the Gauls had not violated, and thence
1557 issued his death-warrants; and when Marius had escaped by
1558 flight, though destined to return more fierce and bloodthirsty
1559 than ever, Sylla issued from the Capitol even decrees of the
1560 senate for the slaughter and confiscation of the property of
1561 many citizens. Then, when Sylla left, what did the Marian
1562 faction hold sacred or spare, when they gave no quarter even
1563 to Mucius, a citizen, a senator, a pontiff, and though clasping
1564 in piteous embrace the very altar in which, they say, reside
1565 the destinies of Rome? And that final proscription list of
1566 Sylla's, not to mention countless other massacres, despatched
1567 more senators than the Goths could even plunder.
1568 30. *Of the connection of the wars which with great severity and frequency
1569 followed one another before the advent of Christ.*
1570 With what effrontery, then, with what assurance, with what
1571 impudence, with what folly, or rather insanity, do they refuse
1572 to impute these disasters to their own gods, and impute the
1573 present to our Christ! These bloody civil wars, more distressing,
1574 by the avowal of their own historians, than any foreign wars,
1575 and which were pronounced to be not merely calamitous, but
1576 absolutely ruinous to the republic, began long before the coming
1577 of Christ, and gave birth to one another; so that a concatenation
1578 of unjustifiable causes led from the wars of Marius and
1579 Sylla to those of Sertorius and Catiline, of whom the one was
1580 proscribed, the other brought up by Sylla; from this to the
1581 war of Lepidus and Catulus, of whom the one wished to rescind,
1582 the other to defend the acts of Sylla; from this to the war of
1583 Pompey and Cæsar, of whom Pompey had been a partisan of
1584 Sylla, whose power he equalled or even surpassed, while Cæsar
1585 condemned Pompey's power because it was not his own, and
1586 yet exceeded it when Pompey was defeated and slain. From
1587 him the chain of civil wars extended to the second Cæsar,
1588 afterwards called Augustus, and in whose reign Christ was
1589 born. For even Augustus himself waged many civil wars;
1590 and in these wars many of the foremost men perished, among
1591 them that skilful manipulator of the republic, Cicero. Caius
1592 [Julius] Cæsar, when he had conquered Pompey, though he
1593 used his victory with clemency, and granted to men of the opposite
1594 faction both life and honours, was suspected of aiming
1595 at royalty, and was assassinated in the curia by a party of
1596 noble senators, who had conspired to defend the liberty of the
1597 republic. His power was then coveted by Antony, a man of
1598 very different character, polluted and debased by every kind of
1599 vice, who was strenuously resisted by Cicero on the same plea
1600 of defending the liberty of the republic. At this juncture that
1601 other Cæsar, the adopted son of Caius, and afterwards, as I
1602 said, known by the name of Augustus, had made his *début* as
1603 a young man of remarkable genius. This youthful Cæsar was
1604 favoured by Cicero, in order that his influence might counteract
1605 that of Antony; for he hoped that Cæsar would overthrow and
1606 blast the power of Antony, and establish a free state,—so blind
1607 and unaware of the future was he: for that very young man,
1608 whose advancement and influence he was fostering, allowed
1609 Cicero to be killed as the seal of an alliance with Antony, and
1610 subjected to his own rule the very liberty of the republic in
1611 defence of which he had made so many orations.
1612 >
1613 >
1614 >
1615 31. *That it is effrontery to impute the present troubles to Christ and the prohibition
1616 > of polytheistic worship, since even when the gods were worshipped
1617 > such calamities befell the people.*
1618 Let those who have no gratitude to Christ for His great
1619 benefits, blame their own gods for these heavy disasters. For
1620 certainly when these occurred the altars of the gods were kept
1621 blazing, and there rose the mingled fragrance of "Sabæan
1622 incense and fresh garlands;"[154] the priests were clothed with
1623 honour, the shrines were maintained in splendour; sacrifices,
1624 games, sacred ecstasies, were common in the temples; while the
1625 blood of the citizens was being so freely shed, not only in
1626 remote places, but among the very altars of the gods. Cicero
1627 did not choose to seek sanctuary in a temple, because Mucius
1628 had sought it there in vain. But they who most unpardonably
1629 calumniate this Christian era, are the very men who
1630 either themselves fled for asylum to the places specially dedicated
1631 to Christ, or were led there by the barbarians that they
1632 might be safe. In short, not to recapitulate the many
1633 instances I have cited, and not to add to their number others
1634 which it were tedious to enumerate, this one thing I am persuaded
1635 of, and this every impartial judgment will readily
1636 acknowledge, that if the human race had received Christianity
1637 before the Punic wars, and if the same desolating calamities
1638 which these wars brought upon Europe and Africa had followed
1639 the introduction of Christianity, there is no one of those
1640 who now accuse us who would not have attributed them to
1641 our religion. How intolerable would their accusations have
1642 been, at least so far as the Romans are concerned, if the
1643 Christian religion had been received and diffused prior to the
1644 invasion of the Gauls, or to the ruinous floods and fires which
1645 desolated Rome, or to those most calamitous of all events, the
1646 civil wars! And those other disasters, which were of so strange
1647 a nature that they were reckoned prodigies, had they happened
1648 since the Christian era, to whom but to the Christians would
1649 they have imputed these as crimes? I do not speak of those
1650 things which were rather surprising than hurtful,—oxen speaking,
1651 unborn infants articulating some words in their mothers'
1652 wombs, serpents flying, hens and women being changed into
1653 the other sex; and other similar prodigies which, whether true
1654 or false, are recorded not in their imaginative, but in their historical
1655 works, and which do not injure, but only astonish men.
1656 But when it rained earth, when it rained chalk, when it rained
1657 stones—not hailstones, but real stones—this certainly was
1658 calculated to do serious damage. We have read in their books
1659 that the fires of Etna, pouring down from the top of the mountain
1660 to the neighbouring shore, caused the sea to boil, so that
1661 rocks were burnt up, and the pitch of ships began to run,—a
1662 phenomenon incredibly surprising, but at the same time no
1663 less hurtful. By the same violent heat, they relate that on
1664 another occasion Sicily was filled with cinders, so that the
1665 houses of the city Catina were destroyed and buried under
1666 them,—a calamity which moved the Romans to pity them, and
1667 remit their tribute for that year. One may also read that
1668 Africa, which had by that time become a province of Rome,
1669 was visited by a prodigious multitude of locusts, which, after
1670 consuming the fruit and foliage of the trees, were driven into
1671 the sea in one vast and measureless cloud; so that when they
1672 were drowned and cast upon the shore the air was polluted,
1673 and so serious a pestilence produced that in the kingdom of
1674 Masinissa alone they say there perished 800,000 persons,
1675 besides a much greater number in the neighbouring districts.
1676 At Utica they assure us that, of 30,000 soldiers then garrisoning
1677 it, there survived only ten. Yet which of these disasters,
1678 suppose they happened now, would not be attributed to the
1679 Christian religion by those who thus thoughtlessly accuse us,
1680 and whom we are compelled to answer? And yet to their
1681 own gods they attribute none of these things, though they
1682 worship them for the sake of escaping lesser calamities of the
1683 same kind, and do not reflect that they who formerly worshipped
1684 them were not preserved from these serious disasters.
BOOK IV[155]
19 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
22 >
23 >
24 >
25 IN THIS BOOK IT IS PROVED THAT THE EXTENT AND LONG DURATION OF THE
26 > ROMAN EMPIRE IS TO BE ASCRIBED, NOT TO JOVE OR THE GODS OF THE
27 > HEATHEN, TO WHOM INDIVIDUALLY SCARCE EVEN SINGLE THINGS AND
28 > THE VERY BASEST FUNCTIONS WERE BELIEVED TO BE ENTRUSTED, BUT TO
29 > THE ONE TRUE GOD, THE AUTHOR OF FELICITY, BY WHOSE POWER AND
30 > JUDGMENT EARTHLY KINGDOMS ARE FOUNDED AND MAINTAINED.
31 1. *Of the things which have been discussed in the first book.*
32 Having begun to speak of the city of God, I have
33 thought it necessary first of all to reply to its enemies,
34 who, eagerly pursuing earthly joys, and gaping after transitory
35 things, throw the blame of all the sorrow they suffer in them—rather
36 through the compassion of God in admonishing,
37 than His severity in punishing—on the Christian religion,
38 which is the one salutary and true religion. And since there
39 is among them also an unlearned rabble, they are stirred up
40 as by the authority of the learned to hate us more bitterly,
41 thinking in their inexperience that things which have happened
42 unwontedly in their days were not wont to happen in
43 other times gone by; and whereas this opinion of theirs is confirmed
44 even by those who know that it is false, and yet dissemble
45 their knowledge in order that they may seem to have
46 just cause for murmuring against us, it was necessary, from
47 books in which their authors recorded and published the history
48 of bygone times that it might be known, to demonstrate
49 that it is far otherwise than they think; and at the same
50 time to teach that the false gods, whom they openly worshipped,
51 or still worship in secret, are most unclean spirits,
52 and most malignant and deceitful demons, even to such a
53 pitch that they take delight in crimes which, whether real or
54 only fictitious, are yet their own, which it has been their will
55 to have celebrated in honour of them at their own festivals;
56 so that human infirmity cannot be called back from the perpetration
57 of damnable deeds, so long as authority is furnished
58 for imitating them that seems even divine. These things we
59 have proved, not from our own conjectures, but partly from
60 recent memory, because we ourselves have seen such things
61 celebrated, and to such deities, partly from the writings of
62 those who have left these things on record to posterity, not as
63 if in reproach, but as in honour of their own gods. Thus
64 Varro, a most learned man among them, and of the weightiest
65 authority, when he made separate books concerning things
66 human and things divine, distributing some among the human,
67 others among the divine, according to the special dignity of
68 each, placed the scenic plays not at all among things human,
69 but among things divine; though, certainly, if only there
70 were good and honest men in the state, the scenic plays ought
71 not to be allowed even among things human. And this he
72 did not on his own authority, but because, being born and
73 educated at Rome, he found them among the divine things.
74 Now as we briefly stated in the end of the first book what
75 we intended afterwards to discuss, and as we have disposed
76 of a part of this in the next two books, we see what our
77 readers will expect us now to take up.
78 2. *Of those things which are contained in Books Second and Third.*
79 We had promised, then, that we would say something
80 against those who attribute the calamities of the Roman republic
81 to our religion, and that we would recount the evils,
82 as many and great as we could remember or might deem
83 sufficient, which that city, or the provinces belonging to its
84 empire, had suffered before their sacrifices were prohibited,
85 all of which would beyond doubt have been attributed to us,
86 if our religion had either already shone on them, or had thus
87 prohibited their sacrilegious rites. These things we have, as
88 we think, fully disposed of in the second and third books,
89 treating in the second of evils in morals, which alone or
90 chiefly are to be accounted evils; and in the third, of those
91 which only fools dread to undergo—namely, those of the body
92 or of outward things—which for the most part the good also
93 suffer. But those evils by which they themselves become
94 evil, they take, I do not say patiently, but with pleasure. And
95 how few evils have I related concerning that one city and its
96 empire! Not even all down to the time of Cæsar Augustus.
97 What if I had chosen to recount and enlarge on those evils,
98 not which men have inflicted on each other, such as the devastations
99 and destructions of war, but which happen in earthly
100 things, from the elements of the world itself? Of such evils
101 Apuleius speaks briefly in one passage of that book which he
102 wrote, *De Mundo*, saying that all earthly things are subject to
103 change, overthrow, and destruction.[156] For, to use his own
104 words, by excessive earthquakes the ground has burst asunder,
105 and cities with their inhabitants have been clean destroyed:
106 by sudden rains whole regions have been washed away; those
107 also which formerly had been continents, have been insulated
108 by strange and new-come waves, and others, by the subsiding
109 of the sea, have been made passable by the foot of man: by
110 winds and storms cities have been overthrown; fires have
111 flashed forth from the clouds, by which regions in the East
112 being burnt up have perished; and on the western coasts the
113 like destructions have been caused by the bursting forth of
114 waters and floods. So, formerly, from the lofty craters of Etna,
115 rivers of fire kindled by God have flowed like a torrent down
116 the steeps. If I had wished to collect from history wherever
117 I could, these and similar instances, where should I have
118 finished what happened even in those times before the name
119 of Christ had put down those of their idols, so vain and hurtful
120 to true salvation? I promised that I should also point
121 out which of their customs, and for what cause, the true God,
122 in whose power all kingdoms are, had deigned to favour to
123 the enlargement of their empire; and how those whom they
124 think gods can have profited them nothing, but much rather
125 hurt them by deceiving and beguiling them; so that it seems
126 to me I must now speak of these things, and chiefly of the
127 increase of the Roman empire. For I have already said not
128 a little, especially in the second book, about the many evils
129 introduced into their manners by the hurtful deceits of the
130 demons whom they worshipped as gods. But throughout all
131 the three books already completed, where it appeared suitable,
132 we have set forth how much succour God, through the name
133 of Christ, to whom the barbarians beyond the custom of war
134 paid so much honour, has bestowed on the good and bad,
135 according as it is written, "Who maketh His sun to rise on
136 the good and the evil, and giveth rain to the just and the
137 unjust."[157]
138 >
139 >
140 >
141 3. *Whether the great extent of the empire, which has been acquired only by wars,
142 > is to be reckoned among the good things either of the wise or the happy.*
143 Now, therefore, let us see how it is that they dare
144 to ascribe the very great extent and duration of the Roman
145 empire to those gods whom they contend that they worship
146 honourably, even by the obsequies of vile games and the
147 ministry of vile men: although I should like first to inquire
148 for a little what reason, what prudence, there is in wishing
149 to glory in the greatness and extent of the empire, when
150 you cannot point out the happiness of men who are always
151 rolling, with dark fear and cruel lust, in warlike slaughters
152 and in blood, which, whether shed in civil or foreign war, is
153 still human blood; so that their joy may be compared to glass
154 in its fragile splendour, of which one is horribly afraid lest it
155 should be suddenly broken in pieces. That this may be more
156 easily discerned, let us not come to nought by being carried
157 away with empty boasting, or blunt the edge of our attention
158 by loud-sounding names of things, when we hear of peoples,
159 kingdoms, provinces. But let us suppose a case of two men;
160 for each individual man, like one letter in a language, is as it
161 were the element of a city or kingdom, however far-spreading
162 in its occupation of the earth. Of these two men let us suppose
163 that one is poor, or rather of middling circumstances; the
164 other very rich. But the rich man is anxious with fears,
165 pining with discontent, burning with covetousness, never
166 secure, always uneasy, panting from the perpetual strife of
167 his enemies, adding to his patrimony indeed by these miseries
168 to an immense degree, and by these additions also heaping
169 up most bitter cares. But that other man of moderate wealth
170 is contented with a small and compact estate, most dear to
171 his own family, enjoying the sweetest peace with his kindred
172 neighbours and friends, in piety religious, benignant in mind,
173 healthy in body, in life frugal, in manners chaste, in conscience
174 secure. I know not whether any one can be such a fool, that
175 he dare hesitate which to prefer. As, therefore, in the case of
176 these two men, so in two families, in two nations, in two kingdoms,
177 this test of tranquillity holds good; and if we apply
178 it vigilantly and without prejudice, we shall quite easily see
179 where the mere show of happiness dwells, and where real
180 felicity. Wherefore if the true God is worshipped, and if He
181 is served with genuine rites and true virtue, it is advantageous
182 that good men should long reign both far and wide. Nor is
183 this advantageous so much to themselves, as to those over
184 whom they reign. For, so far as concerns themselves, their
185 piety and probity, which are great gifts of God, suffice to give
186 them true felicity, enabling them to live well the life that
187 now is, and afterwards to receive that which is eternal. In
188 this world, therefore, the dominion of good men is profitable, not
189 so much for themselves as for human affairs. But the dominion
190 of bad men is hurtful chiefly to themselves who rule, for
191 they destroy their own souls by greater licence in wickedness;
192 while those who are put under them in service are not hurt
193 except by their own iniquity. For to the just all the evils
194 imposed on them by unjust rulers are not the punishment
195 of crime, but the test of virtue. Therefore the good man,
196 although he is a slave, is free; but the bad man, even if he
197 reigns, is a slave, and that not of one man, but, what is far
198 more grievous, of as many masters as he has vices; of which
199 vices when the divine Scripture treats, it says, "For of whom
200 any man is overcome, to the same he is also the bond-slave."[158]
201 4. *How like kingdoms without justice are to robberies.*
202 Justice being taken away, then, what are kingdoms but
203 great robberies? For what are robberies themselves, but little
204 kingdoms? The band itself is made up of men; it is ruled
205 by the authority of a prince, it is knit together by the pact
206 of the confederacy; the booty is divided by the law agreed on.
207 If, by the admittance of abandoned men, this evil increases
208 to such a degree that it holds places, fixes abodes, takes possession
209 of cities, and subdues peoples, it assumes the more
210 plainly the name of a kingdom, because the reality is now
211 manifestly conferred on it, not by the removal of covetousness,
212 but by the addition of impunity. Indeed, that was an apt
213 and true reply which was given to Alexander the Great by a
214 pirate who had been seized. For when that king had asked
215 the man what he meant by keeping hostile possession of the
216 sea, he answered with bold pride, "What thou meanest by
217 seizing the whole earth; but because I do it with a petty
218 ship, I am called a robber, whilst thou who dost it with a
219 great fleet art styled emperor."[159]
220 5. *Of the runaway gladiators whose power became like that of royal dignity.*
221 I shall not therefore stay to inquire what sort of men
222 Romulus gathered together, seeing he deliberated much about
223 them,—how, being assumed out of that life they led into the
224 fellowship of his city, they might cease to think of the punishment
225 they deserved, the fear of which had driven them to
226 greater villanies; so that henceforth they might be made more
227 peaceable members of society. But this I say, that the Roman
228 empire, which by subduing many nations had already grown
229 great and an object of universal dread, was itself greatly
230 alarmed, and only with much difficulty avoided a disastrous
231 overthrow, because a mere handful of gladiators in Campania,
232 escaping from the games, had recruited a great army, appointed
233 three generals, and most widely and cruelly devastated Italy.
234 Let them say what god aided these men, so that from a small
235 and contemptible band of robbers they attained to a kingdom,
236 feared even by the Romans, who had such great forces and
237 fortresses. Or will they deny that they were divinely aided
238 because they did not last long?[160] As if, indeed, the life of
239 any man whatever lasted long. In that case, too, the gods
240 aid no one to reign, since all individuals quickly die; nor is
241 sovereign power to be reckoned a benefit, because in a little
242 time in every man, and thus in all of them one by one, it
243 vanishes like a vapour. For what does it matter to those
244 who worshipped the gods under Romulus, and are long since
245 dead, that after their death the Roman empire has grown so
246 great, while they plead their causes before the powers beneath?
247 Whether those causes are good or bad, it matters not to the
248 question before us. And this is to be understood of all those
249 who carry with them the heavy burden of their actions, having
250 in the few days of their life swiftly and hurriedly passed over
251 the stage of the imperial office, although the office itself has
252 lasted through long spaces of time, being filled by a constant
253 succession of dying men. If, however, even those benefits
254 which last only for the shortest time are to be ascribed to the aid
255 of the gods, these gladiators were not a little aided, who broke
256 the bonds of their servile condition, fled, escaped, raised a
257 great and most powerful army, obedient to the will and orders
258 of their chiefs and much feared by the Roman majesty, and
259 remaining unsubdued by several Roman generals, seized many
260 places, and, having won very many victories, enjoyed whatever
261 pleasures they wished, and did what their lust suggested,
262 and, until at last they were conquered, which was done with
263 the utmost difficulty, lived sublime and dominant. But let
264 us come to greater matters.
265 6. *Concerning the covetousness of Ninus, who was the first who made war on his
266 neighbours, that he might rule more widely.*
267 Justinus, who wrote Greek or rather foreign history in
268 Latin, and briefly, like Trogus Pompeius whom he followed,
269 begins his work thus: "In the beginning of the affairs of
270 peoples and nations the government was in the hands of kings,
271 who were raised to the height of this majesty not by courting
272 the people, but by the knowledge good men had of their moderation.
273 The people were held bound by no laws; the decisions
274 of the princes were instead of laws. It was the custom to
275 guard rather than to extend the boundaries of the empire; and
276 kingdoms were kept within the bounds of each ruler's native
277 land. Ninus king of the Assyrians first of all, through new
278 lust of empire, changed the old and, as it were, ancestral
279 custom of nations. He first made war on his neighbours,
280 and wholly subdued as far as to the frontiers of Libya the
281 nations as yet untrained to resist." And a little after he says:
282 "Ninus established by constant possession the greatness of the
283 authority he had gained. Having mastered his nearest neighbours,
284 he went on to others, strengthened by the accession of
285 forces, and by making each fresh victory the instrument of
286 that which followed, subdued the nations of the whole East."
287 Now, with whatever fidelity to fact either he or Trogus may
288 in general have written—for that they sometimes told lies is
289 shown by other more trustworthy writers—yet it is agreed
290 among other authors, that the kingdom of the Assyrians was
291 extended far and wide by King Ninus. And it lasted so long,
292 that the Roman empire has not yet attained the same age;
293 for, as those write who have treated of chronological history,
294 this kingdom endured for twelve hundred and forty years
295 from the first year in which Ninus began to reign, until it
296 was transferred to the Medes. But to make war on your
297 neighbours, and thence to proceed to others, and through mere
298 lust of dominion to crush and subdue people who do you no
299 harm, what else is this to be called than great robbery?
300 7. *Whether earthly kingdoms in their rise and fall have been either aided or
301 deserted by the help of the gods.*
302 If this kingdom was so great and lasting without the aid of
303 the gods, why is the ample territory and long duration of the
304 Roman empire to be ascribed to the Roman gods? For whatever
305 is the cause in it, the same is in the other also. But if
306 they contend that the prosperity of the other also is to be
307 attributed to the aid of the gods, I ask of which? For the
308 other nations whom Ninus overcame, did not then worship
309 other gods. Or if the Assyrians had gods of their own, who,
310 so to speak, were more skilful workmen in the construction
311 and preservation of the empire, whether are they dead, since
312 they themselves have also lost the empire; or, having been
313 defrauded of their pay, or promised a greater, have they chosen
314 rather to go over to the Medes, and from them again to the
315 Persians, because Cyrus invited them, and promised them
316 something still more advantageous? This nation, indeed,
317 since the time of the kingdom of Alexander the Macedonian,
318 which was as brief in duration as it was great in extent, has
319 preserved its own empire, and at this day occupies no small
320 territories in the East. If this is so, then either the gods are
321 unfaithful, who desert their own and go over to their enemies,
322 which Camillus, who was but a man, did not do, when, being
323 victor and subduer of a most hostile state, although he had
324 felt that Rome, for whom he had done so much, was ungrateful,
325 yet afterwards, forgetting the injury and remembering his
326 native land, he freed her again from the Gauls; or they are
327 not so strong as gods ought to be, since they can be overcome
328 by human skill or strength. Or if, when they carry on war
329 among themselves, the gods are not overcome by men, but
330 some gods who are peculiar to certain cities are perchance
331 overcome by other gods, it follows that they have quarrels
332 among themselves which they uphold, each for his own part.
333 Therefore a city ought not to worship its own gods, but rather
334 others who aid their own worshippers. Finally, whatever
335 may have been the case as to this change of sides, or flight,
336 or migration, or failure in battle on the part of the gods, the
337 name of Christ had not yet been proclaimed in those parts
338 of the earth when these kingdoms were lost and transferred
339 through great destructions in war. For if, after more than
340 twelve hundred years, when the kingdom was taken away
341 from the Assyrians, the Christian religion had there already
342 preached another eternal kingdom, and put a stop to the
343 sacrilegious worship of false gods, what else would the foolish
344 men of that nation have said, but that the kingdom which
345 had been so long preserved, could be lost for no other cause
346 than the desertion of their own religions and the reception of
347 Christianity? In which foolish speech that might have been
348 uttered, let those we speak of observe their own likeness, and
349 blush, if there is any sense of shame in them, because they
350 have uttered similar complaints; although the Roman empire
351 is afflicted rather than changed,—a thing which has befallen
352 it in other times also, before the name of Christ was heard,
353 and it has been restored after such affliction,—a thing which
354 even in these times is not to be despaired of. For who knows
355 the will of God concerning this matter?
356 >
357 >
358 >
359 8. *Which of the gods can the Romans suppose presided over the increase and
360 > preservation of their empire, when they have believed that even the care
361 > of single things could scarcely be committed to single gods?*
362 Next let us ask, if they please, out of so great a crowd of
363 gods which the Romans worship, whom in especial, or what
364 gods they believe to have extended and preserved that empire.
365 Now, surely of this work, which is so excellent and so very
366 full of the highest dignity, they dare not ascribe any part to
367 the goddess Cloacina;[161] or to Volupia, who has her appellation
368 from voluptuousness; or to Libentina, who has her name from
369 lust; or to Vaticanus, who presides over the screaming of
370 infants; or to Cunina, who rules over their cradles. But
371 how is it possible to recount in one part of this book all the
372 names of gods or goddesses, which they could scarcely comprise
373 in great volumes, distributing among these divinities
374 their peculiar offices about single things? They have not
375 even thought that the charge of their lands should be committed
376 to any one god: but they have entrusted their farms
377 to Rusina; the ridges of the mountains to Jugatinus; over
378 the downs they have set the goddess Collatina; over the
379 valleys, Vallonia. Nor could they even find one Segetia so
380 competent, that they could commend to her care all their corn
381 crops at once; but so long as their seed-corn was still under
382 the ground, they would have the goddess Seia set over it;
383 then, whenever it was above ground and formed straw, they
384 set over it the goddess Segetia; and when the grain was collected
385 and stored, they set over it the goddess Tutilina, that
386 it might be kept safe. Who would not have thought that
387 goddess Segetia sufficient to take care of the standing corn
388 until it had passed from the first green blades to the dry ears?
389 Yet she was not enough for men, who loved a multitude of
390 gods, that the miserable soul, despising the chaste embrace of
391 the one true God, should be prostituted to a crowd of demons.
392 Therefore they set Proserpina over the germinating seeds; over
393 the joints and knots of the stems, the god Nodotus; over the
394 sheaths enfolding the ears, the goddess Volutina; when the
395 sheaths opened that the spike might shoot forth, it was
396 ascribed to the goddess Patelana; when the stems stood all
397 equal with new ears, because the ancients described this
398 equalizing by the term *hostire*, it was ascribed to the goddess
399 Hostilina; when the grain was in flower, it was dedicated to
400 the goddess Flora; when full of milk, to the god Lacturnus;
401 when maturing, to the goddess Matuta; when the crop was
402 runcated,—that is, removed from the soil,—to the goddess
403 Runcina. Nor do I yet recount them all, for I am sick of
404 all this, though it gives them no shame. Only, I have said
405 these very few things, in order that it may be understood
406 they dare by no means say that the Roman empire has been
407 established, increased, and preserved by their deities, who had
408 all their own functions assigned to them in such a way, that
409 no general oversight was entrusted to any one of them.
410 When, therefore, could Segetia take care of the empire, who
411 was not allowed to take care of the corn and the trees?
412 When could Cunina take thought about war, whose oversight
413 was not allowed to go beyond the cradles of the babies?
414 When could Nodotus give help in battle, who had nothing to
415 do even with the sheath of the ear, but only with the knots of
416 the joints? Every one sets a porter at the door of his house,
417 and because he is a man, he is quite sufficient; but these
418 people have set three gods, Forculus to the doors, Cardea to
419 the hinge, Limentinus to the threshold.[162] Thus Forculus could
420 not at the same time take care also of the hinge and the
421 threshold.
422 9. *Whether the great extent and long duration of the Roman empire should be
423 ascribed to Jove, whom his worshippers believe to be the chief god.*
424 Therefore omitting, or passing by for a little, that crowd of
425 petty gods, we ought to inquire into the part performed by
426 the great gods, whereby Rome has been made so great as to
427 reign so long over so many nations. Doubtless, therefore, this
428 is the work of Jove. For they will have it that he is
429 the king of all the gods and goddesses, as is shown by his
430 sceptre and by the Capitol on the lofty hill. Concerning that
431 god they publish a saying which, although that of a poet, is
432 most apt, "All things are full of Jove."[163] Varro believes that
433 this god is worshipped, although called by another name, even
434 by those who worship one God alone without any image. But
435 if this is so, why has he been so badly used at Rome (and
436 indeed by other nations too), that an image of him should be
437 made?—a thing which was so displeasing to Varro himself,
438 that although he was overborne by the perverse custom of so
439 great a city, he had not the least hesitation in both saying
440 and writing, that those who have appointed images for the
441 people have both taken away fear and added error.
442 10. *What opinions those have followed who have set divers gods over divers
443 parts of the world.*
444 Why, also, is Juno united to him as his wife, who is called
445 at once "sister and yokefellow?"[164] Because, say they, we have
446 Jove in the ether, Juno in the air; and these two elements are
447 united, the one being superior, the other inferior. It is not
448 he, then, of whom it is said, "All things are full of Jove," if
449 Juno also fills some part. Does each fill either, and are both
450 of this couple in both of these elements, and in each of them
451 at the same time? Why, then, is the ether given to Jove, the
452 air to Juno? Besides, these two should have been enough.
453 Why is it that the sea is assigned to Neptune, the earth to
454 Pluto? And that these also might not be left without mates,
455 Salacia is joined to Neptune, Proserpine to Pluto. For they
456 say that, as Juno possesses the lower part of the heavens,—that
457 is, the air,—so Salacia possesses the lower part of the sea, and
458 Proserpine the lower part of the earth. They seek how they
459 may patch up these fables, but they find no way. For if
460 these things were so, their ancient sages would have maintained
461 that there are three chief elements of the world, not
462 four, in order that each of the elements might have a pair of
463 gods. Now, they have positively affirmed that the ether is
464 one thing, the air another. But water, whether higher or
465 lower, is surely water. Suppose it ever so unlike, can it ever
466 be so much so as no longer to be water? And the lower
467 earth, by whatever divinity it may be distinguished, what else
468 can it be than earth? Lo, then, since the whole physical
469 world is complete in these four or three elements, where shall
470 Minerva be? What should she possess, what should she fill?
471 For she is placed in the Capitol along with these two, although
472 she is not the offspring of their marriage. Or if they say that
473 she possesses the higher part of the ether,—and on that account
474 the poets have feigned that she sprang from the head of Jove,—why
475 then is she not rather reckoned queen of the gods, because
476 she is superior to Jove? Is it because it would be improper
477 to set the daughter before the father? Why, then, is not
478 that rule of justice observed concerning Jove himself toward
479 Saturn? Is it because he was conquered? Have they fought
480 then? By no means, say they; that is an old wife's fable.
481 Lo, we are not to believe fables, and must hold more worthy
482 opinions concerning the gods! Why, then, do they not assign
483 to the father of Jove a seat, if not of higher, at least of equal
484 honour? Because Saturn, say they, is length of time.[165] Therefore
485 they who worship Saturn worship Time; and it is insinuated
486 that Jupiter, the king of the gods, was born of Time. For
487 is anything unworthy said when Jupiter and Juno are said to
488 have been sprung from Time, if he is the heaven and she is
489 the earth, since both heaven and earth have been made, and
490 are therefore not eternal? For their learned and wise men
491 have this also in their books. Nor is that saying taken by
492 Virgil out of poetic figments, but out of the books of philosophers,
493 "Then Ether, the Father Almighty, in copious showers descended
494 Into his spouse's glad bosom, making it fertile,"[166]
495 —that is, into the bosom of Tellus, or the earth. Although
496 here, also, they will have it that there are some differences,
497 and think that in the earth herself Terra is one thing, Tellus
498 another, and Tellumo another. And they have all these as
499 gods, called by their own names, distinguished by their own
500 offices, and venerated with their own altars and rites. This
501 same earth also they call the mother of the gods, so that even
502 the fictions of the poets are more tolerable, if, according, not
503 to their poetical but sacred books, Juno is not only the sister
504 and wife, but also the mother of Jove. The same earth they
505 worship as Ceres, and also as Vesta; while yet they more
506 frequently affirm that Vesta is nothing else than fire, pertaining
507 to the hearths, without which the city cannot exist; and
508 therefore virgins are wont to serve her, because as nothing is
509 born of a virgin, so nothing is born of fire;—but all this
510 nonsense ought to be completely abolished and extinguished by
511 Him who is born of a virgin. For who can bear that, while
512 they ascribe to the fire so much honour, and, as it were,
513 chastity, they do not blush sometimes even to call Vesta
514 Venus, so that honoured virginity may vanish in her handmaidens?
515 For if Vesta is Venus, how can virgins rightly
516 serve her by abstaining from venery? Are there two Venuses,
517 the one a virgin, the other not a maid? Or rather, are there
518 three, one the goddess of virgins, who is also called Vesta,
519 another the goddess of wives, and another of harlots? To
520 her also the Phenicians offered a gift by prostituting their
521 daughters before they united them to husbands.[167] Which of
522 these is the wife of Vulcan? Certainly not the virgin, since
523 she has a husband. Far be it from us to say it is the harlot,
524 lest we should seem to wrong the son of Juno and fellow-worker
525 of Minerva. Therefore it is to be understood that
526 she belongs to the married people; but we would not wish
527 them to imitate her in what she did with Mars. "Again,"
528 say they, "you return to fables." What sort of justice is
529 that, to be angry with us because we say such things of their
530 gods, and not to be angry with themselves, who in their
531 theatres most willingly behold the crimes of their gods?
532 And,—a thing incredible, if it were not thoroughly well
533 proved,—these very theatric representations of the crimes
534 of their gods have been instituted in honour of these same
535 gods.
536 11. *Concerning the many gods whom the pagan doctors defend as being
537 one and the same Jove.*
538 Let them therefore assert as many things as ever they
539 please in physical reasonings and disputations. One while let
540 Jupiter be the soul of this corporeal world, who fills and
541 moves that whole mass, constructed and compacted out of
542 four, or as many elements as they please; another while, let
543 him yield to his sister and brothers their parts of it: now let
544 him be the ether, that from above he may embrace Juno, the
545 air spread out beneath; again, let him be the whole heaven
546 along with the air, and impregnate with fertilizing showers
547 and seeds the earth, as his wife, and, at the same time, his
548 mother (for this is not vile in divine beings); and yet again
549 (that it may not be necessary to run through them all), let
550 him, the one god, of whom many think it has been said by
551 a most noble poet,
552 "For God pervadeth all things,
553 All lands, and the tracts of the sea, and the depth of the heavens,"[168]—
554 let it be him who in the ether is Jupiter; in the air, Juno;
555 in the sea, Neptune; in the lower parts of the sea, Salacia;
556 in the earth, Pluto; in the lower part of the earth, Proserpine;
557 on the domestic hearths, Vesta; in the furnace of the workmen,
558 Vulcan; among the stars, Sol, and Luna, and the Stars; in
559 divination, Apollo; in merchandise, Mercury; in Janus, the
560 initiator; in Terminus, the terminator; Saturn, in time; Mars
561 and Bellona, in war; Liber, in vineyards; Ceres, in corn-fields;
562 Diana, in forests; Minerva, in learning. Finally, let it be him
563 who is in that crowd, as it were, of plebeian gods: let him
564 preside under the name of Liber over the seed of men, and
565 under that of Libera over that of women: let him be Diespiter,
566 who brings forth the birth to the light of day: let him
567 be the goddess Mena, whom they set over the menstruation
568 of women: let him be Lucina, who is invoked by women in
569 childbirth: let him bring help to those who are being born, by
570 taking them up from the bosom of the earth, and let him be
571 called Opis: let him open the mouth in the crying babe, and
572 be called the god Vaticanus: let him lift it from the earth,
573 and be called the goddess Levana; let him watch over cradles,
574 and be called the goddess Cunina: let it be no other than
575 he who is in those goddesses, who sing the fates of the
576 new born, and are called Carmentes: let him preside over
577 fortuitous events, and be called Fortuna: in the goddess
578 Rumina, let him milk out the breast to the little one, because
579 the ancients termed the breast *ruma*: in the goddess Potina,
580 let him administer drink: in the goddess Educa, let him supply
581 food: from the terror of infants, let him be styled Paventia:
582 from the hope which comes, Venilia; from voluptuousness,
583 Volupia; from action, Agenor: from the stimulants by which
584 man is spurred on to much action, let him be named the goddess
585 Stimula: let him be the goddess Strenia, for making
586 strenuous; Numeria, who teaches to number; Camœna, who
587 teaches to sing: let him be both the god Consus for granting
588 counsel, and the goddess Sentia for inspiring sentences: let
589 him be the goddess Juventas, who, after the robe of boyhood
590 is laid aside, takes charge of the beginning of the youthful
591 age: let him be Fortuna Barbata, who endues adults with a
592 beard, whom they have not chosen to honour; so that this
593 divinity, whatever it may be, should at least be a male god,
594 named either Barbatus, from *barba*, like Nodotus, from *nodus*;
595 or, certainly, not Fortuna, but because he has beards, Fortunius:
596 let him, in the god Jugatinus, yoke couples in marriage;
597 and when the girdle of the virgin wife is loosed, let
598 him be invoked as the goddess Virginiensis: let him be
599 Mutunus or Tuternus, who, among the Greeks, is called
600 Priapus. If they are not ashamed of it, let all these which
601 I have named, and whatever others I have not named (for I
602 have not thought fit to name all), let all these gods and
603 goddesses be that one Jupiter, whether, as some will have it,
604 all these are parts of him, or are his powers, as those think
605 who are pleased to consider him the soul of the world, which
606 is the opinion of most of their doctors, and these the greatest.
607 If these things are so (how evil they may be I do not yet
608 meanwhile inquire), what would they lose, if they, by a more
609 prudent abridgment, should worship one god? For what part
610 of him could be contemned if he himself should be worshipped?
611 But if they are afraid lest parts of him should be angry at
612 being passed by or neglected, then it is not the case, as they
613 will have it, that this whole is as the life of one living being,
614 which contains all the gods together, as if they were its virtues,
615 or members, or parts; but each part has its own life
616 separate from the rest, if it is so that one can be angered,
617 appeased, or stirred up more than another. But if it is said
618 that all together,—that is, the whole Jove himself,—would be
619 offended if his parts were not also worshipped singly and
620 minutely, it is foolishly spoken. Surely none of them could
621 be passed by if he who singly possesses them all should be
622 worshipped. For, to omit other things which are innumerable,
623 when they say that all the stars are parts of Jove,
624 and are all alive, and have rational souls, and therefore
625 without controversy are gods, can they not see how many they
626 do not worship, to how many they do not build temples or
627 set up altars, and to how very few, in fact, of the stars they
628 have thought of setting them up and offering sacrifice? If,
629 therefore, those are displeased who are not severally worshipped,
630 do they not fear to live with only a few appeased,
631 while all heaven is displeased? But if they worship all the
632 stars because they are part of Jove whom they worship, by
633 the same compendious method they could supplicate them all
634 in him alone. For in this way no one would be displeased,
635 since in him alone all would be supplicated. No one would
636 be contemned, instead of there being just cause of displeasure
637 given to the much greater number who are passed by in the
638 worship offered to some; especially when Priapus, stretched
639 out in vile nakedness, is preferred to those who shine from
640 their supernal abode.
641 12. *Concerning the opinion of those who have thought that God is the soul of
642 the world, and the world is the body of God.*
643 Ought not men of intelligence, and indeed men of every
644 kind, to be stirred up to examine the nature of this opinion?
645 For there is no need of excellent capacity for this task, that
646 putting away the desire of contention, they may observe that
647 if God is the soul of the world, and the world is as a body
648 to Him, who is the soul, He must be one living being consisting
649 of soul and body, and that this same God is a kind of
650 womb of nature containing all things in Himself, so that the
651 lives and souls of all living things are taken, according to the
652 manner of each one's birth, out of His soul which vivifies that
653 whole mass, and therefore nothing at all remains which is not
654 a part of God. And if this is so, who cannot see what impious
655 and irreligious consequences follow, such as that whatever
656 one may trample, he must trample a part of God, and in
657 slaying any living creature, a part of God must be slaughtered?
658 But I am unwilling to utter all that may occur to those who
659 think of it, yet cannot be spoken without irreverence.
660 13. *Concerning those who assert that only rational animals are parts of
661 the one God.*
662 But if they contend that only rational animals, such as
663 men, are parts of God, I do not really see how, if the whole
664 world is God, they can separate beasts from being parts of Him.
665 But what need is there of striving about that? Concerning the
666 rational animal himself,—that is, man,—what more unhappy
667 belief can be entertained than that a part of God is whipped
668 when a boy is whipped? And who, unless he is quite mad,
669 could bear the thought that parts of God can become lascivious,
670 iniquitous, impious, and altogether damnable? In brief, why
671 is God angry at those who do not worship Him, since these
672 offenders are parts of Himself? It remains, therefore, that
673 they must say that all the gods have their own lives; that
674 each one lives for himself, and none of them is a part of any
675 one; but that all are to be worshipped,—at least as many as
676 can be known and worshipped; for they are so many it is
677 impossible that all can be so. And of all these, I believe
678 that Jupiter, because he presides as king, is thought by them
679 to have both established and extended the Roman empire.
680 For if he has not done it, what other god do they believe
681 could have attempted so great a work, when they must all
682 be occupied with their own offices and works, nor can one
683 intrude on that of another? Could the kingdom of men then
684 be propagated and increased by the king of the gods?
685 >
686 >
687 >
688 14. *The enlargement of kingdoms is unsuitably ascribed to Jove; for if, as they
689 > will have it, Victoria is a goddess, she alone would suffice for this business.*
690 Here, first of all, I ask, why even the kingdom itself is not
691 some god? For why should not it also be so, if Victory is
692 a goddess? Or what need is there of Jove himself in this
693 affair, if Victory favours and is propitious, and always goes to
694 those whom she wishes to be victorious? With this goddess
695 favourable and propitious, even if Jove was idle and did
696 nothing, what nations could remain unsubdued, what kingdom
697 would not yield? But perhaps it is displeasing to good
698 men to fight with most wicked unrighteousness, and provoke
699 with voluntary war neighbours who are peaceable and do no
700 wrong, in order to enlarge a kingdom? If they feel thus, I
701 entirely approve and praise them.
702 15. *Whether it is suitable for good men to wish to rule more widely.*
703 Let them ask, then, whether it is quite fitting for good
704 men to rejoice in extended empire. For the iniquity of
705 those with whom just wars are carried on favours the growth
706 of a kingdom, which would certainly have been small if the
707 peace and justice of neighbours had not by any wrong provoked
708 the carrying on of war against them; and human affairs
709 being thus more happy, all kingdoms would have been small,
710 rejoicing in neighbourly concord; and thus there would have
711 been very many kingdoms of nations in the world, as there
712 are very many houses of citizens in a city. Therefore, to
713 carry on war and extend a kingdom over wholly subdued
714 nations seems to bad men to be felicity, to good men necessity.
715 But because it would be worse that the injurious should
716 rule over those who are more righteous, therefore even that is
717 not unsuitably called felicity. But beyond doubt it is greater
718 felicity to have a good neighbour at peace, than to conquer a
719 bad one by making war. Your wishes are bad, when you
720 desire that one whom you hate or fear should be in such a
721 condition that you can conquer him. If, therefore, by carrying
722 on wars that were just, not impious or unrighteous, the
723 Romans could have acquired so great an empire, ought they not
724 to worship as a goddess even the injustice of foreigners? For
725 we see that this has co-operated much in extending the empire,
726 by making foreigners so unjust that they became people with
727 whom just wars might be carried on, and the empire increased.
728 And why may not injustice, at least that of foreign nations,
729 also be a goddess, if Fear and Dread, and Ague have deserved
730 to be Roman gods? By these two, therefore,—that is, by
731 foreign injustice, and the goddess Victoria, for injustice stirs
732 up causes of wars, and Victoria brings these same wars to a
733 happy termination,—the empire has increased, even although
734 Jove has been idle. For what part could Jove have here,
735 when those things which might be thought to be his benefits
736 are held to be gods, called gods, worshipped as gods, and are
737 themselves invoked for their own parts? He also might have
738 some part here, if he himself might be called Empire, just as
739 she is called Victory. Or if empire is the gift of Jove, why
740 may not victory also be held to be his gift? And it certainly
741 would have been held to be so, had he been recognised and
742 worshipped, not as a stone in the Capitol, but as the true
743 King of kings and Lord of lords.
744 >
745 >
746 >
747 16. *What was the reason why the Romans, in detailing separate gods for all
748 > things and all movements of the mind, chose to have the temple of Quiet
749 > outside the gates.*
750 But I wonder very much, that while they assigned to separate
751 gods single things, and (well nigh) all movements of the mind;
752 that while they invoked the goddess Agenoria, who should
753 excite to action; the goddess Stimula, who should stimulate
754 to unusual action; the goddess Murcia, who should not move
755 men beyond measure, but make them, as Pomponius says,
756 *murcid*—that is, too slothful and inactive; the goddess
757 Strenua, who should make them strenuous; and that while
758 they offered to all these gods and goddesses solemn and public
759 worship, they should yet have been unwilling to give public
760 acknowledgment to her whom they name Quies because she
761 makes men quiet, but built her temple outside the Colline
762 gate. Whether was this a symptom of an unquiet mind, or
763 rather was it thus intimated that he who should persevere in
764 worshipping that crowd, not, to be sure, of gods, but of demons,
765 could not dwell with quiet; to which the true Physician calls,
766 saying, "Learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and
767 ye shall find rest unto your souls?"
768 17. *Whether, if the highest power belongs to Jove, Victoria also ought to be
769 worshipped.*
770 Or do they say, perhaps, that Jupiter sends the goddess
771 Victoria, and that she, as it were, acting in obedience to the
772 king of the gods, comes to those to whom he may have despatched
773 her, and takes up her quarters on their side? This
774 is truly said, not of Jove, whom they, according to their own
775 imagination, feign to be king of the gods, but of Him who is
776 the true eternal King, because he sends, not Victory, who is
777 no person, but His angel, and causes whom He pleases to conquer;
778 whose counsel may be hidden, but cannot be unjust.
779 For if Victory is a goddess, why is not Triumph also a god,
780 and joined to Victory either as husband, or brother, or son?
781 Indeed, they have imagined such things concerning the gods,
782 that if the poets had feigned the like, and they should have
783 been discussed by us, they would have replied that they were
784 laughable figments of the poets not to be attributed to true
785 deities. And yet they themselves did not laugh when they
786 were, not reading in the poets, but worshipping in the temples
787 such doating follies. Therefore they should entreat Jove
788 alone for all things, and supplicate him only. For if Victory
789 is a goddess, and is under him as her king, wherever he might
790 have sent her, she could not dare to resist and do her own
791 will rather than his.
792 18. *With what reason they who think Felicity and Fortune goddesses have
793 distinguished them.*
794 What shall we say, besides, of the idea that Felicity also is
795 a goddess? She has received a temple; she has merited an
796 altar; suitable rites of worship are paid to her. She alone,
797 then, should be worshipped. For where she is present, what
798 good thing can be absent? But what does a man wish, that
799 he thinks Fortune also a goddess and worships her? Is felicity
800 one thing, fortune another? Fortune, indeed, may be bad
801 as well as good; but felicity, if it could be bad, would not be
802 felicity. Certainly we ought to think all the gods of either
803 sex (if they also have sex) are only good. This says Plato;
804 this say other philosophers; this say all estimable rulers
805 of the republic and the nations. How is it, then, that the
806 goddess Fortune is sometimes good, sometimes bad? Is it
807 perhaps the case that when she is bad she is not a goddess,
808 but is suddenly changed into a malignant demon? How
809 many Fortunes are there then? Just as many as there are
810 men who are fortunate, that is, of good fortune. But since
811 there must also be very many others who at the very same
812 time are men of bad fortune, could she, being one and the
813 same Fortune, be at the same time both bad and good—the
814 one to these, the other to those? She who is the goddess, is
815 she always good? Then she herself is felicity. Why, then,
816 are two names given her? Yet this is tolerable; for it is
817 customary that one thing should be called by two names.
818 But why different temples, different altars, different rituals?
819 There is a reason, say they, because Felicity is she whom the
820 good have by previous merit; but fortune, which is termed
821 good without any trial of merit, befalls both good and bad
822 men fortuitously, whence also she is named Fortune. How,
823 therefore, is she good, who without any discernment comes
824 both to the good and to the bad? Why is she worshipped,
825 who is thus blind, running at random on any one whatever,
826 so that for the most part she passes by her worshippers, and
827 cleaves to those who despise her? Or if her worshippers
828 profit somewhat, so that they are seen by her and loved, then
829 she follows merit, and does not come fortuitously. What,
830 then, becomes of that definition of fortune? What becomes
831 of the opinion that she has received her very name from fortuitous
832 events? For it profits one nothing to worship her if
833 she is truly *fortune*. But if she distinguishes her worshippers,
834 so that she may benefit them, she is not fortune. Or does
835 Jupiter send her too, whither he pleases? Then let him alone
836 be worshipped; because Fortune is not able to resist him
837 when he commands her, and sends her where he pleases. Or,
838 at least, let the bad worship her, who do not choose to have
839 merit by which the goddess Felicity might be invited.
840 19. *Concerning Fortuna Muliebris.*[169]
841 To this supposed deity, whom they call Fortuna, they
842 ascribe so much, indeed, that they have a tradition that the
843 image of her, which was dedicated by the Roman matrons, and
844 called Fortuna Muliebris, has spoken, and has said, once and
845 again, that the matrons pleased her by their homage; which,
846 indeed, if it is true, ought not to excite our wonder. For it
847 is not so difficult for malignant demons to deceive, and they
848 ought the rather to advert to their wits and wiles, because it
849 is that goddess who comes by haphazard who has spoken,
850 and not she who comes to reward merit. For Fortuna was
851 loquacious, and Felicitas mute; and for what other reason
852 but that men might not care to live rightly, having made
853 Fortuna their friend, who could make them fortunate without
854 any good desert? And truly, if Fortuna speaks, she should at
855 least speak, not with a womanly, but with a manly voice; lest
856 they themselves who have dedicated the image should think
857 so great a miracle has been wrought by feminine loquacity.
858 >
859 >
860 >
861 20. *Concerning Virtue and Faith, which the pagans have honoured with temples
862 > and sacred rites, passing by other good qualities, which ought likewise to
863 > have been worshipped, if deity was rightly attributed to these.*
864 They have made Virtue also a goddess, which, indeed, if it
865 could be a goddess, had been preferable to many. And now,
866 because it is not a goddess, but a gift of God, let *it* be obtained
867 by prayer from Him, by whom alone it can be given, and the
868 whole crowd of false gods vanishes. But why is Faith believed
869 to be a goddess, and why does she herself receive temple and
870 altar? For whoever prudently acknowledges her makes his
871 own self an abode for her. But how do they know what
872 faith is, of which it is the prime and greatest function that
873 the true God may be believed in? But why had not virtue
874 sufficed? Does it not include faith also? Forasmuch as
875 they have thought proper to distribute virtue into four divisions—prudence,
876 justice, fortitude, and temperance—and as
877 each of these divisions has its own virtues, faith is among the
878 parts of justice, and has the chief place with as many of us as
879 know what that saying means, "The just shall live by faith."[170]
880 But if Faith is a goddess, I wonder why these keen lovers of a
881 multitude of gods have wronged so many other goddesses, by
882 passing them by, when they could have dedicated temples and
883 altars to them likewise. Why has temperance not deserved
884 to be a goddess, when some Roman princes have obtained no
885 small glory on account of her? Why, in fine, is fortitude not
886 a goddess, who aided Mucius when he thrust his right hand
887 into the flames; who aided Curtius, when for the sake of his
888 country he threw himself headlong into the yawning earth;
889 who aided Decius the sire, and Decius the son, when they
890 devoted themselves for the army?—though we might question
891 whether these men had *true* fortitude, if this concerned
892 our present discussion. Why have prudence and wisdom
893 merited no place among the gods? Is it because they are
894 all worshipped under the general name of Virtue itself?
895 Then they could thus worship the true God also, of whom
896 all the other gods are thought to be parts. But in that one
897 name of virtue is comprehended both faith and chastity, which
898 yet have obtained separate altars in temples of their own.
899 21. *That although not understanding them to be the gifts of God, they ought at
900 least to have been content with Virtue and Felicity.*
901 These, not verity but vanity has made goddesses. For
902 these are gifts of the true God, not themselves goddesses.
903 However, where virtue and felicity are, what else is sought
904 for? What can suffice the man whom virtue and felicity do
905 not suffice? For surely virtue comprehends all things we
906 need do, felicity all things we need wish for. If Jupiter,
907 then, was worshipped in order that he might give these two
908 things,—because, if extent and duration of empire is something
909 good, it pertains to this same felicity,—why is it not understood
910 that they are not goddesses, but the gifts of God? But
911 if they are judged to be goddesses, then at least that other
912 great crowd of gods should not be sought after. For, having
913 considered all the offices which their fancy has distributed
914 among the various gods and goddesses, let them find out, if
915 they can, anything which could be bestowed by any god whatever
916 on a man possessing virtue, possessing felicity. What
917 instruction could be sought either from Mercury or Minerva,
918 when Virtue already possessed all in herself? Virtue, indeed,
919 is defined by the ancients as itself the art of living well and
920 rightly. Hence, because virtue is called in Greek ἀρετὴ, it
921 has been thought the Latins have derived from it the term
922 *art*. But if Virtue cannot come except to the clever, what
923 need was there of the god Father Catius, who should make
924 men cautious, that is, acute, when Felicity could confer this?
925 Because, to be born clever belongs to felicity. Whence,
926 although goddess Felicity could not be worshipped by one
927 not yet born, in order that, being made his friend, she might
928 bestow this on him, yet she might confer this favour on
929 parents who were her worshippers, that clever children should
930 be born to them. What need had women in childbirth to
931 invoke Lucina, when, if Felicity should be present, they
932 would have, not only a good delivery, but good children too?
933 What need was there to commend the children to the goddess
934 Ops when they were being born; to the god Vaticanus in
935 their birth-cry; to the goddess Cunina when lying cradled;
936 to the goddess Rumina when sucking; to the god Statilinus
937 when standing; to the goddess Adeona when coming; to
938 Abeona when going away; to the goddess Mens that they
939 might have a good mind; to the god Volumnus, and the
940 goddess Volumna, that they might wish for good things; to
941 the nuptial gods, that they might make good matches; to the
942 rural gods, and chiefly to the goddess Fructesca herself, that
943 they might receive the most abundant fruits; to Mars and
944 Bellona, that they might carry on war well; to the goddess
945 Victoria, that they might be victorious; to the god Honor,
946 that they might be honoured; to the goddess Pecunia, that
947 they might have plenty money; to the god Aesculanus, and
948 his son Argentinus, that they might have brass and silver
949 coin? For they set down Aesculanus as the father of Argentinus
950 for this reason, that brass coin began to be used before
951 silver. But I wonder Argentinus has not begotten Aurinus,
952 since gold coin also has followed. Could they have him for a
953 god, they would prefer Aurinus both to his father Argentinus
954 and his grandfather Aesculanus, just as they set Jove before
955 Saturn. Therefore, what necessity was there on account of
956 these gifts, either of soul, or body, or outward estate, to worship
957 and invoke so great a crowd of gods, all of whom I have not
958 mentioned, nor have they themselves been able to provide for
959 all human benefits, minutely and singly methodized, minute
960 and single gods, when the one goddess Felicity was able,
961 with the greatest ease, compendiously to bestow the whole
962 of them? nor should any other be sought after, either for the
963 bestowing of good things, or for the averting of evil. For
964 why should they invoke the goddess Fessonia for the weary;
965 for driving away enemies, the goddess Pellonia; for the sick,
966 as a physician, either Apollo or Æsculapius, or both together
967 if there should be great danger? Neither should the god
968 Spiniensis be entreated that he might root out the thorns
969 from the fields; nor the goddess Rubigo that the mildew
970 might not come,—Felicitas alone being present and guarding,
971 either no evils would have arisen, or they would have been
972 quite easily driven away. Finally, since we treat of these
973 two goddesses, Virtue and Felicity, if felicity is the reward of
974 virtue, she is not a goddess, but a gift of God. But if she is
975 a goddess, why may she not be said to confer virtue itself,
976 inasmuch as it is a great felicity to attain virtue?
977 22. *Concerning the knowledge of the worship due to the gods, which Varro
978 glories in having himself conferred on the Romans.*
979 What is it, then, that Varro boasts he has bestowed as a
980 very great benefit on his fellow-citizens, because he not only
981 recounts the gods who ought to be worshipped by the Romans,
982 but also tells what pertains to each of them? "Just as it is
983 of no advantage," he says, "to know the name and appearance
984 of any man who is a physician, and not know that he is a
985 physician, so," he says, "it is of no advantage to know well
986 that Æsculapius is a god, if you are not aware that he can
987 bestow the gift of health, and consequently do not know why
988 you ought to supplicate him." He also affirms this by another
989 comparison, saying, "No one is able, not only to live well, but
990 even to live at all, if he does not know who is a smith, who a
991 baker, who a weaver, from whom he can seek any utensil,
992 whom he may take for a helper, whom for a leader, whom for a
993 teacher;" asserting, "that in this way it can be doubtful to no
994 one, that thus the knowledge of the gods is useful, if one can
995 know what force, and faculty, or power any god may have in
996 anything. For from this we may be able," he says, "to know
997 what god we ought to call to, and invoke for any cause; lest
998 we should do as too many are wont to do, and desire water
999 from Liber, and wine from Lymphs." Very useful, forsooth!
1000 Who would not give this man thanks if he could show true
1001 things, and if he could teach that the one true God, from whom
1002 all good things are, is to be worshipped by men?
1003 >
1004 >
1005 >
1006 23. *Concerning Felicity, whom the Romans, who venerate many gods, for a long
1007 > time did not worship with divine honour, though she alone would have
1008 > sufficed instead of all.*
1009 But how does it happen, if their books and rituals are true,
1010 and Felicity is a goddess, that she herself is not appointed as
1011 the only one to be worshipped, since she could confer all
1012 things, and all at once make men happy? For who wishes
1013 anything for any other reason than that he may become
1014 happy? Why was it left to Lucullus to dedicate a temple
1015 to so great a goddess at so late a date, and after so many
1016 Roman rulers? Why did Romulus himself, ambitious as he
1017 was of founding a fortunate city, not erect a temple to this
1018 goddess before all others? Why did he supplicate the other
1019 gods for anything, since he would have lacked nothing had she
1020 been with him? For even he himself would neither have
1021 been first a king, then afterwards, as they think, a god, if this
1022 goddess had not been propitious to him. Why, therefore, did
1023 he appoint as gods for the Romans, Janus, Jove, Mars, Picus,
1024 Faunus, Tiberinus, Hercules, and others, if there were more of
1025 them? Why did Titus Tatius add Saturn, Ops, Sun, Moon,
1026 Vulcan, Light, and whatever others he added, among whom
1027 was even the goddess Cloacina, while Felicity was neglected?
1028 Why did Numa appoint so many gods and so many goddesses
1029 without this one? Was it perhaps because he could not see
1030 her among so great a crowd? Certainly king Hostilius would
1031 not have introduced the new gods Fear and Dread to be propitiated,
1032 if he could have known or might have worshipped this
1033 goddess. For, in presence of Felicity, Fear and Dread would
1034 have disappeared,—I do not say propitiated, but put to flight.
1035 Next, I ask, how is it that the Roman empire had already
1036 immensely increased before any one worshipped Felicity? Was
1037 the empire, therefore, more great than happy? For how could
1038 true felicity be there, where there was not true piety? For
1039 piety is the genuine worship of the true God, and not the worship
1040 of as many demons as there are false gods. Yet even
1041 afterwards, when Felicity had already been taken into the
1042 number of the gods, the great infelicity of the civil wars
1043 ensued. Was Felicity perhaps justly indignant, both because
1044 she was invited so late, and was invited not to honour, but
1045 rather to reproach, because along with her were worshipped
1046 Priapus, and Cloacina, and Fear and Dread, and Ague, and
1047 others which were not gods to be worshipped, but the crimes
1048 of the worshippers? Last of all, if it seemed good to worship
1049 so great a goddess along with a most unworthy crowd, why at
1050 least was she not worshipped in a more honourable way than
1051 the rest? For is it not intolerable that Felicity is placed
1052 neither among the gods *Consentes*,[171] whom they allege to be
1053 admitted into the council of Jupiter, nor among the gods whom
1054 they term *Select*? Some temple might be made for her which
1055 might be pre-eminent, both in loftiness of site and dignity of
1056 style. Why, indeed, not something better than is made for
1057 Jupiter himself? For who gave the kingdom even to Jupiter
1058 but Felicity? I am supposing that when he reigned he was
1059 happy. Felicity, however, is certainly more valuable than a
1060 kingdom. For no one doubts that a man might easily be
1061 found who may fear to be made a king; but no one is found
1062 who is unwilling to be happy. Therefore, if it is thought they
1063 can be consulted by augury, or in any other way, the gods themselves
1064 should be consulted about this thing, whether they may
1065 wish to give place to Felicity. If, perchance, the place should
1066 already be occupied by the temples and altars of others, where
1067 a greater and more lofty temple might be built to Felicity,
1068 even Jupiter himself might give way, so that Felicity might
1069 rather obtain the very pinnacle of the Capitoline hill. For
1070 there is not any one who would resist Felicity, except, which
1071 is impossible, one who might wish to be unhappy. Certainly,
1072 if he should be consulted, Jupiter would in no case do what
1073 those three gods, Mars, Terminus, and Juventas, did, who positively
1074 refused to give place to their superior and king. For,
1075 as their books record, when king Tarquin wished to construct
1076 the Capitol, and perceived that the place which seemed to him
1077 to be the most worthy and suitable was preoccupied by other
1078 gods, not daring to do anything contrary to their pleasure, and
1079 believing that they would willingly give place to a god who
1080 was so great, and was their own master, because there were
1081 many of them there when the Capitol was founded, he inquired
1082 by augury whether they chose to give place to Jupiter, and
1083 they were all willing to remove thence except those whom I
1084 have named, Mars, Terminus, and Juventas; and therefore the
1085 Capitol was built in such a way that these three also might be
1086 within it, yet with such obscure signs that even the most learned
1087 men could scarcely know this. Surely, then, Jupiter himself
1088 would by no means despise Felicity as he was himself despised
1089 by Terminus, Mars, and Juventas. But even they themselves
1090 who had not given place to Jupiter, would certainly give place
1091 to Felicity, who had made Jupiter king over them. Or if they
1092 should not give place, they would act thus not out of contempt
1093 of her, but because they chose rather to be obscure in the house
1094 of Felicity, than to be eminent without her in their own places.
1095 Thus the goddess Felicity being established in the largest
1096 and loftiest place, the citizens should learn whence the furtherance
1097 of every good desire should be sought. And so, by the
1098 persuasion of nature herself, the superfluous multitude of other
1099 gods being abandoned, Felicity alone would be worshipped,
1100 prayer would be made to her alone, her temple alone would
1101 be frequented by the citizens who wished to be happy, which
1102 no one of them would not wish; and thus felicity, who was
1103 sought for from all the gods, would be sought for only from
1104 her own self. For who wishes to receive from any god anything
1105 else than felicity, or what he supposes to tend to felicity?
1106 Wherefore, if Felicity has it in her power to be with what
1107 man she pleases (and she has it if she is a goddess), what folly
1108 is it, after all, to seek from any other god her whom you can
1109 obtain by request from her own self! Therefore they ought to
1110 honour this goddess above other gods, even by dignity of place.
1111 For, as we read in their own authors, the ancient Romans paid
1112 greater honours to I know not what Summanus, to whom they
1113 attributed nocturnal thunderbolts, than to Jupiter, to whom
1114 diurnal thunderbolts were held to pertain. But, after a famous
1115 and conspicuous temple had been built to Jupiter, owing to
1116 the dignity of the building, the multitude resorted to him in
1117 so great numbers, that scarce one can be found who remembers
1118 even to have read the name of Summanus, which now he cannot
1119 once hear named. But if Felicity is not a goddess, because, as
1120 is true, it is a gift of God, that god must be sought who has
1121 power to give it, and that hurtful multitude of false gods must
1122 be abandoned which the vain multitude of foolish men follows
1123 after, making gods to itself of the gifts of God, and offending
1124 Himself whose gifts they are by the stubbornness of a proud
1125 will. For he cannot be free from infelicity who worships
1126 Felicity as a goddess, and forsakes God, the giver of felicity;
1127 just as he cannot be free from hunger who licks a painted loaf
1128 of bread, and does not buy it of the man who has a real one.
1129 24. *The reasons by which the pagans attempt to defend their worshipping
1130 among the gods the divine gifts themselves.*
1131 We may, however, consider their reasons. Is it to be
1132 believed, say they, that our forefathers were besotted even to
1133 such a degree as not to know that these things are divine
1134 gifts, and not gods? But as they knew that such things are
1135 granted to no one, except by some god freely bestowing them,
1136 they called the gods whose names they did not find out by the
1137 names of those things which they deemed to be given by them;
1138 sometimes slightly altering the name for that purpose, as, for
1139 example, from war they have named Bellona, not *bellum*; from
1140 cradles, Cunina, not *cunæ*; from standing corn, Segetia, not *seges*;
1141 from apples, Pomona, not *pomum*; from oxen, Bubona, not *bos*.
1142 Sometimes, again, with no alteration of the word, just as the
1143 things themselves are named, so that the goddess who gives
1144 money is called Pecunia, and money is not thought to be itself
1145 a goddess: so of Virtus, who gives virtue; Honor, who gives
1146 honour; Concordia, who gives concord; Victoria, who gives
1147 victory. So, they say, when Felicitas is called a goddess, what
1148 is meant is not the thing itself which is given, but that deity
1149 by whom felicity is given.
1150 25. *Concerning the one God only to be worshipped, who, although His name is
1151 unknown, is yet deemed to be the giver of felicity.*
1152 Having had that reason rendered to us, we shall perhaps
1153 much more easily persuade, as we wish, those whose heart has
1154 not become too much hardened. For if now human infirmity
1155 has perceived that felicity cannot be given except by some
1156 god; if this was perceived by those who worshipped so many
1157 gods, at whose head they set Jupiter himself; if, in their
1158 ignorance of the name of Him by whom felicity was given,
1159 they agreed to call Him by the name of that very thing which
1160 they believed He gave;—then it follows that they thought
1161 that felicity could not be given even by Jupiter himself, whom
1162 they already worshipped, but certainly by him whom they
1163 thought fit to worship under the name of Felicity itself. I
1164 thoroughly affirm the statement that they believed felicity to
1165 be given by a certain God whom they knew not: let Him
1166 therefore be sought after, let Him be worshipped, and it is
1167 enough. Let the train of innumerable demons be repudiated,
1168 and let this God suffice every man whom his gift suffices. For
1169 him, I say, God the giver of felicity will not be enough to
1170 worship, for whom felicity itself is not enough to receive.
1171 But let him for whom it suffices (and man has nothing more
1172 he ought to wish for) serve the one God, the giver of felicity.
1173 This God is not he whom they call Jupiter. For if they
1174 acknowledged him to be the giver of felicity, they would not
1175 seek, under the name of Felicity itself, for another god or goddess
1176 by whom felicity might be given; nor could they tolerate that
1177 Jupiter himself should be worshipped with such infamous attributes.
1178 For he is said to be the debaucher of the wives of others;
1179 he is the shameless lover and ravisher of a beautiful boy.
1180 26. *Of the scenic plays, the celebration of which the gods have exacted from
1181 their worshippers.*
1182 "But," says Cicero, "Homer invented these things, and
1183 transferred things human to the gods: I would rather transfer
1184 things divine to us."[172] The poet, by ascribing such crimes to
1185 the gods, has justly displeased the grave man. Why, then, are
1186 the scenic plays, where these crimes are habitually spoken of,
1187 acted, exhibited, in honour of the gods, reckoned among things
1188 divine by the most learned men? Cicero should exclaim, not
1189 against the inventions of the poets, but against the customs of
1190 the ancients. Would not they have exclaimed in reply, What
1191 have we done? The gods themselves have loudly demanded
1192 that these plays should be exhibited in their honour, have
1193 fiercely exacted them, have menaced destruction unless this
1194 was performed, have avenged its neglect with great severity,
1195 and have manifested pleasure at the reparation of such neglect.
1196 Among their virtuous and wonderful deeds the following is
1197 related. It was announced in a dream to Titus Latinius, a
1198 Roman rustic, that he should go to the senate and tell them
1199 to recommence the games of Rome, because on the first day
1200 of their celebration a condemned criminal had been led to
1201 punishment in sight of the people, an incident so sad as to
1202 disturb the gods who were seeking amusement from the
1203 games. And when the peasant who had received this intimation
1204 was afraid on the following day to deliver it to the
1205 senate, it was renewed next night in a severer form: he
1206 lost his son, because of his neglect. On the third night
1207 he was warned that a yet graver punishment was impending,
1208 if he should still refuse obedience. When even thus
1209 he did not dare to obey, he fell into a virulent and horrible
1210 disease. But then, on the advice of his friends, he gave
1211 information to the magistrates, and was carried in a litter
1212 into the senate, and having, on declaring his dream, immediately
1213 recovered strength, went away on his own feet whole.[173]
1214 The senate, amazed at so great a miracle, decreed that the
1215 games should be renewed at fourfold cost. What sensible
1216 man does not see that men, being put upon by malignant
1217 demons, from whose domination nothing save the grace of
1218 God through Jesus Christ our Lord sets free, have been compelled
1219 by force to exhibit to such gods as these, plays which,
1220 if well advised, they should condemn as shameful? Certain it
1221 is that in these plays the poetic crimes of the gods are celebrated,
1222 yet they are plays which were re-established by decree
1223 of the senate, under compulsion of the gods. In these plays
1224 the most shameless actors celebrated Jupiter as the corrupter
1225 of chastity, and thus gave him pleasure. If that was a fiction,
1226 he would have been moved to anger; but if he was delighted
1227 with the representation of his crimes, even although fabulous,
1228 then, when he happened to be worshipped, who but the devil
1229 could be served? Is it so that he could found, extend, and
1230 preserve the Roman empire, who was more vile than any
1231 Roman man whatever, to whom such things were displeasing?
1232 Could he give felicity who was so infelicitously worshipped,
1233 and who, unless he should be thus worshipped, was yet more
1234 infelicitously provoked to anger?
1235 27. *Concerning the three kinds of gods about which the pontiff Scævola has
1236 discoursed.*
1237 It is recorded that the very learned pontiff Scævola[174] had
1238 distinguished about three kinds of gods—one introduced by
1239 the poets, another by the philosophers, another by the statesmen.
1240 The first kind he declares to be trifling, because many
1241 unworthy things have been invented by the poets concerning
1242 the gods; the second does not suit states, because it contains
1243 some things that are superfluous, and some, too, which it would
1244 be prejudicial for the people to know. It is no great matter
1245 about the superfluous things, for it is a common saying of
1246 skilful lawyers, "Superfluous things do no harm."[175] But what
1247 are those things which do harm when brought before the
1248 multitude? "These," he says, "that Hercules, Æsculapius,
1249 Castor and Pollux, are not gods; for it is declared by learned
1250 men that these were but men, and yielded to the common
1251 lot of mortals." What else? "That states have not the
1252 true images of the gods; because the true God has neither
1253 sex, nor age, nor definite corporeal members." The pontiff is
1254 not willing that the people should know these things; for he
1255 does not think they are false. He thinks it expedient, therefore,
1256 that states should be deceived in matters of religion;
1257 which Varro himself does not hesitate even to say in his
1258 books about things divine. Excellent religion! to which the
1259 weak, who requires to be delivered, may flee for succour; and
1260 when he seeks for the truth by which he may be delivered, it
1261 is believed to be expedient for him that he be deceived. And,
1262 truly, in these same books, Scævola is not silent as to his
1263 reason for rejecting the poetic sort of gods,—to wit, "because
1264 they so disfigure the gods that they could not bear comparison
1265 even with good men, when they make one to commit
1266 theft, another adultery; or, again, to say or do something else
1267 basely and foolishly; as that three goddesses contested (with
1268 each other) the prize of beauty, and the two vanquished by
1269 Venus destroyed Troy; that Jupiter turned himself into a
1270 bull or swan that he might copulate with some one; that a
1271 goddess married a man, and Saturn devoured his children;
1272 that, in fine, there is nothing that could be imagined, either
1273 of the miraculous or vicious, which may not be found there,
1274 and yet is far removed from the nature of the gods." O chief
1275 pontiff Scævola, take away the plays if thou art able; instruct
1276 the people that they may not offer such honours to the immortal
1277 gods, in which, if they like, they may admire the crimes
1278 of the gods, and, so far as it is possible, may, if they please,
1279 imitate them. But if the people shall have answered thee,
1280 You, O pontiff, have brought these things in among us, then
1281 ask the gods themselves at whose instigation you have ordered
1282 these things, that they may not order such things to be offered
1283 to them. For if they are bad, and therefore in no way to be
1284 believed concerning the majority of the gods, the greater is the
1285 wrong done the gods about whom they are feigned with impunity.
1286 But they do not hear thee, they are demons, they
1287 teach wicked things, they rejoice in vile things; not only do
1288 they not count it a wrong if these things are feigned about
1289 them, but it is a wrong they are quite unable to bear if they
1290 are not acted at their stated festivals. But now, if thou
1291 wouldst call on Jupiter against them, chiefly for that reason
1292 that more of his crimes are wont to be acted in the scenic
1293 plays, is it not the case that, although you call him god
1294 Jupiter, by whom this whole world is ruled and administered,
1295 it is he to whom the greatest wrong is done by you, because
1296 you have thought he ought to be worshipped along with them,
1297 and have styled him their king?
1298 28. *Whether the worship of the gods has been of service to the Romans in
1299 obtaining and extending the empire.*
1300 Therefore such gods, who are propitiated by such honours,
1301 or rather are impeached by them (for it is a greater crime to
1302 delight in having such things said of them falsely, than even
1303 if they could be said truly), could never by any means have
1304 been able to increase and preserve the Roman empire. For
1305 if they could have done it, they would rather have bestowed
1306 so grand a gift on the Greeks, who, in this kind of divine
1307 things,—that is, in scenic plays,—have worshipped them more
1308 honourably and worthily, although they have not exempted
1309 themselves from those slanders of the poets, by whom they
1310 saw the gods torn in pieces, giving them licence to ill-use
1311 any man they pleased, and have not deemed the scenic
1312 players themselves to be base, but have held them worthy
1313 even of distinguished honour. But just as the Romans were
1314 able to have gold money, although they did not worship a
1315 god Aurinus, so also they could have silver and brass coin,
1316 and yet worship neither Argentinus nor his father Æsculanus;
1317 and so of all the rest, which it would be irksome for me to
1318 detail. It follows, therefore, both that they could not by any
1319 means attain such dominion if the true God was unwilling;
1320 and that if these gods, false and many, were unknown or contemned,
1321 and He alone was known and worshipped with sincere
1322 faith and virtue, they would both have a better kingdom here,
1323 whatever might be its extent, and whether they might have
1324 one here or not, would afterwards receive an eternal kingdom.
1325 29. *Of the falsity of the augury by which the strength and stability of the
1326 Roman empire was considered to be indicated.*
1327 For what kind of augury is that which they have declared
1328 to be most beautiful, and to which I referred a little ago, that
1329 Mars, and Terminus, and Juventas would not give place even
1330 to Jove the king of the gods? For thus, they say, it was
1331 signified that the nation dedicated to Mars,—that is, the Roman,—should
1332 yield to none the place it once occupied; likewise,
1333 that on account of the god Terminus, no one would be able to
1334 disturb the Roman frontiers; and also, that the Roman youth,
1335 because of the goddess Juventas, should yield to no one. Let
1336 them see, therefore, how they can hold him to be the king
1337 of their gods, and the giver of their own kingdom, if these
1338 auguries set him down for an adversary, to whom it would
1339 have been honourable not to yield. However, if these things
1340 are true, they need not be at all afraid. For they are not
1341 going to confess that the gods who would not yield to Jove
1342 have yielded to Christ. For, without altering the boundaries
1343 of the empire, Jesus Christ has proved Himself able to drive
1344 them, not only from their temples, but from the hearts of
1345 their worshippers. But, before Christ came in the flesh, and,
1346 indeed, before these things which we have quoted from their
1347 books could have been written, but yet after that auspice was
1348 made under king Tarquin, the Roman army has been divers
1349 times scattered or put to flight, and has shown the falseness
1350 of the auspice, which they derived from the fact that the goddess
1351 Juventas had not given place to Jove; and the nation
1352 dedicated to Mars was trodden down in the city itself by the
1353 invading and triumphant Gauls; and the boundaries of the
1354 empire, through the falling away of many cities to Hannibal,
1355 had been hemmed into a narrow space. Thus the beauty of
1356 the auspices is made void, and there has remained only the
1357 contumacy against Jove, not of gods, but of demons. For it
1358 is one thing not to have yielded, and another to have returned
1359 whither you have yielded. Besides, even afterwards, in the
1360 oriental regions, the boundaries of the Roman empire were
1361 changed by the will of Hadrian; for he yielded up to the
1362 Persian empire those three noble provinces, Armenia, Mesopotamia,
1363 and Assyria. Thus that god Terminus, who according
1364 to these books was the guardian of the Roman frontiers,
1365 and by that most beautiful auspice had not given place to
1366 Jove, would seem to have been more afraid of Hadrian, a
1367 king of men, than of the king of the gods. The aforesaid
1368 provinces having also been taken back again, almost within
1369 our own recollection the frontier fell back, when Julian, given
1370 up to the oracles of their gods, with immoderate daring ordered
1371 the victualling ships to be set on fire. The army being thus
1372 left destitute of provisions, and he himself also being presently
1373 killed by the enemy, and the legions being hard pressed, while
1374 dismayed by the loss of their commander, they were reduced
1375 to such extremities that no one could have escaped, unless by
1376 articles of peace the boundaries of the empire had then been
1377 established where they still remain; not, indeed, with so great
1378 a loss as was suffered by the concession of Hadrian, but still
1379 at a considerable sacrifice. It was a vain augury, then, that
1380 the god Terminus did not yield to Jove, since he yielded to
1381 the will of Hadrian, and yielded also to the rashness of Julian,
1382 and the necessity of Jovinian. The more intelligent and grave
1383 Romans have seen these things, but have had little power
1384 against the custom of the state, which was bound to observe
1385 the rites of the demons; because even they themselves, although
1386 they perceived that these things were vain, yet thought that
1387 the religious worship which is due to God should be paid to
1388 the nature of things which is established under the rule and
1389 government of the one true God, "serving," as saith the
1390 apostle, "the creature more than the Creator, who is blessed
1391 for evermore."[176] The help of this true God was necessary to
1392 send holy and truly pious men, who would die for the true
1393 religion that they might remove the false from among the
1394 living.
1395 30. *What kind of things even their worshippers have owned they have thought
1396 about the gods of the nations.*
1397 Cicero the augur laughs at auguries, and reproves men for
1398 regulating the purposes of life by the cries of crows and jackdaws.[177]
1399 But it will be said that an academic philosopher, who
1400 argues that all things are uncertain, is unworthy to have any
1401 authority in these matters. In the second book of his *De
1402 Natura Deorum*,[178] he introduces Lucilius Balbus, who, after
1403 showing that superstitions have their origin in physical and
1404 philosophical truths, expresses his indignation at the setting up
1405 of images and fabulous notions, speaking thus: "Do you not
1406 therefore see that from true and useful physical discoveries the
1407 reason may be drawn away to fabulous and imaginary gods?
1408 This gives birth to false opinions and turbulent errors, and
1409 superstitions well-nigh old-wifeish. For both the forms of
1410 the gods, and their ages, and clothing, and ornaments, are
1411 made familiar to us; their genealogies, too, their marriages,
1412 kinships, and all things about them, are debased to the likeness
1413 of human weakness. They are even introduced as having
1414 perturbed minds; for we have accounts of the lusts, cares,
1415 and angers of the gods. Nor, indeed, as the fables go, have
1416 the gods been without their wars and battles. And that not
1417 only when, as in Homer, some gods on either side have defended
1418 two opposing armies, but they have even carried on
1419 wars on their own account, as with the Titans or with the
1420 Giants. Such things it is quite absurd either to say or to
1421 believe: they are utterly frivolous and groundless." Behold,
1422 now, what is confessed by those who defend the gods of the
1423 nations. Afterwards he goes on to say that some things
1424 belong to superstition, but others to religion, which he thinks
1425 good to teach according to the Stoics. "For not only the
1426 philosophers," he says, "but also our forefathers, have made a
1427 distinction between superstition and religion. For those," he
1428 says, "who spent whole days in prayer, and offered sacrifice,
1429 that their children might outlive them, are called superstitious."[179]
1430 Who does not see that he is trying, while he fears
1431 the public prejudice, to praise the religion of the ancients, and
1432 that he wishes to disjoin it from superstition, but cannot find
1433 out how to do so? For if those who prayed and sacrificed
1434 all day were called superstitious by the ancients, were those
1435 also called so who instituted (what he blames) the images of
1436 the gods of diverse age and distinct clothing, and invented the
1437 genealogies of gods, their marriages, and kinships? When,
1438 therefore, these things are found fault with as superstitious,
1439 he implicates in that fault the ancients who instituted and
1440 worshipped such images. Nay, he implicates himself, who,
1441 with whatever eloquence he may strive to extricate himself
1442 and be free, was yet under the necessity of venerating these
1443 images; nor dared he so much as whisper in a discourse to the
1444 people what in this disputation he plainly sounds forth. Let
1445 us Christians, therefore, give thanks to the Lord our God,—not
1446 to heaven and earth, as that author argues, but to Him who
1447 has made heaven and earth; because these superstitions, which
1448 that Balbus, like a babbler,[180] scarcely reprehends, He, by the
1449 most deep lowliness of Christ, by the preaching of the apostles,
1450 by the faith of the martyrs dying for the truth and living
1451 with the truth, has overthrown, not only in the hearts of the
1452 religious, but even in the temples of the superstitious, by their
1453 own free service.
1454 >
1455 >
1456 >
1457 31. *Concerning the opinions of Varro, who, while reprobating the popular belief,
1458 > thought that their worship should be confined to one god, though he was
1459 > unable to discover the true God.*
1460 What says Varro himself, whom we grieve to have found,
1461 although not by his own judgment, placing the scenic plays
1462 among things divine? When in many passages he is exhorting,
1463 like a religious man, to the worship of the gods, does he
1464 not in doing so admit that he does not in his own judgment
1465 believe those things which he relates that the Roman state
1466 has instituted; so that he does not hesitate to affirm that if
1467 he were founding a new state, he could enumerate the gods
1468 and their names better by the rule of nature? But being
1469 born into a nation already ancient, he says that he finds himself
1470 bound to accept the traditional names and surnames of
1471 the gods, and the histories connected with them, and that his
1472 purpose in investigating and publishing these details is to incline
1473 the people to worship the gods, and not to despise them.
1474 By which words this most acute man sufficiently indicates
1475 that he does not publish all things, because they would not
1476 only have been contemptible to himself, but would have
1477 seemed despicable even to the rabble, unless they had been
1478 passed over in silence. I should be thought to conjecture
1479 these things, unless he himself, in another passage, had openly
1480 said, in speaking of religious rites, that many things are true
1481 which it is not only not useful for the common people to
1482 know, but that it is expedient that the people should think
1483 otherwise, even though falsely, and therefore the Greeks have
1484 shut up the religious ceremonies and mysteries in silence,
1485 and within walls. In this he no doubt expresses the policy
1486 of the so-called wise men by whom states and peoples are
1487 ruled. Yet by this crafty device the malign demons are
1488 wonderfully delighted, who possess alike the deceivers and the
1489 deceived, and from whose tyranny nothing sets free save the
1490 grace of God through Jesus Christ our Lord.
1491 The same most acute and learned author also says, that
1492 those alone seem to him to have perceived what God is, who
1493 have believed Him to be the soul of the world, governing it
1494 by design and reason.[181] And by this, it appears, that although
1495 he did not attain to the truth,—for the true God is not a
1496 soul, but the maker and author of the soul,—yet if he could
1497 have been free to go against the prejudices of custom, he could
1498 have confessed and counselled others that the one God ought
1499 to be worshipped, who governs the world by design and
1500 reason; so that on this subject only this point would remain
1501 to be debated with him, that he had called Him a soul, and
1502 not rather the creator of the soul. He says, also, that the
1503 ancient Romans, for more than a hundred and seventy years,
1504 worshipped the gods without an image.[182] "And if this
1505 custom," he says, "could have remained till now, the gods
1506 would have been more purely worshipped." In favour of
1507 this opinion, he cites as a witness among others the Jewish
1508 nation; nor does he hesitate to conclude that passage by
1509 saying of those who first consecrated images for the people,
1510 that they have both taken away religious fear from their
1511 fellow-citizens, and increased error, wisely thinking that the
1512 gods easily fall into contempt when exhibited under the
1513 stolidity of images. But as he does not say they have
1514 transmitted error, but that they have increased it, he therefore
1515 wishes it to be understood that there was error already
1516 when there were no images. Wherefore, when he says they
1517 alone have perceived what God is who have believed Him to
1518 be the governing soul of the world, and thinks that the rites
1519 of religion would have been more purely observed without
1520 images, who fails to see how near he has come to the truth?
1521 For if he had been able to do anything against so inveterate
1522 an error, he would certainly have given it as his opinion both
1523 that the one God should be worshipped, and that He should
1524 be worshipped without an image; and having so nearly discovered
1525 the truth, perhaps he might easily have been put in
1526 mind of the mutability of the soul, and might thus have perceived
1527 that the true God is that immutable nature which
1528 made the soul itself. Since these things are so, whatever
1529 ridicule such men have poured in their writings against the
1530 plurality of the gods, they have done so rather as compelled
1531 by the secret will of God to confess them, than as trying to
1532 persuade others. If, therefore, any testimonies are adduced
1533 by us from these writings, they are adduced for the confutation
1534 of those who are unwilling to consider from how great
1535 and malignant a power of the demons the singular sacrifice
1536 of the shedding of the most holy blood, and the gift of the
1537 imparted Spirit, can set us free.
1538 32. *In what interest the princes of the nations wished false religions to continue
1539 among the people subject to them.*
1540 Varro says also, concerning the generations of the gods, that
1541 the people have inclined to the poets rather than to the
1542 natural philosophers; and that therefore their forefathers,—that
1543 is, the ancient Romans,—believed both in the sex and
1544 the generations of the gods, and settled their marriages;
1545 which certainly seems to have been done for no other cause
1546 except that it was the business of such men as were prudent
1547 and wise to deceive the people in matters of religion, and in
1548 that very thing not only to worship, but also to imitate the
1549 demons, whose greatest lust is to deceive. For just as the
1550 demons cannot possess any but those whom they have deceived
1551 with guile, so also men in princely office, not indeed
1552 being just, but like demons, have persuaded the people in the
1553 name of religion to receive as true those things which they
1554 themselves knew to be false; in this way, as it were, binding
1555 them up more firmly in civil society, so that they might in
1556 like manner possess them as subjects. But who that was
1557 weak and unlearned could escape the deceits of both the
1558 princes of the state and the demons?
1559 33. *That the times of all kings and kingdoms are ordained by the judgment
1560 and power of the true God.*
1561 Therefore that God, the author and giver of felicity, because
1562 He alone is the true God, Himself gives earthly kingdoms both
1563 to good and bad. Neither does He do this rashly, and, as it were,
1564 fortuitously,—because He is God, not fortune,—but according
1565 to the order of things and times, which is hidden from us,
1566 but thoroughly known to Himself; which same order of times,
1567 however, He does not serve as subject to it, but Himself rules
1568 as lord and appoints as governor. Felicity He gives only to
1569 the good. Whether a man be a subject or a king makes no
1570 difference: he may equally either possess or not possess it.
1571 And it shall be full in that life where kings and subjects
1572 exist no longer. And therefore earthly kingdoms are given
1573 by Him both to the good and the bad; lest His worshippers,
1574 still under the conduct of a very weak mind, should covet
1575 these gifts from Him as some great things. And this is the
1576 mystery of the Old Testament, in which the New was hidden,
1577 that there even earthly gifts are promised: those who were
1578 spiritual understanding even then, although not yet openly
1579 declaring, both the eternity which was symbolized by these
1580 earthly things, and in what gifts of God true felicity could be
1581 found.
1582 34. *Concerning the kingdom of the Jews, which was founded by the one and true
1583 God, and preserved by Him as long as they remained in the true religion.*
1584 Therefore, that it might be known that these earthly good
1585 things, after which those pant who cannot imagine better
1586 things, remain in the power of the one God Himself, not of
1587 the many false gods whom the Romans have formerly believed
1588 worthy of worship, He multiplied His people in Egypt
1589 from being very few, and delivered them out of it by wonderful
1590 signs. Nor did their women invoke Lucina when their
1591 offspring was being incredibly multiplied; and that nation
1592 having increased incredibly, He Himself delivered, He Himself
1593 saved them from the hands of the Egyptians, who persecuted
1594 them, and wished to kill all their infants. Without the
1595 goddess Rumina they sucked; without Cunina they were cradled;
1596 without Educa and Potina they took food and drink; without
1597 all those puerile gods they were educated; without the nuptial
1598 gods they were married; without the worship of Priapus they
1599 had conjugal intercourse; without invocation of Neptune the
1600 divided sea opened up a way for them to pass over, and overwhelmed
1601 with its returning waves their enemies who pursued
1602 them. Neither did they consecrate any goddess Mannia when
1603 they received manna from heaven; nor, when the smitten rock
1604 poured forth water to them when they thirsted, did they
1605 worship Nymphs and Lymphs. Without the mad rites of
1606 Mars and Bellona they carried on war; and while, indeed,
1607 they did not conquer without victory, yet they did not hold it
1608 to be a goddess, but the gift of their God. Without Segetia
1609 they had harvests; without Bubona, oxen; honey without
1610 Mellona; apples without Pomona: and, in a word, everything
1611 for which the Romans thought they must supplicate so great
1612 a crowd of false gods, they received much more happily from
1613 the one true God. And if they had not sinned against Him
1614 with impious curiosity, which seduced them like magic arts,
1615 and drew them to strange gods and idols, and at last led them
1616 to kill Christ, their kingdom would have remained to them,
1617 and would have been, if not more spacious, yet more happy,
1618 than that of Rome. And now that they are dispersed through
1619 almost all lands and nations, it is through the providence of
1620 that one true God; that whereas the images, altars, groves,
1621 and temples of the false gods are everywhere overthrown, and
1622 their sacrifices prohibited, it may be shown from their books
1623 how this has been foretold by their prophets so long before;
1624 lest, perhaps, when they should be read in ours, they might
1625 seem to be invented by us. But now, reserving what is to
1626 follow for the following book, we must here set a bound to
1627 the prolixity of this one.
BOOK V[183]
25 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
28 >
29 >
30 >
31 AUGUSTINE FIRST DISCUSSES THE DOCTRINE OF FATE, FOR THE SAKE OF CONFUTING
32 > THOSE WHO ARE DISPOSED TO REFER TO FATE THE POWER AND
33 > INCREASE OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE, WHICH COULD NOT BE ATTRIBUTED TO
34 > FALSE GODS, AS HAS BEEN SHOWN IN THE PRECEDING BOOK. AFTER THAT,
35 > HE PROVES THAT THERE IS NO CONTRADICTION BETWEEN GOD'S PRESCIENCE
36 > AND OUR FREE WILL. HE THEN SPEAKS OF THE MANNERS OF THE ANCIENT
37 > ROMANS, AND SHOWS IN WHAT SENSE IT WAS DUE TO THE VIRTUE OF THE
38 > ROMANS THEMSELVES, AND IN HOW FAR TO THE COUNSEL OF GOD, THAT HE
39 > INCREASED THEIR DOMINION, THOUGH THEY DID NOT WORSHIP HIM.
40 > FINALLY, HE EXPLAINS WHAT IS TO BE ACCOUNTED THE TRUE HAPPINESS
41 > OF THE CHRISTIAN EMPERORS.
42 PREFACE.
43 Since, then, it is established that the complete attainment
44 of all we desire is that which constitutes felicity, which
45 is no goddess, but a gift of God, and that therefore men
46 can worship no god save Him who is able to make them
47 happy,—and were Felicity herself a goddess, she would with
48 reason be the only object of worship,—since, I say, this is
49 established, let us now go on to consider why God, who is able
50 to give with all other things those good gifts which can be
51 possessed by men who are not good, and consequently not
52 happy, has seen fit to grant such extended and long-continued
53 dominion to the Roman empire; for that this was not effected
54 by that multitude of false gods which they worshipped, we
55 have both already adduced, and shall, as occasion offers, yet
56 adduce considerable proof.
57 1. *That the cause of the Roman empire, and of all kingdoms, is neither fortuitous
58 nor consists in the position of the stars.*[184]
59 The cause, then, of the greatness of the Roman empire is
60 neither fortuitous nor fatal, according to the judgment or
61 opinion of those who call those things *fortuitous* which either
62 have no causes, or such causes as do not proceed from some
63 intelligible order, and those things *fatal* which happen independently
64 of the will of God and man, by the necessity of a
65 certain *order*. In a word, human kingdoms are established by
66 divine providence. And if any one attributes their existence to
67 fate, because he calls the will or the power of God itself by the
68 name of fate, let him keep his opinion, but correct his language.
69 For why does he not say at first what he will say afterwards,
70 when some one shall put the question to him, What he means
71 by *fate*? For when men hear that word, according to the
72 ordinary use of the language, they simply understand by it
73 the virtue of that particular position of the stars which may
74 exist at the time when any one is born or conceived, which
75 some separate altogether from the will of God, whilst others
76 affirm that this also is dependent on that will. But those who
77 are of opinion that, apart from the will of God, the stars determine
78 what we shall do, or what good things we shall possess,
79 or what evils we shall suffer, must be refused a hearing by all,
80 not only by those who hold the true religion, but by those who
81 wish to be the worshippers of any gods whatsoever, even false
82 gods. For what does this opinion really amount to but this,
83 that no god whatever is to be worshipped or prayed to?
84 Against these, however, our present disputation is not intended
85 to be directed, but against those who, in defence of those whom
86 they think to be gods, oppose the Christian religion. They,
87 however, who make the position of the stars depend on the
88 divine will, and in a manner decree what character each man
89 shall have, and what good or evil shall happen to him, if
90 they think that these same stars have that power conferred
91 upon them by the supreme power of God, in order that they
92 may determine these things according to their will, do a great
93 injury to the celestial sphere, in whose most brilliant senate,
94 and most splendid senate-house, as it were, they suppose that
95 wicked deeds are decreed to be done,—such deeds as that if any
96 terrestrial state should decree them, it would be condemned to
97 overthrow by the decree of the whole human race. What
98 judgment, then, is left to God concerning the deeds of men,
99 who is Lord both of the stars and of men, when to these deeds
100 a celestial necessity is attributed? Or, if they do not say that
101 the stars, though they have indeed received a certain power from
102 God, who is supreme, determine those things according to their
103 own discretion, but simply that His commands are fulfilled by
104 them instrumentally in the application and enforcing of such
105 necessities, are we thus to think concerning God even what
106 it seemed unworthy that we should think concerning the will
107 of the stars? But, if the stars are said rather to signify these
108 things than to effect them, so that that *position of the stars* is,
109 as it were, a kind of speech predicting, not causing future things,—for
110 this has been the opinion of men of no ordinary learning,—certainly
111 the mathematicians are not wont so to speak, saying,
112 for example, Mars in such or such a position *signifies* a homicide,
113 but *makes* a homicide. But, nevertheless, though we
114 grant that they do not speak as they ought, and that we ought
115 to accept as the proper form of speech that employed by the
116 philosophers in predicting those things which they think they
117 discover in the position of the stars, how comes it that they
118 have never been able to assign any cause why, in the life of
119 twins, in their actions, in the events which befall them, in
120 their professions, arts, honours, and other things pertaining to
121 human life, also in their very death, there is often so great a
122 difference, that, as far as these things are concerned, many
123 entire strangers are more like them than they are like each
124 other, though separated at birth by the smallest interval of
125 time, but at conception generated by the same act of copulation,
126 and at the same moment?
127 2. *On the difference in the health of twins.*
128 Cicero says that the famous physician Hippocrates has left
129 in writing that he had suspected that a certain pair of brothers
130 were twins, from the fact that they both took ill at once, and
131 their disease advanced to its crisis and subsided in the same
132 time in each of them.[185] Posidonius the Stoic, who was much
133 given to astrology, used to explain the fact by supposing that
134 they had been born and conceived under the same constellation.
135 In this question the conjecture of the physician is by
136 far more worthy to be accepted, and approaches much nearer
137 to credibility, since, according as the parents were affected in
138 body at the time of copulation, so might the first elements of
139 the fœtuses have been affected, so that all that was necessary
140 for their growth and development up till birth having been
141 supplied from the body of the same mother, they might be
142 born with like constitutions. Thereafter, nourished in the
143 same house, on the same kinds of food, where they would have
144 also the same kinds of air, the same locality, the same quality
145 of water,—which, according to the testimony of medical science,
146 have a very great influence, good or bad, on the condition of
147 bodily health,—and where they would also be accustomed to
148 the same kinds of exercise, they would have bodily constitutions
149 so similar that they would be similarly affected with sickness
150 at the same time and by the same causes. But, to wish
151 to adduce that particular position of the stars which existed
152 at the time when they were born or conceived as the cause of
153 their being simultaneously affected with sickness, manifests the
154 greatest arrogance, when so many beings of most diverse kinds,
155 in the most diverse conditions, and subject to the most diverse
156 events, may have been conceived and born at the same time,
157 and in the same district, lying under the same sky. But we
158 know that twins do not only act differently, and travel to very
159 different places, but that they also suffer from different kinds
160 of sickness; for which Hippocrates would give what is in my
161 opinion the simplest reason, namely, that, through diversity
162 of food and exercise, which arises not from the constitution of
163 the body, but from the inclination of the mind, they may have
164 come to be different from each other in respect of health.
165 Moreover, Posidonius, or any other asserter of the fatal influence
166 of the stars, will have enough to do to find anything
167 to say to this, if he be unwilling to impose upon the minds of
168 the uninstructed in things of which they are ignorant. But,
169 as to what they attempt to make out from that very small
170 interval of time elapsing between the births of twins, on account
171 of that point in the heavens where the mark of the
172 natal hour is placed, and which they call the "horoscope," it
173 is either disproportionately small to the diversity which is
174 found in the dispositions, actions, habits, and fortunes of twins,
175 or it is disproportionately great when compared with the estate
176 of twins, whether low or high, which is the same for both of
177 them, the cause for whose greatest difference they place, in
178 every case, in the hour on which one is born; and, for this
179 reason, if the one is born so immediately after the other that
180 there is no change in the horoscope, I demand an entire similarity
181 in all that respects them both, which can never be found
182 in the case of any twins. But if the slowness of the birth of
183 the second give time for a change in the horoscope, I demand
184 different parents, which twins can never have.
185 3. *Concerning the arguments which Nigidius the mathematician drew from
186 the potter's wheel, in the question about the birth of twins.*
187 It is to no purpose, therefore, that that famous fiction about
188 the potter's wheel is brought forward, which tells of the answer
189 which Nigidius is said to have given when he was perplexed
190 with this question, and on account of which he was called
191 *Figulus*.[186] For, having whirled round the potter's wheel with
192 all his strength, he marked it with ink, striking it twice with
193 the utmost rapidity, so that the strokes seemed to fall on the
194 very same part of it. Then, when the rotation had ceased,
195 the marks which he had made were found upon the rim of the
196 wheel at no small distance apart. Thus, said he, considering
197 the great rapidity with which the celestial sphere revolves,
198 even though twins were born with as short an interval between
199 their births as there was between the strokes which I gave this
200 wheel, that brief interval of time is equivalent to a very great
201 distance in the celestial sphere. Hence, said he, come whatever
202 dissimilitudes may be remarked in the habits and fortunes
203 of twins. This argument is more fragile than the vessels
204 which are fashioned by the rotation of that wheel. For if
205 there is so much significance in the heavens which cannot be
206 comprehended by observation of the constellations, that, in the
207 case of twins, an inheritance may fall to the one and not to
208 the other, why, in the case of others who are not twins, do
209 they dare, having examined their constellations, to declare such
210 things as pertain to that secret which no one can comprehend,
211 and to attribute them to the precise moment of the birth of each
212 individual? Now, if such predictions in connection with the
213 natal hours of others who are not twins are to be vindicated on
214 the ground that they are founded on the observation of more extended
215 spaces in the heavens, whilst those very small moments
216 of time which separated the births of twins, and correspond
217 to minute portions of celestial space, are to be connected with
218 trifling things about which the mathematicians are not wont
219 to be consulted,—for who would consult them as to when he is
220 to sit, when to walk abroad, when and on what he is to dine?—how
221 can we be justified in so speaking, when we can point
222 out such manifold diversity both in the habits, doings, and
223 destinies of twins?
224 4. *Concerning the twins Esau and Jacob, who were very unlike each other
225 both in their character and actions.*
226 In the time of the ancient fathers, to speak concerning
227 illustrious persons, there were born two twin brothers, the
228 one so immediately after the other, that the first took hold of
229 the heel of the second. So great a difference existed in their
230 lives and manners, so great a dissimilarity in their actions, so
231 great a difference in their parents' love for them respectively,
232 that the very contrast between them produced even a mutual
233 hostile antipathy. Do we mean, when we say that they were
234 so unlike each other, that when the one was walking the other
235 was sitting, when the one was sleeping the other was waking,—which
236 differences are such as are attributed to those minute
237 portions of space which cannot be appreciated by those who
238 note down the position of the stars which exists at the moment
239 of one's birth, in order that the mathematicians may be consulted
240 concerning it? One of these twins was for a long time
241 a hired servant; the other never served. One of them was
242 beloved by his mother; the other was not so. One of them
243 lost that honour which was so much valued among their
244 people; the other obtained it. And what shall we say of
245 their wives, their children, and their possessions? How different
246 they were in respect to all these! If, therefore, such
247 things as these are connected with those minute intervals of
248 time which elapse between the births of twins, and are not to
249 be attributed to the constellations, wherefore are they predicted
250 in the case of others from the examination of their constellations?
251 And if, on the other hand, these things are said to be
252 predicted, because they are connected, not with minute and
253 inappreciable moments, but with intervals of time which can be
254 observed and noted down, what purpose is that potter's wheel
255 to serve in this matter, except it be to whirl round men who
256 have hearts of clay, in order that they may be prevented from
257 detecting the emptiness of the talk of the mathematicians?
258 5. *In what manner the mathematicians are convicted of professing a vain science.*
259 Do not those very persons whom the medical sagacity of
260 Hippocrates led him to suspect to be twins, because their
261 disease was observed by him to develope to its crisis and to
262 subside again in the same time in each of them,—do not these,
263 I say, serve as a sufficient refutation of those who wish to
264 attribute to the influence of the stars that which was owing
265 to a similarity of bodily constitution? For wherefore were
266 they both sick of the same disease, and at the same time, and
267 not the one after the other in the order of their birth? (for
268 certainly they could not both be born at the same time.) Or,
269 if the fact of their having been born at different times by no
270 means necessarily implies that they must be sick at different
271 times, why do they contend that the difference in the time of
272 their births was the cause of their difference in other things?
273 Why could they travel in foreign parts at different times,
274 marry at different times, beget children at different times, and
275 do many other things at different times, by reason of their
276 having been born at different times, and yet could not, for
277 the same reason, also be sick at different times? For if a
278 difference in the moment of birth changed the horoscope, and
279 occasioned dissimilarity in all other things, why has that
280 simultaneousness which belonged to their conception remained
281 in their attacks of sickness? Or, if the destinies of health
282 are involved in the time of conception, but those of other
283 things be said to be attached to the time of birth, they ought
284 not to predict anything concerning health from examination
285 of the constellations of birth, when the hour of conception is
286 not also given, that its constellations may be inspected. But
287 if they say that they predict attacks of sickness without examining
288 the horoscope of conception, because these are indicated
289 by the moments of birth, how could they inform either
290 of these twins when he would be sick, from the horoscope of
291 his birth, when the other also, who had not the same horoscope
292 of birth, must of necessity fall sick at the same time? Again,
293 I ask, if the distance of time between the births of twins is
294 so great as to occasion a difference of their constellations on
295 account of the difference of their horoscopes, and therefore of
296 all the cardinal points to which so much influence is attributed,
297 that even from such change there comes a difference of destiny,
298 how is it possible that this should be so, since they cannot
299 have been conceived at different times? Or, if two conceived
300 at the same moment of time could have different destinies
301 with respect to their births, why may not also two born at
302 the same moment of time have different destinies for life and
303 for death? For if the one moment in which both were conceived
304 did not hinder that the one should be born before the
305 other, why, if two are born at the same moment, should anything
306 hinder them from dying at the same moment? If a
307 simultaneous conception allows of twins being differently
308 affected in the *womb*, why should not simultaneousness of
309 birth allow of any two individuals having different fortunes
310 in the *world*? and thus would all the fictions of this art, or
311 rather delusion, be swept away. What strange circumstance
312 is this, that two children conceived at the same time, nay, at
313 the same moment, under the same position of the stars, have
314 different fates which bring them to different hours of birth,
315 whilst two children, born of two different mothers, at the same
316 moment of time, under one and the same position of the stars,
317 cannot have different fates which shall conduct them by necessity
318 to diverse manners of life and of death? Are they at
319 conception as yet without destinies, because they can only
320 have them if they be born? What, therefore, do they mean
321 when they say that, if the hour of the conception be found,
322 many things can be predicted by these astrologers? from
323 which also arose that story which is reiterated by some, that
324 a certain sage chose an hour in which to lie with his wife, in
325 order to secure his begetting an illustrious son. From this
326 opinion also came that answer of Posidonius, the great astrologer
327 and also philosopher, concerning those twins who were
328 attacked with sickness at the same time, namely, "That this
329 had happened to them because they were conceived at the
330 same time, and born at the same time." For certainly he
331 added "conception," lest it should be said to him that they
332 could not both be *born* at the same time, knowing that at any
333 rate they must both have been conceived at the same time;
334 wishing thus to show that he did not attribute the fact of
335 their being similarly and simultaneously affected with sickness
336 to the similarity of their bodily constitutions as its proximate
337 cause, but that he held that even in respect of the similarity
338 of their health, they were bound together by a sidereal connection.
339 If, therefore, the time of conception has so much to
340 do with the similarity of destinies, these same destinies ought
341 not to be changed by the circumstances of birth; or, if the
342 destinies of twins be said to be changed because they are
343 born at different times, why should we not rather understand
344 that they had been already changed in order that they might
345 be born at different times? Does not, then, the will of men
346 living in the world change the destinies of birth, when the
347 order of birth can change the destinies they had at conception?
348 6. *Concerning twins of different sexes.*
349 But even in the very conception of twins, which certainly
350 occurs at the same moment in the case of both, it often happens
351 that the one is conceived a male, and the other a female.
352 I know two of different sexes who are twins. Both of them
353 are alive, and in the flower of their age; and though they
354 resemble each other in body, as far as difference of sex will
355 permit, still they are very different in the whole scope and
356 purpose of their lives (consideration being had of those differences
357 which necessarily exist between the lives of males and
358 females),—the one holding the office of a count, and being
359 almost constantly away from home with the army in foreign
360 service, the other never leaving her country's soil, or her
361 native district. Still more,—and this is more incredible, if the
362 destinies of the stars are to be believed in, though it is not
363 wonderful if we consider the wills of men, and the free gifts
364 of God,—he is married; she is a sacred virgin: he has begotten
365 a numerous offspring; she has never even married. But is
366 not the virtue of the horoscope very great? I think I have
367 said enough to show the absurdity of that. But, say those
368 astrologers, whatever be the virtue of the horoscope in other
369 respects, it is certainly of significance with respect to birth.
370 But why not also with respect to conception, which takes
371 place undoubtedly with one act of copulation? And, indeed,
372 so great is the force of nature, that after a woman has once
373 conceived, she ceases to be liable to conception. Or were
374 they, perhaps, changed at birth, either he into a male, or she
375 into a female, because of the difference in their horoscopes?
376 But, whilst it is not altogether absurd to say that certain
377 sidereal influences have some power to cause differences in
378 bodies alone,—as, for instance, we see that the seasons of the
379 year come round by the approaching and receding of the sun,
380 and that certain kinds of things are increased in size or
381 diminished by the waxings and wanings of the moon, such
382 as sea-urchins, oysters, and the wonderful tides of the ocean,—it
383 does not follow that the *wills of men* are to be made subject
384 to the position of the stars. The astrologers, however, when
385 they wish to bind our actions also to the constellations, only
386 set us on investigating whether, even in these bodies, the
387 changes may not be attributable to some other than a sidereal
388 cause. For what is there which more intimately concerns a
389 body than its sex? And yet, under the same position of the
390 stars, twins of different sexes may be conceived. Wherefore,
391 what greater absurdity can be affirmed or believed than that
392 the position of the stars, which was the same for both of them
393 at the time of conception, could not cause that the one child
394 should not have been of a different sex from her brother, with
395 whom she had a common constellation, whilst the position of
396 the stars which existed at the hour of their birth could cause
397 that she should be separated from him by the great distance
398 between marriage and holy virginity?
399 7. *Concerning the choosing of a day for marriage, or for planting, or sowing.*
400 Now, will any one bring forward this, that in choosing
401 certain particular days for particular actions, men bring about
402 certain new destinies for their actions? That man, for instance,
403 according to this doctrine, was not born to have an illustrious
404 son, but rather a contemptible one, and therefore, being a man
405 of learning, he chose an hour in which to lie with his wife.
406 He made, therefore, a destiny which he did not have before,
407 and from that destiny of his own making something began to
408 be fatal which was not contained in the destiny of his natal
409 hour. Oh, singular stupidity! A day is chosen on which to
410 marry; and for this reason, I believe, that unless a day be
411 chosen, the marriage may fall on an unlucky day, and turn
412 out an unhappy one. What then becomes of what the stars
413 have already decreed at the hour of birth? Can a man be
414 said to change by an act of choice that which has already
415 been determined for him, whilst that which he himself has
416 determined in the choosing of a day cannot be changed by
417 another power? Thus, if men alone, and not all things under
418 heaven, are subject to the influence of the stars, why do they
419 choose some days as suitable for planting vines or trees, or for
420 sowing grain, other days as suitable for taming beasts on, or
421 for putting the males to the females, that the cows and mares
422 may be impregnated, and for such-like things? If it be said
423 that certain chosen days have an influence on these things,
424 because the constellations rule over all terrestrial bodies,
425 animate and inanimate, according to differences in moments
426 of time, let it be considered what innumerable multitudes of
427 beings are born or arise, or take their origin at the very same
428 instant of time, which come to ends so different, that they
429 may persuade any little boy that these observations about
430 days are ridiculous. For who is so mad as to dare affirm
431 that all trees, all herbs, all beasts, serpents, birds, fishes,
432 worms, have each separately their own moments of birth or
433 commencement? Nevertheless, men are wont, in order to
434 try the skill of the mathematicians, to bring before them the
435 constellations of dumb animals, the constellations of whose
436 birth they diligently observe at home with a view to this
437 discovery; and they prefer those mathematicians to all others,
438 who say from the inspection of the constellations that they
439 indicate the birth of a beast and not of a man. They also
440 dare tell what kind of beast it is, whether it is a wool-bearing
441 beast, or a beast suited for carrying burthens, or one fit for
442 the plough, or for watching a house; for the astrologers are
443 also tried with respect to the fates of dogs, and their answers
444 concerning these are followed by shouts of admiration on the
445 part of those who consult them. They so deceive men as to
446 make them think that during the birth of a man the births
447 of all other beings are suspended, so that not even a fly comes
448 to life at the same time that he is being born, under the same
449 region of the heavens. And if this be admitted with respect
450 to the fly, the reasoning cannot stop there, but must ascend
451 from flies till it lead them up to camels and elephants. Nor
452 are they willing to attend to this, that when a day has been
453 chosen whereon to sow a field, so many grains fall into the
454 ground simultaneously, germinate simultaneously, spring up,
455 come to perfection, and ripen simultaneously; and yet, of all
456 the ears which are coeval, and, so to speak, *congerminal*, some
457 are destroyed by mildew, some are devoured by the birds, and
458 some are pulled by men. How can they say that all these
459 had their different constellations, which they see coming to so
460 different ends? Will they confess that it is folly to choose
461 days for such things, and to affirm that they do not come
462 within the sphere of the celestial decree, whilst they subject
463 men alone to the stars, on whom alone in the world God has
464 bestowed free wills? All these things being considered, we
465 have good reason to believe that, when the astrologers give
466 very many wonderful answers, it is to be attributed to the
467 occult inspiration of spirits not of the best kind, whose care
468 it is to insinuate into the minds of men, and to confirm in
469 them, those false and noxious opinions concerning the fatal
470 influence of the stars, and not to their marking and inspecting
471 of horoscopes, according to some kind of art which in reality
472 has no existence.
473 8. *Concerning those who call by the name of fate, not the position of the stars,
474 but the connection of causes which depends on the will of God.*
475 But, as to those who call by the name of fate, not the disposition
476 of the stars as it may exist when any creature is
477 conceived, or born, or commences its existence, but the whole
478 connection and train of causes which makes everything become
479 what it does become, there is no need that I should labour
480 and strive with them in a merely verbal controversy, since
481 they attribute the so-called order and connection of causes to
482 the will and power of God most high, who is most rightly
483 and most truly believed to know all things before they come
484 to pass, and to leave nothing unordained; from whom are all
485 powers, although the wills of all are not from Him. Now,
486 that it is chiefly the will of God most high, whose power
487 extends itself irresistibly through all things which they call
488 fate, is proved by the following verses, of which, if I mistake
489 not, Annæus Seneca is the author:—
490 "Father supreme, Thou ruler of the lofty heavens,
491 Lead me where'er it is Thy pleasure; I will give
492 A prompt obedience, making no delay,
493 Lo! here I am. Promptly I come to do Thy sovereign will;
494 If Thy command shall thwart my inclination, I will still
495 Follow Thee groaning, and the work assigned,
496 With all the suffering of a mind repugnant,
497 Will perform, being evil; which, had I been good,
498 I should have undertaken and performed, though hard,
499 With virtuous cheerfulness.
500 The Fates do lead the man that follows willing;
501 But the man that is unwilling, him they drag."[187]
502 Most evidently, in this last verse, he calls that "fate" which
503 he had before called "the will of the Father supreme," whom,
504 he says, he is ready to obey that he may be led, being willing,
505 not dragged, being unwilling, since "the Fates do lead the
506 man that follows willing, but the man that is unwilling, him
507 they drag."
508 The following Homeric lines, which Cicero translates into
509 Latin, also favour this opinion:—
510 "Such are the minds of men, as is the light
511 Which Father Jove himself doth pour
512 Illustrious o'er the fruitful earth."[188]
513 Not that Cicero wishes that a poetical sentiment should
514 have any weight in a question like this; for when he says
515 that the Stoics, when asserting the power of fate, were in the
516 habit of using these verses from Homer, he is not treating
517 concerning the opinion of that poet, but concerning that of
518 those philosophers, since by these verses, which they quote in
519 connection with the controversy which they hold about fate,
520 is most distinctly manifested what it is which they reckon
521 fate, since they call by the name of Jupiter him whom they
522 reckon the supreme god, from whom, they say, hangs the
523 whole chain of fates.
524 9. *Concerning the foreknowledge of God and the free will of man, in opposition
525 to the definition of Cicero.*
526 The manner in which Cicero addresses himself to the task
527 of refuting the Stoics, shows that he did not think he could
528 effect anything against them in argument unless he had first
529 demolished divination.[189] And this he attempts to accomplish
530 by denying that there is any knowledge of future things,
531 and maintains with all his might that there is no such knowledge
532 either in God or man, and that there is no prediction
533 of events. Thus he both denies the foreknowledge of God,
534 and attempts by vain arguments, and by opposing to himself
535 certain oracles very easy to be refuted, to overthrow all prophecy,
536 even such as is clearer than the light (though even
537 these oracles are not refuted by him).
538 But, in refuting these conjectures of the mathematicians, his
539 argument is triumphant, because truly these are such as destroy
540 and refute themselves. Nevertheless, they are far more tolerable
541 who assert the fatal influence of the stars than they who
542 deny the foreknowledge of future events. For, to confess that
543 God exists, and at the same time to deny that He has foreknowledge
544 of future things, is the most manifest folly. This
545 Cicero himself saw, and therefore attempted to assert the
546 doctrine embodied in the words of Scripture, "The fool hath
547 said in his heart, There is no God."[190] That, however, he did
548 not do in his own person, for he saw how odious and offensive
549 such an opinion would be; and, therefore in his book on the
550 nature of the gods,[191] he makes Cotta dispute concerning this
551 against the Stoics, and preferred to give his own opinion in
552 favour of Lucilius Balbus, to whom he assigned the defence of
553 the Stoical position, rather than in favour of Cotta, who maintained
554 that no divinity exists. However, in his book on
555 divination, he in his own person most openly opposes the
556 doctrine of the prescience of future things. But all this he
557 seems to do in order that he may not grant the doctrine of
558 fate, and by so doing destroy free will. For he thinks that,
559 the knowledge of future things being once conceded, fate follows
560 as so necessary a consequence that it cannot be denied.
561 But, let these perplexing debatings and disputations of the
562 philosophers go on as they may, we, in order that we may
563 confess the most high and true God Himself, do confess His
564 will, supreme power, and prescience. Neither let us be afraid
565 lest, after all, we do not do by will that which we do by will,
566 because He, whose foreknowledge is infallible, foreknew that
567 we would do it. It was this which Cicero was afraid of, and
568 therefore opposed foreknowledge. The Stoics also maintained
569 that all things do not come to pass by necessity, although
570 they contended that all things happen according to destiny.
571 What is it, then, that Cicero feared in the prescience of future
572 things? Doubtless it was this,—that if all future things
573 have been foreknown, they will happen in the order in which
574 they have been foreknown; and if they come to pass in this
575 order, there is a certain order of things foreknown by God;
576 and if a certain order of things, then a certain order of causes,
577 for nothing can happen which is not preceded by some efficient
578 cause. But if there is a certain order of causes according to
579 which everything happens which does happen, then by fate,
580 says he, all things happen which do happen. But if this be
581 so, then is there nothing in our own power, and there is no
582 such thing as freedom of will; and if we grant that, says he,
583 the whole economy of human life is subverted. In vain are
584 laws enacted. In vain are reproaches, praises, chidings, exhortations
585 had recourse to; and there is no justice whatever
586 in the appointment of rewards for the good, and punishments
587 for the wicked. And that consequences so disgraceful, and
588 absurd, and pernicious to humanity may not follow, Cicero
589 chooses to reject the foreknowledge of future things, and shuts
590 up the religious mind to this alternative, to make choice between
591 two things, either that something is in our own power,
592 or that there is foreknowledge,—both of which cannot be true;
593 but if the one is affirmed, the other is thereby denied. He
594 therefore, like a truly great and wise man, and one who consulted
595 very much and very skilfully for the good of humanity,
596 of those two chose the freedom of the will, to confirm which
597 he denied the foreknowledge of future things; and thus, wishing
598 to make men free, he makes them sacrilegious. But the
599 religious mind chooses both, confesses both, and maintains
600 both by the faith of piety. But how so? says Cicero; for the
601 knowledge of future things being granted, there follows a chain
602 of consequences which ends in this, that there can be nothing
603 depending on our own free wills. And further, if there is
604 anything depending on our wills, we must go backwards by
605 the same steps of reasoning till we arrive at the conclusion
606 that there is no foreknowledge of future things. For we go
607 backwards through all the steps in the following order:—If
608 there is free will, all things do not happen according to
609 fate; if all things do not happen according to fate, there is
610 not a certain order of causes; and if there is not a certain
611 order of causes, neither is there a certain order of things foreknown
612 by God,—for things cannot come to pass except they
613 are preceded by efficient causes,—but, if there is no fixed and
614 certain order of causes foreknown by God, all things cannot
615 be said to happen according as He foreknew that they would
616 happen. And further, if it is not true that all things happen
617 just as they have been foreknown by Him, there is not, says
618 he, in God any foreknowledge of future events.
619 Now, against the sacrilegious and impious darings of
620 reason, we assert both that God knows all things before
621 they come to pass, and that we do by our free will whatsoever
622 we know and feel to be done by us only because
623 we will it. But that all things come to pass by fate, we
624 do not say; nay we affirm that nothing comes to pass by
625 fate; for we demonstrate that the name of fate, as it is wont
626 to be used by those who speak of fate, meaning thereby the
627 position of the stars at the time of each one's conception
628 or birth, is an unmeaning word, for astrology itself is a delusion.
629 But an order of causes in which the highest efficiency
630 is attributed to the will of God, we neither deny nor do we
631 designate it by the name of fate, unless, perhaps, we may
632 understand fate to mean that which is spoken, deriving it from
633 *fari*, to speak; for we cannot deny that it is written in the
634 sacred Scriptures, "God hath spoken once; these two things
635 have I heard, that power belongeth unto God. Also unto
636 Thee, O God, belongeth mercy: for Thou wilt render unto
637 every man according to his works."[192] Now the expression,
638 "Once hath He spoken," is to be understood as meaning "*immovably*,"
639 that is, unchangeably hath He spoken, inasmuch as
640 He knows unchangeably all things which shall be, and all
641 things which He will do. We might, then, use the word fate
642 in the sense it bears when derived from *fari*, to speak, had it
643 not already come to be understood in another sense, into which
644 I am unwilling that the hearts of men should unconsciously
645 slide. But it does not follow that, though there is for God a
646 certain order of all causes, there must therefore be nothing
647 depending on the free exercise of our own wills, for our wills
648 themselves are included in that order of causes which is certain
649 to God, and is embraced by His foreknowledge, for human
650 wills are also causes of human actions; and He who foreknew
651 all the causes of things would certainly among those causes
652 not have been ignorant of our wills. For even that very concession
653 which Cicero himself makes is enough to refute him
654 in this argument. For what does it help him to say that
655 nothing takes place without a cause, but that every cause is
656 not fatal, there being a fortuitous cause, a natural cause, and
657 a voluntary cause? It is sufficient that he confesses that
658 whatever happens must be preceded by a cause. For we say
659 that those causes which are called fortuitous are not a mere
660 name for the absence of causes, but are only latent, and we
661 attribute them either to the will of the true God, or to that of
662 spirits of some kind or other. And as to natural causes, we by
663 no means separate them from the will of Him who is the author
664 and framer of all nature. But now as to voluntary causes.
665 They are referable either to God, or to angels, or to men, or to
666 animals of whatever description, if indeed those instinctive
667 movements of animals devoid of reason, by which, in accordance
668 with their own nature, they seek or shun various things,
669 are to be called wills. And when I speak of the wills of
670 angels, I mean either the wills of good angels, whom we call
671 the angels of God, or of the wicked angels, whom we call the
672 angels of the devil, or demons. Also by the wills of men I
673 mean the wills either of the good or of the wicked. And from
674 this we conclude that there are no efficient causes of all things
675 which come to pass unless voluntary causes, that is, such as
676 belong to that nature which is the spirit of life. For the air
677 or wind is called spirit, but, inasmuch as it is a body, it is not
678 the spirit of life. The spirit of life, therefore, which quickens
679 all things, and is the creator of every body, and of every
680 created spirit, is God Himself, the uncreated spirit. In His
681 supreme will resides the power which acts on the wills of all
682 created spirits, helping the good, judging the evil, controlling
683 all, granting power to some, not granting it to others. For,
684 as He is the creator of all natures, so also is He the bestower
685 of all powers, not of all wills; for wicked wills are not from
686 Him, being contrary to nature, which is from Him. As to
687 bodies, they are more subject to wills: some to our wills, by
688 which I mean the wills of all living mortal creatures, but
689 more to the wills of men than of beasts. But all of them are
690 most of all subject to the will of God, to whom all wills also
691 are subject, since they have no power except what He has
692 bestowed upon them. The cause of things, therefore, which
693 makes but is not made, is God; but all other causes both
694 make and are made. Such are all created spirits, and especially
695 the rational. Material causes, therefore, which may rather
696 be said to be made than to make, are not to be reckoned
697 among efficient causes, because they can only do what the
698 wills of spirits do by them. How, then, does an order of
699 causes which is certain to the foreknowledge of God necessitate
700 that there should be nothing which is dependent on our wills,
701 when our wills themselves have a very important place in the
702 order of causes? Cicero, then, contends with those who call
703 this order of causes fatal, or rather designate this order itself
704 by the name of fate; to which we have an abhorrence, especially
705 on account of the word, which men have become accustomed
706 to understand as meaning what is not true. But,
707 whereas he denies that the order of all causes is most certain,
708 and perfectly clear to the prescience of God, we detest his
709 opinion more than the Stoics do. For he either denies that
710 God exists,—which, indeed, in an assumed personage, he has
711 laboured to do, in his book *De Natura Deorum*,—or if he
712 confesses that He exists, but denies that He is prescient of
713 future things, what is that but just "the fool saying in his
714 heart there is no God?" For one who is not prescient of all
715 future things is not God. Wherefore our wills also have just
716 so much power as God willed and foreknew that they should
717 have; and therefore whatever power they have, they have it
718 within most certain limits; and whatever they are to do, they
719 are most assuredly to do, for He whose foreknowledge is infallible
720 foreknew that they would have the power to do it,
721 and would do it. Wherefore, if I should choose to apply the
722 name of fate to anything at all, I should rather say that fate
723 belongs to the weaker of two parties, will to the stronger, who
724 has the other in his power, than that the freedom of our will
725 is excluded by that order of causes, which, by an unusual
726 application of the word peculiar to themselves, the Stoics call
727 *Fate*.
728 10. *Whether our wills are ruled by necessity.*
729 Wherefore, neither is that necessity to be feared, for dread
730 of which the Stoics laboured to make such distinctions among
731 the causes of things as should enable them to rescue certain
732 things from the dominion of necessity, and to subject others to
733 it. Among those things which they wished not to be subject
734 to necessity they placed our wills, knowing that they would
735 not be free if subjected to necessity. For if that is to be
736 called *our necessity* which is not in our power, but even though
737 we be unwilling effects what it can effect,—as, for instance, the
738 necessity of death,—it is manifest that our wills by which we
739 live uprightly or wickedly are not under such a necessity;
740 for we do many things which, if we were not willing, we should
741 certainly not do. This is primarily true of the act of willing
742 itself,—for if we will, it *is*; if we will not, it *is* not,—for we
743 should not will if we were unwilling. But if we define necessity
744 to be that according to which we say that it is necessary
745 that anything be of such or such a nature, or be done in such and
746 such a manner, I know not why we should have any dread of
747 that necessity taking away the freedom of our will. For we
748 do not put the life of God or the foreknowledge of God under
749 necessity if we should say that it is necessary that God should
750 live for ever, and foreknow all things; as neither is His power
751 diminished when we say that He cannot die or fall into error,—for
752 this is in such a way impossible to Him, that if it were
753 possible for Him, He would be of less power. But assuredly
754 He is rightly called omnipotent, though He can neither die
755 nor fall into error. For He is called omnipotent on account
756 of His doing what He wills, not on account of His suffering
757 what He wills not; for if that should befall Him, He would by
758 no means be omnipotent. Wherefore, He cannot do some
759 things for the very reason that He is omnipotent. So also,
760 when we say that it is necessary that, when we will, we will
761 by free choice, in so saying we both affirm what is true beyond
762 doubt, and do not still subject our wills thereby to a necessity
763 which destroys liberty. Our wills, therefore, *exist* as *wills*, and
764 do themselves whatever we do by willing, and which would
765 not be done if we were unwilling. But when any one suffers
766 anything, being unwilling, by the will of another, even in that
767 case will retains its essential validity,—we do not mean the
768 will of the party who inflicts the suffering, for we resolve it
769 into the power of God. For if a will should simply exist, but
770 not be able to do what it wills, it would be overborne by a
771 more powerful will. Nor would this be the case unless there
772 had existed will, and that not the will of the other party, but
773 the will of him who willed, but was not able to accomplish
774 what he willed. Therefore, whatsoever a man suffers contrary
775 to his own will, he ought not to attribute to the will of men,
776 or of angels, or of any created spirit, but rather to His will
777 who gives power to wills. It is not the case, therefore, that
778 because God foreknew what would be in the power of our
779 wills, there is for that reason nothing in the power of our
780 wills. For he who foreknew this did not foreknow nothing.
781 Moreover, if He who foreknew what would be in the power of
782 our wills did not foreknow nothing, but something, assuredly,
783 even though He did foreknow, there is something in the power
784 of our wills. Therefore we are by no means compelled, either,
785 retaining the prescience of God, to take away the freedom of
786 the will, or, retaining the freedom of the will, to deny that He
787 is prescient of future things, which is impious. But we embrace
788 both. We faithfully and sincerely confess both. The
789 former, that we may believe well; the latter, that we may live
790 well. For he lives ill who does not believe well concerning
791 God. Wherefore, be it far from us, in order to maintain our
792 freedom, to deny the prescience of Him by whose help we are
793 or shall be free. Consequently, it is not in vain that laws are
794 enacted, and that reproaches, exhortations, praises, and vituperations
795 are had recourse to; for these also He foreknew, and
796 they are of great avail, even as great as He foreknew that they
797 would be of. Prayers, also, are of avail to procure those things
798 which He foreknew that He would grant to those who offered
799 them; and with justice have rewards been appointed for good
800 deeds, and punishments for sins. For a man does not therefore
801 sin because God foreknew that he would sin. Nay, it
802 cannot be doubted but that it is the man himself who sins
803 when he does sin, because He, whose foreknowledge is infallible,
804 foreknew not that fate, or fortune, or something else
805 would sin, but that the man himself would sin, who, if he
806 wills not, sins not. But if he shall not will to sin, even this
807 did God foreknow.
808 11. *Concerning the universal providence of God in the laws of which all things
809 are comprehended.*
810 Therefore God supreme and true, with His Word and Holy
811 Spirit (which three are one), one God omnipotent, creator and
812 maker of every soul and of every body; by whose gift all are
813 happy who are happy through verity and not through vanity;
814 who made man a rational animal consisting of soul and body,
815 who, when he sinned, neither permitted him to go unpunished,
816 nor left him without mercy; who has given to the good and
817 to the evil, being in common with stones, vegetable life in
818 common with trees, sensuous life in common with brutes,
819 intellectual life in common with angels alone; from whom
820 is every mode, every species, every order; from whom are
821 measure, number, weight; from whom is everything which
822 has an existence in nature, of whatever kind it be, and of
823 whatever value; from whom are the seeds of forms and the
824 forms of seeds, and the motion of seeds and of forms; who
825 gave also to flesh its origin, beauty, health, reproductive
826 fecundity, disposition of members, and the salutary concord of
827 its parts; who also to the irrational soul has given memory,
828 sense, appetite, but to the rational soul, in addition to these,
829 has given intelligence and will; who has not left, not to speak
830 of heaven and earth, angels and men, but not even the entrails
831 of the smallest and most contemptible animal, or the feather
832 of a bird, or the little flower of a plant, or the leaf of a tree,
833 without an harmony, and, as it were, a mutual peace among
834 all its parts;—that God can never be believed to have left
835 the kingdoms of men, their dominations and servitudes, outside
836 of the laws of His providence.
837 12. *By what virtues the ancient Romans merited that the true God, although they
838 did not worship Him, should enlarge their empire.*
839 Wherefore let us go on to consider what virtues of the
840 Romans they were which the true God, in whose power are
841 also the kingdoms of the earth, condescended to help in
842 order to raise the empire, and also for what reason He did so.
843 And, in order to discuss this question on clearer ground, we
844 have written the former books, to show that the power of
845 those gods, who, they thought, were to be worshipped with
846 such trifling and silly rites, had nothing to do in this matter;
847 and also what we have already accomplished of the present
848 volume, to refute the doctrine of fate, lest any one who might
849 have been already persuaded that the Roman empire was not
850 extended and preserved by the worship of these gods, might
851 still be attributing its extension and preservation to some kind
852 of fate, rather than to the most powerful will of God most
853 high. The ancient and primitive Romans, therefore, though
854 their history shows us that, like all the other nations, with
855 the sole exception of the Hebrews, they worshipped false gods,
856 and sacrificed victims, not to God, but to demons, have nevertheless
857 this commendation bestowed on them by their historian,
858 that they were "greedy of praise, prodigal of wealth, desirous
859 of great glory, and content with a moderate fortune."[193] Glory
860 they most ardently loved: for it they wished to live, for it
861 they did not hesitate to die. Every other desire was repressed
862 by the strength of their passion for that one thing. At length
863 their country itself, because it seemed inglorious to serve, but
864 glorious to rule and to command, they first earnestly desired
865 to be free, and then to be mistress. Hence it was that, not
866 enduring the domination of kings, they put the government
867 into the hands of two chiefs, holding office for a year, who
868 were called consuls, not kings or lords.[194] But royal pomp
869 seemed inconsistent with the administration of a ruler (*regentis*),
870 or the benevolence of one who consults (that is, for the
871 public good) (*consulentis*), but rather with the haughtiness of
872 a lord (*dominantis*). King Tarquin, therefore, having been
873 banished, and the consular government having been instituted,
874 it followed, as the same author already alluded to says in his
875 praises of the Romans, that "the state grew with amazing
876 rapidity after it had obtained liberty, so great a desire of
877 glory had taken possession of it." That eagerness for praise
878 and desire of glory, then, was that which accomplished those
879 many wonderful things, laudable, doubtless, and glorious according
880 to human judgment. The same Sallust praises the
881 great men of his own time, Marcus Cato, and Caius Cæsar,
882 saying that for a long time the republic had no one great in
883 virtue, but that within his memory there had been these two
884 men of eminent virtue, and very different pursuits. Now,
885 among the praises which he pronounces on Cæsar he put
886 this, that he wished for a great empire, an army, and a new
887 war, that he might have a sphere where his genius and virtue
888 might shine forth. Thus it was ever the prayer of men of
889 heroic character that Bellona would excite miserable nations
890 to war, and lash them into agitation with her bloody scourge,
891 so that there might be occasion for the display of their
892 valour. This, forsooth, is what that desire of praise and
893 thirst for glory did. Wherefore, by the love of liberty in the
894 first place, afterwards also by that of domination and through
895 the desire of praise and glory, they achieved many great things;
896 and their most eminent poet testifies to their having been
897 prompted by all these motives:
898 "Porsenna there, with pride elate,
899 Bids Rome to Tarquin ope her gate;
900 With arms he hems the city in,
901 Æneas' sons stand firm to win."[195]
902 At that time it was their greatest ambition either to die
903 bravely or to live free; but when liberty was obtained, so
904 great a desire of glory took possession of them, that liberty
905 alone was not enough unless domination also should be sought,
906 their great ambition being that which the same poet puts into
907 the mouth of Jupiter:
908 "Nay, Juno's self, whose wild alarms
909 Set ocean, earth, and heaven in arms,
910 Shall change for smiles her moody frown,
911 And vie with me in zeal to crown
912 Rome's sons, the nation of the gown.
913 So stands my will. There comes a day,
914 While Rome's great ages hold their way,
915 When old Assaracus's sons
916 Shall quit them on the myrmidons,
917 O'er Phthia and Mycenæ reign,
918 And humble Argos to their chain."[196]
919 Which things, indeed, Virgil makes Jupiter predict as future,
920 whilst, in reality, he was only himself passing in review in his
921 own mind things which were already done, and which were
922 beheld by him as present realities. But I have mentioned
923 them with the intention of showing that, next to liberty, the
924 Romans so highly esteemed domination, that it received a
925 place among those things on which they bestowed the greatest
926 praise. Hence also it is that that poet, preferring to the arts
927 of other nations those arts which peculiarly belong to the
928 Romans, namely, the arts of ruling and commanding, and of
929 subjugating and vanquishing nations, says,
930 "Others, belike, with happier grace,
931 From bronze or stone shall call the face,
932 Plead doubtful causes, map the skies,
933 And tell when planets set or rise;
934 But Roman thou, do thou control
935 The nations far and wide;
936 Be this thy genius, to impose
937 The rule of peace on vanquished foes,
938 Show pity to the humbled soul,
939 And crush the sons of pride."[197]
940 These arts they exercised with the more skill the less they
941 gave themselves up to pleasures, and to enervation of body
942 and mind in coveting and amassing riches, and through these
943 corrupting morals, by extorting them from the miserable
944 citizens and lavishing them on base stage-players. Hence
945 these men of base character, who abounded when Sallust
946 wrote and Virgil sang these things, did not seek after honours
947 and glory by these arts, but by treachery and deceit. Wherefore
948 the same says, "But at first it was rather ambition than
949 avarice that stirred the minds of men, which vice, however, is
950 nearer to virtue. For glory, honour, and power are desired
951 alike by the good man and by the ignoble; but the former,"
952 he says, "strives onward to them by the true way, whilst
953 the other, knowing nothing of the good arts, seeks them
954 by fraud and deceit."[198] And what is meant by seeking the
955 attainment of glory, honour, and power by good arts, is to seek
956 them by virtue, and not by deceitful intrigue; for the good
957 and the ignoble man alike desire these things, but the good
958 man strives to overtake them by the true way. The way is
959 virtue, along which he presses as to the goal of possession—namely,
960 to glory, honour, and power. Now that this was a
961 sentiment engrained in the Roman mind, is indicated even
962 by the temples of their gods; for they built in very close
963 proximity the temples of Virtue and Honour, worshipping
964 as gods the gifts of God. Hence we can understand what
965 they who were good thought to be the end of virtue, and to
966 what they ultimately referred it, namely, to honour; for, as
967 to the bad, they had no virtue though they desired honour,
968 and strove to possess it by fraud and deceit. Praise of a
969 higher kind is bestowed upon Cato, for he says of him,
970 "The less he sought glory, the more it followed him."[199] We
971 say praise of a higher kind; for the glory with the desire
972 of which the Romans burned is the judgment of men thinking
973 well of men. And therefore virtue is better, which is
974 content with no human judgment save that of one's own conscience.
975 Whence the apostle says, "For this is our glory,
976 the testimony of our conscience."[200] And in another place he
977 says, "But let every one prove his own work, and then he
978 shall have glory in himself, and not in another."[201] That glory,
979 honour, and power, therefore, which they desired for themselves,
980 and to which the good sought to attain by good arts,
981 should not be sought after by virtue, but virtue by them.
982 For there is no true virtue except that which is directed
983 towards that end in which is the highest and ultimate good
984 of man. Wherefore even the honours which Cato sought he
985 ought not to have sought, but the state ought to have conferred
986 them on him unsolicited, on account of his virtues.
987 But, of the two great Romans of that time, Cato was he
988 whose virtue was by far the nearest to the true idea of virtue.
989 Wherefore, let us refer to the opinion of Cato himself, to discover
990 what was the judgment he had formed concerning the
991 condition of the state both then and in former times. "I do
992 not think," he says, "that it was by arms that our ancestors
993 made the republic great from being small. Had that been the
994 case, the republic of our day would have been by far more
995 flourishing than that of their times, for the number of our
996 allies and citizens is far greater; and, besides, we possess a
997 far greater abundance of armour and of horses than they did.
998 But it was other things than these that made them great, and
999 we have none of them: industry at home, just government
1000 without, a mind free in deliberation, addicted neither to crime
1001 nor to lust. Instead of these, we have luxury and avarice,
1002 poverty in the state, opulence among citizens; we laud riches,
1003 we follow laziness; there is no difference made between the
1004 good and the bad; all the rewards of virtue are got possession
1005 of by intrigue. And no wonder, when every individual consults
1006 only for his own good, when ye are the slaves of pleasure
1007 at home, and, in public affairs, of money and favour, no wonder
1008 that an onslaught is made upon the unprotected republic."[202]
1009 He who hears these words of Cato or of Sallust probably
1010 thinks that such praise bestowed on the ancient Romans was
1011 applicable to all of them, or, at least, to very many of them.
1012 It is not so; otherwise the things which Cato himself writes,
1013 and which I have quoted in the second book of this work,
1014 would not be true. In that passage he says, that even from
1015 the very beginning of the state wrongs were committed by
1016 the more powerful, which led to the separation of the people
1017 from the fathers, besides which there were other internal dissensions;
1018 and the only time at which there existed a just and
1019 moderate administration was after the banishment of the kings,
1020 and that no longer than whilst they had cause to be afraid of
1021 Tarquin, and were carrying on the grievous war which had
1022 been undertaken on his account against Etruria; but afterwards
1023 the fathers oppressed the people as slaves, flogged them
1024 as the kings had done, drove them from their land, and, to
1025 the exclusion of all others, held the government in their own
1026 hands alone. And to these discords, whilst the fathers were
1027 wishing to rule, and the people were unwilling to serve, the
1028 second Punic war put an end; for again great fear began to
1029 press upon their disquieted minds, holding them back from
1030 those distractions by another and greater anxiety, and bringing
1031 them back to civil concord. But the great things which
1032 were then achieved were accomplished through the administration
1033 of a few men, who were good in their own way. And
1034 by the wisdom and forethought of these few good men, which
1035 first enabled the republic to endure these evils and mitigated
1036 them, it waxed greater and greater. And this the same historian
1037 affirms, when he says that, reading and hearing of the
1038 many illustrious achievements of the Roman people in peace
1039 and in war, by land and by sea, he wished to understand what
1040 it was by which these great things were specially sustained.
1041 For he knew that very often the Romans had with a small
1042 company contended with great legions of the enemy; and he
1043 knew also that with small resources they had carried on wars
1044 with opulent kings. And he says that, after having given
1045 the matter much consideration, it seemed evident to him that
1046 the pre-eminent virtue of a few citizens had achieved the
1047 whole, and that that explained how poverty overcame wealth,
1048 and small numbers great multitudes. But, he adds, after that
1049 the state had been corrupted by luxury and indolence, again
1050 the republic, by its own greatness, was able to bear the vices
1051 of its magistrates and generals. Wherefore even the praises
1052 of Cato are only applicable to a few; for only a few were
1053 possessed of that virtue which leads men to pursue after
1054 glory, honour, and power by the true way,—that is, by virtue
1055 itself. This industry at home, of which Cato speaks, was the
1056 consequence of a desire to enrich the public treasury, even
1057 though the result should be poverty at home; and therefore,
1058 when he speaks of the evil arising out of the corruption of
1059 morals, he reverses the expression, and says, "Poverty in the
1060 state, riches at home."
1061 13. *Concerning the love of praise, which, though it is a vice, is reckoned a virtue,
1062 because by it greater vice is restrained.*
1063 Wherefore, when the kingdoms of the East had been illustrious
1064 for a long time, it pleased God that there should also
1065 arise a Western empire, which, though later in time, should
1066 be more illustrious in extent and greatness. And, in order
1067 that it might overcome the grievous evils which existed among
1068 other nations, He purposely granted it to such men as, for the
1069 sake of honour, and praise, and glory, consulted well for their
1070 country, in whose glory they sought their own, and whose
1071 safety they did not hesitate to prefer to their own, suppressing
1072 the desire of wealth and many other vices for this one vice,
1073 namely, the love of praise. For he has the soundest perception
1074 who recognises that even the love of praise is a vice;
1075 nor has this escaped the perception of the poet Horace, who
1076 says,
1077 "You're bloated by ambition? take advice:
1078 Yon book will ease you if you read it thrice."[203]
1079 And the same poet, in a lyric song, hath thus spoken with
1080 the desire of repressing the passion for domination:
1081 "Rule an ambitious spirit, and thou hast
1082 A wider kingdom than if thou shouldst join
1083 To distant Gades Lybia, and thus
1084 Shouldst hold in service either Carthaginian."[204]
1085 Nevertheless, they who restrain baser lusts, not by the
1086 power of the Holy Spirit obtained by the faith of piety,
1087 or by the love of intelligible beauty, but by desire of human
1088 praise, or, at all events, restrain them better by the love of
1089 such praise, are not indeed yet holy, but only less base.
1090 Even Tully was not able to conceal this fact; for, in the
1091 same books which he wrote, *De Republica*, when speaking
1092 concerning the education of a chief of the state, who ought,
1093 he says, to be nourished on glory, goes on to say that their
1094 ancestors did many wonderful and illustrious things through
1095 desire of glory. So far, therefore, from resisting this vice, they
1096 even thought that it ought to be excited and kindled up, supposing
1097 that that would be beneficial to the republic. But not
1098 even in his books on philosophy does Tully dissimulate this
1099 poisonous opinion, for he there avows it more clearly than
1100 day. For when he is speaking of those studies which are to
1101 be pursued with a view to the *true good*, and not with the
1102 vainglorious desire of human praise, he introduces the following
1103 universal and general statement:
1104 >
1105 >
1106 >
1107 "Honour nourishes the arts, and all are stimulated to the prosecution of
1108 > studies by glory; and those pursuits are always neglected which are generally
1109 > discredited."[205]
1110 14. *Concerning the eradication of the love of human praise, because all the glory
1111 of the righteous is in God.*
1112 It is, therefore, doubtless far better to resist this desire
1113 than to yield to it, for the purer one is from this defilement,
1114 the liker is he to God; and, though this vice be not
1115 thoroughly eradicated from his heart,—for it does not cease to
1116 tempt even the minds of those who are making good progress
1117 in virtue,—at any rate, let the desire of glory be surpassed by
1118 the love of righteousness, so that, if there be seen anywhere
1119 "lying neglected things which are generally discredited," if
1120 they are good, if they are right, even the love of human
1121 praise may blush and yield to the love of truth. For so
1122 hostile is this vice to pious faith, if the love of glory be
1123 greater in the heart than the fear or love of God, that the
1124 Lord said, "How can ye believe, who look for glory from one
1125 another, and do not seek the glory which is from God alone?"[206]
1126 Also, concerning some who had believed on Him, but were
1127 afraid to confess Him openly, the evangelist says, "They loved
1128 the praise of men more than the praise of God;"[207] which did
1129 not the holy apostles, who, when they proclaimed the name
1130 of Christ in those places where it was not only discredited,
1131 and therefore neglected,—according as Cicero says, "Those
1132 things are always neglected which are generally discredited,"—but
1133 was even held in the utmost detestation, holding to
1134 what they had heard from the Good Master, who was also
1135 the physician of minds, "If any one shall deny me before
1136 men, him will I also deny before my Father who is in heaven,
1137 and before the angels of God,"[208] amidst maledictions and
1138 reproaches, and most grievous persecutions and cruel punishments,
1139 were not deterred from the preaching of human salvation
1140 by the noise of human indignation. And when, as they
1141 did and spake divine things, and lived divine lives, conquering,
1142 as it were, hard hearts, and introducing into them the peace
1143 of righteousness, great glory followed them in the church
1144 of Christ, they did not rest in that as in the end of their
1145 virtue, but, referring that glory itself to the glory of God, by
1146 whose grace they were what they were, they sought to kindle,
1147 also by that same flame, the minds of those for whose good
1148 they consulted, to the love of Him, by whom they could be
1149 made to be what they themselves were. For their Master had
1150 taught them not to seek to be good for the sake of human
1151 glory, saying, "Take heed that ye do not your righteousness
1152 before men to be seen of them, or otherwise ye shall not
1153 have a reward from your Father who is in heaven."[209] But
1154 again, lest, understanding this wrongly, they should, through
1155 fear of pleasing men, be less useful through concealing their
1156 goodness, showing for what end they ought to make it known,
1157 He says, "Let your works shine before men, that they may
1158 see your good deeds, and glorify your Father who is in
1159 heaven."[210] Not, observe, "that ye may be seen by them, that
1160 is, in order that their eyes may be directed upon you,"—for
1161 of yourselves ye are nothing,—but "that they may glorify
1162 your Father who is in heaven," by fixing their regards on
1163 whom they may become such as ye are. These the martyrs
1164 followed, who surpassed the Scævolas, and the Curtiuses, and
1165 the Deciuses, both in true virtue, because in true piety,
1166 and also in the greatness of their number. But since those
1167 Romans were in an earthly city, and had before them, as
1168 the end of all the offices undertaken in its behalf, its safety,
1169 and a kingdom, not in heaven, but in earth,—not in the sphere
1170 of eternal life, but in the sphere of demise and succession,
1171 where the dead are succeeded by the dying,—what else but
1172 glory should they love, by which they wished even after
1173 death to live in the mouths of their admirers?
1174 15. *Concerning the temporal reward which God granted to the virtues of the
1175 Romans.*
1176 Now, therefore, with regard to those to whom God did not
1177 purpose to give eternal life with His holy angels in His own
1178 celestial city, to the society of which that true piety which
1179 does not render the service of religion, which the Greeks call
1180 λατρεία, to any save the true God conducts, if He had also
1181 withheld from them the terrestrial glory of that most excellent
1182 empire, a reward would not have been rendered to their good
1183 arts,—that is, their virtues,—by which they sought to attain
1184 so great glory. For as to those who seem to do some good
1185 that they may receive glory from men, the Lord also says,
1186 "Verily I say unto you, they have received their reward."[211]
1187 So also these despised their own private affairs for the sake
1188 of the republic, and for its treasury resisted avarice, consulted
1189 for the good of their country with a spirit of freedom, addicted
1190 neither to what their laws pronounced to be crime nor to lust.
1191 By all these acts, as by the true way, they pressed forward to
1192 honours, power, and glory; they were honoured among almost
1193 all nations; they imposed the laws of their empire upon many
1194 nations; and at this day, both in literature and history, they
1195 are glorious among almost all nations. There is no reason why
1196 they should complain against the justice of the supreme and
1197 true God,—"they have received their reward."
1198 16. *Concerning the reward of the holy citizens of the celestial city, to whom the
1199 example of the virtues of the Roman are useful.*
1200 But the reward of the saints is far different, who even
1201 here endured reproaches for that city of God which is hateful
1202 to the lovers of this world. That city is eternal. There
1203 none are born, for none die. There is true and full felicity,—not
1204 a goddess, but a gift of God. Thence we receive the
1205 pledge of faith, whilst on our pilgrimage we sigh for its
1206 beauty. There rises not the sun on the good and the evil, but
1207 the Sun of Righteousness protects the good alone. There no
1208 great industry shall be expended to enrich the public treasury
1209 by suffering privations at home, for there is the common
1210 treasury of truth. And, therefore, it was not only for the
1211 sake of recompensing the citizens of Rome that her empire
1212 and glory had been so signally extended, but also that the
1213 citizens of that eternal city, during their pilgrimage here,
1214 might diligently and soberly contemplate these examples, and
1215 see what a love they owe to the supernal country on account
1216 of life eternal, if the terrestrial country was so much beloved
1217 by its citizens on account of human glory.
1218 17. *To what profit the Romans carried on wars, and how much they contributed
1219 to the well-being of those whom they conquered.*
1220 For, as far as this life of mortals is concerned, which is
1221 spent and ended in a few days, what does it matter under
1222 whose government a dying man lives, if they who govern do
1223 not force him to impiety and iniquity? Did the Romans at
1224 all harm those nations, on whom, when subjugated, they imposed
1225 their laws, except in as far as that was accomplished
1226 with great slaughter in war? Now, had it been done with
1227 consent of the nations, it would have been done with greater
1228 success, but there would have been no glory of conquest, for
1229 neither did the Romans themselves live exempt from those
1230 laws which they imposed on others. Had this been done
1231 without Mars and Bellona, so that there should have been no
1232 place for victory, no one conquering where no one had fought,
1233 would not the condition of the Romans and of the other
1234 nations have been one and the same, especially if that had been
1235 done at once which afterwards was done most humanely and
1236 most acceptably, namely, the admission of all to the rights of
1237 Roman citizens who belonged to the Roman empire, and if
1238 that had been made the privilege of all which was formerly
1239 the privilege of a few, with this one condition, that the
1240 humbler class who had no lands of their own should live at
1241 the public expense—an alimentary impost, which would have
1242 been paid with a much better grace by them into the hands
1243 of good administrators of the republic, of which they were
1244 members, by their own hearty consent, than it would have
1245 been paid with had it to be extorted from them as conquered
1246 men? For I do not see what it makes for the safety, good
1247 morals, and certainly not for the dignity, of men, that some
1248 have conquered and others have been conquered, except that
1249 it yields them that most insane pomp of human glory, in
1250 which "they have received their reward," who burned with
1251 excessive desire of it, and carried on most eager wars. For
1252 do not their lands pay tribute? Have they any privilege of
1253 learning what the others are not privileged to learn? Are
1254 there not many senators in the other countries who do not
1255 even know Rome by sight? Take away outward show,[212] and
1256 what are all men after all but men? But even though the
1257 perversity of the age should permit that all the better men
1258 should be more highly honoured than others, neither thus
1259 should human honour be held at a great price, for it is smoke
1260 which has no weight. But let us avail ourselves even in
1261 these things of the kindness of God. Let us consider how
1262 great things they despised, how great things they endured,
1263 what lusts they subdued for the sake of human glory, who
1264 merited that glory, as it were, in reward for such virtues; and
1265 let this be useful to us even in suppressing pride, so that, as
1266 that city in which it has been promised us to reign as far
1267 surpasses this one as heaven is distant from the earth, as
1268 eternal life surpasses temporal joy, solid glory empty praise,
1269 or the society of angels the society of mortals, or the glory of
1270 Him who made the sun and moon the light of the sun and
1271 moon, the citizens of so great a country may not seem to
1272 themselves to have done anything very great, if, in order to
1273 obtain it, they have done some good works or endured some
1274 evils, when those men for this terrestrial country already obtained,
1275 did such great things, suffered such great things. And
1276 especially are all these things to be considered, because the
1277 remission of sins which collects citizens to the celestial country
1278 has something in it to which a shadowy resemblance is found
1279 in that asylum of Romulus, whither escape from the punishment
1280 of all manner of crimes congregated that multitude with
1281 which the state was to be founded.
1282 >
1283 >
1284 >
1285 18. *How far Christians ought to be from boasting, if they have done anything
1286 > for the love of the eternal country, when the Romans did such great
1287 > things for human glory and a terrestrial city.*
1288 What great thing, therefore, is it for that eternal and celestial
1289 city to despise all the charms of this world, however pleasant,
1290 if for the sake of this terrestrial city Brutus could even put
1291 to death his son,—a sacrifice which the heavenly city compels
1292 no one to make? But certainly it is more difficult to put to
1293 death one's sons, than to do what is required to be done for
1294 the heavenly country, even to distribute to the poor those
1295 things which were looked upon as things to be amassed and
1296 laid up for one's children, or to let them go, if there arise any
1297 temptation which compels us to do so, for the sake of faith and
1298 righteousness. For it is not earthly riches which make us or
1299 our sons happy; for they must either be lost by us in our lifetime,
1300 or be possessed when we are dead, by whom we know not,
1301 or perhaps by whom we would not. But it is God who makes
1302 us happy, who is the true riches of minds. But of Brutus,
1303 even the poet who celebrates his praises testifies that it was
1304 the occasion of unhappiness to him that he slew his son, for
1305 he says,
1306 "And call his own rebellious seed
1307 For menaced liberty to bleed.
1308 Unhappy father! howsoe'er
1309 The deed be judged by after days."[213]
1310 But in the following verse he consoles him in his unhappiness,
1311 saying,
1312 "His country's love shall all o'erbear."
1313 There are those two things, namely, liberty and the desire
1314 of human praise, which compelled the Romans to admirable
1315 deeds. If, therefore, for the liberty of dying men, and for
1316 the desire of human praise which is sought after by mortals,
1317 sons could be put to death by a father, what great thing is it,
1318 if, for the true liberty which has made us free from the dominion
1319 of sin, and death, and the devil,—not through the desire
1320 of human praise, but through the earnest desire of freeing men,
1321 not from King Tarquin, but from demons and the prince of
1322 the demons,—we should, I do not say put to death our sons,
1323 but reckon among our sons Christ's poor ones? If, also,
1324 another Roman chief, surnamed Torquatus, slew his son, not
1325 because he fought against his country, but because, being
1326 challenged by an enemy, he through youthful impetuosity
1327 fought, though for his country, yet contrary to orders which
1328 he his father had given as general; and this he did, notwithstanding
1329 that his son was victorious, lest there should be more
1330 evil in the example of authority despised, than good in the
1331 glory of slaying an enemy;—if, I say, Torquatus acted thus,
1332 wherefore should they boast themselves, who, for the laws of
1333 a celestial country, despise all earthly good things, which are
1334 loved far less than sons? If Furius Camillus, who was condemned
1335 by those who envied him, notwithstanding that he
1336 had thrown off from the necks of his countrymen the yoke of
1337 their most bitter enemies, the Veientes, again delivered his
1338 ungrateful country from the Gauls, because he had no other
1339 in which he could have better opportunities for living a life
1340 of glory;—if Camillus did thus, why should he be extolled as
1341 having done some great thing, who, having, it may be, suffered
1342 in the church at the hands of carnal enemies most grievous
1343 and dishonouring injury, has not betaken himself to heretical
1344 enemies, or himself raised some heresy against her, but has
1345 rather defended her, as far as he was able, from the most pernicious
1346 perversity of heretics, since there is not another church,
1347 I say not in which one can live a life of glory, but in which
1348 eternal life can be obtained? If Mucius, in order that peace
1349 might be made with King Porsenna, who was pressing the
1350 Romans with a most grievous war, when he did not succeed
1351 in slaying Porsenna, but slew another by mistake for him,
1352 reached forth his right hand and laid it on a red-hot altar,
1353 saying that many such as he saw him to be had conspired for
1354 his destruction, so that Porsenna, terrified at his daring, and at
1355 the thought of a conspiracy of such as he, without any delay
1356 recalled all his warlike purposes, and made peace;—if, I say,
1357 Mucius did this, who shall speak of his meritorious claims to
1358 the kingdom of heaven, if for it he may have given to the flames
1359 not one hand, but even his whole body, and that not by his own
1360 spontaneous act, but because he was persecuted by another?
1361 If Curtius, spurring on his steed, threw himself all armed
1362 into a precipitous gulf, obeying the oracles of their gods,
1363 which had commanded that the Romans should throw into
1364 that gulf the best thing which they possessed, and they could
1365 only understand thereby that, since they excelled in men and
1366 arms, the gods had commanded that an armed man should be
1367 cast headlong into that destruction;—if he did this, shall we
1368 say that that man has done a great thing for the eternal city
1369 who may have died by a like death, not, however, precipitating
1370 himself spontaneously into a gulf, but having suffered this
1371 death at the hands of some enemy of his faith, more especially
1372 when he has received from his Lord, who is also King of
1373 his country, a more certain oracle, "Fear not them who kill
1374 the body, but cannot kill the soul?"[214] If the Decii dedicated
1375 themselves to death, consecrating themselves in a form of
1376 words, as it were, that falling, and pacifying by their blood
1377 the wrath of the gods, they might be the means of delivering
1378 the Roman army;—if they did this, let not the holy martyrs
1379 carry themselves proudly, as though they had done some meritorious
1380 thing for a share in that country where are eternal life
1381 and felicity, if even to the shedding of their blood, loving not
1382 only the brethren for whom it was shed, but, according as had
1383 been commanded them, even their enemies by whom it was
1384 being shed, they have vied with one another in faith of love
1385 and love of faith. If Marcus Pulvillus, when engaged in
1386 dedicating a temple to Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, received
1387 with such indifference the false intelligence which was brought
1388 to him of the death of his son, with the intention of so agitating
1389 him that he should go away, and thus the glory of dedicating
1390 the temple should fall to his colleague;—if he received
1391 that intelligence with such indifference that he even ordered
1392 that his son should be cast out unburied, the love of glory
1393 having overcome in his heart the grief of bereavement, how
1394 shall any one affirm that he has done a great thing for the
1395 preaching of the gospel, by which the citizens of the heavenly
1396 city are delivered from divers errors, and gathered together
1397 from divers wanderings, to whom his Lord has said, when
1398 anxious about the burial of his father, "Follow me, and let
1399 the dead bury their dead?"[215] Regulus, in order not to break
1400 his oath, even with his most cruel enemies, returned to them
1401 from Rome itself, because (as he is said to have replied to the
1402 Romans when they wished to retain him) he could not have
1403 the dignity of an honourable citizen at Rome after having been
1404 a slave to the Africans, and the Carthaginians put him to
1405 death with the utmost tortures, because he had spoken against
1406 them in the senate. If Regulus acted thus, what tortures are
1407 not to be despised for the sake of good faith toward that
1408 country to whose beatitude faith itself leads? Or what will
1409 a man have rendered to the Lord for all He has bestowed upon
1410 him, if, for the faithfulness he owes to Him, he shall have
1411 suffered such things as Regulus suffered at the hands of his
1412 most ruthless enemies for the good faith which he owed to
1413 them? And how shall a Christian dare vaunt himself of his
1414 voluntary poverty, which he has chosen in order that during
1415 the pilgrimage of this life he may walk the more disencumbered
1416 on the way which leads to the country where the true riches
1417 are, even God Himself;—how, I say, shall he vaunt himself
1418 for this, when he hears or reads that Lucius Valerius, who
1419 died when he was holding the office of consul, was so poor
1420 that his funeral expenses were paid with money collected by
1421 the people?—or when he hears that Quintius Cincinnatus,
1422 who, possessing only four acres of land, and cultivating them
1423 with his own hands, was taken from the plough to be made
1424 dictator,—an office more honourable even than that of consul,—and
1425 that, after having won great glory by conquering the
1426 enemy, he preferred notwithstanding to continue in his poverty?
1427 Or how shall he boast of having done a great thing, who has
1428 not been prevailed upon by the offer of any reward of this
1429 world to renounce his connection with that heavenly and
1430 eternal country, when he hears that Fabricius could not be prevailed
1431 on to forsake the Roman city by the great gifts offered
1432 to him by Pyrrhus king of the Epirots, who promised him the
1433 fourth part of his kingdom, but preferred to abide there in his
1434 poverty as a private individual? For if, when their republic,—that
1435 is, the interest of the people, the interest of the country,
1436 the common interest,—was most prosperous and wealthy, they
1437 themselves were so poor in their own houses, that one of them,
1438 who had already been twice a consul, was expelled from that
1439 senate of poor men by the censor, because he was discovered
1440 to possess ten pounds weight of silver-plate,—since, I say,
1441 those very men by whose triumphs the public treasury was
1442 enriched were so poor, ought not all Christians, who make
1443 common property of their riches with a far nobler purpose,
1444 even that (according to what is written in the Acts of the
1445 Apostles) they may distribute to each one according to his
1446 need, and that no one may say that anything is his own, but
1447 that all things may be their common possession,[216]—ought they
1448 not to understand that they should not vaunt themselves, because
1449 they do that to obtain the society of angels, when those
1450 men did well-nigh the same thing to preserve the glory of the
1451 Romans?
1452 How could these, and whatever like things are found in the
1453 Roman history, have become so widely known, and have been
1454 proclaimed by so great a fame, had not the Roman empire,
1455 extending far and wide, been raised to its greatness by magnificent
1456 successes? Wherefore, through that empire, so extensive
1457 and of so long continuance, so illustrious and glorious
1458 also through the virtues of such great men, the reward which
1459 they sought was rendered to their earnest aspirations, and also
1460 examples are set before us, containing necessary admonition,
1461 in order that we may be stung with shame if we shall see that
1462 we have not held fast those virtues for the sake of the most
1463 glorious city of God, which are, in whatever way, resembled
1464 by those virtues which they held fast for the sake of the glory
1465 of a terrestrial city, and that, too, if we shall feel conscious
1466 that we have held them fast, we may not be lifted up with
1467 pride, because, as the apostle says, "The sufferings of the
1468 present time are not worthy to be compared to the glory
1469 which shall be revealed in us."[217] But so far as regards human
1470 and temporal glory, the lives of these ancient Romans were
1471 reckoned sufficiently worthy. Therefore, also, we see, in the
1472 light of that truth which, veiled in the Old Testament, is revealed
1473 in the New, namely, that it is not in view of terrestrial
1474 and temporal benefits, which divine providence grants promiscuously
1475 to good and evil, that God is to be worshipped, but in
1476 view of eternal life, everlasting gifts, and of the society of the
1477 heavenly city itself;—in the light of this truth we see that
1478 the Jews were most righteously given as a trophy to the glory
1479 of the Romans; for we see that these Romans, who rested on
1480 earthly glory, and sought to obtain it by virtues, such as they
1481 were, conquered those who, in their great depravity, slew and
1482 rejected the giver of true glory, and of the eternal city.
1483 19. *Concerning the difference between true glory and the desire of domination.*
1484 There is assuredly a difference between the desire of human
1485 glory and the desire of domination; for, though he who has
1486 an overweening delight in human glory will be also very prone
1487 to aspire earnestly after domination, nevertheless they who
1488 desire the true glory even of human praise strive not to displease
1489 those who judge well of them. For there are many
1490 good moral qualities, of which many are competent judges,
1491 although they are not possessed by many; and by those good
1492 moral qualities those men press on to glory, honour, and domination,
1493 of whom Sallust says, "But they press on by the true
1494 way."
1495 But whosoever, without possessing that desire of glory
1496 which makes one fear to displease those who judge his conduct,
1497 desires domination and power, very often seeks to obtain
1498 what he loves by most open crimes. Therefore he who desires
1499 glory presses on to obtain it either by the true way, or certainly
1500 by deceit and artifice, wishing to appear good when
1501 he is not. Therefore to him who possesses virtues it is a
1502 great virtue to despise glory; for contempt of it is seen by
1503 God, but is not manifest to human judgment. For whatever
1504 any one does before the eyes of men in order to show himself
1505 to be a despiser of glory, if they suspect that he is doing it
1506 in order to get greater praise,—that is, greater glory,—he has
1507 no means of demonstrating to the perceptions of those who
1508 suspect him that the case is really otherwise than they suspect
1509 it to be. But he who despises the judgment of praisers,
1510 despises also the rashness of suspectors. Their salvation, indeed,
1511 he does not despise, if he is truly good; for so great is
1512 the righteousness of that man who receives his virtues from
1513 the Spirit of God, that he loves his very enemies, and so loves
1514 them that he desires that his haters and detractors may be
1515 turned to righteousness, and become his associates, and that not
1516 in an earthly but in a heavenly country. But with respect
1517 to his praisers, though he sets little value on their praise, he
1518 does not set little value on their love; neither does he elude
1519 their praise, lest he should forfeit their love. And, therefore,
1520 he strives earnestly to have their praises directed to Him from
1521 whom every one receives whatever in him is truly praiseworthy.
1522 But he who is a despiser of glory, but is greedy of
1523 domination, exceeds the beasts in the vices of cruelty and
1524 luxuriousness. Such, indeed, were certain of the Romans,
1525 who, wanting the love of esteem, wanted not the thirst for
1526 domination; and that there were many such, history testifies.
1527 But it was Nero Cæsar who was the first to reach the summit,
1528 and, as it were, the citadel, of this vice; for so great was his
1529 luxuriousness, that one would have thought there was nothing
1530 manly to be dreaded in him, and such his cruelty, that, had
1531 not the contrary been known, no one would have thought
1532 there was anything effeminate in his character. Nevertheless
1533 power and domination are not given even to such men save
1534 by the providence of the most high God, when He judges that
1535 the state of human affairs is worthy of such lords. The divine
1536 utterance is clear on this matter; for the Wisdom of God thus
1537 speaks: "By me kings reign, and tyrants possess the land."[218]
1538 But, that it may not be thought that by "tyrants" is meant,
1539 not wicked and impious kings, but brave men, in accordance
1540 with the ancient use of the word, as when Virgil says,
1541 "For know that treaty may not stand
1542 Where king greets king and joins not hand,"[219]
1543 in another place it is most unambiguously said of God, that
1544 He "maketh the man who is an hypocrite to reign on account
1545 of the perversity of the people."[220] Wherefore, though I have,
1546 according to my ability, shown for what reason God, who
1547 alone is true and just, helped forward the Romans, who were
1548 good according to a certain standard of an earthly state, to
1549 the acquirement of the glory of so great an empire, there may
1550 be, nevertheless, a more hidden cause, known better to God
1551 than to us, depending on the diversity of the merits of the
1552 human race. Among all who are truly pious, it is at all
1553 events agreed that no one without true piety—that is, true
1554 worship of the true God—can have true virtue; and that it
1555 is not true virtue which is the slave of human praise. Though,
1556 nevertheless, they who are not citizens of the eternal city,
1557 which is called the city of God in the sacred Scriptures, are
1558 more useful to the earthly city when they possess even that
1559 virtue than if they had not even that. But there could be
1560 nothing more fortunate for human affairs than that, by the
1561 mercy of God, they who are endowed with true piety of life,
1562 if they have the skill for ruling people, should also have the
1563 power. But such men, however great virtues they may possess
1564 in this life, attribute it solely to the grace of God that He has
1565 bestowed it on them—willing, believing, seeking. And, at
1566 the same time, they understand how far they are short of that
1567 perfection of righteousness which exists in the society of those
1568 holy angels for which they are striving to fit themselves. But
1569 however much that virtue may be praised and cried up, which
1570 without true piety is the slave of human glory, it is not at
1571 all to be compared even to the feeble beginnings of the virtue
1572 of the saints, whose hope is placed in the grace and mercy of
1573 the true God.
1574 20. *That it is as shameful for the virtues to serve human glory as bodily pleasure.*
1575 Philosophers,—who place the end of human good in virtue
1576 itself, in order to put to shame certain other philosophers, who
1577 indeed approve of the virtues, but measure them all with
1578 reference to the end of bodily pleasure, and think that this
1579 pleasure is to be sought for its own sake, but the virtues on
1580 account of pleasure,—are wont to paint a kind of word-picture,
1581 in which Pleasure sits like a luxurious queen on a royal seat,
1582 and all the virtues are subjected to her as slaves, watching her
1583 nod, that they may do whatever she shall command. She
1584 commands Prudence to be ever on the watch to discover
1585 how Pleasure may rule, and be safe. Justice she orders to
1586 grant what benefits she can, in order to secure those friendships
1587 which are necessary for bodily pleasure; to do wrong
1588 to no one, lest, on account of the breaking of the laws, Pleasure
1589 be not able to live in security. Fortitude she orders to keep
1590 her mistress, that is, Pleasure, bravely in her mind, if any
1591 affliction befall her body which does not occasion death, in
1592 order that by remembrance of former delights she may mitigate
1593 the poignancy of present pain. Temperance she commands
1594 to take only a certain quantity even of the most
1595 favourite food, lest, through immoderate use, anything prove
1596 hurtful by disturbing the health of the body, and thus Pleasure,
1597 which the Epicureans make to consist chiefly in the health
1598 of the body, be grievously offended. Thus the virtues, with
1599 the whole dignity of their glory, will be the slaves of Pleasure,
1600 as of some imperious and disreputable woman.
1601 There is nothing, say our philosophers, more disgraceful
1602 and monstrous than this picture, and which the eyes of good
1603 men can less endure. And they say the truth. But I do
1604 not think that the picture would be sufficiently becoming,
1605 even if it were made so that the virtues should be represented
1606 as the slaves of human glory; for, though that glory
1607 be not a luxurious woman, it is nevertheless puffed up, and
1608 has much vanity in it. Wherefore it is unworthy of the
1609 solidity and firmness of the virtues to represent them as
1610 serving this glory, so that Prudence shall provide nothing,
1611 Justice distribute nothing, Temperance moderate nothing,
1612 except to the end that men may be pleased and vainglory
1613 served. Nor will they be able to defend themselves from the
1614 charge of such baseness, whilst they, by way of being despisers
1615 of glory, disregard the judgment of other men, seem to themselves
1616 wise, and please themselves. For their virtue,—if, indeed,
1617 it is virtue at all,—is only in another way subjected to
1618 human praise; for he who seeks to please himself seeks still
1619 to please man. But he who, with true piety towards God,
1620 whom he loves, believes, and hopes in, fixes his attention more
1621 on those things in which he displeases himself, than on those
1622 things, if there are any such, which please himself, or rather,
1623 not himself, but the truth, does not attribute that by which
1624 he can now please the truth to anything but to the mercy of
1625 Him whom he has feared to displease, giving thanks for what
1626 in him is healed, and pouring out prayers for the healing of
1627 that which is yet unhealed.
1628 21. *That the Roman dominion was granted by Him from whom is all power,
1629 and by whose providence all things are ruled.*
1630 These things being so, we do not attribute the power of
1631 giving kingdoms and empires to any save to the true God,
1632 who gives happiness in the kingdom of heaven to the pious
1633 alone, but gives kingly power on earth both to the pious and
1634 the impious, as it may please Him, whose good pleasure is
1635 always just. For though we have said something about the
1636 principles which guide His administration, in so far as it has
1637 seemed good to Him to explain it, nevertheless it is too much
1638 for us, and far surpasses our strength, to discuss the hidden
1639 things of men's hearts, and by a clear examination to determine
1640 the merits of various kingdoms. He, therefore, who is
1641 the one true God, who never leaves the human race without
1642 just judgment and help, gave a kingdom to the Romans when
1643 He would, and as great as He would, as He did also to the
1644 Assyrians, and even the Persians, by whom, as their own books
1645 testify, only two gods are worshipped, the one good and the
1646 other evil,—to say nothing concerning the Hebrew people, of
1647 whom I have already spoken as much as seemed necessary,
1648 who, as long as they were a kingdom, worshipped none save
1649 the true God. The same, therefore, who gave to the Persians
1650 harvests, though they did not worship the goddess Segetia,
1651 who gave the other blessings of the earth, though they did
1652 not worship the many gods which the Romans supposed to
1653 preside, each one over some particular thing, or even many of
1654 them over each several thing,—He, I say, gave the Persians
1655 dominion, though they worshipped none of those gods to
1656 whom the Romans believed themselves indebted for the
1657 empire. And the same is true in respect of men as well
1658 as nations. He who gave power to Marius gave it also to
1659 Caius Cæsar; He who gave it to Augustus gave it also to
1660 Nero; He also who gave it to the most benignant emperors,
1661 the Vespasians, father and son, gave it also to the cruel
1662 Domitian; and, finally, to avoid the necessity of going over
1663 them all, He who gave it to the Christian Constantine gave
1664 it also to the apostate Julian, whose gifted mind was deceived
1665 by a sacrilegious and detestable curiosity, stimulated by the
1666 love of power. And it was because he was addicted through
1667 curiosity to vain oracles, that, confident of victory, he burned
1668 the ships which were laden with the provisions necessary for
1669 his army, and therefore, engaging with hot zeal in rashly
1670 audacious enterprises, he was soon slain, as the just consequence
1671 of his recklessness, and left his army unprovisioned
1672 in an enemy's country, and in such a predicament that it
1673 never could have escaped, save by altering the boundaries of
1674 the Roman empire, in violation of that omen of the god Terminus
1675 of which I spoke in the preceding book; for the god
1676 Terminus yielded to necessity, though he had not yielded to
1677 Jupiter. Manifestly these things are ruled and governed by
1678 the one God according as He pleases; and if His motives are
1679 hid, are they therefore unjust?
1680 22. *The durations and issues of war depend on the will of God.*
1681 Thus also the durations of wars are determined by Him
1682 as He may see meet, according to His righteous will, and
1683 pleasure, and mercy, to afflict or to console the human race,
1684 so that they are sometimes of longer, sometimes of shorter
1685 duration. The war of the Pirates and the third Punic war
1686 were terminated with incredible celerity. Also the war of
1687 the fugitive gladiators, though in it many Roman generals
1688 and the consuls were defeated, and Italy was terribly wasted
1689 and ravaged, was nevertheless ended in the third year, having
1690 itself been, during its continuance, the end of much. The
1691 Picentes, the Marsi, and the Peligni, not distant but Italian
1692 nations, after a long and most loyal servitude under the
1693 Roman yoke, attempted to raise their heads into liberty,
1694 though many nations had now been subjected to the Roman
1695 power, and Carthage had been overthrown. In this Italian
1696 war the Romans were very often defeated, and two consuls
1697 perished, besides other noble senators; nevertheless this calamity
1698 was not protracted over a long space of time, for the
1699 fifth year put an end to it. But the second Punic war, lasting
1700 for the space of eighteen years, and occasioning the greatest
1701 disasters and calamities to the republic, wore out and well-nigh
1702 consumed the strength of the Romans; for in two battles
1703 about seventy thousand Romans fell.[221] The first Punic war
1704 was terminated after having been waged for three-and-twenty
1705 years. The Mithridatic war was waged for forty years. And
1706 that no one may think that in the early and much belauded
1707 times of the Romans they were far braver and more able
1708 to bring wars to a speedy termination, the Samnite war was
1709 protracted for nearly fifty years; and in this war the Romans
1710 were so beaten that they were even put under the yoke. But
1711 because they did not love glory for the sake of justice, but
1712 seemed rather to have loved justice for the sake of glory,
1713 they broke the peace and the treaty which had been concluded.
1714 These things I mention, because many, ignorant of past things,
1715 and some also dissimulating what they know, if in Christian
1716 times they see any war protracted a little longer than they
1717 expected, straightway make a fierce and insolent attack on
1718 our religion, exclaiming that, but for it, the deities would have
1719 been supplicated still, according to ancient rites; and then, by
1720 that bravery of the Romans, which, with the help of Mars and
1721 Bellona, speedily brought to an end such great wars, this war
1722 also would be speedily terminated. Let them, therefore, who
1723 have read history recollect what long-continued wars, having
1724 various issues and entailing woful slaughter, were waged by
1725 the ancient Romans, in accordance with the general truth
1726 that the earth, like the tempestuous deep, is subject to agitations
1727 from tempests—tempests of such evils, in various
1728 degrees,—and let them sometimes confess what they do not
1729 like to own, and not, by madly speaking against God, destroy
1730 themselves and deceive the ignorant.
1731 23. *Concerning the war in which Radagaisus, king of the Goths, a worshipper
1732 of demons, was conquered in one day, with all his mighty forces.*
1733 Nevertheless they do not mention with thanksgiving what
1734 God has very recently, and within our own memory, wonderfully
1735 and mercifully done, but as far as in them lies they
1736 attempt, if possible, to bury it in universal oblivion. But
1737 should we be silent about these things, we should be in like
1738 manner ungrateful. When Radagaisus, king of the Goths,
1739 having taken up his position very near to the city, with a vast
1740 and savage army, was already close upon the Romans, he was
1741 in one day so speedily and so thoroughly beaten, that, whilst
1742 not even one Roman was wounded, much less slain, far more
1743 than a hundred thousand of his army were prostrated, and he
1744 himself and his sons, having been captured, were forthwith
1745 put to death, suffering the punishment they deserved. For
1746 had so impious a man, with so great and so impious a host,
1747 entered the city, whom would he have spared? what tombs
1748 of the martyrs would he have respected? in his treatment
1749 of what person would he have manifested the fear of God?
1750 whose blood would he have refrained from shedding? whose
1751 chastity would he have wished to preserve inviolate? But
1752 how loud would they not have been in the praises of their
1753 gods! How insultingly they would have boasted, saying that
1754 Radagaisus had conquered, that he had been able to achieve
1755 such great things, because he propitiated and won over the
1756 gods by daily sacrifices,—a thing which the Christian religion
1757 did not allow the Romans to do! For when he was approaching
1758 to those places where he was overwhelmed at the nod of
1759 the Supreme Majesty, as his fame was everywhere increasing,
1760 it was being told us at Carthage that the pagans were believing,
1761 publishing, and boasting, that he, on account of the help
1762 and protection of the gods friendly to him, because of the
1763 sacrifices which he was said to be daily offering to them,
1764 would certainly not be conquered by those who were not
1765 performing such sacrifices to the Roman gods, and did not
1766 even permit that they should be offered by any one. And
1767 now these wretched men do not give thanks to God for His
1768 great mercy, who, having determined to chastise the corruption
1769 of men, which was worthy of far heavier chastisement
1770 than the corruption of the barbarians, tempered His indignation
1771 with such mildness as, in the first instance, to cause that
1772 the king of the Goths should be conquered in a wonderful
1773 manner, lest glory should accrue to demons, whom he was
1774 known to be supplicating, and thus the minds of the weak
1775 should be overthrown; and then, afterwards, to cause that,
1776 when Rome was to be taken, it should be taken by those
1777 barbarians who, contrary to any custom of all former wars,
1778 protected, through reverence for the Christian religion, those
1779 who fled for refuge to the sacred places, and who so opposed
1780 the demons themselves, and the rites of impious sacrifices,
1781 that they seemed to be carrying on a far more terrible war
1782 with them than with men. Thus did the true Lord and Governor
1783 of things both scourge the Romans mercifully, and, by the
1784 marvellous defeat of the worshippers of demons, show that
1785 those sacrifices were not necessary even for the safety of present
1786 things; so that, by those who do not obstinately hold out,
1787 but prudently consider the matter, true religion may not be
1788 deserted on account of the urgencies of the present time, but
1789 may be more clung to in most confident expectation of eternal
1790 life.
1791 24. *What was the happiness of the Christian emperors, and how far it was
1792 true happiness.*
1793 For neither do we say that certain Christian emperors were
1794 therefore happy because they ruled a long time, or, dying a
1795 peaceful death, left their sons to succeed them in the empire,
1796 or subdued the enemies of the republic, or were able both to
1797 guard against and to suppress the attempt of hostile citizens
1798 rising against them. These and other gifts or comforts of this
1799 sorrowful life even certain worshippers of demons have merited
1800 to receive, who do not belong to the kingdom of God to which
1801 these belong; and this is to be traced to the mercy of God,
1802 who would not have those who believe in Him desire such
1803 things as the highest good. But we say that they are happy
1804 if they rule justly; if they are not lifted up amid the praises
1805 of those who pay them sublime honours, and the obsequiousness
1806 of those who salute them with an excessive humility,
1807 but remember that they are men; if they make their power
1808 the handmaid of His majesty by using it for the greatest possible
1809 extension of His worship; if they fear, love, worship
1810 God; if more than their own they love that kingdom in which
1811 they are not afraid to have partners; if they are slow to
1812 punish, ready to pardon; if they apply that punishment as
1813 necessary to government and defence of the republic, and not
1814 in order to gratify their own enmity; if they grant pardon,
1815 not that iniquity may go unpunished, but with the hope that
1816 the transgressor may amend his ways; if they compensate
1817 with the lenity of mercy and the liberality of benevolence
1818 for whatever severity they may be compelled to decree; if
1819 their luxury is as much restrained as it might have been
1820 unrestrained; if they prefer to govern depraved desires rather
1821 than any nation whatever; and if they do all these things,
1822 not through ardent desire of empty glory, but through love of
1823 eternal felicity, not neglecting to offer to the true God, who
1824 is their God, for their sins, the sacrifices of humility, contrition,
1825 and prayer. Such Christian emperors, we say, are happy
1826 in the present time by hope, and are destined to be so in the
1827 enjoyment of the reality itself, when that which we wait for
1828 shall have arrived.
1829 25. *Concerning the prosperity which God granted to the Christian emperor
1830 Constantine.*
1831 For the good God, lest men, who believe that He is to be
1832 worshipped with a view to eternal life, should think that no
1833 one could attain to all this high estate, and to this terrestrial
1834 dominion, unless he should be a worshipper of the demons,—supposing
1835 that these spirits have great power with respect to
1836 such things,—for this reason He gave to the Emperor Constantine,
1837 who was not a worshipper of demons, but of the
1838 true God Himself, such fulness of earthly gifts as no one
1839 would even dare wish for. To him also He granted the
1840 honour of founding a city,[222] a companion to the Roman empire,
1841 the daughter, as it were, of Rome itself, but without any
1842 temple or image of the demons. He reigned for a long period
1843 as sole emperor, and unaided held and defended the whole
1844 Roman world. In conducting and carrying on wars he was
1845 most victorious; in overthrowing tyrants he was most successful.
1846 He died at a great age, of sickness and old age, and left
1847 his sons to succeed him in the empire.[223] But again, lest any
1848 emperor should become a Christian in order to merit the happiness
1849 of Constantine, when every one should be a Christian
1850 for the sake of eternal life, God took away Jovian far sooner
1851 than Julian, and permitted that Gratian should be slain by
1852 the sword of a tyrant. But in his case there was far more
1853 mitigation of the calamity than in the case of the great
1854 Pompey, for he could not be avenged by Cato, whom he had
1855 left, as it were, heir to the civil war. But Gratian, though
1856 pious minds require not such consolations, was avenged by
1857 Theodosius, whom he had associated with himself in the
1858 empire, though he had a little brother of his own, being more
1859 desirous of a faithful alliance than of extensive power.
1860 26. *On the faith and piety of Theodosius Augustus.*
1861 And on this account, Theodosius not only preserved during
1862 the lifetime of Gratian that fidelity which was due to him,
1863 but also, after his death, he, like a true Christian, took his
1864 little brother Valentinian under his protection, as joint emperor,
1865 after he had been expelled by Maximus, the murderer
1866 of his father. He guarded him with paternal affection, though
1867 he might without any difficulty have got rid of him, being
1868 entirely destitute of all resources, had he been animated with
1869 the desire of extensive empire, and not with the ambition of
1870 being a benefactor. It was therefore a far greater pleasure to
1871 him, when he had adopted the boy, and preserved to him his
1872 imperial dignity, to console him by his very humanity and
1873 kindness. Afterwards, when that success was rendering
1874 Maximus terrible, Theodosius, in the midst of his perplexing
1875 anxieties, was not drawn away to follow the suggestions of a
1876 sacrilegious and unlawful curiosity, but sent to John, whose
1877 abode was in the desert of Egypt,—for he had learned that this
1878 servant of God (whose fame was spreading abroad) was endowed
1879 with the gift of prophecy,—and from him he received assurance
1880 of victory. Immediately the slayer of the tyrant Maximus,
1881 with the deepest feelings of compassion and respect, restored
1882 the boy Valentinianus to his share in the empire from which
1883 he had been driven. Valentinianus being soon after slain by
1884 secret assassination, or by some other plot or accident, Theodosius,
1885 having again received a response from the prophet,
1886 and placing entire confidence in it, marched against the tyrant
1887 Eugenius, who had been unlawfully elected to succeed that
1888 emperor, and defeated his very powerful army, more by prayer
1889 than by the sword. Some soldiers who were at the battle
1890 reported to me that all the missiles they were throwing were
1891 snatched from their hands by a vehement wind, which blew
1892 from the direction of Theodosius' army upon the enemy; nor
1893 did it only drive with greater velocity the darts which were
1894 hurled against them, but also turned back upon their own
1895 bodies the darts which they themselves were throwing. And
1896 therefore the poet Claudian, although an alien from the name
1897 of Christ, nevertheless says in his praises of him, "O prince,
1898 too much beloved by God, for thee Æolus pours armed tempests
1899 from their caves; for thee the air fights, and the winds with
1900 one accord obey thy bugles."[224] But the victor, as he had
1901 believed and predicted, overthrew the statues of Jupiter, which
1902 had been, as it were, consecrated by I know not what kind
1903 of rites against him, and set up in the Alps. And the
1904 thunderbolts of these statues, which were made of gold, he
1905 mirthfully and graciously presented to his couriers, who (as
1906 the joy of the occasion permitted) were jocularly saying that
1907 they would be most happy to be struck by such thunderbolts.
1908 The sons of his own enemies, whose fathers had been slain
1909 not so much by his orders as by the vehemence of war, having
1910 fled for refuge to a church, though they were not yet Christians,
1911 he was anxious, taking advantage of the occasion, to bring
1912 over to Christianity, and treated them with Christian love.
1913 Nor did he deprive them of their property, but, besides allowing
1914 them to retain it, bestowed on them additional honours.
1915 He did not permit private animosities to affect the treatment
1916 of any man after the war. He was not like Cinna,
1917 and Marius, and Sylla, and other such men, who wished
1918 not to finish civil wars even when they were finished, but
1919 rather grieved that they had arisen at all, than wished that
1920 when they were finished they should harm any one. Amid
1921 all these events, from the very commencement of his reign, he
1922 did not cease to help the troubled church against the impious
1923 by most just and merciful laws, which the heretical Valens,
1924 favouring the Arians, had vehemently afflicted. Indeed, he
1925 rejoiced more to be a member of this church than he did
1926 to be a king upon the earth. The idols of the Gentiles he
1927 everywhere ordered to be overthrown, understanding well that
1928 not even terrestrial gifts are placed in the power of demons,
1929 but in that of the true God. And what could be more admirable
1930 than his religious humility, when, compelled by the
1931 urgency of certain of his intimates, he avenged the grievous
1932 crime of the Thessalonians, which at the prayer of the bishops
1933 he had promised to pardon, and, being laid hold of by the
1934 discipline of the church, did penance in such a way that the
1935 sight of his imperial loftiness prostrated made the people who
1936 were interceding for him weep more than the consciousness of
1937 offence had made them fear it when enraged? These and
1938 other similar good works, which it would be long to tell, he
1939 carried with him from this world of time, where the greatest
1940 human nobility and loftiness are but vapour. Of these works
1941 the reward is eternal happiness, of which God is the giver,
1942 though only to those who are sincerely pious. But all other
1943 blessings and privileges of this life, as the world itself, light,
1944 air, earth, water, fruits, and the soul of man himself, his body,
1945 senses, mind, life, He lavishes on good and bad alike. And
1946 among these blessings is also to be reckoned the possession of
1947 an empire, whose extent He regulates according to the requirements
1948 of His providential government at various times.
1949 Whence, I see, we must now answer those who, being confuted
1950 and convicted by the most manifest proofs, by which it
1951 is shown that for obtaining these terrestrial things, which are
1952 all the foolish desire to have, that multitude of false gods is
1953 of no use, attempt to assert that the gods are to be worshipped
1954 with a view to the interest, not of the present life, but of that
1955 which is to come after death. For as to those who, for the
1956 sake of the friendship of this world, are willing to worship
1957 vanities, and do not grieve that they are left to their puerile
1958 understandings, I think they have been sufficiently answered
1959 in these five books; of which books, when I had published
1960 the first three, and they had begun to come into the hands of
1961 many, I heard that certain persons were preparing against
1962 them an answer of some kind or other in writing. Then it
1963 was told me that they had already written their answer, but
1964 were waiting a time when they could publish it without
1965 danger. Such persons I would advise not to desire what
1966 cannot be of any advantage to them; for it is very easy for
1967 a man to seem to himself to have answered arguments, when
1968 he has only been unwilling to be silent. For what is more
1969 loquacious than vanity? And though it be able, if it like, to
1970 shout more loudly than the truth, it is not, for all that, more
1971 powerful than the truth. But let men consider diligently all
1972 the things that we have said, and if, perchance, judging without
1973 party spirit, they shall clearly perceive that they are such
1974 things as may rather be shaken than torn up by their most
1975 impudent garrulity, and, as it were, satirical and mimic levity,
1976 let them restrain their absurdities, and let them choose rather
1977 to be corrected by the wise than to be lauded by the foolish.
1978 For if they are waiting an opportunity, not for liberty to speak
1979 the truth, but for licence to revile, may not that befall them
1980 which Tully says concerning some one, "Oh, wretched man!
1981 who was at liberty to sin?"[225] Wherefore, whoever he be
1982 who deems himself happy because of licence to revile, he
1983 would be far happier if that were not allowed him at all; for
1984 he might all the while, laying aside empty boast, be contradicting
1985 those to whose views he is opposed by way of free
1986 consultation with them, and be listening, as it becomes him,
1987 honourably, gravely, candidly, to all that can be adduced by
1988 those whom he consults by friendly disputation.
BOOK VI
31 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
34 >
35 >
36 >
37 HITHERTO THE ARGUMENT HAS BEEN CONDUCTED AGAINST THOSE WHO BELIEVE
38 > THAT THE GODS ARE TO BE WORSHIPPED FOR THE SAKE OF TEMPORAL ADVANTAGES,
39 > NOW IT IS DIRECTED AGAINST THOSE WHO BELIEVE THAT THEY
40 > ARE TO BE WORSHIPPED FOR THE SAKE OF ETERNAL LIFE. AUGUSTINE
41 > DEVOTES THE FIVE FOLLOWING BOOKS TO THE CONFUTATION OF THIS LATTER
42 > BELIEF, AND FIRST OF ALL SHOWS HOW MEAN AN OPINION OF THE GODS
43 > WAS HELD BY VARRO HIMSELF, THE MOST ESTEEMED WRITER ON HEATHEN
44 > THEOLOGY. OF THIS THEOLOGY AUGUSTINE ADOPTS VARRO'S DIVISION INTO
45 > THREE KINDS, MYTHICAL, NATURAL, AND CIVIL; AND AT ONCE DEMONSTRATES
46 > THAT NEITHER THE MYTHICAL NOR THE CIVIL CAN CONTRIBUTE
47 > ANYTHING TO THE HAPPINESS OF THE FUTURE LIFE.
48 PREFACE.
49 In the five former books, I think I have sufficiently disputed
50 against those who believe that the many false gods,
51 which the Christian truth shows to be useless images, or unclean
52 spirits and pernicious demons, or certainly creatures, not
53 the Creator, are to be worshipped for the advantage of this
54 mortal life, and of terrestrial affairs, with that rite and service
55 which the Greeks call λατρεία, and which is due to the one
56 true God. And who does not know that, in the face of
57 excessive stupidity and obstinacy, neither these five nor any
58 other number of books whatsoever could be enough, when it is
59 esteemed the glory of vanity to yield to no amount of strength
60 on the side of truth,—certainly to his destruction over whom
61 so heinous a vice tyrannizes? For, notwithstanding all the
62 assiduity of the physician who attempts to effect a cure, the
63 disease remains unconquered, not through any fault of his, but
64 because of the incurableness of the sick man. But those who
65 thoroughly weigh the things which they read, having understood
66 and considered them, without any, or with no great and
67 excessive degree of that obstinacy which belongs to a long-cherished
68 error, will more readily judge that, in the five
69 books already finished, we have done more than the necessity
70 of the question demanded, than that we have given it less
71 discussion than it required. And they cannot have doubted
72 but that all the hatred which the ignorant attempt to bring
73 upon the Christian religion on account of the disasters of this
74 life, and the destruction and change which befall terrestrial
75 things, whilst the learned do not merely dissimulate, but encourage
76 that hatred, contrary to their own consciences, being
77 possessed by a mad impiety;—they cannot have doubted, I say,
78 but that this hatred is devoid of right reflection and reason,
79 and full of most light temerity, and most pernicious animosity.
80 1. *Of those who maintain that they worship the gods not for the sake of
81 temporal, but eternal advantages.*
82 Now, as, in the next place (as the promised order demands),
83 those are to be refuted and taught who contend that the gods
84 of the nations, which the Christian truth destroys, are to be
85 worshipped not on account of this life, but on account of that
86 which is to be after death, I shall do well to commence my
87 disputation with the truthful oracle of the holy psalm, "Blessed
88 is the man whose hope is the Lord God, and who respecteth
89 not Vanities and lying follies."[226] Nevertheless, in all vanities
90 and lying follies the philosophers are to be listened to with
91 far more toleration, who have repudiated those opinions and
92 errors of the people; for the people set up images to the
93 deities, and either feigned concerning those whom they call
94 immortal gods many false and unworthy things, or believed
95 them, already feigned, and, when believed, mixed them up
96 with their worship and sacred rites.
97 With those men who, though not by free avowal of their
98 convictions, do still testify that they disapprove of those things
99 by their muttering disapprobation during disputations on the
100 subject, it may not be very far amiss to discuss the following
101 question: Whether, for the sake of the life which is to be
102 after death, we ought to worship, not the one God, who made
103 all creatures spiritual and corporeal, but those many gods who,
104 as some of these philosophers hold, were made by that one God,
105 and placed by Him in their respective sublime spheres, and are
106 therefore considered more excellent and more noble than all the
107 others?[227] But who will assert that it must be affirmed and
108 contended that those gods, certain of whom I have mentioned
109 in the fourth book,[228] to whom are distributed, each to each, the
110 charges of minute things, do bestow eternal life? But will those
111 most skilled and most acute men, who glory in having written
112 for the great benefit of men, to teach on what account each god
113 is to be worshipped, and what is to be sought from each, lest
114 with most disgraceful absurdity, such as a mimic is wont for
115 the sake of merriment to exhibit, water should be sought from
116 Liber, wine from the Lymphs,—will those men indeed affirm
117 to any man supplicating the immortal gods, that when he
118 shall have asked wine from the Lymphs, and they shall have
119 answered him, "We have water, seek wine from Liber," he
120 may rightly say, "If ye have not wine, at least give me
121 eternal life?" What more monstrous than this absurdity?
122 Will not these Lymphs,—for they are wont to be very easily
123 made laugh,[229]—laughing loudly (if they do not attempt to
124 deceive like demons), answer the suppliant, "O man, dost
125 thou think that we have life (*vitam*) in our power, who thou
126 hearest have not even the vine (*vitem*)?" It is therefore most
127 impudent folly to seek and hope for eternal life from such
128 gods as are asserted so to preside over the separate minute
129 concernments of this most sorrowful and short life, and whatever
130 is useful for supporting and propping it, as that if anything
131 which is under the care and power of one be sought
132 from another, it is so incongruous and absurd that it appears
133 very like to mimic drollery,—which, when it is done by
134 mimics knowing what they are doing, is deservedly laughed
135 at in the theatre, but when it is done by foolish persons, who
136 do not know better, is more deservedly ridiculed in the world.
137 Wherefore, as concerns those gods which the states have
138 established, it has been cleverly invented and handed down to
139 memory by learned men, what god or goddess is to be supplicated
140 in relation to every particular thing,—what, for
141 instance, is to be sought from Liber, what from the Lymphs,
142 what from Vulcan, and so of all the rest, some of whom I
143 have mentioned in the fourth book, and some I have thought
144 right to omit. Further, if it is an error to seek wine from
145 Ceres, bread from Liber, water from Vulcan, fire from the
146 Lymphs, how much greater absurdity ought it to be thought,
147 if supplication be made to any one of these for eternal life?
148 Wherefore, if, when we were inquiring what gods or goddesses
149 are to be believed to be able to confer earthly kingdoms
150 upon men, all things having been discussed, it was shown
151 to be very far from the truth to think that even terrestrial
152 kingdoms are established by any of those many false deities,
153 is it not most insane impiety to believe that eternal life,
154 which is, without any doubt or comparison, to be preferred
155 to all terrestrial kingdoms, can be given to any one by any of
156 these gods? For the reason why such gods seemed to us not
157 to be able to give even an earthly kingdom, was not because
158 they are very great and exalted, whilst that is something small
159 and abject, which they, in their so great sublimity, would
160 not condescend to care for, but because, however deservedly
161 any one may, in consideration of human frailty, despise the
162 falling pinnacles of an earthly kingdom, these gods have presented
163 such an appearance as to seem most unworthy to have
164 the granting and preserving of even those entrusted to them;
165 and consequently, if (as we have taught in the two last books
166 of our work, where this matter is treated of) no god out of all
167 that crowd, either belonging to, as it were, the plebeian or to
168 the noble gods, is fit to give mortal kingdoms to mortals, how
169 much less is he able to make immortals of mortals?
170 And more than this, if, according to the opinion of those
171 with whom we are now arguing, the gods are to be worshipped,
172 not on account of the present life, but of that which is to be
173 after death, then, certainly, they are not to be worshipped on
174 account of those particular things which are distributed and
175 portioned out (not by any law of rational truth, but by mere
176 vain conjecture) to the power of such gods, as they believe they
177 ought to be worshipped, who contend that their worship is necessary
178 for all the desirable things of this mortal life, against whom
179 I have disputed sufficiently, as far as I was able, in the five preceding
180 books. These things being so, if the age itself of those
181 who worshipped the goddess Juventas should be characterized
182 by remarkable vigour, whilst her despisers should either die
183 within the years of youth, or should, during that period, grow
184 cold as with the torpor of old age; if bearded Fortuna should
185 cover the cheeks of her worshippers more handsomely and more
186 gracefully than all others, whilst we should see those by whom
187 she was despised either altogether beardless or ill-bearded;
188 even then we should most rightly say, that thus far these
189 several gods had power, limited in some way by their functions,
190 and that, consequently, neither ought eternal life to be sought
191 from Juventas, who could not give a beard, nor ought any
192 good thing after this life to be expected from Fortuna Barbata,
193 who has no power even in this life to give the age itself at
194 which the beard grows. But now, when their worship is
195 necessary not even on account of those very things which
196 they think are subjected to their power,—for many worshippers
197 of the goddess Juventas have not been at all vigorous at that
198 age, and many who do not worship her rejoice in youthful
199 strength; and also many suppliants of Fortuna Barbata have
200 either not been able to attain to any beard at all, not even an
201 ugly one, although they who adore her in order to obtain a
202 beard are ridiculed by her bearded despisers,—is the human
203 heart really so foolish as to believe that that worship of the
204 gods, which it acknowledges to be vain and ridiculous with
205 respect to those very temporal and swiftly passing gifts, over
206 each of which one of these gods is said to preside, is fruitful
207 in results with respect to eternal life? And that they are able
208 to give eternal life has not been affirmed even by those who,
209 that they might be worshipped by the silly populace, distributed
210 in minute division among them these temporal
211 occupations, that none of them might sit idle; for they had
212 supposed the existence of an exceedingly great number.
213 >
214 >
215 >
216 2. *What we are to believe that Varro thought concerning the gods of the nations,
217 > whose various kinds and sacred rites he has shown to be such that he
218 > would have acted more reverently towards them had he been altogether
219 > silent concerning them.*
220 Who has investigated those things more carefully than
221 Marcus Varro? Who has discovered them more learnedly?
222 Who has considered them more attentively? Who has distinguished
223 them more acutely? Who has written about them
224 more diligently and more fully?—who, though he is less
225 pleasing in his eloquence, is nevertheless so full of instruction
226 and wisdom, that in all the erudition which we call
227 secular, but they liberal, he will teach the student of things
228 as much as Cicero delights the student of words. And even
229 Tully himself renders him such testimony, as to say in his
230 Academic books that he had held that disputation which is
231 there carried on with Marcus Varro, "a man," he adds, "unquestionably
232 the acutest of all men, and, without any doubt,
233 the most learned."[230] He does not say the most eloquent or
234 the most fluent, for in reality he was very deficient in this
235 faculty, but he says, "of all men the most acute." And
236 in those books,—that is, the Academic,—where he contends
237 that all things are to be doubted, he adds of him,
238 "without any doubt the most learned." In truth, he was so
239 certain concerning this thing, that he laid aside that doubt
240 which he is wont to have recourse to in all things, as if,
241 when about to dispute in favour of the doubt of the Academics,
242 he had, with respect to this one thing, forgotten
243 that he was an Academic. But in the first book, when he
244 extols the literary works of the same Varro, he says, "Us
245 straying and wandering in our own city like strangers, thy
246 books, as it were, brought home, that at length we might
247 come to know of who we were and where we were. Thou
248 hast opened up to us the age of the country, the distribution
249 of seasons, the laws of sacred things, and of the priests; thou
250 hast opened up to us domestic and public discipline; thou
251 hast pointed out to us the proper places for religious ceremonies,
252 and hast informed us concerning sacred places. Thou
253 hast shown us the names, kinds, offices, causes of all divine
254 and human things."[231]
255 This man, then, of so distinguished and excellent acquirements,
256 and, as Terentian briefly says of him in a most elegant
257 verse,
258 "Varro, a man universally informed,"[232]
259 who read so much that we wonder when he had time to write,
260 wrote so much that we can scarcely believe any one could have
261 read it all,—this man, I say, so great in talent, so great in
262 learning, had he been an opposer and destroyer of the so-called
263 divine things of which he wrote, and had he said that they
264 pertained to superstition rather than to religion, might perhaps,
265 even in that case, not have written so many things
266 which are ridiculous, contemptible, detestable. But when he
267 so worshipped these same gods, and so vindicated their
268 worship, as to say, in that same literary work of his, that
269 he was afraid lest they should perish, not by an assault
270 by enemies, but by the negligence of the citizens, and that
271 from this ignominy they are being delivered by him, and are
272 being laid up and preserved in the memory of the good by
273 means of such books, with a zeal far more beneficial than that
274 through which Metellus is declared to have rescued the sacred
275 things of Vesta from the flames, and Æneas to have rescued
276 the Penates from the burning of Troy; and when he, nevertheless,
277 gives forth such things to be read by succeeding ages
278 as are deservedly judged by wise and unwise to be unfit to
279 be read, and to be most hostile to the truth of religion; what
280 ought we to think but that a most acute and learned man,—not,
281 however, made free by the Holy Spirit,—was overpowered
282 by the custom and laws of his state, and, not being able to be
283 silent about those things by which he was influenced, spoke
284 of them under pretence of commending religion?
285 3. *Varro's distribution of his book which he composed concerning the antiquities
286 of human and divine things.*
287 He wrote forty-one books of antiquities. These he divided
288 into human and divine things. Twenty-five he devoted to
289 human things, sixteen to divine things; following this plan in
290 that division,—namely, to give six books to each of the four
291 divisions of human things. For he directs his attention to
292 these considerations: who perform, where they perform, when
293 they perform, what they perform. Therefore in the first six
294 books he wrote concerning men; in the second six, concerning
295 places; in the third six, concerning times; in the fourth and
296 last six, concerning things. Four times six, however, make
297 only twenty-four. But he placed at the head of them one
298 separate work, which spoke of all these things conjointly.
299 In divine things, the same order he preserved throughout,
300 as far as concerns those things which are performed to the
301 gods. For sacred things are performed by men in places and
302 times. These four things I have mentioned he embraced in
303 twelve books, allotting three to each. For he wrote the first
304 three concerning men, the following three concerning places,
305 the third three concerning times, and the fourth three concerning
306 sacred rites,—showing who should perform, where they
307 should perform, when they should perform, what they should
308 perform, with most subtle distinction. But because it was
309 necessary to say—and that especially was expected—to whom
310 they should perform sacred rites, he wrote concerning the gods
311 themselves the last three books; and these five times three
312 made fifteen. But they are in all, as we have said, sixteen.
313 For he put also at the beginning of these one distinct book,
314 speaking by way of introduction of all which follows; which
315 being finished, he proceeded to subdivide the first three in
316 that fivefold distribution which pertain to men, making the
317 first concerning high priests, the second concerning augurs,
318 the third concerning the fifteen men presiding over the sacred
319 ceremonies.[233] The second three he made concerning places,
320 speaking in one of them concerning their chapels, in the
321 second concerning their temples, and in the third concerning
322 religious places. The next three which follow these, and pertain
323 to times,—that is, to festival days,—he distributed so as
324 to make one concerning holidays, the other concerning the
325 circus games, and the third concerning scenic plays. Of the
326 fourth three, pertaining to sacred things, he devoted one to
327 consecrations, another to private, the last to public, sacred
328 rites. In the three which remain, the gods themselves follow
329 this pompous train, as it were, for whom all this culture has
330 been expended. In the first book are the certain gods, in the
331 second the uncertain, in the third, and last of all, the chief
332 and select gods.
333 4. *That from the disputation of Varro, it follows that the worshippers of the
334 gods regard human things as more ancient than divine things.*
335 In this whole series of most beautiful and most subtle distributions
336 and distinctions, it will most easily appear evident
337 from the things we have said already, and from what is to be
338 said hereafter, to any man who is not, in the obstinacy of his
339 heart, an enemy to himself, that it is vain to seek and to hope
340 for, and even most impudent to wish for eternal life. For
341 these institutions are either the work of men, or of demons,—not
342 of those whom they call good demons, but, to speak more
343 plainly, of unclean, and, without controversy, malign spirits,
344 who with wonderful slyness and secretness suggest to the
345 thoughts of the impious, and sometimes openly present to
346 their understandings, noxious opinions, by which the human
347 mind grows more and more foolish, and becomes unable to
348 adapt itself to and abide in the immutable and eternal truth,
349 and seek to confirm these opinions by every kind of fallacious
350 attestation in their power. This very same Varro testifies
351 that he wrote first concerning human things, but afterwards
352 concerning divine things, because the states existed first, and
353 afterward these things were instituted by them. But the
354 true religion was not instituted by any earthly state, but
355 plainly it established the celestial city. It, however, is
356 inspired and taught by the true God, the giver of eternal life
357 to His true worshippers.
358 The following is the reason Varro gives when he confesses
359 that he had written first concerning human things, and afterwards
360 of divine things, because these divine things were instituted
361 by men:—"As the painter is before the painted
362 tablet, the mason before the edifice, so states are before those
363 things which are instituted by states." But he says that he
364 would have written first concerning the gods, afterwards concerning
365 men, if he had been writing concerning the whole
366 nature of the gods,—as if he were really writing concerning
367 some portion of, and not all, the nature of the gods; or as if,
368 indeed, some portion of, though not all, the nature of the gods
369 ought not to be put before that of men. How, then, comes it
370 that in those three last books, when he is diligently explaining
371 the certain, uncertain, and select gods, he seems to pass
372 over no portion of the nature of the gods? Why, then, does
373 he say, "If we had been writing on the whole nature of the
374 gods, we would first have finished the divine things before we
375 touched the human?" For he either writes concerning the
376 whole nature of the gods, or concerning some portion of it,
377 or concerning no part of it at all. If concerning it all, it is
378 certainly to be put before human things; if concerning some
379 part of it, why should it not, from the very nature of the case,
380 precede human things? Is not even some part of the gods
381 to be preferred to the whole of humanity? But if it is too
382 much to prefer a part of the divine to all human things, that
383 part is certainly worthy to be preferred to the Romans at
384 least. For he writes the books concerning human things, not
385 with reference to the whole world, but only to Rome; which
386 books he says he had properly placed, in the order of writing,
387 before the books on divine things, like a painter before the
388 painted tablet, or a mason before the building, most openly
389 confessing that, as a picture or a structure, even these divine
390 things were instituted by men. There remains only the third
391 supposition, that he is to be understood to have written concerning
392 no divine nature, but that he did not wish to say
393 this openly, but left it to the intelligent to infer; for when
394 one says "not all," usage understands that to mean "some,"
395 but it *may* be understood as meaning *none*, because that which
396 is *none* is neither all nor some. In fact, as he himself says,
397 if he had been writing concerning all the nature of the gods,
398 its due place would have been before human things in the
399 order of writing. But, as the truth declares, even though
400 Varro is silent, the divine nature should have taken precedence
401 of Roman things, though it were not *all*, but only *some*. But
402 it is properly put after, therefore it is *none*. His arrangement,
403 therefore, was due, not to a desire to give human things priority
404 to divine things, but to his unwillingness to prefer false things
405 to true. For in what he wrote on human things, he followed
406 the history of affairs; but in what he wrote concerning those
407 things which they call divine, what else did he follow but
408 mere conjectures about vain things? This, doubtless, is what,
409 in a subtle manner, he wished to signify; not only writing
410 concerning divine things after the human, but even giving
411 a reason why he did so; for if he had suppressed this, some,
412 perchance, would have defended his doing so in one way, and
413 some in another. But in that very reason he has rendered,
414 he has left nothing for men to conjecture at will, and has sufficiently
415 proved that he preferred men to the institutions of
416 men, not the nature of men to the nature of the gods. Thus
417 he confessed that, in writing the books concerning divine
418 things, he did not write concerning the truth which belongs
419 to nature, but the falseness which belongs to error; which
420 he has elsewhere expressed more openly (as I have mentioned
421 in the fourth book[234]), saying that, had he been founding a new
422 city himself, he would have written according to the order of
423 nature; but as he had only found an old one, he could not
424 but follow its custom.
425 5. *Concerning the three kinds of theology according to Varro, namely, one
426 fabulous, the other natural, the third civil.*
427 Now what are we to say of this proposition of his, namely,
428 that there are three kinds of theology, that is, of the account
429 which is given of the gods; and of these, the one is called
430 mythical, the other physical, and the third civil? Did the
431 Latin usage permit, we should call the kind which he has
432 placed first in order *fabular*,[235] but let us call it *fabulous*,[236] for
433 mythical is derived from the Greek μῦθος, a fable; but that
434 the second should be called *natural*, the usage of speech now
435 admits; the third he himself has designated in Latin, calling
436 it *civil*.[237] Then he says, "they call that kind *mythical* which
437 the poets chiefly use; *physical*, that which the philosophers
438 use; *civil*, that which the people use. As to the first I have
439 mentioned," says he, "in it are many fictions, which are contrary
440 to the dignity and nature of the immortals. For we
441 find in it that one god has been born from the head, another
442 from the thigh, another from drops of blood; also, in this
443 we find that gods have stolen, committed adultery, served
444 men; in a word, in this all manner of things are attributed
445 to the gods, such as may befall, not merely any man, but
446 even the most contemptible man." He certainly, where
447 he could, where he dared, where he thought he could do
448 it with impunity, has manifested, without any of the haziness
449 of ambiguity, how great injury was done to the nature
450 of the gods by lying fables; for he was speaking, not concerning
451 natural theology, not concerning civil, but concerning
452 fabulous theology, which he thought he could freely find fault
453 with.
454 Let us see, now, what he says concerning the second kind.
455 "The second kind which I have explained," he says, "is that
456 concerning which philosophers have left many books, in which
457 they treat such questions as these: what gods there are, where
458 they are, of what kind and character they are, since what time
459 they have existed, or if they have existed from eternity;
460 whether they are of fire, as Heraclitus believes; or of number,
461 as Pythagoras; or of atoms, as Epicurus says; and other such
462 things, which men's ears can more easily hear inside the walls
463 of a school than outside in the Forum." He finds fault with
464 nothing in this kind of theology which they call *physical*, and
465 which belongs to philosophers, except that he has related their
466 controversies among themselves, through which there has arisen
467 a multitude of dissentient sects. Nevertheless he has removed
468 this kind from the Forum, that is, from the populace, but he
469 has shut it up in schools. But that first kind, most false and
470 most base, he has not removed from the citizens. Oh, the religious
471 ears of the people, and among them even those of the
472 Romans, that are not able to bear what the philosophers dispute
473 concerning the gods! But when the poets sing and stage-players
474 act such things as are derogatory to the dignity and
475 the nature of the immortals, such as may befall not a man
476 merely, but the most contemptible man, they not only bear,
477 but willingly listen to. Nor is this all, but they even consider
478 that these things please the gods, and that they are
479 propitiated by them.
480 But some one may say, Let us distinguish these two kinds
481 of theology, the mythical and the physical,—that is, the
482 fabulous and the natural,—from this civil kind about which
483 we are now speaking. Anticipating this, he himself has distinguished
484 them. Let us see now how he explains the civil
485 theology itself. I see, indeed, why it should be distinguished
486 as fabulous, even because it is false, because it is base, because
487 it is unworthy. But to wish to distinguish the natural from
488 the civil, what else is that but to confess that the civil itself
489 is false? For if that be natural, what fault has it that it
490 should be excluded? And if this which is called civil be not
491 natural, what merit has it that it should be admitted? This,
492 in truth, is the cause why he wrote first concerning human
493 things, and afterwards concerning divine things; since in
494 divine things he did not follow nature, but the institution
495 of men. Let us look at this civil theology of his. "The
496 third kind," says he, "is that which citizens in cities, and
497 especially the priests, ought to know and to administer. From
498 it is to be known what god each one may suitably worship,
499 what sacred rites and sacrifices each one may suitably perform."
500 Let us still attend to what follows. "The first theology,"
501 he says, "is especially adapted to the theatre, the second
502 to the world, the third to the city." Who does not see to
503 which he gives the palm? Certainly to the second, which
504 he said above is that of the philosophers. For he testifies
505 that this pertains to the world, than which they think there
506 is nothing better. But those two theologies, the first and the
507 third,—to wit, those of the theatre and of the city,—has he
508 distinguished them or united them? For although we see
509 that the city is in the world, we do not see that it follows
510 that any things belonging to the city pertain to the world.
511 For it is possible that such things may be worshipped and
512 believed in the city, according to false opinions, as have no
513 existence either in the world or out of it. But where is the
514 theatre but in the city? Who instituted the theatre but the
515 state? For what purpose did it constitute it but for scenic
516 plays? And to what class of things do scenic plays belong
517 but to those divine things concerning which these books of
518 Varro's are written with so much ability?
519 6. *Concerning the mythic, that is, the fabulous, theology, and the civil,
520 against Varro.*
521 O Marcus Varro! thou art the most acute, and without
522 doubt the most learned, but still a man, not God,—now lifted
523 up by the Spirit of God to see and to announce divine things,
524 thou seest, indeed, that divine things are to be separated from
525 human trifles and lies, but thou fearest to offend those most
526 corrupt opinions of the populace, and their customs in public
527 superstitions, which thou thyself, when thou considerest them
528 on all sides, perceivest, and all your literature loudly pronounces
529 to be abhorrent from the nature of the gods, even
530 of such gods as the frailty of the human mind supposes to
531 exist in the elements of this world. What can the most
532 excellent human talent do here? What can human learning,
533 though manifold, avail thee in this perplexity? Thou
534 desirest to worship the natural gods; thou art compelled to
535 worship the civil. Thou hast found some of the gods to be
536 fabulous, on whom thou vomitest forth very freely what thou
537 thinkest, and, whether thou willest or not, thou wettest therewith
538 even the civil gods. Thou sayest, forsooth, that the
539 fabulous are adapted to the theatre, the natural to the world,
540 and the civil to the city; though the world is a divine work,
541 but cities and theatres are the works of men, and though the
542 gods who are laughed at in the theatre are not other than
543 those who are adored in the temples; and ye do not exhibit
544 games in honour of other gods than those to whom ye immolate
545 victims. How much more freely and more subtly
546 wouldst thou have decided these hadst thou said that some
547 gods are natural, others established by men; and concerning
548 those who have been so established, the literature of the poets
549 gives one account, and that of the priests another,—both of
550 which are, nevertheless, so friendly the one to the other,
551 through fellowship in falsehood, that they are both pleasing
552 to the demons, to whom the doctrine of the truth is hostile.
553 That theology, therefore, which they call natural, being
554 put aside for a moment, as it is afterwards to be discussed,
555 we ask if any one is really content to seek a hope for
556 eternal life from poetical, theatrical, scenic gods? Perish
557 the thought! The true God avert so wild and sacrilegious
558 a madness! What, is eternal life to be asked from those
559 gods whom these things pleased, and whom these things propitiate,
560 in which their own crimes are represented? No one,
561 as I think, has arrived at such a pitch of headlong and
562 furious impiety. So then, neither by the fabulous nor by
563 the civil theology does any one obtain eternal life. For the
564 one sows base things concerning the gods by feigning them,
565 the other reaps by cherishing them; the one scatters lies, the
566 other gathers them together; the one pursues divine things
567 with false crimes, the other incorporates among divine things
568 the plays which are made up of these crimes; the one sounds
569 abroad in human songs impious fictions concerning the gods,
570 the other consecrates these for the festivities of the gods
571 themselves; the one sings the misdeeds and crimes of the
572 gods, the other loves them; the one gives forth or feigns, the
573 other either attests the true or delights in the false. Both
574 are base; both are damnable. But the one which is theatrical
575 teaches public abomination, and that one which is of the city
576 adorns itself with that abomination. Shall eternal life be
577 hoped for from these, by which this short and temporal life
578 is polluted? Does the society of wicked men pollute our life
579 if they insinuate themselves into our affections, and win our
580 assent? and does not the society of demons pollute the life,
581 who are worshipped with their own crimes?—if with true
582 crimes, how wicked the demons! if with false, how wicked
583 the worship!
584 When we say these things, it may perchance seem to some
585 one who is very ignorant of these matters that only those
586 things concerning the gods which are sung in the songs of
587 the poets and acted on the stage are unworthy of the divine
588 majesty, and ridiculous, and too detestable to be celebrated,
589 whilst those sacred things which not stage-players but priests
590 perform are pure and free from all unseemliness. Had this
591 been so, never would any one have thought that these theatrical
592 abominations should be celebrated in their honour, never
593 would the gods themselves have ordered them to be performed
594 to them. But men are in nowise ashamed to perform these
595 things in the theatres, because similar things are carried on
596 in the temples. In short, when the fore-mentioned author
597 attempted to distinguish the civil theology from the fabulous
598 and natural, as a sort of third and distinct kind, he wished it
599 to be understood to be rather tempered by both than separated
600 from either. For he says that those things which the poets
601 write are less than the people ought to follow, whilst what
602 the philosophers say is more than it is expedient for the people
603 to pry into. "Which," says he, "differ in such a way, that
604 nevertheless not a few things from both of them have been
605 taken to the account of the civil theology; wherefore we will
606 indicate what the civil theology has in common with that of
607 the poet, though it ought to be more closely connected with
608 the theology of philosophers." Civil theology is therefore not
609 quite disconnected from that of the poets. Nevertheless, in
610 another place, concerning the generations of the gods, he says
611 that the people are more inclined toward the poets than toward
612 the physical theologists. For in this place he said what ought
613 to be done; in that other place, what was really done. He
614 said that the latter had written for the sake of utility, but the
615 poets for the sake of amusement. And hence the things from
616 the poets' writings, which the people ought not to follow, are
617 the crimes of the gods; which, nevertheless, amuse both the
618 people and the gods. For, for amusement's sake, he says, the
619 poets write, and not for that of utility; nevertheless they write
620 such things as the gods will desire, and the people perform.
621 7. *Concerning the likeness and agreement of the fabulous and civil theologies.*
622 That theology, therefore, which is fabulous, theatrical, scenic,
623 and full of all baseness and unseemliness, is taken up into
624 the civil theology; and part of that theology, which in its
625 totality is deservedly judged to be worthy of reprobation and
626 rejection, is pronounced worthy to be cultivated and observed;—not
627 at all an incongruous part, as I have undertaken to
628 show, and one which, being alien to the whole body, was
629 unsuitably attached to and suspended from it, but a part
630 entirely congruous with, and most harmoniously fitted to
631 the rest, as a member of the same body. For what else
632 do those images, forms, ages, sexes, characteristics of the
633 gods show? If the poets have Jupiter with a beard, and
634 Mercury beardless, have not the priests the same? Is the
635 Priapus of the priests less obscene than the Priapus of the
636 players? Does he receive the adoration of worshippers in a
637 different form from that in which he moves about the stage
638 for the amusement of spectators? Is not Saturn old and
639 Apollo young in the shrines where their images stand, as well
640 as when represented by actor's masks? Why are Forculus,
641 who presides over doors, and Limentinus, who presides over
642 thresholds and lintels, male gods, and Cardea between them
643 feminine, who presides over hinges? Are not those things
644 found in books on divine things, which grave poets have
645 deemed unworthy of their verses? Does the Diana of the
646 theatre carry arms, whilst the Diana of the city is simply a
647 virgin? Is the stage Apollo a lyrist, but the Delphic Apollo
648 ignorant of this art? But these things are decent compared
649 with the more shameful things. What was thought of Jupiter
650 himself by those who placed his wet nurse in the Capitol?
651 Did they not bear witness to Euhemerus, who, not with the
652 garrulity of a fable-teller, but with the gravity of an historian
653 who had diligently investigated the matter, wrote that all such
654 gods had been men and mortals? And they who appointed
655 the Epulones as parasites at the table of Jupiter, what else did
656 they wish for but mimic sacred rites? For if any mimic had
657 said that parasites of Jupiter were made use of at his table,
658 he would assuredly have appeared to be seeking to call forth
659 laughter. Varro said it,—not when he was mocking, but when
660 he was commending the gods did he say it. His books on
661 divine, not on human, things testify that he wrote this,—not
662 where he set forth the scenic games, but where he explained
663 the Capitoline laws. In a word, he is conquered, and
664 confesses that, as they made the gods with a human form, so
665 they believed that they are delighted with human pleasures.
666 For also malign spirits were not so wanting to their own
667 business as not to confirm noxious opinions in the minds of
668 men by converting them into sport. Whence also is that
669 story about the sacristan of Hercules, which says that, having
670 nothing to do, he took to playing at dice as a pastime, throwing
671 them alternately with the one hand for Hercules, with the
672 other for himself, with this understanding, that if he should
673 win, he should from the funds of the temple prepare himself
674 a supper, and hire a mistress; but if Hercules should win
675 the game, he himself should, at his own expense, provide the
676 same for the pleasure of Hercules. Then, when he had been
677 beaten by himself, as though by Hercules, he gave to the god
678 Hercules the supper he owed him, and also the most noble
679 harlot Larentina. But she, having fallen asleep in the temple,
680 dreamed that Hercules had had intercourse with her, and had
681 said to her that she would find her payment with the youth
682 whom she should first meet on leaving the temple, and that
683 she was to believe this to be paid to her by Hercules. And
684 so the first youth that met her on going out was the wealthy
685 Tarutius, who kept her a long time, and when he died left her
686 his heir. She, having obtained a most ample fortune, that she
687 should not seem ungrateful for the divine hire, in her turn
688 made the Roman people her heir, which she thought to be
689 most acceptable to the deities; and, having disappeared, the
690 will was found. By which meritorious conduct they say that
691 she gained divine honours.
692 Now had these things been feigned by the poets and acted
693 by the mimics, they would without any doubt have been said
694 to pertain to the fabulous theology, and would have been judged
695 worthy to be separated from the dignity of the civil theology.
696 But when these shameful things,—not of the poets, but of the
697 people; not of the mimics, but of the sacred things; not of
698 the theatres, but of the temples, that is, not of the fabulous,
699 but of the civil theology,—are reported by so great an author,
700 not in vain do the actors represent with theatrical art the
701 baseness of the gods, which is so great; but surely in vain do
702 the priests attempt, by rites called sacred, to represent their
703 nobleness of character, which has no existence. There are
704 sacred rites of Juno; and these are celebrated in her beloved
705 island, Samos, where she was given in marriage to Jupiter.
706 There are sacred rites of Ceres, in which Proserpine is sought
707 for, having been carried off by Pluto. There are sacred rites
708 Venus, in which, her beloved Adonis being slain by a boar's
709 tooth, the lovely youth is lamented. There are sacred rites of
710 the mother of the gods, in which the beautiful youth Atys,
711 loved by her, and castrated by her through a woman's jealousy,
712 is deplored by men who have suffered the like calamity, whom
713 they call Galli. Since, then, these things are more unseemly
714 than all scenic abomination, why is it that they strive to
715 separate, as it were, the fabulous fictions of the poet concerning
716 the gods, as, forsooth, pertaining to the theatre, from the
717 civil theology which they wish to belong to the city, as though
718 they were separating from noble and worthy things, things unworthy
719 and base? Wherefore there is more reason to thank
720 the stage-actors, who have spared the eyes of men, and have
721 not laid bare by theatrical exhibition all the things which are
722 hid by the walls of the temples. What good is to be thought
723 of their sacred rites which are concealed in darkness, when
724 those which are brought forth into the light are so detestable?
725 And certainly they themselves have seen what they transact
726 in secret through the agency of mutilated and effeminate men.
727 Yet they have *not* been able to conceal those same men miserably
728 and vilely enervated and corrupted. Let them persuade
729 whom they can that they transact anything holy through such
730 men, who, they cannot deny, are numbered, and live among
731 their sacred things. We know not what they transact, but
732 we know through whom they transact; for we know what
733 things are transacted on the stage, where never, even in a
734 chorus of harlots, hath one who is mutilated or an effeminate
735 appeared. And, nevertheless, even these things are acted by
736 vile and infamous characters; for, indeed, they ought not to
737 be acted by men of good character. What, then, are those
738 sacred rites, for the performance of which holiness has chosen
739 such men as not even the obscenity of the stage has admitted?
740 8. *Concerning the interpretations, consisting of natural explanations, which the
741 pagan teachers attempt to show for their gods.*
742 But all these things, they say, have certain physical, that
743 is, natural interpretations, showing their natural meaning;
744 as though in this disputation we were seeking physics and
745 not theology, which is the account, not of nature, but of God.
746 For although He who is the true God is God, not by opinion,
747 but by nature, nevertheless all nature is not God; for there
748 is certainly a nature of man, of a beast, of a tree, of a stone,—none
749 of which is God. For if, when the question is concerning
750 the mother of the gods, that from which the whole
751 system of interpretation starts certainly is, that the mother of
752 the gods is the earth, why do we make further inquiry? why
753 do we carry our investigation through all the rest of it?
754 What can more manifestly favour them who say that all those
755 gods were men? For they are earth-born in the sense that
756 the earth is their mother. But in the true theology the earth
757 is the work, not the mother, of God. But in whatever way
758 their sacred rites may be interpreted, and, whatever reference
759 they may have to the nature of things, it is not according to
760 nature, but contrary to nature, that men should be effeminates.
761 This disease, this crime, this abomination, has a recognised
762 place among those sacred things, though even depraved men
763 will scarcely be compelled by torments to confess they are
764 guilty of it. Again, if these sacred rites, which are proved to
765 be fouler than scenic abominations, are excused and justified
766 on the ground that they have their own interpretations, by
767 which they are shown to symbolize the nature of things, why
768 are not the poetical things in like manner excused and justified?
769 For many have interpreted even these in like fashion, to such
770 a degree that even that which they say is the most monstrous
771 and most horrible,—namely, that Saturn devoured his own
772 children,—has been interpreted by some of them to mean
773 that length of time, which is signified by the name of Saturn,
774 consumes whatever it begets; or that, as the same Varro
775 thinks, Saturn belongs to seeds which fall back again into the
776 earth from whence they spring. And so one interprets it in
777 one way, and one in another. And the same is to be said
778 of all the rest of this theology.
779 And, nevertheless, it is called the fabulous theology, and is
780 censured, cast off, rejected, together with all such interpretations
781 belonging to it. And not only by the natural theology,
782 which is that of the philosophers, but also by this civil theology,
783 concerning which we are speaking, which is asserted to pertain
784 to cities and peoples, it is judged worthy of repudiation, because
785 it has invented unworthy things concerning the gods.
786 Of which, I wot, this is the secret: that those most acute and
787 learned men, by whom those things were written, understood
788 that both theologies ought to be rejected,—to wit, both that
789 fabulous and this civil one,—but the former they dared to
790 reject, the latter they dared not; the former they set forth to
791 be censured, the latter they showed to be very like it; not that
792 it might be chosen to be held in preference to the other,
793 but that it might be understood to be worthy of being rejected
794 together with it. And thus, without danger to those who
795 feared to censure the civil theology, both of them being brought
796 into contempt, that theology which they call natural might
797 find a place in better disposed minds; for the civil and the
798 fabulous are both fabulous and both civil. He who shall
799 wisely inspect the vanities and obscenities of both will find
800 that they are both fabulous; and he who shall direct his
801 attention to the scenic plays pertaining to the fabulous theology
802 in the festivals of the civil gods, and in the divine rites
803 of the cities, will find they are both civil. How, then, can
804 the power of giving eternal life be attributed to any of those
805 gods whose own images and sacred rites convict them of being
806 most like to the fabulous gods, which are most openly reprobated,
807 in forms, ages, sex, characteristics, marriages, generations,
808 rites; in all which things they are understood either to have
809 been men, and to have had their sacred rites and solemnities
810 instituted in their honour according to the life or death of
811 each of them, the demons suggesting and confirming this error,
812 or certainly most foul spirits, who, taking advantage of some
813 occasion or other, have stolen into the minds of men to deceive
814 them?
815 9. *Concerning the special offices of the gods.*
816 And as to those very offices of the gods, so meanly and so
817 minutely portioned out, so that they say that they ought to be
818 supplicated, each one according to his special function,—about
819 which we have spoken much already, though not all that is to
820 be said concerning it,—are they not more consistent with
821 mimic buffoonery than divine majesty? If any one should
822 use two nurses for his infant, one of whom should give nothing
823 but food, the other nothing but drink, as these make use of
824 two goddesses for this purpose, Educa and Potina, he should
825 certainly seem to be foolish, and to do in his house a thing
826 worthy of a mimic. They would have Liber to have been
827 named from "liberation," because through him males at the
828 time of copulation are liberated by the emission of the seed.
829 They also say that Libera (the same in their opinion as Venus)
830 exercises the same function in the case of women, because they
831 say that they also emit seed; and they also say that on this
832 account the same part of the male and of the female is placed
833 in the temple, that of the male to Liber, and that of the female
834 to Libera. To these things they add the women assigned to
835 Liber, and the wine for exciting lust. Thus the Bacchanalia
836 are celebrated with the utmost insanity, with respect to which
837 Varro himself confesses that such things would not be done
838 by the Bacchanals except their minds were highly excited.
839 These things, however, afterwards displeased a saner senate,
840 and it ordered them to be discontinued. Here, at length, they
841 perhaps perceived how much power unclean spirits, when held
842 to be gods, exercise over the minds of men. These things,
843 certainly, were not to be done in the theatres; for there they
844 play, not rave, although to have gods who are delighted with
845 such plays is very like raving.
846 But what kind of distinction is this which he makes between
847 the religious and the superstitious man, saying that the gods
848 are feared[238] by the superstitious man, but are reverenced[239] as
849 parents by the religious man, not feared as enemies; and that
850 they are all so good that they will more readily spare those
851 who are impious than hurt one who is innocent? And yet he
852 tells us that three gods are assigned as guardians to a woman
853 after she has been delivered, lest the god Silvanus come in
854 and molest her; and that in order to signify the presence of
855 these protectors, three men go round the house during the night,
856 and first strike the threshold with a hatchet, next with a pestle,
857 and the third time sweep it with a brush, in order that these
858 symbols of agriculture having been exhibited, the god Silvanus
859 might be hindered from entering, because neither are trees cut
860 down or pruned without a hatchet, neither is grain ground
861 without a pestle, nor corn heaped up without a besom. Now
862 from these three things three gods have been named: Intercidona,
863 from the cut[240] made by the hatchet; Pilumnus, from the
864 pestle; Diverra, from the besom;—by which guardian gods the
865 woman who has been delivered is preserved against the power
866 of the god Silvanus. Thus the guardianship of kindly-disposed
867 gods would not avail against the malice of a mischievous god,
868 unless they were three to one, and fought against him, as it
869 were, with the opposing emblems of cultivation, who, being an
870 inhabitant of the woods, is rough, horrible, and uncultivated.
871 Is this the innocence of the gods? Is this their concord?
872 Are these the health-giving deities of the cities, more ridiculous
873 than the things which are laughed at in the theatres?
874 When a male and a female are united, the god Jugatinus presides.
875 Well, let this be borne with. But the married woman
876 must be brought home: the god Domiducus also is invoked.
877 That she may be in the house, the god Domitius is introduced.
878 That she may remain with her husband, the goddess Manturnæ
879 is used. What more is required? Let human modesty
880 be spared. Let the lust of flesh and blood go on with the
881 rest, the secret of shame being respected. Why is the bedchamber
882 filled with a crowd of deities, when even the groomsmen[241]
883 have departed? And, moreover, it is so filled, not that
884 in consideration of their presence more regard may be paid to
885 chastity, but that by their help the woman, naturally of the
886 weaker sex, and trembling with the novelty of her situation,
887 may the more readily yield her virginity. For there are the
888 goddess Virginiensis, and the god-father Subigus, and the
889 goddess-mother Prema, and the goddess Pertunda, and Venus,
890 and Priapus.[242] What is this? If it was absolutely necessary
891 that a man, labouring at this work, should be helped by the
892 gods, might not some one god or goddess have been sufficient?
893 Was Venus not sufficient alone, who is even said to be named
894 from this, that without her power a woman does not cease to
895 be a virgin? If there is any shame in men, which is not in
896 the deities, is it not the case that, when the married couple
897 believe that so many gods of either sex are present, and busy
898 at this work, they are so much affected with shame, that the
899 man is less moved, and the woman more reluctant? And
900 certainly, if the goddess Virginiensis is present to loose the
901 virgin's zone, if the god Subigus is present that the virgin
902 may be got under the man, if the goddess Prema is present
903 that, having been got under him, she may be kept down, and
904 may not move herself, what has the goddess Pertunda to do
905 there? Let her blush; let her go forth. Let the husband
906 himself do something. It is disgraceful that any one but himself
907 should do that from which she gets her name. But perhaps
908 she is tolerated because she is said to be a goddess, and
909 not a god. For if she were believed to be a male, and were
910 called Pertundus, the husband would demand more help against
911 him for the chastity of his wife than the newly-delivered
912 woman against Silvanus. But why am I saying this, when
913 Priapus, too, is there, a male to excess, upon whose immense
914 and most unsightly member the newly-married bride is commanded
915 to sit, according to the most honourable and most
916 religious custom of matrons?
917 Let them go on, and let them attempt with all the subtlety
918 they can to distinguish the civil theology from the fabulous,
919 the cities from the theatres, the temples from the stages, the
920 sacred things of the priests from the songs of the poets,
921 as honourable things from base things, truthful things from
922 fallacious, grave from light, serious from ludicrous, desirable
923 things from things to be rejected, we understand what they
924 do. They are aware that that theatrical and fabulous theology
925 hangs by the civil, and is reflected back upon it from the songs
926 of the poets as from a mirror; and thus, that theology having
927 been exposed to view which they do not dare to condemn, they
928 more freely assail and censure that picture of it, in order that
929 those who perceive what they mean may detest this very face
930 itself of which that is the picture,—which, however, the gods
931 themselves, as though seeing themselves in the same mirror,
932 love so much, that it is better seen in both of them who and
933 what they are. Whence, also, they have compelled their worshippers,
934 with terrible commands, to dedicate to them the uncleanness
935 of the fabulous theology, to put them among their
936 solemnities, and reckon them among divine things; and thus
937 they have both shown themselves more manifestly to be most
938 impure spirits, and have made that rejected and reprobated
939 theatrical theology a member and a part of this, as it were,
940 chosen and approved theology of the city, so that, though the
941 whole is disgraceful and false, and contains in it fictitious
942 gods, one part of it is in the literature of the priests, the other
943 in the songs of the poets. Whether it may have other parts
944 is another question. At present, I think, I have sufficiently
945 shown, on account of the division of Varro, that the theology
946 of the city and that of the theatre belong to one civil theology.
947 Wherefore, because they are both equally disgraceful, absurd,
948 shameful, false, far be it from religious men to hope for eternal
949 life from either the one or the other.
950 In fine, even Varro himself, in his account and enumeration
951 of the gods, starts from the moment of a man's conception.
952 He commences the series of those gods who take charge of
953 man with Janus, carries it on to the death of the man decrepit
954 with age, and terminates it with the goddess Nænia,
955 who is sung at the funerals of the aged. After that, he begins
956 to give an account of the other gods, whose province is not
957 man himself, but man's belongings, as food, clothing, and all
958 that is necessary for this life; and, in the case of all these,
959 he explains what is the special office of each, and for what
960 each ought to be supplicated. But with all this scrupulous
961 and comprehensive diligence, he has neither proved the existence,
962 nor so much as mentioned the name, of any god from
963 whom eternal life is to be sought,—the one object for which
964 we are Christians. Who, then, is so stupid as not to perceive
965 that this man, by setting forth and opening up so diligently
966 the civil theology, and by exhibiting its likeness to that fabulous,
967 shameful, and disgraceful theology, and also by teaching
968 that that fabulous sort is also a part of this other, was labouring
969 to obtain a place in the minds of men for none but that
970 natural theology which he says pertains to philosophers, with
971 such subtlety that he censures the fabulous, and, not daring
972 openly to censure the civil, shows its censurable character by
973 simply exhibiting it; and thus, both being reprobated by the
974 judgment of men of right understanding, the natural alone remains
975 to be chosen? But concerning this in its own place, by
976 the help of the true God, we have to discuss more diligently.
977 10. *Concerning the liberty of Seneca, who more vehemently censured the civil
978 theology than Varro did the fabulous.*
979 That liberty, in truth, which this man wanted, so that
980 he did not dare to censure that theology of the city, which
981 is very similar to the theatrical, so openly as he did the
982 theatrical itself, was, though not fully, yet in part possessed
983 by Annæus Seneca, whom we have some evidence to show to
984 have flourished in the times of our apostles. It was in part
985 possessed by him, I say, for he possessed it in writing, but
986 not in living. For in that book which he wrote against
987 superstition,[243] he more copiously and vehemently censured
988 that civil and urban theology than Varro the theatrical and
989 fabulous. For, when speaking concerning images, he says,
990 "They dedicate images of the sacred and inviolable immortals
991 in most worthless and motionless matter. They give them
992 the appearance of man, beasts, and fishes, and some make
993 them of mixed sex, and heterogeneous bodies. They call
994 them deities, when they are such that if they should get
995 breath and should suddenly meet them, they would be held
996 to be monsters." Then, a while afterwards, when extolling
997 the natural theology, he had expounded the sentiments of
998 certain philosophers, he opposes to himself a question, and
999 says, "Here some one says, Shall I believe that the heavens
1000 and the earth are gods, and that some are above the moon
1001 and some below it? Shall I bring forward either Plato or the
1002 peripatetic Strato, one of whom made God to be without a
1003 body, the other without a mind?" In answer to which he
1004 says, "And, really, what truer do the dreams of Titus Tatius,
1005 or Romulus, or Tullus Hostilius appear to thee? Tatius declared
1006 the divinity of the goddess Cloacina; Romulus that of
1007 Picus and Tiberinus; Tullus Hostilius that of Pavor and Pallor,
1008 the most disagreeable affections of men, the one of which
1009 is the agitation of the mind under fright, the other that of the
1010 body, not a disease, indeed, but a change of colour." Wilt
1011 thou rather believe that these are deities, and receive them
1012 into heaven? But with what freedom he has written concerning
1013 the rites themselves, cruel and shameful! "One,"
1014 he says, "castrates himself, another cuts his arms. Where
1015 will they find room for the fear of these gods when angry,
1016 who use such means of gaining their favour when propitious?
1017 But gods who wish to be worshipped in this fashion should
1018 be worshipped in none. So great is the frenzy of the mind
1019 when perturbed and driven from its seat, that the gods are
1020 propitiated by men in a manner in which not even men of
1021 the greatest ferocity and fable-renowned cruelty vent their
1022 rage. Tyrants have lacerated the limbs of some; they never
1023 ordered any one to lacerate his own. For the gratification of
1024 royal lust, some have been castrated; but no one ever, by
1025 the command of his lord, laid violent hands on himself to
1026 emasculate himself. They kill themselves in the temples.
1027 They supplicate with their wounds and with their blood. If
1028 any one has time to see the things they do and the things
1029 they suffer, he will find so many things unseemly for men of
1030 respectability, so unworthy of freemen, so unlike the doings
1031 of sane men, that no one would doubt that they are mad, had
1032 they been mad with the minority; but now the multitude of
1033 the insane is the defence of their sanity."
1034 He next relates those things which are wont to be done
1035 in the Capitol, and with the utmost intrepidity insists that
1036 they are such things as one could only believe to be done
1037 by men making sport, or by madmen. For, having spoken
1038 with derision of this, that in the Egyptian sacred rites Osiris,
1039 being lost, is lamented for, but straightway, when found, is
1040 the occasion of great joy by his reappearance, because both
1041 the losing and the finding of him are feigned; and yet that
1042 grief and that joy which are elicited thereby from those who
1043 have lost nothing and found nothing are real;—having, I say,
1044 so spoken of this, he says, "Still there is a fixed time for
1045 this frenzy. It is tolerable to go mad once in the year. Go
1046 into the Capitol. One is suggesting divine commands[244] to a
1047 god; another is telling the hours to Jupiter; one is a lictor;
1048 another is an anointer, who with the mere movement of his
1049 arms imitates one anointing. There are women who arrange
1050 the hair of Juno and Minerva, standing far away not only
1051 from her image, but even from her temple. These move their
1052 fingers in the manner of hair-dressers. There are some women
1053 who hold a mirror. There are some who are calling the gods
1054 to assist them in court. There are some who are holding up
1055 documents to them, and are explaining to them their cases.
1056 A learned and distinguished comedian, now old and decrepit,
1057 was daily playing the mimic in the Capitol, as though the gods
1058 would gladly be spectators of that which men had ceased to
1059 care about. Every kind of artificers working for the immortal
1060 gods is dwelling there in idleness." And a little after he says,
1061 "Nevertheless these, though they give themselves up to the
1062 gods for purposes superfluous enough, do not do so for any
1063 abominable or infamous purpose. There sit certain women in
1064 the Capitol who think they are beloved by Jupiter; nor are
1065 they frightened even by the look of the, if you will believe
1066 the poets, most wrathful Juno."
1067 This liberty Varro did not enjoy. It was only the poetical
1068 theology he seemed to censure. The civil, which this man
1069 cuts to pieces, he was not bold enough to impugn. But if we
1070 attend to the truth, the temples where these things are performed
1071 are far worse than the theatres where they are represented.
1072 Whence, with respect to these sacred rites of the
1073 civil theology, Seneca preferred, as the best course to be followed
1074 by a wise man, to feign respect for them in act, but to
1075 have no real regard for them at heart. "All which things,"
1076 he says, "a wise man will observe as being commanded by
1077 the laws, but not as being pleasing to the gods." And a little
1078 after he says, "And what of this, that we unite the gods in
1079 marriage, and that not even naturally, for we join brothers
1080 and sisters? We marry Bellona to Mars, Venus to Vulcan,
1081 Salacia to Neptune. Some of them we leave unmarried, as
1082 though there were no match for them, which is surely needless,
1083 especially when there are certain unmarried goddesses,
1084 as Populonia, or Fulgora, or the goddess Rumina, for whom
1085 I am not astonished that suitors have been awanting. All
1086 this ignoble crowd of gods, which the superstition of ages has
1087 amassed, we ought," he says, "to adore in such a way as to remember
1088 all the while that its worship belongs rather to custom
1089 than to reality." Wherefore, neither those laws nor customs
1090 instituted in the civil theology that which was pleasing to the
1091 gods, or which pertained to reality. But this man, whom
1092 philosophy had made, as it were, free, nevertheless, because
1093 he was an illustrious senator of the Roman people, worshipped
1094 what he censured, did what he condemned, adored
1095 what he reproached, because, forsooth, philosophy had taught
1096 him something great,—namely, not to be superstitious in the
1097 world, but, on account of the laws of cities and the customs
1098 of men, to be an actor, not on the stage, but in the temples,—conduct
1099 the more to be condemned, that those things which
1100 he was deceitfully acting he so acted that the people thought
1101 he was acting sincerely. But a stage-actor would rather
1102 delight people by acting plays than take them in by false
1103 pretences.
1104 11. *What Seneca thought concerning the Jews.*
1105 Seneca, among the other superstitions of civil theology,
1106 also found fault with the sacred things of the Jews, and
1107 especially the sabbaths, affirming that they act uselessly in
1108 keeping those seventh days, whereby they lose through idleness
1109 about the seventh part of their life, and also many
1110 things which demand immediate attention are damaged. The
1111 Christians, however, who were already most hostile to the
1112 Jews, he did not dare to mention, either for praise or blame,
1113 lest, if he praised them, he should do so against the ancient
1114 custom of his country, or, perhaps, if he should blame them,
1115 he should do so against his own will.
1116 When he was speaking concerning those Jews, he said,
1117 "When, meanwhile, the customs of that most accursed nation
1118 have gained such strength that they have been now received in
1119 all lands, the conquered have given laws to the conquerors."
1120 By these words he expresses his astonishment; and, not knowing
1121 what the providence of God was leading him to say, subjoins
1122 in plain words an opinion by which he showed what
1123 he thought about the meaning of those sacred institutions:
1124 "For," he says, "those, however, know the cause of their rites,
1125 whilst the greater part of the people know not why they perform
1126 theirs." But concerning the solemnities of the Jews,
1127 either why or how far they were instituted by divine authority,
1128 and afterwards, in due time, by the same authority taken
1129 away from the people of God, to whom the mystery of eternal
1130 life was revealed, we have both spoken elsewhere, especially
1131 when we were treating against the Manichæans, and also intend
1132 to speak in this work in a more suitable place.
1133 >
1134 >
1135 >
1136 12. *That when once the vanity of the gods of the nations has been exposed, it
1137 > cannot be doubted that they are unable to bestow eternal life on any one,
1138 > when they cannot afford help even with respect to the things of this temporal
1139 > life.*
1140 Now, since there are three theologies, which the Greeks
1141 call respectively mythical, physical, and political, and which
1142 may be called in Latin fabulous, natural, and civil; and since
1143 neither from the fabulous, which even the worshippers of
1144 many and false gods have themselves most freely censured,
1145 nor from the civil, of which that is convicted of being a part,
1146 or even worse than it, can eternal life be hoped for from any
1147 of these theologies,—if any one thinks that what has been
1148 said in this book is not enough for him, let him also add to
1149 it the many and various dissertations concerning God as the
1150 giver of felicity, contained in the former books, especially the
1151 fourth one.
1152 For to what but to felicity should men consecrate themselves,
1153 were felicity a goddess? However, as it is not a
1154 goddess, but a gift of God, to what God but the giver of
1155 happiness ought we to consecrate ourselves, who piously love
1156 eternal life, in which there is true and full felicity? But I
1157 think, from what has been said, no one ought to doubt that
1158 none of those gods is the giver of happiness, who are worshipped
1159 with such shame, and who, if they are not so worshipped,
1160 are more shamefully enraged, and thus confess that
1161 they are most foul spirits. Moreover, how can he give eternal
1162 life who cannot give happiness? For we mean by eternal life
1163 that life where there is endless happiness. For if the soul
1164 live in eternal punishments, by which also those unclean
1165 spirits shall be tormented, that is rather eternal death than
1166 eternal life. For there is no greater or worse death than
1167 when death never dies. But because the soul from its very
1168 nature, being created immortal, cannot be without some kind
1169 of life, its utmost death is alienation from the life of God in
1170 an eternity of punishment. So, then, He only who gives true
1171 happiness gives eternal life, that is, an endlessly happy life.
1172 And since those gods whom this civil theology worships have
1173 been proved to be unable to give this happiness, they ought
1174 not to be worshipped on account of those temporal and terrestrial
1175 things, as we showed in the five former books, much less
1176 on account of eternal life, which is to be after death, as
1177 we have sought to show in this one book especially, whilst
1178 the other books also lend it their co-operation. But since the
1179 strength of inveterate habit has its roots very deep, if any one
1180 thinks that I have not disputed sufficiently to show that this
1181 civil theology ought to be rejected and shunned, let him attend
1182 to another book which, with God's help, is to be joined to this
1183 one.
BOOK VII
37 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
40 >
41 >
42 >
43 IN THIS BOOK IT IS SHOWN THAT ETERNAL LIFE IS NOT OBTAINED BY THE
44 > WORSHIP OF JANUS, JUPITER, SATURN, AND THE OTHER "SELECT GODS" OF
45 > THE CIVIL THEOLOGY.
46 PREFACE.
47 It will be the duty of those who are endowed with quicker
48 and better understandings, in whose case the former books
49 are sufficient, and more than sufficient, to effect their intended
50 object, to bear with me with patience and equanimity whilst
51 I attempt with more than ordinary diligence to tear up and
52 eradicate depraved and ancient opinions hostile to the truth
53 of piety, which the long-continued error of the human race
54 has fixed very deeply in unenlightened minds; co-operating
55 also in this, according to my little measure, with the grace of
56 Him who, being the true God, is able to accomplish it, and
57 on whose help I depend in my work; and, for the sake of
58 others, such should not deem superfluous what they feel to be
59 no longer necessary for themselves. A very great matter is
60 at stake when the true and truly holy divinity is commended
61 to men as that which they ought to seek after and to worship;
62 not, however, on account of the transitory vapour of
63 mortal life, but on account of life eternal, which alone is
64 blessed, although the help necessary for this frail life we are
65 now living is also afforded us by it.
66 1. *Whether, since it is evident that Deity is not to be found in the civil theology,
67 we are to believe that it is to be found in the select gods.*
68 If there is any one whom the sixth book, which I have last
69 finished, has not persuaded that this divinity, or, so to speak,
70 deity—for this word also our authors do not hesitate to use,
71 in order to translate more accurately that which the Greeks
72 call θεότης;—if there is any one, I say, whom the sixth book
73 has not persuaded that this divinity or deity is not to be
74 found in that theology which they call civil, and which
75 Marcus Varro has explained in sixteen books,—that is, that
76 the happiness of eternal life is not attainable through the
77 worship of gods such as states have established to be worshipped,
78 and that in such a form,—perhaps, when he has read
79 this book, he will not have anything further to desire in order
80 to the clearing up of this question. For it is possible that
81 some one may think that at least the select and chief gods,
82 whom Varro comprised in his last book, and of whom we have
83 not spoken sufficiently, are to be worshipped on account of
84 the blessed life, which is none other than eternal. In respect
85 to which matter I do not say what Tertullian said, perhaps
86 more wittily than truly, "If gods are selected like onions,
87 certainly the rest are rejected as bad."[245] I do not say this,
88 for I see that even from among the select, some are selected
89 for some greater and more excellent office: as in warfare,
90 when recruits have been elected, there are some again elected
91 from among those for the performance of some greater military
92 service; and in the church, when persons are elected to be
93 overseers, certainly the rest are not rejected, since all good
94 Christians are deservedly called elect; in the erection of a
95 building corner stones are elected, though the other stones, which
96 are destined for other parts of the structure, are not rejected;
97 grapes are elected for eating, whilst the others, which we leave
98 for drinking, are not rejected. There is no need of adducing
99 many illustrations, since the thing is evident. Wherefore the
100 selection of certain gods from among many affords no proper
101 reason why either he who wrote on this subject, or the worshippers
102 of the gods, or the gods themselves, should be spurned.
103 We ought rather to seek to know what gods these are, and for
104 what purpose they may appear to have been selected.
105 2. *Who are the select gods, and whether they are held to be exempt from the
106 offices of the commoner gods.*
107 The following gods, certainly, Varro signalizes as select,
108 devoting one book to this subject: Janus, Jupiter, Saturn,
109 Genius, Mercury, Apollo, Mars, Vulcan, Neptune, Sol, Orcus,
110 father Liber, Tellus, Ceres, Juno, Luna, Diana, Minerva, Venus,
111 Vesta; of which twenty gods, twelve are males, and eight
112 females. Whether are these deities called select, because of
113 their higher spheres of administration in the world, or because
114 they have become better known to the people, and more worship
115 has been expended on them? If it be on account of the
116 greater works which are performed by them in the world, we
117 ought not to have found them among that, as it were, plebeian
118 crowd of deities, which has assigned to it the charge of minute
119 and trifling things. For, first of all, at the conception of a
120 fœtus, from which point all the works commence which have
121 been distributed in minute detail to many deities, Janus himself
122 opens the way for the reception of the seed; there also
123 is Saturn, on account of the seed itself; there is Liber,[246] who
124 liberates the male by the effusion of the seed; there is Libera,
125 whom they also would have to be Venus, who confers this
126 same benefit on the woman, namely, that she also be liberated
127 by the emission of the seed;—all these are of the number
128 of those who are called select. But there is also the goddess
129 Mena, who presides over the menses; though the daughter
130 of Jupiter, ignoble nevertheless. And this province of the
131 menses the same author, in his book on the select gods, assigns
132 to Juno herself, who is even queen among the select gods; and
133 here, as Juno Lucina, along with the same Mena, her stepdaughter,
134 she presides over the same blood. There also are
135 two gods, exceedingly obscure, Vitumnus and Sentinus—the
136 one of whom imparts life to the fœtus, and the other sensation;
137 and, of a truth, they bestow, most ignoble though they
138 be, far more than all those noble and select gods bestow. For,
139 surely, without life and sensation, what is the whole fœtus
140 which a woman carries in her womb, but a most vile and
141 worthless thing, no better than slime and dust?
142 >
143 >
144 >
145 3. *How there is no reason which can be shown for the selection of certain gods,
146 > when the administration of more exalted offices is assigned to many inferior
147 > gods.*
148 What is the cause, therefore, which has driven so many
149 select gods to these very small works, in which they are
150 excelled by Vitumnus and Sentinus, though little known and
151 sunk in obscurity, inasmuch as they confer the munificent
152 gifts of life and sensation? For the select Janus bestows an
153 entrance, and, as it were, a door[247] for the seed; the select
154 Saturn bestows the seed itself; the select Liber bestows on
155 men the emission of the same seed; Libera, who is Ceres or
156 Venus, confers the same on women; the select Juno confers
157 (not alone, but together with Mena, the daughter of Jupiter)
158 the menses, for the growth of that which has been conceived;
159 and the obscure and ignoble Vitumnus confers life, whilst the
160 obscure and ignoble Sentinus confers sensation;—which two
161 last things are as much more excellent than the others, as
162 they themselves are excelled by reason and intellect. For as
163 those things which reason and understand are preferable to
164 those which, without intellect and reason, as in the case of
165 cattle, live and feel; so also those things which have been
166 endowed with life and sensation are deservedly preferred to
167 those things which neither live nor feel. Therefore Vitumnus
168 the life-giver,[248] and Sentinus the sense-giver,[249] ought to have
169 been reckoned among the select gods, rather than Janus the
170 admitter of seed, and Saturn the giver or sower of seed, and
171 Liber and Libera the movers and liberators of seed; which
172 seed is not worth a thought, unless it attain to life and sensation.
173 Yet these select gifts are not given by select gods, but
174 by certain unknown, and, considering their dignity, neglected
175 gods. But if it be replied that Janus has dominion over all
176 beginnings, and therefore the opening of the way for conception
177 is not without reason assigned to him; and that Saturn
178 has dominion over all seeds, and therefore the sowing of the
179 seed whereby a human being is generated cannot be excluded
180 from his operation; that Liber and Libera have power over the
181 emission of all seeds, and therefore preside over those seeds
182 which pertain to the procreation of men; that Juno presides
183 over all purgations and births, and therefore she has also
184 charge of the purgations of women and the births of human
185 beings;—if they give this reply, let them find an answer to
186 the question concerning Vitumnus and Sentinus, whether they
187 are willing that these likewise should have dominion over all
188 things which live and feel. If they grant this, let them
189 observe in how sublime a position they are about to place
190 them. For to spring from seeds is in the earth and of the
191 earth, but to live and feel are supposed to be properties even
192 of the sidereal gods. But if they say that only such things
193 as come to life in flesh, and are supported by senses, are
194 assigned to Sentinus, why does not that God who made all
195 things live and feel, bestow on flesh also life and sensation,
196 in the universality of His operation conferring also on fœtuses
197 this gift? And what, then, is the use of Vitumnus and Sentinus?
198 But if these, as it were, extreme and lowest things
199 have been committed by Him who presides universally over
200 life and sense to these gods as to servants, are these select
201 gods then so destitute of servants, that they could not find any
202 to whom even they might commit those things, but with all
203 their dignity, for which they are, it seems, deemed worthy to
204 be selected, were compelled to perform their work along with
205 ignoble ones? Juno is select queen of the gods, and the
206 sister and wife of Jupiter; nevertheless she is Iterduca, the
207 conductor, to boys, and performs this work along with a most
208 ignoble pair—the goddesses Abeona and Adeona. There they
209 have also placed the goddess Mena, who gives to boys a good
210 mind, and she is not placed among the select gods; as if anything
211 greater could be bestowed on a man than a good mind.
212 But Juno is placed among the select because she is Iterduca
213 and Domiduca (she who conducts one on a journey, and
214 who conducts him home again); as if it is of any advantage
215 for one to make a journey, and to be conducted home again, if
216 his mind is not good. And yet the goddess who bestows that
217 gift has not been placed by the selectors among the select
218 gods, though she ought indeed to have been preferred even to
219 Minerva, to whom, in this minute distribution of work, they
220 have allotted the memory of boys. For who will doubt that
221 it is a far better thing to have a good mind, than ever so great
222 a memory? For no one is bad who has a good mind;[250] but
223 some who are very bad are possessed of an admirable memory,
224 and are so much the worse, the less they are able to forget
225 the bad things which they think. And yet Minerva is among
226 the select gods, whilst the goddess Mena is hidden by a worthless
227 crowd. What shall I say concerning Virtus? What concerning
228 Felicitas?—concerning whom I have already spoken
229 much in the fourth book,[251] to whom, though they held them
230 to be goddesses, they have not thought fit to assign a place
231 among the select gods, among whom they have given a place
232 to Mars and Orcus, the one the causer of death, the other the
233 receiver of the dead.
234 Since, therefore, we see that even the select gods themselves
235 work together with the others, like a senate with the people,
236 in all those minute works which have been minutely portioned
237 out among many gods; and since we find that far greater and
238 better things are administered by certain gods who have not
239 been reckoned worthy to be selected than by those who are
240 called select, it remains that we suppose that they were called
241 select and chief, not on account of their holding more exalted
242 offices in the world, but because it happened to them to become
243 better known to the people. And even Varro himself says,
244 that in that way obscurity had fallen to the lot of some father
245 gods and mother goddesses,[252] as it falls to the lot of men. If,
246 therefore, Felicity ought not perhaps to have been put among
247 the select gods, because they did not attain to that noble position
248 by merit, but by chance, Fortune at least should have been
249 placed among them, or rather before them; for they say that
250 that goddess distributes to every one the gifts she receives,
251 not according to any rational arrangement, but according as
252 chance may determine. She ought to have held the uppermost
253 place among the select gods, for among them chiefly it is that
254 she shows what power she has. For we see that they have
255 been selected not on account of some eminent virtue or rational
256 happiness, but by that random power of Fortune which the
257 worshippers of these gods think that she exerts. For that most
258 eloquent man Sallust also may perhaps have the gods themselves
259 in view when he says: "But, in truth, fortune rules in
260 everything; it renders all things famous or obscure, according
261 to caprice rather than according to truth."[253] For they cannot
262 discover a reason why Venus should have been made famous,
263 whilst Virtus has been made obscure, when the divinity of both
264 of them has been solemnly recognised by them, and their merits
265 are not to be compared. Again, if she has deserved a noble
266 position on account of the fact that she is much sought after—for
267 there are more who seek after Venus than after Virtus—why
268 has Minerva been celebrated whilst Pecunia has been
269 left in obscurity, although throughout the whole human race
270 avarice allures a far greater number than skill? And even
271 among those who are skilled in the arts, you will rarely find
272 a man who does not practise his own art for the purpose of
273 pecuniary gain; and that for the sake of which anything is
274 made, is always valued more than that which is made for the
275 sake of something else. If, then, this selection of gods has
276 been made by the judgment of the foolish multitude, why has
277 not the goddess Pecunia been preferred to Minerva, since there
278 are many artificers for the sake of money? But if this distinction
279 has been made by the few wise, why has Virtus been
280 preferred to Venus, when reason by far prefers the former?
281 At all events, as I have already said, Fortune herself—who,
282 according to those who attribute most influence to her, renders
283 all things famous or obscure according to caprice rather than
284 according to the truth—since she has been able to exercise so
285 much power even over the gods, as, according to her capricious
286 judgment, to render those of them famous whom she would,
287 and those obscure whom she would; Fortune herself ought to
288 occupy the place of pre-eminence among the select gods, since
289 over them also she has such pre-eminent power. Or must
290 we suppose that the reason why she is not among the select
291 is simply this, that even Fortune herself has had an adverse
292 fortune? She was adverse, then, to herself, since, whilst ennobling
293 others, she herself has remained obscure.
294 4. *The inferior gods, whose names are not associated with infamy, have been better
295 dealt with than the select gods, whose infamies are celebrated.*
296 However, any one who eagerly seeks for celebrity and renown,
297 might congratulate those select gods, and call them
298 fortunate, were it not that he saw that they have been selected
299 more to their injury than to their honour. For that low
300 crowd of gods have been protected by their very meanness
301 and obscurity from being overwhelmed with infamy. We
302 laugh, indeed, when we see them distributed by the mere
303 fiction of human opinions, according to the special works
304 assigned to them, like those who farm small portions of the
305 public revenue, or like workmen in the street of the silversmiths,[254]
306 where one vessel, in order that it may go out perfect,
307 passes through the hands of many, when it might have been
308 finished by one perfect workman. But the only reason why
309 the combined skill of many workmen was thought necessary,
310 was, that it is better that each part of an art should be learned
311 by a special workman, which can be done speedily and easily,
312 than that they should all be compelled to be perfect in one
313 art throughout all its parts, which they could only attain
314 slowly and with difficulty. Nevertheless there is scarcely to
315 be found one of the non-select gods who has brought infamy
316 on himself by any crime, whilst there is scarce any one of the
317 select gods who has not received upon himself the brand of
318 notable infamy. These latter have descended to the humble
319 works of the others, whilst the others have not come up to
320 their sublime crimes. Concerning Janus, there does not
321 readily occur to my recollection anything infamous; and
322 perhaps he was such an one as lived more innocently than
323 the rest, and further removed from misdeeds and crimes. He
324 kindly received and entertained Saturn when he was fleeing;
325 he divided his kingdom with his guest, so that each of them
326 had a city for himself,[255]—the one Janiculum, and the other
327 Saturnia. But those seekers after every kind of unseemliness
328 in the worship of the gods have disgraced him, whose life they
329 found to be less disgraceful than that of the other gods, with an
330 image of monstrous deformity, making it sometimes with two
331 faces, and sometimes, as it were, double, with four faces.[256] Did
332 they wish that, as the most of the select gods had lost shame[257]
333 through the perpetration of shameful crimes, his greater innocence
334 should be marked by a greater number of faces?[258]
335 5. *Concerning the more secret doctrine of the pagans, and concerning the
336 physical interpretations.*
337 But let us hear their own physical interpretations by which
338 they attempt to colour, as with the appearance of profounder
339 doctrine, the baseness of most miserable error. Varro, in the
340 first place, commends these interpretations so strongly as to say,
341 that the ancients invented the images, badges, and adornments
342 of the gods, in order that when those who went to the mysteries
343 should see them with their bodily eyes, they might with the eyes
344 of their mind see the soul of the world, and its parts, that is,
345 the true gods; and also that the meaning which was intended
346 by those who made their images with the human form, seemed
347 to be this,—namely, that the mind of mortals, which is in a
348 human body, is very like to the immortal mind,[259] just as vessels
349 might be placed to represent the gods, as, for instance, a wine-vessel
350 might be placed in the temple of Liber, to signify wine,
351 that which is contained being signified by that which contains.
352 Thus by an image which had the human form the rational
353 soul was signified, because the human form is the vessel, as it
354 were, in which that nature is wont to be contained which they
355 attribute to God, or to the gods. These are the mysteries of
356 doctrine to which that most learned man penetrated in order
357 that he might bring them forth to the light. But, O thou
358 most acute man, hast thou lost among those mysteries that
359 prudence which led thee to form the sober opinion, that those
360 who first established those images for the people took away
361 fear from the citizens and added error, and that the ancient
362 Romans honoured the gods more chastely without images?
363 For it was through consideration of them that thou wast
364 emboldened to speak these things against the later Romans.
365 For if those most ancient Romans also had worshipped images,
366 perhaps thou wouldst have suppressed by the silence of fear
367 all those sentiments (true sentiments, nevertheless) concerning
368 the folly of setting up images, and wouldst have extolled more
369 loftily, and more loquaciously, those mysterious doctrines consisting
370 of these vain and pernicious fictions. Thy soul, so
371 learned and so clever (and for this I grieve much for thee),
372 could never through these mysteries have reached its God; that
373 is, the God by whom, not with whom, it was made, of whom
374 it is not a part, but a work,—that God who is not the soul of
375 all things, but who made every soul, and in whose light alone
376 every soul is blessed, if it be not ungrateful for His grace.
377 But the things which follow in this book will show what is
378 the nature of these mysteries, and what value is to be set upon
379 them. Meanwhile, this most learned man confesses as his
380 opinion that the soul of the world and its parts are the true
381 gods, from which we perceive that his theology (to wit, that
382 same natural theology to which he pays great regard) has been
383 able, in its completeness, to extend itself even to the nature
384 of the rational soul. For in this book (concerning the select
385 gods) he says a very few things by anticipation concerning
386 the natural theology; and we shall see whether he has been
387 able in that book, by means of physical interpretations, to
388 refer to this natural theology that civil theology, concerning
389 which he wrote last when treating of the select gods. Now,
390 if he has been able to do this, the whole is natural; and
391 in that case, what need was there for distinguishing so carefully
392 the civil from the natural? But if it has been distinguished
393 by a veritable distinction, then, since not even this
394 natural theology with which he is so much pleased is true (for
395 though it has reached as far as the soul, it has not reached to
396 the true God who made the soul), how much more contemptible
397 and false is that civil theology which is chiefly occupied
398 about what is corporeal, as will be shown by its very interpretations,
399 which they have with such diligence sought out and
400 enucleated, some of which I must necessarily mention!
401 6. *Concerning the opinion of Varro, that God is the soul of the world, which
402 nevertheless, in its various parts, has many souls whose nature is divine.*
403 The same Varro, then, still speaking by anticipation, says
404 that he thinks that God is the soul of the world (which the
405 Greeks call κόσμος), and that this world itself is God; but as
406 a wise man, though he consists of body and mind, is nevertheless
407 called wise on account of his mind, so the world is called
408 God on account of mind, although it consists of mind and
409 body. Here he seems, in some fashion at least, to acknowledge
410 one God; but that he may introduce more, he adds that the
411 world is divided into two parts, heaven and earth, which are
412 again divided each into two parts, heaven into ether and air,
413 earth into water and land, of all which the ether is the highest,
414 the air second, the water third, and the earth the lowest. All
415 these four parts, he says, are full of souls; those which are in
416 the ether and air being immortal, and those which are in the
417 water and on the earth mortal. From the highest part of the
418 heavens to the orbit of the moon there are souls, namely, the
419 stars and planets; and these are not only understood to be
420 gods, but are seen to be such. And between the orbit of the
421 moon and the commencement of the region of clouds and winds
422 there are aerial souls; but these are seen with the mind, not
423 with the eyes, and are called Heroes, and Lares, and Genii.
424 This is the natural theology which is briefly set forth in these
425 anticipatory statements, and which satisfied not Varro only, but
426 many philosophers besides. This I must discuss more carefully,
427 when, with the help of God, I shall have completed what
428 I have yet to say concerning the civil theology, as far as it
429 concerns the select gods.
430 7. *Whether it is reasonable to separate Janus and Terminus as
431 two distinct deities.*
432 Who, then, is Janus, with whom Varro commences? He
433 is the world. Certainly a very brief and unambiguous reply.
434 Why, then, do they say that the beginnings of things pertain
435 to him, but the ends to another whom they call Terminus?
436 For they say that two months have been dedicated to these
437 two gods, with reference to beginnings and ends—January to
438 Janus, and February to Terminus—over and above those ten
439 months which commence with March and end with December.
440 And they say that that is the reason why the Terminalia
441 are celebrated in the month of February, the same month
442 in which the sacred purification is made which they call
443 Februum, and from which the month derives its name.[260]
444 Do the beginnings of things, therefore, pertain to the world,
445 which is Janus, and not also the ends, since another god
446 has been placed over them? Do they not own that all
447 things which they say begin in this world also come to an end
448 in this world? What folly it is, to give him only half power
449 in work, when in his image they give him two faces! Would
450 it not be a far more elegant way of interpreting the two-faced
451 image, to say that Janus and Terminus are the same, and that
452 the one face has reference to beginnings, the other to ends?
453 For one who works ought to have respect to both. For he
454 who in every forthputting of activity does not look back on
455 the beginning, does not look forward to the end. Wherefore
456 it is necessary that prospective intention be connected with
457 retrospective memory. For how shall one find how to finish
458 anything, if he has forgotten what it was which he had begun?
459 But if they thought that the blessed life is begun in this
460 world, and perfected beyond the world, and for that reason
461 attributed to Janus, that is, to the world, only the power of
462 beginnings, they should certainly have preferred Terminus to
463 him, and should not have shut him out from the number of
464 the select gods. Yet even now, when the beginnings and ends
465 of temporal things are represented by these two gods, more
466 honour ought to have been given to Terminus. For the greater
467 joy is that which is felt when anything is finished; but things
468 begun are always cause of much anxiety until they are brought
469 to an end, which end he who begins anything very greatly
470 longs for, fixes his mind on, expects, desires; nor does any one
471 ever rejoice over anything he has begun, unless it be brought
472 to an end.
473 8. *For what reason the worshippers of Janus have made his image with two
474 faces, when they would sometimes have it be seen with four.*
475 But now let the interpretation of the two-faced image be
476 produced. For they say that it has two faces, one before and
477 one behind, because our gaping mouths seem to resemble the
478 world: whence the Greeks call the palate οὐρανός, and some
479 Latin poets,[261] he says, have called the heavens palatum [the
480 palate]; and from the gaping mouth, they say, there is a way
481 out in the direction of the teeth, and a way in in the direction
482 of the gullet. See what the world has been brought to on
483 account of a Greek or a poetical word for our palate! Let
484 this god be worshipped only on account of saliva, which has
485 two open doorways under the heavens of the palate,—one
486 through which part of it may be spitten out, the other through
487 which part of it may be swallowed down. Besides, what is
488 more absurd than not to find in the world itself two doorways
489 opposite to each other, through which it may either receive
490 anything into itself, or cast it out from itself; and to seek of
491 our throat and gullet, to which the world has no resemblance,
492 to make up an image of the world in Janus, because the world
493 is said to resemble the *palate*, to which Janus bears no likeness?
494 But when they make him four-faced, and call him
495 double Janus, they interpret this as having reference to the
496 four quarters of the world, as though the world looked out on
497 anything, like Janus through his four faces. Again, if Janus
498 is the world, and the world consists of four quarters, then the
499 image of the two-faced Janus is false. Or if it is true, because
500 the whole world is sometimes understood by the expression east
501 and west, will any one call the world double when north and
502 south also are mentioned, as they call Janus double when he
503 has four faces? They have no way at all of interpreting, in
504 relation to the world, four doorways by which to go in and to
505 come out as they did in the case of the two-faced Janus, where
506 they found, at any rate in the human mouth, something
507 which answered to what they said about him; unless perhaps
508 Neptune come to their aid, and hand them a fish, which,
509 besides the mouth and gullet, has also the openings of the
510 gills, one on each side. Nevertheless, with all the doors, no
511 soul escapes this vanity but that one which hears the truth
512 saying, "I am the door."[262]
513 9. *Concerning the power of Jupiter, and a comparison of Jupiter with Janus.*
514 But they also show whom they would have Jove (who is
515 also called Jupiter) understood to be. He is the god, say
516 they, who has the power of the causes by which anything
517 comes to be in the world. And how great a thing this is,
518 that most noble verse of Virgil testifies:
519 "Happy is he who has learned the causes of things."[263]
520 But why is Janus preferred to him? Let that most acute
521 and most learned man answer us this question. "Because,"
522 says he, "Janus has dominion over first things, Jupiter over
523 highest[264] things. Therefore Jupiter is deservedly held to be
524 the king of all things; for highest things are better than first
525 things: for although first things precede in time, highest
526 things excel by dignity."
527 Now this would have been rightly said had the first parts
528 of things which are done been distinguished from the highest
529 parts; as, for instance, it is the beginning of a thing done to
530 set out, the highest part to arrive. The commencing to learn
531 is the first part of a thing begun, the acquirement of knowledge
532 is the highest part. And so of all things: the beginnings
533 are first, the ends highest. This matter, however, has
534 been already discussed in connection with Janus and Terminus.
535 But the causes which are attributed to Jupiter are things effecting,
536 not things effected; and it is impossible for them to be
537 prevented in time by things which are made or done, or by
538 the beginnings of such things; for the thing which makes is
539 always prior to the thing which is made. Therefore, though
540 the beginnings of things which are made or done pertain to
541 Janus, they are nevertheless not prior to the efficient causes
542 which they attribute to Jupiter. For as nothing takes place
543 without being preceded by an efficient cause, so without an
544 efficient cause nothing begins to take place. Verily, if the
545 people call this god Jupiter, in whose power are all the causes
546 of all natures which have been made, and of all natural things,
547 and worship him with such insults and infamous criminations,
548 they are guilty of more shocking sacrilege than if they should
549 totally deny the existence of any god. It would therefore
550 be better for them to call some other god by the name of
551 Jupiter—some one worthy of base and criminal honours;
552 substituting instead of Jupiter some vain fiction (as Saturn is
553 said to have had a stone given to him to devour instead of his
554 son), which they might make the subject of their blasphemies,
555 rather than speak of *that* god as both thundering and committing
556 adultery,—ruling the whole world, and laying himself out
557 for the commission of so many licentious acts,—having in his
558 power nature and the highest causes of all natural things, but
559 not having his own causes good.
560 Next, I ask what place they find any longer for this Jupiter
561 among the gods, if Janus is the world; for Varro defined the
562 true gods to be the soul of the world, and the parts of it. And
563 therefore whatever falls not within this definition, is certainly
564 not a true god, according to them. Will they then say that
565 Jupiter is the soul of the world, and Janus the body—that is,
566 this visible world? If they say this, it will not be possible
567 for them to affirm that Janus is a god. For even, according
568 to them, the body of the world is not a god, but the soul of
569 the world and its parts. Wherefore Varro, seeing this, says
570 that he thinks God is the soul of the world, and that this
571 world itself is God; but that as a wise man, though he consists
572 of soul and body, is nevertheless called wise from the
573 soul, so the world is called God from the soul, though it
574 consists of soul and body. Therefore the body of the world
575 alone is not God, but either the soul of it alone, or the soul
576 and the body together, yet so as that it is God not by virtue
577 of the body, but by virtue of the soul. If, therefore, Janus
578 is the world, and Janus is a god, will they say, in order that
579 Jupiter may be a god, that he is some part of Janus? For
580 they are wont rather to attribute universal existence to
581 Jupiter; whence the saying, "All things are full of Jupiter."[265]
582 Therefore they must think Jupiter also, in order that he may
583 be a god, and especially king of the gods, to be the world, that
584 he may rule over the other gods—according to them, his parts.
585 To this effect, also, the same Varro expounds certain verses
586 of Valerius Soranus[266] in that book which he wrote apart from
587 the others concerning the worship of the gods. These are the
588 verses:
589 "Almighty Jove, progenitor of kings, and things, and gods,
590 And eke the mother of the gods, god one and all."
591 But in the same book he expounds these verses by saying that
592 as the male emits seed, and the female receives it, so Jupiter,
593 whom they believed to be the world, both emits all seeds from
594 himself and receives them into himself. For which reason, he
595 says, Soranus wrote, "Jove, progenitor and mother;" and with
596 no less reason said that one and all were the same. For the
597 world is one, and in that one are all things.
598 10. *Whether the distinction between Janus and Jupiter is a proper one.*
599 Since, therefore, Janus is the world, and Jupiter is the world,
600 wherefore are Janus and Jupiter two gods, while the world is
601 but one? Why do they have separate temples, separate altars,
602 different rites, dissimilar images? If it be because the nature
603 of beginnings is one, and the nature of causes another, and the
604 one has received the name of Janus, the other of Jupiter; is
605 it then the case, that if one man has two distinct offices of
606 authority, or two arts, two judges or two artificers are spoken
607 of, because the nature of the offices or the arts is different?
608 So also with respect to one god: if he have the power of
609 beginnings and of causes, must he therefore be thought to be
610 two gods, because beginnings and causes are two things? But
611 if they think that this is right, let them also affirm that Jupiter
612 is as many gods as they have given him surnames, on account
613 of many powers; for the things from which these surnames
614 are applied to him are many and diverse. I shall mention a
615 few of them.
616 11. *Concerning the surnames of Jupiter, which are referred not to many gods,
617 but to one and the same god.*
618 They have called him Victor, Invictus, Opitulus, Impulsor,
619 Stator, Centumpeda, Supinalis, Tigillus, Almus, Ruminus, and
620 other names which it were long to enumerate. But these
621 surnames they have given to one god on account of diverse
622 causes and powers, but yet have not compelled him to be, on
623 account of so many things, as many gods. They gave him
624 these surnames because he conquered all things; because he
625 was conquered by none; because he brought help to the needy;
626 because he had the power of impelling, stopping, stablishing,
627 throwing on the back; because as a beam[267] he held together
628 and sustained the world; because he nourished all things;
629 because, like the pap,[268] he nourished animals. Here, we perceive,
630 are some great things and some small things; and yet
631 it is one who is said to perform them all. I think that the
632 causes and the beginnings of things, on account of which they
633 have thought that the one world is two gods, Jupiter and
634 Janus, are nearer to each other than the holding together of
635 the world, and the giving of the pap to animals; and yet, on
636 account of these two works so far apart from each other, both
637 in nature and dignity, there has not been any necessity for
638 the existence of two gods; but one Jupiter has been called,
639 on account of the one Tigillus, on account of the other
640 Ruminus. I am unwilling to say that the giving of the pap
641 to sucking animals might have become Juno rather than
642 Jupiter, especially when there was the goddess Rumina to
643 help and to serve her in this work; for I think it may be
644 replied that Juno herself is nothing else than Jupiter, according
645 to those verses of Valerius Soranus, where it has been
646 said:
647 "Almighty Jove, progenitor of kings, and things, and gods,
648 And eke the mother of the gods," etc.
649 Why, then, was he called Ruminus, when they who may perchance
650 inquire more diligently may find that he is also that
651 goddess Rumina?
652 If, then, it was rightly thought unworthy of the majesty of
653 the gods, that in one ear of corn one god should have the care
654 of the joint, another that of the husk, how much more unworthy
655 of that majesty is it, that one thing, and that of the
656 lowest kind, even the giving of the pap to animals that they
657 may be nourished, should be under the care of two gods, one
658 of whom is Jupiter himself, the very king of all things, who
659 does this not along with his own wife, but with some ignoble
660 Rumina (unless perhaps he himself is Rumina, being Ruminus
661 for males and Rumina for females)! I should certainly have
662 said that they had been unwilling to apply to Jupiter a
663 feminine name, had he not been styled in these verses "progenitor
664 and mother," and had I not read among other surnames
665 of his that of Pecunia [money], which we found as a
666 goddess among those petty deities, as I have already mentioned
667 in the fourth book. But since both males and females have
668 money [*pecuniam*], why has he not been called both Pecunius
669 and Pecunia? That is their concern.
670 12. *That Jupiter is also called Pecunia.*
671 How elegantly they have accounted for this name! "He
672 is also called Pecunia," say they, "because all things belong
673 to him." Oh how grand an explanation of the name of a
674 deity! Yes; he to whom all things belong is most meanly
675 and most contumeliously called Pecunia. In comparison of all
676 things which are contained by heaven and earth, what are all
677 things together which are possessed by men under the name
678 of money?[269] And this name, forsooth, hath avarice given to
679 Jupiter, that whoever was a lover of money might seem to
680 himself to love not an ordinary god, but the very king of all
681 things himself. But it would be a far different thing if he had
682 been called Riches. For riches are one thing, money another.
683 For we call rich the wise, the just, the good, who have either
684 no money or very little. For they are more truly rich in
685 possessing virtue, since by it, even as respects things necessary
686 for the body, they are content with what they have. But we
687 call the greedy poor, who are always craving and always wanting.
688 For they may possess ever so great an amount of money;
689 but whatever be the abundance of that, they are not able
690 but to want. And we properly call God Himself rich; not,
691 however, in money, but in omnipotence. Therefore they who
692 have abundance of money are called rich, but inwardly needy
693 if they are greedy. So also, those who have no money are
694 called poor, but inwardly rich if they are wise.
695 What, then, ought the wise man to think of this theology,
696 in which the king of the gods receives the name of that thing
697 "which no wise man has desired?"[270] For had there been anything
698 wholesomely taught by this philosophy concerning eternal
699 life, how much more appropriately would that god who is the
700 ruler of the world have been called by them, not money, but
701 wisdom, the love of which purges from the filth of avarice, that
702 is, of the love of money!
703 13. *That when it is expounded what Saturn is, what Genius is, it comes to
704 this, that both of them are shown to be Jupiter.*
705 But why speak more of this Jupiter, with whom perchance
706 all the rest are to be identified; so that, he being all, the
707 opinion as to the existence of many gods may remain as a
708 mere opinion, empty of all truth? And they are all to be
709 referred to him, if his various parts and powers are thought
710 of as so many gods, or if the principle of mind which they
711 think to be diffused through all things has received the names
712 of many gods from the various parts which the mass of this
713 visible world combines in itself, and from the manifold administration
714 of nature. For what is Saturn also? "One of the
715 principal gods," he says, "who has dominion over all sowings."
716 Does not the exposition of the verses of Valerius Soranus
717 teach that Jupiter is the world, and that he emits all seeds
718 from himself, and receives them into himself?
719 It is he, then, with whom is the dominion of all sowings.
720 What is Genius? "He is the god who is set over, and has
721 the power of begetting, all things." Who else than the world
722 do they believe to have this power, to which it has been said:
723 "Almighty Jove, progenitor and mother?"
724 And when in another place he says that Genius is the
725 rational soul of every one, and therefore exists separately in
726 each individual, but that the corresponding soul of the world
727 is God, he just comes back to this same thing,—namely, that
728 the soul of the world itself is to be held to be, as it were, the
729 universal genius. This, therefore, is what he calls Jupiter.
730 For if every genius is a god, and the soul of every man a
731 genius, it follows that the soul of every man is a god. But if
732 very absurdity compels even these theologists themselves to
733 shrink from this, it remains that they call that genius god by
734 special and pre-eminent distinction, whom they call the soul
735 of the world, and therefore Jupiter.
736 14. *Concerning the offices of Mercury and Mars.*
737 But they have not found how to refer Mercury and Mars
738 to any parts of the world, and to the works of God which are
739 in the elements; and therefore they have set them at least
740 over human works, making them assistants in speaking and in
741 carrying on wars. Now Mercury, if he has also the power of
742 the speech of the gods, rules also over the king of the gods himself,
743 if Jupiter, as he receives from him the faculty of speech,
744 also speaks according as it is his pleasure to permit him—which
745 surely is absurd; but if it is only the power over human
746 speech which is held to be attributed to him, then we say
747 it is incredible that Jupiter should have condescended to give
748 the pap not only to children, but also to beasts—from which
749 he has been surnamed Ruminus—and yet should have been
750 unwilling that the care of our speech, by which we excel the
751 beasts, should pertain to him. And thus speech itself both
752 belongs to Jupiter, and is Mercury. But if speech itself is
753 said to be Mercury, as those things which are said concerning
754 him by way of interpretation show it to be;—for he is said
755 to have been called Mercury, that is, he who runs between,[271]
756 because speech runs between men: they say also that the
757 Greeks call him Ἑρμῆς, because speech, or interpretation, which
758 certainly belongs to speech, is called by them ἑρμηνεία: also
759 he is said to preside over payments, because speech passes
760 between sellers and buyers: the wings, too, which he has on
761 his head and on his feet, they say, mean that speech passes
762 winged through the air: he is also said to have been called
763 the messenger,[272] because by means of speech all our thoughts
764 are expressed;[273]—if, therefore, speech itself is Mercury, then,
765 even by their own confession, he is not a god. But when
766 they make to themselves gods of such as are not even demons,
767 by praying to unclean spirits, they are possessed by such as
768 are not gods, but demons. In like manner, because they have
769 not been able to find for Mars any element or part of the
770 world in which he might perform some works of nature of
771 whatever kind, they have said that he is the god of war,
772 which is a work of men, and that not one which is considered
773 desirable by them. If, therefore, Felicitas should give perpetual
774 peace, Mars would have nothing to do. But if war
775 itself is Mars, as speech is Mercury, I wish it were as true
776 that there were no war to be falsely called a god, as it is true
777 that it is not a god.
778 15. *Concerning certain stars which the pagans have called by the names
779 of their gods.*
780 But possibly these stars which have been called by their
781 names are these gods. For they call a certain star Mercury,
782 and likewise a certain other star Mars. But among those
783 stars which are called by the names of gods, is that one which
784 they call Jupiter, and yet with them Jupiter is the world.
785 There also is that one they call Saturn, and yet they give to
786 him no small property besides,—namely, all seeds. There also
787 is that brightest of them all which is called by them Venus,
788 and yet they will have this same Venus to be also the moon:—not
789 to mention how Venus and Juno are said by them to
790 contend about that most brilliant star, as though about another
791 golden apple. For some say that Lucifer belongs to Venus, and
792 some to Juno. But, as usual, Venus conquers. For by far the
793 greatest number assign that star to Venus, so much so that
794 there is scarcely found one of them who thinks otherwise.
795 But since they call Jupiter the king of all, who will not laugh to
796 see his star so far surpassed in brilliancy by the star of Venus?
797 For it ought to have been as much more brilliant than the
798 rest, as he himself is more powerful. They answer that it
799 only appears so because it is higher up, and very much farther
800 away from the earth. If, therefore, its greater dignity has
801 deserved a higher place, why is Saturn higher in the heavens
802 than Jupiter? Was the vanity of the fable which made
803 Jupiter king not able to reach the stars? And has Saturn
804 been permitted to obtain at least in the heavens, what he
805 could not obtain in his own kingdom nor in the Capitol?
806 But why has Janus received no star? If it is because he
807 is the world, and they are all in him, the world is also
808 Jupiter's, and yet he has one. Did Janus compromise his case
809 as best he could, and instead of the one star which he does
810 not have among the heavenly bodies, accept so many faces
811 on earth? Again, if they think that on account of the stars
812 alone Mercury and Mars are parts of the world, in order that
813 they may be able to have them for gods, since speech and
814 war are not parts of the world, but acts of men, how is it
815 that they have made no altars, established no rites, built
816 no temples for Aries, and Taurus, and Cancer, and Scorpio,
817 and the rest which they number as the celestial signs, and
818 which consist not of single stars, but each of them of many
819 stars, which also they say are situated above those already
820 mentioned in the highest part of the heavens, where a more
821 constant motion causes the stars to follow an undeviating
822 course? And why have they not reckoned them as gods, I
823 do not say among those select gods, but not even among
824 those, as it were, plebeian gods?
825 16. *Concerning Apollo and Diana, and the other select gods whom they would
826 have to be parts of the world.*
827 Although they would have Apollo to be a diviner and
828 physician, they have nevertheless given him a place as some
829 part of the world. They have said that he is also the sun;
830 and likewise they have said that Diana, his sister, is the
831 moon, and the guardian of roads. Whence also they will
832 have her be a virgin, because a road brings forth nothing.
833 They also make both of them have arrows, because those
834 two planets send their rays from the heavens to the earth.
835 They make Vulcan to be the fire of the world; Neptune the
836 waters of the world; Father Dis, that is, Orcus, the earthy
837 and lowest part of the world. Liber and Ceres they set over
838 seeds,—the former over the seeds of males, the latter over
839 the seeds of females; or the one over the fluid part of seed,
840 but the other over the dry part. And all this together is
841 referred to the world, that is, to Jupiter, who is called "progenitor
842 and mother," because he emitted all seeds from himself,
843 and received them into himself. For they also make
844 this same Ceres to be the Great Mother, who they say is
845 none other than the earth, and call her also Juno. And
846 therefore they assign to her the second causes of things,
847 notwithstanding that it has been said to Jupiter, "progenitor
848 and mother of the gods;" because, according to them, the
849 whole world itself is Jupiter's. Minerva, also, because they
850 set her over human arts, and did not find even a star in
851 which to place her, has been said by them to be either the
852 highest æther, or even the moon. Also Vesta herself they
853 have thought to be the highest of the goddesses, because she
854 is the earth; although they have thought that the milder
855 fire of the world, which is used for the ordinary purposes
856 of human life, not the more violent fire, such as belongs to
857 Vulcan, is to be assigned to her. And thus they will have
858 all those select gods to be the world and its parts,—some of
859 them the whole world, others of them its parts; the whole
860 of it Jupiter,—its parts, Genius, Mater Magna, Sol and Luna,
861 or rather Apollo and Diana, and so on. And sometimes they
862 make one god many things; sometimes one thing many gods.
863 Many things are one god in the case of Jupiter; for both the
864 whole world is Jupiter, and the sky alone is Jupiter, and the
865 star alone is said and held to be Jupiter. Juno also is mistress
866 of second causes,—Juno is the air, Juno is the earth;
867 and had she won it over Venus, Juno would have been the
868 star. Likewise Minerva is the highest æther, and Minerva
869 is likewise the moon, which they suppose to be in the lowest
870 limit of the æther. And also they make one thing many
871 gods in this way. The world is both Janus and Jupiter;
872 also the earth is Juno, and Mater Magna, and Ceres.
873 17. *That even Varro himself pronounced his own opinions regarding the gods
874 ambiguous.*
875 And the same is true with respect to all the rest, as is true
876 with respect to those things which I have mentioned for the
877 sake of example. They do not explain them, but rather
878 involve them. They rush hither and thither, to this side or
879 to that, according as they are driven by the impulse of erratic
880 opinion; so that even Varro himself has chosen rather to
881 doubt concerning all things, than to affirm anything. For,
882 having written the first of the three last books concerning
883 the certain gods, and having commenced in the second of
884 these to speak of the uncertain gods, he says: "I ought not
885 to be censured for having stated in this book the doubtful
886 opinions concerning the gods. For he who, when he has
887 read them, shall think that they both ought to be, and can be,
888 conclusively judged of, will do so himself. For my own part,
889 I can be more easily led to doubt the things which I have
890 written in the first book, than to attempt to reduce all the
891 things I shall write in this one to any orderly system." Thus
892 he makes uncertain not only that book, concerning the uncertain
893 gods, but also that other concerning the certain gods.
894 Moreover, in that third book concerning the select gods, after
895 having exhibited by anticipation as much of the natural theology
896 as he deemed necessary, and when about to commence
897 to speak of the vanities and lying insanities of the civil
898 theology, where he was not only without the guidance of the
899 truth of things, but was also pressed by the authority of
900 tradition, he says: "I will write in this book concerning the
901 public gods of the Roman people, to whom they have dedicated
902 temples, and whom they have conspicuously distinguished
903 by many adornments; but, as Xenophon of Colophon
904 writes, I will state what I think, not what I am prepared
905 to maintain: it is for man to think those things, for God to
906 know them."
907 It is not, then, an account of things comprehended and
908 most certainly believed which he promised, when about to
909 write those things which were instituted by men. He only
910 timidly promises an account of things which are but the
911 subject of doubtful opinion. Nor, indeed, was it possible for
912 him to affirm with the same certainty that Janus was the
913 world, and such like things; or to discover with the same
914 certainty such things as how Jupiter was the son of Saturn,
915 while Saturn was made subject to him as king:—he could,
916 I say, neither affirm nor discover such things with the
917 same certainty with which he knew such things as that the
918 world existed, that the heavens and earth existed, the heavens
919 bright with stars, and the earth fertile through seeds; or with
920 the same perfect conviction with which he believed that this
921 universal mass of nature is governed and administered by a
922 certain invisible and mighty force.
923 18. *A more credible cause of the rise of pagan error.*
924 A far more credible account of these gods is given, when it
925 is said that they were men, and that to each one of them
926 sacred rites and solemnities were instituted, according to his
927 particular genius, manners, actions, circumstances; which
928 rites and solemnities, by gradually creeping through the souls
929 of men, which are like demons, and eager for things which
930 yield them sport, were spread far and wide; the poets adorning
931 them with lies, and false spirits seducing men to receive
932 them. For it is far more likely that some youth, either impious
933 himself, or afraid of being slain by an impious father,
934 being desirous to reign, dethroned his father, than that (according
935 to Varro's interpretation) Saturn was overthrown by
936 his son Jupiter; for cause, which belongs to Jupiter, is before
937 seed, which belongs to Saturn. For had this been so, Saturn
938 would never have been before Jupiter, nor would he have
939 been the father of Jupiter. For cause always precedes seed,
940 and is never generated from seed. But when they seek to
941 honour by natural interpretation most vain fables or deeds
942 of men, even the acutest men are so perplexed that we are
943 compelled to grieve for their folly also.
944 19. *Concerning the interpretations which compose the reason of the worship
945 of Saturn.*
946 They said, says Varro, that Saturn was wont to devour all
947 that sprang from him, because seeds returned to the earth
948 from whence they sprang. And when it is said that a lump
949 of earth was put before Saturn to be devoured instead of
950 Jupiter, it is signified, he says, that before the art of ploughing
951 was discovered, seeds were buried in the earth by the
952 hands of men. The earth itself, then, and not seeds, should
953 have been called Saturn, because it in a manner devours what
954 it has brought forth, when the seeds which have sprung from
955 it return again into it. And what has Saturn's receiving of
956 a lump of earth instead of Jupiter to do with this, that the
957 seeds were covered in the soil by the hands of men? Was
958 the seed kept from being devoured, like other things, by being
959 covered with the soil? For what they say would imply that
960 he who put on the soil took away the seed, as Jupiter is said
961 to have been taken away when the lump of soil was offered
962 to Saturn instead of him, and not rather that the soil, by
963 covering the seed, only caused it to be devoured the more
964 eagerly. Then, in that way, Jupiter is the seed, and not the
965 cause of the seed, as was said a little before.
966 But what shall men do who cannot find anything wise to
967 say, because they are interpreting foolish things? Saturn
968 has a pruning-knife. That, says Varro, is on account of
969 agriculture. Certainly in Saturn's reign there as yet existed
970 no agriculture, and therefore the former times of Saturn are
971 spoken of, because, as the same Varro interprets the fables,
972 the primeval men lived on those seeds which the earth produced
973 spontaneously. Perhaps he received a pruning-knife
974 when he had lost his sceptre; that he who had been a king,
975 and lived at ease during the first part of his time, should
976 become a laborious workman whilst his son occupied the
977 throne. Then he says that boys were wont to be immolated
978 to him by certain peoples, the Carthaginians for instance;
979 and also that adults were immolated by some nations, for
980 example the Gauls—because, of all seeds, the human race
981 is the best. What need we say more concerning this most
982 cruel vanity? Let us rather attend to and hold by this, that
983 these interpretations are not carried up to the true God,—a
984 living, incorporeal, unchangeable nature, from whom a blessed
985 life enduring for ever may be obtained,—but that they end
986 in things which are corporeal, temporal, mutable, and mortal.
987 And whereas it is said in the fables that Saturn castrated
988 his father Cœlus, this signifies, says Varro, that the divine
989 seed belongs to Saturn, and not to Cœlus; for this reason,
990 as far as a reason can be discovered, namely, that in heaven[274]
991 nothing is born from seed. But, lo! Saturn, if he is the son
992 of Cœlus, is the son of Jupiter. For they affirm times without
993 number, and that emphatically, that the heavens[275] are
994 Jupiter. Thus those things which come not of the truth, do
995 very often, without being impelled by any one, themselves
996 overthrow one another. He says that Saturn was called
997 Κρόνος, which in the Greek tongue signifies a space of time,[276]
998 because, without that, seed cannot be productive. These and
999 many other things are said concerning Saturn, and they are
1000 all referred to seed. But Saturn surely, with all that great
1001 power, might have sufficed for seed. Why are other gods
1002 demanded for it, especially Liber and Libera, that is, Ceres?—concerning
1003 whom again, as far as seed is concerned, he
1004 says as many things as if he had said nothing concerning
1005 Saturn.
1006 20. *Concerning the rites of Eleusinian Ceres*.
1007 Now among the rites of Ceres, those Eleusinian rites are
1008 much famed which were in the highest repute among the
1009 Athenians, of which Varro offers no interpretation except
1010 with respect to corn, which Ceres discovered, and with respect
1011 to Proserpine, whom Ceres lost, Orcus having carried her
1012 away. And this Proserpine herself, he says, signifies the
1013 fecundity of seeds. But as this fecundity departed at a
1014 certain season, whilst the earth wore an aspect of sorrow
1015 through the consequent sterility, there arose an opinion that
1016 the daughter of Ceres, that is, fecundity itself, who was called
1017 Proserpine, from *proserpere* (to creep forth, to spring), had
1018 been carried away by Orcus, and detained among the inhabitants
1019 of the nether world; which circumstance was celebrated
1020 with public mourning. But since the same fecundity again
1021 returned, there arose joy because Proserpine had been given
1022 back by Orcus, and thus these rites were instituted. Then
1023 Varro adds, that many things are taught in the mysteries of
1024 Ceres which only refer to the discovery of fruits.
1025 21. *Concerning the shamefulness of the rites which are celebrated in honour
1026 of Liber*.
1027 Now as to the rites of Liber, whom they have set over
1028 liquid seeds, and therefore not only over the liquors of fruits,
1029 among which wine holds, so to speak, the primacy, but also
1030 over the seeds of animals:—as to these rites, I am unwilling
1031 to undertake to show to what excess of turpitude they had
1032 reached, because that would entail a lengthened discourse,
1033 though I am not unwilling to do so as a demonstration of the
1034 proud stupidity of those who practise them. Among other
1035 rites which I am compelled from the greatness of their number
1036 to omit, Varro says that in Italy, at the places where roads
1037 crossed each other, the rites of Liber were celebrated with
1038 such unrestrained turpitude, that the private parts of a man
1039 were worshipped in his honour. Nor was this abomination
1040 transacted in secret, that some regard at least might be paid
1041 to modesty, but was openly and wantonly displayed. For
1042 during the festival of Liber, this obscene member, placed on
1043 a car, was carried with great honour, first over the cross-roads
1044 in the country, and then into the city. But in the town of
1045 Lavinium a whole month was devoted to Liber alone, during
1046 the days of which all the people gave themselves up to the
1047 most dissolute conversation, until that member had been
1048 carried through the forum and brought to rest in its own
1049 place; on which unseemly member it was necessary that
1050 the most honourable matron should place a wreath in the
1051 presence of all the people. Thus, forsooth, was the god Liber
1052 to be appeased in order to the growth of seeds. Thus was
1053 enchantment to be driven away from fields, even by a matron's
1054 being compelled to do in public what not even a harlot ought
1055 to be permitted to do in a theatre, if there were matrons
1056 among the spectators. For these reasons, then, Saturn alone
1057 was not believed to be sufficient for seeds,—namely, that the
1058 impure mind might find occasions for multiplying the gods;
1059 and that, being righteously abandoned to uncleanness by the
1060 one true God, and being prostituted to the worship of many
1061 false gods, through an avidity for ever greater and greater
1062 uncleanness, it should call these sacrilegious rites sacred
1063 things, and should abandon itself to be violated and polluted
1064 by crowds of foul demons.
1065 22. *Concerning Neptune, and Salacia, and Venilia*.
1066 Now Neptune had Salacia to wife, who they say is the
1067 nether waters of the sea. Wherefore was Venilia also joined
1068 to him? Was it not simply through the lust of the soul
1069 desiring a greater number of demons to whom to prostitute
1070 itself, and not because this goddess was necessary to the perfection
1071 of their sacred rites? But let the interpretation of this
1072 illustrious theology be brought forward to restrain us from
1073 this censuring by rendering a satisfactory reason. Venilia,
1074 says this theology, is the wave which comes to the shore,
1075 Salacia the wave which returns into the sea. Why, then, are
1076 there two goddesses, when it is one wave which comes and
1077 returns? Certainly it is mad lust itself, which in its eagerness
1078 for many deities resembles the waves which break on the
1079 shore. For though the water which goes is not different from
1080 that which returns, still the soul which goes and returns not
1081 is defiled by two demons, whom it has taken occasion by this
1082 false pretext to invite. I ask thee, O Varro, and you who
1083 have read such works of learned men, and think ye have
1084 learned something great,—I ask you to interpret this, I do not
1085 say in a manner consistent with the eternal and unchangeable
1086 nature which alone is God, but only in a manner consistent
1087 with the doctrine concerning the soul of the world and its
1088 parts, which ye think to be the true gods. It is a somewhat
1089 more tolerable thing that ye have made that part of the soul
1090 of the world which pervades the sea your god Neptune. Is
1091 the wave, then, which comes to the shore and returns to the
1092 main, two parts of the world, or two parts of the soul of the
1093 world? Who of you is so silly as to think so? Why, then,
1094 have they made to you two goddesses? The only reason
1095 seems to be, that your wise ancestors have provided, not that
1096 many gods should rule you, but that many of such demons as
1097 are delighted with those vanities and falsehoods should possess
1098 you. But why has that Salacia, according to this interpretation,
1099 lost the lower part of the sea, seeing that she was represented
1100 as subject to her husband? For in saying that she
1101 is the receding wave, ye have put her on the surface. Was
1102 she enraged at her husband for taking Venilia as a concubine,
1103 and thus drove him from the upper part of the sea?
1104 >
1105 >
1106 >
1107 23. *Concerning the earth, which Varro affirms to be a goddess, because that soul
1108 > of the world which he thinks to be God pervades also this lowest part of
1109 > his body, and imparts to it a divine force.*
1110 Surely the earth, which we see full of its own living creatures,
1111 is one; but for all that, it is but a mighty mass among
1112 the elements, and the lowest part of the world. Why, then,
1113 would they have it to be a goddess? Is it because it is fruitful?
1114 Why, then, are not men rather held to be gods, who
1115 render it fruitful by cultivating it; but though they plough
1116 it, do not adore it? But, say they, the part of the soul of the
1117 world which pervades it makes it a goddess. As if it were
1118 not a far more evident thing, nay, a thing which is not called
1119 in question, that there is a soul in man. And yet men are
1120 not held to be gods, but (a thing to be sadly lamented), with
1121 wonderful and pitiful delusion, are subjected to those who are
1122 not gods, and than whom they themselves are better, as the
1123 objects of deserved worship and adoration. And certainly the
1124 same Varro, in the book concerning the select gods, affirms
1125 that there are three grades of soul in universal nature. One
1126 which pervades all the living parts of the body, and has not
1127 sensation, but only the power of life,—that principle which
1128 penetrates into the bones, nails, and hair. By this principle
1129 in the world trees are nourished, and grow without being possessed
1130 of sensation, and live in a manner peculiar to themselves.
1131 The second grade of soul is that in which there is
1132 sensation. This principle penetrates into the eyes, ears,
1133 nostrils, mouth, and the organs of sensation. The third grade
1134 of soul is the highest, and is called mind, where intelligence
1135 has its throne. This grade of soul no mortal creatures except
1136 man are possessed of. Now this part of the soul of the world,
1137 Varro says, is called God, and in us is called Genius. And the
1138 stones and earth in the world, which we see, and which are
1139 not pervaded by the power of sensation, are, as it were, the
1140 bones and nails of God. Again, the sun, moon, and stars,
1141 which we perceive, and by which He perceives, are His organs
1142 of perception. Moreover, the ether is His mind; and by the
1143 virtue which is in it, which penetrates into the stars, it also
1144 makes them gods; and because it penetrates through them
1145 into the earth, it makes it the goddess Tellus, whence again it
1146 enters and permeates the sea and ocean, making them the god
1147 Neptune.
1148 Let him return from this, which he thinks to be natural
1149 theology, back to that from which he went out, in order
1150 to rest from the fatigue occasioned by the many turnings and
1151 windings of his path. Let him return, I say, let him return
1152 to the civil theology. I wish to detain him there a
1153 while. I have somewhat to say which has to do with that
1154 theology. I am not yet saying, that if the earth and stones
1155 are similar to our bones and nails, they are in like manner
1156 devoid of intelligence, as they are devoid of sensation. Nor
1157 am I saying that, if our bones and nails are said to have intelligence,
1158 because they are in a man who has intelligence, he
1159 who says that the things analogous to these in the world are
1160 gods, is as stupid as he is who says that our bones and nails
1161 are men. We shall perhaps have occasion to dispute these
1162 things with the philosophers. At present, however, I wish to
1163 deal with Varro as a political theologian. For it is possible
1164 that, though he may seem to have wished to lift up his head,
1165 as it were, into the liberty of natural theology, the consciousness
1166 that the book with which he was occupied was one concerning
1167 a subject belonging to civil theology, may have caused
1168 him to relapse into the point of view of that theology, and to
1169 say this in order that the ancestors of his nation, and other
1170 states, might not be believed to have bestowed on Neptune an
1171 irrational worship. What I am to say is this: Since the earth
1172 is one, why has not that part of the soul of the world which
1173 permeates the earth made it that one goddess which he calls
1174 Tellus? But had it done so, what then had become of Orcus,
1175 the brother of Jupiter and Neptune, whom they call Father
1176 Dis?[277] And where, in that case, had been his wife Proserpine,
1177 who, according to another opinion given in the same book, is
1178 called, not the fecundity of the earth, but its lower part?[278]
1179 But if they say that part of the soul of the world, when it
1180 permeates the upper part of the earth, makes the god Father
1181 Dis, but when it pervades the nether part of the same the
1182 goddess Proserpine; what, in that case, will that Tellus be?
1183 For all that which she was has been divided into these two
1184 parts, and these two gods; so that it is impossible to find
1185 what to make or where to place her as a third goddess, except
1186 it be said that those divinities Orcus and Proserpine are the
1187 one goddess Tellus, and that they are not three gods, but one
1188 or two, whilst notwithstanding they are called three, held to
1189 be three, worshipped as three, having their own several altars,
1190 their own shrines, rites, images, priests, whilst their own false
1191 demons also through these things defile the prostituted soul.
1192 Let this further question be answered: What part of the earth
1193 does a part of the soul of the world permeate in order to make
1194 the god Tellumo? No, says he; but the earth being one and
1195 the same, has a double life,—the masculine, which produces
1196 seed, and the feminine, which receives and nourishes the seed.
1197 Hence it has been called Tellus from the feminine principle,
1198 and Tellumo from the masculine. Why, then, do the priests,
1199 as he indicates, perform divine service to four gods, two others
1200 being added,—namely, to Tellus, Tellumo, Altor, and Rusor?
1201 We have already spoken concerning Tellus and Tellumo. But
1202 why do they worship Altor?[279] Because, says he, all that
1203 springs of the earth is nourished by the earth. Wherefore
1204 do they worship Rusor?[280] Because all things return back
1205 again to the place whence they proceeded.
1206 >
1207 >
1208 >
1209 24. *Concerning the surnames of Tellus and their significations, which, although
1210 > they indicate many properties, ought not to have established the opinion
1211 > that there is a corresponding number of gods.*
1212 The one earth, then, on account of this fourfold virtue,
1213 ought to have had four surnames, but not to have been considered
1214 as four gods,—as Jupiter and Juno, though they have
1215 so many surnames, are for all that only single deities,—for by
1216 all these surnames it is signified that a manifold virtue belongs
1217 to one god or to one goddess; but the multitude of surnames
1218 does not imply a multitude of gods. But as sometimes
1219 even the vilest women themselves grow tired of those crowds
1220 which they have sought after under the impulse of wicked
1221 passion, so also the soul, become vile, and prostituted to impure
1222 spirits, sometimes begins to loathe to multiply to itself
1223 gods to whom to surrender itself to be polluted by them, as
1224 much as it once delighted in so doing. For Varro himself,
1225 as if ashamed of that crowd of gods, would make Tellus to be
1226 one goddess. "They say," says he, "that whereas the one
1227 great mother has a tympanum, it is signified that she is the
1228 orb of the earth; whereas she has towers on her head, towns
1229 are signified; and whereas seats are fixed round about her, it
1230 is signified that whilst all things move, she moves not. And
1231 their having made the Galli to serve this goddess, signifies
1232 that they who are in need of seed ought to follow the earth,
1233 for in it all seeds are found. By their throwing themselves
1234 down before her, it is taught," he says, "that they who cultivate
1235 the earth should not sit idle, for there is always something
1236 for them to do. The sound of the cymbals signifies the
1237 noise made by the throwing of iron utensils, and by men's
1238 hands, and all other noises connected with agricultural operations;
1239 and these cymbals are of brass, because the ancients
1240 used brazen utensils in their agriculture before iron was discovered.
1241 They place beside the goddess an unbound and
1242 tame lion, to show that there is no kind of land so wild and
1243 so excessively barren as that it would be profitless to attempt
1244 to bring it in and cultivate it." Then he adds that, because
1245 they gave many names and surnames to mother Tellus, it
1246 came to be thought that these signified many gods. "They
1247 think," says he, "that Tellus is Ops, because the earth is improved
1248 by labour; Mother, because it brings forth much;
1249 Great, because it brings forth seed; Proserpine, because fruits
1250 creep forth from it; Vesta, because it is invested with herbs.
1251 And thus," says he, "they not at all absurdly identify other
1252 goddesses with the earth." If, then, it is one goddess (though,
1253 if the truth were consulted, it is not even that), why do they
1254 nevertheless separate it into many? Let there be many
1255 names of one goddess, and let there not be as many goddesses
1256 as there are names.
1257 But the authority of the erring ancients weighs heavily on
1258 Varro, and compels him, after having expressed this opinion,
1259 to show signs of uneasiness; for he immediately adds,
1260 "With which things the opinion of the ancients, who thought
1261 that there were really many goddesses, does not conflict."
1262 How does it not conflict, when it is entirely a different thing
1263 to say that one goddess has many names, and to say that
1264 there are many goddesses? But it is possible, he says, that
1265 the same thing may both be one, and yet have in it a plurality
1266 of things. I grant that there are many things in one man;
1267 are there therefore in him many men? In like manner, in
1268 one goddess there are many things; are there therefore also
1269 many goddesses? But let them divide, unite, multiply, reduplicate,
1270 and implicate as they like.
1271 These are the famous mysteries of Tellus and the Great
1272 Mother, all of which are shown to have reference to mortal
1273 seeds and to agriculture. Do these things, then,—namely,
1274 the tympanum, the towers, the Galli, the tossing to and fro
1275 of limbs, the noise of cymbals, the images of lions,—do these
1276 things, having this reference and this end, promise eternal
1277 life? Do the mutilated Galli, then, serve this Great Mother
1278 in order to signify that they who are in need of seed should
1279 follow the earth, as though it were not rather the case that
1280 this very service caused them to want seed? For whether do
1281 they, by following this goddess, acquire seed, being in want of
1282 it, or, by following her, lose seed when they have it? Is this
1283 to interpret or to deprecate? Nor is it considered to what a
1284 degree malign demons have gained the upper hand, inasmuch
1285 as they have been able to exact such cruel rites without having
1286 dared to promise any great things in return for them. Had
1287 the earth not been a goddess, men would have, by labouring,
1288 laid their hands on *it* in order to obtain seed through it, and
1289 would not have laid violent hands on themselves in order to
1290 lose seed on account of it. Had it not been a goddess, it
1291 would have become so fertile by the hands of others, that it
1292 would not have compelled a man to be rendered barren by
1293 his own hands; nor that in the festival of Liber an honourable
1294 matron put a wreath on the private parts of a man in
1295 the sight of the multitude, where perhaps her husband was
1296 standing by blushing and perspiring, if there is any shame left
1297 in men; and that in the celebration of marriages the newly-married
1298 bride was ordered to sit upon Priapus. These things
1299 are bad enough, but they are small and contemptible in comparison
1300 with that most cruel abomination, or most abominable
1301 cruelty, by which either set is so deluded that neither perishes
1302 of its wound. There the enchantment of fields is feared; here
1303 the amputation of members is not feared. There the modesty
1304 of the bride is outraged, but in such a manner as that neither
1305 her fruitfulness nor even her virginity is taken away; here
1306 a man is so mutilated that he is neither changed into a woman
1307 nor remains a man.
1308 25. *The interpretation of the mutilation of Atys which the doctrine of the
1309 Greek sages set forth.*
1310 Varro has not spoken of that Atys, nor sought out any
1311 interpretation for him, in memory of whose being loved by
1312 Ceres the Gallus is mutilated. But the learned and wise
1313 Greeks have by no means been silent about an interpretation
1314 so holy and so illustrious. The celebrated philosopher Porphyry
1315 has said that Atys signifies the flowers of spring, which
1316 is the most beautiful season, and therefore was mutilated
1317 because the flower falls before the fruit appears.[281] They
1318 have not, then, compared the man himself, or rather that
1319 semblance of a man they called Atys, to the flower, but his
1320 male organs,—these, indeed, fell whilst he was living. Did
1321 I say fell? nay, truly they did not fall, nor were they plucked
1322 off, but torn away. Nor when that flower was lost did any
1323 fruit follow, but rather sterility. What, then, do they say
1324 is signified by the castrated Atys himself, and whatever remained
1325 to him after his castration? To what do they refer
1326 that? What interpretation does that give rise to? Do they,
1327 after vain endeavours to discover an interpretation, seek to
1328 persuade men that that is rather to be believed which report
1329 has made public, and which has also been written concerning
1330 his having been a mutilated man? Our Varro has very properly
1331 opposed this, and has been unwilling to state it; for it
1332 certainly was not unknown to that most learned man.
1333 26. *Concerning the abomination of the sacred rites of the Great Mother*.
1334 Concerning the effeminates consecrated to the same Great
1335 Mother, in defiance of all the modesty which belongs to men
1336 and women, Varro has not wished to say anything, nor do I
1337 remember to have read anywhere aught concerning them.
1338 These effeminates, no later than yesterday, were going through
1339 the streets and places of Carthage with anointed hair, whitened
1340 faces, relaxed bodies, and feminine gait, exacting from the
1341 people the means of maintaining their ignominious lives.
1342 Nothing has been said concerning them. Interpretation
1343 failed, reason blushed, speech was silent. The Great Mother
1344 has surpassed all her sons, not in greatness of deity, but of
1345 crime. To this monster not even the monstrosity of Janus is
1346 to be compared. His deformity was only in his image; hers
1347 was the deformity of cruelty in her sacred rites. He has a
1348 redundancy of members in stone images; she inflicts the loss
1349 of members on men. This abomination is not surpassed by
1350 the licentious deeds of Jupiter, so many and so great. He,
1351 with all his seductions of women, only disgraced heaven with
1352 one Ganymede; she, with so many avowed and public effeminates,
1353 has both defiled the earth and outraged heaven. Perhaps
1354 we may either compare Saturn to this Magna Mater, or
1355 even set him before her in this kind of abominable cruelty,
1356 for he mutilated his father. But at the festivals of Saturn
1357 men could rather be slain by the hands of others than mutilated
1358 by their own. He devoured his sons, as the poets say,
1359 and the natural theologists interpret this as they list. History
1360 says he slew them. But the Romans never received,
1361 like the Carthaginians, the custom of sacrificing their sons to
1362 him. This Great Mother of the gods, however, has brought
1363 mutilated men into Roman temples, and has preserved that
1364 cruel custom, being believed to promote the strength of the
1365 Romans by emasculating their men. Compared with this
1366 evil, what are the thefts of Mercury, the wantonness of Venus,
1367 and the base and flagitious deeds of the rest of them, which
1368 we might bring forward from books, were it not that they are
1369 daily sung and danced in the theatres? But what are these
1370 things to so great an evil,—an evil whose magnitude was only
1371 proportioned to the greatness of the Great Mother,—especially
1372 as these are said to have been invented by the poets?
1373 as if the poets had also invented this, that they are acceptable
1374 to the gods. Let it be imputed, then, to the audacity
1375 and impudence of the poets that these things have been sung
1376 and written of. But that they have been incorporated into
1377 the body of divine rites and honours, the deities themselves
1378 demanding and extorting that incorporation, what is that but
1379 the crime of the gods? nay more, the confession of demons
1380 and the deception of wretched men? But as to this, that
1381 the Great Mother is considered to be worshipped in the appropriate
1382 form when she is worshipped by the consecration of
1383 mutilated men, this is not an invention of the poets, nay,
1384 they have rather shrunk from it with horror than sung of it.
1385 Ought any one, then, to be consecrated to these select gods,
1386 that he may live blessedly after death, consecrated to whom
1387 he could not live decently before death, being subjected to such
1388 foul superstitions, and bound over to unclean demons? But
1389 all these things, says Varro, are to be referred to the world.[282]
1390 Let him consider if it be not rather to the unclean.[283] But
1391 why not refer that to the world which is demonstrated to be
1392 in the world? We, however, seek for a mind which, trusting
1393 to true religion, does not adore the world as its god, but for
1394 the sake of God praises the world as a work of God, and,
1395 purified from mundane defilements, comes pure[284] to God Himself
1396 who founded the world.[285]
1397 >
1398 >
1399 >
1400 27. *Concerning the figments of the physical theologists, who neither worship the
1401 > true divinity, nor perform the worship wherewith the true divinity should
1402 > be served.*
1403 We see that these select gods have, indeed, become more
1404 famous than the rest; not, however, that their merits may be
1405 brought to light, but that their opprobrious deeds may not
1406 be hid. Whence it is more credible that they were men, as
1407 not only poetic but also historical literature has handed down.
1408 For this which Virgil says,
1409 "Then from Olympus' heights came down
1410 Good Saturn, exiled from his throne
1411 By Jove, his mightier heir;"[286]
1412 and what follows with reference to this affair, is fully related
1413 by the historian Euhemerus, and has been translated into
1414 Latin by Ennius. And as they who have written before us
1415 in the Greek or in the Latin tongue against such errors as
1416 these have said much concerning this matter, I have thought
1417 it unnecessary to dwell upon it. When I consider those physical
1418 reasons, then, by which learned and acute men attempt to
1419 turn human things into divine things, all I see is that they
1420 have been able to refer these things only to temporal works
1421 and to that which has a corporeal nature, and even though
1422 invisible still mutable; and this is by no means the true God.
1423 But if this worship had been performed as the symbolism of
1424 ideas at least congruous with religion, though it would indeed
1425 have been cause of grief that the true God was not announced
1426 and proclaimed by its symbolism, nevertheless it could have
1427 been in some degree borne with, when it did not occasion
1428 and command the performance of such foul and abominable
1429 things. But since it is impiety to worship the body or the
1430 soul for the true God, by whose indwelling alone the soul is
1431 happy, how much more impious is it to worship those things
1432 through which neither soul nor body can obtain either salvation
1433 or human honour? Wherefore if with temple, priest, and
1434 sacrifice, which are due to the true God, any element of the
1435 world be worshipped, or any created spirit, even though not
1436 impure and evil, that worship is still evil, not because the
1437 things are evil by which the worship is performed, but because
1438 those things ought only to be used in the worship of Him to
1439 whom alone such worship and service are due. But if any
1440 one insist that he worships the one true God,—that is, the
1441 Creator of every soul and of every body,—with stupid and
1442 monstrous idols, with human victims, with putting a wreath
1443 on the male organ, with the wages of unchastity, with the
1444 cutting of limbs, with emasculation, with the consecration of
1445 effeminates, with impure and obscene plays, such a one does
1446 not sin because he worships One who ought not to be worshipped,
1447 but because he worships Him who ought to be worshipped
1448 in a way in which He ought not to be worshipped.
1449 But he who worships with such things,—that is, foul and
1450 obscene things,—and that not the true God, namely, the
1451 maker of soul and body, but a creature, even though not a
1452 wicked creature, whether it be soul or body, or soul and body
1453 together, twice sins against God, because he both worships
1454 for God what is not God, and also worships with such things
1455 as neither God nor what is not God ought to be worshipped
1456 with. It is, indeed, manifest how these pagans worship,—that
1457 is, how shamefully and criminally they worship; but what or
1458 whom they worship would have been left in obscurity, had
1459 not their history testified that those same confessedly base
1460 and foul rites were rendered in obedience to the demands of
1461 the gods, who exacted them with terrible severity. Wherefore
1462 it is evident beyond doubt that this whole civil theology is
1463 occupied in inventing means for attracting wicked and most
1464 impure spirits, inviting them to visit senseless images, and
1465 through these to take possession of stupid hearts.
1466 28. *That the doctrine of Varro concerning theology is in no part consistent
1467 with itself*.
1468 To what purpose, then, is it that this most learned and most
1469 acute man Varro attempts, as it were, with subtle disputation,
1470 to reduce and refer all these gods to heaven and earth? He
1471 cannot do it. They go out of his hands like water; they
1472 shrink back; they slip down and fall. For when about to
1473 speak of the females, that is, the goddesses, he says, "Since,
1474 as I observed in the first book concerning places, heaven and
1475 earth are the two origins of the gods, on which account they
1476 are called celestials and terrestrials, and as I began in the former
1477 books with heaven, speaking of Janus, whom some have said
1478 to be heaven, and others the earth, so I now commence with
1479 Tellus in speaking concerning the goddesses." I can understand
1480 what embarrassment so great a mind was experiencing.
1481 For he is influenced by the perception of a certain plausible
1482 resemblance, when he says that the heaven is that which does,
1483 and the earth that which suffers, and therefore attributes the
1484 masculine principle to the one, and the feminine to the other,—not
1485 considering that it is rather He who made both heaven
1486 and earth who is the maker of both activity and passivity.
1487 On this principle he interprets the celebrated mysteries of the
1488 Samothracians, and promises, with an air of great devoutness,
1489 that he will by writing expound these mysteries, which have
1490 not been so much as known to his countrymen, and will send
1491 them his exposition. Then he says that he had from many
1492 proofs gathered that, in those mysteries, among the images
1493 one signifies heaven, another the earth, another the patterns
1494 of things, which Plato calls ideas. He makes Jupiter to
1495 signify heaven, Juno the earth, Minerva the ideas. Heaven,
1496 by which anything is made; the earth, from which it is made;
1497 and the pattern, according to which it is made. But, with
1498 respect to the last, I am forgetting to say that Plato attributed
1499 so great an importance to these ideas as to say, not that anything
1500 was made by heaven according to them, but that according
1501 to them heaven itself was made.[287] To return, however,—it
1502 is to be observed that Varro has, in the book on the select
1503 gods, lost that theory of these gods, in whom he has, as it
1504 were, embraced all things. For he assigns the male gods to
1505 heaven, the females to earth; among which latter he has
1506 placed Minerva, whom he had before placed above heaven
1507 itself. Then the male god Neptune is in the sea, which
1508 pertains rather to earth than to heaven. Last of all, father
1509 Dis, who is called in Greek Πλούτων, another male god,
1510 brother of both (Jupiter and Neptune), is also held to be
1511 a god of the earth, holding the upper region of the earth
1512 himself, and allotting the nether region to his wife Proserpine.
1513 How, then, do they attempt to refer the gods to heaven, and
1514 the goddesses to earth? What solidity, what consistency,
1515 what sobriety has this disputation? But that Tellus is the
1516 origin of the goddesses,—the great mother, to wit, beside whom
1517 there is continually the noise of the mad and abominable
1518 revelry of effeminates and mutilated men, and men who cut
1519 themselves, and indulge in frantic gesticulations,—how is it,
1520 then, that Janus is called the head of the gods, and Tellus the
1521 head of the goddesses? In the one case error does not make
1522 one head, and in the other frenzy does not make a sane one.
1523 Why do they vainly attempt to refer these to the world?
1524 Even if they could do so, no pious person worships the world
1525 for the true God. Nevertheless, plain truth makes it evident
1526 that they are not able even to do this. Let them rather
1527 identify them with dead men and most wicked demons, and
1528 no further question will remain.
1529 29. *That all things which the physical theologists have referred to the world and
1530 its parts, they ought to have referred to the one true God*.
1531 For all those things which, according to the account given
1532 of those gods, are referred to the world by so-called physical
1533 interpretation, may, without any religious scruple, be rather
1534 assigned to the true God, who made heaven and earth, and
1535 created every soul and every body; and the following is the
1536 manner in which we see that this may be done. We worship
1537 God,—not heaven and earth, of which two parts this world
1538 consists, nor the soul or souls diffused through all living
1539 things,—but God who made heaven and earth, and all things
1540 which are in them; who made every soul, whatever be the
1541 nature of its life, whether it have life without sensation and
1542 reason, or life with sensation, or life with both sensation and
1543 reason.
1544 >
1545 >
1546 >
1547 30. *How piety distinguishes the Creator from the creatures, so that, instead of
1548 > one God, there are not worshipped as many gods as there are works of the
1549 > one author.*
1550 And now, to begin to go over those works of the one true
1551 God, on account of which these have made to themselves
1552 many and false gods, whilst they attempt to give an honourable
1553 interpretation to their many most abominable and most
1554 infamous mysteries,—we worship that God who has appointed
1555 to the natures created by Him both the beginnings and the
1556 end of their existing and moving; who holds, knows, and disposes
1557 the causes of things; who hath created the virtue of
1558 seeds; who hath given to what creatures He would a rational
1559 soul, which is called mind; who hath bestowed the faculty and
1560 use of speech; who hath imparted the gift of foretelling future
1561 things to whatever spirits it seemed to Him good; who also
1562 Himself predicts future things, through whom He pleases,
1563 and through whom He will removes diseases; who, when the
1564 human race is to be corrected and chastised by wars, regulates
1565 also the beginnings, progress, and ends of these wars;
1566 who hath created and governs the most vehement and most
1567 violent fire of this world, in due relation and proportion to
1568 the other elements of immense nature; who is the governor
1569 of all the waters; who hath made the sun brightest of all
1570 material lights, and hath given him suitable power and
1571 motion; who hath not withdrawn, even from the inhabitants
1572 of the nether world, His dominion and power; who hath
1573 appointed to mortal natures their suitable seed and nourishment,
1574 dry or liquid; who establishes and makes fruitful the
1575 earth; who bountifully bestows its fruits on animals and on
1576 men; who knows and ordains, not only principal causes, but
1577 also subsequent causes; who hath determined for the moon
1578 her motion; who affords ways in heaven and on earth for
1579 passage from one place to another; who hath granted also to
1580 human minds, which He hath created, the knowledge of the
1581 various arts for the help of life and nature; who hath
1582 appointed the union of male and female for the propagation
1583 of offspring; who hath favoured the societies of men with the
1584 gift of terrestrial fire for the simplest and most familiar purposes,
1585 to burn on the hearth and to give light. These are,
1586 then, the things which that most acute and most learned man
1587 Varro has laboured to distribute among the select gods, by I
1588 know not what physical interpretation, which he has got from
1589 other sources, and also conjectured for himself. But these
1590 things the one true God makes and does, but as *the same* God,—that
1591 is, as He who is wholly everywhere, included in no
1592 space, bound by no chains, mutable in no part of His being,
1593 filling heaven and earth with omnipresent power, not with a
1594 needy nature. Therefore He governs all things in such a
1595 manner as to allow them to perform and exercise their own
1596 proper movements. For although they can be nothing without
1597 Him, they are not what He is. He does also many things
1598 through angels; but only from Himself does He beatify angels.
1599 So also, though He send angels to men for certain purposes,
1600 He does not for all that beatify men by the good inherent in
1601 the angels, but by Himself, as He does the angels themselves.
1602 31. *What benefits God gives to the followers of the truth to enjoy over and above
1603 His general bounty.*
1604 For, besides such benefits as, according to this administration
1605 of nature of which we have made some mention, He
1606 lavishes on good and bad alike, we have from Him a great
1607 manifestation of great love, which belongs only to the good.
1608 For although we can never sufficiently give thanks to Him,
1609 that we are, that we live, that we behold heaven and earth,
1610 that we have mind and reason by which to seek after Him
1611 who made all these things, nevertheless, what hearts, what
1612 number of tongues, shall affirm that they are sufficient to
1613 render thanks to Him for this, that He hath not wholly
1614 departed from us, laden and overwhelmed with sins, averse to
1615 the contemplation of His light, and blinded by the love of
1616 darkness, that is, of iniquity, but hath sent to us His own
1617 Word, who is His only Son, that by His birth and suffering
1618 for us in the flesh, which He assumed, we might know how
1619 much God valued man, and that by that unique sacrifice we
1620 might be purified from all our sins, and that, love being shed
1621 abroad in our hearts by His Spirit, we might, having surmounted
1622 all difficulties, come into eternal rest, and the
1623 ineffable sweetness of the contemplation of Himself?
1624 32. *That at no time in the past was the mystery of Christ's redemption awanting,
1625 but was at all times declared, though in various forms.*
1626 This mystery of eternal life, even from the beginning of the
1627 human race, was, by certain signs and sacraments suitable to
1628 the times, announced through angels to those to whom it was
1629 meet. Then the Hebrew people was congregated into one
1630 republic, as it were, to perform this mystery; and in that republic
1631 was foretold, sometimes through men who understood
1632 what they spake, and sometimes through men who understood
1633 not, all that had transpired since the advent of Christ until now,
1634 and all that will transpire. This same nation, too, was afterwards
1635 dispersed through the nations, in order to testify to the
1636 scriptures in which eternal salvation in Christ had been declared.
1637 For not only the prophecies which are contained in words, nor
1638 only the precepts for the right conduct of life, which teach
1639 morals and piety, and are contained in the sacred writings,—not
1640 only these, but also the rites, priesthood, tabernacle or temple,
1641 altars, sacrifices, ceremonies, and whatever else belongs to that
1642 service which is due to God, and which in Greek is properly
1643 called λατρεία,—all these signified and fore-announced those
1644 things which we who believe in Jesus Christ unto eternal life
1645 believe to have been fulfilled, or behold in process of fulfilment,
1646 or confidently believe shall yet be fulfilled.
1647 33. *That only through the Christian religion could the deceit of malign spirits,
1648 who rejoice in the errors of men, have been manifested.*
1649 This, the only true religion, has alone been able to manifest
1650 that the gods of the nations are most impure demons, who
1651 desire to be thought gods, availing themselves of the names of
1652 certain defunct souls, or the appearance of mundane creatures,
1653 and with proud impurity rejoicing in things most base and
1654 infamous, as though in divine honours, and envying human
1655 souls their conversion to the true God. From whose most
1656 cruel and most impious dominion a man is liberated when he
1657 believes on Him who has afforded an example of humility,
1658 following which men may rise as great as was that pride by
1659 which they fell. Hence are not only those gods, concerning
1660 whom we have already spoken much, and many others belonging
1661 to different nations and lands, but also those of whom we
1662 are now treating, who have been selected as it were into the
1663 senate of the gods,—selected, however, on account of the
1664 notoriousness of their crimes, not on account of the dignity
1665 of their virtues,—whose sacred things Varro attempts to
1666 refer to certain natural reasons, seeking to make base things
1667 honourable, but cannot find how to square and agree with
1668 these reasons, because these are not the causes of those rites,
1669 which he thinks, or rather wishes to be thought to be so. For
1670 had not only these, but also all others of this kind, been real
1671 causes, even though they had nothing to do with the true God
1672 and eternal life, which is to be sought in religion, they would,
1673 by affording some sort of reason drawn from the nature of
1674 things, have mitigated in some degree that offence which was
1675 occasioned by some turpitude or absurdity in the sacred rites,
1676 which was not understood. This he attempted to do in
1677 respect to certain fables of the theatres, or mysteries of the
1678 shrines; but he did not acquit the theatres of likeness to the
1679 shrines, but rather condemned the shrines for likeness to the
1680 theatres. However, he in some way made the attempt to
1681 soothe the feelings shocked by horrible things, by rendering
1682 what he would have to be natural interpretations.
1683 >
1684 >
1685 >
1686 34. *Concerning the books of Numa Pompilius, which the senate ordered to be
1687 > burned, in order that the causes of sacred rites therein assigned should
1688 > not become known.*.
1689 But, on the other hand, we find, as the same most learned
1690 man has related, that the causes of the sacred rites which
1691 were given from the books of Numa Pompilius could by no
1692 means be tolerated, and were considered unworthy, not only
1693 to become known to the religious by being read, but even to
1694 lie written in the darkness in which they had been concealed.
1695 For now let me say what I promised in the third book of this
1696 work to say in its proper place. For, as we read in the same
1697 Varro's book on the worship of the gods, "A certain one
1698 Terentius had a field at the Janiculum, and once, when his
1699 ploughman was passing the plough near to the tomb of Numa
1700 Pompilius, he turned up from the ground the books of Numa,
1701 in which were written the causes of the sacred institutions;
1702 which books he carried to the prætor, who, having read the
1703 beginnings of them, referred to the senate what seemed to be
1704 a matter of so much importance. And when the chief senators
1705 had read certain of the causes why this or that rite was instituted,
1706 the senate assented to the dead Numa, and the conscript
1707 fathers, as though concerned for the interests of religion,
1708 ordered the prætor to burn the books."[288] Let each one believe
1709 what he thinks; nay, let every champion of such impiety
1710 say whatever mad contention may suggest. For my part, let
1711 it suffice to suggest that the causes of those sacred things
1712 which were written down by King Numa Pompilius, the
1713 institutor of the Roman rites, ought never to have become
1714 known to people or senate, or even to the priests themselves;
1715 and also that Numa himself attained to these secrets of
1716 demons by an illicit curiosity, in order that he might write
1717 them down, so as to be able, by reading, to be reminded of
1718 them. However, though he was king, and had no cause to
1719 be afraid of any one, he neither dared to teach them to any
1720 one, nor to destroy them by obliteration, or any other form of
1721 destruction. Therefore, because he was unwilling that any
1722 one should know them, lest men should be taught infamous
1723 things, and because he was afraid to violate them, lest he
1724 should enrage the demons against himself, he buried them in
1725 what he thought a safe place, believing that a plough could
1726 not approach his sepulchre. But the senate, fearing to condemn
1727 the religious solemnities of their ancestors, and therefore
1728 compelled to assent to Numa, were nevertheless so convinced
1729 that those books were pernicious, that they did not order
1730 them to be buried again, knowing that human curiosity would
1731 thereby be excited to seek with far greater eagerness after
1732 the matter already divulged, but ordered the scandalous relics
1733 to be destroyed with fire; because, as they thought it was now
1734 a necessity to perform those sacred rites, they judged that the
1735 error arising from ignorance of their causes was more tolerable
1736 than the disturbance which the knowledge of them would
1737 occasion the state.
1738 35. *Concerning the hydromancy through which Numa was befooled by certain
1739 images of demons seen in the water.*
1740 For Numa himself also, to whom no prophet of God, no
1741 holy angel was sent, was driven to have recourse to hydromancy,
1742 that he might see the images of the gods in the water
1743 (or, rather, appearances whereby the demons made sport of
1744 him), and might learn from them what he ought to ordain and
1745 observe in the sacred rites. This kind of divination, says
1746 Varro, was introduced from the Persians, and was used by
1747 Numa himself, and at an after time by the philosopher
1748 Pythagoras. In this divination, he says, they also inquire at
1749 the inhabitants of the nether world, and make use of blood;
1750 and this the Greeks call νεκρομαντείαν. But whether it be
1751 called necromancy or hydromancy it is the same thing, for in
1752 either case the dead are supposed to foretell future things.
1753 But by what artifices these things are done, let themselves
1754 consider; for I am unwilling to say that these artifices were
1755 wont to be prohibited by the laws, and to be very severely
1756 punished even in the Gentile states, before the advent of our
1757 Saviour. I am unwilling, I say, to affirm this, for perhaps
1758 even such things were then allowed. However, it was by
1759 these arts that Pompilius learned those sacred rites which he
1760 gave forth as facts, whilst he concealed their causes; for
1761 even he himself was afraid of that which he had learned.
1762 The senate also caused the books in which those causes were
1763 recorded to be burned. What is it, then, to me, that Varro
1764 attempts to adduce all sorts of fanciful physical interpretations,
1765 which if these books had contained, they would certainly
1766 not have been burned? For otherwise the conscript fathers
1767 would also have burned those books which Varro published
1768 and dedicated to the high priest Cæsar.[289] Now Numa is said
1769 to have married the nymph Egeria, because (as Varro explains
1770 it in the forementioned book) he carried forth[290] water
1771 wherewith to perform his hydromancy. Thus facts are wont
1772 to be converted into fables through false colourings. It was
1773 by that hydromancy, then, that that over-curious Roman king
1774 learned both the sacred rites which were to be written in the
1775 books of the priests, and also the causes of those rites,—which
1776 latter, however, he was unwilling that any one besides himself
1777 should know. Wherefore he made these causes, as it were,
1778 to die along with himself, taking care to have them written
1779 by themselves, and removed from the knowledge of men by
1780 being buried in the earth. Wherefore the things which are
1781 written in those books were either abominations of demons,
1782 so foul and noxious as to render that whole civil theology
1783 execrable even in the eyes of such men as those senators, who
1784 had accepted so many shameful things in the sacred rites
1785 themselves, or they were nothing else than the accounts of
1786 dead men, whom, through the lapse of ages, almost all the
1787 Gentile nations had come to believe to be immortal gods;
1788 whilst those same demons were delighted even with such rites,
1789 having presented themselves to receive worship under pretence
1790 of being those very dead men whom they had caused to be
1791 thought immortal gods by certain fallacious miracles, performed
1792 in order to establish that belief. But, by the hidden providence
1793 of the true God, these demons were permitted to confess
1794 these things to their friend Numa, having been gained by those
1795 arts through which necromancy could be performed, and yet
1796 were not constrained to admonish him rather at his death to
1797 burn than to bury the books in which they were written.
1798 But, in order that these books might be unknown, the demons
1799 could not resist the plough by which they were thrown up, or
1800 the pen of Varro, through which the things which were done
1801 in reference to this matter have come down even to our knowledge.
1802 For they are not able to effect anything which they
1803 are not allowed; but they are permitted to influence those
1804 whom God, in His deep and just judgment, according to their
1805 deserts, gives over either to be simply afflicted by them, or to
1806 be also subdued and deceived. But how pernicious these
1807 writings were judged to be, or how alien from the worship of
1808 the true Divinity, may be understood from the fact that the
1809 senate preferred to burn what Pompilius had hid, rather than
1810 to fear what he feared, so that he could not dare to do that.
1811 Wherefore let him who does not desire to live a pious life
1812 even now, seek eternal life by means of such rites. But let
1813 him who does not wish to have fellowship with malign demons
1814 have no fear for the noxious superstition wherewith they are
1815 worshipped, but let him recognise the true religion by which
1816 they are unmasked and vanquished.
BOOK VIII
43 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
46 >
47 >
48 >
49 AUGUSTINE COMES NOW TO THE THIRD KIND OF THEOLOGY, THAT IS, THE
50 > NATURAL, AND TAKES UP THE QUESTION, WHETHER THE WORSHIP OF
51 > THE GODS OF THE NATURAL THEOLOGY IS OF ANY AVAIL TOWARDS
52 > SECURING BLESSEDNESS IN THE LIFE TO COME. THIS QUESTION HE
53 > PREFERS TO DISCUSS WITH THE PLATONISTS, BECAUSE THE PLATONIC
54 > SYSTEM IS "FACILE PRINCEPS" AMONG PHILOSOPHIES, AND MAKES THE
55 > NEAREST APPROXIMATION TO CHRISTIAN TRUTH. IN PURSUING THIS
56 > ARGUMENT, HE FIRST REFUTES APULEIUS, AND ALL WHO MAINTAIN THAT
57 > THE DEMONS SHOULD BE WORSHIPPED AS MESSENGERS AND MEDIATORS
58 > BETWEEN GODS AND MEN; DEMONSTRATING THAT BY NO POSSIBILITY CAN
59 > MEN BE RECONCILED TO GOOD GODS BY DEMONS, WHO ARE THE SLAVES OF
60 > VICE, AND WHO DELIGHT IN AND PATRONIZE WHAT GOOD AND WISE
61 > MEN ABHOR AND CONDEMN,—THE BLASPHEMOUS FICTIONS OF POETS,
62 > THEATRICAL EXHIBITIONS, AND MAGICAL ARTS.
63 1. *That the question of natural theology is to be discussed with those philosophers
64 who sought a more excellent wisdom*.
65 We shall require to apply our mind with far greater
66 intensity to the present question than was requisite
67 in the solution and unfolding of the questions handled in the
68 preceding books; for it is not with ordinary men, but with
69 philosophers that we must confer concerning the theology
70 which they call natural. For it is not like the fabulous, that
71 is, the theatrical; nor the civil, that is, the urban theology:
72 the one of which displays the crimes of the gods, whilst the
73 other manifests their criminal desires, which demonstrate them
74 to be rather malign demons than gods. It is, we say, with
75 philosophers we have to confer with respect to this theology,—men
76 whose very name, if rendered into Latin, signifies those
77 who profess the love of wisdom. Now, if wisdom is God,
78 who made all things, as is attested by the divine authority
79 and truth,[291] then the philosopher is a lover of God. But since
80 the thing itself, which is called by this name, exists not in all
81 who glory in the name,—for it does not follow, of course, that
82 all who are called philosophers are lovers of true wisdom,—we
83 must needs select from the number of those with whose
84 opinions we have been able to acquaint ourselves by reading,
85 some with whom we may not unworthily engage in the treatment
86 of this question. For I have not in this work undertaken
87 to refute all the vain opinions of the philosophers,
88 but only such as pertain to theology, which Greek word we
89 understand to mean an account or explanation of the divine
90 nature. Nor, again, have I undertaken to refute all the vain
91 theological opinions of all the philosophers, but only of such
92 of them as, agreeing in the belief that there is a divine nature,
93 and that this divine nature is concerned about human affairs,
94 do nevertheless deny that the worship of the one unchangeable
95 God is sufficient for the obtaining of a blessed life after death,
96 as well as at the present time; and hold that, in order to
97 obtain that life, many gods, created, indeed, and appointed to
98 their several spheres by that one God, are to be worshipped.
99 These approach nearer to the truth than even Varro; for,
100 whilst he saw no difficulty in extending natural theology in
101 its entirety even to the world and the soul of the world, these
102 acknowledge God as existing above all that is of the nature of
103 soul, and as the Creator not only of this visible world, which
104 is often called heaven and earth, but also of every soul whatsoever,
105 and as Him who gives blessedness to the rational soul,—of
106 which kind is the human soul,—by participation in His
107 own unchangeable and incorporeal light. There is no one,
108 who has even a slender knowledge of these things, who does
109 not know of the Platonic philosophers, who derive their name
110 from their master Plato. Concerning this Plato, then, I will
111 briefly state such things as I deem necessary to the present
112 question, mentioning beforehand those who preceded him in
113 time in the same department of literature.
114 2. *Concerning the two schools of philosophers, that is, the Italic and Ionic, and
115 their founders.*
116 As far as concerns the literature of the Greeks, whose
117 language holds a more illustrious place than any of the languages
118 of the other nations, history mentions two schools of
119 philosophers, the one called the Italic school, originating in
120 that part of Italy which was formerly called Magna Græcia;
121 the other called the Ionic school, having its origin in those
122 regions which are still called by the name of Greece. The
123 Italic school had for its founder Pythagoras of Samos, to whom
124 also the term "philosophy" is said to owe its origin. For
125 whereas formerly those who seemed to excel others by the
126 laudable manner in which they regulated their lives were
127 called sages, Pythagoras, on being asked what he professed,
128 replied that he was a philosopher, that is, a student or lover
129 of wisdom; for it seemed to him to be the height of arrogance
130 to profess oneself a sage.[292] The founder of the Ionic school,
131 again, was Thales of Miletus, one of those seven who were
132 styled the "seven sages," of whom six were distinguished by
133 the kind of life they lived, and by certain maxims which they
134 gave forth for the proper conduct of life. Thales was distinguished
135 as an investigator into the nature of things; and, in
136 order that he might have successors in his school, he committed
137 his dissertations to writing. That, however, which
138 especially rendered him eminent was his ability, by means of
139 astronomical calculations, even to predict eclipses of the sun
140 and moon. He thought, however, that water was the first
141 principle of things, and that of it all the elements of the
142 world, the world itself, and all things which are generated in
143 it, ultimately consist. Over all this work, however, which,
144 when we consider the world, appears so admirable, he set
145 nothing of the nature of divine mind. To him succeeded
146 Anaximander, his pupil, who held a different opinion concerning
147 the nature of things; for he did not hold that all things
148 spring from one principle, as Thales did, who held that principle
149 to be water, but thought that each thing springs from its
150 own proper principle. These principles of things he believed
151 to be infinite in number, and thought that they generated
152 innumerable worlds, and all the things which arise in them.
153 He thought, also, that these worlds are subject to a perpetual
154 process of alternate dissolution and regeneration, each one
155 continuing for a longer or shorter period of time, according
156 to the nature of the case; nor did he, any more than Thales,
157 attribute anything to a divine mind in the production of all
158 this activity of things. Anaximander left as his successor his
159 disciple Anaximenes, who attributed all the causes of things
160 to an infinite air. He neither denied nor ignored the existence
161 of gods, but, so far from believing that the air was made by
162 them, he held, on the contrary, that they sprang from the air.
163 Anaxagoras, however, who was his pupil, perceived that a
164 divine mind was the productive cause of all things which we
165 see, and said that all the various kinds of things, according
166 to their several modes and species, were produced out of an
167 infinite matter consisting of homogeneous particles, but by the
168 efficiency of a divine mind. Diogenes, also, another pupil of
169 Anaximenes, said that a certain air was the original substance
170 of things out of which all things were produced, but that it
171 was possessed of a divine reason, without which nothing could
172 be produced from it. Anaxagoras was succeeded by his disciple
173 Archelaus, who also thought that all things consisted of
174 homogeneous particles, of which each particular thing was
175 made, but that those particles were pervaded by a divine
176 mind, which perpetually energized all the eternal bodies,
177 namely, those particles, so that they are alternately united
178 and separated. Socrates, the master of Plato, is said to have
179 been the disciple of Archelaus; and on Plato's account it is
180 that I have given this brief historical sketch of the whole
181 history of these schools.
182 3. *Of the Socratic philosophy.*
183 Socrates is said to have been the first who directed the
184 entire effort of philosophy to the correction and regulation of
185 manners, all who went before him having expended their
186 greatest efforts in the investigation of physical, that is, natural
187 phenomena. However, it seems to me that it cannot be
188 certainly discovered whether Socrates did this because he was
189 wearied of obscure and uncertain things, and so wished to
190 direct his mind to the discovery of something manifest and
191 certain, which was necessary in order to the obtaining of a
192 blessed life,—that one great object toward which the labour,
193 vigilance, and industry of all philosophers seem to have been
194 directed,—or whether (as some yet more favourable to him
195 suppose) he did it because he was unwilling that minds
196 defiled with earthly desires should essay to raise themselves
197 upward to divine things. For he saw that the causes of
198 things were sought for by them,—which causes he believed to
199 be ultimately reducible to nothing else than the will of the
200 one true and supreme God,—and on this account he thought
201 they could only be comprehended by a purified mind; and
202 therefore that all diligence ought to be given to the purification
203 of the life by good morals, in order that the mind,
204 delivered from the depressing weight of lusts, might raise
205 itself upward by its native vigour to eternal things, and
206 might, with purified understanding, contemplate that nature
207 which is incorporeal and unchangeable light, where live the
208 causes of all created natures. It is evident, however, that
209 he hunted out and pursued, with a wonderful pleasantness
210 of style and argument, and with a most pointed and insinuating
211 urbanity, the foolishness of ignorant men, who thought
212 that they knew this or that,—sometimes confessing his own
213 ignorance, and sometimes dissimulating his knowledge, even
214 in those very moral questions to which he seems to have
215 directed the whole force of his mind. And hence there arose
216 hostility against him, which ended in his being calumniously
217 impeached, and condemned to death. Afterwards, however,
218 that very city of the Athenians, which had publicly condemned
219 him, did publicly bewail him,—the popular indignation
220 having turned with such vehemence on his accusers, that
221 one of them perished by the violence of the multitude, whilst
222 the other only escaped a like punishment by voluntary and
223 perpetual exile.
224 Illustrious, therefore, both in his life and in his death,
225 Socrates left very many disciples of his philosophy, who
226 vied with one another in desire for proficiency in handling
227 those moral questions which concern the chief good
228 (*summum bonum*), the possession of which can make a man
229 blessed; and because, in the disputations of Socrates, where
230 he raises all manner of questions, makes assertions, and
231 then demolishes them, it did not evidently appear what he
232 held to be the chief good, every one took from these disputations
233 what pleased him best, and every one placed the
234 final good[293] in whatever it appeared to himself to consist.
235 Now, that which is called the final good is that at which,
236 when one has arrived, he is blessed. But so diverse were
237 the opinions held by those followers of Socrates concerning
238 this final good, that (a thing scarcely to be credited with
239 respect to the followers of one master) some placed the chief
240 good in pleasure, as Aristippus, others in virtue, as Antisthenes.
241 Indeed, it were tedious to recount the various
242 opinions of various disciples.
243 4. *Concerning Plato, the chief among the disciples of Socrates, and his
244 threefold division of philosophy.*
245 But, among the disciples of Socrates, Plato was the one who
246 shone with a glory which far excelled that of the others, and
247 who not unjustly eclipsed them all. By birth an Athenian
248 of honourable parentage, he far surpassed his fellow-disciples
249 in natural endowments, of which he was possessed in a wonderful
250 degree. Yet, deeming himself and the Socratic discipline
251 far from sufficient for bringing philosophy to perfection, he
252 travelled as extensively as he was able, going to every place
253 famed for the cultivation of any science of which he could
254 make himself master. Thus he learned from the Egyptians
255 whatever they held and taught as important; and from Egypt,
256 passing into those parts of Italy which were filled with the
257 fame of the Pythagoreans, he mastered, with the greatest
258 facility, and under the most eminent teachers, all the Italic
259 philosophy which was then in vogue. And, as he had a
260 peculiar love for his master Socrates, he made him the speaker
261 in all his dialogues, putting into his mouth whatever he had
262 learned, either from others, or from the efforts of his own
263 powerful intellect, tempering even his moral disputations with
264 the grace and politeness of the Socratic style. And, as the
265 study of wisdom consists in action and contemplation, so that
266 one part of it may be called active, and the other contemplative,—the
267 active part having reference to the conduct of life,
268 that is, to the regulation of morals, and the contemplative part
269 to the investigation into the causes of nature and into pure
270 truth,—Socrates is said to have excelled in the active part of
271 that study, while Pythagoras gave more attention to its contemplative
272 part, on which he brought to bear all the force of
273 his great intellect. To Plato is given the praise of having
274 perfected philosophy by combining both parts into one. He
275 then divides it into three parts,—the first moral, which is
276 chiefly occupied with action; the second natural, of which the
277 object is contemplation; and the third rational, which discriminates
278 between the true and the false. And though this
279 last is necessary both to action and contemplation, it is
280 contemplation, nevertheless, which lays peculiar claim to the
281 office of investigating the nature of truth. Thus this tripartite
282 division is not contrary to that which made the study of
283 wisdom to consist in action and contemplation. Now, as to
284 what Plato thought with respect to each of these parts,—that
285 is, what he believed to be the end of all actions, the cause of
286 all natures, and the light of all intelligences,—it would be a
287 question too long to discuss, and about which we ought not
288 to make any rash affirmation. For, as Plato liked and constantly
289 affected the well-known method of his master Socrates,
290 namely, that of dissimulating his knowledge or his opinions,
291 it is not easy to discover clearly what he himself thought on
292 various matters, any more than it is to discover what were
293 the real opinions of Socrates. We must, nevertheless, insert
294 into our work certain of those opinions which he expresses in
295 his writings, whether he himself uttered them, or narrates
296 them as expressed by others, and seems himself to approve
297 of,—opinions sometimes favourable to the true religion, which
298 our faith takes up and defends, and sometimes contrary to it,
299 as, for example, in the questions concerning the existence of
300 one God or of many, as it relates to the truly blessed life
301 which is to be after death. For those who are praised as
302 having most closely followed Plato, who is justly preferred to
303 all the other philosophers of the Gentiles, and who are said
304 to have manifested the greatest acuteness in understanding
305 him, do perhaps entertain such an idea of God as to admit
306 that in Him are to be found the cause of existence, the ultimate
307 reason for the understanding, and the end in reference
308 to which the whole life is to be regulated. Of which three
309 things, the first is understood to pertain to the natural, the
310 second to the rational, and the third to the moral part of
311 philosophy. For if man has been so created as to attain,
312 through that which is most excellent in him, to that which
313 excels all things,—that is, to the one true and absolutely good
314 God, without whom no nature exists, no doctrine instructs, no
315 exercise profits,—let Him be sought in whom all things are
316 secure to us, let Him be discovered in whom all truth becomes
317 certain to us, let Him be loved in whom all becomes right
318 to us.
319 >
320 >
321 >
322 5. *That it is especially with the Platonists that we must carry on our disputations
323 > on matters of theology, their opinions being preferable to those of all
324 > other philosophers.*
325 If, then, Plato defined the wise man as one who imitates,
326 knows, loves this God, and who is rendered blessed through
327 fellowship with Him in His own blessedness, why discuss
328 with the other philosophers? It is evident that none come
329 nearer to us than the Platonists. To them, therefore, let that
330 fabulous theology give place which delights the minds of men
331 with the crimes of the gods; and that civil theology also, in
332 which impure demons, under the name of gods, have seduced
333 the peoples of the earth given up to earthly pleasures, desiring
334 to be honoured by the errors of men, and, by filling the minds
335 of their worshippers with impure desires, exciting them to
336 make the representation of their crimes one of the rites of
337 their worship, whilst they themselves found in the spectators
338 of these exhibitions a most pleasing spectacle,—a theology in
339 which, whatever was honourable in the temple, was defiled by
340 its mixture with the obscenity of the theatre, and whatever
341 was base in the theatre was vindicated by the abominations
342 of the temples. To these philosophers also the interpretations
343 of Varro must give place, in which he explains the sacred rites
344 as having reference to heaven and earth, and to the seeds and
345 operations of perishable things; for, in the first place, those
346 rites have not the signification which he would have men believe
347 is attached to them, and therefore truth does not follow
348 him in his attempt so to interpret them; and even if they
349 had this signification, still those things ought not to be worshipped
350 by the rational soul as its god which are placed below
351 it in the scale of nature, nor ought the soul to prefer to itself
352 as gods things to which the true God has given it the preference.
353 The same must be said of those writings pertaining to
354 the sacred rites, which Numa Pompilius took care to conceal
355 by causing them to be buried along with himself, and which,
356 when they were afterwards turned up by the plough, were
357 burned by order of the senate. And, to treat Numa with
358 all honour, let us mention as belonging to the same rank as
359 these writings that which Alexander of Macedon wrote to his
360 mother as communicated to him by Leo, an Egyptian high
361 priest. In this letter not only Picus and Faunus, and Æneas
362 and Romulus, or even Hercules and Æsculapius and Liber,
363 born of Semele, and the twin sons of Tyndareus, or any
364 other mortals who have been deified, but even the principal
365 gods themselves,[294] to whom Cicero, in his Tusculan questions,[295]
366 alludes without mentioning their names, Jupiter, Juno,
367 Saturn, Vulcan, Vesta, and many others whom Varro attempts
368 to identify with the parts or the elements of the world, are
369 shown to have been men. There is, as we have said, a similarity
370 between this case and that of Numa; for, the priest
371 being afraid because he had revealed a mystery, earnestly
372 begged of Alexander to command his mother to burn the letter
373 which conveyed these communications to her. Let these two
374 theologies, then, the fabulous and the civil, give place to the
375 Platonic philosophers, who have recognised the true God as
376 the author of all things, the source of the light of truth, and
377 the bountiful bestower of all blessedness. And not these only,
378 but to these great acknowledgers of so great a God, those
379 philosophers must yield who, having their mind enslaved to
380 their body, supposed the principles of all things to be material;
381 as Thales, who held that the first principle of all things was
382 water; Anaximenes, that it was air; the Stoics, that it was
383 fire; Epicurus, who affirmed that it consisted of atoms, that
384 is to say, of minute corpuscules; and many others whom it is
385 needless to enumerate, but who believed that bodies, simple
386 or compound, animate or inanimate, but nevertheless bodies,
387 were the cause and principle of all things. For some of them—as,
388 for instance, the Epicureans—believed that living things
389 could originate from things without life; others held that all
390 things living or without life spring from a living principle,
391 but that, nevertheless, all things, being material, spring from
392 a material principle. For the Stoics thought that fire, that
393 is, one of the four material elements of which this visible
394 world is composed, was both living and intelligent, the maker
395 of the world and of all things contained in it,—that it was
396 in fact God. These and others like them have only been able
397 to suppose that which their hearts enslaved to sense have
398 vainly suggested to them. And yet they have within themselves
399 something which they could not see: they represented
400 to themselves inwardly things which they had seen without,
401 even when they were not seeing them, but only thinking of
402 them. But this representation in thought is no longer a
403 body, but only the similitude of a body; and that faculty of
404 the mind by which this similitude of a body is seen is neither
405 a body nor the similitude of a body; and the faculty which
406 judges whether the representation is beautiful or ugly is
407 without doubt superior to the object judged of. This principle
408 is the understanding of man, the rational soul; and it is
409 certainly not a body, since that similitude of a body which it
410 beholds and judges of is itself not a body. The soul is neither
411 earth, nor water, nor air, nor fire, of which four bodies, called
412 the four elements, we see that this world is composed. And
413 if the soul is not a body, how should God, its Creator, be a
414 body? Let all those philosophers, then, give place, as we
415 have said, to the Platonists, and those also who have been
416 ashamed to say that God is a body, but yet have thought that
417 our souls are of the same nature as God. They have not been
418 staggered by the great changeableness of the soul,—an attribute
419 which it would be impious to ascribe to the divine nature,—but
420 they say it is the body which changes the soul, for in
421 itself it is unchangeable. As well might they say, "Flesh is
422 wounded by some body, for in itself it is invulnerable." In a
423 word, that which is unchangeable can be changed by nothing,
424 so that that which can be changed by the body cannot properly
425 be said to be immutable.
426 6. *Concerning the meaning of the Platonists in that part of philosophy called
427 physical.*
428 These philosophers, then, whom we see not undeservedly
429 exalted above the rest in fame and glory, have seen that no
430 material body is God, and therefore they have transcended
431 all bodies in seeking for God. They have seen that whatever
432 is changeable is not the most high God, and therefore they
433 have transcended every soul and all changeable spirits in
434 seeking the supreme. They have seen also that, in every
435 changeable thing, the form which makes it that which it is,
436 whatever be its mode or nature, can only *be* through Him
437 who truly *is*, because He is unchangeable. And therefore,
438 whether we consider the whole body of the world, its figure,
439 qualities, and orderly movement, and also all the bodies
440 which are in it; or whether we consider all life, either that
441 which nourishes and maintains, as the life of trees, or that
442 which, besides this, has also sensation, as the life of beasts;
443 or that which adds to all these intelligence, as the life of
444 man; or that which does not need the support of nutriment,
445 but only maintains, feels, understands, as the life of angels,—all
446 can only *be* through Him who absolutely *is*. For to Him
447 it is not one thing to *be*, and another to live, as though He
448 could *be*, not living; nor is it to Him one thing to live, and
449 another thing to understand, as though He could live, not
450 understanding; nor is it to Him one thing to understand,
451 another thing to be blessed, as though He could understand
452 and not be blessed. But to Him to live, to understand, to
453 be blessed, are to *be*. They have understood, from this unchangeableness
454 and this simplicity, that all things must have
455 been made by Him, and that He could Himself have been
456 made by none. For they have considered that whatever is
457 is either body or life, and that life is something better than
458 body, and that the nature of body is sensible, and that of
459 life intelligible. Therefore they have preferred the intelligible
460 nature to the sensible. We mean by sensible things such
461 things as can be perceived by the sight and touch of the body;
462 by intelligible things, such as can be understood by the sight
463 of the mind. For there is no corporeal beauty, whether in
464 the condition of a body, as figure, or in its movement, as in
465 music, of which it is not the mind that judges. But this
466 could never have been, had there not existed in the mind
467 itself a superior form of these things, without bulk, without
468 noise of voice, without space and time. But even in respect
469 of these things, had the mind not been mutable, it would not
470 have been possible for one to judge better than another with
471 regard to sensible forms. He who is clever judges better
472 than he who is slow, he who is skilled than he who is unskilful,
473 he who is practised than he who is unpractised; and
474 the same person judges better after he has gained experience
475 than he did before. But that which is capable of more and
476 less is mutable; whence able men, who have thought deeply
477 on these things, have gathered that the first form is not to
478 be found in those things whose form is changeable. Since,
479 therefore, they saw that body and mind might be more or
480 less beautiful in form, and that, if they wanted form, they
481 could have no existence, they saw that there is some existence
482 in which is the first form, unchangeable, and therefore
483 not admitting of degrees of comparison, and in that they most
484 rightly believed was the first principle of things, which was
485 not made, and by which all things were made. Therefore
486 that which is known of God He manifested to them when
487 His invisible things were seen by them, being understood
488 by those things which have been made; also His eternal
489 power and Godhead by whom all visible and temporal things
490 have been created.[296] We have said enough upon that part of
491 theology which they call physical, that is, natural.
492 7. *How much the Platonists are to be held as excelling other philosophers in
493 logic*, i.e. *rational philosophy.*
494 Then, again, as far as regards the doctrine which treats of
495 that which they call logic, that is, rational philosophy, far be
496 it from us to compare them with those who attributed to
497 the bodily senses the faculty of discriminating truth, and
498 thought that all we learn is to be measured by their untrustworthy
499 and fallacious rules. Such were the Epicureans,
500 and all of the same school. Such also were the Stoics, who
501 ascribed to the bodily senses that expertness in disputation
502 which they so ardently love, called by them dialectic, asserting
503 that from the senses the mind conceives the notions
504 (ἔννοιαι) of those things which they explicate by definition.
505 And hence is developed the whole plan and connection of
506 their learning and teaching. I often wonder, with respect to
507 this, how they can say that none are beautiful but the wise;
508 for by what bodily sense have they perceived that beauty,
509 by what eyes of the flesh have they seen wisdom's comeliness
510 of form? Those, however, whom we justly rank before
511 all others, have distinguished those things which are conceived
512 by the mind from those which are perceived by the
513 senses, neither taking away from the senses anything to
514 which they are competent, nor attributing to them anything
515 beyond their competency. And the light of our understandings,
516 by which all things are learned by us, they have affirmed
517 to be that selfsame God by whom all things were made.
518 8. *That the Platonists hold the first rank in moral philosophy also.*
519 The remaining part of philosophy is morals, or what is
520 called by the Greeks ἠθική, in which is discussed the question
521 concerning the chief good,—that which will leave us nothing
522 further to seek in order to be blessed, if only we make all
523 our actions refer to it, and seek it not for the sake of something
524 else, but for its own sake. Therefore it is called the
525 end, because we wish other things on account of it, but itself
526 only for its own sake. This beatific good, therefore, according
527 to some, comes to a man from the body, according to others,
528 from the mind, and, according to others, from both together.
529 For they saw that man himself consists of soul and body;
530 and therefore they believed that from either of these two,
531 or from both together, their well-being must proceed, consisting
532 in a certain final good, which could render them blessed,
533 and to which they might refer all their actions, not requiring
534 anything ulterior to which to refer that good itself. This is
535 why those who have added a third kind of good things, which
536 they call extrinsic,—as honour, glory, wealth, and the like,—have
537 not regarded them as part of the final good, that is, to be
538 sought after for their own sake, but as things which are to be
539 sought for the sake of something else, affirming that this kind
540 of good is good to the good, and evil to the evil. Wherefore,
541 whether they have sought the good of man from the
542 mind or from the body, or from both together, it is still only
543 from man they have supposed that it must be sought. But
544 they who have sought it from the body have sought it from
545 the inferior part of man; they who have sought it from the
546 mind, from the superior part; and they who have sought it
547 from both, from the whole man. Whether, therefore, they
548 have sought it from any part, or from the whole man, still
549 they have only sought it from man; nor have these differences,
550 being three, given rise only to three dissentient sects
551 of philosophers, but to many. For diverse philosophers have
552 held diverse opinions, both concerning the good of the body,
553 and the good of the mind, and the good of both together.
554 Let, therefore, all these give place to those philosophers who
555 have not affirmed that a man is blessed by the enjoyment of
556 the body, or by the enjoyment of the mind, but by the enjoyment
557 of God,—enjoying Him, however, not as the mind does
558 the body or itself, or as one friend enjoys another, but as the
559 eye enjoys light, if, indeed, we may draw any comparison
560 between these things. But what the nature of this comparison
561 is, will, if God help me, be shown in another place, to the
562 best of my ability. At present, it is sufficient to mention
563 that Plato determined the final good to be to live according
564 to virtue, and affirmed that he only can attain to virtue who
565 knows and imitates God,—which knowledge and imitation are
566 the only cause of blessedness. Therefore he did not doubt
567 that to philosophize is to love God, whose nature is incorporeal.
568 Whence it certainly follows that the student of
569 wisdom, that is, the philosopher, will then become blessed
570 when he shall have begun to enjoy God. For though he is
571 not necessarily blessed who enjoys that which he loves (for
572 many are miserable by loving that which ought not to be
573 loved, and still more miserable when they enjoy it), nevertheless
574 no one is blessed who does not enjoy that which he loves.
575 For even they who love things which ought not to be loved
576 do not count themselves blessed by loving merely, but by
577 enjoying them. Who, then, but the most miserable will deny
578 that he is blessed, who enjoys that which he loves, and loves
579 the true and highest good? But the true and highest good,
580 according to Plato, is God, and therefore he would call him
581 a philosopher who loves God; for philosophy is directed to the
582 obtaining of the blessed life, and he who loves God is blessed
583 in the enjoyment of God.
584 9. *Concerning that philosophy which has come nearest to the Christian faith.*
585 Whatever philosophers, therefore, thought concerning the
586 supreme God, that He is both the maker of all created things,
587 the light by which things are known, and the good in reference
588 to which things are to be done; that we have in Him the
589 first principle of nature, the truth of doctrine, and the happiness
590 of life,—whether these philosophers may be more suitably
591 called Platonists, or whether they may give some other name
592 to their sect; whether, we say, that only the chief men of the
593 Ionic school, such as Plato himself, and they who have well
594 understood him, have thought thus; or whether we also include
595 the Italic school, on account of Pythagoras and the
596 Pythagoreans, and all who may have held like opinions; and,
597 lastly, whether also we include all who have been held wise
598 men and philosophers among all nations who are discovered to
599 have seen and taught this, be they Atlantics, Libyans, Egyptians,
600 Indians, Persians, Chaldeans, Scythians, Gauls, Spaniards, or
601 of other nations,—we prefer these to all other philosophers,
602 and confess that they approach nearest to us.
603 10. *That the excellency of the Christian religion is above all the science of
604 philosophers.*
605 For although a Christian man instructed only in ecclesiastical
606 literature may perhaps be ignorant of the very name of
607 Platonists, and may not even know that there have existed
608 two schools of philosophers speaking the Greek tongue, to
609 wit, the Ionic and Italic, he is nevertheless not so deaf with
610 respect to human affairs, as not to know that philosophers
611 profess the study, and even the possession, of wisdom. He
612 is on his guard, however, with respect to those who philosophize
613 according to the elements of this world, not according
614 to God, by whom the world itself was made; for he is warned
615 by the precept of the apostle, and faithfully hears what has
616 been said, "Beware that no one deceive you through philosophy
617 and vain deceit, according to the elements of the world."[297]
618 Then, that he may not suppose that all philosophers are such
619 as do this, he hears the same apostle say concerning certain
620 of them, "Because that which is known of God is manifest
621 among them, for God has manifested it to them. For His
622 invisible things from the creation of the world are clearly
623 seen, being understood by the things which are made, also
624 His eternal power and Godhead."[298] And, when speaking to
625 the Athenians, after having spoken a mighty thing concerning
626 God, which few are able to understand, "In Him we live, and
627 move, and have our being,"[299] he goes on to say, "As certain
628 also of your own have said." He knows well, too, to be on
629 his guard against even these philosophers in their errors. For
630 where it has been said by him, "that God has manifested to
631 them by those things which are made His invisible things, that
632 they might be seen by the understanding," there it has also
633 been said that they did not rightly worship God Himself,
634 because they paid divine honours, which are due to Him
635 alone, to other things also to which they ought not to have
636 paid them,—"because, knowing God, they glorified Him not as
637 God; neither were thankful, but became vain in their imaginations,
638 and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing
639 themselves to be wise, they became fools, and changed the
640 glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of the image
641 of corruptible man, and of birds, and fourfooted beasts, and
642 creeping things;"[300]—where the apostle would have us
643 understand him as meaning the Romans, and Greeks, and
644 Egyptians, who gloried in the name of wisdom; but concerning
645 this we will dispute with them afterwards. With
646 respect, however, to that wherein they agree with us we
647 prefer them to all others, namely, concerning the one God,
648 the author of this universe, who is not only above every body,
649 being incorporeal, but also above all souls, being incorruptible—our
650 principle, our light, our good. And though the
651 Christian man, being ignorant of their writings, does not use
652 in disputation words which he has not learned,—not calling
653 that part of philosophy natural (which is the Latin term), or
654 physical (which is the Greek one), which treats of the investigation
655 of nature; or that part rational, or logical, which deals
656 with the question how truth may be discovered; or that part
657 moral, or ethical, which concerns morals, and shows how good
658 is to be sought, and evil to be shunned,—he is not, therefore,
659 ignorant that it is from the one true and supremely good God
660 that we have that nature in which we are made in the image
661 of God, and that doctrine by which we know Him and ourselves,
662 and that grace through which, by cleaving to Him, we
663 are blessed. This, therefore, is the cause why we prefer these
664 to all the others, because, whilst other philosophers have worn
665 out their minds and powers in seeking the causes of things,
666 and endeavouring to discover the right mode of learning and
667 of living, these, by knowing God, have found where resides the
668 cause by which the universe has been constituted, and the
669 light by which truth is to be discovered, and the fountain at
670 which felicity is to be drunk. All philosophers, then, who
671 have had these thoughts concerning God, whether Platonists
672 or others, agree with us. But we have thought it better to
673 plead our cause with the Platonists, because their writings are
674 better known. For the Greeks, whose tongue holds the highest
675 place among the languages of the Gentiles, are loud in their
676 praises of these writings; and the Latins, taken with their
677 excellence, or their renown, have studied them more heartily
678 than other writings, and, by translating them into our tongue,
679 have given them greater celebrity and notoriety.
680 11. *How Plato has been able to approach so nearly to Christian knowledge.*
681 Certain partakers with us in the grace of Christ, wonder
682 when they hear and read that Plato had conceptions concerning
683 God, in which they recognise considerable agreement with
684 the truth of our religion. Some have concluded from this,
685 that when he went to Egypt he had heard the prophet Jeremiah,
686 or, whilst travelling in the same country, had read the
687 prophetic scriptures, which opinion I myself have expressed
688 in certain of my writings.[301] But a careful calculation of dates,
689 contained in chronological history, shows that Plato was born
690 about a hundred years after the time in which Jeremiah prophesied,
691 and, as he lived eighty-one years, there are found to
692 have been about seventy years from his death to that time
693 when Ptolemy, king of Egypt, requested the prophetic scriptures
694 of the Hebrew people to be sent to him from Judea,
695 and committed them to seventy Hebrews, who also knew the
696 Greek tongue, to be translated and kept. Therefore, on that
697 voyage of his, Plato could neither have seen Jeremiah, who
698 was dead so long before, nor have read those same scriptures
699 which had not yet been translated into the Greek language, of
700 which he was a master, unless, indeed, we say that, as he
701 was most earnest in the pursuit of knowledge, he also studied
702 those writings through an interpreter, as he did those of the
703 Egyptians,—not, indeed, writing a translation of them (the
704 facilities for doing which were only gained even by Ptolemy
705 in return for munificent acts of kindness,[302] though fear of his
706 kingly authority might have seemed a sufficient motive), but
707 learning as much as he possibly could concerning their contents
708 by means of conversation. What warrants this supposition is
709 the opening verses of Genesis: "In the beginning God made
710 the heaven and earth. And the earth was invisible, and
711 without order; and darkness was over the abyss: and the
712 Spirit of God moved over the waters."[303] For in the *Timæus*,
713 when writing on the formation of the world, he says that God
714 first united earth and fire; from which it is evident that he
715 assigns to fire a place in heaven. This opinion bears a certain
716 resemblance to the statement, "In the beginning God made
717 heaven and earth." Plato next speaks of those two intermediary
718 elements, water and air, by which the other two
719 extremes, namely, earth and fire, were mutually united;
720 from which circumstance he is thought to have so understood
721 the words, "The Spirit of God moved over the waters." For,
722 not paying sufficient attention to the designations given by
723 those scriptures to the Spirit of God, he may have thought
724 that the four elements are spoken of in that place, because
725 the air also is called spirit.[304] Then, as to Plato's saying that
726 the philosopher is a lover of God, nothing shines forth more
727 conspicuously in those sacred writings. But the most striking
728 thing in this connection, and that which most of all inclines
729 me almost to assent to the opinion that Plato was not ignorant
730 of those writings, is the answer which was given to the question
731 elicited from the holy Moses when the words of God
732 were conveyed to him by the angel; for, when he asked what
733 was the name of that God who was commanding him to go
734 and deliver the Hebrew people out of Egypt, this answer was
735 given: "I am who am; and thou shalt say to the children of
736 Israel, He who *is* sent me unto you;"[305] as though compared
737 with Him that truly *is*, because He is unchangeable, those
738 things which have been created mutable *are* not,—a truth
739 which Plato vehemently held, and most diligently commended.
740 And I know not whether this sentiment is anywhere to be
741 found in the books of those who were before Plato, unless in
742 that book where it is said, "I am who am; and thou shalt
743 say to the children of Israel, *Who is* sent me unto you."
744 >
745 >
746 >
747 12. *That even the Platonists, though they say these things concerning the one
748 > true God, nevertheless thought that sacred rites were to be performed in
749 > honour of many gods.*
750 But we need not determine from what source he learned
751 these things,—whether it was from the books of the ancients
752 who preceded him, or, as is more likely, from the words of
753 the apostle: "Because that which is known of God has been
754 manifested among them, for God hath manifested it to them.
755 For His invisible things from the creation of the world are
756 clearly seen, being understood by those things which have
757 been made, also His eternal power and Godhead."[306] From
758 whatever source he may have derived this knowledge, then, I
759 think I have made it sufficiently plain that I have not chosen
760 the Platonic philosophers undeservedly as the parties with
761 whom to discuss; because the question we have just taken
762 up concerns the natural theology,—the question, namely,
763 whether sacred rites are to be performed to one God, or to
764 many, for the sake of the happiness which is to be after death.
765 I have specially chosen them because their juster thoughts
766 concerning the one God who made heaven and earth, have
767 made them illustrious among philosophers. This has given
768 them such superiority to all others in the judgment of posterity,
769 that, though Aristotle, the disciple of Plato, a man of
770 eminent abilities, inferior in eloquence to Plato, yet far superior
771 to many in that respect, had founded the Peripatetic sect,—so
772 called because they were in the habit of walking about during
773 their disputations,—and though he had, through the greatness
774 of his fame, gathered very many disciples into his school, even
775 during the life of his master; and though Plato at his death
776 was succeeded in his school, which was called the Academy,
777 by Speusippus, his sister's son, and Xenocrates, his beloved
778 disciple, who, together with their successors, were called from
779 this name of the school, Academics; nevertheless the most
780 illustrious recent philosophers, who have chosen to follow Plato,
781 have been unwilling to be called Peripatetics, or Academics,
782 but have preferred the name of Platonists. Among these
783 were the renowned Plotinus, Iamblichus, and Porphyry, who
784 were Greeks, and the African Apuleius, who was learned both
785 in the Greek and Latin tongues. All these, however, and the
786 rest who were of the same school, and also Plato himself,
787 thought that sacred rites ought to be performed in honour of
788 many gods.
789 13. *Concerning the opinion of Plato, according to which he defined the gods
790 as beings entirely good and the friends of virtue.*
791 Therefore, although in many other important respects they
792 differ from us, nevertheless with respect to this particular
793 point of difference, which I have just stated, as it is one of
794 great moment, and the question on hand concerns it, I will
795 first ask them to what gods they think that sacred rites are
796 to be performed,—to the good or to the bad, or to both the
797 good and the bad? But we have the opinion of Plato affirming
798 that all the gods are good, and that there is not one of the
799 gods bad. It follows, therefore, that these are to be performed
800 to the good, for then they are performed to gods; for if they
801 are not good, neither are they gods. Now, if this be the case
802 (for what else ought we to believe concerning the gods?), certainly
803 it explodes the opinion that the bad gods are to be
804 propitiated by sacred rites in order that they may not harm
805 us, but the good gods are to be invoked in order that they
806 may assist us. For there are no bad gods, and it is to the
807 good that, as they say, the due honour of such rites is to
808 be paid. Of what character, then, are those gods who love
809 scenic displays, even demanding that a place be given them
810 among divine things, and that they be exhibited in their
811 honour? The power of these gods proves that they exist,
812 but their liking such things proves that they are bad. For it
813 is well known what Plato's opinion was concerning scenic
814 plays. He thinks that the poets themselves, because they
815 have composed songs so unworthy of the majesty and goodness
816 of the gods, ought to be banished from the state. Of
817 what character, therefore, are those gods who contend with
818 Plato himself about those scenic plays? He does not suffer
819 the gods to be defamed by false crimes; the gods command
820 those same crimes to be celebrated in their own honour.
821 In fine, when they ordered these plays to be inaugurated,
822 they not only demanded base things, but also did cruel things,
823 taking from Titus Latinius his son, and sending a disease
824 upon him because he had refused to obey them, which they
825 removed when he had fulfilled their commands. Plato, however,
826 bad though they were, did not think they were to be
827 feared; but, holding to his opinion with the utmost firmness
828 and constancy, does not hesitate to remove from a well-ordered
829 state all the sacrilegious follies of the poets, with
830 which these gods are delighted because they themselves are
831 impure. But Labeo places this same Plato (as I have mentioned
832 already in the second book[307]) among the demi-gods.
833 Now Labeo thinks that the bad deities are to be propitiated
834 with bloody victims, and by fasts accompanied with the same,
835 but the good deities with plays, and all other things which
836 are associated with joyfulness. How comes it, then, that the
837 demi-god Plato so persistently dares to take away those pleasures,
838 because he deems them base, not from the demi-gods
839 but from the gods, and these the good gods? And, moreover,
840 those very gods themselves do certainly refute the opinion of
841 Labeo, for they showed themselves in the case of Latinius to
842 be not only wanton and sportive, but also cruel and terrible.
843 Let the Platonists, therefore, explain these things to us, since,
844 following the opinion of their master, they think that all the
845 gods are good and honourable, and friendly to the virtues of
846 the wise, holding it unlawful to think otherwise concerning
847 any of the gods. We will explain it, say they. Let us then
848 attentively listen to them.
849 >
850 >
851 >
852 14. *Of the opinion of those who have said that rational souls are of three kinds,
853 > to wit, those of the celestial gods, those of the aerial demons, and those of
854 > terrestrial men.*
855 There is, say they, a threefold division of all animals endowed
856 with a rational soul, namely, into gods, men, and demons.
857 The gods occupy the loftiest region, men the lowest, the
858 demons the middle region. For the abode of the gods is
859 heaven, that of men the earth, that of the demons the air.
860 As the dignity of their regions is diverse, so also is that of
861 their natures; therefore the gods are better than men and
862 demons. Men have been placed below the gods and demons,
863 both in respect of the order of the regions they inhabit, and
864 the difference of their merits. The demons, therefore, who
865 hold the middle place, as they are inferior to the gods, than
866 whom they inhabit a lower region, so they are superior to
867 men, than whom they inhabit a loftier one. For they have
868 immortality of body in common with the gods, but passions of
869 the mind in common with men. On which account, say they,
870 it is not wonderful that they are delighted with the obscenities
871 of the theatre, and the fictions of the poets, since they are
872 also subject to human passions, from which the gods are far
873 removed, and to which they are altogether strangers. Whence
874 we conclude that it was not the gods, who are all good and
875 highly exalted, that Plato deprived of the pleasure of theatric
876 plays, by reprobating and prohibiting the fictions of the poets,
877 but the demons.
878 Of these things many have written: among others Apuleius,
879 the Platonist of Madaura, who composed a whole work on the
880 subject, entitled, *Concerning the God of Socrates*. He there
881 discusses and explains of what kind that deity was who attended
882 on Socrates, a sort of familiar, by whom it is said he
883 was admonished to desist from any action which would not
884 turn out to his advantage. He asserts most distinctly, and
885 proves at great length, that it was not a god but a demon;
886 and he discusses with great diligence the opinion of Plato
887 concerning the lofty estate of the gods, the lowly estate of men,
888 and the middle estate of demons. These things being so,
889 how did Plato dare to take away, if not from the gods, whom
890 he removed from all human contagion, certainly from the
891 demons, all the pleasures of the theatre, by expelling the poets
892 from the state? Evidently in this way he wished to admonish
893 the human soul, although still confined in these moribund
894 members, to despise the shameful commands of the demons,
895 and to detest their impurity, and to choose rather the splendour
896 of virtue. But if Plato showed himself virtuous in
897 answering and prohibiting these things, then certainly it was
898 shameful of the demons to command them. Therefore either
899 Apuleius is wrong, and Socrates' familiar did not belong to
900 this class of deities, or Plato held contradictory opinions, now
901 honouring the demons, now removing from the well-regulated
902 state the things in which they delighted, or Socrates is not to
903 be congratulated on the friendship of the demon, of which
904 Apuleius was so ashamed that he entitled his book *On the
905 God of Socrates*, whilst according to the tenor of his discussion,
906 wherein he so diligently and at such length distinguishes
907 gods from demons, he ought not to have entitled it, *Concerning
908 the God*, but *Concerning the Demon of Socrates*. But he
909 preferred to put this into the discussion itself rather than into
910 the title of his book. For, through the sound doctrine which
911 has illuminated human society, all, or almost all men have
912 such a horror at the name of demons, that every one who,
913 before reading the dissertation of Apuleius, which sets forth
914 the dignity of demons, should have read the title of the book,
915 *On the Demon of Socrates*, would certainly have thought that
916 the author was not a sane man. But what did even Apuleius
917 find to praise in the demons, except subtlety and strength of
918 body and a higher place of habitation? For when he spoke
919 generally concerning their manners, he said nothing that was
920 good, but very much that was bad. Finally, no one, when he
921 has read that book, wonders that they desired to have even
922 the obscenity of the stage among divine things, or that, wishing
923 to be thought gods, they should be delighted with the
924 crimes of the gods, or that all those sacred solemnities, whose
925 obscenity occasions laughter, and whose shameful cruelty causes
926 horror, should be in agreement with their passions.
927 15. *That the demons are not better than men because of their aerial bodies,
928 or on account of their superior place of abode.*
929 Wherefore let not the mind truly religious, and submitted
930 to the true God, suppose that demons are better than men,
931 because they have better bodies. Otherwise it must put
932 many beasts before itself which are superior to us both in
933 acuteness of the senses, in ease and quickness of movement,
934 in strength and in long-continued vigour of body. What
935 man can equal the eagle or the vulture in strength of vision?
936 Who can equal the dog in acuteness of smell? Who can
937 equal the hare, the stag, and all the birds in swiftness? Who
938 can equal in strength the lion or the elephant? Who can
939 equal in length of life the serpents, which are affirmed to
940 put off old age along with their skin, and to return to youth
941 again? But as we are better than all these by the possession
942 of reason and understanding, so we ought also to be better
943 than the demons by living good and virtuous lives. For
944 divine providence gave to them bodies of a better quality
945 than ours, that that in which we excel them might in this
946 way be commended to us as deserving to be far more cared
947 for than the body, and that we should learn to despise the
948 bodily excellence of the demons compared with goodness of
949 life, in respect of which we are better than they, knowing that
950 we too shall have immortality of body,—not an immortality
951 tortured by eternal punishment, but that which is consequent
952 on purity of soul.
953 But now, as regards loftiness of place, it is altogether ridiculous
954 to be so influenced by the fact that the demons inhabit
955 the air, and we the earth, as to think that on that account
956 they are to be put before us; for in this way we put all the
957 birds before ourselves. But the birds, when they are weary
958 with flying, or require to repair their bodies with food, come
959 back to the earth to rest or to feed, which the demons, they
960 say, do not. Are they, therefore, inclined to say that the
961 birds are superior to us, and the demons superior to the birds?
962 But if it be madness to think so, there is no reason why we
963 should think that, on account of their inhabiting a loftier
964 element, the demons have a claim to our religious submission.
965 But as it is really the case that the birds of the air are not
966 only not put before us who dwell on the earth, but are even
967 subjected to us on account of the dignity of the rational soul
968 which is in us, so also it is the case that the demons, though
969 they are aerial, are not better than we who are terrestrial
970 because the air is higher than the earth, but, on the contrary,
971 men are to be put before demons because their despair is not
972 to be compared to the hope of pious men. Even that law of
973 Plato's, according to which he mutually orders and arranges
974 the four elements, inserting between the two extreme elements—namely,
975 fire, which is in the highest degree mobile, and the
976 immoveable earth—the two middle ones, air and water, that
977 by how much the air is higher up than the water, and the fire
978 than the air, by so much also are the waters higher than
979 the earth,—this law, I say, sufficiently admonishes us not to
980 estimate the merits of animated creatures according to the
981 grades of the elements. And Apuleius himself says that man
982 is a terrestrial animal in common with the rest, who is nevertheless
983 to be put far before aquatic animals, though Plato puts
984 the waters themselves before the land. By this he would
985 have us understand that the same order is not to be observed
986 when the question concerns the merits of animals, though it
987 seems to be the true one in the gradation of bodies; for it
988 appears to be possible that a soul of a higher order may inhabit
989 a body of a lower, and a soul of a lower order a body
990 of a higher.
991 16. *What Apuleius the Platonist thought concerning the manners and
992 actions of demons.*
993 The same Apuleius, when speaking concerning the manners
994 of demons, said that they are agitated with the same perturbations
995 of mind as men; that they are provoked by injuries,
996 propitiated by services and by gifts, rejoice in honours, are
997 delighted with a variety of sacred rites, and are annoyed if
998 any of them be neglected. Among other things, he also says
999 that on them depend the divinations of augurs, soothsayers,
1000 and prophets, and the revelations of dreams; and that from
1001 them also are the miracles of the magicians. But, when
1002 giving a brief definition of them, he says, "Demons are of an
1003 animal nature, passive in soul, rational in mind, aerial in body,
1004 eternal in time." "Of which five things, the three first are
1005 common to them and us, the fourth peculiar to themselves,
1006 and the fifth common to them with the gods."[308] But I see
1007 that they have in common with the gods two of the first things,
1008 which they have in common with us. For he says that the
1009 gods also are animals; and when he is assigning to every
1010 order of beings its own element, he places us among the other
1011 terrestrial animals which live and feel upon the earth. Wherefore,
1012 if the demons are animals as to genus, this is common to
1013 them, not only with men, but also with the gods and with
1014 beasts; if they are rational as to their mind, this is common
1015 to them with the gods and with men; if they are eternal in
1016 time, this is common to them with the gods only; if they are
1017 passive as to their soul, this is common to them with men
1018 only; if they are aerial in body, in this they are alone. Therefore
1019 it is no great thing for them to be of an animal nature,
1020 for so also are the beasts; in being rational as to mind, they
1021 are not above ourselves, for so are we also; and as to their
1022 being eternal as to time, what is the advantage of that if
1023 they are not blessed? for better is temporal happiness than
1024 eternal misery. Again, as to their being passive in soul, how
1025 are they in this respect above us, since we also are so, but
1026 would not have been so had we not been miserable? Also,
1027 as to their being aerial in body, how much value is to be set
1028 on that, since a soul of any kind whatsoever is to be set above
1029 every body? and therefore religious worship, which ought to
1030 be rendered from the soul, is by no means due to that thing
1031 which is inferior to the soul. Moreover, if he had, among
1032 those things which he says belong to demons, enumerated
1033 virtue, wisdom, happiness, and affirmed that they have those
1034 things in common with the gods, and, like them, eternally, he
1035 would assuredly have attributed to them something greatly to
1036 be desired, and much to be prized. And even in that case it
1037 would not have been our duty to worship them like God on
1038 account of these things, but rather to worship Him from whom
1039 we know they had received them. But how much less are
1040 they really worthy of divine honour,—those aerial animals who
1041 are only rational that they may be capable of misery, passive
1042 that they may be actually miserable, and eternal that it may
1043 be impossible for them to end their misery!
1044 17. *Whether it is proper that men should worship those spirits from whose
1045 vices it is necessary that they be freed.*
1046 Wherefore, to omit other things, and confine our attention
1047 to that which he says is common to the demons with us, let us
1048 ask this question: If all the four elements are full of their own
1049 animals, the fire and the air of immortal, and the water and the
1050 earth of mortal ones, why are the souls of demons agitated by
1051 the whirlwinds and tempests of passions?—for the Greek word
1052 πάθος means perturbation, whence he chose to call the demons
1053 "passive in soul," because the word passion, which is derived
1054 from πάθος, signified a commotion of the mind contrary to
1055 reason. Why, then, are these things in the minds of demons
1056 which are not in beasts? For if anything of this kind appears
1057 in beasts, it is not perturbation, because it is not contrary to
1058 reason, of which they are devoid. Now it is foolishness or
1059 misery which is the cause of these perturbations in the case of
1060 men, for we are not yet blessed in the possession of that perfection
1061 of wisdom which is promised to us at last, when we
1062 shall be set free from our present mortality. But the gods,
1063 they say, are free from these perturbations, because they are
1064 not only eternal, but also blessed; for they also have the same
1065 kind of rational souls, but most pure from all spot and plague.
1066 Wherefore, if the gods are free from perturbation because they
1067 are blessed, not miserable animals, and the beasts are free
1068 from them because they are animals which are capable neither
1069 of blessedness nor misery, it remains that the demons, like
1070 men, are subject to perturbations because they are not blessed
1071 but miserable animals. What folly, therefore, or rather what
1072 madness, to submit ourselves through any sentiment of religion
1073 to demons, when it belongs to the true religion to deliver us
1074 from that depravity which makes us like to them! For
1075 Apuleius himself, although he is very sparing toward them,
1076 and thinks they are worthy of divine honours, is nevertheless
1077 compelled to confess that they are subject to anger; and the
1078 true religion commands us not to be moved with anger, but
1079 rather to resist it. The demons are won over by gifts; and
1080 the true religion commands us to favour no one on account of
1081 gifts received. The demons are flattered by honours; but the
1082 true religion commands us by no means to be moved by such
1083 things. The demons are haters of some men and lovers of
1084 others, not in consequence of a prudent and calm judgment,
1085 but because of what he calls their "passive soul;" whereas the
1086 true religion commands us to love even our enemies. Lastly,
1087 the true religion commands us to put away all disquietude
1088 of heart, and agitation of mind, and also all commotions and
1089 tempests of the soul, which Apuleius asserts to be continually
1090 swelling and surging in the souls of demons. Why, therefore,
1091 except through foolishness and miserable error, shouldst thou
1092 humble thyself to worship a being to whom thou desirest to
1093 be unlike in thy life? And why shouldst thou pay religious
1094 homage to him whom thou art unwilling to imitate, when it
1095 is the highest duty of religion to imitate Him whom thou worshippest?
1096 >
1097 >
1098 >
1099 18. *What kind of religion that is which teaches that men ought to employ the
1100 > advocacy of demons in order to be recommended to the favour of the good
1101 > gods.*
1102 In vain, therefore, have Apuleius, and they who think with
1103 him, conferred on the demons the honour of placing them in
1104 the air, between the ethereal heavens and the earth, that they
1105 may carry to the gods the prayers of men, to men the answers of
1106 the gods; for Plato held, they say, that no god has intercourse
1107 with man. They who believe these things have thought it unbecoming
1108 that men should have intercourse with the gods, and
1109 the gods with men, but a befitting thing that the demons
1110 should have intercourse with both gods and men, presenting to
1111 the gods the petitions of men, and conveying to men what the
1112 gods have granted; so that a chaste man, and one who is a
1113 stranger to the crimes of the magic arts, must use as patrons,
1114 through whom the gods may be induced to hear him, demons
1115 who love these crimes, although the very fact of his not loving
1116 them ought to have recommended him to them as one who
1117 deserved to be listened to with greater readiness and willingness
1118 on their part. They love the abominations of the stage,
1119 which chastity does not love. They love, in the sorceries of
1120 the magicians, "*a thousand arts of inflicting harm*,"[309] which innocence
1121 does not love. Yet both chastity and innocence, if
1122 they wish to obtain anything from the gods, will not be able
1123 to do so by their own merits, except their enemies act as
1124 mediators on their behalf. Apuleius need not attempt to
1125 justify the fictions of the poets, and the mockeries of the stage.
1126 If human modesty can act so faithlessly towards itself as not
1127 only to love shameful things, but even to think that they are
1128 pleasing to the divinity, we can cite on the other side their
1129 own highest authority and teacher, Plato.
1130 19. *Of the impiety of the magic art, which is dependent on the assistance
1131 of malign spirits.*
1132 Moreover, against those magic arts, concerning which some
1133 men, exceedingly wretched and exceedingly impious, delight
1134 to boast, may not public opinion itself be brought forward as
1135 a witness? For why are those arts so severely punished by
1136 the laws, if they are the works of deities who ought to be
1137 worshipped? Shall it be said that the Christians have ordained
1138 those laws by which magic arts are punished? With what
1139 other meaning, except that these sorceries are without doubt
1140 pernicious to the human race, did the most illustrious poet
1141 say,
1142 "By heaven, I swear, and your dear life,
1143 Unwillingly these arms I wield,
1144 And take, to meet the coming strife,
1145 Enchantment's sword and shield."[310]
1146 And that also which he says in another place concerning
1147 magic arts,
1148 "I've seen him to another place transport the standing corn,"[311]
1149 has reference to the fact that the fruits of one field are said to
1150 be transferred to another by these arts which this pestiferous
1151 and accursed doctrine teaches. Does not Cicero inform us that,
1152 among the laws of the Twelve Tables, that is, the most ancient
1153 laws of the Romans, there was a law written which appointed
1154 a punishment to be inflicted on him who should do this?[312]
1155 Lastly, was it before Christian judges that Apuleius himself
1156 was accused of magic arts?[313] Had he known these arts to be
1157 divine and pious, and congruous with the works of divine
1158 power, he ought not only to have confessed, but also to have
1159 professed them, rather blaming the laws by which these things
1160 were prohibited and pronounced worthy of condemnation, while
1161 they ought to have been held worthy of admiration and respect.
1162 For by so doing, either he would have persuaded the judges to
1163 adopt his own opinion, or, if they had shown their partiality
1164 for unjust laws, and condemned him to death notwithstanding
1165 his praising and commending such things, the demons would
1166 have bestowed on his soul such rewards as he deserved, who,
1167 in order to proclaim and set forth their divine works, had not
1168 feared the loss of his human life. As our martyrs, when that
1169 religion was charged on them as a crime, by which they knew
1170 they were made safe and most glorious throughout eternity,
1171 did not choose, by denying it, to escape temporal punishments,
1172 but rather by confessing, professing, and proclaiming it, by
1173 enduring all things for it with fidelity and fortitude, and by
1174 dying for it with pious calmness, put to shame the law by
1175 which that religion was prohibited, and caused its revocation.
1176 But there is extant a most copious and eloquent oration of
1177 this Platonic philosopher, in which he defends himself against
1178 the charge of practising these arts, affirming that he is wholly
1179 a stranger to them, and only wishing to show his innocence
1180 by denying such things as cannot be innocently committed.
1181 But all the miracles of the magicians, who he thinks are justly
1182 deserving of condemnation, are performed according to the
1183 teaching and by the power of demons. Why, then, does he
1184 think that they ought to be honoured? For he asserts that
1185 they are necessary, in order to present our prayers to the gods,
1186 and yet their works are such as we must shun if we wish our
1187 prayers to reach the true God. Again, I ask, what kind of
1188 prayers of men does he suppose are presented to the good
1189 gods by the demons? If magical prayers, they will have none
1190 such; if lawful prayers, they will not receive them through
1191 such beings. But if a sinner who is penitent pour out prayers,
1192 especially if he has committed any crime of sorcery, does he
1193 receive pardon through the intercession of those demons by
1194 whose instigation and help he has fallen into the sin he mourns?
1195 or do the demons themselves, in order that they may merit
1196 pardon for the penitent, first become penitents because they
1197 have deceived them? This no one ever said concerning the
1198 demons; for had this been the case, they would never have
1199 dared to seek for themselves divine honours. For how should
1200 they do so who desired by penitence to obtain the grace of
1201 pardon, seeing that such detestable pride could not exist along
1202 with a humility worthy of pardon?
1203 20. *Whether we are to believe that the good gods are more willing to have
1204 intercourse with demons than with men.*
1205 But does any urgent and most pressing cause compel the
1206 demons to mediate between the gods and men, that they may
1207 offer the prayers of men, and bring back the answers from the
1208 gods? and if so, what, pray, is that cause, what is that so
1209 great necessity? Because, say they, no god has intercourse
1210 with man. Most admirable holiness of God, which has no
1211 intercourse with a supplicating man, and yet has intercourse
1212 with an arrogant demon! which has no intercourse with a
1213 penitent man, and yet has intercourse with a deceiving demon!
1214 which has no intercourse with a man fleeing for refuge to the
1215 divine nature, and yet has intercourse with a demon feigning
1216 divinity! which has no intercourse with a man seeking pardon,
1217 and yet has intercourse with a demon persuading to wickedness!
1218 which has no intercourse with a man expelling the
1219 poets by means of philosophical writings from a well-regulated
1220 state, and yet has intercourse with a demon requesting
1221 from the princes and priests of a state the theatrical performance
1222 of the mockeries of the poets! which has no intercourse
1223 with the man who prohibits the ascribing of crime to the
1224 gods, and yet has intercourse with a demon who takes delight
1225 in the fictitious representation of their crimes! which has no
1226 intercourse with a man punishing the crimes of the magicians
1227 by just laws, and yet has intercourse with a demon teaching
1228 and practising magical arts! which has no intercourse with a
1229 man shunning the imitation of a demon, and yet has intercourse
1230 with a demon lying in wait for the deception of a
1231 man!
1232 21. *Whether the gods use the demons as messengers and interpreters, and whether
1233 they are deceived by them willingly, or without their own knowledge.*
1234 But herein, no doubt, lies the great necessity for this
1235 absurdity, so unworthy of the gods, that the ethereal gods,
1236 who are concerned about human affairs, would not know what
1237 terrestrial men were doing unless the aerial demons should
1238 bring them intelligence, because the ether is suspended far
1239 away from the earth and far above it, but the air is contiguous
1240 both to the ether and to the earth. O admirable wisdom!
1241 what else do these men think concerning the gods who, they
1242 say, are all in the highest degree good, but that they are
1243 concerned about human affairs, lest they should seem unworthy
1244 of worship, whilst, on the other hand, from the
1245 distance between the elements, they are ignorant of terrestrial
1246 things? It is on this account that they have supposed
1247 the demons to be necessary as agents, through whom the
1248 gods may inform themselves with respect to human affairs,
1249 and through whom, when necessary, they may succour men;
1250 and it is on account of this office that the demons themselves
1251 have been held as deserving of worship. If this be the case,
1252 then a demon is better known by these good gods through
1253 nearness of body, than a man is by goodness of mind. O
1254 mournful necessity! or shall I not rather say detestable and
1255 vain error, that I may not impute vanity to the divine nature!
1256 For if the gods can, with their minds free from the hindrance
1257 of bodies, see our mind, they do not need the demons as
1258 messengers from our mind to them; but if the ethereal gods,
1259 by means of their bodies, perceive the corporeal indices of
1260 minds, as the countenance, speech, motion, and thence understand
1261 what the demons tell them, then it is also possible that
1262 they may be deceived by the falsehoods of demons. Moreover,
1263 if the divinity of the gods cannot be deceived by the demons,
1264 neither can it be ignorant of our actions. But I would they
1265 would tell me whether the demons have informed the gods
1266 that the fictions of the poets concerning the crimes of the
1267 gods displease Plato, concealing the pleasure which they themselves
1268 take in them; or whether they have concealed both, and
1269 have preferred that the gods should be ignorant with respect
1270 to this whole matter, or have told both, as well the pious
1271 prudence of Plato with respect to the gods as their own lust,
1272 which is injurious to the gods; or whether they have concealed
1273 Plato's opinion, according to which he was unwilling that the
1274 gods should be defamed with falsely alleged crimes through
1275 the impious licence of the poets, whilst they have not been
1276 ashamed nor afraid to make known their own wickedness,
1277 which make them love theatrical plays, in which the infamous
1278 deeds of the gods are celebrated. Let them choose which
1279 they will of these four alternatives, and let them consider how
1280 much evil any one of them would require them to think of the
1281 gods. For if they choose the first, they must then confess that
1282 it was not possible for the good gods to dwell with the good
1283 Plato, though he sought to prohibit things injurious to them,
1284 whilst they dwelt with evil demons, who exulted in their
1285 injuries; and this because they suppose that the good gods
1286 can only know a good man, placed at so great a distance from
1287 them, through the mediation of evil demons, whom they could
1288 know on account of their nearness to themselves.[314] If they
1289 shall choose the second, and shall say that both these things
1290 are concealed by the demons, so that the gods are wholly
1291 ignorant both of Plato's most religious law and the sacrilegious
1292 pleasure of the demons, what, in that case, can the
1293 gods know to any profit with respect to human affairs through
1294 these mediating demons, when they do not know those things
1295 which are decreed, through the piety of good men, for the
1296 honour of the good gods against the lust of evil demons?
1297 But if they shall choose the third, and reply that these intermediary
1298 demons have communicated, not only the opinion
1299 of Plato, which prohibited wrongs to be done to the gods,
1300 but also their own delight in these wrongs, I would ask if
1301 such a communication is not rather an insult? Now the
1302 gods, hearing both and knowing both, not only permit the
1303 approach of those malign demons, who desire and do things
1304 contrary to the dignity of the gods and the religion of Plato,
1305 but also, through these wicked demons, who are near to them,
1306 send good things to the good Plato, who is far away from
1307 them; for they inhabit such a place in the concatenated
1308 series of the elements, that they can come into contact with
1309 those by whom they are accused, but not with him by whom
1310 they are defended,—knowing the truth on both sides, but not
1311 being able to change the weight of the air and the earth.
1312 There remains the fourth supposition; but it is worse than the
1313 rest. For who will suffer it to be said that the demons have
1314 made known the calumnious fictions of the poets concerning
1315 the immortal gods, and also the disgraceful mockeries of the
1316 theatres, and their own most ardent lust after, and most sweet
1317 pleasure in these things, whilst they have concealed from
1318 them that Plato, with the gravity of a philosopher, gave it as
1319 his opinion that all these things ought to be removed from a
1320 well-regulated republic; so that the good gods are now compelled,
1321 through such messengers, to know the evil doings of
1322 the most wicked beings, that is to say, of the messengers
1323 themselves, and are not allowed to know the good deeds of
1324 the philosophers, though the former are for the injury, but
1325 these latter for the honour of the gods themselves?
1326 22. *That we must, notwithstanding the opinion of Apuleius, reject the worship
1327 of demons.*
1328 None of these four alternatives, then, is to be chosen; for
1329 we dare not suppose such unbecoming things concerning the
1330 gods as the adoption of any one of them would lead us to
1331 think. It remains, therefore, that no credence whatever is to
1332 be given to the opinion of Apuleius and the other philosophers
1333 of the same school, namely, that the demons act as messengers
1334 and interpreters between the gods and men to carry our petitions
1335 from us to the gods, and to bring back to us the help of
1336 the gods. On the contrary, we must believe them to be spirits
1337 most eager to inflict harm, utterly alien from righteousness,
1338 swollen with pride, pale with envy, subtle in deceit; who dwell
1339 indeed in this air as in a prison, in keeping with their own
1340 character, because, cast down from the height of the higher
1341 heaven, they have been condemned to dwell in this element
1342 as the just reward of irretrievable transgression. But, though
1343 the air is situated above the earth and the waters, they are
1344 not on that account superior in merit to men, who, though
1345 they do not surpass them as far as their earthly bodies are
1346 concerned, do nevertheless far excel them through piety of
1347 mind,—they having made choice of the true God as their
1348 helper. Over many, however, who are manifestly unworthy of
1349 participation in the true religion, they tyrannize as over captives
1350 whom they have subdued,—the greatest part of whom
1351 they have persuaded of their divinity by wonderful and lying
1352 signs, consisting either of deeds or of predictions. Some,
1353 nevertheless, who have more attentively and diligently considered
1354 their vices, they have not been able to persuade that
1355 they are gods, and so have feigned themselves to be messengers
1356 between the gods and men. Some, indeed, have thought that
1357 not even this latter honour ought to be acknowledged as
1358 belonging to them, not believing that they were gods, because
1359 they saw that they were wicked, whereas the gods, according
1360 to their view, are all good. Nevertheless they dared not say
1361 that they were wholly unworthy of all divine honour, for
1362 fear of offending the multitude, by whom, through inveterate
1363 superstition, the demons were served by the performance of
1364 many rites, and the erection of many temples.
1365 23. *What Hermes Trismegistus thought concerning idolatry, and from what
1366 source he knew that the superstitions of Egypt were to be abolished.*
1367 The Egyptian Hermes, whom they call Trismegistus, had
1368 a different opinion concerning those demons. Apuleius,
1369 indeed, denies that they are gods; but when he says that
1370 they hold a middle place between the gods and men, so that
1371 they seem to be necessary for men as mediators between them
1372 and the gods, he does not distinguish between the worship
1373 due to them and the religious homage due to the supernal
1374 gods. This Egyptian, however, says that there are some gods
1375 made by the supreme God, and some made by men. Any
1376 one who hears this, as I have stated it, no doubt supposes
1377 that it has reference to images, because they are the works
1378 of the hands of men; but he asserts that visible and tangible
1379 images are, as it were, only the bodies of the gods, and that
1380 there dwell in them certain spirits, which have been invited
1381 to come into them, and which have power to inflict harm, or
1382 to fulfil the desires of those by whom divine honours and
1383 services are rendered to them. To unite, therefore, by a
1384 certain art, those invisible spirits to visible and material
1385 things, so as to make, as it were, animated bodies, dedicated
1386 and given up to those spirits who inhabit them,—this,
1387 he says, is to make gods, adding that men have received
1388 this great and wonderful power. I will give the
1389 words of this Egyptian as they have been translated into
1390 our tongue: "And, since we have undertaken to discourse
1391 concerning the relationship and fellowship between men
1392 and the gods, know, O Æsculapius, the power and strength
1393 of man. As the Lord and Father, or that which is highest,
1394 even God, is the maker of the celestial gods, so man is the
1395 maker of the gods who are in the temples, content to dwell
1396 near to men."[315] And a little after he says, "Thus humanity,
1397 always mindful of its nature and origin, perseveres in the
1398 imitation of divinity; and as the Lord and Father made
1399 eternal gods, that they should be like Himself, so humanity
1400 fashioned its own gods according to the likeness of its own
1401 countenance." When this Æsculapius, to whom especially
1402 he was speaking, had answered him, and had said, "Dost thou
1403 mean the statues, O Trismegistus?"—"Yes, the statues," replied
1404 he, "however unbelieving thou art, O Æsculapius,—the statues,
1405 animated, and full of sensation and spirit, and who do such
1406 great and wonderful things,—the statues, prescient of future
1407 things, and foretelling them by lot, by prophet, by dreams, and
1408 many other things, who bring diseases on men and cure
1409 them again, giving them joy or sorrow according to their
1410 merits. Dost thou not know, Æsculapius, that Egypt is an
1411 image of heaven, or, more truly, a translation and descent of all
1412 things which are ordered and transacted there,—that it is, in
1413 truth, if we may say so, to be the temple of the whole world?
1414 And yet, as it becomes the prudent man to know all things
1415 beforehand, ye ought not to be ignorant of this, that there is
1416 a time coming when it shall appear that the Egyptians have
1417 all in vain, with pious mind, and with most scrupulous diligence,
1418 waited on the divinity, and when all their holy worship
1419 shall come to nought, and be found to be in vain."
1420 Hermes then follows out at great length the statements of
1421 this passage, in which he seems to predict the present time, in
1422 which the Christian religion is overthrowing all lying figments
1423 with a vehemence and liberty proportioned to its superior truth
1424 and holiness, in order that the grace of the true Saviour may
1425 deliver men from those gods which man has made, and subject
1426 them to that God by whom man was made. But when
1427 Hermes predicts these things, he speaks as one who is a
1428 friend to these same mockeries of demons, and does not
1429 clearly express the name of Christ. On the contrary, he
1430 deplores, as if it had already taken place, the future abolition
1431 of those things by the observance of which there was maintained
1432 in Egypt a resemblance of heaven,—he bears witness to
1433 Christianity by a kind of mournful prophecy. Now it was
1434 with reference to such that the apostle said, that "knowing
1435 God, they glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful,
1436 but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart
1437 was darkened; professing themselves to be wise, they became
1438 fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into the
1439 likeness of the image of corruptible man,"[316] and so on, for the
1440 whole passage is too long to quote. For Hermes makes many
1441 such statements agreeable to the truth concerning the one
1442 true God who fashioned this world. And I know not how
1443 he has become so bewildered by that "darkening of the heart"
1444 as to stumble into the expression of a desire that men should
1445 always continue in subjection to those gods which he confesses
1446 to be made by men, and to bewail their future removal;
1447 as if there could be anything more wretched than mankind
1448 tyrannized over by the work of his own hands, since man,
1449 by worshipping the works of his own hands, may more easily
1450 cease to be man, than the works of his hands can, through his
1451 worship of them, become gods. For it can sooner happen
1452 that man, who has received an honourable position, may,
1453 through lack of understanding, become comparable to the
1454 beasts, than that the works of man may become preferable to
1455 the work of God, made in His own image, that is, to man
1456 himself. Wherefore deservedly is man left to fall away from
1457 Him who made him, when he prefers to himself that which
1458 he himself has made.
1459 For these vain, deceitful, pernicious, sacrilegious things did
1460 the Egyptian Hermes sorrow, because he knew that the time
1461 was coming when they should be removed. But his sorrow
1462 was as impudently expressed as his knowledge was imprudently
1463 obtained; for it was not the Holy Spirit who revealed these
1464 things to him, as He had done to the holy prophets, who, foreseeing
1465 these things, said with exultation, "If a man shall make
1466 gods, lo, they are no gods;"[317] and in another place, "And it shall
1467 come to pass in that day, saith the Lord, that I will cut off
1468 the names of the idols out of the land, and they shall no more
1469 be remembered."[318] But the holy Isaiah prophesies expressly
1470 concerning Egypt in reference to this matter, saying, "And the
1471 idols of Egypt shall be moved at His presence, and their heart
1472 shall be overcome in them,"[319] and other things to the same effect.
1473 And with the prophet are to be classed those who rejoiced that
1474 that which they knew was to come had actually come,—as
1475 Simeon, or Anna, who immediately recognised Jesus when He
1476 was born, or Elisabeth, who in the Spirit recognised Him
1477 when He was conceived, or Peter, who said by the revelation
1478 of the Father, "Thou art Christ, the Son of the living God."[320]
1479 But to this Egyptian those spirits indicated the time of their
1480 own destruction, who also, when the Lord was present in the
1481 flesh, said with trembling, "Art Thou come hither to destroy
1482 us before the time?"[321] meaning by destruction before the time,
1483 either that very destruction which they expected to come,
1484 but which they did not think would come so suddenly as it
1485 appeared to have done, or only that destruction which consisted
1486 in their being brought into contempt by being made
1487 known. And, indeed, this was a destruction before the time,
1488 that is, before the time of judgment, when they are to be
1489 punished with eternal damnation, together with all men who
1490 are implicated in their wickedness, as the true religion declares,
1491 which neither errs nor leads into error; for it is not
1492 like him who, blown hither and thither by every wind of
1493 doctrine, and mixing true things with things which are false,
1494 bewails as about to perish a religion which he afterwards
1495 confesses to be error.
1496 24. *How Hermes openly confessed the error of his forefathers, the coming
1497 destruction of which he nevertheless bewailed.*
1498 After a long interval, Hermes again comes back to the
1499 subject of the gods which men have made, saying as follows:
1500 "But enough on this subject. Let us return to man and to
1501 reason, that divine gift on account of which man has been
1502 called a rational animal. For the things which have been
1503 said concerning man, wonderful though they are, are less
1504 wonderful than those which have been said concerning reason.
1505 For man to discover the divine nature, and to make it, surpasses
1506 the wonder of all other wonderful things. Because,
1507 therefore, our forefathers erred very far with respect to the
1508 knowledge of the gods, through incredulity and through want
1509 of attention to their worship and service, they invented this
1510 art of making gods; and this art once invented, they associated
1511 with it a suitable virtue borrowed from universal nature, and,
1512 being incapable of making souls, they evoked those of demons
1513 or of angels, and united them with these holy images and
1514 divine mysteries, in order that through these souls the images
1515 might have power to do good or harm to men." I know not
1516 whether the demons themselves could have been made, even
1517 by adjuration, to confess as he has confessed in these words:
1518 "Because our forefathers erred very far with respect to the
1519 knowledge of the gods, through incredulity and through want
1520 of attention to their worship and service, they invented the
1521 art of making gods." Does he say that it was a moderate
1522 degree of error which resulted in their discovery of the art
1523 of making gods, or was he content to say "they erred?" No;
1524 he must needs add "very far," and say, "*They erred very far.*"
1525 It was this great error and incredulity, then, of their forefathers
1526 who did not attend to the worship and service of the
1527 gods, which was the origin of the art of making gods. And
1528 yet this wise man grieves over the ruin of this art at some
1529 future time, as if it were a divine religion. Is he not verily
1530 compelled by divine influence, on the one hand, to reveal the
1531 past error of his forefathers, and by a diabolical influence, on
1532 the other hand, to bewail the future punishment of demons?
1533 For if their forefathers, by erring very far with respect to
1534 the knowledge of the gods, through incredulity and aversion
1535 of mind from their worship and service, invented the art of
1536 making gods, what wonder is it that all that is done by this
1537 detestable art, which is opposed to the divine religion, should
1538 be taken away by that religion, when truth corrects error,
1539 faith refutes incredulity, and conversion rectifies aversion?
1540 For if he had only said, without mentioning the cause, that
1541 his forefathers had discovered the art of making gods, it would
1542 have been our duty, if we paid any regard to what is right
1543 and pious, to consider and to see that they could never have
1544 attained to this art if they had not erred from the truth, if
1545 they had believed those things which are worthy of God, if
1546 they had attended to divine worship and service. However,
1547 if we alone should say that the causes of this art were to be
1548 found in the great error and incredulity of men, and aversion
1549 of the mind erring from and unfaithful to divine religion, the
1550 impudence of those who resist the truth were in some way
1551 to be borne with; but when he who admires in man, above
1552 all other things, this power which it has been granted him to
1553 practise, and sorrows because a time is coming when all those
1554 figments of gods invented by men shall even be commanded
1555 by the laws to be taken away,—when even this man confesses
1556 nevertheless, and explains the causes which led to the
1557 discovery of this art, saying that their ancestors, through great
1558 error and incredulity, and through not attending to the worship
1559 and service of the gods, invented this art of making gods,—what
1560 ought we to say, or rather to do, but to give to the
1561 Lord our God all the thanks we are able, because He has
1562 taken away those things by causes the contrary of those
1563 which led to their institution? For that which the prevalence
1564 of error instituted, the way of truth took away; that
1565 which incredulity instituted, faith took away; that which
1566 aversion from divine worship and service instituted, conversion
1567 to the one true and holy God took away. Nor was this
1568 the case only in Egypt, for which country alone the spirit of
1569 the demons lamented in Hermes, but in all the earth, which
1570 sings to the Lord a new song,[322] as the truly holy and truly
1571 prophetic Scriptures have predicted, in which it is written,
1572 "Sing unto the Lord a new song; sing unto the Lord, all the
1573 earth." For the title of this psalm is, "When the house
1574 was built after the captivity." For a house is being built
1575 to the Lord in all the earth, even the city of God, which
1576 is the holy Church, after that captivity in which demons
1577 held captive those men who, through faith in God, became
1578 living stones in the house. For although man made gods, it
1579 did not follow that he who made them was not held captive
1580 by them, when, by worshipping them, he was drawn into
1581 fellowship with them,—into the fellowship not of stolid idols,
1582 but of cunning demons; for what are idols but what they
1583 are represented to be in the same Scriptures, "They have eyes,
1584 but they do not see,"[323] and, though artistically fashioned, are
1585 still without life and sensation? But unclean spirits, associated
1586 through that wicked art with these same idols, have
1587 miserably taken captive the souls of their worshippers, by
1588 bringing them down into fellowship with themselves. Whence
1589 the apostle says, "We know that an idol is nothing, but
1590 those things which the Gentiles sacrifice they sacrifice to
1591 demons, and not to God; and I would not ye should have
1592 fellowship with demons."[324] After this captivity, therefore, in
1593 which men were held by malign demons, the house of God
1594 is being built in all the earth; whence the title of that psalm
1595 in which it is said, "Sing unto the Lord a new song; sing
1596 unto the Lord, all the earth. Sing unto the Lord, bless His
1597 name; declare well His salvation from day to day. Declare
1598 His glory among the nations, among all people His wonderful
1599 things. For great is the Lord, and much to be praised: He is
1600 terrible above all gods. For all the gods of the nations are
1601 demons: but the Lord made the heavens."[325]
1602 Wherefore he who sorrowed because a time was coming when
1603 the worship of idols should be abolished, and the domination of
1604 the demons over those who worshipped them, wished, under the
1605 influence of a demon, that that captivity should always continue,
1606 at the cessation of which that psalm celebrates the building of
1607 the house of the Lord in all the earth. Hermes foretold these
1608 things with grief, the prophet with joyfulness; and because
1609 the Spirit is victorious who sang these things through the
1610 ancient prophets, even Hermes himself was compelled in a
1611 wonderful manner to confess, that those very things which
1612 he wished not to be removed, and at the prospect of whose
1613 removal he was sorrowful, had been instituted, not by prudent,
1614 faithful, and religious, but by erring and unbelieving men,
1615 averse to the worship and service of the gods. And although
1616 he calls them gods, nevertheless, when he says that they were
1617 made by such men as we certainly ought not to be, he shows,
1618 whether he will or not, that they are not to be worshipped by
1619 those who do not resemble these image-makers, that is, by prudent,
1620 faithful, and religious men, at the same time also making
1621 it manifest that the very men who made them involved themselves
1622 in the worship of those as gods who were not gods.
1623 For true is the saying of the prophet, "If a man *make* gods,
1624 lo, they are no gods."[326] Such gods, therefore, acknowledged
1625 by such worshippers and made by such men, did Hermes call
1626 "gods made by men," that is to say, demons, through some
1627 art of I know not what description, bound by the chains of
1628 their own lusts to images. But, nevertheless, he did not
1629 agree with that opinion of the Platonic Apuleius, of which
1630 we have already shown the incongruity and absurdity, namely,
1631 that they were interpreters and intercessors between the gods
1632 whom God made, and men whom the same God made, bringing
1633 to God the prayers of men, and from God the gifts given in
1634 answer to these prayers. For it is exceedingly stupid to
1635 believe that gods whom men have made have more influence
1636 with gods whom God has made than men themselves have,
1637 whom the very same God has made. And consider, too, that
1638 it is a demon which, bound by a man to an image by means
1639 of an impious art, has been made a god, but a god to such a
1640 man only, not to every man. What kind of god, therefore, is
1641 that which no man would make but one erring, incredulous,
1642 and averse to the true God? Moreover, if the demons which
1643 are worshipped in the temples, being introduced by some kind
1644 of strange art into images, that is, into visible representations
1645 of themselves, by those men who by this art made gods when
1646 they were straying away from, and were averse to the worship
1647 and service of the gods,—if, I say, those demons are neither
1648 mediators nor interpreters between men and the gods, both
1649 on account of their own most wicked and base manners, and
1650 because men, though erring, incredulous, and averse from the
1651 worship and service of the gods, are nevertheless beyond
1652 doubt better than the demons whom they themselves have
1653 evoked, then it remains to be affirmed that what power they
1654 possess they possess as demons, doing harm by bestowing
1655 pretended benefits,—harm all the greater for the deception,—or
1656 else openly and undisguisedly doing evil to men. They cannot,
1657 however, do anything of this kind unless where they are permitted
1658 by the deep and secret providence of God, and then
1659 only so far as they are permitted. When, however, they are
1660 permitted, it is not because they, being midway between
1661 men and the gods, have through the friendship of the gods
1662 great power over men; for these demons cannot possibly be
1663 friends to the good gods who dwell in the holy and heavenly
1664 habitation, by whom we mean holy angels and rational creatures,
1665 whether thrones, or dominations, or principalities, or
1666 powers, from whom they are as far separated in disposition
1667 and character as vice is distant from virtue, wickedness from
1668 goodness.
1669 25. *Concerning those things which may be common to the holy angels
1670 and to men.*
1671 Wherefore we must by no means seek, through the supposed
1672 mediation of demons, to avail ourselves of the benevolence or
1673 beneficence of the gods, or rather of the good angels, but
1674 through resembling them in the possession of a good will,
1675 through which we are with them, and live with them, and
1676 worship with them the same God, although we cannot see
1677 them with the eyes of our flesh. But it is not in locality
1678 we are distant from them, but in merit of life, caused by our
1679 miserable unlikeness to them in will, and by the weakness
1680 of our character; for the mere fact of our dwelling on earth
1681 under the conditions of life in the flesh does not prevent our
1682 fellowship with them. It is only prevented when we, in the
1683 impurity of our hearts, mind earthly things. But in this
1684 present time, while we are being healed that we may eventually
1685 be as they are, we are brought near to them by faith, if
1686 by their assistance we believe that He who is their blessedness
1687 is also ours.
1688 26. *That all the religion of the pagans has reference to dead men.*
1689 It is certainly a remarkable thing how this Egyptian, when
1690 expressing his grief that a time was coming when those things
1691 would be taken away from Egypt, which he confesses to have
1692 been invented by men erring, incredulous, and averse to the
1693 service of divine religion, says, among other things, "Then
1694 shall that land, the most holy place of shrines and temples,
1695 be full of sepulchres and dead men," as if, in sooth, if these
1696 things were not taken away, men would not die! as if dead
1697 bodies could be buried elsewhere than in the ground! as if,
1698 as time advanced, the number of sepulchres must not necessarily
1699 increase in proportion to the increase of the number of
1700 the dead! But they who are of a perverse mind, and opposed
1701 to us, suppose that what he grieves for is that the memorials
1702 of our martyrs were to succeed to their temples and shrines,
1703 in order, forsooth, that they may have grounds for thinking
1704 that gods were worshipped by the pagans in temples, but that
1705 dead men are worshipped by us in sepulchres. For with such
1706 blindness do impious men, as it were, stumble over mountains,
1707 and will not see the things which strike their own eyes, that
1708 they do not attend to the fact that in all the literature of the
1709 pagans there are not found any, or scarcely any gods, who
1710 have not been men, to whom, when dead, divine honours have
1711 been paid. I will not enlarge on the fact that Varro says
1712 that all dead men are thought by them to be gods Manes, and
1713 proves it by those sacred rites which are performed in honour
1714 of almost all the dead, among which he mentions funeral
1715 games, considering this the very highest proof of divinity,
1716 because games are only wont to be celebrated in honour of
1717 divinities. Hermes himself, of whom we are now treating, in
1718 that same book in which, as if foretelling future things, he
1719 says with sorrow, "Then shall that land, the most holy place
1720 of shrines and temples, be full of sepulchres and dead men,"
1721 testifies that the gods of Egypt were dead men. For, having
1722 said that their forefathers, erring very far with respect to the
1723 knowledge of the gods, incredulous and inattentive to the
1724 divine worship and service, invented the art of making gods,
1725 with which art, when invented, they associated the appropriate
1726 virtue which is inherent in universal nature, and by mixing
1727 up that virtue with this art, they called forth the souls of
1728 demons or of angels (for they could not make souls), and
1729 caused them to take possession of, or associate themselves
1730 with holy images and divine mysteries, in order that through
1731 these souls the images might have power to do good or harm
1732 to men;—having said this, he goes on, as it were, to prove
1733 it by illustrations, saying, "Thy grandsire, O Æsculapius, the
1734 first discoverer of medicine, to whom a temple was consecrated
1735 in a mountain of Libya, near to the shore of the crocodiles, in
1736 which temple lies his earthly man, that is, his body,—for the
1737 better part of him, or rather the whole of him, if the whole
1738 man is in the intelligent life, went back to heaven,—affords
1739 even now by his divinity all those helps to infirm men, which
1740 formerly he was wont to afford to them by the art of medicine."
1741 He says, therefore, that a dead man was worshipped
1742 as a god in that place where he had his sepulchre. He
1743 deceives men by a falsehood, for the man "went back to
1744 heaven." Then he adds, "Does not Hermes, who was my
1745 grandsire, and whose name I bear, abiding in the country
1746 which is called by his name, help and preserve all mortals
1747 who come to him from every quarter?" For this elder
1748 Hermes, that is, Mercury, who, he says, was his grandsire, is
1749 said to be buried in Hermopolis, that is, in the city called
1750 by his name; so here are two gods whom he affirms to
1751 have been men, Æsculapius and Mercury. Now concerning
1752 Æsculapius, both the Greeks and the Latins think the same
1753 thing; but as to Mercury, there are many who do not think
1754 that he was formerly a mortal, though Hermes testifies that
1755 he was his grandsire. But are these two different individuals
1756 who were called by the same name? I will not dispute much
1757 whether they are different individuals or not. It is sufficient
1758 to know that this Mercury of whom Hermes speaks is, as well
1759 as Æsculapius, a god who once was a man, according to the
1760 testimony of this same Trismegistus, esteemed so great by his
1761 countrymen, and also the grandson of Mercury himself.
1762 Hermes goes on to say, "But do we know how many good
1763 things Isis, the wife of Osiris, bestows when she is propitious,
1764 and what great opposition she can offer when enraged?"
1765 Then, in order to show that there were gods made by men
1766 through this art, he goes on to say, "For it is easy for earthly
1767 and mundane gods to be angry, being made and composed by
1768 men out of either nature;" thus giving us to understand that
1769 he believed that demons were formerly the souls of dead men,
1770 which, as he says, by means of a certain art invented by men
1771 very far in error, incredulous, and irreligious, were caused to
1772 take possession of images, because they who made such gods
1773 were not able to make souls. When, therefore, he says "either
1774 nature," he means soul and body,—the demon being the soul,
1775 and the image the body. What, then, becomes of that mournful
1776 complaint, that the land of Egypt, the most holy place
1777 of shrines and temples, was to be full of sepulchres and
1778 dead men? Verily, the fallacious spirit, by whose inspiration
1779 Hermes spoke these things, was compelled to confess through
1780 him that even already that land was full of sepulchres and
1781 of dead men, whom they were worshipping as gods. But it
1782 was the grief of the demons which was expressing itself
1783 through his mouth, who were sorrowing on account of the
1784 punishments which were about to fall upon them at the
1785 tombs of the martyrs. For in many such places they are
1786 tortured and compelled to confess, and are cast out of the
1787 bodies of men, of which they had taken possession.
1788 27. *Concerning the nature of the honour which the Christians pay to
1789 their martyrs.*
1790 But, nevertheless, we do not build temples, and ordain
1791 priests, rites, and sacrifices for these same martyrs; for they
1792 are not our gods, but their God is our God. Certainly we
1793 honour their reliquaries, as the memorials of holy men of God
1794 who strove for the truth even to the death of their bodies,
1795 that the true religion might be made known, and false and
1796 fictitious religions exposed. For if there were some before
1797 them who thought that these religions were really false and
1798 fictitious, they were afraid to give expression to their convictions.
1799 But who ever heard a priest of the faithful, standing
1800 at an altar built for the honour and worship of God over the
1801 holy body of some martyr, say in the prayers, I offer to thee
1802 a sacrifice, O Peter, or O Paul, or O Cyprian? for it is to
1803 God that sacrifices are offered at their tombs,—the God who
1804 made them both men and martyrs, and associated them with
1805 holy angels in celestial honour; and the reason why we pay
1806 such honours to their memory is, that by so doing we may
1807 both give thanks to the true God for their victories, and, by
1808 recalling them afresh to remembrance, may stir ourselves up
1809 to imitate them by seeking to obtain like crowns and palms,
1810 calling to our help that same God on whom they called.
1811 Therefore, whatever honours the religious may pay in the
1812 places of the martyrs, they are but honours rendered to their
1813 memory,[327] not sacred rites or sacrifices offered to dead men as
1814 to gods. And even such as bring thither food,—which, indeed,
1815 is not done by the better Christians, and in most places of
1816 the world is not done at all,—do so in order that it may be
1817 sanctified to them through the merits of the martyrs, in the
1818 name of the Lord of the martyrs, first presenting the food
1819 and offering prayer, and thereafter taking it away to be eaten,
1820 or to be in part bestowed upon the needy.[328] But he who
1821 knows the one sacrifice of Christians, which is the sacrifice
1822 offered in those places, also knows that these are not sacrifices
1823 offered to the martyrs. It is, then, neither with divine honours
1824 nor with human crimes, by which they worship their gods,
1825 that we honour our martyrs; neither do we offer sacrifices to
1826 them, or convert the crimes of the gods into their sacred rites.
1827 For let those who will and can read the letter of Alexander
1828 to his mother Olympias, in which he tells the things which
1829 were revealed to him by the priest Leon, and let those who
1830 have read it recall to memory what it contains, that they
1831 may see what great abominations have been handed down to
1832 memory, not by poets, but by the mystic writings of the
1833 Egyptians, concerning the goddess Isis, the wife of Osiris, and
1834 the parents of both, all of whom, according to these writings,
1835 were royal personages. Isis, when sacrificing to her parents,
1836 is said to have discovered a crop of barley, of which she
1837 brought some ears to the king her husband, and his councillor
1838 Mercurius, and hence they identify her with Ceres. Those
1839 who read the letter may there see what was the character of
1840 those people to whom when dead sacred rites were instituted
1841 as to gods, and what those deeds of theirs were which furnished
1842 the occasion for these rites. Let them not once dare to compare
1843 in any respect those people, though they hold them to be
1844 gods, to our holy martyrs, though we do not hold them to be
1845 gods. For we do not ordain priests and offer sacrifices to our
1846 martyrs, as they do to their dead men, for that would be incongruous,
1847 undue, and unlawful, such being due only to God;
1848 and thus we do not delight them with their own crimes, or
1849 with such shameful plays as those in which the crimes of
1850 the gods are celebrated, which are either real crimes committed
1851 by them at a time when they were men, or else, if
1852 they never were men, fictitious crimes invented for the pleasure
1853 of noxious demons. The god of Socrates, if he had a
1854 god, cannot have belonged to this class of demons. But
1855 perhaps they who wished to excel in this art of making gods,
1856 imposed a god of this sort on a man who was a stranger to,
1857 and innocent of any connection with that art. What need we
1858 say more? No one who is even moderately wise imagines
1859 that demons are to be worshipped on account of the blessed
1860 life which is to be after death. But perhaps they will say
1861 that all the gods are good, but that of the demons some are
1862 bad and some good, and that it is the good who are to be
1863 worshipped, in order that through them we may attain to the
1864 eternally blessed life. To the examination of this opinion we
1865 will devote the following book.
BOOK IX
49 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
52 >
53 >
54 >
55 HAVING IN THE PRECEDING BOOK SHOWN THAT THE WORSHIP OF DEMONS MUST
56 > BE ABJURED, SINCE THEY IN A THOUSAND WAYS PROCLAIM THEMSELVES TO
57 > BE WICKED SPIRITS, AUGUSTINE IN THIS BOOK MEETS THOSE WHO ALLEGE
58 > A DISTINCTION AMONG DEMONS, SOME BEING EVIL, WHILE OTHERS ARE
59 > GOOD; AND, HAVING EXPLODED THIS DISTINCTION, HE PROVES THAT TO NO
60 > DEMON, BUT TO CHRIST ALONE, BELONGS THE OFFICE OF PROVIDING MEN
61 > WITH ETERNAL BLESSEDNESS.
62 1. *The point at which the discussion has arrived, and what remains to be
63 handled.*
64 Some have advanced the opinion that there are both good
65 and bad gods; but some, thinking more respectfully of
66 the gods have attributed to them so much honour and praise
67 as to preclude the supposition of any god being wicked. But
68 those who have maintained that there are wicked gods as well
69 as good ones have included the demons under the name
70 "gods," and sometimes, though more rarely, have called the
71 gods demons; so that they admit that Jupiter, whom they
72 make the king and head of all the rest, is called a demon by
73 Homer.[329] Those, on the other hand, who maintain that the
74 gods are all good, and far more excellent than the men who
75 are justly called good, are moved by the actions of the demons,
76 which they can neither deny nor impute to the gods whose
77 goodness they affirm, to distinguish between gods and demons;
78 so that, whenever they find anything offensive in the deeds or
79 sentiments by which unseen spirits manifest their power, they
80 believe this to proceed not from the gods, but from the demons.
81 At the same time they believe that, as no god can hold direct
82 intercourse with men, these demons hold the position of mediators,
83 ascending with prayers, and returning with gifts. This
84 is the opinion of the Platonists, the ablest and most esteemed
85 of their philosophers, with whom we therefore chose to debate
86 this question,—whether the worship of a number of gods is of
87 any service towards obtaining blessedness in the future life.
88 And this is the reason why, in the preceding book, we have
89 inquired how the demons, who take pleasure in such things
90 as good and wise men loathe and execrate, in the sacrilegious
91 and immoral fictions which the poets have written, not of men,
92 but of the gods themselves, and in the wicked and criminal
93 violence of magical arts, can be regarded as more nearly related
94 and more friendly to the gods than men are, and can mediate
95 between good men and the good gods; and it has been demonstrated
96 that this is absolutely impossible.
97 2. *Whether among the demons, inferior to the gods, there are any good spirits
98 under whose guardianship the human soul might reach true blessedness.*
99 This book, then, ought, according to the promise made in
100 the end of the preceding one, to contain a discussion, not of
101 the difference which exists among the gods, who, according to
102 the Platonists, are all good, nor of the difference between gods
103 and demons, the former of whom they separate by a wide
104 interval from men, while the latter are placed intermediately
105 between the gods and men, but of the difference, since they
106 make one, among the demons themselves. This we shall
107 discuss so far as it bears on our theme. It has been the
108 common and usual belief that some of the demons are bad,
109 others good; and this opinion, whether it be that of the
110 Platonists or any other sect, must by no means be passed over
111 in silence, lest some one suppose he ought to cultivate the
112 good demons in order that by their mediation he may be
113 accepted by the gods, all of whom he believes to be good, and
114 that he may live with them after death; whereas he would
115 thus be ensnared in the toils of wicked spirits, and would
116 wander far from the true God, with whom alone, and in
117 whom alone, the human soul, that is to say, the soul that is
118 rational and intellectual, is blessed.
119 3. *What Apuleius attributes to the demons, to whom, though he does not deny
120 them reason, he does not ascribe virtue.*
121 What, then, is the difference between good and evil demons?
122 For the Platonist Apuleius, in a treatise on this whole subject,[330]
123 while he says a great deal about their aerial bodies, has not
124 a word to say of the spiritual virtues with which, if they
125 were good, they must have been endowed. Not a word has
126 he said, then, of that which could give them happiness; but
127 proof of their misery he has given, acknowledging that their
128 mind, by which they rank as reasonable beings, is not only
129 not imbued and fortified with virtue so as to resist all unreasonable
130 passions, but that it is somehow agitated with
131 tempestuous emotions, and is thus on a level with the mind
132 of foolish men. His own words are: "It is this class of
133 demons the poets refer to, when, without serious error, they
134 feign that the gods hate and love individuals among men,
135 prospering and ennobling some, and opposing and distressing
136 others. Therefore pity, indignation, grief, joy, every human
137 emotion is experienced by the demons, with the same mental
138 disturbance, and the same tide of feeling and thought. These
139 turmoils and tempests banish them far from the tranquillity of
140 the celestial gods." Can there be any doubt that in these
141 words it is not some inferior part of their spiritual nature, but
142 the very mind by which the demons hold their rank as rational
143 beings, which he says is tossed with passion like a stormy sea?
144 They cannot, then, be compared even to wise men, who with
145 undisturbed mind resist these perturbations to which they
146 are exposed in this life, and from which human infirmity is
147 never exempt, and who do not yield themselves to approve
148 of or perpetrate anything which might deflect them from
149 the path of wisdom and law of rectitude. They resemble in
150 character, though not in bodily appearance, wicked and foolish
151 men. I might indeed say they are worse, inasmuch as they
152 have grown old in iniquity, and incorrigible by punishment.
153 Their mind, as Apuleius says, is a sea tossed with tempest,
154 having no rallying point of truth or virtue in their soul from
155 which they can resist their turbulent and depraved emotions.
156 4. *The opinion of the Peripatetics and Stoics about mental emotions.*
157 Among the philosophers there are two opinions about these
158 mental emotions, which the Greeks call πάθη, while some of
159 our own writers, as Cicero, call them perturbations,[331] some
160 affections, and some, to render the Greek word more accurately,
161 passions. Some say that even the wise man is subject
162 to these perturbations, though moderated and controlled by
163 reason, which imposes laws upon them, and so restrains them
164 within necessary bounds. This is the opinion of the Platonists
165 and Aristotelians; for Aristotle was Plato's disciple, and the
166 founder of the Peripatetic school. But others, as the Stoics,
167 are of opinion that the wise man is not subject to these perturbations.
168 But Cicero, in his book *De Finibus*, shows that
169 the Stoics are here at variance with the Platonists and Peripatetics
170 rather in words than in reality; for the Stoics decline
171 to apply the term "goods" to external and bodily advantages,[332]
172 because they reckon that the only good is virtue, the art of
173 living well, and this exists only in the mind. The other
174 philosophers, again, use the simple and customary phraseology,
175 and do not scruple to call these things goods, though in comparison
176 of virtue, which guides our life, they are little and of
177 small esteem. And thus it is obvious that, whether these
178 outward things are called goods or advantages, they are held
179 in the same estimation by both parties, and that in this
180 matter the Stoics are pleasing themselves merely with a novel
181 phraseology. It seems, then, to me that in this question,
182 whether the wise man is subject to mental passions, or wholly
183 free from them, the controversy is one of words rather than
184 of things; for I think that, if the reality and not the mere
185 sound of the words is considered, the Stoics hold precisely the
186 same opinion as the Platonists and Peripatetics. For, omitting
187 for brevity's sake other proofs which I might adduce in support
188 of this opinion, I will state but one which I consider
189 conclusive. Aulus Gellius, a man of extensive erudition, and
190 gifted with an eloquent and graceful style, relates, in his work
191 entitled *Noctes Atticæ*,[333] that he once made a voyage with an
192 eminent Stoic philosopher; and he goes on to relate fully and
193 with gusto what I shall barely state, that when the ship was
194 tossed and in danger from a violent storm, the philosopher
195 grew pale with terror. This was noticed by those on board,
196 who, though themselves threatened with death, were curious
197 to see whether a philosopher would be agitated like other
198 men. When the tempest had passed over, and as soon as
199 their security gave them freedom to resume their talk, one
200 of the passengers, a rich and luxurious Asiatic, begins to
201 banter the philosopher, and rally him because he had even
202 become pale with fear, while he himself had been unmoved
203 by the impending destruction. But the philosopher availed
204 himself of the reply of Aristippus the Socratic, who, on finding
205 himself similarly bantered by a man of the same character,
206 answered, "You had no cause for anxiety for the soul of a
207 profligate debauchee, but I had reason to be alarmed for the
208 soul of Aristippus." The rich man being thus disposed of,
209 Aulus Gellius asked the philosopher, in the interests of science
210 and not to annoy him, what was the reason of his fear? And
211 he, willing to instruct a man so zealous in the pursuit of
212 knowledge, at once took from his wallet a book of Epictetus
213 the Stoic,[334] in which doctrines were advanced which precisely
214 harmonized with those of Zeno and Chrysippus, the founders
215 of the Stoical school. Aulus Gellius says that he read in
216 this book that the Stoics maintain that there are certain
217 impressions made on the soul by external objects which they
218 call *phantasiæ*, and that it is not in the power of the soul to
219 determine whether or when it shall be invaded by these.
220 When these impressions are made by alarming and formidable
221 objects, it must needs be that they move the soul even of the
222 wise man, so that for a little he trembles with fear, or is
223 depressed by sadness, these impressions anticipating the work
224 of reason and self-control; but this does not imply that the
225 mind accepts these evil impressions, or approves or consents
226 to them. For this consent is, they think, in a man's power;
227 there being this difference between the mind of the wise man
228 and that of the fool, that the fool's mind yields to these passions
229 and consents to them, while that of the wise man, though it
230 cannot help being invaded by them, yet retains with unshaken
231 firmness a true and steady persuasion of those things which
232 it ought rationally to desire or avoid. This account of what
233 Aulus Gellius relates that he read in the book of Epictetus
234 about the sentiments and doctrines of the Stoics I have given
235 as well as I could, not, perhaps, with his choice language, but
236 with greater brevity, and, I think, with greater clearness.
237 And if this be true, then there is no difference, or next to
238 none, between the opinion of the Stoics and that of the other
239 philosophers regarding mental passions and perturbations, for
240 both parties agree in maintaining that the mind and reason of
241 the wise man are not subject to these. And perhaps what
242 the Stoics mean by asserting this, is that the wisdom which
243 characterizes the wise man is clouded by no error and sullied
244 by no taint, but, with this reservation that his wisdom
245 remains undisturbed, he is exposed to the impressions which
246 the goods and ills of this life (or, as they prefer to call them,
247 the advantages or disadvantages) make upon them. For we
248 need not say that if that philosopher had thought nothing of
249 those things which he thought he was forthwith to lose, life
250 and bodily safety, he would not have been so terrified by his
251 danger as to betray his fear by the pallor of his cheek.
252 Nevertheless, he might suffer this mental disturbance, and
253 yet maintain the fixed persuasion that life and bodily safety,
254 which the violence of the tempest threatened to destroy, are
255 not those good things which make their possessors good, as
256 the possession of righteousness does. But in so far as they
257 persist that we must call them not goods but advantages,
258 they quarrel about words and neglect things. For what
259 difference does it make whether goods or advantages be the
260 better name, while the Stoic no less than the Peripatetic is
261 alarmed at the prospect of losing them, and while, though they
262 name them differently, they hold them in like esteem? Both
263 parties assure us that, if urged to the commission of some
264 immorality or crime by the threatened loss of these goods or
265 advantages, they would prefer to lose such things as preserve
266 bodily comfort and security rather than commit such things
267 as violate righteousness. And thus the mind in which this
268 resolution is well grounded suffers no perturbations to prevail
269 with it in opposition to reason, even though they assail the
270 weaker parts of the soul; and not only so, but it rules over
271 them, and, while it refuses its consent and resists them, administers
272 a reign of virtue. Such a character is ascribed to
273 Æneas by Virgil when he says,
274 "He stands immovable by tears,
275 Nor tenderest words with pity hears."[335]
276 5. *That the passions which assail the souls of Christians do not seduce them
277 to vice, but exercise their virtue.*
278 We need not at present give a careful and copious exposition
279 of the doctrine of Scripture, the sum of Christian knowledge, regarding
280 these passions. It subjects the mind itself to God, that
281 He may rule and aid it, and the passions, again, to the mind,
282 to moderate and bridle them, and turn them to righteous uses.
283 In our ethics, we do not so much inquire whether a pious soul
284 is angry, as why he is angry; not whether he is sad, but what
285 is the cause of his sadness; not whether he fears, but what he
286 fears. For I am not aware that any right thinking person
287 would find fault with anger at a wrongdoer which seeks his
288 amendment, or with sadness which intends relief to the
289 suffering, or with fear lest one in danger be destroyed. The
290 Stoics, indeed, are accustomed to condemn compassion.[336] But
291 how much more honourable had it been in that Stoic we have
292 been telling of, had he been disturbed by compassion prompting
293 him to relieve a fellow-creature, than to be disturbed by
294 the fear of shipwreck! Far better, and more humane, and
295 more consonant with pious sentiments, are the words of Cicero
296 in praise of Cæsar, when he says, "Among your virtues none
297 is more admirable and agreeable than your compassion."[337]
298 And what is compassion but a fellow-feeling for another's
299 misery, which prompts us to help him if we can? And this
300 emotion is obedient to reason, when compassion is shown
301 without violating right, as when the poor are relieved, or the
302 penitent forgiven. Cicero, who knew how to use language,
303 did not hesitate to call this a virtue, which the Stoics are not
304 ashamed to reckon among the vices, although, as the book
305 of that eminent Stoic, Epictetus, quoting the opinions of Zeno
306 and Chrysippus, the founders of the school, has taught us,
307 they admit that passions of this kind invade the soul of the
308 wise man, whom they would have to be free from all vice.
309 Whence it follows that these very passions are not judged by
310 them to be vices, since they assail the wise man without
311 forcing him to act against reason and virtue; and that, therefore,
312 the opinion of the Peripatetics or Platonists and of the Stoics
313 is one and the same. But, as Cicero says,[338] mere logomachy
314 is the bane of these pitiful Greeks, who thirst for contention
315 rather than for truth. However, it may justly be asked,
316 whether our subjection to these affections, even while we
317 follow virtue, is a part of the infirmity of this life? For
318 the holy angels feel no anger while they punish those whom
319 the eternal law of God consigns to punishment, no fellow-feeling
320 with misery while they relieve the miserable, no fear
321 while they aid those who are in danger; and yet ordinary
322 language ascribes to them also these mental emotions, because,
323 though they have none of our weakness, their acts resemble
324 the actions to which these emotions move us; and thus even
325 God Himself is said in Scripture to be angry, and yet without
326 any perturbation. For this word is used of the effect of His
327 vengeance, not of the disturbing mental affection.
328 6. *Of the passions which, according to Apuleius, agitate the demons who are
329 supposed by him to mediate between gods and men.*
330 Deferring for the present the question about the holy angels,
331 let us examine the opinion of the Platonists, that the demons
332 who mediate between gods and men are agitated by passions.
333 For if their mind, though exposed to their incursion, still
334 remained free and superior to them, Apuleius could not have
335 said that their hearts are tossed with passions as the sea by
336 stormy winds.[339] Their mind, then,—that superior part of their
337 soul whereby they are rational beings, and which, if it actually
338 exists in them, should rule and bridle the turbulent passions
339 of the inferior parts of the soul,—this mind of theirs, I say, is,
340 according to the Platonist referred to, tossed with a hurricane
341 of passions. The mind of the demons, therefore, is subject to
342 the emotions of fear, anger, lust, and all similar affections.
343 What part of them, then, is free, and endued with wisdom,
344 so that they are pleasing to the gods, and the fit guides of
345 men into purity of life, since their very highest part, being the
346 slave of passion and subject to vice, only makes them more
347 intent on deceiving and seducing, in proportion to the mental
348 force and energy of desire they possess?
349 >
350 >
351 >
352 7. *That the Platonists maintain that the poets wrong the gods by representing
353 > them as distracted by party feeling, to which the demons, and not the gods,
354 > are subject.*
355 But if any one says that it is not of all the demons, but
356 only of the wicked, that the poets, not without truth, say that
357 they violently love or hate certain men,—for it was of them
358 Apuleius said that they were driven about by strong currents
359 of emotion,—how can we accept this interpretation, when
360 Apuleius, in the very same connection, represents all the
361 demons, and not only the wicked, as intermediate between
362 gods and men by their aerial bodies? The fiction of the poets,
363 according to him, consists in their making gods of demons,
364 and giving them the names of gods, and assigning them as
365 allies or enemies to individual men, using this poetical licence,
366 though they profess that the gods are very different in character
367 from the demons, and far exalted above them by their
368 celestial abode and wealth of beatitude. This, I say, is the
369 poets' fiction, to say that these are gods who are not gods, and
370 that, under the names of gods, they fight among themselves
371 about the men whom they love or hate with keen partisan
372 feeling. Apuleius says that this is not far from the truth,
373 since, though they are wrongfully called by the names of the
374 gods, they are described in their own proper character as demons.
375 To this category, he says, belongs the Minerva of Homer,
376 "who interposed in the ranks of the Greeks to restrain
377 Achilles."[340] For that this was Minerva he supposes to be
378 poetical fiction; for he thinks that Minerva is a goddess, and
379 he places her among the gods whom he believes to be all good
380 and blessed in the sublime ethereal region, remote from intercourse
381 with men. But that there was a demon favourable
382 to the Greeks and adverse to the Trojans, as another, whom
383 the same poet mentions under the name of Venus or Mars
384 (gods exalted above earthly affairs in their heavenly habitations),
385 was the Trojans' ally and the foe of the Greeks, and
386 that these demons fought for those they loved against those
387 they hated,—in all this he owned that the poets stated something
388 very like the truth. For they made these statements
389 about beings to whom he ascribes the same violent and tempestuous
390 passions as disturb men, and who are therefore
391 capable of loves and hatreds not justly formed, but formed in a
392 party spirit, as the spectators in races or hunts take fancies
393 and prejudices. It seems to have been the great fear of this
394 Platonist that the poetical fictions should be believed of the
395 gods, and not of the demons who bore their names.
396 8. *How Apuleius defines the gods who dwell in heaven, the demons who occupy
397 the air, and men who inhabit earth.*
398 The definition which Apuleius gives of demons, and in
399 which he of course includes all demons, is that they are in
400 nature animals, in soul subject to passion, in mind reasonable,
401 in body aerial, in duration eternal. Now in these five qualities
402 he has named absolutely nothing which is proper to good men
403 and not also to bad. For when Apuleius had spoken of the
404 celestials first, and had then extended his description so as to
405 include an account of those who dwell far below on the earth,
406 that, after describing the two extremes of rational being, he
407 might proceed to speak of the intermediate demons, he says,
408 "Men, therefore, who are endowed with the faculty of reason
409 and speech, whose soul is immortal and their members mortal,
410 who have weak and anxious spirits, dull and corruptible
411 bodies, dissimilar characters, similar ignorance, who are obstinate
412 in their audacity, and persistent in their hope, whose
413 labour is vain, and whose fortune is ever on the wane, their
414 race immortal, themselves perishing, each generation replenished
415 with creatures whose life is swift and their wisdom slow, their
416 death sudden and their life a wail,—these are the men who
417 dwell on the earth."[341] In recounting so many qualities which
418 belong to the large proportion of men, did he forget that which
419 is the property of the few when he speaks of their wisdom
420 being slow? If this had been omitted, this his description
421 of the human race, so carefully elaborated, would have been
422 defective. And when he commended the excellence of the
423 gods, he affirmed that they excelled in that very blessedness
424 to which he thinks men must attain by wisdom. And therefore,
425 if he had wished us to believe that some of the demons
426 are good, he should have inserted in his description something
427 by which we might see that they have, in common with the
428 gods, some share of blessedness, or, in common with men, some
429 wisdom. But, as it is, he has mentioned no good quality by
430 which the good may be distinguished from the bad. For
431 although he refrained from giving a full account of their
432 wickedness, through fear of offending, not themselves but their
433 worshippers, for whom he was writing, yet he sufficiently indicated
434 to discerning readers what opinion he had of them; for
435 only in the one article of the eternity of their bodies does he
436 assimilate them to the gods, all of whom, he asserts, are good
437 and blessed, and absolutely free from what he himself calls the
438 stormy passions of the demons; and as to the soul, he quite
439 plainly affirms that they resemble men and not the gods, and
440 that this resemblance lies not in the possession of wisdom, which
441 even men can attain to, but in the perturbation of passions
442 which sway the foolish and wicked, but is so ruled by the good
443 and wise that they prefer not to admit rather than to conquer
444 it. For if he had wished it to be understood that the demons
445 resembled the gods in the eternity not of their bodies but of
446 their souls, he would certainly have admitted men to share in
447 this privilege, because, as a Platonist, he of course must hold
448 that the human soul is eternal. Accordingly, when describing
449 this race of living beings, he said that their souls were immortal,
450 their members mortal. And, consequently, if men
451 have not eternity in common with the gods because they have
452 mortal bodies, demons have eternity in common with the gods
453 because their bodies are immortal.
454 9. *Whether the intercession of the demons can secure for men the friendship
455 of the celestial gods.*
456 How, then, can men hope for a favourable introduction to
457 the friendship of the gods by such mediators as these, who
458 are, like men, defective in that which is the better part of
459 every living creature, viz. the soul, and who resemble the gods
460 only in the body, which is the inferior part? For a living
461 creature or animal consists of soul and body, and of these two
462 parts the soul is undoubtedly the better; even though vicious
463 and weak, it is obviously better than even the soundest and
464 strongest body, for the greater excellence of its nature is not
465 reduced to the level of the body even by the pollution of vice,
466 as gold, even when tarnished, is more precious than the purest
467 silver or lead. And yet these mediators, by whose interposition
468 things human and divine are to be harmonized, have an
469 eternal body in common with the gods, and a vicious soul in
470 common with men,—as if the religion by which these demons
471 are to unite gods and men were a bodily, and not a spiritual
472 matter. What wickedness, then, or punishment has suspended
473 these false and deceitful mediators, as it were head downwards,
474 so that their inferior part, their body, is linked to the gods
475 above, and their superior part, the soul, bound to men beneath;
476 united to the celestial gods by the part that serves, and miserable,
477 together with the inhabitants of earth, by the part that
478 rules? For the body is the servant, as Sallust says: "We
479 use the soul to rule, the body to obey;"[342] adding, "the one we
480 have in common with the gods, the other with the brutes."
481 For he was here speaking of men; and they have, like the
482 brutes, a mortal body. These demons, whom our philosophic
483 friends have provided for us as mediators with the gods, may
484 indeed say of the soul and body, the one we have in common
485 with the gods, the other with men; but, as I said, they
486 are as it were suspended and bound head downwards, having
487 the slave, the body, in common with the gods, the master,
488 the soul, in common with miserable men,—their inferior part
489 exalted, their superior part depressed. And therefore, if any
490 one supposes that, because they are not subject, like terrestrial
491 animals, to the separation of soul and body by death, they
492 therefore resemble the gods in their eternity, their body must
493 not be considered a chariot of an eternal triumph, but rather
494 the chain of an eternal punishment.
495 10. *That, according to Plotinus, men, whose body is mortal, are less wretched
496 than demons, whose body is eternal.*
497 Plotinus, whose memory is quite recent,[343] enjoys the reputation
498 of having understood Plato better than any other of his
499 disciples. In speaking of human souls, he says, "The Father
500 in compassion made their bonds mortal;"[344] that is to say, he
501 considered it due to the Father's mercy that men, having a
502 mortal body, should not be for ever confined in the misery of
503 this life. But of this mercy the demons have been judged
504 unworthy, and they have received, in conjunction with a soul
505 subject to passions, a body not mortal like man's, but eternal.
506 For they should have been happier than men if they had, like
507 men, had a mortal body, and, like the gods, a blessed soul.
508 And they should have been equal to men, if in conjunction
509 with a miserable soul they had at least received, like men, a
510 mortal body, so that death might have freed them from
511 trouble, if, at least, they should have attained some degree
512 of piety. But, as it is, they are not only no happier than men,
513 having, like them, a miserable soul, they are also more wretched,
514 being eternally bound to the body; for he does not leave us
515 to infer that by some progress in wisdom and piety they can
516 become gods, but expressly says that they are demons for ever.
517 11. *Of the opinion of the Platonists, that the souls of men become demons
518 when disembodied.*
519 He[345] says, indeed, that the souls of men are demons, and
520 that men become *Lares* if they are good, *Lemures* or *Larvæ* if
521 they are bad, and *Manes* if it is uncertain whether they deserve
522 well or ill. Who does not see at a glance that this is
523 a mere whirlpool sucking men to moral destruction? For,
524 however wicked men have been, if they suppose they shall
525 become Larvæ or divine Manes, they will become the worse
526 the more love they have for inflicting injury; for, as the Larvæ
527 are hurtful demons made out of wicked men, these men must
528 suppose that after death they will be invoked with sacrifices
529 and divine honours that they may inflict injuries. But this
530 question we must not pursue. He also states that the
531 blessed are called in Greek εὐδαίμονες, because they are good
532 souls, that is to say, good demons, confirming his opinion that
533 the souls of men are demons.
534 12. *Of the three opposite qualities by which the Platonists distinguish between
535 the nature of men and that of demons.*
536 But at present we are speaking of those beings whom he
537 described as being properly intermediate between gods and
538 men, in nature animals, in mind rational, in soul subject to
539 passion, in body aerial, in duration eternal. When he had
540 distinguished the gods, whom he placed in the highest heaven,
541 from men, whom he placed on earth, not only by position but
542 also by the unequal dignity of their natures, he concluded in
543 these words: "You have here two kinds of animals: the
544 gods, widely distinguished from men by sublimity of abode,
545 perpetuity of life, perfection of nature; for their habitations
546 are separated by so wide an interval that there can be no
547 intimate communication between them, and while the vitality
548 of the one is eternal and indefeasible, that of the others is
549 fading and precarious, and while the spirits of the gods are
550 exalted in bliss, those of men are sunk in miseries."[346] Here
551 I find three opposite qualities ascribed to the extremes of
552 being, the highest and lowest. For, after mentioning the three
553 qualities for which we are to admire the gods, he repeated,
554 though in other words, the same three as a foil to the defects of
555 man. The three qualities are, "sublimity of abode, perpetuity
556 of life, perfection of nature." These he again mentioned so
557 as to bring out their contrasts in man's condition. As he had
558 mentioned "sublimity of abode," he says, "Their habitations
559 are separated by so wide an interval;" as he had mentioned
560 "perpetuity of life," he says, that "while divine life is
561 eternal and indefeasible, human life is fading and precarious;"
562 and as he had mentioned "perfection of nature," he says, that
563 "while the spirits of the gods are exalted in bliss, those of
564 men are sunk in miseries." These three things, then, he predicates
565 of the gods, exaltation, eternity, blessedness; and of
566 man he predicates the opposite, lowliness of habitation, mortality,
567 misery.
568 >
569 >
570 >
571 13. *How the demons can mediate between gods and men if they have nothing
572 > in common with both, being neither blessed like the gods, nor miserable like
573 > men.*
574 If, now, we endeavour to find between these opposites the
575 mean occupied by the demons, there can be no question as to
576 their local position; for, between the highest and lowest place,
577 there is a place which is rightly considered and called the
578 middle place. The other two qualities remain, and to them
579 we must give greater care, that we may see whether they are
580 altogether foreign to the demons, or how they are so bestowed
581 upon them without infringing upon their mediate position.
582 We may dismiss the idea that they are foreign to them. For
583 we cannot say that the demons, being rational animals, are
584 neither blessed nor wretched, as we say of the beasts and
585 plants, which are void of feeling and reason, or as we say of
586 the middle place, that it is neither the highest nor the lowest.
587 The demons, being rational, must be either miserable or blessed.
588 And, in like manner, we cannot say that they are neither
589 mortal nor immortal; for all living things either live eternally
590 or end life in death. Our author, besides, stated that
591 the demons are eternal. What remains for us to suppose,
592 then, but that these mediate beings are assimilated to the gods
593 in one of the two remaining qualities, and to men in the other?
594 For if they received both from above, or both from beneath,
595 they should no longer be mediate, but either rise to the gods
596 above, or sink to men beneath. Therefore, as it has been
597 demonstrated that they must possess these two qualities, they
598 will hold their middle place if they receive one from each
599 party. Consequently, as they cannot receive their eternity
600 from beneath, because it is not there to receive, they must get
601 it from above; and accordingly they have no choice but to
602 complete their mediate position by accepting misery from men.
603 According to the Platonists, then, the gods, who occupy the
604 highest place, enjoy eternal blessedness, or blessed eternity;
605 men, who occupy the lowest, a mortal misery, or a miserable
606 mortality; and the demons, who occupy the mean, a miserable
607 eternity, or an eternal misery. As to those five things which
608 Apuleius included in his definition of demons, he did not
609 show, as he promised, that the demons are mediate. For three
610 of them, that their nature is animal, their mind rational, their
611 soul subject to passions, he said that they have in common
612 with men; one thing, their eternity, in common with the gods;
613 and one proper to themselves, their aerial body. How, then,
614 are they intermediate, when they have three things in common
615 with the lowest, and only one in common with the highest?
616 Who does not see that the intermediate position is abandoned
617 in proportion as they tend to, and are depressed towards, the
618 lowest extreme? But perhaps we are to accept them as
619 intermediate because of their one property of an aerial
620 body, as the two extremes have each their proper body,
621 the gods an ethereal, men a terrestrial body, and because
622 two of the qualities they possess in common with man they
623 possess also in common with the gods, namely, their animal
624 nature and rational mind. For Apuleius himself, in speaking
625 of gods and men, said, "You have two animal natures." And
626 Platonists are wont to ascribe a rational mind to the gods.
627 Two qualities remain, their liability to passion, and their
628 eternity,—the first of which they have in common with men,
629 the second with the gods; so that they are neither wafted to
630 the highest nor depressed to the lowest extreme, but perfectly
631 poised in their intermediate position. But then, this is the
632 very circumstance which constitutes the eternal misery, or
633 miserable eternity, of the demons. For he who says that
634 their soul is subject to passions would also have said that
635 they are miserable, had he not blushed for their worshippers.
636 Moreover, as the world is governed, not by fortuitous haphazard,
637 but, as the Platonists themselves avow, by the providence
638 of the supreme God, the misery of the demons would
639 not be eternal unless their wickedness were great.
640 If, then, the blessed are rightly styled *eudemons*, the demons
641 intermediate between gods and men are not eudemons. What,
642 then, is the local position of those good demons, who, above
643 men but beneath the gods, afford assistance to the former,
644 minister to the latter? For if they are good and eternal,
645 they are doubtless blessed. But eternal blessedness destroys
646 their intermediate character, giving them a close resemblance
647 to the gods, and widely separating them from men. And
648 therefore the Platonists will in vain strive to show how the
649 good demons, if they are both immortal and blessed, can justly
650 be said to hold a middle place between the gods, who are
651 immortal and blessed, and men, who are mortal and miserable.
652 For if they have both immortality and blessedness in common
653 with the gods, and neither of these in common with men, who
654 are both miserable and mortal, are they not rather remote
655 from men and united with the gods, than intermediate between
656 them? They would be intermediate if they held one of their
657 qualities in common with the one party, and the other with
658 the other, as man is a kind of mean between angels and
659 beasts,—the beast being an irrational and mortal animal, the
660 angel a rational and immortal one, while man, inferior to the
661 angel and superior to the beast, and having in common with
662 the one mortality, and with the other reason, is a rational and
663 mortal animal. So, when we seek for an intermediate between
664 the blessed immortals and miserable mortals, we should find
665 a being which is either mortal and blessed, or immortal and
666 miserable.
667 14. *Whether men, though mortal, can enjoy true blessedness.*
668 It is a great question among men, whether man can be
669 mortal and blessed. Some, taking the humbler view of his
670 condition, have denied that he is capable of blessedness so
671 long as he continues in this mortal life; others, again, have
672 spurned this idea, and have been bold enough to maintain
673 that, even though mortal, men may be blessed by attaining
674 wisdom. But if this be the case, why are not these wise men
675 constituted mediators between miserable mortals and the
676 blessed immortals, since they have blessedness in common
677 with the latter, and mortality in common with the former?
678 Certainly, if they are blessed, they envy no one (for what
679 more miserable than envy?), but seek with all their might
680 to help miserable mortals on to blessedness, so that after
681 death they may become immortal, and be associated with the
682 blessed and immortal angels.
683 15. *Of the man Christ Jesus, the Mediator between God and men*.
684 But if, as is much more probable and credible, it must
685 needs be that all men, so long as they are mortal, are also
686 miserable, we must seek an intermediate who is not only man,
687 but also God, that, by the interposition of His blessed mortality,
688 He may bring men out of their mortal misery to a
689 blessed immortality. In this intermediate two things are
690 requisite, that He become mortal, and that He do not continue
691 mortal. He did become mortal, not rendering the divinity
692 of the Word infirm, but assuming the infirmity of flesh.
693 Neither did He continue mortal in the flesh, but raised it from
694 the dead; for it is the very fruit of His mediation that those,
695 for the sake of whose redemption He became the Mediator,
696 should not abide eternally in bodily death. Wherefore it
697 became the Mediator between us and God to have both a
698 transient mortality and a permanent blessedness, that by that
699 which is transient He might be assimilated to mortals, and
700 might translate them from mortality to that which is permanent.
701 Good angels, therefore, cannot mediate between
702 miserable mortals and blessed immortals, for they themselves
703 also are both blessed and immortal; but evil angels can mediate,
704 because they are immortal like the one party, miserable like
705 the other. To these is opposed the good Mediator, who, in
706 opposition to their immortality and misery, has chosen to be
707 mortal for a time, and has been able to continue blessed in
708 eternity. It is thus He has destroyed, by the humility of
709 His death and the benignity of His blessedness, those proud
710 immortals and hurtful wretches, and has prevented them from
711 seducing to misery by their boast of immortality those men
712 whose hearts He has cleansed by faith, and whom He has
713 thus freed from their impure dominion.
714 Man, then, mortal and miserable, and far removed from the
715 immortal and the blessed, what medium shall he choose by
716 which he may be united to immortality and blessedness?
717 The immortality of the demons, which might have some
718 charm for man, is miserable; the mortality of Christ, which
719 might offend man, exists no longer. In the one there is
720 the fear of an eternal misery; in the other, death, which
721 could not be eternal, can no longer be feared, and blessedness,
722 which is eternal, must be loved. For the immortal and
723 miserable mediator interposes himself to prevent us from
724 passing to a blessed immortality, because that which hinders
725 such a passage, namely, misery, continues in him; but the
726 mortal and blessed Mediator interposed Himself, in order that,
727 having passed through mortality, He might of mortals make
728 immortals (showing His power to do this in His own resurrection),
729 and from being miserable to raise them to the blessed
730 company from the number of whom He had Himself never departed.
731 There is, then, a wicked mediator, who separates friends,
732 and a good Mediator, who reconciles enemies. And those who
733 separate are numerous, because the multitude of the blessed are
734 blessed only by their participation in the one God; of which
735 participation the evil angels being deprived, they are wretched,
736 and interpose to hinder rather than to help to this blessedness,
737 and by their very number prevent us from reaching that one
738 beatific good, to obtain which we need not many but one
739 Mediator, the uncreated Word of God, by whom all things
740 were made, and in partaking of whom we are blessed. I do
741 not say that He is Mediator because He is the Word, for as
742 the Word He is supremely blessed and supremely immortal,
743 and therefore far from miserable mortals; but He is Mediator
744 as He is man, for by His humanity He shows us that, in
745 order to obtain that blessed and beatific good, we need not
746 seek other mediators to lead us through the successive steps
747 of this attainment, but that the blessed and beatific God,
748 having Himself become a partaker of our humanity, has
749 afforded us ready access to the participation of His divinity.
750 For in delivering us from our mortality and misery, He does
751 not lead us to the immortal and blessed angels, so that we
752 should become immortal and blessed by participating in their
753 nature, but He leads us straight to that Trinity, by participating
754 in which the angels themselves are blessed. Therefore,
755 when He chose to be in the form of a servant, and lower than
756 the angels, that He might be our Mediator, He remained
757 higher than the angels, in the form of God,—Himself at once
758 the way of life on earth and life itself in heaven.
759 >
760 >
761 >
762 16. *Whether it is reasonable in the Platonists to determine that the celestial gods
763 > decline contact with earthly things and intercourse with men, who therefore
764 > require the intercession of the demons.*
765 That opinion, which the same Platonist avers that Plato
766 uttered, is not true, "that no god holds intercourse with men."[347]
767 And this, he says, is the chief evidence of their exaltation, that
768 they are never contaminated by contact with men. He admits,
769 therefore, that the demons are contaminated; and it follows
770 that they cannot cleanse those by whom they are themselves
771 contaminated, and thus all alike become impure, the demons
772 by associating with men, and men by worshipping the demons.
773 Or, if they say that the demons are not contaminated by
774 associating and dealing with men, then they are better than the
775 gods, for the gods, were they to do so, would be contaminated.
776 For this, we are told, is the glory of the gods, that they are so
777 highly exalted that no human intercourse can sully them.
778 He affirms, indeed, that the supreme God, the Creator of all
779 things, whom we call the true God, is spoken of by Plato as
780 the only God whom the poverty of human speech fails even
781 passably to describe; and that even the wise, when their
782 mental energy is as far as possible delivered from the trammels
783 of connection with the body, have only such gleams of
784 insight into His nature as may be compared to a flash of
785 lightning illumining the darkness. If, then, this supreme
786 God, who is truly exalted above all things, does nevertheless
787 visit the minds of the wise, when emancipated from the body,
788 with an intelligible and ineffable presence, though this be
789 only occasional, and as it were a swift flash of light athwart
790 the darkness, why are the other gods so sublimely removed
791 from all contact with men, as if they would be polluted by it?
792 as if it were not a sufficient refutation of this to lift up our
793 eyes to those heavenly bodies which give the earth its needful
794 light. If the stars, though they, by his account, are visible
795 gods, are not contaminated when we look at them, neither are
796 the demons contaminated when men see them quite closely.
797 But perhaps it is the human voice, and not the eye, which
798 pollutes the gods; and therefore the demons are appointed to
799 mediate and carry men's utterances to the gods, who keep
800 themselves remote through fear of pollution? What am I to
801 say of the other senses? For by smell neither the demons,
802 who are present, nor the gods, though they were present and
803 inhaling the exhalations of living men, would be polluted if they
804 are not contaminated with the effluvia of the carcases offered
805 in sacrifice. As for taste, they are pressed by no necessity of
806 repairing bodily decay, so as to be reduced to ask food from men.
807 And touch is in their own power. For while it may seem that
808 contact is so called, because the sense of touch is specially
809 concerned in it, yet the gods, if so minded, might mingle with
810 men, so as to see and be seen, hear and be heard; and where
811 is the need of touching? For men would not dare to desire
812 this, if they were favoured with the sight or conversation of
813 gods or good demons; and if through excessive curiosity they
814 should desire it, how could they accomplish their wish without
815 the consent of the god or demon, when they cannot touch
816 so much as a sparrow unless it be caged?
817 There is, then, nothing to hinder the gods from mingling in
818 a bodily form with men, from seeing and being seen, from
819 speaking and hearing. And if the demons do thus mix with
820 men, as I said, and are not polluted, while the gods, were they
821 to do so, should be polluted, then the demons are less liable to
822 pollution than the gods. And if even the demons are contaminated,
823 how can they help men to attain blessedness after
824 death, if, so far from being able to cleanse them, and present
825 them clean to the unpolluted gods, these mediators are themselves
826 polluted? And if they cannot confer this benefit on
827 men, what good can their friendly mediation do? Or shall
828 its result be, not that men find entrance to the gods, but that
829 men and demons abide together in a state of pollution, and
830 consequently of exclusion from blessedness? Unless, perhaps,
831 some one may say that, like sponges or things of that sort, the
832 demons themselves, in the process of cleansing their friends,
833 become themselves the filthier in proportion as the others
834 become clean. But if this is the solution, then the gods, who
835 shun contact or intercourse with men for fear of pollution, mix
836 with demons who are far more polluted. Or perhaps the
837 gods, who cannot cleanse men without polluting themselves,
838 can without pollution cleanse the demons who have been contaminated
839 by human contact? Who can believe such follies,
840 unless the demons have practised their deceit upon him? If
841 seeing and being seen is contamination, and if the gods, whom
842 Apuleius himself calls visible, "the brilliant lights of the
843 world,"[348] and the other stars, are seen by men, are we to believe
844 that the demons, who cannot be seen unless they please, are
845 safer from contamination? Or if it is only the seeing and not
846 the being seen which contaminates, then they must deny that
847 these gods of theirs, these brilliant lights of the world, see
848 men when their rays beam upon the earth. Their rays are
849 not contaminated by lighting on all manner of pollution, and
850 are we to suppose that the gods would be contaminated if
851 they mixed with men, and even if contact were needed in
852 order to assist them? For there is contact between the earth
853 and the sun's or moon's rays, and yet this does not pollute
854 the light.
855 >
856 >
857 >
858 17. *That to obtain the blessed life, which consists in partaking of the supreme
859 > good, man needs such mediation as is furnished not by a demon, but by
860 > Christ alone.*
861 I am considerably surprised that such learned men, men
862 who pronounce all material and sensible things to be altogether
863 inferior to those that are spiritual and intelligible,
864 should mention bodily contact in connection with the blessed
865 life. Is that sentiment of Plotinus forgotten?—"We must fly
866 to our beloved fatherland. There is the Father, there our all.
867 What fleet or flight shall convey us thither? Our way is, to
868 become like God."[349] If, then, one is nearer to God the liker
869 he is to Him, there is no other distance from God than unlikeness
870 to Him. And the soul of man is unlike that incorporeal
871 and unchangeable and eternal essence, in proportion as
872 it craves things temporal and mutable. And as the things
873 beneath, which are mortal and impure, cannot hold intercourse
874 with the immortal purity which is above, a mediator is indeed
875 needed to remove this difficulty; but not a mediator who resembles
876 the highest order of being by possessing an immortal
877 body, and the lowest by having a diseased soul, which makes
878 him rather grudge that we be healed than help our cure. We
879 need a Mediator who, being united to us here below by the mortality
880 of His body, should at the same time be able to afford us
881 truly divine help in cleansing and liberating us by means of
882 the immortal righteousness of His spirit, whereby He remained
883 heavenly even while here upon earth. Far be it from the
884 incontaminable God to fear pollution from the man[350] He assumed,
885 or from the men among whom He lived in the form
886 of a man. For, though His incarnation showed us nothing
887 else, these two wholesome facts were enough, that true
888 divinity cannot be polluted by flesh, and that demons are not
889 to be considered better than ourselves because they have not
890 flesh.[351] This, then, as Scripture says, is the "Mediator between
891 God and man, the man Christ Jesus,"[352] of whose divinity,
892 whereby He is equal to the Father, and humanity, whereby
893 He has become like us, this is not the place to speak as fully
894 as I could.
895 18. *That the deceitful demons, while promising to conduct men to God by their
896 intercession, mean to turn them from the path of truth.*
897 As to the demons, these false and deceitful mediators, who,
898 though their uncleanness of spirit frequently reveals their
899 misery and malignity, yet, by virtue of the levity of their aerial
900 bodies and the nature of the places they inhabit, do contrive
901 to turn us aside and hinder our spiritual progress; they do
902 not help us towards God, but rather prevent us from reaching
903 Him. Since even in the bodily way, which is erroneous and
904 misleading, and in which righteousness does not walk,—for we
905 must rise to God not by bodily ascent, but by incorporeal or
906 spiritual conformity to Him,—in this bodily way, I say, which
907 the friends of the demons arrange according to the weight of
908 the various elements, the aerial demons being set between the
909 ethereal gods and earthy men, they imagine the gods to have
910 this privilege, that by this local interval they are preserved
911 from the pollution of human contact. Thus they believe that
912 the demons are contaminated by men rather than men cleansed
913 by the demons, and that the gods themselves should be polluted
914 unless their local superiority preserved them. Who is
915 so wretched a creature as to expect purification by a way in
916 which men are contaminating, demons contaminated, and gods
917 contaminable? Who would not rather choose that way whereby
918 we escape the contamination of the demons, and are cleansed
919 from pollution by the incontaminable God, so as to be associated
920 with the uncontaminated angels?
921 19. *That even among their own worshippers the name "demon" has never a
922 good signification.*
923 But as some of these demonolators, as I may call them,
924 and among them Labeo, allege that those whom they call
925 demons are by others called angels, I must, if I would not
926 seem to dispute merely about words, say something about the
927 good angels. The Platonists do not deny their existence, but
928 prefer to call them good demons. But we, following Scripture,
929 according to which we are Christians, have learned that some
930 of the angels are good, some bad, but never have we read in
931 Scripture of good demons; but wherever this or any cognate
932 term occurs, it is applied only to wicked spirits. And this
933 usage has become so universal, that, even among those who
934 are called pagans, and who maintain that demons as well as
935 gods should be worshipped, there is scarcely a man, no matter
936 how well read and learned, who would dare to say by way of
937 praise to his slave, You have a demon, or who could doubt
938 that the man to whom he said this would consider it a curse?
939 Why, then, are we to subject ourselves to the necessity of
940 explaining away what we have said when we have given
941 offence by using the word demon, with which every one, or
942 almost every one, connects a bad meaning, while we can so
943 easily evade this necessity by using the word angel?
944 20. *Of the kind of knowledge which puffs up the demons.*
945 However, the very origin of the name suggests something
946 worthy of consideration, if we compare it with the divine
947 books. They are called demons from a Greek word meaning
948 knowledge.[353] Now the apostle, speaking with the Holy Spirit,
949 says, "Knowledge puffeth up, but charity buildeth up."[354]
950 And this can only be understood as meaning that without
951 charity knowledge does no good, but inflates a man or magnifies
952 him with an empty windiness. The demons, then, have
953 knowledge without charity, and are thereby so inflated or
954 proud, that they crave those divine honours and religious services
955 which they know to be due to the true God, and still,
956 as far as they can, exact these from all over whom they have
957 influence. Against this pride of the demons, under which the
958 human race was held subject as its merited punishment, there
959 was exerted the mighty influence of the humility of God, who
960 appeared in the form of a servant; but men, resembling the
961 demons in pride, but not in knowledge, and being puffed up
962 with uncleanness, failed to recognise Him.
963 21. *To what extent the Lord was pleased to make Himself known to the demons.*
964 The devils themselves knew this manifestation of God so
965 well, that they said to the Lord, though clothed with the
966 infirmity of flesh, "What have we to do with Thee, Jesus of
967 Nazareth? Art Thou come to destroy us before the time?"[355]
968 From these words, it is clear that they had great knowledge,
969 and no charity. They feared His power to punish, and did not
970 love His righteousness. He made known to them so much
971 as He pleased, and He was pleased to make known so much
972 as was needful. But He made Himself known, not as to the
973 holy angels, who know Him as the Word of God, and rejoice
974 in His eternity, which they partake, but as was requisite to
975 strike with terror the beings from whose tyranny He was going
976 to free those who were predestined to His kingdom and the
977 glory of it, eternally true and truly eternal. He made Himself
978 known, therefore, to the demons, not by that which is life
979 eternal, and the unchangeable light which illumines the pious,
980 whose souls are cleansed by the faith that is in Him, but by
981 some temporal effects of His power, and evidences of His
982 mysterious presence, which were more easily discerned by the
983 angelic senses even of wicked spirits than by human infirmity.
984 But when He judged it advisable gradually to suppress these
985 signs, and to retire into deeper obscurity, the prince of the
986 demons doubted whether He were the Christ, and endeavoured
987 to ascertain this by tempting Him, in so far as He permitted
988 Himself to be tempted, that He might adapt the manhood He
989 wore to be an example for our imitation. But after that
990 temptation, when, as Scripture says, He was ministered to[356] by
991 the angels who are good and holy, and therefore objects of
992 terror to the impure spirits, He revealed more and more distinctly
993 to the demons how great He was, so that, even though
994 the infirmity of His flesh might seem contemptible, none dared
995 to resist His authority.
996 22. *The difference between the knowledge of the holy angels and that
997 of the demons.*
998 The good angels, therefore, hold cheap all that knowledge
999 of material and transitory things which the demons are so
1000 proud of possessing,—not that they are ignorant of these things,
1001 but because the love of God, whereby they are sanctified, is
1002 very dear to them, and because, in comparison of that not
1003 merely immaterial but also unchangeable and ineffable beauty,
1004 with the holy love of which they are inflamed, they despise
1005 all things which are beneath it, and all that is not it, that they
1006 may with every good thing that is in them enjoy that good
1007 which is the source of their goodness. And therefore they
1008 have a more certain knowledge even of those temporal and
1009 mutable things, because they contemplate their principles and
1010 causes in the word of God, by which the world was made,—those
1011 causes by which one thing is approved, another rejected,
1012 and all arranged. But the demons do not behold in the wisdom
1013 of God these eternal, and, as it were, cardinal causes of things
1014 temporal, but only foresee a larger part of the future than
1015 men do, by reason of their greater acquaintance with the signs
1016 which are hidden from us. Sometimes, too, it is their own intentions
1017 they predict. And, finally, the demons are frequently,
1018 the angels never, deceived. For it is one thing, by the aid
1019 of things temporal and changeable, to conjecture the changes
1020 that may occur in time, and to modify such things by one's
1021 own will and faculty,—and this is to a certain extent permitted
1022 to the demons,—it is another thing to foresee the
1023 changes of times in the eternal and immutable laws of God,
1024 which live in His wisdom, and to know the will of God, the
1025 most infallible and powerful of all causes, by participating in
1026 His spirit; and this is granted to the holy angels by a just
1027 discretion. And thus they are not only eternal, but blessed
1028 And the good wherein they are blessed is God, by whom they
1029 were created. For without end they enjoy the contemplation
1030 and participation of Him.
1031 23. *That the name of gods is falsely given to the gods of the Gentiles, though
1032 Scripture applies it both to the holy angels and just men.*
1033 If the Platonists prefer to call these angels gods rather than
1034 demons, and to reckon them with those whom Plato, their
1035 founder and master, maintains were created by the supreme
1036 God,[357] they are welcome to do so, for I will not spend strength
1037 in fighting about words. For if they say that these beings
1038 are immortal, and yet created by the supreme God, blessed
1039 but by cleaving to their Creator and not by their own power,
1040 they say what we say, whatever name they call these beings
1041 by. And that this is the opinion either of all or the best of
1042 the Platonists can be ascertained by their writings. And regarding
1043 the name itself, if they see fit to call such blessed and
1044 immortal creatures gods, this need not give rise to any serious
1045 discussion between us, since in our own Scriptures we read,
1046 "The God of gods, the Lord hath spoken;"[358] and again, "Confess
1047 to the God of gods;"[359] and again, "He is a great King
1048 above all gods."[360] And where it is said, "He is to be feared
1049 above all gods," the reason is forthwith added, for it follows,
1050 "for all the gods of the nations are idols, but the Lord made
1051 the heavens."[361] He said, "above all gods," but added, "of the
1052 nations;" that is to say, above all those whom the nations
1053 count gods, in other words, demons. By them He is to be
1054 feared with that terror in which they cried to the Lord, "Hast
1055 Thou come to destroy us?" But where it is said, "the God of
1056 gods," it cannot be understood as the god of the demons; and
1057 far be it from us to say that "great King above all gods"
1058 means "great King above all demons." But the same Scripture
1059 also calls men who belong to God's people "gods:" "I have said,
1060 Ye are gods, and all of you children of the Most High."[362] Accordingly,
1061 when God is styled God of gods, this may be understood
1062 of these gods; and so, too, when He is styled a great
1063 King above all gods.
1064 Nevertheless, some one may say, if men are called gods
1065 because they belong to God's people, whom He addresses by
1066 means of men and angels, are not the immortals, who already
1067 enjoy that felicity which men seek to attain by worshipping
1068 God, much more worthy of the title? And what shall we
1069 reply to this, if not that it is not without reason that in holy
1070 Scripture men are more expressly styled gods than those immortal
1071 and blessed spirits to whom we hope to be equal in
1072 the resurrection, because there was a fear that the weakness
1073 of unbelief, being overcome with the excellence of these beings,
1074 might presume to constitute some of them a god? In the
1075 case of men this was a result that need not be guarded against.
1076 Besides, it was right that the men belonging to God's people
1077 should be more expressly called gods, to assure and certify
1078 them that He who is called God of gods is their God; because,
1079 although those immortal and blessed spirits who dwell
1080 in the heavens are called gods, yet they are not called gods of
1081 gods, that is to say, gods of the men who constitute God's
1082 people, and to whom it is said, "I have said, Ye are gods, and
1083 all of you the children of the Most High." Hence the saying
1084 of the apostle, "Though there be that are called gods, whether
1085 in heaven or in earth, as there be gods many and lords many,
1086 but to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all
1087 things, and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom
1088 are all things, and we by Him."[363]
1089 We need not, therefore, laboriously contend about the name,
1090 since the reality is so obvious as to admit of no shadow of
1091 doubt. That which we say, that the angels who are sent to
1092 announce the will of God to men belong to the order of blessed
1093 immortals, does not satisfy the Platonists, because they believe
1094 that this ministry is discharged, not by those whom they call
1095 gods, in other words, not by blessed immortals, but by demons,
1096 whom they dare not affirm to be blessed, but only immortal,
1097 or if they do rank them among the blessed immortals, yet only
1098 as good demons, and not as gods who dwell in the heaven of
1099 heavens remote from all human contact. But, though it may
1100 seem mere wrangling about a name, yet the name of demon
1101 is so detestable that we cannot bear in any sense to apply it
1102 to the holy angels. Now, therefore, let us close this book in
1103 the assurance that, whatever we call these immortal and
1104 blessed spirits, who yet are only creatures, they do not act as
1105 mediators to introduce to everlasting felicity miserable mortals,
1106 from whom they are severed by a twofold distinction. And
1107 those others who are mediators, in so far as they have immortality
1108 in common with their superiors, and misery in
1109 common with their inferiors (for they are justly miserable in
1110 punishment of their wickedness), cannot bestow upon us, but
1111 rather grudge that we should possess, the blessedness from
1112 which they themselves are excluded. And so the friends of
1113 the demons have nothing considerable to allege why we should
1114 rather worship them as our helpers than avoid them as traitors
1115 to our interests. As for those spirits who are good, and who
1116 are therefore not only immortal but also blessed, and to whom
1117 they suppose we should give the title of gods, and offer worship
1118 and sacrifices for the sake of inheriting a future life, we
1119 shall, by God's help, endeavour in the following book to show
1120 that these spirits, call them by what name, and ascribe to them
1121 what nature you will, desire that religious worship be paid to
1122 God alone, by whom they were created, and by whose communications
1123 of Himself to them they are blessed.
BOOK X
55 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
58 >
59 >
60 >
61 IN THIS BOOK AUGUSTINE TEACHES THAT THE GOOD ANGELS WISH GOD ALONE,
62 > WHOM THEY THEMSELVES SERVE, TO RECEIVE THAT DIVINE HONOUR WHICH
63 > IS RENDERED BY SACRIFICE, AND WHICH IS CALLED "LATREIA." HE THEN
64 > GOES ON TO DISPUTE AGAINST PORPHYRY ABOUT THE PRINCIPLE AND WAY
65 > OF THE SOUL'S CLEANSING AND DELIVERANCE.
66 >
67 >
68 >
69 1. *That the Platonists themselves have determined that God alone can confer
70 > happiness either on angels or men, but that it yet remains a question
71 > whether those spirits whom they direct us to worship, that we may obtain
72 > happiness, wish sacrifice to be offered to themselves, or to the one God
73 > only.*
74 It is the decided opinion of all who use their brains, that
75 all men desire to be happy. But who are happy, or
76 how they become so, these are questions about which the
77 weakness of human understanding stirs endless and angry
78 controversies, in which philosophers have wasted their strength
79 and expended their leisure. To adduce and discuss their
80 various opinions would be tedious, and is unnecessary. The
81 reader may remember what we said in the eighth book, while
82 making a selection of the philosophers with whom we might
83 discuss the question regarding the future life of happiness,
84 whether we can reach it by paying divine honours to the one
85 true God, the Creator of all gods, or by worshipping many
86 gods, and he will not expect us to repeat here the same
87 argument, especially as, even if he has forgotten it, he may
88 refresh his memory by reperusal. For we made selection of
89 the Platonists, justly esteemed the noblest of the philosophers,
90 because they had the wit to perceive that the human soul,
91 immortal and rational, or intellectual, as it is, cannot be happy
92 except by partaking of the light of that God by whom both
93 itself and the world were made; and also that the happy life
94 which all men desire cannot be reached by any who does not
95 cleave with a pure and holy love to that one supreme good,
96 the unchangeable God. But as even these philosophers,
97 whether accommodating to the folly and ignorance of the
98 people, or, as the apostle says, "becoming vain in their imaginations,"[364]
99 supposed or allowed others to suppose that many
100 gods should be worshipped, so that some of them considered
101 that divine honour by worship and sacrifice should be rendered
102 even to the demons (an error I have already exploded),
103 we must now, by God's help, ascertain what is thought about
104 our religious worship and piety by those immortal and blessed
105 spirits, who dwell in the heavenly places among dominations,
106 principalities, powers, whom the Platonists call gods, and
107 some either good demons, or, like us, angels,—that is to say,
108 to put it more plainly, whether the angels desire us to offer
109 sacrifice and worship, and to consecrate our possessions and
110 ourselves, to them, or only to God, theirs and ours.
111 For this is the worship which is due to the Divinity, or,
112 to speak more accurately, to the Deity; and, to express this
113 worship in a single word, as there does not occur to me any
114 Latin term sufficiently exact, I shall avail myself, whenever
115 necessary, of a Greek word. Λατρεία, whenever it occurs in
116 Scripture, is rendered by the word service. But that service
117 which is due to men, and in reference to which the apostle
118 writes that servants must be subject to their own masters,[365] is
119 usually designated by another word in Greek,[366] whereas the
120 service which is paid to God alone by worship, is always, or
121 almost always, called λατρεία in the usage of those who wrote
122 from the divine oracles. This cannot so well be called simply
123 "cultus," for in that case it would not seem to be due exclusively
124 to God; for the same word is applied to the respect
125 we pay either to the memory or the living presence of men.
126 From it, too, we derive the words agriculture, colonist, and
127 others.[367] And the heathen call their gods "cœlicolæ," not because
128 they worship heaven, but because they dwell in it, and
129 as it were colonize it,—not in the sense in which we call those
130 colonists who are attached to their native soil to cultivate it
131 under the rule of the owners, but in the sense in which the
132 great master of the Latin language says, "There was an ancient
133 city inhabited by Tyrian colonists."[368] He called them colonists,
134 not because they cultivated the soil, but because they inhabited
135 the city. So, too, cities that have hived off from
136 larger cities are called colonies. Consequently, while it is
137 quite true that, using the word in a special sense, "cult" can
138 be rendered to none but God, yet, as the word is applied to
139 other things besides, the cult due to God cannot in Latin be
140 expressed by this word alone.
141 The word "religion" might seem to express more definitely
142 the worship due to God alone, and therefore Latin translators
143 have used this word to represent θρησκεία; yet, as not
144 only the uneducated, but also the best instructed, use the word
145 religion to express human ties, and relationships, and affinities,
146 it would inevitably introduce ambiguity to use this word in
147 discussing the worship of God, unable as we are to say that
148 religion is nothing else than the worship of God, without contradicting
149 the common usage which applies this word to the
150 observance of social relationships. "Piety," again, or, as the
151 Greeks say, εὐσέβεια, is commonly understood as the proper
152 designation of the worship of God. Yet this word also is used
153 of dutifulness to parents. The common people, too, use it of
154 works of charity, which, I suppose, arises from the circumstance
155 that God enjoins the performance of such works, and
156 declares that He is pleased with them instead of, or in preference
157 to sacrifices. From this usage it has also come to pass
158 that God Himself is called pious,[369] in which sense the Greeks
159 never use εὐσεβεῖν, though εὐσέβεια is applied to works of
160 charity by their common people also. In some passages of
161 Scripture, therefore, they have sought to preserve the distinction
162 by using not εὐσέβεια, the more general word, but
163 θεοσέβεια, which literally denotes the worship of God. We,
164 on the other hand, cannot express either of these ideas by one
165 word. This worship, then, which in Greek is called λατρεία,
166 and in Latin "servitus" [service], but the service due to God
167 only; this worship, which in Greek is called θρησκεία, and in
168 Latin "religio," but the religion by which we are bound to God
169 only; this worship, which they call θεοσέβεια, but which we
170 cannot express in one word, but call it the worship of God,—this,
171 we say, belongs only to that God who is the true God, and
172 who makes His worshippers gods.[370] And therefore, whoever
173 these immortal and blessed inhabitants of heaven be, if they do
174 not love us, and wish us to be blessed, then we ought not to
175 worship them; and if they do love us and desire our happiness,
176 they cannot wish us to be made happy by any other
177 means than they themselves have enjoyed,—for how could
178 they wish our blessedness to flow from one source, theirs from
179 another?
180 2. *The opinion of Plotinus the Platonist regarding enlightenment from above.*
181 But with these more estimable philosophers we have no
182 dispute in this matter. For they perceived, and in various
183 forms abundantly expressed in their writings, that these spirits
184 have the same source of happiness as ourselves,—a certain
185 intelligible light, which is their God, and is different from
186 themselves, and illumines them that they may be penetrated
187 with light, and enjoy perfect happiness in the participation of
188 God. Plotinus, commenting on Plato, repeatedly and strongly
189 asserts that not even the soul which they believe to be the
190 soul of the world, derives its blessedness from any other
191 source than we do, viz. from that Light which is distinct from
192 it and created it, and by whose intelligible illumination it
193 enjoys light in things intelligible. He also compares those
194 spiritual things to the vast and conspicuous heavenly bodies,
195 as if God were the sun, and the soul the moon; for they
196 suppose that the moon derives its light from the sun. That
197 great Platonist, therefore, says that the rational soul, or rather
198 the intellectual soul,—in which class he comprehends the
199 souls of the blessed immortals who inhabit heaven,—has no
200 nature superior to it save God, the Creator of the world and
201 the soul itself, and that these heavenly spirits derive their
202 blessed life, and the light of truth, from the same source as
203 ourselves, agreeing with the gospel where we read, "There was
204 a man sent from God whose name was John; the same came
205 for a witness to bear witness of that Light, that through Him
206 all might believe. He was not that Light, but that he might
207 bear witness of the Light. That was the true Light which
208 lighteth every man that cometh into the world;"[371]—a distinction
209 which sufficiently proves that the rational or intellectual
210 soul such as John had cannot be its own light, but
211 needs to receive illumination from another, the true Light.
212 This John himself avows when he delivers his witness: "We
213 have all received of His fulness."[372]
214 >
215 >
216 >
217 3. *That the Platonists, though knowing something of the Creator of the universe,
218 > have misunderstood the true worship of God, by giving divine honour to
219 > angels, good or bad.*
220 This being so, if the Platonists, or those who think with
221 them, knowing God, glorified Him as God and gave thanks, if
222 they did not become vain in their own thoughts, if they did
223 not originate or yield to the popular errors, they would certainly
224 acknowledge that neither could the blessed immortals
225 retain, nor we miserable mortals reach, a happy condition
226 without worshipping the one God of gods, who is both theirs
227 and ours. To Him we owe the service which is called in
228 Greek λατρεία, whether we render it outwardly or inwardly;
229 for we are all His temple, each of us severally and all of us
230 together, because He condescends to inhabit each individually
231 and the whole harmonious body, being no greater in all than
232 in each, since He is neither expanded nor divided. Our heart
233 when it rises to Him is His altar; the priest who intercedes
234 for us is His Only-begotten; we sacrifice to Him bleeding
235 victims when we contend for His truth even unto blood; to
236 Him we offer the sweetest incense when we come before Him
237 burning with holy and pious love; to Him we devote and
238 surrender ourselves and His gifts in us; to Him, by solemn
239 feasts and on appointed days, we consecrate the memory of
240 His benefits, lest through the lapse of time ungrateful oblivion
241 should steal upon us; to Him we offer on the altar of our
242 heart the sacrifice of humility and praise, kindled by the fire
243 of burning love. It is that we may see Him, so far as He
244 can be seen; it is that we may cleave to Him, that we are
245 cleansed from all stain of sins and evil passions, and are consecrated
246 in His name. For He is the fountain of our happiness,
247 He the end of all our desires. Being attached to Him, or
248 rather let me say, re-attached,—for we had detached ourselves
249 and lost hold of Him,—being, I say, re-attached to Him,[373] we
250 tend towards Him by love, that we may rest in Him, and find
251 our blessedness by attaining that end. For our good, about
252 which philosophers have so keenly contended, is nothing else
253 than to be united to God. It is, if I may say so, by spiritually
254 embracing Him that the intellectual soul is filled and impregnated
255 with true virtues. We are enjoined to love this good
256 with all our heart, with all our soul, with all our strength.
257 To this good we ought to be led by those who love us, and
258 to lead those we love. Thus are fulfilled those two commandments
259 on which hang all the law and the prophets: "Thou
260 shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all
261 thy mind, and with all thy soul;" and "Thou shalt love thy
262 neighbour as thyself."[374] For, that man might be intelligent in
263 his self-love, there was appointed for him an end to which
264 he might refer all his actions, that he might be blessed. For
265 he who loves himself wishes nothing else than this. And the
266 end set before him is "to draw near to God."[375] And so, when
267 one who has this intelligent self-love is commanded to love
268 his neighbour as himself, what else is enjoined than that he
269 shall do all in his power to commend to him the love of God?
270 This is the worship of God, this is true religion, this right
271 piety, this the service due to God only. If any immortal
272 power, then, no matter with what virtue endowed, loves us as
273 himself, he must desire that we find our happiness by submitting
274 ourselves to Him, in submission to whom he himself finds
275 happiness. If he does not worship God, he is wretched, because
276 deprived of God; if he worships God, he cannot wish
277 to be worshipped in God's stead. On the contrary, these
278 higher powers acquiesce heartily in the divine sentence in
279 which it is written, "He that sacrificeth unto any god, save
280 unto the Lord only, he shall be utterly destroyed."[376]
281 4. *That sacrifice is due to the true God only.*
282 But, putting aside for the present the other religious services
283 with which God is worshipped, certainly no man would dare
284 to say that sacrifice is due to any but God. Many parts,
285 indeed, of divine worship are unduly used in showing honour
286 to men, whether through an excessive humility or pernicious
287 flattery; yet, while this is done, those persons who are thus
288 worshipped and venerated, or even adored, are reckoned no
289 more than human; and who ever thought of sacrificing save
290 to one whom he knew, supposed, or feigned to be a god?
291 And how ancient a part of God's worship sacrifice is, those
292 two brothers, Cain and Abel, sufficiently show, of whom God
293 rejected the elder's sacrifice, and looked favourably on the
294 younger's.
295 5. *Of the sacrifices which God does not require, but wished to be observed for the
296 exhibition of those things which He does require.*
297 And who is so foolish as to suppose that the things offered
298 to God are needed by Him for some uses of His own? Divine
299 Scripture in many places explodes this idea. Not to be wearisome,
300 suffice it to quote this brief saying from a psalm: "I
301 have said to the Lord, Thou art my God: for Thou needest
302 not my goodness."[377] We must believe, then, that God has no
303 need, not only of cattle, or any other earthly and material
304 thing, but even of man's righteousness, and that whatever
305 right worship is paid to God profits not Him, but man. For
306 no man would say he did a benefit to a fountain by drinking,
307 or to the light by seeing. And the fact that the ancient
308 church offered animal sacrifices, which the people of God
309 now-a-days reads of without imitating, proves nothing else
310 than this, that those sacrifices signified the things which we
311 do for the purpose of drawing near to God, and inducing our
312 neighbour to do the same. A sacrifice, therefore, is the visible
313 sacrament or sacred sign of an invisible sacrifice. Hence that
314 penitent in the psalm, or it may be the Psalmist himself,
315 entreating God to be merciful to his sins, says, "If Thou
316 desiredst sacrifice, I would give it: Thou delightest not in
317 whole burnt-offerings. The sacrifice of God is a broken heart:
318 a heart contrite and humble God will not despise."[378] Observe
319 how, in the very words in which he is expressing God's refusal
320 of sacrifice, he shows that God requires sacrifice. He does
321 not desire the sacrifice of a slaughtered beast, but He desires
322 the sacrifice of a contrite heart. Thus, that sacrifice which he
323 says God does not wish, is the symbol of the sacrifice which
324 God does wish. God does not wish sacrifices in the sense
325 in which foolish people think He wishes them, viz. to gratify
326 His own pleasure. For if He had not wished that the sacrifices
327 He requires, as, *e.g.*, a heart contrite and humbled by
328 penitent sorrow, should be symbolized by those sacrifices
329 which He was thought to desire because pleasant to Himself,
330 the old law would never have enjoined their presentation;
331 and they were destined to be merged when the fit opportunity
332 arrived, in order that men might not suppose that the sacrifices
333 themselves, rather than the things symbolized by them,
334 were pleasing to God or acceptable in us. Hence, in another
335 passage from another psalm, he says, "If I were hungry, I
336 would not tell thee; for the world is mine and the fulness
337 thereof. Will I eat the flesh of bulls, or drink the blood of
338 goats?"[379] as if He should say, Supposing such things were
339 necessary to me, I would never ask thee for what I have in
340 my own hand. Then he goes on to mention what these
341 signify: "Offer unto God the sacrifice of praise, and pay thy
342 vows unto the Most High. And call upon me in the day of
343 trouble: I will deliver thee, and thou shalt glorify me."[380] So
344 in another prophet: "Wherewith shall I come before the
345 Lord, and bow myself before the High God? Shall I come
346 before Him with burnt-offerings, with calves of a year old?
347 Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten
348 thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my first-born for my
349 transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul?
350 Hath He showed thee, O man, what is good; and what doth
351 the Lord require of thee, but to do justly, and to love mercy,
352 and to walk humbly with thy God?"[381] In the words of this
353 prophet, these two things are distinguished and set forth with
354 sufficient explicitness, that God does not require these sacrifices
355 for their own sakes, and that He does require the sacrifices
356 which they symbolize. In the epistle entitled "To the
357 Hebrews" it is said, "To do good and to communicate, forget
358 not: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased."[382] And so,
359 when it is written, "I desire mercy rather than sacrifice,"[383]
360 nothing else is meant than that one sacrifice is preferred to
361 another; for that which in common speech is called sacrifice
362 is only the symbol of the true sacrifice. Now mercy is the
363 true sacrifice, and therefore it is said, as I have just quoted,
364 "with such sacrifices God is well pleased." All the divine
365 ordinances, therefore, which we read concerning the sacrifices
366 in the service of the tabernacle or the temple, we are to refer
367 to the love of God and our neighbour. For "on these two
368 commandments," as it is written, "hang all the law and the
369 prophets."[384]
370 6. *Of the true and perfect sacrifice.*
371 Thus a true sacrifice is every work which is done that we
372 may be united to God in holy fellowship, and which has a
373 reference to that supreme good and end in which alone we
374 can be truly blessed.[385] And therefore even the mercy we
375 show to men, if it is not shown for God's sake, is not a
376 sacrifice. For, though made or offered by man, sacrifice is
377 a divine thing, as those who called it *sacrifice*[386] meant to
378 indicate. Thus man himself, consecrated in the name of God,
379 and vowed to God, is a sacrifice in so far as he dies to the
380 world that he may live to God. For this is a part of that
381 mercy which each man shows to himself; as it is written,
382 "Have mercy on thy soul by pleasing God."[387] Our body, too,
383 is a sacrifice when we chasten it by temperance, if we do so
384 as we ought, for God's sake, that we may not yield our members
385 instruments of unrighteousness unto sin, but instruments
386 of righteousness unto God.[388] Exhorting to this sacrifice, the
387 apostle says, "I beseech you, therefore, brethren, by the mercy
388 of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy,
389 acceptable to God, which is your reasonable service."[389] If,
390 then, the body, which, being inferior, the soul uses as a servant
391 or instrument, is a sacrifice when it is used rightly, and with
392 reference to God, how much more does the soul itself become
393 a sacrifice when it offers itself to God, in order that, being
394 inflamed by the fire of His love, it may receive of His beauty
395 and become pleasing to Him, losing the shape of earthly
396 desire, and being remoulded in the image of permanent loveliness?
397 And this, indeed, the apostle subjoins, saying, "And be
398 not conformed to this world; but be ye transformed in the
399 renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good,
400 and acceptable, and perfect will of God."[390] Since, therefore,
401 true sacrifices are works of mercy to ourselves or others, done
402 with a reference to God, and since works of mercy have no
403 other object than the relief of distress or the conferring of
404 happiness, and since there is no happiness apart from that
405 good of which it is said, "It is good for me to be very near to
406 God,"[391] it follows that the whole redeemed city, that is to say,
407 the congregation or community of the saints, is offered to God
408 as our sacrifice through the great High Priest, who offered
409 Himself to God in His passion for us, that we might be
410 members of this glorious head, according to the form of a
411 servant. For it was this form He offered, in this He was
412 offered, because it is according to it He is Mediator, in this
413 He is our Priest, in this the Sacrifice. Accordingly, when
414 the apostle had exhorted us to present our bodies a living
415 sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, our reasonable service, and
416 not to be conformed to the world, but to be transformed in the
417 renewing of our mind, that we might prove what is that good,
418 and acceptable, and perfect will of God, that is to say, the true
419 sacrifice of ourselves, he says, "For I say, through the grace
420 of God which is given unto me, to every man that is among
421 you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to
422 think, but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to
423 every man the measure of faith. For, as we have many
424 members in one body, and all members have not the same
425 office, so we, being many, are one body in Christ, and every
426 one members one of another, having gifts differing according
427 to the grace that is given to us."[392] This is the sacrifice of
428 Christians: we, being many, are one body in Christ. And this
429 also is the sacrifice which the Church continually celebrates in
430 the sacrament of the altar, known to the faithful, in which
431 she teaches that she herself is offered in the offering she
432 makes to God.
433 7. *Of the love of the holy angels, which prompts them to desire that we worship
434 the one true God, and not themselves.*
435 It is very right that these blessed and immortal spirits,
436 who inhabit celestial dwellings, and rejoice in the communications
437 of their Creator's fulness, firm in His eternity, assured
438 in His truth, holy by His grace, since they compassionately
439 and tenderly regard us miserable mortals, and wish us to
440 become immortal and happy, do not desire us to sacrifice to
441 themselves, but to Him whose sacrifice they know themselves
442 to be in common with us. For we and they together are the
443 one city of God, to which it is said in the psalm, "Glorious
444 things are spoken of thee, O city of God;"[393] the human part
445 sojourning here below, the angelic aiding from above. For
446 from that heavenly city, in which God's will is the intelligible
447 and unchangeable law, from that heavenly council-chamber,—for
448 they sit in counsel regarding us,—that holy Scripture, descended
449 to us by the ministry of angels, in which it is written,
450 "He that sacrificeth unto any god, save unto the Lord only,
451 he shall be utterly destroyed,"[394]—this Scripture, this law, these
452 precepts, have been confirmed by such miracles, that it is sufficiently
453 evident to whom these immortal and blessed spirits,
454 who desire us to be like themselves, wish us to sacrifice.
455 8. *Of the miracles which God has condescended to adhibit, through the ministry
456 of angels, to His promises for the confirmation of the faith of the godly.*
457 I should seem tedious were I to recount all the ancient
458 miracles, which were wrought in attestation of God's promises
459 which He made to Abraham thousands of years ago,
460 that in his seed all the nations of the earth should be blessed.[395]
461 For who can but marvel that Abraham's barren wife should
462 have given birth to a son at an age when not even a prolific
463 woman could bear children; or, again, that when Abraham
464 sacrificed, a flame from heaven should have run between the
465 divided parts;[396] or that the angels in human form, whom he
466 had hospitably entertained, and who had renewed God's promise
467 of offspring, should also have predicted the destruction
468 of Sodom by fire from heaven;[397] and that his nephew Lot
469 should have been rescued from Sodom by the angels as the
470 fire was just descending, while his wife, who looked back as
471 she went, and was immediately turned into salt, stood as a
472 sacred beacon warning us that no one who is being saved
473 should long for what he is leaving? How striking also were
474 the wonders done by Moses to rescue God's people from the
475 yoke of slavery in Egypt, when the magi of the Pharaoh, that
476 is, the king of Egypt, who tyrannized over this people, were
477 suffered to do some wonderful things that they might be
478 vanquished all the more signally! They did these things by
479 the magical arts and incantations to which the evil spirits or
480 demons are addicted; while Moses, having as much greater
481 power as he had right on his side, and having the aid of
482 angels, easily conquered them in the name of the Lord who
483 made heaven and earth. And, in fact, the magicians failed
484 at the third plague; whereas Moses, dealing out the miracles
485 delegated to him, brought ten plagues upon the land, so that
486 the hard hearts of Pharaoh and the Egyptians yielded, and
487 the people were let go. But, quickly repenting, and essaying
488 to overtake the departing Hebrews, who had crossed the
489 sea on dry ground, they were covered and overwhelmed in
490 the returning waters. What shall I say of those frequent
491 and stupendous exhibitions of divine power, while the people
492 were conducted through the wilderness?—of the waters which
493 could not be drunk, but lost their bitterness, and quenched
494 the thirsty, when at God's command a piece of wood was cast
495 into them? of the manna that descended from heaven to
496 appease their hunger, and which begat worms and putrefied
497 when any one collected more than the appointed quantity,
498 and yet, though double was gathered on the day before the
499 Sabbath (it not being lawful to gather it on that day), remained
500 fresh? of the birds which filled the camp, and turned
501 appetite into satiety when they longed for flesh, which it
502 seemed impossible to supply to so vast a population? of the
503 enemies who met them, and opposed their passage with arms,
504 and were defeated without the loss of a single Hebrew, when
505 Moses prayed with his hands extended in the form of a cross?
506 of the seditious persons who arose among God's people, and
507 separated themselves from the divinely-ordered community,
508 and were swallowed up alive by the earth, a visible token of
509 an invisible punishment? of the rock struck with the rod,
510 and pouring out waters more than enough for all the host? of
511 the deadly serpents' bites, sent in just punishment of sin, but
512 healed by looking at the lifted brazen serpent, so that not only
513 were the tormented people healed, but a symbol of the crucifixion
514 of death set before them in this destruction of death by
515 death? It was this serpent which was preserved in memory
516 of this event, and was afterwards worshipped by the mistaken
517 people as an idol, and was destroyed by the pious and God-fearing
518 king Hezekiah, much to his credit.
519 9. *Of the illicit arts connected with demonolatry, and of which the Platonist
520 Porphyry adopts some, and discards others.*
521 These miracles, and many others of the same nature, which
522 it were tedious to mention, were wrought for the purpose of
523 commending the worship of the one true God, and prohibiting
524 the worship of a multitude of false gods. Moreover, they were
525 wrought by simple faith and godly confidence, not by the incantations
526 and charms composed under the influence of a
527 criminal tampering with the unseen world, of an art which
528 they call either magic, or by the more abominable title necromancy,[398]
529 or the more honourable designation theurgy; for they
530 wish to discriminate between those whom the people call
531 magicians, who practise necromancy, and are addicted to illicit
532 arts and condemned, and those others who seem to them to
533 be worthy of praise for their practice of theurgy,—the truth,
534 however, being that both classes are the slaves of the deceitful
535 rites of the demons whom they invoke under the names
536 of angels.
537 For even Porphyry promises some kind of purgation of the
538 soul by the help of theurgy, though he does so with some
539 hesitation and shame, and denies that this art can secure to
540 any one a return to God; so that you can detect his opinion
541 vacillating between the profession of philosophy and an art
542 which he feels to be presumptuous and sacrilegious. For at
543 one time he warns us to avoid it as deceitful, and prohibited
544 by law, and dangerous to those who practise it; then again,
545 as if in deference to its advocates, he declares it useful for
546 cleansing one part of the soul, not, indeed, the intellectual part,
547 by which the truth of things intelligible, which have no sensible
548 images, is recognised, but the spiritual part, which takes cognizance
549 of the images of things material. This part, he says,
550 is prepared and fitted for intercourse with spirits and angels,
551 and for the vision of the gods, by the help of certain theurgic
552 consecrations, or, as they call them, mysteries. He acknowledges,
553 however, that these theurgic mysteries impart to the
554 intellectual soul no such purity as fits it to see its God, and
555 recognise the things that truly exist. And from this acknowledgment
556 we may infer what kind of gods these are, and what
557 kind of vision of them is imparted by theurgic consecrations,
558 if by it one cannot see the things which truly exist. He says,
559 further, that the rational, or, as he prefers calling it, the intellectual
560 soul, can pass into the heavens without the spiritual
561 part being cleansed by theurgic art, and that this art cannot
562 so purify the spiritual part as to give it entrance to immortality
563 and eternity. And therefore, although he distinguishes angels
564 from demons, asserting that the habitation of the latter is in
565 the air, while the former dwell in the ether and empyrean,
566 and although he advises us to cultivate the friendship of some
567 demon, who may be able after our death to assist us, and
568 elevate us at least a little above the earth,—for he owns that
569 it is by another way we must reach the heavenly society of
570 the angels,—he at the same time distinctly warns us to avoid
571 the society of demons, saying that the soul, expiating its sin
572 after death, execrates the worship of demons by whom it was
573 entangled. And of theurgy itself, though he recommends it
574 as reconciling angels and demons, he cannot deny that it treats
575 with powers which either themselves envy the soul its purity,
576 or serve the arts of those who do envy it. He complains of
577 this through the mouth of some Chaldæan or other: "A good
578 man in Chaldæa complains," he says, "that his most strenuous
579 efforts to cleanse his soul were frustrated, because another man,
580 who had influence in these matters, and who envied him
581 purity, had prayed to the powers, and bound them by his conjuring
582 not to listen to his request. Therefore," adds Porphyry,
583 "what the one man bound, the other could not loose." And
584 from this he concludes that theurgy is a craft which accomplishes
585 not only good but evil among gods and men; and that
586 the gods also have passions, and are perturbed and agitated
587 by the emotions which Apuleius attributed to demons and
588 men, but from which he preserved the gods by that sublimity of
589 residence, which, in common with Plato, he accorded to them.
590 10. *Concerning theurgy, which promises a delusive purification of the soul
591 by the invocation of demons.*
592 But here we have another and a much more learned Platonist
593 than Apuleius, Porphyry, to wit, asserting that, by I know
594 not what theurgy, even the gods themselves are subjected to
595 passions and perturbations; for by adjurations they were so
596 bound and terrified that they could not confer purity of soul,—were
597 so terrified by him who imposed on them a wicked
598 command, that they could not by the same theurgy be freed
599 from that terror, and fulfil the righteous behest of him who
600 prayed to them, or do the good he sought. Who does not see
601 that all these things are fictions of deceiving demons, unless
602 he be a wretched slave of theirs, and an alien from the grace of
603 the true Liberator? For if the Chaldæan had been dealing
604 with good gods, certainly a well-disposed man, who sought to
605 purify his own soul, would have had more influence with them
606 than an evil-disposed man seeking to hinder him. Or, if the
607 gods were just, and considered the man unworthy of the
608 purification he sought, at all events they should not have been
609 terrified by an envious person, nor hindered, as Porphyry avows,
610 by the fear of a stronger deity, but should have simply denied
611 the boon on their own free judgment. And it is surprising
612 that that well-disposed Chaldæan, who desired to purify his
613 soul by theurgical rites, found no superior deity who could
614 either terrify the frightened gods still more, and force them to
615 confer the boon, or compose their fears, and so enable them to
616 do good without compulsion,—even supposing that the good
617 theurgist had no rites by which he himself might purge away
618 the taint of fear from the gods whom he invoked for the purification
619 of his own soul. And why is it that there is a god
620 who has power to terrify the inferior gods, and none who has
621 power to free them from fear? Is there found a god who listens
622 to the envious man, and frightens the gods from doing good?
623 and is there not found a god who listens to the well-disposed
624 man, and removes the fear of the gods that they may do him
625 good? O excellent theurgy! O admirable purification of the
626 soul!—a theurgy in which the violence of an impure envy has
627 more influence than the entreaty of purity and holiness.
628 Rather let us abominate and avoid the deceit of such wicked
629 spirits, and listen to sound doctrine. As to those who perform
630 these filthy cleansings by sacrilegious rites, and see in
631 their initiated state (as he further tells us, though we may
632 question this vision) certain wonderfully lovely appearances
633 of angels or gods, this is what the apostle refers to when he
634 speaks of "Satan transforming himself into an angel of light."[399]
635 For these are the delusive appearances of that spirit who longs
636 to entangle wretched souls in the deceptive worship of many
637 and false gods, and to turn them aside from the true worship
638 of the true God, by whom alone they are cleansed and healed,
639 and who, as was said of Proteus, "turns himself into all
640 shapes,"[400] equally hurtful, whether he assaults us as an enemy,
641 or assumes the disguise of a friend.
642 11. *Of Porphyry's epistle to Anebo, in which he asks for information about
643 the differences among demons.*
644 It was a better tone which Porphyry adopted in his letter
645 to Anebo the Egyptian, in which, assuming the character of
646 an inquirer consulting him, he unmasks and explodes these
647 sacrilegious arts. In that letter, indeed, he repudiates all
648 demons, whom he maintains to be so foolish as to be attracted
649 by the sacrificial vapours, and therefore residing not in the
650 ether, but in the air beneath the moon, and indeed in the
651 moon itself. Yet he has not the boldness to attribute to all
652 the demons all the deceptions and malicious and foolish
653 practices which justly move his indignation. For, though he
654 acknowledges that as a race demons are foolish, he so far accommodates
655 himself to popular ideas as to call some of them
656 benignant demons. He expresses surprise that sacrifices not
657 only incline the gods, but also compel and force them to do
658 what men wish; and he is at a loss to understand how the
659 sun and moon, and other visible celestial bodies,—for bodies he
660 does not doubt that they are,—are considered gods, if the gods
661 are distinguished from the demons by their incorporeality; also,
662 if they are gods, how some are called beneficent and others
663 hurtful, and how they, being corporeal, are numbered with the
664 gods, who are incorporeal. He inquires further, and still as
665 one in doubt, whether diviners and wonderworkers are men of
666 unusually powerful souls, or whether the power to do these
667 things is communicated by spirits from without. He inclines
668 to the latter opinion, on the ground that it is by the use of
669 stones and herbs that they lay spells on people, and open
670 closed doors, and do similar wonders. And on this account,
671 he says, some suppose that there is a race of beings whose
672 property it is to listen to men,—a race deceitful, full of contrivances,
673 capable of assuming all forms, simulating gods,
674 demons, and dead men,—and that it is this race which brings
675 about all these things which have the appearance of good or
676 evil, but that what is really good they never help us in, and
677 are indeed unacquainted with, for they make wickedness easy,
678 but throw obstacles in the path of those who eagerly follow
679 virtue; and that they are filled with pride and rashness,
680 delight in sacrificial odours, are taken with flattery. These and
681 the other characteristics of this race of deceitful and malicious
682 spirits, who come into the souls of men and delude their senses,
683 both in sleep and waking, he describes not as things of which
684 he is himself convinced, but only with so much suspicion and
685 doubt as to cause him to speak of them as commonly received
686 opinions. We should sympathize with this great philosopher
687 in the difficulty he experienced in acquainting himself with
688 and confidently assailing the whole fraternity of devils, which
689 any Christian old woman would unhesitatingly describe and
690 most unreservedly detest. Perhaps, however, he shrank from
691 offending Anebo, to whom he was writing, himself the most
692 eminent patron of these mysteries, or the others who marvelled
693 at these magical feats as divine works, and closely allied to
694 the worship of the gods.
695 However, he pursues this subject, and, still in the character
696 of an inquirer, mentions some things which no sober judgment
697 could attribute to any but malicious and deceitful powers.
698 He asks why, after the better class of spirits have been invoked,
699 the worse should be commanded to perform the wicked
700 desires of men; why they do not hear a man who has just left
701 a woman's embrace, while they themselves make no scruple of
702 tempting men to incest and adultery; why their priests are
703 commanded to abstain from animal food for fear of being polluted
704 by the corporeal exhalations, while they themselves are
705 attracted by the fumes of sacrifices and other exhalations;
706 why the initiated are forbidden to touch a dead body, while
707 their mysteries are celebrated almost entirely by means of dead
708 bodies; why it is that a man addicted to any vice should utter
709 threats, not to a demon or to the soul of a dead man, but to
710 the sun and moon, or some of the heavenly bodies, which he
711 intimidates by imaginary terrors, that he may wring from them
712 a real boon,—for he threatens that he will demolish the sky,
713 and such like impossibilities,—that those gods, being alarmed,
714 like silly children, with imaginary and absurd threats, may
715 do what they are ordered. Porphyry further relates that a
716 man Chæremon, profoundly versed in these sacred or rather
717 sacrilegious mysteries, had written that the famous Egyptian
718 mysteries of Isis and her husband Osiris had very great influence
719 with the gods to compel them to do what they were
720 ordered, when he who used the spells threatened to divulge
721 or do away with these mysteries, and cried with a threatening
722 voice that he would scatter the members of Osiris if they
723 neglected his orders. Not without reason is Porphyry surprised
724 that a man should utter such wild and empty threats
725 against the gods,—not against gods of no account, but against
726 the heavenly gods, and those that shine with sidereal light,—and
727 that these threats should be effectual to constrain them
728 with resistless power, and alarm them so that they fulfil his
729 wishes. Not without reason does he, in the character of an
730 inquirer into the reasons of these surprising things, give it to
731 be understood that they are done by that race of spirits which
732 he previously described as if quoting other people's opinions,—spirits
733 who deceive not, as he said, by nature, but by their
734 own corruption, and who simulate gods and dead men, but
735 not, as he said, demons, for demons they really are. As to
736 his idea that by means of herbs, and stones, and animals, and
737 certain incantations and noises, and drawings, sometimes fanciful,
738 and sometimes copied from the motions of the heavenly
739 bodies, men create upon earth powers capable of bringing
740 about various results, all that is only the mystification which
741 these demons practise on those who are subject to them, for
742 the sake of furnishing themselves with merriment at the expense
743 of their dupes. Either, then, Porphyry was sincere in
744 his doubts and inquiries, and mentioned these things to demonstrate
745 and put beyond question that they were the work,
746 not of powers which aid us in obtaining life, but of deceitful
747 demons; or, to take a more favourable view of the philosopher,
748 he adopted this method with the Egyptian who was wedded to
749 these errors, and was proud of them, that he might not offend
750 him by assuming the attitude of a teacher, nor discompose his
751 mind by the altercation of a professed assailant, but, by assuming
752 the character of an inquirer, and the humble attitude
753 of one who was anxious to learn, might turn his attention
754 to these matters, and show how worthy they are to be despised
755 and relinquished. Towards the conclusion of his letter, he
756 requests Anebo to inform him what the Egyptian wisdom indicates
757 as the way to blessedness. But as to those who hold
758 intercourse with the gods, and pester them only for the sake
759 of finding a runaway slave, or acquiring property, or making a
760 bargain of a marriage, or such things, he declares that their
761 pretensions to wisdom are vain. He adds that these same
762 gods, even granting that on other points their utterances were
763 true, were yet so ill-advised and unsatisfactory in their disclosures
764 about blessedness, that they cannot be either gods or
765 good demons, but are either that spirit who is called the deceiver,
766 or mere fictions of the imagination.
767 12. *Of the miracles wrought by the true God through the ministry of the
768 holy angels.*
769 Since by means of these arts wonders are done which quite
770 surpass human power, what choice have we but to believe that
771 these predictions and operations, which seem to be miraculous
772 and divine, and which at the same time form no part of the worship
773 of the one God, in adherence to whom, as the Platonists
774 themselves abundantly testify, all blessedness consists, are the
775 pastime of wicked spirits, who thus seek to seduce and hinder
776 the truly godly? On the other hand, we cannot but believe
777 that all miracles, whether wrought by angels or by other
778 means, so long as they are so done as to commend the worship
779 and religion of the one God in whom alone is blessedness, are
780 wrought by those who love us in a true and godly sort, or
781 through their means, God Himself working in them. For we
782 cannot listen to those who maintain that the invisible God
783 works no visible miracles; for even they believe that He
784 made the world, which surely they will not deny to be visible.
785 Whatever marvel happens in this world, it is certainly less
786 marvellous than this whole world itself,—I mean the sky and
787 earth, and all that is in them,—and these God certainly
788 made. But, as the Creator Himself is hidden and incomprehensible
789 to man, so also is the manner of creation.
790 Although, therefore, the standing miracle of this visible world
791 is little thought of, because always before us, yet, when we
792 arouse ourselves to contemplate it, it is a greater miracle than
793 the rarest and most unheard-of marvels. For man himself is
794 a greater miracle than any miracle done through his instrumentality.
795 Therefore God, who made the visible heaven and earth,
796 does not disdain to work visible miracles in heaven or earth,
797 that He may thereby awaken the soul which is immersed in
798 things visible to worship Himself, the Invisible. But the place
799 and time of these miracles are dependent on His unchangeable
800 will, in which things future are ordered as if already they were
801 accomplished. For He moves things temporal without Himself
802 moving in time. He does not in one way know things that
803 are to be, and, in another, things that have been; neither does
804 He listen to those who pray otherwise than as He sees those
805 that will pray. For, even when His angels hear us, it is He
806 Himself who hears us in them, as in His true temple not
807 made with hands, as in those men who are His saints; and
808 His answers, though accomplished in time, have been arranged
809 by His eternal appointment.
810 13. *Of the invisible God, who has often made Himself visible, not as He really is,
811 but as the beholders could bear the sight.*
812 Neither need we be surprised that God, invisible as He is,
813 should often have appeared visibly to the patriarchs. For
814 as the sound which communicates the thought conceived in
815 the silence of the mind is not the thought itself, so the form
816 by which God, invisible in His own nature, became visible,
817 was not God Himself. Nevertheless it is He Himself who
818 was seen under that form, as that thought itself is heard in
819 the sound of the voice; and the patriarchs recognised that,
820 though the bodily form was not God, they saw the invisible
821 God. For, though Moses conversed with God, yet he said,
822 'If I have found grace in Thy sight, show me Thyself, that
823 I may see and know Thee.'[401] And as it was fit that the law,
824 which was given, not to one man or a few enlightened men,
825 but to the whole of a populous nation, should be accompanied
826 by awe-inspiring signs, great marvels were wrought, by the
827 ministry of angels, before the people on the mount where the
828 law was being given to them through one man, while the
829 multitude beheld the awful appearances. For the people of
830 Israel believed Moses, not as the Lacedæmonians believed their
831 Lycurgus, because he had received from Jupiter or Apollo the
832 laws he gave them. For when the law which enjoined the
833 worship of one God was given to the people, marvellous signs
834 and earthquakes, such as the divine wisdom judged sufficient,
835 were brought about in the sight of all, that they might know
836 that it was the Creator who could thus use creation to promulgate
837 His law.
838 >
839 >
840 >
841 14. *That the one God is to be worshipped not only for the sake of eternal
842 > blessings, but also in connection with temporal prosperity, because all
843 > things are regulated by His providence.*
844 The education of the human race, represented by the people
845 of God, has advanced, like that of an individual, through certain
846 epochs, or, as it were, ages, so that it might gradually rise
847 from earthly to heavenly things, and from the visible to the
848 invisible. This object was kept so clearly in view, that, even
849 in the period when temporal rewards were promised, the one
850 God was presented as the object of worship, that men might
851 not acknowledge any other than the true Creator and Lord of
852 the spirit, even in connection with the earthly blessings of
853 this transitory life. For he who denies that all things, which
854 either angels or men can give us, are in the hand of the one
855 Almighty, is a madman. The Platonist Plotinus discourses
856 concerning providence, and, from the beauty of flowers and
857 foliage, proves that from the supreme God, whose beauty is
858 unseen and ineffable, providence reaches down even to these
859 earthly things here below; and he argues that all these frail
860 and perishing things could not have so exquisite and elaborate
861 a beauty, were they not fashioned by Him whose unseen and
862 unchangeable beauty continually pervades all things.[402] This
863 is proved also by the Lord Jesus, where He says, 'Consider
864 the lilies, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin.
865 And yet I say unto you that Solomon in all his glory was not
866 arrayed like one of these. But if God so clothe the grass of
867 the field, which to-day is and to-morrow is cast into the oven,
868 how much more shall He clothe you, O ye of little faith!'[403]
869 It was best, therefore, that the soul of man, which was still
870 weakly desiring earthly things, should be accustomed to seek
871 from God alone even these petty temporal boons, and the
872 earthly necessaries of this transitory life, which are contemptible
873 in comparison with eternal blessings, in order that the
874 desire even of these things might not draw it aside from the
875 worship of Him, to whom we come by despising and forsaking
876 such things.
877 15. *Of the ministry of the holy angels, by which they fulfil the providence
878 of God.*
879 And so it has pleased Divine Providence, as I have said,
880 and as we read in the Acts of the Apostles,[404] that the law
881 enjoining the worship of one God should be given by the
882 disposition of angels. But among them the person of God
883 Himself visibly appeared, not, indeed, in His proper substance,
884 which ever remains invisible to mortal eyes, but by the infallible
885 signs furnished by creation in obedience to its Creator.
886 He made use, too, of the words of human speech, uttering
887 them syllable by syllable successively, though in His own
888 nature He speaks not in a bodily but in a spiritual way;
889 not to sense, but to the mind; not in words that occupy
890 time, but, if I may so say, eternally, neither beginning to
891 speak nor coming to an end. And what He says is accurately
892 heard, not by the bodily but by the mental ear of His ministers
893 and messengers, who are immortally blessed in the enjoyment
894 of His unchangeable truth; and the directions which they in
895 some ineffable way receive, they execute without delay or
896 difficulty in the sensible and visible world. And this law
897 was given in conformity with the age of the world, and contained
898 at the first earthly promises, as I have said, which,
899 however, symbolized eternal ones; and these eternal blessings
900 few understood, though many took a part in the celebration
901 of their visible signs. Nevertheless, with one consent both
902 the words and the visible rites of that law enjoin the worship
903 of one God,—not one of a crowd of gods, but Him who made
904 heaven and earth, and every soul and every spirit which is
905 other than Himself. He created; all else was created; and,
906 both for being and well-being, all things need Him who
907 created them.
908 >
909 >
910 >
911 16. *Whether those angels who demand that we pay them divine honour, or
912 > those who teach us to render holy service, not to themselves, but to God,
913 > are to be trusted about the way to life eternal.*
914 What angels, then, are we to believe in this matter of blessed
915 and eternal life?—those who wish to be worshipped with religious
916 rites and observances, and require that men sacrifice to them;
917 or those who say that all this worship is due to one God, the
918 Creator, and teach us to render it with true piety to Him, by
919 the vision of whom they are themselves already blessed, and
920 in whom they promise that we shall be so? For that vision
921 of God is the beauty of a vision so great, and is so infinitely
922 desirable, that Plotinus does not hesitate to say that he who
923 enjoys all other blessings in abundance, and has not this, is
924 supremely miserable.[405] Since, therefore, miracles are wrought
925 by some angels to induce us to worship this God, by others,
926 to induce us to worship themselves; and since the former forbid
927 us to worship these, while the latter dare not forbid us to
928 worship God, which are we to listen to? Let the Platonists
929 reply, or any philosophers, or the theurgists, or rather, *periurgists*,[406]—for
930 this name is good enough for those who practise
931 such arts. In short, let all men answer,—if, at least, there
932 survives in them any spark of that natural perception which,
933 as rational beings, they possess when created,—let them, I say,
934 tell us whether we should sacrifice to the gods or angels who
935 order us to sacrifice to them, or to that One to whom we are
936 ordered to sacrifice by those who forbid us to worship either
937 themselves or these others. If neither the one party nor the
938 other had wrought miracles, but had merely uttered commands,
939 the one to sacrifice to themselves, the other forbidding that,
940 and ordering us to sacrifice to God, a godly mind would have
941 been at no loss to discern which command proceeded from
942 proud arrogance, and which from true religion. I will say
943 more. If miracles had been wrought only by those who demand
944 sacrifice for themselves, while those who forbade this, and
945 enjoined sacrificing to the one God only, thought fit entirely
946 to forego the use of visible miracles, the authority of the latter
947 was to be preferred by all who would use, not their eyes only,
948 but their reason. But since God, for the sake of commending
949 to us the oracles of His truth, has, by means of these immortal
950 messengers, who proclaim His majesty and not their own pride,
951 wrought miracles of surpassing grandeur, certainty, and distinctness,
952 in order that the weak among the godly might not
953 be drawn away to false religion by those who require us to
954 sacrifice to them and endeavour to convince us by stupendous
955 appeals to our senses, who is so utterly unreasonable as not to
956 choose and follow the truth, when he finds that it is heralded
957 by even more striking evidences than falsehood?
958 As for those miracles which history ascribes to the gods
959 of the heathen,—I do not refer to those prodigies which at
960 intervals happen from some unknown physical causes, and
961 which are arranged and appointed by Divine Providence, such
962 as monstrous births, and unusual meteorological phenomena,
963 whether startling only, or also injurious, and which are said
964 to be brought about and removed by communication with
965 demons, and by their most deceitful craft,—but I refer to
966 these prodigies which manifestly enough are wrought by their
967 power and force, as, that the household gods which Æneas
968 carried from Troy in his flight moved from place to place;
969 that Tarquin cut a whetstone with a razor; that the Epidaurian
970 serpent attached himself as a companion to Æsculapius on his
971 voyage to Rome; that the ship in which the image of the
972 Phrygian mother stood, and which could not be moved by a
973 host of men and oxen, was moved by one weak woman, who
974 attached her girdle to the vessel and drew it, as proof of her
975 chastity; that a vestal, whose virginity was questioned, removed
976 the suspicion by carrying from the Tiber a sieve full of water
977 without any of it dropping: these, then, and the like, are by
978 no means to be compared for greatness and virtue to those
979 which, we read, were wrought among God's people. How
980 much less can we compare those marvels, which even the laws
981 of heathen nations prohibit and punish,—I mean the magical
982 and theurgic marvels, of which the great part are merely
983 illusions practised upon the senses, as the drawing down of
984 the moon, "that," as Lucan says, "it may shed a stronger
985 influence on the plants?"[407] And if some of these do seem to
986 equal those which are wrought by the godly, the end for
987 which they are wrought distinguishes the two, and shows that
988 ours are incomparably the more excellent. For those miracles
989 commend the worship of a plurality of gods, who deserve
990 worship the less the more they demand it; but these of ours
991 commend the worship of the one God, who, both by the testimony
992 of His own Scriptures, and by the eventual abolition of
993 sacrifices, proves that He needs no such offerings. If, therefore,
994 any angels demand sacrifice for themselves, we must
995 prefer those who demand it, not for themselves, but for God,
996 the Creator of all, whom they serve. For thus they prove
997 how sincerely they love us, since they wish by sacrifice to
998 subject us, not to themselves, but to Him by the contemplation
999 of whom they themselves are blessed, and to bring us to Him
1000 from whom they themselves have never strayed. If, on the
1001 other hand, any angels wish us to sacrifice, not to one, but to
1002 many, not, indeed, to themselves, but to the gods whose angels
1003 they are, we must in this case also prefer those who are the
1004 angels of the one God of gods, and who so bid us to worship
1005 Him as to preclude our worshipping any other. But, further,
1006 if it be the case, as their pride and deceitfulness rather indicate,
1007 that they are neither good angels nor the angels of good
1008 gods, but wicked demons, who wish sacrifice to be paid, not to
1009 the one only and supreme God, but to themselves, what better
1010 protection against them can we choose than that of the one
1011 God whom the good angels serve, the angels who bid us
1012 sacrifice, not to themselves, but to Him whose sacrifice we
1013 ourselves ought to be?
1014 17. *Concerning the ark of the covenant, and the miraculous signs whereby God
1015 authenticated the law and the promise.*
1016 On this account it was that the law of God, given by the
1017 disposition of angels, and which commanded that the one God
1018 of gods alone receive sacred worship, to the exclusion of all
1019 others, was deposited in the ark, called the ark of the testimony.
1020 By this name it is sufficiently indicated, not that
1021 God, who was worshipped by all those rites, was shut up and
1022 enclosed in that place, though His responses emanated from
1023 it along with signs appreciable by the senses, but that His
1024 will was declared from that throne. The law itself, too, was
1025 engraven on tables of stone, and, as I have said, deposited in
1026 the ark, which the priests carried with due reverence during
1027 the sojourn in the wilderness, along with the tabernacle, which
1028 was in like manner called the tabernacle of the testimony;
1029 and there was then an accompanying sign, which appeared as
1030 a cloud by day and as a fire by night; when the cloud
1031 moved, the camp was shifted, and where it stood the camp
1032 was pitched. Besides these signs, and the voices which proceeded
1033 from the place where the ark was, there were other
1034 miraculous testimonies to the law. For when the ark was
1035 carried across Jordan, on the entrance to the land of promise,
1036 the upper part of the river stopped in its course, and the
1037 lower part flowed on, so as to present both to the ark and the
1038 people dry ground to pass over. Then, when it was carried
1039 seven times round the first hostile and polytheistic city they
1040 came to, its walls suddenly fell down, though assaulted by no
1041 hand, struck by no battering-ram. Afterwards, too, when
1042 they were now resident in the land of promise, and the ark
1043 had, in punishment of their sin, been taken by their enemies,
1044 its captors triumphantly placed it in the temple of their
1045 favourite god, and left it shut up there, but, on opening the
1046 temple next day, they found the image they used to pray to
1047 fallen to the ground and shamefully shattered. Then, being
1048 themselves alarmed by portents, and still more shamefully
1049 punished, they restored the ark of the testimony to the people
1050 from whom they had taken it. And what was the manner of
1051 its restoration? They placed it on a wagon, and yoked to
1052 it cows from which they had taken the calves, and let
1053 them choose their own course, expecting that in this way the
1054 divine will would be indicated; and the cows, without any
1055 man driving or directing them, steadily pursued the way to
1056 the Hebrews, without regarding the lowing of their calves,
1057 and thus restored the ark to its worshippers. To God these
1058 and such like wonders are small, but they are mighty to terrify
1059 and give wholesome instruction to men. For if philosophers,
1060 and especially the Platonists, are with justice esteemed wiser
1061 than other men, as I have just been mentioning, because they
1062 taught that even these earthly and insignificant things are
1063 ruled by Divine Providence, inferring this from the numberless
1064 beauties which are observable not only in the bodies of animals,
1065 but even in plants and grasses, how much more plainly do
1066 these things attest the presence of divinity which happen at
1067 the time predicted, and in which that religion is commended
1068 which forbids the offering of sacrifice to any celestial, terrestrial,
1069 or infernal being, and commands it to be offered to God only,
1070 who alone blesses us by His love for us, and by our love to
1071 Him, and who, by arranging the appointed times of those
1072 sacrifices, and by predicting that they were to pass into a better
1073 sacrifice by a better Priest, testified that He has no appetite
1074 for these sacrifices, but through them indicated others of more
1075 substantial blessing,—and all this not that He Himself may
1076 be glorified by these honours, but that we may be stirred up
1077 to worship and cleave to Him, being inflamed by His love,
1078 which is our advantage rather than His?
1079 18. *Against those who deny that the books of the Church are to be believed about
1080 the miracles whereby the people of God were educated.*
1081 Will some one say that these miracles are false, that they
1082 never happened, and that the records of them are lies? Whoever
1083 says so, and asserts that in such matters no records whatever
1084 can be credited, may also say that there are no gods who
1085 care for human affairs. For they have induced men to worship
1086 them only by means of miraculous works, which the
1087 heathen histories testify, and by which the gods have made a
1088 display of their own power rather than done any real service.
1089 This is the reason why we have not undertaken in this work,
1090 of which we are now writing the tenth book, to refute those
1091 who either deny that there is any divine power, or contend
1092 that it does not interfere with human affairs, but those who
1093 prefer their own god to our God, the Founder of the holy and
1094 most glorious city, not knowing that He is also the invisible
1095 and unchangeable Founder of this visible and changing world,
1096 and the truest bestower of the blessed life which resides not
1097 in things created, but in Himself. For thus speaks His most
1098 trustworthy prophet: "It is good for me to be united to God."[408]
1099 Among philosophers it is a question, what is that end and
1100 good to the attainment of which all our duties are to have a
1101 relation? The Psalmist did not say, It is good for me to have
1102 great wealth, or to wear imperial insignia, purple, sceptre,
1103 and diadem; or, as some even of the philosophers have not
1104 blushed to say, It is good for me to enjoy sensual pleasure;
1105 or, as the better men among them seemed to say, My good is
1106 my spiritual strength; but, "It is good for me to be united
1107 to God." This he had learned from Him whom the holy
1108 angels, with the accompanying witness of miracles, presented
1109 as the sole object of worship. And hence he himself became
1110 the sacrifice of God, whose spiritual love inflamed him, and
1111 into whose ineffable and incorporeal embrace he yearned to
1112 cast himself. Moreover, if the worshippers of many gods
1113 (whatever kind of gods they fancy their own to be) believe
1114 that the miracles recorded in their civil histories, or in the
1115 books of magic, or of the more respectable theurgy, were
1116 wrought by these gods, what reason have they for refusing
1117 to believe the miracles recorded in those writings, to which
1118 we owe a credence as much greater as He is greater to whom
1119 alone these writings teach us to sacrifice?
1120 19. *On the reasonableness of offering, as the true religion teaches, a visible
1121 sacrifice to the one true and invisible God.*
1122 As to those who think that these visible sacrifices are suitably
1123 offered to other gods, but that invisible sacrifices, the
1124 graces of purity of mind and holiness of will, should be offered,
1125 as greater and better, to the invisible God, Himself greater
1126 and better than all others, they must be oblivious that these
1127 visible sacrifices are signs of the invisible, as the words we
1128 utter are the signs of things. And therefore, as in prayer or
1129 praise we direct intelligible words to Him to whom in our
1130 heart we offer the very feelings we are expressing, so we are
1131 to understand that in sacrifice we offer visible sacrifice only
1132 to Him to whom in our heart we ought to present ourselves
1133 an invisible sacrifice. It is then that the angels, and all those
1134 superior powers who are mighty by their goodness and piety,
1135 regard us with pleasure, and rejoice with us and assist us to
1136 the utmost of their power. But if we offer such worship to
1137 them, they decline it; and when on any mission to men they
1138 become visible to the senses, they positively forbid it. Examples
1139 of this occur in holy writ. Some fancied they should,
1140 by adoration or sacrifice, pay the same honour to angels as is
1141 due to God, and were prevented from doing so by the angels
1142 themselves, and ordered to render it to Him to whom alone
1143 they know it to be due. And the holy angels have in this
1144 been imitated by holy men of God. For Paul and Barnabas,
1145 when they had wrought a miracle of healing in Lycaonia, were
1146 thought to be gods, and the Lycaonians desired to sacrifice to
1147 them, and they humbly and piously declined this honour, and
1148 announced to them the God in whom they should believe.
1149 And those deceitful and proud spirits, who exact worship, do
1150 so simply because they know it to be due to the true God.
1151 For that which they take pleasure in is not, as Porphyry says
1152 and some fancy, the smell of the victims, but divine honours.
1153 They have, in fact, plenty odours on all hands, and if they
1154 wished more, they could provide them for themselves. But
1155 the spirits who arrogate to themselves divinity are delighted
1156 not with the smoke of carcases, but with the suppliant spirit
1157 which they deceive and hold in subjection, and hinder from
1158 drawing near to God, preventing him from offering himself in
1159 sacrifice to God by inducing him to sacrifice to others.
1160 20. *Of the supreme and true sacrifice which was effected by the Mediator between
1161 God and men.*
1162 And hence that true Mediator, in so far as, by assuming
1163 the form of a servant, He became the Mediator between God
1164 and men, the man Christ Jesus, though in the form of God
1165 He received sacrifice together with the Father, with whom He
1166 is one God, yet in the form of a servant He chose rather to
1167 be than to receive a sacrifice, that not even by this instance
1168 any one might have occasion to suppose that sacrifice should
1169 be rendered to any creature. Thus He is both the Priest
1170 who offers and the Sacrifice offered. And He designed that
1171 there should be a daily sign of this in the sacrifice of the
1172 Church, which, being His body, learns to offer herself through
1173 Him. Of this true Sacrifice the ancient sacrifices of the saints
1174 were the various and numerous signs; and it was thus variously
1175 figured, just as one thing is signified by a variety of words,
1176 that there may be less weariness when we speak of it much.
1177 To this supreme and true sacrifice all false sacrifices have
1178 given place.
1179 >
1180 >
1181 >
1182 21. *Of the power delegated to demons for the trial and glorification of the saints,
1183 > who conquer not by propitiating the spirits of the air, but by abiding in
1184 > God.*
1185 The power delegated to the demons at certain appointed
1186 and well-adjusted seasons, that they may give expression
1187 to their hostility to the city of God by stirring up against
1188 it the men who are under their influence, and may not
1189 only receive sacrifice from those who willingly offer it,
1190 but may also extort it from the unwilling by violent persecution;—this
1191 power is found to be not merely harmless, but
1192 even useful to the Church, completing as it does the number
1193 of martyrs, whom the city of God esteems as all the more
1194 illustrious and honoured citizens, because they have striven
1195 even to blood against the sin of impiety. If the ordinary
1196 language of the Church allowed it, we might more elegantly
1197 call these men our heroes. For this name is said to be
1198 derived from Juno, who in Greek is called Hêrê, and hence,
1199 according to the Greek myths, one of her sons was called
1200 Heros. And these fables mystically signified that Juno was
1201 mistress of the air, which they suppose to be inhabited by
1202 the demons and the heroes, understanding by heroes the souls
1203 of the well-deserving dead. But for a quite opposite reason
1204 would we call our martyrs heroes,—supposing, as I said, that
1205 the usage of ecclesiastical language would admit of it,—not
1206 because they lived along with the demons in the air, but
1207 because they conquered these demons or powers of the air,
1208 and among them Juno herself, be she what she may, not
1209 unsuitably represented, as she commonly is by the poets, as
1210 hostile to virtue, and jealous of men of mark aspiring to the
1211 heavens. Virgil, however, unhappily gives way, and yields to
1212 her; for, though he represents her as saying, "I am conquered
1213 by Æneas,"[409] Helenus gives Æneas himself this religious
1214 advice:
1215 "Pay vows to Juno: overbear
1216 Her queenly soul with gift and prayer."[410]
1217 In conformity with this opinion, Porphyry—expressing, however,
1218 not so much his own views as other people's—says that
1219 a good god or genius cannot come to a man unless the evil
1220 genius has been first of all propitiated, implying that the evil
1221 deities had greater power than the good; for, until they have
1222 been appeased and give place, the good can give no assistance;
1223 and if the evil deities oppose, the good can give no
1224 help; whereas the evil can do injury without the good being
1225 able to prevent them. This is not the way of the true and
1226 truly holy religion; not thus do our martyrs conquer Juno,
1227 that is to say, the powers of the air, who envy the virtues of
1228 the pious. Our heroes, if we could so call them, overcome
1229 Hêrê, not by suppliant gifts, but by divine virtues. As
1230 Scipio, who conquered Africa by his valour, is more suitably
1231 styled Africanus than if he had appeased his enemies
1232 by gifts, and so won their mercy.
1233 22. *Whence the saints derive power against demons and true purification
1234 of heart.*
1235 It is by true piety that men of God cast out the hostile
1236 power of the air which opposes godliness; it is by exorcising
1237 it, not by propitiating it; and they overcome all the temptations
1238 of the adversary by praying, not to him, but to their
1239 own God against him. For the devil cannot conquer or
1240 subdue any but those who are in league with sin; and
1241 therefore he is conquered in the name of Him who assumed
1242 humanity, and that without sin, that Himself being both
1243 Priest and Sacrifice, He might bring about the remission of
1244 sins, that is to say, might bring it about through the Mediator
1245 between God and men, the man Christ Jesus, by whom we are
1246 reconciled to God, the cleansing from sin being accomplished.
1247 For men are separated from God only by sins, from which we
1248 are in this life cleansed not by our own virtue, but by the
1249 divine compassion; through His indulgence, not through our
1250 own power. For, whatever virtue we call our own is itself
1251 bestowed upon us by His goodness. And we might attribute
1252 too much to ourselves while in the flesh, unless we lived in
1253 the receipt of pardon until we laid it down. This is the
1254 reason why there has been vouchsafed to us, through the
1255 Mediator, this grace, that we who are polluted by sinful flesh
1256 should be cleansed by the likeness of sinful flesh. By this
1257 grace of God, wherein He has shown His great compassion
1258 toward us, we are both governed by faith in this life, and,
1259 after this life, are led onwards to the fullest perfection by the
1260 vision of immutable truth.
1261 23. *Of the principles which, according to the Platonists, regulate the
1262 purification of the soul.*
1263 Even Porphyry asserts that it was revealed by divine
1264 oracles that we are not purified by any sacrifices[411] to sun
1265 or moon, meaning it to be inferred that we are not purified
1266 by sacrificing to any gods. For what mysteries can purify,
1267 if those of the sun and moon, which are esteemed the chief
1268 of the celestial gods, do not purify? He says, too, in the
1269 same place, that "principles" can purify, lest it should be
1270 supposed, from his saying that sacrificing to the sun and
1271 moon cannot purify, that sacrificing to some other of the host
1272 of gods might do so. And what he as a Platonist means by
1273 "principles," we know.[412] For he speaks of God the Father and
1274 God the Son, whom he calls (writing in Greek) the intellect
1275 or mind of the Father;[413] but of the Holy Spirit he says either
1276 nothing, or nothing plainly, for I do not understand what other
1277 he speaks of as holding the middle place between these two.
1278 For if, like Plotinus in his discussion regarding the three
1279 principal substances,[414] he wished us to understand by this
1280 third the soul of nature, he would certainly not have given
1281 it the middle place between these two, that is, between the
1282 Father and the Son. For Plotinus places the soul of nature
1283 after the intellect of the Father, while Porphyry, making it
1284 the mean, does not place it after, but between the others.
1285 No doubt he spoke according to his light, or as he thought
1286 expedient; but we assert that the Holy Spirit is the Spirit
1287 not of the Father only, nor of the Son only, but of both.
1288 For philosophers speak as they have a mind to, and in the
1289 most difficult matters do not scruple to offend religious ears;
1290 but we are bound to speak according to a certain rule, lest
1291 freedom of speech beget impiety of opinion about the matters
1292 themselves of which we speak.
1293 24. *Of the one only true principle which alone purifies and renews
1294 human nature.*
1295 Accordingly, when we speak of God, we do not affirm two
1296 or three principles, no more than we are at liberty to affirm
1297 two or three gods; although, speaking of each, of the Father,
1298 or of the Son, or of the Holy Ghost, we confess that each is
1299 God: and yet we do not say, as the Sabellian heretics say,
1300 that the Father is the same as the Son, and the Holy Spirit
1301 the same as the Father and the Son; but we say that the
1302 Father is the Father of the Son, and the Son the Son of the
1303 Father, and that the Holy Spirit of the Father and the Son
1304 is neither the Father nor the Son. It was therefore truly
1305 said that man is cleansed only by a Principle, although the
1306 Platonists erred in speaking in the plural of *principles*. But
1307 Porphyry, being under the dominion of these envious powers,
1308 whose influence he was at once ashamed of and afraid to
1309 throw off, refused to recognise that Christ is the Principle by
1310 whose incarnation we are purified. Indeed he despised Him,
1311 because of the flesh itself which He assumed, that He might
1312 offer a sacrifice for our purification,—a great mystery, unintelligible
1313 to Porphyry's pride, which that true and benignant
1314 Redeemer brought low by His humility, manifesting Himself
1315 to mortals by the mortality which He assumed, and which
1316 the malignant and deceitful mediators are proud of wanting,
1317 promising, as the boon of immortals, a deceptive assistance to
1318 wretched men. Thus the good and true Mediator showed
1319 that it is sin which is evil, and not the substance or nature
1320 of flesh; for this, together with the human soul, could without
1321 sin be both assumed and retained, and laid down in death,
1322 and changed to something better by resurrection. He showed
1323 also that death itself, although the punishment of sin, was
1324 submitted to by Him for our sakes without sin, and must
1325 not be evaded by sin on our part, but rather, if opportunity
1326 serves, be borne for righteousness' sake. For he was able
1327 to expiate sins by dying, because He both died, and not for
1328 sin of His own. But He has not been recognised by Porphyry
1329 as the Principle, otherwise he would have recognised
1330 Him as the Purifier. The Principle is neither the flesh nor
1331 the human soul in Christ, but the Word by which all things
1332 were made. The flesh, therefore, does not by its own virtue
1333 purify, but by virtue of the Word by which it was assumed,
1334 when "the Word became flesh and dwelt among us."[415] For,
1335 speaking mystically of eating His flesh, when those who did
1336 not understand Him were offended and went away, saying,
1337 "This is an hard saying, who can hear it?" He answered to
1338 the rest who remained, "It is the Spirit that quickeneth;
1339 the flesh profiteth nothing."[416] The Principle, therefore, having
1340 assumed a human soul and flesh, cleanses the soul and flesh
1341 of believers. Therefore, when the Jews asked Him who He
1342 was, He answered that He was the *Principle*.[417] And this we
1343 carnal and feeble men, liable to sin, and involved in the darkness
1344 of ignorance, could not possibly understand, unless we
1345 were cleansed and healed by Him, both by means of what we
1346 were, and of what we were not. For we were men, but we
1347 were not righteous; whereas in His incarnation there was a
1348 human nature, but it was righteous, and not sinful. This
1349 is the mediation whereby a hand is stretched to the lapsed
1350 and fallen; this is the seed "ordained by angels," by whose
1351 ministry the law also was given enjoining the worship of one
1352 God, and promising that this Mediator should come.
1353 25. *That all the saints, both under the law and before it, were justified by faith
1354 in the mystery of Christ's incarnation.*
1355 It was by faith in this mystery, and godliness of life, that
1356 purification was attainable even by the saints of old, whether
1357 before the law was given to the Hebrews (for God and the
1358 angels were even then present as instructors), or in the periods
1359 under the law, although the promises of spiritual things, being
1360 presented in figure, seemed to be carnal, and hence the name
1361 of Old Testament. For it was then the prophets lived, by
1362 whom, as by angels, the same promise was announced; and
1363 among them was he whose grand and divine sentiment regarding
1364 the end and supreme good of man I have just now quoted,
1365 "It is good for me to cleave to God."[418] In this psalm the distinction
1366 between the Old and New Testaments is distinctly
1367 announced. For the Psalmist says, that when he saw that
1368 the carnal and earthly promises were abundantly enjoyed by
1369 the ungodly, his feet were almost gone, his steps had well-nigh
1370 slipped; and that it seemed to him as if he had served
1371 God in vain, when he saw that those who despised God increased
1372 in that prosperity which he looked for at God's hand.
1373 He says, too, that, in investigating this matter with the desire
1374 of understanding why it was so, he had laboured in vain,
1375 until he went into the sanctuary of God, and understood the
1376 end of those whom he had erroneously considered happy.
1377 Then he understood that they were cast down by that very
1378 thing, as he says, which they had made their boast, and that
1379 they had been consumed and perished for their iniquities;
1380 and that that whole fabric of temporal prosperity had become
1381 as a dream when one awaketh, and suddenly finds himself
1382 destitute of all the joys he had imaged in sleep. And, as
1383 in this earth or earthy city they seemed to themselves to be
1384 great, he says, "O Lord, in Thy city Thou wilt reduce their
1385 image to nothing." He also shows how beneficial it had
1386 been for him to seek even earthly blessings only from the
1387 one true God, in whose power are all things, for he says, "As
1388 a beast was I before Thee, and I am always with Thee." "As
1389 a beast," he says, meaning that he was stupid. For I ought
1390 to have sought from Thee such things as the ungodly could
1391 not enjoy as well as I, and not those things which I saw
1392 them enjoying in abundance, and hence concluded I was serving
1393 Thee in vain, because they who declined to serve Thee
1394 had what I had not. Nevertheless, "I am always with Thee,"
1395 because even in my desire for such things I did not pray to
1396 other gods. And consequently he goes on, "Thou hast holden
1397 me by my right hand, and by Thy counsel Thou hast guided
1398 me, and with glory hast taken me up;" as if all earthly advantages
1399 were left-hand blessings, though, when he saw them
1400 enjoyed by the wicked, his feet had almost gone. "For what,"
1401 he says, "have I in heaven, and what have I desired from
1402 Thee upon earth?" He blames himself, and is justly displeased
1403 with himself; because, though he had in heaven so
1404 vast a possession (as he afterwards understood), he yet sought
1405 from his God on earth a transitory and fleeting happiness,—a
1406 happiness of mire, we may say. "My heart and my flesh," he
1407 says, "fail, O God of my heart." Happy failure, from things
1408 below to things above! And hence in another psalm he
1409 says, "My soul longeth, yea, even faileth, for the courts of the
1410 Lord."[419] Yet, though he had said of both his heart and his
1411 flesh that they were failing, he did not say, O God of my
1412 heart and my flesh, but, O God of my heart; for by the
1413 heart the flesh is made clean. Therefore, says the Lord,
1414 "Cleanse that which is within, and the outside shall be clean
1415 also."[420] He then says that God Himself,—not anything
1416 received from Him, but Himself,—is his portion. "The God
1417 of my heart, and my portion for ever." Among the various
1418 objects of human choice, God alone satisfied him. "For, lo,"
1419 he says, "they that are far from Thee shall perish: Thou destroyest
1420 all them that go a-whoring from Thee,"—that is, who
1421 prostitute themselves to many gods. And then follows the
1422 verse for which all the rest of the psalm seems to prepare:
1423 "It is good for me to cleave to God,"—not to go far off; not
1424 to go a-whoring with a multitude of gods. And then shall
1425 this union with God be perfected, when all that is to be redeemed
1426 in us has been redeemed. But for the present we
1427 must, as he goes on to say, "place our hope in God." "For
1428 that which is seen," says the apostle, "is not hope. For what
1429 a man sees, why does he yet hope for? But if we hope for
1430 that we see not, then do we with patience wait for it."[421]
1431 Being, then, for the present established in this hope, let us do
1432 what the Psalmist further indicates, and become in our measure
1433 angels or messengers of God, declaring His will, and
1434 praising His glory and His grace. For when he had said,
1435 "To place my hope in God," he goes on, "that I may declare
1436 all Thy praises in the gates of the daughter of Zion." This
1437 is the most glorious city of God; this is the city which knows
1438 and worships one God: she is celebrated by the holy angels,
1439 who invite us to their society, and desire us to become fellow-citizens
1440 with them in this city; for they do not wish us to
1441 worship them as our gods, but to join them in worshipping
1442 their God and ours; nor to sacrifice to them, but, together with
1443 them, to become a sacrifice to God. Accordingly, whoever
1444 will lay aside malignant obstinacy, and consider these things,
1445 shall be assured that all these blessed and immortal spirits,
1446 who do not envy us (for if they envied they were not blessed),
1447 but rather love us, and desire us to be as blessed as themselves,
1448 look on us with greater pleasure, and give us greater
1449 assistance, when we join them in worshipping one God,
1450 Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, than if we were to offer to
1451 themselves sacrifice and worship.
1452 26. *Of Porphyry's weakness in wavering between the confession of the true God
1453 and the worship of demons.*
1454 I know not how it is so, but it seems to me that Porphyry
1455 blushed for his friends the theurgists; for he knew all that
1456 I have adduced, but did not frankly condemn polytheistic
1457 worship. He said, in fact, that there are some angels who
1458 visit earth, and reveal divine truth to theurgists, and others
1459 who publish on earth the things that belong to the Father,
1460 His height and depth. Can we believe, then, that the angels
1461 whose office it is to declare the will of the Father, wish us to
1462 be subject to any but Him whose will they declare? And
1463 hence, even this Platonist himself judiciously observes that we
1464 should rather imitate than invoke them. We ought not, then,
1465 to fear that we may offend these immortal and happy subjects
1466 of the one God by not sacrificing to them; for this they
1467 know to be due only to the one true God, in allegiance to
1468 whom they themselves find their blessedness, and therefore
1469 they will not have it given to them, either in figure or in the
1470 reality, which the mysteries of sacrifice symbolized. Such
1471 arrogance belongs to proud and wretched demons, whose disposition
1472 is diametrically opposite to the piety of those who are
1473 subject to God, and whose blessedness consists in attachment
1474 to Him. And, that we also may attain to this bliss, they aid
1475 us, as is fit, with sincere kindliness, and usurp over us no
1476 dominion, but declare to us Him under whose rule we are then
1477 fellow-subjects. Why, then, O philosopher, do you still fear
1478 to speak freely against the powers which are inimical both to
1479 true virtue and to the gifts of the true God? Already you
1480 have discriminated between the angels who proclaim God's
1481 will, and those who visit theurgists, drawn down by I know
1482 not what art. Why do you still ascribe to these latter the
1483 honour of declaring divine truth? If they do not declare the
1484 will of the Father, what divine revelations can they make?
1485 Are not these the evil spirits who were bound over by the
1486 incantations of an envious man,[422] that they should not grant
1487 purity of soul to another, and could not, as you say, be set
1488 free from these bonds by a good man anxious for purity, and
1489 recover power over their own actions? Do you still doubt
1490 whether these are wicked demons; or do you, perhaps, feign
1491 ignorance, that you may not give offence to the theurgists, who
1492 have allured you by their secret rites, and have taught you,
1493 as a mighty boon, these insane and pernicious devilries? Do
1494 you dare to elevate above the air, and even to heaven, these
1495 envious powers, or pests, let me rather call them, less worthy
1496 of the name of sovereign than of slaves, as you yourself own;
1497 and are you not ashamed to place them even among your
1498 sidereal gods, and so put a slight upon the stars themselves?
1499 27. *Of the impiety of Porphyry, which is worse than even the mistake of
1500 Apuleius.*
1501 How much more tolerable and accordant with human feeling
1502 is the error of your Platonist co-sectary Apuleius! for he
1503 attributed the diseases and storms of human passions only
1504 to the demons who occupy a grade beneath the moon, and
1505 makes even this avowal as by constraint regarding gods whom
1506 he honours; but the superior and celestial gods, who inhabit
1507 the ethereal regions, whether visible, as the sun, moon, and
1508 other luminaries, whose brilliancy makes them conspicuous, or
1509 invisible, but believed in by him, he does his utmost to remove
1510 beyond the slightest stain of these perturbations. It is
1511 not, then, from Plato, but from your Chaldæan teachers you
1512 have learned to elevate human vices to the ethereal and empyreal
1513 regions of the world and to the celestial firmament,
1514 in order that your theurgists might be able to obtain from
1515 your gods divine revelations; and yet you make yourself
1516 superior to these divine revelations by your intellectual life,
1517 which dispenses with these theurgic purifications as not
1518 needed by a philosopher. But, by way of rewarding your
1519 teachers, you recommend these arts to other men, who, not
1520 being philosophers, may be persuaded to use what you acknowledge
1521 to be useless to yourself, who are capable of higher
1522 things; so that those who cannot avail themselves of the
1523 virtue of philosophy, which is too arduous for the multitude,
1524 may, at your instigation, betake themselves to theurgists by
1525 whom they may be purified, not, indeed, in the intellectual, but
1526 in the spiritual part of the soul. Now, as the persons who are
1527 unfit for philosophy form incomparably the majority of mankind,
1528 more may be compelled to consult these secret and illicit
1529 teachers of yours than frequent the Platonic schools. For
1530 these most impure demons, pretending to be ethereal gods,
1531 whose herald and messenger you have become, have promised
1532 that those who are purified by theurgy in the spiritual part of
1533 their soul shall not indeed return to the Father, but shall
1534 dwell among the ethereal gods above the aerial regions. But
1535 such fancies are not listened to by the multitudes of men
1536 whom Christ came to set free from the tyranny of demons.
1537 For in Him they have the most gracious cleansing, in which
1538 mind, spirit, and body alike participate. For, in order that
1539 He might heal the whole man from the plague of sin, He
1540 took without sin the whole human nature. Would that you
1541 had known Him, and would that you had committed yourself
1542 for healing to Him rather than to your own frail and infirm
1543 human virtue, or to pernicious and curious arts! He would
1544 not have deceived you; for Him your own oracles, on your
1545 own showing, acknowledged holy and immortal. It is of Him,
1546 too, that the most famous poet speaks, poetically indeed, since
1547 he applies it to the person of another, yet truly, if you refer it
1548 to Christ, saying, "Under thine auspices, if any traces of our
1549 crimes remain, they shall be obliterated, and earth freed from
1550 its perpetual fear."[423] By which he indicates that, by reason of
1551 the infirmity which attaches to this life, the greatest progress in
1552 virtue and righteousness leaves room for the existence, if not
1553 of crimes, yet of the traces of crimes, which are obliterated only
1554 by that Saviour of whom this verse speaks. For that he
1555 did not say this at the prompting of his own fancy, Virgil tells
1556 us in almost the last verse of that 4th Eclogue, when he
1557 says, "The last age predicted by the Cumæan sibyl has now
1558 arrived;" whence it plainly appears that this had been dictated
1559 by the Cumæan sibyl. But those theurgists, or rather
1560 demons, who assume the appearance and form of gods, pollute
1561 rather than purify the human spirit by false appearances and
1562 the delusive mockery of unsubstantial forms. How can those
1563 whose own spirit is unclean cleanse the spirit of man? Were
1564 they not unclean, they would not be bound by the incantations
1565 of an envious man, and would neither be afraid nor grudge
1566 to bestow that hollow boon which they promise. But it is
1567 sufficient for our purpose that you acknowledge that the intellectual
1568 soul, that is, our mind, cannot be justified by
1569 theurgy; and that even the spiritual or inferior part of our
1570 soul cannot by this act be made eternal and immortal, though
1571 you maintain that it can be purified by it. Christ, however,
1572 promises life eternal; and therefore to Him the world flocks,
1573 greatly to your indignation, greatly also to your astonishment
1574 and confusion. What avails your forced avowal that theurgy
1575 leads men astray, and deceives vast numbers by its ignorant
1576 and foolish teaching, and that it is the most manifest mistake
1577 to have recourse by prayer and sacrifice to angels and principalities,
1578 when at the same time, to save yourself from the
1579 charge of spending labour in vain on such arts, you direct
1580 men to the theurgists, that by their means men, who do not
1581 live by the rule of the intellectual soul, may have their spiritual
1582 soul purified?
1583 28. *How it is that Porphyry has been so blind as not to recognise the true
1584 wisdom—Christ.*
1585 You drive men, therefore, into the most palpable error. And
1586 yet you are not ashamed of doing so much harm, though
1587 you call yourself a lover of virtue and wisdom. Had you
1588 been true and faithful in this profession, you would have recognised
1589 Christ, the virtue of God and the wisdom of God,
1590 and would not, in the pride of vain science, have revolted from
1591 His wholesome humility. Nevertheless you acknowledge that
1592 the spiritual part of the soul can be purified by the virtue of
1593 chastity without the aid of those theurgic arts and mysteries
1594 which you wasted your time in learning. You even say,
1595 sometimes, that these mysteries do not raise the soul after
1596 death, so that, after the termination of this life, they seem to be
1597 of no service even to the part you call spiritual; and yet you
1598 recur on every opportunity to these arts, for no other purpose,
1599 so far as I see, than to appear an accomplished theurgist, and
1600 gratify those who are curious in illicit arts, or else to inspire
1601 others with the same curiosity. But we give you all praise
1602 for saying that this art is to be feared, both on account of the
1603 legal enactments against it, and by reason of the danger involved
1604 in the very practice of it. And would that in this,
1605 at least, you were listened to by its wretched votaries, that
1606 they might be withdrawn from entire absorption in it, or might
1607 even be preserved from tampering with it at all! You say,
1608 indeed, that ignorance, and the numberless vices resulting from
1609 it, cannot be removed by any mysteries, but only by the πατρικὸς
1610 νοῦς, that is, the Father's mind or intellect conscious of
1611 the Father's will. But that Christ is this mind you do not
1612 believe; for Him you despise on account of the body He took
1613 of a woman and the shame of the cross; for your lofty wisdom
1614 spurns such low and contemptible things, and soars to more
1615 exalted regions. But He fulfils what the holy prophets truly
1616 predicted regarding Him: "I will destroy the wisdom of the
1617 wise, and bring to nought the prudence of the prudent."[424]
1618 For He does not destroy and bring to nought His own gift in
1619 them, but what they arrogate to themselves, and do not hold
1620 of Him. And hence the apostle, having quoted this testimony
1621 from the prophet, adds, "Where is the wise? where is the
1622 scribe? where is the disputer of this world? Hath not God
1623 made foolish the wisdom of this world? For after that, in
1624 the wisdom of God, the world by wisdom knew not God, it
1625 pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that
1626 believe. For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek
1627 after wisdom; but we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews
1628 a stumbling-block, and unto the Greeks foolishness; but unto
1629 them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the
1630 power of God, and the wisdom of God. Because the foolishness
1631 of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is
1632 stronger than men."[425] This is despised as a weak and foolish
1633 thing by those who are wise and strong in themselves; yet
1634 this is the grace which heals the weak, who do not proudly
1635 boast a blessedness of their own, but rather humbly acknowledge
1636 their real misery.
1637 29. *Of the incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ, which the Platonists
1638 in their impiety blush to acknowledge.*
1639 You proclaim the Father and His Son, whom you call the
1640 Father's intellect or mind, and between these a third, by whom
1641 we suppose you mean the Holy Spirit, and in your own fashion
1642 you call these three Gods. In this, though your expressions
1643 are inaccurate, you do in some sort, and as through a veil, see
1644 what we should strive towards; but the incarnation of the
1645 unchangeable Son of God, whereby we are saved, and are
1646 enabled to reach the things we believe, or in part understand,
1647 this is what you refuse to recognise. You see in a fashion,
1648 although at a distance, although with filmy eye, the country
1649 in which we should abide; but the way to it you know not.
1650 Yet you believe in grace, for you say it is granted to few to
1651 reach God by virtue of intelligence. For you do not say, "Few
1652 have thought fit or have wished," but, "It has been granted
1653 to few,"—distinctly acknowledging God's grace, not man's
1654 sufficiency. You also use this word more expressly, when, in
1655 accordance with the opinion of Plato, you make no doubt that
1656 in this life a man cannot by any means attain to perfect
1657 wisdom, but that whatever is lacking is in the future life
1658 made up to those who live intellectually, by God's providence
1659 and grace. Oh, had you but recognised the grace of God in
1660 Jesus Christ our Lord, and that very incarnation of His,
1661 wherein He assumed a human soul and body, you might
1662 have seemed the brightest example of grace![426] But what am
1663 I doing? I know it is useless to speak to a dead man,—useless,
1664 at least, so far as regards you, but perhaps not in
1665 vain for those who esteem you highly, and love you on
1666 account of their love of wisdom or curiosity about those arts
1667 which you ought not to have learned; and these persons I
1668 address in your name. The grace of God could not have
1669 been more graciously commended to us than thus, that the
1670 only Son of God, remaining unchangeable in Himself, should
1671 assume humanity, and should give us the hope of His love,
1672 by means of the mediation of a human nature, through which
1673 we, from the condition of men, might come to Him who was so
1674 far off,—the immortal from the mortal; the unchangeable from
1675 the changeable; the just from the unjust; the blessed from
1676 the wretched. And, as He had given us a natural instinct to
1677 desire blessedness and immortality, He Himself continuing
1678 to be blessed, but assuming mortality, by enduring what we
1679 fear, taught us to despise it, that what we long for He might
1680 bestow upon us.
1681 But in order to your acquiescence in this truth, it is lowliness
1682 that is requisite, and to this it is extremely difficult to bend
1683 you. For what is there incredible, especially to men like you,
1684 accustomed to speculation, which might have predisposed you
1685 to believe in this,—what is there incredible, I say, in the
1686 assertion that God assumed a human soul and body? You
1687 yourselves ascribe such excellence to the intellectual soul,
1688 which is, after all, the human soul, that you maintain that it
1689 can become consubstantial with that intelligence of the Father
1690 whom you believe in as the Son of God. What incredible
1691 thing is it, then, if some one soul be assumed by Him in an
1692 ineffable and unique manner for the salvation of many?
1693 Moreover, our nature itself testifies that a man is incomplete
1694 unless a body be united with the soul. This certainly would
1695 be more incredible, were it not of all things the most common;
1696 for we should more easily believe in a union between spirit
1697 and spirit, or, to use your own terminology, between the
1698 incorporeal and the incorporeal, even though the one were
1699 human, the other divine, the one changeable and the other
1700 unchangeable, than in a union between the corporeal and the
1701 incorporeal. But perhaps it is the unprecedented birth of a
1702 body from a virgin that staggers you? But, so far from this
1703 being a difficulty, it ought rather to assist you to receive our
1704 religion, that a miraculous person was born miraculously. Or,
1705 do you find a difficulty in the fact that, after His body had
1706 been given up to death, and had been changed into a higher
1707 kind of body by resurrection, and was now no longer mortal
1708 but incorruptible, He carried it up into heavenly places?
1709 Perhaps you refuse to believe this, because you remember that
1710 Porphyry, in these very books from which I have cited so
1711 much, and which treat of the return of the soul, so frequently
1712 teaches that a body of every kind is to be escaped from, in
1713 order that the soul may dwell in blessedness with God. But
1714 here, in place of following Porphyry, you ought rather to have
1715 corrected him, especially since you agree with him in believing
1716 such incredible things about the soul of this visible world and
1717 huge material frame. For, as scholars of Plato, you hold that
1718 the world is an animal, and a very happy animal, which you
1719 wish to be also everlasting. How, then, is it never to be loosed
1720 from a body, and yet never lose its happiness, if, in order to
1721 the happiness of the soul, the body must be left behind? The
1722 sun, too, and the other stars, you not only acknowledge to be
1723 bodies, in which you have the cordial assent of all seeing men,
1724 but also, in obedience to what you reckon a profounder insight,
1725 you declare that they are very blessed animals, and eternal,
1726 together with their bodies. Why is it, then, that when the
1727 Christian faith is pressed upon you, you forget, or pretend to
1728 ignore, what you habitually discuss or teach? Why is it that
1729 you refuse to be Christians, on the ground that you hold
1730 opinions which, in fact, you yourselves demolish? Is it not
1731 because Christ came in lowliness, and ye are proud? The
1732 precise nature of the resurrection bodies of the saints may
1733 sometimes occasion discussion among those who are best read
1734 in the Christian Scriptures; yet there is not among us the
1735 smallest doubt that they shall be everlasting, and of a nature
1736 exemplified in the instance of Christ's risen body. But whatever
1737 be their nature, since we maintain that they shall be
1738 absolutely incorruptible and immortal, and shall offer no
1739 hindrance to the soul's contemplation by which it is fixed
1740 in God, and as you say that among the celestials the bodies
1741 of the eternally blessed are eternal, why do you maintain that,
1742 in order to blessedness, every body must be escaped from?
1743 Why do you thus seek such a plausible reason for escaping
1744 from the Christian faith, if not because, as I again say, Christ
1745 is humble and ye proud? Are ye ashamed to be corrected?
1746 This is the vice of the proud. It is, forsooth, a degradation
1747 for learned men to pass from the school of Plato to the discipleship
1748 of Christ, who by His Spirit taught a fisherman to think
1749 and to say, "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word
1750 was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the
1751 beginning with God. All things were made by Him; and
1752 without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him
1753 was life; and the life was the light of men. And the light
1754 shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not."[427]
1755 The old saint Simplicianus, afterwards bishop of Milan, used to
1756 tell me that a certain Platonist was in the habit of saying that
1757 this opening passage of the holy gospel, entitled "According
1758 to John," should be written in letters of gold, and hung up in
1759 all churches in the most conspicuous place. But the proud
1760 scorn to take God for their Master, because "the Word was
1761 made flesh and dwelt among us."[428] So that, with these miserable
1762 creatures, it is not enough that they are sick, but they boast
1763 of their sickness, and are ashamed of the medicine which could
1764 heal them. And, doing so, they secure not elevation, but a more
1765 disastrous fall.
1766 30. *Porphyry's emendations and modifications of Platonism.*
1767 If it is considered unseemly to emend anything which Plato
1768 has touched, why did Porphyry himself make emendations,
1769 and these not a few? for it is very certain that Plato wrote
1770 that the souls of men return after death to the bodies of
1771 beasts.[429] Plotinus also, Porphyry's teacher, held this opinion;[430]
1772 yet Porphyry justly rejected it. He was of opinion that
1773 human souls return indeed into human bodies, but not into
1774 the bodies they had left, but other new bodies. He shrank
1775 from the other opinion, lest a woman who had returned into
1776 a mule might possibly carry her own son on her back. He
1777 did not shrink, however, from a theory which admitted the
1778 possibility of a mother coming back into a girl and marrying
1779 her own son. How much more honourable a creed is that
1780 which was taught by the holy and truthful angels, uttered by
1781 the prophets who were moved by God's Spirit, preached by
1782 Him who was foretold as the coming Saviour by His forerunning
1783 heralds, and by the apostles whom He sent forth,
1784 and who filled the whole world with the gospel,—how much
1785 more honourable, I say, is the belief that souls return once
1786 for all to their own bodies, than that they return again and
1787 again to divers bodies? Nevertheless Porphyry, as I have
1788 said, did considerably improve upon this opinion, in so far, at
1789 least, as he maintained that human souls could transmigrate
1790 only into human bodies, and made no scruple about demolishing
1791 the bestial prisons into which Plato had wished to cast
1792 them. He says, too, that God put the soul into the world
1793 that it might recognise the evils of matter, and return to the
1794 Father, and be for ever emancipated from the polluting contact
1795 of matter. And although here is some inappropriate
1796 thinking (for the soul is rather given to the body that it may
1797 do good; for it would not learn evil unless it did it), yet he
1798 corrects the opinion of other Platonists, and that on a point
1799 of no small importance, inasmuch as he avows that the soul,
1800 which is purged from all evil and received to the Father's
1801 presence, shall never again suffer the ills of this life. By
1802 this opinion he quite subverted the favourite Platonic dogma,
1803 that as dead men are made out of living ones, so living men
1804 are made out of dead ones; and he exploded the idea which
1805 Virgil seems to have adopted from Plato, that the purified
1806 souls which have been sent into the Elysian fields (the poetic
1807 name for the joys of the blessed) are summoned to the river
1808 Lethe, that is, to the oblivion of the past,
1809 "That earthward they may pass once more,
1810 Remembering not the things before,
1811 And with a blind propension yearn
1812 To fleshly bodies to return."[431]
1813 This found no favour with Porphyry, and very justly; for it
1814 is indeed foolish to believe that souls should desire to return
1815 from that life, which cannot be very blessed unless by the
1816 assurance of its permanence, and to come back into this life,
1817 and to the pollution of corruptible bodies, as if the result of
1818 perfect purification were only to make defilement desirable.
1819 For if perfect purification effects the oblivion of all evils, and
1820 the oblivion of evils creates a desire for a body in which the
1821 soul may again be entangled with evils, then the supreme
1822 felicity will be the cause of infelicity, and the perfection of
1823 wisdom the cause of foolishness, and the purest cleansing the
1824 cause of defilement. And, however long the blessedness of
1825 the soul last, it cannot be founded on truth, if, in order to be
1826 blessed, it must be deceived. For it cannot be blessed unless
1827 it be free from fear. But, to be free from fear, it must be
1828 under the *false* impression that it shall be always blessed,—the
1829 false impression, for it is destined to be also at some time
1830 miserable. How, then, shall the soul rejoice in truth, whose
1831 joy is founded on falsehood? Porphyry saw this, and therefore
1832 said that the purified soul returns to the Father, that it
1833 may never more be entangled in the polluting contact with
1834 evil. The opinion, therefore, of some Platonists, that there is
1835 a necessary revolution carrying souls away and bringing them
1836 round again to the same things, is false. But, were it true,
1837 what were the advantage of knowing it? Would the Platonists
1838 presume to allege their superiority to us, because we
1839 were in this life ignorant of what they themselves were doomed
1840 to be ignorant of when perfected in purity and wisdom in
1841 another and better life, and which they must be ignorant of
1842 if they are to be blessed? If it were most absurd and foolish
1843 to say so, then certainly we must prefer Porphyry's opinion
1844 to the idea of a circulation of souls through constantly alternating
1845 happiness and misery. And if this is just, here is a
1846 Platonist emending Plato, here is a man who saw what Plato
1847 did not see, and who did not shrink from correcting so illustrious
1848 a master, but preferred truth to Plato.
1849 31. *Against the arguments on which the Platonists ground their assertion that
1850 the human soul is co-eternal with God.*
1851 Why, then, do we not rather believe the divinity in those
1852 matters, which human talent cannot fathom? Why do we
1853 not credit the assertion of divinity, that the soul is not co-eternal
1854 with God, but is created, and once was not? For the
1855 Platonists seemed to themselves to allege an adequate reason
1856 for their rejection of this doctrine, when they affirmed that
1857 nothing could be everlasting which had not always existed.
1858 Plato, however, in writing concerning the world and the gods
1859 in it, whom the Supreme made, most expressly states that
1860 they had a beginning and yet would have no end, but, by the
1861 sovereign will of the Creator, would endure eternally. But,
1862 by way of interpreting this, the Platonists have discovered
1863 that he meant a beginning, not of time, but of cause. "For
1864 as if a foot," they say, "had been always from eternity in
1865 dust, there would always have been a print underneath it;
1866 and yet no one would doubt that this print was made by the
1867 pressure of the foot, nor that, though the one was made by
1868 the other, neither was prior to the other; so," they say, "the
1869 world and the gods created in it have always been, their
1870 Creator always existing, and yet they were made." If, then,
1871 the soul has always existed, are we to say that its wretchedness
1872 has always existed? For if there is something in it
1873 which was not from eternity, but began in time, why is it
1874 impossible that the soul itself, though not previously existing,
1875 should begin to be in time? Its blessedness, too, which, as
1876 he owns, is to be more stable, and indeed endless, after the
1877 soul's experience of evils,—this undoubtedly has a beginning
1878 in time, and yet is to be always, though previously it had no
1879 existence. This whole argumentation, therefore, to establish
1880 that nothing can be endless except that which has had no
1881 beginning, falls to the ground. For here we find the blessedness
1882 of the soul, which has a beginning, and yet has no end.
1883 And, therefore, let the incapacity of man give place to the
1884 authority of God; and let us take our belief regarding the
1885 true religion from the ever-blessed spirits, who do not seek for
1886 themselves that honour which they know to be due to their
1887 God and ours, and who do not command us to sacrifice save
1888 only to Him, whose sacrifice, as I have often said already,
1889 and must often say again, we and they ought together to be,
1890 offered through that Priest who offered Himself to death a
1891 sacrifice for us, in that human nature which He assumed, and
1892 according to which He desired to be our Priest.
1893 >
1894 >
1895 >
1896 32. *Of the universal way of the soul's deliverance, which Porphyry did not find
1897 > because he did not rightly seek it, and which the grace of Christ has alone
1898 > thrown open.*
1899 This is the religion which possesses the universal way for
1900 delivering the soul; for, except by this way, none can be
1901 delivered. This is a kind of royal way, which alone leads to
1902 a kingdom which does not totter like all temporal dignities,
1903 but stands firm on eternal foundations. And when Porphyry
1904 says, towards the end of the first book *De Regressu Animæ*,
1905 that no system of doctrine which furnishes the universal way
1906 for delivering the soul has as yet been received, either from
1907 the truest philosophy, or from the ideas and practices of the
1908 Indians, or from the reasoning[432] of the Chaldæans, or from any
1909 source whatever, and that no historical reading had made
1910 him acquainted with that way, he manifestly acknowledges
1911 that there is such a way, but that as yet he was not acquainted
1912 with it. Nothing of all that he had so laboriously learned
1913 concerning the deliverance of the soul, nothing of all that he
1914 seemed to others, if not to himself, to know and believe, satisfied
1915 him. For he perceived that there was still wanting a
1916 commanding authority which it might be right to follow in a
1917 matter of such importance. And when he says that he had
1918 not learned from any truest philosophy a system which possessed
1919 the universal way of the soul's deliverance, he shows
1920 plainly enough, as it seems to me, either that the philosophy
1921 of which he was a disciple was not the truest, or that it did
1922 not comprehend such a way. And how can that be the truest
1923 philosophy which does not possess this way? For what else
1924 is the universal way of the soul's deliverance than that by
1925 which all souls universally are delivered, and without which,
1926 therefore, no soul is delivered? And when he says, in addition,
1927 "or from the ideas and practices of the Indians, or from
1928 the reasoning of the Chaldæans, or from any source whatever,"
1929 he declares in the most unequivocal language that this universal
1930 way of the soul's deliverance was not embraced in what
1931 he had learned either from the Indians or the Chaldæans; and
1932 yet he could not forbear stating that it was from the Chaldæans
1933 he had derived these divine oracles of which he makes such
1934 frequent mention. What, therefore, does he mean by this
1935 universal way of the soul's deliverance, which had not yet
1936 been made known by any truest philosophy, or by the doctrinal
1937 systems of those nations which were considered to have
1938 great insight in things divine, because they indulged more
1939 freely in a curious and fanciful science and worship of angels?
1940 What is this universal way of which he acknowledges his
1941 ignorance, if not a way which does not belong to one nation
1942 as its special property, but is common to all, and divinely
1943 bestowed? Porphyry, a man of no mediocre abilities, does
1944 not question that such a way exists; for he believes that
1945 Divine Providence could not have left men destitute of this
1946 universal way of delivering the soul. For he does not say
1947 that this way does not exist, but that this great boon and
1948 assistance has not yet been discovered, and has not come to
1949 his knowledge. And no wonder; for Porphyry lived in an age
1950 when this universal way of the soul's deliverance,—in other
1951 words, the Christian religion,—was exposed to the persecutions
1952 of idolaters and demon-worshippers, and earthly rulers,[433] that
1953 the number of martyrs or witnesses for the truth might be
1954 completed and consecrated, and that by them proof might be
1955 given that we must endure all bodily sufferings in the cause
1956 of the holy faith, and for the commendation of the truth.
1957 Porphyry, being a witness of these persecutions, concluded
1958 that this way was destined to a speedy extinction, and that it,
1959 therefore, was not the universal way of the soul's deliverance,
1960 and did not see that the very thing that thus moved him, and
1961 deterred him from becoming a Christian, contributed to the
1962 confirmation and more effectual commendation of our religion.
1963 This, then, is the universal way of the soul's deliverance,
1964 the way that is granted by the divine compassion to the
1965 nations universally. And no nation to which the knowledge
1966 of it has already come, or may hereafter come, ought to
1967 demand, Why so soon? or, Why so late?—for the design of
1968 Him who sends it is impenetrable by human capacity. This
1969 was felt by Porphyry when he confined himself to saying that
1970 this gift of God was not yet received, and had not yet come
1971 to his knowledge. For, though this was so, he did not on
1972 that account pronounce that the way itself had no existence.
1973 This, I say, is the universal way for the deliverance
1974 of believers, concerning which the faithful Abraham received
1975 the divine assurance, "In thy seed shall all nations be
1976 blessed."[434] He, indeed, was by birth a Chaldæan; but, that
1977 he might receive these great promises, and that there might
1978 be propagated from him a seed "disposed by angels in the
1979 hand of a Mediator,"[435] in whom this universal way, thrown
1980 open to all nations for the deliverance of the soul, might be
1981 found, he was ordered to leave his country, and kindred, and
1982 father's house. Then was he himself, first of all, delivered
1983 from the Chaldæan superstitions, and by his obedience worshipped
1984 the one true God, whose promises he faithfully
1985 trusted. This is the universal way, of which it is said in
1986 holy prophecy, "God be merciful unto us, and bless us, and
1987 cause His face to shine upon us; that Thy way may be
1988 known upon earth, Thy saving health among all nations."[436]
1989 And hence, when our Saviour, so long after, had taken flesh
1990 of the seed of Abraham, He says of Himself, "I am the way,
1991 the truth, and the life."[437] This is the universal way, of which
1992 so long before it had been predicted, "And it shall come to
1993 pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord's house
1994 shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be
1995 exalted above the hills; and all nations shall flow unto it.
1996 And many people shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go
1997 up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of
1998 Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk
1999 in His paths: for out of Sion shall go forth the law, and the
2000 word of the Lord from Jerusalem."[438] This way, therefore, is not
2001 the property of one, but of all nations. The law and the word
2002 of the Lord did not remain in Zion and Jerusalem, but issued
2003 thence to be universally diffused. And therefore the Mediator
2004 Himself, after His resurrection, says to His alarmed disciples,
2005 "These are the words which I spake unto you while I was yet
2006 with you, that all things must be fulfilled which were written
2007 in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms,
2008 concerning me. Then opened He their understandings that
2009 they might understand the Scriptures, and said unto them,
2010 Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and
2011 to rise from the dead the third day: and that repentance and
2012 remission of sins should be preached in His name among all
2013 nations, beginning at Jerusalem."[439] This is the universal way
2014 of the soul's deliverance, which the holy angels and the holy
2015 prophets formerly disclosed where they could among the few
2016 men who found the grace of God, and especially in the Hebrew
2017 nation, whose commonwealth was, as it were, consecrated to
2018 prefigure and fore-announce the city of God which was to be
2019 gathered from all nations, by their tabernacle, and temple, and
2020 priesthood, and sacrifices. In some explicit statements, and
2021 in many obscure foreshadowings, this way was declared; but
2022 latterly came the Mediator Himself in the flesh, and His
2023 blessed apostles, revealing how the grace of the New Testament
2024 more openly explained what had been obscurely hinted
2025 to preceding generations, in conformity with the relation of
2026 the ages of the human race, and as it pleased God in His
2027 wisdom to appoint, who also bore them witness with signs
2028 and miracles, some of which I have cited above. For not
2029 only were there visions of angels, and words heard from those
2030 heavenly ministrants, but also men of God, armed with the
2031 word of simple piety, cast out unclean spirits from the bodies
2032 and senses of men, and healed deformities and sicknesses;
2033 the wild beasts of earth and sea, the birds of air, inanimate
2034 things, the elements, the stars, obeyed their divine commands;
2035 the powers of hell gave way before them, the dead were restored
2036 to life. I say nothing of the miracles peculiar and
2037 proper to the Saviour's own person, especially the nativity
2038 and the resurrection; in the one of which He wrought only
2039 the mystery of a virgin maternity, while in the other He
2040 furnished an instance of the resurrection which all shall at
2041 last experience. This way purifies the whole man, and prepares
2042 the mortal in all his parts for immortality. For, to
2043 prevent us from seeking for one purgation for the part which
2044 Porphyry calls intellectual, and another for the part he calls
2045 spiritual, and another for the body itself, our most mighty
2046 and truthful Purifier and Saviour assumed the whole human
2047 nature. Except by this way, which has been present among
2048 men both during the period of the promises and of the proclamation
2049 of their fulfilment, no man has been delivered, no
2050 man is delivered, no man shall be delivered.
2051 As to Porphyry's statement that the universal way of the
2052 soul's deliverance had not yet come to his knowledge by any
2053 acquaintance he had with history, I would ask, what more
2054 remarkable history can be found than that which has taken
2055 possession of the whole world by its authoritative voice? or
2056 what more trustworthy than that which narrates past events,
2057 and predicts the future with equal clearness, and in the unfulfilled
2058 predictions of which we are constrained to believe by
2059 those that are already fulfilled? For neither Porphyry nor
2060 any Platonists can despise divination and prediction, even of
2061 things that pertain to this life and earthly matters, though
2062 they justly despise ordinary soothsaying and the divination
2063 that is connected with magical arts. They deny that these
2064 are the predictions of great men, or are to be considered
2065 important, and they are right; for they are founded, either
2066 on the foresight of subsidiary causes, as to a professional eye
2067 much of the course of a disease is foreseen by certain premonitory
2068 symptoms, or the unclean demons predict what
2069 they have resolved to do, that they may thus work upon the
2070 thoughts and desires of the wicked with an appearance of
2071 authority, and incline human frailty to imitate their impure
2072 actions. It is not such things that the saints who walk in
2073 the universal way care to predict as important, although, for
2074 the purpose of commending the faith, they knew and often
2075 predicted even such things as could not be detected by human
2076 observation, nor be readily verified by experience. But there
2077 were other truly important and divine events which they predicted,
2078 in so far as it was given them to know the will of
2079 God. For the incarnation of Christ, and all those important
2080 marvels that were accomplished in Him, and done in His
2081 name; the repentance of men and the conversion of their wills
2082 to God; the remission of sins, the grace of righteousness, the
2083 faith of the pious, and the multitudes in all parts of the world
2084 who believe in the true divinity; the overthrow of idolatry
2085 and demon worship, and the testing of the faithful by trials;
2086 the purification of those who persevered, and their deliverance
2087 from all evil; the day of judgment, the resurrection of the
2088 dead, the eternal damnation of the community of the ungodly,
2089 and the eternal kingdom of the most glorious city of God,
2090 ever-blessed in the enjoyment of the vision of God,—these
2091 things were predicted and promised in the Scriptures of this
2092 way; and of these we see so many fulfilled, that we justly
2093 and piously trust that the rest will also come to pass. As
2094 for those who do not believe, and consequently do not understand,
2095 that this is the way which leads straight to the vision
2096 of God and to eternal fellowship with Him, according to the
2097 true predictions and statements of the Holy Scriptures, they
2098 may storm at our position, but they cannot storm it.
2099 And therefore, in these ten books, though not meeting, I
2100 dare say, the expectation of some, yet I have, as the true God
2101 and Lord has vouchsafed to aid me, satisfied the desire of
2102 certain persons, by refuting the objections of the ungodly,
2103 who prefer their own gods to the Founder of the holy city,
2104 about which we undertook to speak. Of these ten books, the
2105 first five were directed against those who think we should
2106 worship the gods for the sake of the blessings of this life, and
2107 the second five against those who think we should worship
2108 them for the sake of the life which is to be after death. And
2109 now, in fulfilment of the promise I made in the first book, I
2110 shall go on to say, as God shall aid me, what I think needs
2111 to be said regarding the origin, history, and deserved ends of
2112 the two cities, which, as already remarked, are in this world
2113 commingled and implicated with one another.
BOOK XI
61 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
64 >
65 >
66 >
67 HERE BEGINS THE SECOND PART[440] OF THIS WORK, WHICH TREATS OF THE ORIGIN,
68 > HISTORY, AND DESTINIES OF THE TWO CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE
69 > HEAVENLY. IN THE FIRST PLACE, AUGUSTINE SHOWS IN THIS BOOK HOW
70 > THE TWO CITIES WERE FORMED ORIGINALLY, BY THE SEPARATION OF THE
71 > GOOD AND BAD ANGELS; AND TAKES OCCASION TO TREAT OF THE CREATION
72 > OF THE WORLD, AS IT IS DESCRIBED IN HOLY SCRIPTURE IN THE BEGINNING
73 > OF THE BOOK OF GENESIS.
74 1. *Of this part of the work, wherein we begin to explain the origin and end
75 of the two cities.*
76 The city of God we speak of is the same to which testimony
77 is borne by that Scripture, which excels all the
78 writings of all nations by its divine authority, and has brought
79 under its influence all kinds of minds, and this not by a
80 casual intellectual movement, but obviously by an express
81 providential arrangement. For there it is written, "Glorious
82 things are spoken of thee, O city of God."[441] And in another
83 psalm we read, "Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised in
84 the city of our God, in the mountain of His holiness, increasing
85 the joy of the whole earth."[442] And, a little after, in the
86 same psalm, "As we have heard, so have we seen in the city
87 of the Lord of hosts, in the city of our God. God has established
88 it for ever." And in another, "There is a river the
89 streams whereof shall make glad the city of our God, the holy
90 place of the tabernacles of the Most High. God is in the
91 midst of her, she shall not be moved."[443] From these and
92 similar testimonies, all of which it were tedious to cite, we
93 have learned that there is a city of God, and its Founder has
94 inspired us with a love which makes us covet its citizenship.
95 To this Founder of the holy city the citizens of the earthly
96 city prefer their own gods, not knowing that He is the God
97 of gods, not of false, *i.e.* of impious and proud gods, who,
98 being deprived of His unchangeable and freely communicated
99 light, and so reduced to a kind of poverty-stricken power,
100 eagerly grasp at their own private privileges, and seek divine
101 honours from their deluded subjects; but of the pious and
102 holy gods, who are better pleased to submit themselves to one,
103 than to subject many to themselves, and who would rather
104 worship God than be worshipped as God. But to the enemies
105 of this city we have replied in the ten preceding books, according
106 to our ability and the help afforded by our Lord
107 and King. Now, recognising what is expected of me, and
108 not unmindful of my promise, and relying, too, on the same
109 succour, I will endeavour to treat of the origin, and progress,
110 and deserved destinies of the two cities (the earthly and the
111 heavenly, to wit), which, as we said, are in this present world
112 commingled, and as it were entangled together. And, first, I
113 will explain how the foundations of these two cities were
114 originally laid, in the difference that arose among the angels.
115 2. *Of the knowledge of God, to which no man can attain save through the
116 Mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus.*
117 It is a great and very rare thing for a man, after he has
118 contemplated the whole creation, corporeal and incorporeal,
119 and has discerned its mutability, to pass beyond it, and, by
120 the continued soaring of his mind, to attain to the unchangeable
121 substance of God, and, in that height of contemplation, to
122 learn from God Himself that none but He has made all that
123 is not of the divine essence. For God speaks with a man
124 not by means of some audible creature dinning in his ears, so
125 that atmospheric vibrations connect Him that makes with
126 him that hears the sound, nor even by means of a spiritual
127 being with the semblance of a body, such as we see in dreams
128 or similar states; for even in this case He speaks as if to the
129 ears of the body, because it is by means of the semblance of
130 a body He speaks, and with the appearance of a real interval of
131 space,—for visions are exact representations of bodily objects.
132 Not by these, then, does God speak, but by the truth itself,
133 if any one is prepared to hear with the mind rather than with
134 the body. For He speaks to that part of man which is better
135 than all else that is in him, and than which God Himself
136 alone is better. For since man is most properly understood
137 (or, if that cannot be, then, at least, *believed*) to be made in
138 God's image, no doubt it is that part of him by which he
139 rises above those lower parts he has in common with the
140 beasts, which brings him nearer to the Supreme. But since
141 the mind itself, though naturally capable of reason and intelligence,
142 is disabled by besotting and inveterate vices not
143 merely from delighting and abiding in, but even from tolerating
144 His unchangeable light, until it has been gradually healed,
145 and renewed, and made capable of such felicity, it had, in
146 the first place, to be impregnated with faith, and so purified.
147 And that in this faith it might advance the more confidently
148 towards the truth, the truth itself, God, God's Son, assuming
149 humanity without destroying His divinity,[444] established and
150 founded this faith, that there might be a way for man to
151 man's God through a God-man. For this is the Mediator
152 between God and men, the man Christ Jesus. For it is as
153 man that He is the Mediator and the Way. Since, if the
154 way lieth between him who goes, and the place whither he
155 goes, there is hope of his reaching it; but if there be no way,
156 or if he know not where it is, what boots it to know whither
157 he should go? Now the only way that is infallibly secured
158 against all mistakes, is when the very same person is at once
159 God and man, God our end, man our way.[445]
160 3. *Of the authority of the canonical Scriptures composed by the Divine Spirit.*
161 This Mediator, having spoken what He judged sufficient,
162 first by the prophets, then by His own lips, and afterwards by
163 the apostles, has besides produced the Scripture which is called
164 canonical, which has paramount authority, and to which we
165 yield assent in all matters of which we ought not to be
166 ignorant, and yet cannot know of ourselves. For if we attain
167 the knowledge of present objects by the testimony of our own
168 senses,[446] whether internal or external, then, regarding objects
169 remote from our own senses, we need others to bring their
170 testimony, since we cannot know them by our own, and we
171 credit the persons to whom the objects have been or are
172 sensibly present. Accordingly, as in the case of visible objects
173 which we have not seen, we trust those who have, (and likewise
174 with all sensible objects,) so in the case of things which
175 are perceived[447] by the mind and spirit, *i.e.* which are remote
176 from our own interior sense, it behoves us to trust those who
177 have seen them set in that incorporeal light, or abidingly
178 contemplate them.
179 4. *That the world is neither without beginning, nor yet created by a new decree
180 of God, by which He afterwards willed what He had not before willed.*
181 Of all visible things, the world is the greatest; of all invisible,
182 the greatest is God. But, that the world is, we see;
183 that God is, we believe. That God made the world, we can
184 believe from no one more safely than from God Himself. But
185 where have we heard Him? Nowhere more distinctly than in
186 the Holy Scriptures, where His prophet said, "In the beginning
187 God created the heavens and the earth."[448] Was the prophet
188 present when God made the heavens and the earth? No;
189 but the wisdom of God, by whom all things were made, was
190 there,[449] and wisdom insinuates itself into holy souls, and makes
191 them the friends of God and His prophets, and noiselessly
192 informs them of His works. They are taught also by the
193 angels of God, who always behold the face of the Father,[450] and
194 announce His will to whom it befits. Of these prophets was
195 he who said and wrote, "In the beginning God created the
196 heavens and the earth." And so fit a witness was he of God,
197 that the same Spirit of God, who revealed these things to him,
198 enabled him also so long before to predict that our faith also
199 would be forthcoming.
200 But why did God choose then to create the heavens and
201 earth which up to that time He had not made?[451] If they
202 who put this question wish to make out that the world is
203 eternal and without beginning, and that consequently it has
204 not been made by God, they are strangely deceived, and rave
205 in the incurable madness of impiety. For, though the voices of
206 the prophets were silent, the world itself, by its well-ordered
207 changes and movements, and by the fair appearance of all
208 visible things, bears a testimony of its own, both that it has
209 been created, and also that it could not have been created save
210 by God, whose greatness and beauty are unutterable and invisible.
211 As for those[452] who own, indeed, that it was made by
212 God, and yet ascribe to it not a temporal but only a creational
213 beginning, so that in some scarcely intelligible way the world
214 should always have existed a created world, they make an
215 assertion which seems to them to defend God from the charge
216 of arbitrary hastiness, or of suddenly conceiving the idea of
217 creating the world as a quite new idea, or of casually changing
218 His will, though He be unchangeable. But I do not see
219 how this supposition of theirs can stand in other respects, and
220 chiefly in respect of the soul; for if they contend that it is
221 co-eternal with God, they will be quite at a loss to explain
222 whence there has accrued to it new misery, which through a
223 previous eternity had not existed. For if they said that its
224 happiness and misery ceaselessly alternate, they must say,
225 further, that this alternation will continue for ever; whence
226 will result this absurdity, that, though the soul is called
227 blessed, it is not so in this, that it foresees its own misery and
228 disgrace. And yet, if it does not foresee it, and supposes that
229 it will be neither disgraced nor wretched, but always blessed,
230 then it is blessed because it is deceived; and a more foolish
231 statement one cannot make. But if their idea is that the
232 soul's misery has alternated with its bliss during the ages of
233 the past eternity, but that now, when once the soul has been
234 set free, it will return henceforth no more to misery, they are
235 nevertheless of opinion that it has never been truly blessed
236 before, but begins at last to enjoy a new and uncertain happiness;
237 that is to say, they must acknowledge that some new
238 thing, and that an important and signal thing, happens to the
239 soul which never in a whole past eternity happened it before.
240 And if they deny that God's eternal purpose included this
241 new experience of the soul, they deny that He is the Author
242 of its blessedness, which is unspeakable impiety. If, on the
243 other hand, they say that the future blessedness of the soul is
244 the result of a new decree of God, how will they show that
245 God is not chargeable with that mutability which displeases
246 them? Further, if they acknowledge that it was created in
247 time, but will never perish in time,—that it has, like number,[453]
248 a beginning but no end,—and that, therefore, having once made
249 trial of misery, and been delivered from it, it will never again
250 return thereto, they will certainly admit that this takes place
251 without any violation of the immutable counsel of God. Let
252 them, then, in like manner believe regarding the world that it
253 too could be made in time, and yet that God, in making it,
254 did not alter His eternal design.
255 5. *That we ought not to seek to comprehend the infinite ages of time before
256 the world, nor the infinite realms of space.*
257 Next, we must see what reply can be made to those who
258 agree that God is the Creator of the world, but have difficulties
259 about the time of its creation, and what reply, also, they can
260 make to difficulties we might raise about the place of its
261 creation. For, as they demand why the world was created
262 then and no sooner, we may ask why it was created just here
263 where it is, and not elsewhere. For if they imagine infinite
264 spaces of time before the world, during which God could not
265 have been idle, in like manner they may conceive outside the
266 world infinite realms of space, in which, if any one says that
267 the Omnipotent cannot hold His hand from working, will it
268 not follow that they must adopt Epicurus' dream of innumerable
269 worlds? with this difference only, that he asserts that
270 they are formed and destroyed by the fortuitous movements
271 of atoms, while they will hold that they are made by God's
272 hand, if they maintain that, throughout the boundless immensity
273 of space, stretching interminably in every direction round the
274 world, God cannot rest, and that the worlds which they suppose
275 Him to make cannot be destroyed. For here the question
276 is with those who, with ourselves, believe that God is spiritual,
277 and the Creator of all existences but Himself. As for others,
278 it is a condescension to dispute with them on a religious
279 question, for they have acquired a reputation only among men
280 who pay divine honours to a number of gods, and have
281 become conspicuous among the other philosophers for no other
282 reason than that, though they are still far from the truth,
283 they are near it in comparison with the rest. While these,
284 then, neither confine in any place, nor limit, nor distribute the
285 divine substance, but, as is worthy of God, own it to be wholly
286 though spiritually present everywhere, will they perchance say
287 that this substance is absent from such immense spaces outside
288 the world, and is occupied in one only, (and that a very little
289 one compared with the infinity beyond,) the one, namely, in
290 which is the world? I think they will not proceed to this
291 absurdity. Since they maintain that there is but one world,
292 of vast material bulk, indeed, yet finite, and in its own determinate
293 position, and that this was made by the working of
294 God, let them give the same account of God's resting in the
295 infinite times before the world as they give of His resting in
296 the infinite spaces outside of it. And as it does not follow
297 that God set the world in the very spot it occupies and no
298 other by accident rather than by divine reason, although no
299 human reason can comprehend why it was so set, and though
300 there was no merit in the spot chosen to give it the precedence
301 of infinite others, so neither does it follow that we should
302 suppose that God was guided by chance when He created the
303 world in that and no earlier time, although previous times
304 had been running by during an infinite past, and though there
305 was no difference by which one time could be chosen in preference
306 to another. But if they say that the thoughts of
307 men are idle when they conceive infinite places, since there
308 is no place beside the world, we reply that, by the same
309 showing, it is vain to conceive of the past times of God's rest,
310 since there is no time before the world.
311 6. *That the world and time had both one beginning, and the one did not
312 anticipate the other.*
313 For if eternity and time are rightly distinguished by this,
314 that time does not exist without some movement and transition,
315 while in eternity there is no change, who does not see that
316 there could have been no time had not some creature been
317 made, which by some motion could give birth to change,—the
318 various parts of which motion and change, as they cannot be
319 simultaneous, succeed one another,—and thus, in these shorter
320 or longer intervals of duration, time would begin? Since
321 then, God, in whose eternity is no change at all, is the Creator
322 and Ordainer of time, I do not see how He can be said to
323 have created the world after spaces of time had elapsed, unless
324 it be said that prior to the world there was some creature by
325 whose movement time could pass. And if the sacred and
326 infallible Scriptures say that in the beginning God created
327 the heavens and the earth, in order that it may be understood
328 that He had made nothing previously,—for if He had made
329 anything before the rest, this thing would rather be said to
330 have been made "in the beginning,"—then assuredly the
331 world was made, not in time, but simultaneously with time.
332 For that which is made in time is made both after and before
333 some time,—after that which is past, before that which is
334 future. But none could then be past, for there was no creature
335 by whose movements its duration could be measured.
336 But simultaneously with time the world was made, if in the
337 world's creation change and motion were created, as seems
338 evident from the order of the first six or seven days. For in
339 these days the morning and evening are counted, until, on the
340 sixth day, all things which God then made were finished, and
341 on the seventh the rest of God was mysteriously and sublimely
342 signalized. What kind of days these were it is extremely
343 difficult, or perhaps impossible for us to conceive, and how
344 much more to say!
345 7. *Of the nature of the first days, which are said to have had morning
346 and evening, before there was a sun.*
347 We see, indeed, that our ordinary days have no evening but
348 by the setting, and no morning but by the rising, of the sun;
349 but the first three days of all were passed without sun, since
350 it is reported to have been made on the fourth day. And first
351 of all, indeed, light was made by the word of God, and God,
352 we read, separated it from the darkness, and called the light
353 Day, and the darkness Night; but what kind of light that was,
354 and by what periodic movement it made evening and morning,
355 is beyond the reach of our senses; neither can we understand
356 how it was, and yet must unhesitatingly believe it. For either
357 it was some material light, whether proceeding from the upper
358 parts of the world, far removed from our sight, or from the
359 spot where the sun was afterwards kindled; or under the
360 name of light the holy city was signified, composed of holy
361 angels and blessed spirits, the city of which the apostle says,
362 "Jerusalem which is above is our eternal mother in heaven;"[454]
363 and in another place, "For ye are all the children of the light,
364 and the children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of
365 darkness."[455] Yet in some respects we may appropriately speak
366 of a morning and evening of this day also. For the knowledge
367 of the creature is, in comparison of the knowledge of the
368 Creator, but a twilight; and so it dawns and breaks into
369 morning when the creature is drawn to the praise and love
370 of the Creator; and night never falls when the Creator is not
371 forsaken through love of the creature. In fine, Scripture,
372 when it would recount those days in order, never mentions
373 the word night. It never says, "Night was," but "The evening
374 and the morning were the first day." So of the second and
375 the rest. And, indeed, the knowledge of created things contemplated
376 by themselves is, so to speak, more colourless than
377 when they are seen in the wisdom of God, as in the art by
378 which they were made. Therefore evening is a more suitable
379 figure than night; and yet, as I said, morning returns when
380 the creature returns to the praise and love of the Creator.
381 When it does so in the knowledge of itself, that is the first
382 day; when in the knowledge of the firmament, which is the
383 name given to the sky between the waters above and those
384 beneath, that is the second day; when in the knowledge of
385 the earth, and the sea, and all things that grow out of the
386 earth, that is the third day; when in the knowledge of the
387 greater and less luminaries, and all the stars, that is the fourth
388 day; when in the knowledge of all animals that swim in the
389 waters and that fly in the air, that is the fifth day; when in
390 the knowledge of all animals that live on the earth, and of
391 man himself, that is the sixth day.[456]
392 8. *What we are to understand of God's resting on the seventh day, after
393 the six days' work.*
394 When it is said that God rested on the seventh day from
395 all His works, and hallowed it, we are not to conceive of this
396 in a childish fashion, as if work were a toil to God, who "spake
397 and it was done,"—spake by the spiritual and eternal, not
398 audible and transitory word. But God's rest signifies the
399 rest of those who rest in God, as the joy of a house means
400 the joy of those in the house who rejoice, though not the
401 house, but something else, causes the joy. How much more
402 intelligible is such phraseology, then, if the house itself, by its
403 own beauty, makes the inhabitants joyful! For in this case
404 we not only call it joyful by that figure of speech in which
405 the thing containing is used for the thing contained (as when
406 we say, "The theatres applaud," "The meadows low," meaning
407 that the men in the one applaud, and the oxen in the other
408 low), but also by that figure in which the cause is spoken of
409 as if it were the effect, as when a letter is said to be joyful,
410 because it makes its readers so. Most appropriately, therefore,
411 the sacred narrative states that God rested, meaning thereby
412 that those rest who are in Him, and whom He makes to rest.
413 And this the prophetic narrative promises also to the men to
414 whom it speaks, and for whom it was written, that they themselves,
415 after those good works which God does in and by
416 them, if they have managed by faith to get near to God in
417 this life, shall enjoy in Him eternal rest. This was prefigured
418 to the ancient people of God by the rest enjoined in
419 their sabbath law, of which, in its own place, I shall speak
420 more at large.
421 9. *What the Scriptures teach us to believe concerning the creation of
422 the angels.*
423 At present, since I have undertaken to treat of the origin
424 of the holy city, and first of the holy angels, who constitute
425 a large part of this city, and indeed the more blessed part,
426 since they have never been expatriated, I will give myself to
427 the task of explaining, by God's help, and as far as seems
428 suitable, the Scriptures which relate to this point. Where
429 Scripture speaks of the world's creation, it is not plainly said
430 whether or when the angels were created; but if mention of
431 them is made, it is implicitly under the name of "heaven,"
432 when it is said, "In the beginning God created the heavens
433 and the earth," or perhaps rather under the name of "light,"
434 of which presently. But that they were wholly omitted, I
435 am unable to believe, because it is written that God on the
436 seventh day rested from all His works which He made; and
437 this very book itself begins, "In the beginning God created
438 the heavens and the earth," so that before heaven and earth
439 God seems to have made nothing. Since, therefore, He began
440 with the heavens and the earth,—and the earth itself, as Scripture
441 adds, was at first invisible and formless, light not being
442 as yet made, and darkness covering the face of the deep (that
443 is to say, covering an undefined chaos of earth and sea, for
444 where light is not, darkness must needs be),—and then when
445 all things, which are recorded to have been completed in six
446 days, were created and arranged, how should the angels be
447 omitted, as if they were not among the works of God, from
448 which on the seventh day He rested? Yet, though the fact
449 that the angels are the work of God is not omitted here, it is
450 indeed not explicitly mentioned; but elsewhere Holy Scripture
451 asserts it in the clearest manner. For in the Hymn of
452 the Three Children in the Furnace it was said, "O all ye works
453 of the Lord, bless ye the Lord;"[457] and among these works
454 mentioned afterwards in detail, the angels are named. And
455 in the psalm it is said, "Praise ye the Lord from the heavens,
456 praise Him in the heights. Praise ye Him, all His angels;
457 praise ye Him, all His hosts. Praise ye Him, sun and moon;
458 praise Him, all ye stars of light. Praise Him, ye heaven of
459 heavens; and ye waters that be above the heavens. Let them
460 praise the name of the Lord; for He commanded, and they
461 were created."[458] Here the angels are most expressly and by
462 divine authority said to have been made by God, for of them
463 among the other heavenly things it is said, "He commanded,
464 and they were created." Who, then, will be bold enough to
465 suggest that the angels were made after the six days' creation?
466 If any one is so foolish, his folly is disposed of by a scripture
467 of like authority, where God says, "When the stars were
468 made, the angels praised me with a loud voice."[459] The angels
469 therefore existed before the stars; and the stars were made
470 the fourth day. Shall we then say that they were made the
471 third day? Far from it; for we know what was made
472 that day. The earth was separated from the water, and each
473 element took its own distinct form, and the earth produced all
474 that grows on it. On the second day, then? Not even on
475 this; for on it the firmament was made between the waters
476 above and beneath, and was called "Heaven," in which firmament
477 the stars were made on the fourth day. There is no
478 question, then, that if the angels are included in the works of
479 God during these six days, they are that light which was
480 called "Day," and whose unity Scripture signalizes by calling
481 that day not the "first day," but "one day."[460] For the second
482 day, the third, and the rest are not other days; but the same
483 "one" day is repeated to complete the number six or seven,
484 so that there should be knowledge both of God's works and
485 of His rest. For when God said, "Let there be light, and
486 there was light," if we are justified in understanding in this
487 light the creation of the angels, then certainly they were
488 created partakers of the eternal light which is the unchangeable
489 Wisdom of God, by which all things were made, and
490 whom we call the only-begotten Son of God; so that they,
491 being illumined by the Light that created them, might themselves
492 become light and be called "Day," in participation of
493 that unchangeable Light and Day which is the Word of God,
494 by whom both themselves and all else were made. "The true
495 Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world,"[461]—this
496 Light lighteth also every pure angel, that he may be
497 light not in himself, but in God; from whom if an angel
498 turn away, he becomes impure, as are all those who are called
499 unclean spirits, and are no longer light in the Lord, but darkness
500 in themselves, being deprived of the participation of Light
501 eternal. For evil has no positive nature; but the loss of good
502 has received the name "evil."[462]
503 10. *Of the simple and unchangeable Trinity, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, one
504 God, in whom substance and quality are identical.*
505 There is, accordingly, a good which is alone simple, and
506 therefore alone unchangeable, and this is God. By this Good
507 have all others been created, but not simple, and therefore not
508 unchangeable. "Created," I say,—that is, made, not begotten.
509 For that which is begotten of the simple Good is simple as
510 itself, and the same as itself. These two we call the Father
511 and the Son; and both together with the Holy Spirit are one
512 God; and to this Spirit the epithet Holy is in Scripture, as it
513 were, appropriated. And He is another than the Father and
514 the Son, for He is neither the Father nor the Son. I say
515 "another," not "another thing," because He is equally with
516 them the simple Good, unchangeable and co-eternal. And
517 this Trinity is one God; and none the less simple because a
518 Trinity. For we do not say that the nature of the good is
519 simple, because the Father alone possesses it, or the Son alone,
520 or the Holy Ghost alone; nor do we say, with the Sabellian
521 heretics, that it is only nominally a Trinity, and has no real
522 distinction of persons; but we say it is simple, because it is
523 what it has, with the exception of the relation of the persons
524 to one another. For, in regard to this relation, it is true that
525 the Father has a Son, and yet is not Himself the Son; and
526 the Son has a Father, and is not Himself the Father. But,
527 as regards Himself, irrespective of relation to the other, each
528 is what He has; thus, He is in Himself living, for He has
529 life, and is Himself the Life which He has.
530 It is for this reason, then, that the nature of the Trinity is
531 called simple, because it has not anything which it can lose,
532 and because it is not one thing and its contents another, as a
533 cup and the liquor, or a body and its colour, or the air and
534 the light or heat of it, or a mind and its wisdom. For none
535 of these is what it has: the cup is not liquor, nor the body
536 colour, nor the air light and heat, nor the mind wisdom. And
537 hence they can be deprived of what they have, and can be
538 turned or changed into other qualities and states, so that the
539 cup may be emptied of the liquid of which it is full, the body
540 be discoloured, the air darken, the mind grow silly. The incorruptible
541 body which is promised to the saints in the resurrection
542 cannot, indeed, lose its quality of incorruption, but
543 the bodily substance and the quality of incorruption are not
544 the same thing. For the quality of incorruption resides
545 entire in each several part, not greater in one and less in
546 another; for no part is more incorruptible than another. The
547 body, indeed, is itself greater in whole than in part; and one
548 part of it is larger, another smaller, yet is not the larger more
549 incorruptible than the smaller. The body, then, which is not
550 in each of its parts a whole body, is one thing; incorruptibility,
551 which is throughout complete, is another thing;—for
552 every part of the incorruptible body, however unequal to the
553 rest otherwise, is equally incorrupt. For the hand, *e.g.*, is
554 not more incorrupt than the finger because it is larger than
555 the finger; so, though finger and hand are unequal, their incorruptibility
556 is equal. Thus, although incorruptibility is
557 inseparable from an incorruptible body, yet the substance of
558 the body is one thing, the quality of incorruption another.
559 And therefore the body is not what it has. The soul itself,
560 too, though it be always wise (as it will be eternally when it
561 is redeemed), will be so by participating in the unchangeable
562 wisdom, which it is not; for though the air be never robbed
563 of the light that is shed abroad in it, it is not on that account
564 the same thing as the light. I do not mean that the soul is
565 air, as has been supposed by some who could not conceive a
566 spiritual nature;[463] but, with much dissimilarity, the two things
567 have a kind of likeness, which makes it suitable to say that
568 the immaterial soul is illumined with the immaterial light of
569 the simple wisdom of God, as the material air is irradiated
570 with material light, and that, as the air, when deprived of
571 this light, grows dark, (for material darkness is nothing else
572 than air wanting light,[464]) so the soul, deprived of the light of
573 wisdom, grows dark.
574 According to this, then, those things which are essentially
575 and truly divine are called simple, because in them quality
576 and substance are identical, and because they are divine, or
577 wise, or blessed in themselves, and without extraneous supplement.
578 In Holy Scripture, it is true, the Spirit of wisdom is
579 called "manifold"[465] because it contains many things in it; but
580 what it contains it also is, and it being one is all these things.
581 For neither are there many wisdoms, but one, in which are
582 untold and infinite treasures of things intellectual, wherein
583 are all invisible and unchangeable reasons of things visible
584 and changeable which were created by it.[466] For God made
585 nothing unwittingly; not even a human workman can be said
586 to do so. But if He knew all that He made, He made only
587 those things which He had known. Whence flows a very
588 striking but true conclusion, that this world could not be
589 known to us unless it existed, but could not have existed
590 unless it had been known to God.
591 11. *Whether the angels that fell partook of the blessedness which the holy
592 angels have always enjoyed from the time of their creation.*
593 And since these things are so, those spirits whom we call
594 angels were never at any time or in any way darkness, but, as
595 soon as they were made, were made light; yet they were not
596 so created in order that they might exist and live in any way
597 whatever, but were enlightened that they might live wisely
598 and blessedly. Some of them, having turned away from this
599 light, have not won this wise and blessed life, which is certainly
600 eternal, and accompanied with the sure confidence of its
601 eternity; but they have still the life of reason, though darkened
602 with folly, and this they cannot lose, even if they would.
603 But who can determine to what extent they were partakers
604 of that wisdom before they fell? And how shall we say that
605 they participated in it equally with those who through it are
606 truly and fully blessed, resting in a true certainty of eternal
607 felicity? For if they had equally participated in this true
608 knowledge, then the evil angels would have remained eternally
609 blessed equally with the good, because they were equally expectant
610 of it. For, though a life be never so long, it cannot
611 be truly called eternal if it is destined to have an end; for
612 it is called life inasmuch as it is lived, but eternal because it
613 has no end. Wherefore, although everything eternal is not
614 therefore blessed (for hell-fire is eternal), yet if no life can be
615 truly and perfectly blessed except it be eternal, the life of
616 these angels was not blessed, for it was doomed to end, and
617 therefore not eternal, whether they knew it or not. In the
618 one case fear, in the other ignorance, prevented them from
619 being blessed. And even if their ignorance was not so great
620 as to breed in them a wholly false expectation, but left them
621 wavering in uncertainty whether their good would be eternal
622 or would some time terminate, this very doubt concerning so
623 grand a destiny was incompatible with the plenitude of
624 blessedness which we believe the holy angels enjoyed. For
625 we do not so narrow and restrict the application of the term
626 "blessedness" as to apply it to God only,[467] though doubtless
627 He is so truly blessed that greater blessedness cannot be; and,
628 in comparison of His blessedness, what is that of the angels,
629 though, according to their capacity, they be perfectly blessed?
630 12. *A comparison of the blessedness of the righteous, who have not yet received the
631 divine reward, with that of our first parents in paradise.*
632 And the angels are not the only members of the rational
633 and intellectual creation whom we call blessed. For who
634 will take upon him to deny that those first men in Paradise
635 were blessed previously to sin, although they were uncertain
636 how long their blessedness was to last, and whether it would
637 be eternal (and eternal it would have been had they not
638 sinned),—who, I say, will do so, seeing that even now we not
639 unbecomingly call those blessed whom we see leading a
640 righteous and holy life in hope of immortality, who have no
641 harrowing remorse of conscience, but obtain readily divine remission
642 of the sins of their present infirmity? These, though
643 they are certain that they shall be rewarded if they persevere,
644 are not certain that they will persevere. For what man can
645 know that he will persevere to the end in the exercise and
646 increase of grace, unless he has been certified by some revelation
647 from Him who, in His just and secret judgment, while
648 He deceives none, informs few regarding this matter? Accordingly,
649 so far as present comfort goes, the first man in
650 Paradise was more blessed than any just man in this insecure
651 state; but as regards the hope of future good, every man who
652 not merely supposes, but certainly knows that he shall eternally
653 enjoy the most high God in the company of angels,
654 and beyond the reach of ill,—this man, no matter what bodily
655 torments afflict him, is more blessed than was he who, even
656 in that great felicity of Paradise, was uncertain of his fate.[468]
657 >
658 >
659 >
660 13. *Whether all the angels were so created in one common state of felicity, that
661 > those who fell were not aware that they would fall, and that those who
662 > stood received assurance of their own perseverance after the ruin of the
663 > fallen.*
664 From all this, it will readily occur to any one that the
665 blessedness which an intelligent being desires as its legitimate
666 object results from a combination of these two things,
667 namely, that it uninterruptedly enjoy the unchangeable good,
668 which is God; and that it be delivered from all dubiety, and
669 know certainly that it shall eternally abide in the same enjoyment.
670 That it is so with the angels of light we piously
671 believe; but that the fallen angels, who by their own default
672 lost that light, did not enjoy this blessedness even before they
673 sinned, reason bids us conclude. Yet if their life was of any
674 duration before they fell, we must allow them a blessedness
675 of some kind, though not that which is accompanied with
676 foresight. Or, if it seems hard to believe that, when the angels
677 were created, some were created in ignorance either of their
678 perseverance or their fall, while others were most certainly
679 assured of the eternity of their felicity,—if it is hard to believe
680 that they were not all from the beginning on an equal footing,
681 until these who are now evil did of their own will fall away
682 from the light of goodness, certainly it is much harder to
683 believe that the holy angels are now uncertain of their eternal
684 blessedness, and do not know regarding themselves as much
685 as we have been able to gather regarding them from the Holy
686 Scriptures. For what catholic Christian does not know that
687 no new devil will ever arise among the good angels, as he
688 knows that this present devil will never again return into the
689 fellowship of the good? For the truth in the gospel promises
690 to the saints and the faithful that they will be equal to
691 the angels of God; and it is also promised them that they
692 will "go away into life eternal."[469] But if we are certain that
693 we shall never lapse from eternal felicity, while they are not
694 certain, then we shall not be their equals, but their superiors.
695 But as the truth never deceives, and as we shall be their
696 equals, they must be certain of their blessedness. And because
697 the evil angels could not be certain of that, since their
698 blessedness was destined to come to an end, it follows either
699 that the angels were unequal, or that, if equal, the good angels
700 were assured of the eternity of their blessedness after the
701 perdition of the others; unless, possibly, some one may say
702 that the words of the Lord about the devil, "He was a
703 murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth,"[470]
704 are to be understood as if he was not only a murderer from
705 the beginning of the human race, when man, whom he could
706 kill by his deceit, was made, but also that he did not abide
707 in the truth from the time of his own creation, and was
708 accordingly never blessed with the holy angels, but refused
709 to submit to his Creator, and proudly exulted as if in a
710 private lordship of his own, and was thus deceived and deceiving.
711 For the dominion of the Almighty cannot be eluded;
712 and he who will not piously submit himself to things as they
713 are, proudly feigns, and mocks himself with a state of things
714 that does not exist; so that what the blessed Apostle John
715 says thus becomes intelligible: "The devil sinneth from the
716 beginning,"[471]—that is, from the time he was created he refused
717 righteousness which none but a will piously subject to God
718 can enjoy. Whoever adopts this opinion at least disagrees
719 with those heretics the Manichees, and with any other pestilential
720 sect that may suppose that the devil has derived from
721 some adverse evil principle a nature proper to himself.
722 These persons are so befooled by error, that, although they
723 acknowledge with ourselves the authority of the gospels,
724 they do not notice that the Lord did not say, "The devil was
725 naturally a stranger to the truth," but "The devil abode not
726 in the truth," by which He meant us to understand that he
727 had fallen from the truth, in which, if he had abode, he would
728 have become a partaker of it, and have remained in blessedness
729 along with the holy angels.[472]
730 14. *An explanation of what is said of the devil, that he did not abide in the
731 truth, because the truth was not in him.*
732 Moreover, as if we had been inquiring why the devil did
733 not abide in the truth, our Lord subjoins the reason, saying,
734 "because the truth is not in him." Now, it would be in him
735 had he abode in it. But the phraseology is unusual. For,
736 as the words stand, "He abode not in the truth, because the
737 truth is not in him," it seems as if the truth's not being in
738 him were the cause of his not abiding in it; whereas his not
739 abiding in the truth is rather the cause of its not being in
740 him. The same form of speech is found in the psalm: "I
741 have called upon Thee, for Thou hast heard me, O God,"[473]
742 where we should expect it to be said, Thou hast heard me,
743 O God, for I have called upon Thee. But when he had said,
744 "I have called," then, as if some one were seeking proof of
745 this, he demonstrates the effectual earnestness of his prayer
746 by the effect of God's hearing it; as if he had said, The proof
747 that I have prayed is that Thou hast heard me.
748 15. *How we are to understand the words, "The devil sinneth from the
749 beginning."*
750 As for what John says about the devil, "The devil sinneth
751 from the beginning,"[474] they[475] who suppose it is meant hereby
752 that the devil was made with a sinful nature, misunderstand
753 it; for if sin be natural, it is not sin at all. And how do
754 they answer the prophetic proofs,—either what Isaiah says
755 when he represents the devil under the person of the king of
756 Babylon, "How art thou fallen, O Lucifer, son of the morning!"[476]
757 or what Ezekiel says, "Thou hast been in Eden, the
758 garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering,"[477]
759 where it is meant that he was some time without sin; for
760 a little after it is still more explicitly said, "Thou wast
761 perfect in thy ways?" And if these passages cannot well be
762 otherwise interpreted, we must understand by this one also,
763 "He abode not in the truth," that he was once in the truth,
764 but did not remain in it. And from this passage, "The devil
765 sinneth from the beginning," it is not to be supposed that he
766 sinned from the beginning of his created existence, but from
767 the beginning of his sin, when by his pride he had once
768 commenced to sin. There is a passage, too, in the Book of
769 Job, of which the devil is the subject: "This is the beginning
770 of the creation of God, which He made to be a sport to His
771 angels,"[478] which agrees with the psalm, where it is said,
772 "There is that dragon which Thou hast made to be a sport
773 therein."[479] But these passages are not to lead us to suppose
774 that the devil was originally created to be the sport of the
775 angels, but that he was doomed to this punishment after his
776 sin. His beginning, then, is the handiwork of God; for there
777 is no nature, even among the least, and lowest, and last of the
778 beasts, which was not the work of Him from whom has proceeded
779 all measure, all form, all order, without which nothing
780 can be planned or conceived. How much more, then, is this
781 angelic nature, which surpasses in dignity all else that He has
782 made, the handiwork of the Most High!
783 16. *Of the ranks and differences of the creatures, estimated by their utility, or
784 according to the natural gradations of being.*
785 For, among those beings which exist, and which are not of
786 God the Creator's essence, those which have life are ranked
787 above those which have none; those that have the power of
788 generation, or even of desiring, above those which want this
789 faculty. And, among things that have life, the sentient are
790 higher than those which have no sensation, as animals are
791 ranked above trees. And, among the sentient, the intelligent
792 are above those that have not intelligence,—men, *e.g.*, above
793 cattle. And, among the intelligent, the immortal, such as the
794 angels, above the mortal, such as men. These are the gradations
795 according to the order of nature; but according to the
796 utility each man finds in a thing, there are various standards
797 of value, so that it comes to pass that we prefer some things
798 that have no sensation to some sentient beings. And so strong
799 is this preference, that, had we the power, we would abolish
800 the latter from nature altogether, whether in ignorance of the
801 place they hold in nature, or, though we know it, sacrificing
802 them to our own convenience. Who, *e.g.*, would not rather
803 have bread in his house than mice, gold than fleas? But
804 there is little to wonder at in this, seeing that even when
805 valued by men themselves (whose nature is certainly of the
806 highest dignity), more is often given for a horse than for a
807 slave, for a jewel than for a maid. Thus the reason of one
808 contemplating nature prompts very different judgments from
809 those dictated by the necessity of the needy, or the desire of
810 the voluptuous; for the former considers what value a thing
811 in itself has in the scale of creation, while necessity considers
812 how it meets its need; reason looks for what the mental light
813 will judge to be true, while pleasure looks for what pleasantly
814 titillates the bodily sense. But of such consequence in
815 rational natures is the weight, so to speak, of will and of love,
816 that though in the order of nature angels rank above men, yet,
817 by the scale of justice, good men are of greater value than
818 bad angels.
819 17. *That the flaw of wickedness is not nature, but contrary to nature, and has
820 its origin, not in the Creator, but in the will.*
821 It is with reference to the nature, then, and not to the
822 wickedness of the devil, that we are to understand these
823 words, "This is the beginning of God's handiwork;"[480] for,
824 without doubt, wickedness can be a flaw or vice[481] only where
825 the nature previously was not vitiated. Vice, too, is so contrary
826 to nature, that it cannot but damage it. And therefore
827 departure from God would be no vice, unless in a nature
828 whose property it was to abide with God. So that even the
829 wicked will is a strong proof of the goodness of the nature.
830 But God, as He is the supremely good Creator of good
831 natures, so is He of evil wills the most just Ruler; so that,
832 while they make an ill use of good natures, He makes a good
833 use even of evil wills. Accordingly, He caused the devil (good
834 by God's creation, wicked by his own will) to be cast down
835 from his high position, and to become the mockery of His
836 angels,—that is, He caused his temptations to benefit those
837 whom he wishes to injure by them. And because God, when
838 He created him, was certainly not ignorant of his future
839 malignity, and foresaw the good which He Himself would
840 bring out of his evil, therefore says the psalm, "This leviathan
841 whom Thou hast made to be a sport therein,"[482] that we may see
842 that, even while God in His goodness created him good, He
843 yet had already foreseen and arranged how He would make
844 use of him when he became wicked.
845 18. *Of the beauty of the universe, which becomes, by God's ordinance, more
846 brilliant by the opposition of contraries.*
847 For God would never have created any, I do not say angel,
848 but even man, whose future wickedness He foreknew, unless
849 He had equally known to what uses in behalf of the good
850 He could turn him, thus embellishing the course of the
851 ages, as it were an exquisite poem set off with antitheses.
852 For what are called antitheses are among the most elegant
853 of the ornaments of speech. They might be called in Latin
854 "oppositions," or, to speak more accurately, "contrapositions;"
855 but this word is not in common use among us,[483] though the
856 Latin, and indeed the languages of all nations, avail themselves
857 of the same ornaments of style. In the Second Epistle
858 to the Corinthians the Apostle Paul also makes a graceful use
859 of antithesis, in that place where he says, "By the armour of
860 righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honour
861 and dishonour, by evil report and good report: as deceivers,
862 and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying,
863 and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful,
864 yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as
865 having nothing, and yet possessing all things."[484] As, then,
866 these oppositions of contraries lend beauty to the language,
867 so the beauty of the course of this world is achieved by the
868 opposition of contraries, arranged, as it were, by an eloquence
869 not of words, but of things. This is quite plainly stated in
870 the Book of Ecclesiasticus, in this way: "Good is set against
871 evil, and life against death: so is the sinner against the godly.
872 So look upon all the works of the Most High, and these are
873 two and two, one against another."[485]
874 19. *What, seemingly, we are to understand by the words, "God divided the
875 light from the darkness."*
876 Accordingly, though the obscurity of the divine word has certainly
877 this advantage, that it causes many opinions about the
878 truth to be started and discussed, each reader seeing some fresh
879 meaning in it, yet, whatever is said to be meant by an obscure
880 passage should be either confirmed by the testimony of obvious
881 facts, or should be asserted in other and less ambiguous texts.
882 This obscurity is beneficial, whether the sense of the author is at
883 last reached after the discussion of many other interpretations,
884 or whether, though that sense remain concealed, other truths are
885 brought out by the discussion of the obscurity. To me it does
886 not seem incongruous with the working of God, if we understand
887 that the angels were created when that first light was
888 made, and that a separation was made between the holy and the
889 unclean angels, when, as is said, "God divided the light from
890 the darkness; and God called the light Day, and the darkness
891 He called Night." For He alone could make this discrimination,
892 who was able also, before they fell, to foreknow that they
893 would fall, and that, being deprived of the light of truth, they
894 would abide in the darkness of pride. For, so far as regards
895 the day and night, with which we are familiar, He commanded
896 those luminaries of heaven that are obvious to our
897 senses to divide between the light and the darkness. "Let
898 there be," He says, "lights in the firmament of the heaven, to
899 divide the day from the night;" and shortly after He says,
900 "And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule
901 the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: the stars also.
902 And God set them in the firmament of the heaven, to give
903 light upon the earth, and to rule over the day and over the
904 night, and to divide the light from the darkness."[486] But
905 between that light, which is the holy company of the angels
906 spiritually radiant with the illumination of the truth, and
907 that opposing darkness, which is the noisome foulness of the
908 spiritual condition of those angels who are turned away from
909 the light of righteousness, only He Himself could divide, from
910 whom their wickedness (not of nature, but of will), while yet
911 it was future, could not be hidden or uncertain.
912 20. *Of the words which follow the separation of light and darkness, "And God
913 saw the light that it was good."*
914 Then, we must not pass from this passage of Scripture
915 without noticing that when God said, "Let there be light,
916 and there was light," it was immediately added, "And God
917 saw the light that it was good." No such expression followed
918 the statement that He separated the light from the darkness,
919 and called the light Day and the darkness Night, lest the seal
920 of His approval might seem to be set on such darkness, as
921 well as on the light. For when the darkness was not subject
922 of disapprobation, as when it was divided by the heavenly
923 bodies from this light which our eyes discern, the statement
924 that God saw that it was good is inserted, not before, but
925 after the division is recorded. "And God set them," so runs
926 the passage, "in the firmament of the heaven, to give light
927 upon the earth, and to rule over the day and over the night,
928 and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that
929 it was good." For He approved of both, because both were
930 sinless. But where God said, "Let there be light, and there
931 was light; and God saw the light that it was good;" and
932 the narrative goes on, "and God divided the light from the
933 darkness: and God called the light Day, and the darkness He
934 called Night," there was not in this place subjoined the statement,
935 "And God saw that it was good," lest both should be
936 designated good, while one of them was evil, not by nature,
937 but by its own fault. And therefore, in this case, the light
938 alone received the approbation of the Creator, while the angelic
939 darkness, though it had been ordained, was yet not approved.
940 21. *Of God's eternal and unchangeable knowledge and will, whereby all He has
941 made pleased Him in the eternal design as well as in the actual result.*
942 For what else is to be understood by that invariable refrain,
943 "And God saw that it was good," than the approval of the
944 work in its design, which is the wisdom of God? For certainly
945 God did not in the actual achievement of the work
946 first learn that it was good, but, on the contrary, nothing
947 would have been made had it not been first known by Him.
948 While, therefore, He sees that that is good which, had He not
949 seen it before it was made, would never have been made, it is
950 plain that He is not discovering, but teaching that it is good.
951 Plato, indeed, was bold enough to say that, when the universe
952 was completed, God was, as it were, elated with joy.[487] And
953 Plato was not so foolish as to mean by this that God was
954 rendered more blessed by the novelty of His creation; but he
955 wished thus to indicate that the work now completed met with
956 its Maker's approval, as it had while yet in design. It is not
957 as if the knowledge of God were of various kinds, knowing
958 in different ways things which as yet are not, things which
959 are, and things which have been. For not in our fashion
960 does He look forward to what is future, nor at what is present,
961 nor back upon what is past; but in a manner quite different
962 and far and profoundly remote from our way of thinking. For
963 He does not pass from this to that by transition of thought,
964 but beholds all things with absolute unchangeableness; so
965 that of those things which emerge in time, the future, indeed,
966 are not yet, and the present are now, and the past no longer
967 are; but all of these are by Him comprehended in His stable
968 and eternal presence. Neither does He see in one fashion by
969 the eye, in another by the mind, for He is not composed of
970 mind and body; nor does His present knowledge differ from
971 that which it ever was or shall be, for those variations of time,
972 past, present, and future, though they alter our knowledge, do
973 not affect His, "with whom is no variableness, neither shadow
974 of turning."[488] Neither is there any growth from thought to
975 thought in the conceptions of Him whose spiritual vision
976 all things which He knows are at once embraced. For as
977 without any movement that time can measure, He Himself
978 moves all temporal things, so He knows all times with a
979 knowledge that time cannot measure. And therefore He
980 saw that what He had made was good, when He saw that it
981 was good to make it. And when He saw it made, He had
982 not on that account a twofold nor any way increased knowledge
983 of it; as if He had less knowledge before He made
984 what He saw. For certainly He would not be the perfect
985 worker He is, unless His knowledge were so perfect as to
986 receive no addition from His finished works. Wherefore, if
987 the only object had been to inform us who made the light, it
988 had been enough to say, "God made the light;" and if further
989 information regarding the means by which it was made had
990 been intended, it would have sufficed to say, "And God said,
991 Let there be light, and there was light," that we might know
992 not only that God had made the world, but also that He had
993 made it by the word. But because it was right that three
994 leading truths regarding the creature be intimated to us, viz.,
995 who made it, by what means, and why, it is written, "God
996 said, Let there be light, and there was light. And God saw
997 the light that it was good." If, then, we ask who made it,
998 it was "God." If, by what means, He said "Let it be," and
999 it was. If we ask, why He made it, "it was good." Neither
1000 is there any author more excellent than God, nor any skill
1001 more efficacious than the word of God, nor any cause better
1002 than that good might be created by the good God. This also
1003 Plato has assigned as the most sufficient reason for the creation
1004 of the world, that good works might be made by a good God;[489]
1005 whether he read this passage, or, perhaps, was informed of
1006 these things by those who had read them, or, by his quick-sighted
1007 genius, penetrated to things spiritual and invisible
1008 through the things that are created, or was instructed regarding
1009 them by those who had discerned them.
1010 22. *Of those who do not approve of certain things which are a part of this good
1011 creation of a good Creator, and who think that there is some natural evil.*
1012 This cause, however, of a good creation, namely, the goodness
1013 of God,—this cause, I say, so just and fit, which, when
1014 piously and carefully weighed, terminates all the controversies
1015 of those who inquire into the origin of the world, has not been
1016 recognised by some heretics,[490] because there are, forsooth, many
1017 things, such as fire, frost, wild beasts, and so forth, which do
1018 not suit but injure this thin-blooded and frail mortality of our
1019 flesh, which is at present under just punishment. They do
1020 not consider how admirable these things are in their own
1021 places, how excellent in their own natures, how beautifully
1022 adjusted to the rest of creation, and how much grace they
1023 contribute to the universe by their own contributions as to a
1024 commonwealth; and how serviceable they are even to ourselves,
1025 if we use them with a knowledge of their fit adaptations,—so
1026 that even poisons, which are destructive when used
1027 injudiciously, become wholesome and medicinal when used
1028 in conformity with their qualities and design; just as, on the
1029 other hand, those things which give us pleasure, such as food,
1030 drink, and the light of the sun, are found to be hurtful when
1031 immoderately or unseasonably used. And thus divine providence
1032 admonishes us not foolishly to vituperate things, but to
1033 investigate their utility with care; and, where our mental
1034 capacity or infirmity is at fault, to believe that there is a
1035 utility, though hidden, as we have experienced that there were
1036 other things which we all but failed to discover. For this
1037 concealment of the use of things is itself either an exercise of
1038 our humility or a levelling of our pride; for no nature at all
1039 is evil, and this is a name for nothing but the want of good.
1040 But from things earthly to things heavenly, from the visible
1041 to the invisible, there are some things better than others; and
1042 for this purpose are they unequal, in order that they might
1043 all exist. Now God is in such sort a great worker in great
1044 things, that He is not less in little things,—for these little
1045 things are to be measured not by their own greatness (which
1046 does not exist), but by the wisdom of their Designer; as, in
1047 the visible appearance of a man, if one eyebrow be shaved off,
1048 how nearly nothing is taken from the body, but how much
1049 from the beauty!—for that is not constituted by bulk, but by
1050 the proportion and arrangement of the members. But we
1051 do not greatly wonder that persons, who suppose that some
1052 evil nature has been generated and propagated by a kind of
1053 opposing principle proper to it, refuse to admit that the cause
1054 of the creation was this, that the good God produced a good
1055 creation. For they believe that He was driven to this enterprise
1056 of creation by the urgent necessity of repulsing the evil
1057 that warred against Him, and that He mixed His good nature
1058 with the evil for the sake of restraining and conquering it;
1059 and that this nature of His, being thus shamefully polluted,
1060 and most cruelly oppressed and held captive, He labours to
1061 cleanse and deliver it, and with all His pains does not wholly
1062 succeed; but such part of it as could not be cleansed from
1063 that defilement is to serve as a prison and chain of the conquered
1064 and incarcerated enemy. The Manichæans would not
1065 drivel, or rather, rave in such a style as this, if they believed
1066 the nature of God to be, as it is, unchangeable and absolutely
1067 incorruptible, and subject to no injury; and if, moreover, they
1068 held in Christian sobriety, that the soul which has shown
1069 itself capable of being altered for the worse by its own will,
1070 and of being corrupted by sin, and so, of being deprived of the
1071 light of eternal truth,—that this soul, I say, is not a part of
1072 God, nor of the same nature as God, but is created by Him,
1073 and is far different from its Creator.
1074 23. *Of the error in which the doctrine of Origen is involved.*
1075 But it is much more surprising that some even of those
1076 who, with ourselves, believe that there is one only source of
1077 all things, and that no nature which is not divine can exist
1078 unless originated by that Creator, have yet refused to accept
1079 with a good and simple faith this so good and simple a reason
1080 of the world's creation, that a good God made it good; and
1081 that the things created, being different from God, were inferior
1082 to Him, and yet were good, being created by none other than
1083 He. But they say that souls, though not, indeed, parts of God,
1084 but created by Him, sinned by abandoning God; that, in proportion
1085 to their various sins, they merited different degrees of
1086 debasement from heaven to earth, and diverse bodies as prison-houses;
1087 and that this is the world, and this the cause of its
1088 creation, not the production of good things, but the restraining
1089 of evil. Origen is justly blamed for holding this opinion. For
1090 in the books which he entitles περὶ ἀρχῶν, that is, *Of origins*,
1091 this is his sentiment, this his utterance. And I cannot sufficiently
1092 express my astonishment, that a man so erudite and
1093 well versed in ecclesiastical literature, should not have observed,
1094 in the first place, how opposed this is to the meaning of this
1095 authoritative Scripture, which, in recounting all the works of
1096 God, regularly adds, "And God saw that it was good;" and,
1097 when all were completed, inserts the words, "And God saw
1098 everything that He had made, and, behold, it was very good."[491]
1099 Was it not obviously meant to be understood that there was
1100 no other cause of the world's creation than that good creatures
1101 should be made by a good God? In this creation, had no one
1102 sinned, the world would have been filled and beautified with
1103 natures good without exception; and though there is sin, all
1104 things are not therefore full of sin, for the great majority of
1105 the heavenly inhabitants preserve their nature's integrity.
1106 And the sinful will, though it violated the order of its own
1107 nature, did not on that account escape the laws of God, who
1108 justly orders all things for good. For as the beauty of a
1109 picture is increased by well-managed shadows, so, to the eye
1110 that has skill to discern it, the universe is beautified even by
1111 sinners, though, considered by themselves, their deformity is
1112 a sad blemish.
1113 In the second place, Origen, and all who think with him,
1114 ought to have seen that if it were the true opinion that the
1115 world was created in order that souls might, for their sins, be
1116 accommodated with bodies in which they should be shut up
1117 as in houses of correction, the more venial sinners receiving
1118 lighter and more ethereal bodies, while the grosser and graver
1119 sinners received bodies more crass and grovelling, then it
1120 would follow that the devils, who are deepest in wickedness,
1121 ought, rather than even wicked men, to have earthly bodies, since
1122 these are the grossest and least ethereal of all. But in point
1123 of fact, that we might see that the deserts of souls are not to
1124 be estimated by the qualities of bodies, the wickedest devil
1125 possesses an ethereal body, while man, wicked, it is true, but
1126 with a wickedness small and venial in comparison with his,
1127 received even before his sin a body of clay. And what more
1128 foolish assertion can be advanced than that God, by this sun of
1129 ours, did not design to benefit the material creation, or lend
1130 lustre to its loveliness, and therefore created one single sun
1131 for this single world, but that it so happened that one soul
1132 only had so sinned as to deserve to be enclosed in such a
1133 body as it is? On this principle, if it had chanced that not
1134 one, but two, yea, or ten, or a hundred had sinned similarly,
1135 and with a like degree of guilt, then this world would have
1136 one hundred suns. And that such is not the case, is due not
1137 to the considerate foresight of the Creator, contriving the
1138 safety and beauty of things material, but rather to the fact
1139 that so fine a quality of sinning was hit upon by only one
1140 soul, so that it alone has merited such a body. Manifestly
1141 persons holding such opinions should aim at confining, not
1142 souls of which they know not what they say, but themselves,
1143 lest they fall, and deservedly, far indeed from the truth. And
1144 as to these three answers which I formerly recommended when
1145 in the case of any creature the questions are put, Who made
1146 it? By what means? Why? that it should be replied, God, By
1147 the Word, Because it was good,—as to these three answers, it
1148 is very questionable whether the Trinity itself is thus mystically
1149 indicated, that is, the Father, the Son, and the Holy
1150 Ghost, or whether there is some good reason for this acceptation
1151 in this passage of Scripture,—this, I say, is questionable,
1152 and one can't be expected to explain everything in one volume.
1153 24. *Of the divine Trinity, and the indications of its presence scattered everywhere
1154 among its works.*
1155 We believe, we maintain, we faithfully preach, that the
1156 Father begat the Word, that is, Wisdom, by which all things
1157 were made, the only-begotten Son, one as the Father is one,
1158 eternal as the Father is eternal, and, equally with the Father,
1159 supremely good; and that the Holy Spirit is the Spirit alike
1160 of Father and of Son, and is Himself consubstantial and co-eternal
1161 with both; and that this whole is a Trinity by reason
1162 of the individuality[492] of the persons, and one God by reason
1163 of the indivisible divine substance, as also one Almighty by
1164 reason of the indivisible omnipotence; yet so that, when we
1165 inquire regarding each singly, it is said that each is God
1166 and Almighty; and, when we speak of all together, it is said
1167 that there are not three Gods, nor three Almighties, but one
1168 God Almighty; so great is the indivisible unity of these
1169 Three, which requires that it be so stated. But, whether
1170 the Holy Spirit of the Father, and of the Son, who are both
1171 good, can be with propriety called the goodness of both, because
1172 He is common to both, I do not presume to determine
1173 hastily. Nevertheless, I would have less hesitation in saying
1174 that He is the holiness of both, not as if He were a divine
1175 attribute merely, but Himself also the divine substance, and
1176 the third person in the Trinity. I am the rather emboldened
1177 to make this statement, because, though the Father is a spirit,
1178 and the Son a spirit, and the Father holy, and the Son holy,
1179 yet the third person is distinctively called the Holy Spirit,
1180 as if He were the substantial holiness consubstantial with the
1181 other two. But if the divine goodness is nothing else than
1182 the divine holiness, then certainly it is a reasonable studiousness,
1183 and not presumptuous intrusion, to inquire whether the
1184 same Trinity be not hinted at in an enigmatical mode of
1185 speech, by which our inquiry is stimulated, when it is written
1186 who made each creature, and by what means, and why. For
1187 it is the Father of the Word who said, Let there be. And
1188 that which was made when He spoke was certainly made by
1189 means of the Word. And by the words, "God saw that it
1190 was good," it is sufficiently intimated that God made what
1191 was made not from any necessity, nor for the sake of supplying
1192 any want, but solely from His own goodness, *i.e.*, because
1193 it was good. And this is stated after the creation had taken
1194 place, that there might be no doubt that the thing made satisfied
1195 the goodness on account of which it was made. And if
1196 we are right in understanding that this goodness is the Holy
1197 Spirit, then the whole Trinity is revealed to us in the creation.
1198 In this, too, is the origin, the enlightenment, the blessedness
1199 of the holy city which is above among the holy angels.
1200 For if we inquire whence it is, God created it; or whence its
1201 wisdom, God illumined it; or whence its blessedness, God is
1202 its bliss. It has its form by subsisting in Him; its enlightenment
1203 by contemplating Him; its joy by abiding in Him. It
1204 is; it sees; it loves. In God's eternity is its life; in God's
1205 truth its light; in God's goodness its joy.
1206 25. *Of the division of philosophy into three parts.*
1207 As far as one can judge, it is for the same reason that
1208 philosophers have aimed at a threefold division of science,
1209 or rather, were enabled to see that there was a threefold division
1210 (for they did not invent, but only discovered it), of which
1211 one part is called physical, another logical, the third ethical.
1212 The Latin equivalents of these names are now naturalized in
1213 the writings of many authors, so that these divisions are called
1214 natural, rational, and moral, on which I have touched slightly
1215 in the eighth book. Not that I would conclude that these
1216 philosophers, in this threefold division, had any thought of a
1217 trinity in God, although Plato is said to have been the first
1218 to discover and promulgate this distribution, and he saw that
1219 God alone could be the author of nature, the bestower of intelligence,
1220 and the kindler of love by which life becomes good
1221 and blessed. But certain it is that, though philosophers disagree
1222 both regarding the nature of things, and the mode of
1223 investigating truth, and of the good to which all our actions
1224 ought to tend, yet in these three great general questions all
1225 their intellectual energy is spent. And though there be a
1226 confusing diversity of opinion, every man striving to establish
1227 his own opinion in regard to each of these questions, yet no
1228 one of them all doubts that nature has some cause, science
1229 some method, life some end and aim. Then, again, there are
1230 three things which every artificer must possess if he is to effect
1231 anything,—nature, education, practice. Nature is to be judged
1232 by capacity, education by knowledge, practice by its fruit. I
1233 am aware that, properly speaking, fruit is what one enjoys, use
1234 [practice] what one uses. And this seems to be the difference
1235 between them, that we are said to *enjoy* that which in itself,
1236 and irrespective of other ends, delights us; to *use* that which
1237 we seek for the sake of some end beyond. For which reason
1238 the things of time are to be used rather than enjoyed, that we
1239 may deserve to enjoy things eternal; and not as those perverse
1240 creatures who would fain enjoy money and use God,—not
1241 spending money for God's sake, but worshipping God for
1242 money's sake. However, in common parlance, we both use
1243 fruits and enjoy uses. For we correctly speak of the "fruits
1244 of the field," which certainly we all use in the present life.
1245 And it was in accordance with this usage that I said that
1246 there were three things to be observed in a man, nature,
1247 education, practice. From these the philosophers have elaborated,
1248 as I said, the threefold division of that science by
1249 which a blessed life is attained: the natural having respect to
1250 nature, the rational to education, the moral to practice. If,
1251 then, we were ourselves the authors of our nature, we should
1252 have generated knowledge in ourselves, and should not require
1253 to reach it by education, *i.e.*, by learning it from others. Our
1254 love, too, proceeding from ourselves and returning to us, would
1255 suffice to make our life blessed, and would stand in need of no
1256 extraneous enjoyment. But now, since our nature has God as
1257 its requisite author, it is certain that we must have Him for
1258 our teacher that we may be wise; Him, too, to dispense to us
1259 spiritual sweetness that we may be blessed.
1260 26. *Of the image of the supreme Trinity, which we find in some sort in human
1261 nature even in its present state.*
1262 And we indeed recognise in ourselves the image of God,
1263 that is, of the supreme Trinity, an image which, though it be
1264 not equal to God, or rather, though it be very far removed from
1265 Him,—being neither co-eternal, nor, to say all in a word, consubstantial
1266 with Him,—is yet nearer to Him in nature than
1267 any other of His works, and is destined to be yet restored,
1268 that it may bear a still closer resemblance. For we both are,
1269 and know that we are, and delight in our being, and our
1270 knowledge of it. Moreover, in these three things no true-seeming
1271 illusion disturbs us; for we do not come into contact
1272 with these by some bodily sense, as we perceive the things
1273 outside of us,—colours, *e.g.*, by seeing, sounds by hearing,
1274 smells by smelling, tastes by tasting, hard and soft objects by
1275 touching,—of all which sensible objects it is the images
1276 resembling them, but not themselves which we perceive in
1277 the mind and hold in the memory, and which excite us to
1278 desire the objects. But, without any delusive representation
1279 of images or phantasms, I am most certain that I am, and
1280 that I know and delight in this. In respect of these truths,
1281 I am not at all afraid of the arguments of the Academicians,
1282 who say, What if you are deceived? For if I am deceived,
1283 I am.[493] For he who is not, cannot be deceived; and if I am
1284 deceived, by this same token I am. And since I am if I am
1285 deceived, how am I deceived in believing that I am? for it is
1286 certain that I am if I am deceived. Since, therefore, I, the
1287 person deceived, should be, even if I were deceived, certainly
1288 I am not deceived in this knowledge that I am. And, consequently,
1289 neither am I deceived in knowing that I know.
1290 For, as I know that I am, so I know this also, that I know.
1291 And when I love these two things, I add to them a certain
1292 third thing, namely, my love, which is of equal moment. For
1293 neither am I deceived in this, that I love, since in those
1294 things which I love I am not deceived; though even if these
1295 were false, it would still be true that I *loved* false things.
1296 For how could I justly be blamed and prohibited from loving
1297 false things, if it were false that I loved them? But, since
1298 they are true and real, who doubts that when they are loved,
1299 the love of them is itself true and real? Further, as there is
1300 no one who does not wish to be happy, so there is no one
1301 who does not wish to be. For how can he be happy, if he
1302 is nothing?
1303 27. *Of existence, and knowledge of it, and the love of both.*
1304 And truly the very fact of existing is by some natural spell
1305 so pleasant, that even the wretched are, for no other reason,
1306 unwilling to perish; and, when they feel that they are
1307 wretched, wish not that they themselves be annihilated, but
1308 that their misery be so. Take even those who, both in their
1309 own esteem, and in point of fact, are utterly wretched, and
1310 who are reckoned so, not only by wise men on account of
1311 their folly, but by those who count themselves blessed, and
1312 who think them wretched because they are poor and destitute,—if
1313 any one should give these men an immortality, in
1314 which their misery should be deathless, and should offer the
1315 alternative, that if they shrank from existing eternally in the
1316 same misery they might be annihilated, and exist nowhere
1317 at all, nor in any condition, on the instant they would joyfully,
1318 nay exultantly, make election to exist always, even in
1319 such a condition, rather than not exist at all. The well-known
1320 feeling of such men witnesses to this. For when we
1321 see that they fear to die, and will rather live in such misfortune
1322 than end it by death, is it not obvious enough how
1323 nature shrinks from annihilation? And, accordingly, when
1324 they know that they must die, they seek, as a great boon,
1325 that this mercy be shown them, that they may a little longer
1326 live in the same misery, and delay to end it by death. And
1327 so they indubitably prove with what glad alacrity they would
1328 accept immortality, even though it secured to them endless
1329 destruction. What! do not even all irrational animals, to
1330 whom such calculations are unknown, from the huge dragons
1331 down to the least worms, all testify that they wish to exist,
1332 and therefore shun death by every movement in their power?
1333 Nay, the very plants and shrubs, which have no such life as
1334 enables them to shun destruction by movements we can see,
1335 do not they all seek, in their own fashion, to conserve their
1336 existence, by rooting themselves more and more deeply in the
1337 earth, that so they may draw nourishment, and throw out
1338 healthy branches towards the sky? In fine, even the lifeless
1339 bodies, which want not only sensation but seminal life, yet
1340 either seek the upper air or sink deep, or are balanced in an
1341 intermediate position, so that they may protect their existence
1342 in that situation where they can exist in most accordance
1343 with their nature.
1344 And how much human nature loves the knowledge of its
1345 existence, and how it shrinks from being deceived, will be
1346 sufficiently understood from this fact, that every man prefers
1347 to grieve in a sane mind, rather than to be glad in madness.
1348 And this grand and wonderful instinct belongs to men alone
1349 of all animals; for, though some of them have keener eyesight
1350 than ourselves for this world's light, they cannot attain to that
1351 spiritual light with which our mind is somehow irradiated,
1352 so that we can form right judgments of all things. For our
1353 power to judge is proportioned to our acceptance of this light.
1354 Nevertheless, the irrational animals, though they have not
1355 knowledge, have certainly something resembling knowledge;
1356 whereas the other material things are said to be sensible, not
1357 because they have senses, but because they are the objects of
1358 our senses. Yet among plants, their nourishment and generation
1359 have some resemblance to sensible life. However, both
1360 these and all material things have their causes hidden in their
1361 nature; but their outward forms, which lend beauty to this
1362 visible structure of the world, are perceived by our senses, so
1363 that they seem to wish to compensate for their own want of
1364 knowledge by providing us with knowledge. But we perceive
1365 them by our bodily senses in such a way that we do not
1366 judge of them by these senses. For we have another and far
1367 superior sense, belonging to the inner man, by which we perceive
1368 what things are just, and what unjust,—just by means
1369 of an intelligible idea, unjust by the want of it. This sense is
1370 aided in its functions neither by the eyesight, nor by the
1371 orifice of the ear, nor by the air-holes of the nostrils, nor by
1372 the palate's taste, nor by any bodily touch. By it I am
1373 assured both that I am, and that I know this; and these two
1374 I love, and in the same manner I am assured that I love
1375 them.
1376 >
1377 >
1378 >
1379 28. *Whether we ought to love the love itself with which we love our existence and
1380 > our knowledge of it, that so we may more nearly resemble the image of
1381 > the divine Trinity.*
1382 We have said as much as the scope of this work demands
1383 regarding these two things, to wit, our existence, and our
1384 knowledge of it, and how much they are loved by us, and
1385 how there is found even in the lower creatures a kind of likeness
1386 of these things, and yet with a difference. We have yet
1387 to speak of the love wherewith they are loved, to determine
1388 whether this love itself is loved. And doubtless it is; and
1389 this is the proof. Because in men who are justly loved, it is
1390 rather love itself that is loved; for he is not justly called a
1391 good man who knows what is good, but who loves it. Is it
1392 not then obvious that we love in ourselves the very love
1393 wherewith we love whatever good we love? For there is
1394 also a love wherewith we love that which we ought not to
1395 love; and this love is hated by him who loves that wherewith
1396 he loves what ought to be loved. For it is quite possible
1397 for both to exist in one man. And this co-existence is
1398 good for a man, to the end that this love which conduces to
1399 our living well may grow, and the other, which leads us to
1400 evil may decrease, until our whole life be perfectly healed
1401 and transmuted into good. For if we were beasts, we should
1402 love the fleshly and sensual life, and this would be our
1403 sufficient good; and when it was well with us in respect of
1404 it, we should seek nothing beyond. In like manner, if we
1405 were trees, we could not, indeed, in the strict sense of the
1406 word, love anything; nevertheless we should seem, as it were,
1407 to long for that by which we might become more abundantly
1408 and luxuriantly fruitful. If we were stones, or waves, or
1409 wind, or flame, or anything of that kind, we should want,
1410 indeed, both sensation and life, yet should possess a kind of
1411 attraction towards our own proper position and natural order.
1412 For the specific gravity of bodies is, as it were, their love,
1413 whether they are carried downwards by their weight, or upwards
1414 by their levity. For the body is borne by its gravity,
1415 as the spirit by love, whithersoever it is borne.[494] But we are
1416 men, created in the image of our Creator, whose eternity is
1417 true, and whose truth is eternal, whose love is eternal and
1418 true, and who Himself is the eternal, true, and adorable Trinity,
1419 without confusion, without separation; and, therefore, while, as
1420 we run over all the works which He has established, we may
1421 detect, as it were, His footprints, now more and now less
1422 distinct even in those things that are beneath us, since they
1423 could not so much as exist, or be bodied forth in any shape,
1424 or follow and observe any law, had they not been made by
1425 Him who supremely is, and is supremely good and supremely
1426 wise; yet in ourselves beholding His image, let us, like that
1427 younger son of the gospel, come to ourselves, and arise and
1428 return to Him from whom by our sin we had departed.
1429 There our being will have no death, our knowledge no error,
1430 our love no mishap. But now, though we are assured of our
1431 possession of these three things, not on the testimony of others,
1432 but by our own consciousness of their presence, and because
1433 we see them with our own most truthful interior vision, yet,
1434 as we cannot of ourselves know how long they are to continue,
1435 and whether they shall never cease to be, and what issue their
1436 good or bad use will lead to, we seek for others who can
1437 acquaint us of these things, if we have not already found
1438 them. Of the trustworthiness of these witnesses, there will,
1439 not now, but subsequently, be an opportunity of speaking.
1440 But in this book let us go on as we have begun, with God's
1441 help, to speak of the city of God, not in its state of pilgrimage
1442 and mortality, but as it exists ever immortal in the
1443 heavens,—that is, let us speak of the holy angels who maintain
1444 their allegiance to God, who never were, nor ever shall be,
1445 apostate, between whom and those who forsook light eternal
1446 and became darkness, God, as we have already said, made at
1447 the first a separation.
1448 >
1449 >
1450 >
1451 29. *Of the knowledge by which the holy angels know God in His essence, and by
1452 > which they see the causes of His works in the art of the worker, before
1453 > they see them in the works of the artist.*
1454 Those holy angels come to the knowledge of God not by
1455 audible words, but by the presence to their souls of immutable
1456 truth, *i.e.*, of the only-begotten Word of God; and
1457 they know this Word Himself, and the Father, and their
1458 Holy Spirit, and that this Trinity is indivisible, and that
1459 the three persons of it are one substance, and that there
1460 are not three Gods but one God; and this they so know, that
1461 it is better understood by them than we are by ourselves.
1462 Thus, too, they know the creature also, not in itself, but by this
1463 better way, in the wisdom of God, as if in the art by which
1464 it was created; and, consequently, they know themselves
1465 better in God than in themselves, though they have also
1466 this latter knowledge. For they were created, and are
1467 different from their Creator. In Him, therefore, they have,
1468 as it were, a noonday knowledge; in themselves, a twilight
1469 knowledge, according to our former explanations.[495] For there
1470 is a great difference between knowing a thing in the design
1471 in conformity to which it was made, and knowing it in itself,—*e.g.*,
1472 the straightness of lines and correctness of figures is
1473 known in one way when mentally conceived, in another when
1474 described on paper; and justice is known in one way in the
1475 unchangeable truth, in another in the spirit of a just man.
1476 So is it with all other things,—as, the firmament between the
1477 water above and below, which was called the heaven; the
1478 gathering of the waters beneath, and the laying bare of the
1479 dry land, and the production of plants and trees; the creation
1480 of sun, moon, and stars; and of the animals out of the waters,
1481 fowls, and fish, and monsters of the deep; and of everything
1482 that walks or creeps on the earth, and of man himself, who
1483 excels all that is on the earth,—all these things are known
1484 in one way by the angels in the Word of God, in which they
1485 see the eternally abiding causes and reasons according to which
1486 they were made, and in another way in themselves: in the
1487 former, with a clearer knowledge; in the latter, with a knowledge
1488 dimmer, and rather of the bare works than of the design.
1489 Yet, when these works are referred to the praise and adoration
1490 of the Creator Himself, it is as if morning dawned in the
1491 minds of those who contemplate them.
1492 30. *Of the perfection of the number six, which is the first of the numbers
1493 which is composed of its aliquot parts.*
1494 These works are recorded to have been completed in six
1495 days (the same day being six times repeated), because six
1496 is a perfect number,—not because God required a protracted
1497 time, as if He could not at once create all things, which then
1498 should mark the course of time by the movements proper to
1499 them, but because the perfection of the works was signified
1500 by the number six. For the number six is the first which is
1501 made up of its own[496] parts, *i.e.*, of its sixth, third, and half,
1502 which are respectively one, two, and three, and which make
1503 a total of six. In this way of looking at a number, those are
1504 said to be its parts which exactly divide it, as a half, a third,
1505 a fourth, or a fraction with any denominator,—*e.g.*, four is a
1506 part of nine, but not therefore an aliquot part; but one is, for
1507 it is the ninth part; and three is, for it is the third. Yet
1508 these two parts, the ninth and the third, or one and three, are
1509 far from making its whole sum of nine. So again, in the
1510 number ten, four is a part, yet does not divide it; but one is
1511 an aliquot part, for it is a tenth; so it has a fifth, which is
1512 two; and a half, which is five. But these three parts, a tenth,
1513 a fifth, and a half, or one, two, and five, added together, do not
1514 make ten, but eight. Of the number twelve, again, the parts
1515 added together exceed the whole; for it has a twelfth, that is,
1516 one; a sixth, or two; a fourth, which is three; a third, which
1517 is four; and a half, which is six. But one, two, three, four, and
1518 six make up, not twelve, but more, viz. sixteen. So much I
1519 have thought fit to state for the sake of illustrating the perfection
1520 of the number six, which is, as I said, the first which
1521 is exactly made up of its own parts added together; and in
1522 this number of days God finished His work.[497] And, therefore,
1523 we must not despise the science of numbers, which, in many
1524 passages of holy Scripture, is found to be of eminent service
1525 to the careful interpreter.[498] Neither has it been without
1526 reason numbered among God's praises, "Thou hast ordered
1527 all things in number, and measure, and weight."[499]
1528 31. *Of the seventh day, in which completeness and repose are celebrated.*
1529 But, on the seventh day (*i.e.*, the same day repeated seven
1530 times, which number is also a perfect one, though for another
1531 reason), the rest of God is set forth, and then, too, we first
1532 hear of its being hallowed. So that God did not wish to
1533 hallow this day by His works, but by His rest, which has no
1534 evening, for it is not a creature; so that, being known in one
1535 way in the Word of God, and in another in itself, it should
1536 make a twofold knowledge, daylight and dusk (day and evening).
1537 Much more might be said about the perfection of the
1538 number seven, but this book is already too long, and I fear
1539 lest I should seem to catch at an opportunity of airing my
1540 little smattering of science more childishly than profitably.
1541 I must speak, therefore, in moderation and with dignity, lest,
1542 in too keenly following "number," I be accused of forgetting
1543 "weight" and "measure." Suffice it here to say, that three
1544 is the first whole number that is odd, four the first that is
1545 even, and of these two, seven is composed. On this account
1546 it is often put for all numbers together, as, "A just man
1547 falleth seven times, and riseth up again,"[500]—that is, let him
1548 fall never so often, he will not perish (and this was meant
1549 to be understood not of sins, but of afflictions conducing to
1550 lowliness). Again, "Seven times a day will I praise Thee,"[501]
1551 which elsewhere is expressed thus, "I will bless the Lord *at
1552 all times*."[502] And many such instances are found in the divine
1553 authorities, in which the number seven is, as I said, commonly
1554 used to express the whole, or the completeness of anything.
1555 And so the Holy Spirit, of whom the Lord says, "He will
1556 teach you all truth,"[503] is signified by this number.[504] In it is
1557 the rest of God, the rest His people find in Him. For rest is
1558 in the whole, *i.e.* in perfect completeness, while in the part
1559 there is labour. And thus we labour as long as we know in
1560 part; "but when that which is perfect is come, then that
1561 which is in part shall be done away."[505] It is even with toil
1562 we search into the Scriptures themselves. But the holy angels,
1563 towards whose society and assembly we sigh while in this
1564 our toilsome pilgrimage, as they already abide in their eternal
1565 home, so do they enjoy perfect facility of knowledge and
1566 felicity of rest. It is without difficulty that they help us;
1567 for their spiritual movements, pure and free, cost them no
1568 effort.
1569 32. *Of the opinion that the angels were created before the world.*
1570 But if some one oppose our opinion, and say that the
1571 holy angels are not referred to when it is said, "Let there
1572 be light, and there was light;" if he suppose or teach that
1573 some material light, then first created, was meant, and that
1574 the angels were created, not only before the firmament dividing
1575 the waters and named "the heaven," but also before the
1576 time signified in the words, "In the beginning God created
1577 the heaven and the earth;" if he allege that this phrase, "In
1578 the beginning," does not mean that nothing was made before
1579 (for the angels were), but that God made all things by His
1580 Wisdom or Word, who is named in Scripture "the Beginning,"
1581 as He Himself, in the gospel, replied to the Jews when they
1582 asked Him who He was, that He was the Beginning;[506]—I will
1583 not contest the point, chiefly because it gives me the liveliest
1584 satisfaction to find the Trinity celebrated in the very beginning
1585 of the book of Genesis. For, having said, "In the Beginning
1586 God created the heaven and the earth," meaning that the
1587 Father made them in the Son (as the psalm testifies where
1588 it says, "How manifold are Thy works, O Lord! in Wisdom
1589 hast Thou made them all"[507]), a little afterwards mention is
1590 fitly made of the Holy Spirit also. For, when it had been
1591 told us what kind of earth God created at first, or what the
1592 mass or matter was which God, under the name of "heaven
1593 and earth," had provided for the construction of the world, as
1594 is told in the additional words, "And the earth was without
1595 form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the
1596 deep," then, for the sake of completing the mention of the
1597 Trinity, it is immediately added, "And the Spirit of God
1598 moved upon the face of the waters." Let each one, then,
1599 take it as he pleases; for it is so profound a passage, that it
1600 may well suggest, for the exercise of the reader's tact, many
1601 opinions, and none of them widely departing from the rule of
1602 faith. At the same time, let none doubt that the holy angels in
1603 their heavenly abodes are, though not, indeed, co-eternal with
1604 God, yet secure and certain of eternal and true felicity. To
1605 their company the Lord teaches that His little ones belong; and
1606 not only says, "They shall be equal to the angels of God,"[508] but
1607 shows, too, what blessed contemplation the angels themselves
1608 enjoy, saying, "Take heed that ye despise not one of these
1609 little ones: for I say unto you, that in heaven their angels do
1610 always behold the face of my Father which is in heaven."[509]
1611 33. *Of the two different and dissimilar communities of angels, which are not
1612 inappropriately signified by the names light and darkness.*
1613 That certain angels sinned, and were thrust down to the
1614 lowest parts of this world, where they are, as it were, incarcerated
1615 till their final damnation in the day of judgment, the
1616 Apostle Peter very plainly declares, when he says that "God
1617 spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell,
1618 and delivered them into chains of darkness to be reserved unto
1619 judgment."[510] Who, then, can doubt that God, either in foreknowledge
1620 or in act, separated between these and the rest?
1621 And who will dispute that the rest are justly called "light?"
1622 For even we who are yet living by faith, hoping only and not
1623 yet enjoying equality with them, are already called "light" by
1624 the apostle: "For ye were sometimes darkness, but now are
1625 ye light in the Lord."[511] But as for these apostate angels, all
1626 who understand or believe them to be worse than unbelieving
1627 men are well aware that they are called "darkness."
1628 Wherefore, though light and darkness are to be taken in their
1629 literal signification in these passages of Genesis in which it is
1630 said, "God said, Let there be light, and there was light," and
1631 "God divided the light from the darkness," yet, for our part,
1632 we understand these two societies of angels,—the one enjoying
1633 God, the other swelling with pride; the one to whom it is
1634 said, "Praise ye Him, all His angels,"[512] the other whose prince
1635 says, "All these things will I give Thee if Thou wilt fall down
1636 and worship me;"[513] the one blazing with the holy love of God,
1637 the other reeking with the unclean lust of self-advancement.
1638 And since, as it is written, "God resisteth the proud, but
1639 giveth grace unto the humble,"[514] we may say, the one dwelling
1640 in the heaven of heavens, the other cast thence, and raging
1641 through the lower regions of the air; the one tranquil in the
1642 brightness of piety, the other tempest-tossed with beclouding
1643 desires; the one, at God's pleasure, tenderly succouring, justly
1644 avenging,—the other, set on by its own pride, boiling with the
1645 lust of subduing and hurting; the one the minister of God's
1646 goodness to the utmost of their good pleasure, the other held
1647 in by God's power from doing the harm it would; the former
1648 laughing at the latter when it does good unwillingly by its
1649 persecutions, the latter envying the former when it gathers in
1650 its pilgrims. These two angelic communities, then, dissimilar
1651 and contrary to one another, the one both by nature good and
1652 by will upright, the other also good by nature but by will
1653 depraved, as they are exhibited in other and more explicit
1654 passages of holy writ, so I think they are spoken of in this
1655 book of Genesis under the names of light and darkness; and
1656 even if the author perhaps had a different meaning, yet our
1657 discussion of the obscure language has not been wasted time;
1658 for, though we have been unable to discover his meaning, yet
1659 we have adhered to the rule of faith, which is sufficiently ascertained
1660 by the faithful from other passages of equal authority.
1661 For, though it is the material works of God which are here
1662 spoken of, they have certainly a resemblance to the spiritual,
1663 so that Paul can say, "Ye are all the children of light, and
1664 the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness."[515]
1665 If, on the other hand, the author of Genesis saw in
1666 the words what we see, then our discussion reaches this more
1667 satisfactory conclusion, that the man of God, so eminently and
1668 divinely wise, or rather, that the Spirit of God who by him
1669 recorded God's works which were finished on the sixth day,
1670 may be supposed not to have omitted all mention of the
1671 angels, whether he included them in the words "in the beginning,"
1672 because He made them first, or, which seems most
1673 likely, because He made them in the only-begotten Word.
1674 And, under these names heaven and earth, the whole creation
1675 is signified, either as divided into spiritual and material, which
1676 seems the more likely, or into the two great parts of the world
1677 in which all created things are contained, so that, first of all,
1678 the creation is presented in sum, and then its parts are enumerated
1679 according to the mystic number of the days.
1680 >
1681 >
1682 >
1683 34. *Of the idea that the angels were meant where the separation of the waters
1684 > by the firmament is spoken of, and of that other idea that the waters were
1685 > not created.*
1686 Some,[516] however, have supposed that the angelic hosts are
1687 somehow referred to under the name of waters, and that this
1688 is what is meant by, "Let there be a firmament in the midst
1689 of the waters:"[517] that the waters above should be understood of
1690 the angels, and those below either of the visible waters, or of
1691 the multitude of bad angels, or of the nations of men. If
1692 this be so, then it does not here appear when the angels were
1693 created, but when they were separated. Though there have
1694 not been wanting men foolish and wicked enough[518] to deny
1695 that the waters were made by God, because it is nowhere
1696 written, "God said, Let there be waters." With equal folly
1697 they might say the same of the earth, for nowhere do we read,
1698 "God said, Let the earth be." But, say they, it is written,
1699 "In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth."
1700 Yes, and there the water is meant, for both are included in
1701 one word. For "the sea is His," as the psalm says, "and
1702 He made it; and His hands formed the dry land."[519] But
1703 those who would understand the angels by the waters above
1704 the skies have a difficulty about the specific gravity of the
1705 elements, and fear that the waters, owing to their fluidity and
1706 weight, could not be set in the upper parts of the world. So
1707 that, if they were to construct a man upon their own principles,
1708 they would not put in his head any moist humours, or
1709 "phlegm" as the Greeks call it, and which acts the part of
1710 water among the elements of our body. But, in God's handiwork,
1711 the head is the seat of the phlegm, and surely most
1712 fitly; and yet, according to their supposition, so absurdly
1713 that if we were not aware of the fact, and were informed by
1714 this same record that God had put a moist and cold and
1715 therefore heavy humour in the uppermost part of man's body,
1716 these world-weighers would refuse belief. And if they were
1717 confronted with the authority of Scripture, they would maintain
1718 that something else must be meant by the words. But,
1719 were we to investigate and discover all the details which are
1720 written in this divine book regarding the creation of the
1721 world, we should have much to say, and should widely digress
1722 from the proposed aim of this work. Since, then, we have
1723 now said what seemed needful regarding these two diverse
1724 and contrary communities of angels, in which the origin of
1725 the two human communities (of which we intend to speak
1726 anon) is also found, let us at once bring this book also to a
1727 conclusion.
BOOK XII
67 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
70 >
71 >
72 >
73 AUGUSTINE FIRST INSTITUTES TWO INQUIRIES REGARDING THE ANGELS; NAMELY,
74 > WHENCE IS THERE IN SOME A GOOD, AND IN OTHERS AN EVIL WILL? AND,
75 > WHAT IS THE REASON OF THE BLESSEDNESS OF THE GOOD, AND THE MISERY
76 > OF THE EVIL? AFTERWARDS HE TREATS OF THE CREATION OF MAN, AND
77 > TEACHES THAT HE IS NOT FROM ETERNITY, BUT WAS CREATED, AND BY
78 > NONE OTHER THAN GOD.
79 1. *That the nature of the angels, both good and bad, is one and the same.*
80 It has already, in the preceding book, been shown how the
81 two cities originated among the angels. Before I speak
82 of the creation of man, and show how the cities took their
83 rise, so far as regards the race of rational mortals, I see that
84 I must first, so far as I can, adduce what may demonstrate
85 that it is not incongruous and unsuitable to speak of a society
86 composed of angels and men together; so that there are not
87 four cities or societies,—two, namely, of angels, and as many
88 of men,—but rather two in all, one composed of the good, the
89 other of the wicked, angels or men indifferently.
90 That the contrary propensities in good and bad angels have
91 arisen, not from a difference in their nature and origin, since
92 God, the good Author and Creator of all essences, created them
93 both, but from a difference in their wills and desires, it is impossible
94 to doubt. While some stedfastly continued in that which
95 was the common good of all, namely, in God Himself, and in
96 His eternity, truth, and love; others, being enamoured rather
97 of their own power, as if they could be their own good, lapsed
98 to this private good of their own, from that higher and beatific
99 good which was common to all, and, bartering the lofty dignity
100 of eternity for the inflation of pride, the most assured verity
101 for the slyness of vanity, uniting love for factious partisanship,
102 they became proud, deceived, envious. The cause, therefore,
103 of the blessedness of the good is adherence to God. And so
104 the cause of the others' misery will be found in the contrary,
105 that is, in their not adhering to God. Wherefore, if when
106 the question is asked, why are the former blessed, it is rightly
107 answered, because they adhere to God; and when it is asked,
108 why are the latter miserable, it is rightly answered, because
109 they do not adhere to God,—then there is no other good for
110 the rational or intellectual creature save God only. Thus,
111 though it is not every creature that can be blessed (for beasts,
112 trees, stones, and things of that kind have not this capacity),
113 yet that creature which has the capacity cannot be blessed of
114 itself, since it is created out of nothing, but only by Him by
115 whom it has been created. For it is blessed by the possession
116 of that whose loss makes it miserable. He, then, who is
117 blessed not in another, but in himself, cannot be miserable,
118 because he cannot lose himself.
119 Accordingly we say that there is no unchangeable good but
120 the one, true, blessed God; that the things which He made are
121 indeed good because from Him, yet mutable because made not
122 out of Him, but out of nothing. Although, therefore, they are
123 not the supreme good, for God is a greater good, yet those
124 mutable things which can adhere to the immutable good, and
125 so be blessed, are very good; for so completely is He their
126 good, that without Him they cannot but be wretched. And
127 the other created things in the universe are not better on this
128 account, that they cannot be miserable. For no one would
129 say that the other members of the body are superior to the
130 eyes, because they cannot be blind. But as the sentient
131 nature, even when it feels pain, is superior to the stony, which
132 can feel none, so the rational nature, even when wretched, is
133 more excellent than that which lacks reason or feeling, and
134 can therefore experience no misery. And since this is so,
135 then in this nature which has been created so excellent, that
136 though it be mutable itself, it can yet secure its blessedness
137 by adhering to the immutable good, the supreme God; and
138 since it is not satisfied unless it be perfectly blessed, and
139 cannot be thus blessed save in God,—in this nature, I say,
140 not to adhere to God, is manifestly a fault.[520] Now every fault
141 injures the nature, and is consequently contrary to the nature.
142 The creature, therefore, which cleaves to God, differs from
143 those who do not, not by nature, but by fault; and yet by
144 this very fault the nature itself is proved to be very noble
145 and admirable. For that nature is certainly praised, the fault
146 of which is justly blamed. For we justly blame the fault
147 because it mars the praiseworthy nature. As, then, when we
148 say that blindness is a defect of the eyes, we prove that sight
149 belongs to the nature of the eyes; and when we say that
150 deafness is a defect of the ears, hearing is thereby proved to
151 belong to their nature;—so, when we say that it is a fault of
152 the angelic creature that it does not cleave to God, we hereby
153 most plainly declare that it pertained to its nature to cleave
154 to God. And who can worthily conceive or express how
155 great a glory that is, to cleave to God, so as to live to Him,
156 to draw wisdom from Him, to delight in Him, and to enjoy
157 this so great good, without death, error, or grief? And thus,
158 since every vice is an injury of the nature, that very vice of
159 the wicked angels, their departure from God, is sufficient proof
160 that God created their nature so good, that it is an injury to
161 it not to be with God.
162 2. *That there is no entity*[521] *contrary to the divine, because nonentity seems to be
163 that which is wholly opposite to Him who supremely and always is.*
164 This may be enough to prevent any one from supposing,
165 when we speak of the apostate angels, that they could have
166 another nature, derived, as it were, from some different origin,
167 and not from God. From the great impiety of this error we
168 shall disentangle ourselves the more readily and easily, the
169 more distinctly we understand that which God spoke by the
170 angel when He sent Moses to the children of Israel: "I am
171 that I am."[522] For since God is the supreme existence, that is
172 to say, supremely is, and is therefore unchangeable, the things
173 that He made He empowered to be, but not to be supremely
174 like Himself. To some He communicated a more ample, to
175 others a more limited existence, and thus arranged the natures
176 of beings in ranks. For as from *sapere* comes *sapientia*, so
177 from *esse* comes *essentia*,—a new word indeed, which the old
178 Latin writers did not use, but which is naturalized in our
179 day,[523] that our language may not want an equivalent for the
180 Greek οὐσία. For this is expressed word for word by *essentia*.
181 Consequently, to that nature which supremely is, and which
182 created all else that exists, no nature is contrary save that
183 which does not exist. For nonentity is the contrary of that
184 which is. And thus there is no being contrary to God, the
185 Supreme Being, and Author of all beings whatsoever.
186 3. *That the enemies of God are so, not by nature but by will, which, as it injures
187 them, injures a good nature; for if vice does not injure, it is not vice.*
188 In Scripture they are called God's enemies who oppose His
189 rule, not by nature, but by vice; having no power to hurt
190 Him, but only themselves. For they are His enemies, not
191 through their power to hurt, but by their will to oppose Him.
192 For God is unchangeable, and wholly proof against injury.
193 Therefore the vice which makes those who are called His
194 enemies resist Him, is an evil not to God, but to themselves.
195 And to them it is an evil, solely because it corrupts the good
196 of their nature. It is not nature, therefore, but vice, which is
197 contrary to God. For that which is evil is contrary to the
198 good. And who will deny that God is the supreme good?
199 Vice, therefore, is contrary to God, as evil to good. Further,
200 the nature it vitiates is a good, and therefore to this good
201 also it is contrary. But while it is contrary to God only as
202 evil to good, it is contrary to the nature it vitiates, both as
203 evil and as hurtful. For to God no evils are hurtful; but
204 only to natures mutable and corruptible, though, by the testimony
205 of the vices themselves, originally good. For were they
206 not good, vices could not hurt them. For how do they hurt
207 them but by depriving them of integrity, beauty, welfare,
208 virtue, and, in short, whatever natural good vice is wont to
209 diminish or destroy? But if there be no good to take away,
210 then no injury can be done, and consequently there can be no
211 vice. For it is impossible that there should be a harmless
212 vice. Whence we gather, that though vice cannot injure the
213 unchangeable good, it can injure nothing but good; because
214 it does not exist where it does not injure. This, then, may
215 be thus formulated: Vice cannot be in the highest good, and
216 cannot be but in some good. Things solely good, therefore,
217 can in some circumstances exist; things solely evil, never; for
218 even those natures which are vitiated by an evil will, so far
219 indeed as they are vitiated, are evil, but in so far as they
220 are natures they are good. And when a vitiated nature is
221 punished, besides the good it has in being a nature, it has
222 this also, that it is not unpunished.[524] For this is just, and
223 certainly everything just is a good. For no one is punished
224 for natural, but for voluntary vices. For even the vice which
225 by the force of habit and long continuance has become a
226 second nature, had its origin in the will. For at present we
227 are speaking of the vices of the nature, which has a mental
228 capacity for that enlightenment which discriminates between
229 what is just and what is unjust.
230 4. *Of the nature of irrational and lifeless creatures, which in their own kind
231 and order do not mar the beauty of the universe.*
232 But it is ridiculous to condemn the faults of beasts and
233 trees, and other such mortal and mutable things as are void of
234 intelligence, sensation, or life, even though these faults should
235 destroy their corruptible nature; for these creatures received,
236 at their Creator's will, an existence fitting them, by passing
237 away and giving place to others, to secure that lowest form of
238 beauty, the beauty of seasons, which in its own place is a
239 requisite part of this world. For things earthly were neither
240 to be made equal to things heavenly, nor were they, though
241 inferior, to be quite omitted from the universe. Since, then,
242 in those situations where such things are appropriate, some
243 perish to make way for others that are born in their room,
244 and the less succumb to the greater, and the things that are
245 overcome are transformed into the quality of those that have
246 the mastery, this is the appointed order of things transitory.
247 Of this order the beauty does not strike us, because by our
248 mortal frailty we are so involved in a part of it, that we cannot
249 perceive the whole, in which these fragments that offend
250 us are harmonized with the most accurate fitness and beauty.
251 And therefore, where we are not so well able to perceive the
252 wisdom of the Creator, we are very properly enjoined to believe
253 it, lest in the vanity of human rashness we presume to find
254 any fault with the work of so great an Artificer. At the same
255 time, if we attentively consider even these faults of earthly
256 things, which are neither voluntary nor penal, they seem to
257 illustrate the excellence of the natures themselves, which are
258 all originated and created by God; for it is that which pleases
259 us in this nature which we are displeased to see removed by
260 the fault,—unless even the natures themselves displease men,
261 as often happens when they become hurtful to them, and then
262 men estimate them not by their nature, but by their utility;
263 as in the case of those animals whose swarms scourged the
264 pride of the Egyptians. But in this way of estimating, they
265 may find fault with the sun itself; for certain criminals or
266 debtors are sentenced by the judges to be set in the sun.
267 Therefore it is not with respect to our convenience or discomfort,
268 but with respect to their own nature, that the creatures
269 are glorifying to their Artificer. Thus even the nature of the
270 eternal fire, penal though it be to the condemned sinners, is
271 most assuredly worthy of praise. For what is more beautiful
272 than fire flaming, blazing, and shining? What more useful
273 than fire for warming, restoring, cooking, though nothing is
274 more destructive than fire burning and consuming? The same
275 thing, then, when applied in one way, is destructive, but when
276 applied suitably, is most beneficial. For who can find words
277 to tell its uses throughout the whole world? We must
278 not listen, then, to those who praise the light of fire but find
279 fault with its heat, judging it not by its nature, but by their
280 convenience or discomfort. For they wish to see, but not
281 to be burnt. But they forget that this very light which is so
282 pleasant to them, disagrees with and hurts weak eyes; and
283 in that heat which is disagreeable to them, some animals
284 find the most suitable conditions of a healthy life.
285 5. *That in all natures, of every kind and rank, God is glorified.*
286 All natures, then, inasmuch as they are, and have therefore
287 a rank and species of their own, and a kind of internal harmony,
288 are certainly good. And when they are in the places
289 assigned to them by the order of their nature, they preserve
290 such being as they have received. And those things which
291 have not received everlasting being, are altered for better or
292 for worse, so as to suit the wants and motions of those things
293 to which the Creator's law has made them subservient; and
294 thus they tend in the divine providence to that end which is
295 embraced in the general scheme of the government of the
296 universe. So that, though the corruption of transitory and
297 perishable things brings them to utter destruction, it does not
298 prevent their producing that which was designed to be their
299 result. And this being so, God, who supremely is, and who
300 therefore created every being which has not supreme existence
301 (for that which was made of nothing could not be equal to
302 Him, and indeed could not be at all had He not made it), is
303 not to be found fault with on account of the creature's faults,
304 but is to be praised in view of the natures He has made.
305 6. *What the cause of the blessedness of the good angels is, and what the
306 cause of the misery of the wicked.*
307 Thus the true cause of the blessedness of the good angels
308 is found to be this, that they cleave to Him who supremely
309 is. And if we ask the cause of the misery of the bad, it
310 occurs to us, and not unreasonably, that they are miserable
311 because they have forsaken Him who supremely is, and have
312 turned to themselves who have no such essence. And this
313 vice, what else is it called than pride? For "pride is the
314 beginning of sin."[525] They were unwilling, then, to preserve
315 their strength for God; and as adherence to God was the
316 condition of their enjoying an ampler being, they diminished
317 it by preferring themselves to Him. This was the first defect,
318 and the first impoverishment, and the first flaw of their nature,
319 which was created, not indeed supremely existent, but finding
320 its blessedness in the enjoyment of the Supreme Being; whilst
321 by abandoning Him it should become, not indeed no nature
322 at all, but a nature with a less ample existence, and therefore
323 wretched.
324 If the further question be asked, What was the efficient
325 cause of their evil will? there is none. For what is it which
326 makes the will bad, when it is the will itself which makes the
327 action bad? And consequently the bad will is the cause of
328 the bad action, but nothing is the efficient cause of the bad
329 will. For if anything is the cause, this thing either has or
330 has not a will. If it has, the will is either good or bad. If
331 good, who is so left to himself as to say that a good will
332 makes a will bad? For in this case a good will would be
333 the cause of sin; a most absurd supposition. On the other
334 hand, if this hypothetical thing has a bad will, I wish to know
335 what made it so; and that we may not go on for ever, I ask
336 at once, what made the *first* evil will bad? For that is not
337 the first which was itself corrupted by an evil will, but that
338 is the first which was made evil by no other will. For if it
339 were preceded by that which made it evil, that will was first
340 which made the other evil. But if it is replied, "Nothing
341 made it evil; it always was evil," I ask if it has been existing
342 in some nature. For if not, then it did not exist at all;
343 and if it did exist in some nature, then it vitiated and corrupted
344 it, and injured it, and consequently deprived it of good.
345 And therefore the evil will could not exist in an evil nature,
346 but in a nature at once good and mutable, which this vice
347 could injure. For if it did no injury, it was no vice; and consequently
348 the will in which it was, could not be called evil.
349 But if it did injury, it did it by taking away or diminishing
350 good. And therefore there could not be from eternity, as was
351 suggested, an evil will in that thing in which there had been
352 previously a natural good, which the evil will was able to
353 diminish by corrupting it. If, then, it was not from eternity,
354 who, I ask, made it? The only thing that can be suggested
355 in reply is, that something which itself had no will, made the
356 will evil. I ask, then, whether this thing was superior, inferior,
357 or equal to it? If superior, then it is better. How,
358 then, has it no will, and not rather a good will? The same
359 reasoning applies if it was equal; for so long as two things
360 have equally a good will, the one cannot produce in the other
361 an evil will. Then remains the supposition that that which
362 corrupted the will of the angelic nature which first sinned,
363 was itself an inferior thing without a will. But that thing,
364 be it of the lowest and most earthly kind, is certainly itself
365 good, since it is a nature and being, with a form and rank of
366 its own in its own kind and order. How, then, can a good
367 thing be the efficient cause of an evil will? How, I say, can
368 good be the cause of evil? For when the will abandons what
369 is above itself, and turns to what is lower, it becomes evil—not
370 because that is evil to which it turns, but because the
371 turning itself is wicked. Therefore it is not an inferior thing
372 which has made the will evil, but it is itself which has become
373 so by wickedly and inordinately desiring an inferior thing.
374 For if two men, alike in physical and moral constitution, see
375 the same corporal beauty, and one of them is excited by the
376 sight to desire an illicit enjoyment, while the other stedfastly
377 maintains a modest restraint of his will, what do we suppose
378 brings it about, that there is an evil will in the one and not
379 in the other? What produces it in the man in whom it
380 exists? Not the bodily beauty, for that was presented equally
381 to the gaze of both, and yet did not produce in both an evil
382 will. Did the flesh of the one cause the desire as he looked?
383 But why did not the flesh of the other? Or was it the disposition?
384 But why not the disposition of both? For we
385 are supposing that both were of a like temperament of body
386 and soul. Must we, then, say that the one was tempted by a
387 secret suggestion of the evil spirit? As if it was not by his
388 own will that he consented to this suggestion and to any inducement
389 whatever! This consent, then, this evil will which
390 he presented to the evil suasive influence,—what was the
391 cause of it, we ask? For, not to delay on such a difficulty
392 as this, if both are tempted equally, and one yields and consents
393 to the temptation, while the other remains unmoved by
394 it, what other account can we give of the matter than this,
395 that the one is willing, the other unwilling, to fall away from
396 chastity? And what causes this but their own wills, in cases
397 at least such as we are supposing, where the temperament
398 is identical? The same beauty was equally obvious to the
399 eyes of both; the same secret temptation pressed on both
400 with equal violence. However minutely we examine the case,
401 therefore, we can discern nothing which caused the will of the
402 one to be evil. For if we say that the man himself made his
403 will evil, what was the man himself before his will was evil
404 but a good nature created by God, the unchangeable good?
405 Here are two men who, before the temptation, were alike in
406 body and soul, and of whom one yielded to the tempter who
407 persuaded him, while the other could not be persuaded to
408 desire that lovely body which was equally before the eyes of
409 both. Shall we say of the successfully tempted man that he
410 corrupted his own will, since he was certainly good before
411 his will became bad? Then, why did he do so? Was it
412 because his will was a nature, or because it was made of
413 nothing? We shall find that the latter is the case. For if
414 a nature is the cause of an evil will, what else can we say
415 than that evil arises from good, or that good is the cause of
416 evil? And how can it come to pass that a nature, good though
417 mutable, should produce any evil—that is to say, should make
418 the will itself wicked?
419 7. *That we ought not to expect to find any efficient cause of the evil will.*
420 Let no one, therefore, look for an efficient cause of the evil
421 will; for it is not efficient, but deficient, as the will itself is
422 not an effecting of something, but a defect. For defection
423 from that which supremely is, to that which has less of being,—this
424 is to begin to have an evil will. Now, to seek to
425 discover the causes of these defections,—causes, as I have
426 said, not efficient, but deficient,—is as if some one sought to
427 see darkness, or hear silence. Yet both of these are known
428 by us, and the former by means only of the eye, the latter
429 only by the ear; but not by their positive actuality,[526] but by
430 their want of it. Let no one, then, seek to know from me
431 what I know that I do not know; unless he perhaps wishes
432 to learn to be ignorant of that of which all we know is, that
433 it cannot be known. For those things which are known not
434 by their actuality, but by their want of it, are known, if our
435 expression may be allowed and understood, by not knowing
436 them, that by knowing them they may be not known. For
437 when the eyesight surveys objects that strike the sense, it
438 nowhere sees darkness but where it begins not to see. And
439 so no other sense but the ear can perceive silence, and yet it
440 is only perceived by not hearing. Thus, too, our mind perceives
441 intelligible forms by understanding them; but when
442 they are deficient, it knows them by not knowing them; for
443 "who can understand defects?"[527]
444 8. *Of the misdirected love whereby the will fell away from the immutable
445 to the mutable good.*
446 This I do know, that the nature of God can never, nowhere,
447 nowise be defective, and that natures made of nothing
448 can. These latter, however, the more being they have, and
449 the more good they do (for then they do something positive),
450 the more they have efficient causes; but in so far as they are
451 defective in being, and consequently do evil (for then what is
452 their work but vanity?), they have deficient causes. And I
453 know likewise, that the will could not become evil, were it
454 unwilling to become so; and therefore its failings are justly
455 punished, being not necessary, but voluntary. For its defections
456 are not to evil things, but are themselves evil; that is
457 to say, are not towards things that are naturally and in themselves
458 evil, but the defection of the will is evil, because it is
459 contrary to the order of nature, and an abandonment of that
460 which has supreme being for that which has less. For avarice
461 is not a fault inherent in gold, but in the man who inordinately
462 loves gold, to the detriment of justice, which ought to
463 be held in incomparably higher regard than gold. Neither is
464 luxury the fault of lovely and charming objects, but of the
465 heart that inordinately loves sensual pleasures, to the neglect
466 of temperance, which attaches us to objects more lovely in
467 their spirituality, and more delectable by their incorruptibility.
468 Nor yet is boasting the fault of human praise, but of the soul
469 that is inordinately fond of the applause of men, and that
470 makes light of the voice of conscience. Pride, too, is not the
471 fault of him who delegates power, nor of power itself, but of
472 the soul that is inordinately enamoured of its own power, and
473 despises the more just dominion of a higher authority. Consequently
474 he who inordinately loves the good which any
475 nature possesses, even though he obtain it, himself becomes
476 evil in the good, and wretched because deprived of a greater
477 good.
478 9. *Whether the angels, besides receiving from God their nature, received from
479 Him also their good will by the Holy Spirit imbuing them with love.*
480 There is, then, no natural efficient cause, or, if I may be
481 allowed the expression, no essential cause, of the evil will,
482 since itself is the origin of evil in mutable spirits, by which
483 the good of their nature is diminished and corrupted; and
484 the will is made evil by nothing else than defection from
485 God,—a defection of which the cause, too, is certainly deficient.
486 But as to the good will, if we should say that there
487 is no efficient cause of it, we must beware of giving currency
488 to the opinion that the good will of the good angels is not
489 created, but is co-eternal with God. For if they themselves
490 are created, how can we say that their good will was eternal?
491 But if created, was it created along with themselves, or did
492 they exist for a time without it? If along with themselves,
493 then doubtless it was created by Him who created them, and,
494 as soon as ever they were created, they attached themselves
495 to Him who created them, with the love He created in them.
496 And they are separated from the society of the rest, because
497 they have continued in the same good will; while the others
498 have fallen away to another will, which is an evil one, by the
499 very fact of its being a falling away from the good; from
500 which, we may add, they would not have fallen away had
501 they been unwilling to do so. But if the good angels existed
502 for a time without a good will, and produced it in themselves
503 without God's interference, then it follows that they made
504 themselves better than He made them. Away with such a
505 thought! For without a good will, what were they but evil?
506 Or if they were not evil, because they had not an evil will
507 any more than a good one (for they had not fallen away from
508 that which as yet they had not begun to enjoy), certainly they
509 were not the same, not so good, as when they came to have
510 a good will. Or if they could not make themselves better
511 than they were made by Him who is surpassed by none in
512 His work, then certainly, without His helpful operation,
513 they could not come to possess that good will which made
514 them better. And though their good will effected that they
515 did not turn to themselves, who had a more stinted existence,
516 but to Him who supremely is, and that, being united to Him,
517 their own being was enlarged, and they lived a wise and
518 blessed life by His communications to them, what does this
519 prove but that the will, however good it might be, would
520 have continued helplessly only to desire Him, had not He
521 who had made their nature out of nothing, and yet capable of
522 enjoying Him, first stimulated it to desire Him, and then
523 filled it with Himself, and so made it better?
524 Besides, this too has to be inquired into, whether, if the
525 good angels made their own will good, they did so with or
526 without will? If without, then it was not their doing. If
527 with, was the will good or bad? If bad, how could a bad
528 will give birth to a good one? If good, then already they had
529 a good will. And who made this will, which already they
530 had, but He who created them with a good will, or with that
531 chaste love by which they cleaved to Him, in one and the
532 same act creating their nature, and endowing it with grace?
533 And thus we are driven to believe that the holy angels never
534 existed without a good will or the love of God. But the
535 angels who, though created good, are yet evil now, became so
536 by their own will. And this will was not made evil by their
537 good nature, unless by its voluntary defection from good;
538 for good is not the cause of evil, but a defection from good
539 is. These angels, therefore, either received less of the grace
540 of the divine love than those who persevered in the same; or
541 if both were created equally good, then, while the one fell by
542 their evil will, the others were more abundantly assisted, and
543 attained to that pitch of blessedness at which they became
544 certain they should never fall from it,—as we have already
545 shown in the preceding book.[528] We must therefore acknowledge,
546 with the praise due to the Creator, that not only of
547 holy men, but also of the holy angels, it can be said that
548 "the love of God is shed abroad in their hearts by the Holy
549 Ghost, which is given unto them."[529] And that not only of
550 men, but primarily and principally of angels it is true, as it
551 is written, "It is good to draw near to God."[530] And those
552 who have this good in common, have, both with Him to
553 whom they draw near, and with one another, a holy fellowship,
554 and form one city of God—His living sacrifice, and His
555 living temple. And I see that, as I have now spoken of the
556 rise of this city among the angels, it is time to speak of the
557 origin of that part of it which is hereafter to be united to the
558 immortal angels, and which at present is being gathered from
559 among mortal men, and is either sojourning on earth, or, in
560 the persons of those who have passed through death, is resting
561 in the secret receptacles and abodes of disembodied spirits.
562 For from one man, whom God created as the first, the whole
563 human race descended, according to the faith of Holy Scripture,
564 which deservedly is of wonderful authority among all
565 nations throughout the world; since, among its other true
566 statements, it predicted, by its divine foresight, that all nations
567 would give credit to it.
568 10. *Of the falseness of the history which allots many thousand years to the
569 world's past.*
570 Let us, then, omit the conjectures of men who know not
571 what they say, when they speak of the nature and origin of
572 the human race. For some hold the same opinion regarding
573 men that they hold regarding the world itself, that they have
574 always been. Thus Apuleius says when he is describing our
575 race, "Individually they are mortal, but collectively, and as
576 a race, they are immortal."[531] And when they are asked, how,
577 if the human race has always been, they vindicate the truth
578 of their history, which narrates who were the inventors, and
579 what they invented, and who first instituted the liberal studies
580 and the other arts, and who first inhabited this or that region,
581 and this or that island? they reply[532] that most, if not all
582 lands, were so desolated at intervals by fire and flood, that
583 men were greatly reduced in numbers, and from these, again,
584 the population was restored to its former numbers, and that
585 thus there was at intervals a new beginning made, and though
586 those things which had been interrupted and checked by the
587 severe devastations were only renewed, yet they seemed to be
588 originated then, but that man could not exist at all save as
589 produced by man. But they say what they think, not what
590 they know.
591 They are deceived, too, by those highly mendacious documents
592 which profess to give the history of many thousand
593 years, though, reckoning by the sacred writings, we find that
594 not 6000 years have yet passed.[533] And, not to spend many
595 words in exposing the baselessness of these documents, in
596 which so many thousands of years are accounted for, nor
597 in proving that their authorities are totally inadequate, let
598 me cite only that letter which Alexander the Great wrote to
599 his mother Olympias,[534] giving her the narrative he had from
600 an Egyptian priest, which he had extracted from their sacred
601 archives, and which gave an account of kingdoms mentioned
602 also by the Greek historians. In this letter of Alexander's a
603 term of upwards of 5000 years is assigned to the kingdom of
604 Assyria; while in the Greek history only 1300 years are
605 reckoned from the reign of Bel himself, whom both Greek
606 and Egyptian agree in counting the first king of Assyria.
607 Then to the empire of the Persians and Macedonians this
608 Egyptian assigned more than 8000 years, counting to the
609 time of Alexander, to whom he was speaking; while among
610 the Greeks, 485 years are assigned to the Macedonians down
611 to the death of Alexander, and to the Persians 233 years,
612 reckoning to the termination of his conquests. Thus these
613 give a much smaller number of years than the Egyptians;
614 and indeed, though multiplied three times, the Greek chronology
615 would still be shorter. For the Egyptians are said to
616 have formerly reckoned only four months to their year;[535] so
617 that one year, according to the fuller and truer computation
618 now in use among them as well as among ourselves, would
619 comprehend three of their old years. But not even thus, as I
620 said, does the Greek history correspond with the Egyptian in
621 its chronology. And therefore the former must receive the
622 greater credit, because it does not exceed the true account of
623 the duration of the world as it is given by our documents,
624 which are truly sacred. Further, if this letter of Alexander,
625 which has become so famous, differs widely in this matter of
626 chronology from the probable credible account, how much
627 less can we believe these documents which, though full of
628 fabulous and fictitious antiquities, they would fain oppose to
629 the authority of our well-known and divine books, which predicted
630 that the whole world would believe them, and which
631 the whole world accordingly has believed; which proved, too,
632 that it had truly narrated past events by its prediction of
633 future events, which have so exactly come to pass!
634 >
635 >
636 >
637 11. *Of those who suppose that this world indeed is not eternal, but that either
638 > there are numberless worlds, or that one and the same world is perpetually
639 > resolved into its elements, and renewed at the conclusion of fixed cycles.*
640 There are some, again, who, though they do not suppose
641 that this world is eternal, are of opinion either that this is
642 not the only world, but that there are numberless worlds, or
643 that indeed it is the only one, but that it dies, and is born
644 again at fixed intervals, and this times without number;[536] but
645 they must acknowledge that the human race existed before
646 there were other men to beget them. For they cannot suppose
647 that, if the whole world perish, some men would be left
648 alive in the world, as they might survive in floods and conflagrations,
649 which those other speculators suppose to be partial,
650 and from which they can therefore reasonably argue that a
651 few men survived whose posterity would renew the population;
652 but as they believe that the world itself is renewed out
653 of its own material, so they must believe that out of its elements
654 the human race was produced, and then that the progeny of
655 mortals sprang like that of other animals from their parents.
656 12. *How these persons are to be answered, who find fault with the creation of
657 man on the score of its recent date.*
658 As to those who are always asking why man was not
659 created during these countless ages of the infinitely extended
660 past, and came into being so lately that, according to Scripture,
661 less than 6000 years have elapsed since he began to be, I
662 would reply to them regarding the creation of man, just as I
663 replied regarding the origin of the world to those who will
664 not believe that it is not eternal, but had a beginning, which
665 even Plato himself most plainly declares, though some think
666 his statement was not consistent with his real opinion.[537] If it
667 offends them that the time that has elapsed since the creation
668 of man is so short, and his years so few according to our
669 authorities, let them take this into consideration, that nothing
670 that has a limit is long, and that all the ages of time being
671 finite, are very little, or indeed nothing at all, when compared
672 to the interminable eternity. Consequently, if there had
673 elapsed since the creation of man, I do not say five or six, but
674 even sixty or six hundred thousand years, or sixty times as
675 many, or six hundred or six hundred thousand times as many,
676 or this sum multiplied until it could no longer be expressed
677 in numbers, the same question could still be put, Why was
678 he not made before? For the past and boundless eternity
679 during which God abstained from creating man is so great,
680 that, compare it with what vast and untold number of ages
681 you please, so long as there is a definite conclusion of this
682 term of time, it is not even as if you compared the minutest
683 drop of water with the ocean that everywhere flows around
684 the globe. For of these two, one indeed is very small, the
685 other incomparably vast, yet both are finite; but that space of
686 time which starts from some beginning, and is limited by some
687 termination, be it of what extent it may, if you compare
688 it with that which has no beginning, I know not whether to
689 say we should count it the very minutest thing, or nothing at
690 all. For, take this limited time, and deduct from the end of it,
691 one by one, the briefest moments (as you might take day by day
692 from a man's life, beginning at the day in which he now lives,
693 back to that of his birth), and though the number of moments
694 you must subtract in this backward movement be so great
695 that no word can express it, yet this subtraction will some
696 time carry you to the beginning. But if you take away from
697 a time which has no beginning, I do not say brief moments
698 one by one, nor yet hours, or days, or months, or years even
699 in quantities, but terms of years so vast that they cannot be
700 named by the most skilful arithmetician,—take away terms of
701 years as vast as that which we have supposed to be gradually
702 consumed by the deduction of moments,—and take them away
703 not once and again repeatedly, but always, and what do you
704 effect, what do you make by your deduction, since you never
705 reach the beginning which has no existence? Wherefore, that
706 which we now demand after five thousand odd years, our
707 descendants might with like curiosity demand after six hundred
708 thousand years, supposing these dying generations of men
709 continue so long to decay and be renewed, and supposing posterity
710 continues as weak and ignorant as ourselves. The same
711 question might have been asked by those who have lived before
712 us, and while man was even newer upon earth. The first man
713 himself, in short, might, the day after, or the very day of his
714 creation, have asked why he was created no sooner. And no
715 matter at what earlier or later period he had been created, this
716 controversy about the commencement of this world's history
717 would have had precisely the same difficulties as it has now.
718 >
719 >
720 >
721 13. *Of the revolution of the ages, which some philosophers believe will bring all
722 > things round again, after a certain fixed cycle, to the same order and
723 > form as at first.*
724 This controversy some philosophers have seen no other
725 approved means of solving than by introducing cycles of time,
726 in which there should be a constant renewal and repetition of
727 the order of nature;[538] and they have therefore asserted that
728 these cycles will ceaselessly recur, one passing away and another
729 coming, though they are not agreed as to whether one permanent
730 world shall pass through all these cycles, or whether
731 the world shall at fixed intervals die out, and be renewed so
732 as to exhibit a recurrence of the same phenomena—the things
733 which have been, and those which are to be, coinciding. And
734 from this fantastic vicissitude they exempt not even the immortal
735 soul that has attained wisdom, consigning it to a ceaseless
736 transmigration between delusive blessedness and real
737 misery. For how can that be truly called blessed which has
738 no assurance of being so eternally, and is either in ignorance
739 of the truth, and blind to the misery that is approaching, or,
740 knowing it, is in misery and fear? Or if it passes to bliss,
741 and leaves miseries for ever, then there happens in time a
742 new thing which time shall not end. Why not, then, the
743 world also? Why may not man, too, be a similar thing?
744 So that, by following the straight path of sound doctrine, we
745 escape, I know not what circuitous paths, discovered by deceiving
746 and deceived sages.
747 Some, too, in advocating these recurring cycles that restore
748 all things to their original, cite in favour of their supposition
749 what Solomon says in the book of Ecclesiastes: "What is that
750 which hath been? It is that which shall be. And what is
751 that which is done? It is that which shall be done: and
752 there is no new thing under the sun. Who can speak and
753 say, See, this is new? It hath been already of old time, which
754 was before us."[539] This he said either of those things of which he
755 had just been speaking—the succession of generations, the orbit
756 of the sun, the course of rivers,—or else of all kinds of creatures
757 that are born and die. For men were before us, are with us,
758 and shall be after us; and so all living things and all plants.
759 Even monstrous and irregular productions, though differing
760 from one another, and though some are reported as solitary
761 instances, yet resemble one another generally, in so far as they
762 are miraculous and monstrous, and, in this sense, have been,
763 and shall be, and are no new and recent things under the
764 sun. However, some would understand these words as meaning
765 that in the predestination of God all things have already
766 existed, and that thus there is no new thing under the sun.
767 At all events, far be it from any true believer to suppose
768 that by these words of Solomon those cycles are meant, in
769 which, according to those philosophers, the same periods
770 and events of time are repeated; as if, for example, the
771 philosopher Plato, having taught in the school at Athens
772 which is called the Academy, so, numberless ages before,
773 at long but certain intervals, this same Plato, and the same
774 school, and the same disciples existed, and so also are to be
775 repeated during the countless cycles that are yet be be,—far
776 be it, I say, from us to believe this. For once Christ died
777 for our sins; and, rising from the dead, He dieth no more.
778 "Death hath no more dominion over Him;"[540] and we ourselves
779 after the resurrection shall be "ever with the Lord,"[541] to whom
780 we now say, as the sacred Psalmist dictates, "Thou shalt keep
781 us, O Lord, Thou shalt preserve us from this generation."[542]
782 And that too which follows, is, I think, appropriate enough:
783 "The wicked walk *in a circle*;" not because their life is to
784 recur by means of these circles, which these philosophers
785 imagine, but because the path in which their false doctrine
786 now runs is circuitous.
787 14. *Of the creation of the human race in time, and how this was effected
788 without any new design or change of purpose on God's part.*
789 What wonder is it if, entangled in these circles, they find
790 neither entrance nor egress? For they know not how the
791 human race, and this mortal condition of ours, took its origin,
792 nor how it will be brought to an end, since they cannot
793 penetrate the inscrutable wisdom of God. For, though Himself
794 eternal, and without beginning, yet He caused time to have a
795 beginning; and man, whom He had not previously made, He
796 made in time, not from a new and sudden resolution, but by
797 His unchangeable and eternal design. Who can search out
798 the unsearchable depth of this purpose, who can scrutinize the
799 inscrutable wisdom, wherewith God, without change of will,
800 created man, who had never before been, and gave him an
801 existence in time, and increased the human race from one
802 individual? For the Psalmist himself, when he had first
803 said, "Thou shalt keep us, O Lord, Thou shalt preserve us
804 from this generation for ever," and had then rebuked those
805 whose foolish and impious doctrine preserves for the soul no
806 eternal deliverance and blessedness, adds immediately, "The
807 wicked walk in a circle." Then, as if it were said to him,
808 "What then do you believe, feel, know? Are we to believe
809 that it suddenly occurred to God to create man, whom He
810 had never before made in a past eternity,—God, to whom
811 nothing new can occur, and in whom is no changeableness?"
812 the Psalmist goes on to reply, as if addressing God Himself,
813 "According to the depth of Thy wisdom Thou hast multiplied
814 the children of men." Let men, he seems to say, fancy what
815 they please, let them conjecture and dispute as seems good to
816 them, but Thou hast multiplied the children of men according
817 to the depth of thy wisdom, which no man can comprehend.
818 For this is a depth indeed, that God always has been, and that
819 man, whom He had never made before, He willed to make in
820 time, and this without changing His design and will.
821 >
822 >
823 >
824 15. *Whether we are to believe that God, as He has always been sovereign Lord,
825 > has always had creatures over whom He exercised His sovereignty; and
826 > in what sense we can say that the creature has always been, and yet cannot
827 > say it is co-eternal.*
828 For my own part, indeed, as I dare not say that there ever
829 was a time when the Lord God was not Lord,[543] so I ought not
830 to doubt that man had no existence before time, and was first
831 created in time. But when I consider what God could be the
832 Lord of, if there was not always some creature, I shrink from
833 making any assertion, remembering my own insignificance, and
834 that it is written, "What man is he that can know the
835 counsel of God? or who can think what the will of the Lord
836 is? For the thoughts of mortal men are timid, and our
837 devices are but uncertain. For the corruptible body presseth
838 down the soul, and the earthly tabernacle weigheth down the
839 mind that museth upon many things."[544] Many things certainly
840 do I muse upon in this earthly tabernacle, because the one thing
841 which is true among the many, or beyond the many, I cannot
842 find. If, then, among these many thoughts, I say that there
843 have always been creatures for Him to be Lord of, who is
844 always and ever has been Lord, but that these creatures have
845 not always been the same, but succeeded one another (for we
846 would not seem to say that any is co-eternal with the Creator,
847 an assertion condemned equally by faith and sound reason), I
848 must take care lest I fall into the absurd and ignorant error
849 of maintaining that by these successions and changes mortal
850 creatures have always existed, whereas the immortal creatures
851 had not begun to exist until the date of our own world, when
852 the angels were created; if at least the angels are intended
853 by that light which was first made, or, rather, by that heaven
854 of which it is said, "In the beginning God created the heavens
855 and the earth."[545] The angels at least did not exist before
856 they were created; for if we say that they have always
857 existed, we shall seem to make them co-eternal with the
858 Creator. Again, if I say that the angels were not created in
859 time, but existed before all times, as those over whom God,
860 who has ever been Sovereign, exercised His sovereignty, then
861 I shall be asked whether, if they were created before all time,
862 they, being creatures, could possibly always exist. It may
863 perhaps be replied, Why not *always*, since that which is in
864 all time may very properly be said to be "always?" Now,
865 so true is it that these angels have existed in all time, that
866 even before time was, they were created; if at least time
867 began with the heavens, and the angels existed before the
868 heavens. And if time was even before the heavenly bodies, not
869 indeed marked by hours, days, months, and years,—for these
870 measures of time's periods which are commonly and properly
871 called times, did manifestly begin with the motion of the
872 heavenly bodies, and so God said, when He appointed them,
873 "Let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and for
874 years,"[546]—if, I say, time was before these heavenly bodies by some
875 changing movement, whose parts succeeded one another and
876 could not exist simultaneously, and if there was some such
877 movement among the angels which necessitated the existence
878 of time, and that they from their very creation should be subject
879 to these temporal changes, then they have existed in all
880 time, for time came into being along with them. And who
881 will say that what was in all time, was not always?
882 But if I make such a reply, it will be said to me, How, then,
883 are they not co-eternal with the Creator, if He and they
884 always have been? How even can they be said to have
885 been created, if we are to understand that they have always
886 existed? What shall we reply to this? Shall we say that
887 both statements are true? that they always have been, since
888 they have been in all time, they being created along with
889 time, or time along with them, and yet that also they were
890 created? For, similarly, we will not deny that time itself
891 was created, though no one doubts that time has been in all
892 time; for if it has not been in all time, then there was a time
893 when there was no time. But the most foolish person could
894 not make such an assertion. For we can reasonably say
895 there was a time when Rome was not; there was a time
896 when Jerusalem was not; there was a time when Abraham
897 was not; there was a time when man was not, and so on:
898 in fine, if the world was not made at the commencement
899 of time, but after some time had elapsed, we can say there
900 was a time when the world was not. But to say there
901 was a time when time was not, is as absurd as to say
902 there was a man when there was no man; or, this world was
903 when this world was not. For if we are not referring to
904 the same object, the form of expression may be used, as, there
905 was another man when this man was not. Thus we can
906 reasonably say there was another time when this time was
907 not; but not the merest simpleton could say there was a
908 time when there was no time. As, then, we say that time
909 was created, though we also say that it always has been,
910 since in all time time has been, so it does not follow that if
911 the angels have always been, they were therefore not created.
912 For we say that they have always been, because they have
913 been in all time; and we say they have been in all time,
914 because time itself could no wise be without them. For
915 where there is no creature whose changing movements admit
916 of succession, there cannot be time at all. And consequently,
917 even if they have always existed, they were created; neither,
918 if they have always existed, are they therefore co-eternal with
919 the Creator. For He has always existed in unchangeable
920 eternity; while they were created, and are said to have been
921 always, because they have been in all time, time being impossible
922 without the creature. But time passing away by its
923 changefulness, cannot be co-eternal with changeless eternity.
924 And consequently, though the immortality of the angels does
925 not pass in time, does not become past as if now it were not,
926 nor has a future as if it were not yet, still their movements,
927 which are the basis of time, do pass from future to past; and
928 therefore they cannot be co-eternal with the Creator, in whose
929 movement we cannot say that there has been that which now
930 is not, or shall be that which is not yet. Wherefore, if God
931 always has been Lord, He has always had creatures under His
932 dominion,—creatures, however, not begotten of Him, but created
933 by Him out of nothing; nor co-eternal with Him, for He was
934 before them, though at no time without them, because He
935 preceded them, not by the lapse of time, but by His abiding
936 eternity. But if I make this reply to those who demand
937 how He was always Creator, always Lord, if there were not
938 always a subject creation; or how this was created, and not
939 rather co-eternal with its Creator, if it always was, I fear I
940 may be accused of recklessly affirming what I know not,
941 instead of teaching what I know. I return, therefore, to that
942 which our Creator has seen fit that we should know; and those
943 things which He has allowed the abler men to know in this
944 life, or has reserved to be known in the next by the perfected
945 saints, I acknowledge to be beyond my capacity. But I have
946 thought it right to discuss these matters without making
947 positive assertions, that they who read may be warned to abstain
948 from hazardous questions, and may not deem themselves
949 fit for everything. Let them rather endeavour to obey the
950 wholesome injunction of the apostle, when he says, "For I
951 say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is
952 among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought
953 to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt
954 to every man the measure of faith."[547] For if an infant receive
955 nourishment suited to its strength, it becomes capable, as it
956 grows, of taking more; but if its strength and capacity be
957 overtaxed, it dwines away in place of growing.
958 16. *How we are to understand God's promise of life eternal, which was
959 uttered before the "eternal times."*
960 I own that I do not know what ages passed before the
961 human race was created, yet I have no doubt that no created
962 thing is co-eternal with the Creator. But even the apostle
963 speaks of time as eternal, and this with reference, not to the
964 future, but, which is more surprising, to the past. For he
965 says, "In hope of eternal life, which God that cannot lie promised
966 before the eternal times, but hath in due times manifested
967 His word."[548] You see he says that in the past there
968 have been eternal times, which, however, were not co-eternal
969 with God. And since God before these eternal times not
970 only existed, but also "promised" life eternal, which He
971 manifested in its own times (that is to say, in due times),
972 what else is this than His word? For this is life eternal.
973 But then, how did He promise; for the promise was made to
974 men, and yet they had no existence before eternal times?
975 Does this not mean that, in His own eternity, and in His
976 co-eternal word, that which was to be in its own time was
977 already predestined and fixed?
978 >
979 >
980 >
981 17. *What defence is made by sound faith regarding God's unchangeable counsel
982 > and will, against the reasonings of those who hold that the works of God
983 > are eternally repeated in revolving cycles that restore all things as they were.*
984 Of this, too, I have no doubt, that before the first man was
985 created, there never had been a man at all, neither this same
986 man himself recurring by I know not what cycles, and having
987 made I know not how many revolutions, nor any other of
988 similar nature. From this belief I am not frightened by
989 philosophical arguments, among which that is reckoned the
990 most acute which is founded on the assertion that the infinite
991 cannot be comprehended by any mode of knowledge. Consequently,
992 they argue, God has in His own mind finite conceptions
993 of all finite things which He makes. Now it cannot
994 be supposed that His goodness was ever idle; for if it were,
995 there should be ascribed to Him an awakening to activity in
996 time, from a past eternity of inactivity, as if He repented of
997 an idleness that had no beginning, and proceeded, therefore, to
998 make a beginning of work. This being the case, they say it
999 must be that the same things are always repeated, and that
1000 as they pass, so they are destined always to return, whether
1001 amidst all these changes the world remains the same,—the
1002 world which has always been, and yet was created,—or that
1003 the world in these revolutions is perpetually dying out and
1004 being renewed; otherwise, if we point to a time when the
1005 works of God were begun, it would be believed that He considered
1006 His past eternal leisure to be inert and indolent, and
1007 therefore condemned and altered it as displeasing to Himself.
1008 Now if God is supposed to have been indeed always making
1009 temporal things, but different from one another, and one after
1010 the other, so that He thus came at last to make man, whom
1011 He had never made before, then it may seem that He made
1012 man not with knowledge (for they suppose no knowledge can
1013 comprehend the infinite succession of creatures), but at the
1014 dictate of the hour, as it struck Him at the moment, with a
1015 sudden and accidental change of mind. On the other hand,
1016 say they, if those cycles be admitted, and if we suppose that
1017 the same temporal things are repeated, while the world either
1018 remains identical through all these rotations, or else dies away
1019 and is renewed, then there is ascribed to God neither the
1020 slothful ease of a past eternity, nor a rash and unforeseen
1021 creation. And if the same things be not thus repeated in
1022 cycles, then they cannot by any science or prescience be comprehended
1023 in their endless diversity. Even though reason
1024 could not refute, faith would smile at these argumentations,
1025 with which the godless endeavour to turn our simple piety
1026 from the right way, that we may walk with them "in a circle."
1027 But by the help of the Lord our God, even reason, and that
1028 readily enough, shatters these revolving circles which conjecture
1029 frames. For that which specially leads these men
1030 astray to prefer their own circles to the straight path of
1031 truth, is, that they measure by their own human, changeable,
1032 and narrow intellect the divine mind, which is absolutely
1033 unchangeable, infinitely capacious, and, without succession of
1034 thought, counting all things without number. So that saying
1035 of the apostle comes true of them, for, "comparing themselves
1036 with themselves, they do not understand."[549] For because they
1037 do, in virtue of a new purpose, whatever new thing has occurred
1038 to them to be done (their minds being changeable), they conclude
1039 it is so with God; and thus compare, not God,—for they
1040 cannot conceive God, but think of one like themselves when
1041 they think of Him,—not God, but themselves, and not with
1042 Him, but with themselves. For our part, we dare not believe
1043 that God is affected in one way when He works, in another
1044 when He rests. Indeed, to say that He is affected at all, is
1045 an abuse of language, since it implies that there comes to be
1046 something in His nature which was not there before. For he
1047 who is affected is acted upon, and whatever is acted upon is
1048 changeable. In His leisure, therefore, is no laziness, indolence,
1049 inactivity; as in His work is no labour, effort, industry. He
1050 can act while He reposes, and repose while He acts. He can
1051 begin a new work with (not a new, but) an eternal design;
1052 and what He has not made before, He does not now begin
1053 to make because He repents of His former repose. But
1054 when one speaks of His former repose and subsequent operation
1055 (and I know not how men can understand these things),
1056 this "former" and "subsequent" are applied only to the things
1057 created, which formerly did not exist, and subsequently came
1058 into existence. But in God the former purpose is not altered
1059 and obliterated by the subsequent and different purpose, but
1060 by one and the same eternal and unchangeable will He effected
1061 regarding the things He created, both that formerly, so long
1062 as they were not, they should not be, and that subsequently,
1063 when they began to be, they should come into existence.
1064 And thus, perhaps, He would show in a very striking way, to
1065 those who have eyes for such things, how independent He is
1066 of what He makes, and how it is of His own gratuitous goodness
1067 He creates, since from eternity He dwelt without creatures
1068 in no less perfect a blessedness.
1069 18. *Against those who assert that things that are infinite*[550] *cannot be
1070 comprehended by the knowledge of God.*
1071 As for their other assertion, that God's knowledge cannot
1072 comprehend things infinite, it only remains for them to affirm,
1073 in order that they may sound the depths of their impiety, that
1074 God does not know all numbers. For it is very certain that
1075 they are infinite; since, no matter at what number you suppose
1076 an end to be made, this number can be, I will not say, increased
1077 by the addition of one more, but however great it be,
1078 and however vast be the multitude of which it is the rational
1079 and scientific expression, it can still be not only doubled, but
1080 even multiplied. Moreover, each number is so defined by its
1081 own properties, that no two numbers are equal. They are
1082 therefore both unequal and different from one another; and
1083 while they are simply finite, collectively they are infinite.
1084 Does God, therefore, not know numbers on account of this
1085 infinity; and does His knowledge extend only to a certain
1086 height in numbers, while of the rest He is ignorant? Who
1087 is so left to himself as to say so? Yet they can hardly pretend
1088 to put numbers out of the question, or maintain that they
1089 have nothing to do with the knowledge of God; for Plato,[551]
1090 their great authority, represents God as framing the world on
1091 numerical principles; and in our books also it is said to God,
1092 "Thou hast ordered all things in number, and measure, and
1093 weight."[552] The prophet also says, "Who bringeth out their host
1094 by number."[553] And the Saviour says in the Gospel, "The very
1095 hairs of your head are all numbered."[554] Far be it, then, from
1096 us to doubt that all number is known to Him "whose understanding,"
1097 according to the Psalmist, "is infinite."[555] The infinity
1098 of number, though there be no numbering of infinite
1099 numbers, is yet not incomprehensible by Him whose understanding
1100 is infinite. And thus, if everything which is comprehended
1101 is defined or made finite by the comprehension of
1102 him who knows it, then all infinity is in some ineffable way
1103 made finite to God, for it is comprehensible by His knowledge.
1104 Wherefore, if the infinity of numbers cannot be infinite to the
1105 knowledge of God, by which it is comprehended, what are we
1106 poor creatures that we should presume to fix limits to His
1107 knowledge, and say that unless the same temporal things be
1108 repeated by the same periodic revolutions, God cannot either
1109 foreknow His creatures that He may make them, or know
1110 them when He has made them? God, whose knowledge is
1111 simply manifold, and uniform in its variety, comprehends all
1112 incomprehensibles with so incomprehensible a comprehension,
1113 that though He willed always to make His later works novel
1114 and unlike what went before them, He could not produce them
1115 without order and foresight, nor conceive them suddenly, but
1116 by His eternal foreknowledge.
1117 19. *Of worlds without end, or ages of ages.*[556]
1118 I do not presume to determine whether God does so, and
1119 whether these times which are called "ages of ages" are joined
1120 together in a continuous series, and succeed one another with
1121 a regulated diversity, and leave exempt from their vicissitudes
1122 only those who are freed from their misery, and abide without
1123 end in a blessed immortality; or whether these are called
1124 "ages of ages," that we may understand that the ages remain
1125 unchangeable in God's unwavering wisdom, and are the efficient
1126 causes, as it were, of those ages which are being spent in time.
1127 Possibly "ages" is used for "age," so that nothing else is
1128 meant by "ages of ages" than by "age of age," as nothing
1129 else is meant by "heavens of heavens" than by "heaven of
1130 heaven." For God called the firmament, above which are the
1131 waters, "Heaven," and yet the psalm says, "Let the waters that
1132 are above the *heavens* praise the name of the Lord."[557] Which
1133 of these two meanings we are to attach to "ages of ages," or
1134 whether there is not some other and better meaning still, is a
1135 very profound question; and the subject we are at present
1136 handling presents no obstacle to our meanwhile deferring the
1137 discussion of it, whether we may be able to determine anything
1138 about it, or may only be made more cautious by its
1139 further treatment, so as to be deterred from making any rash
1140 affirmations in a matter of such obscurity. For at present we
1141 are disputing the opinion that affirms the existence of those
1142 periodic revolutions by which the same things are always recurring
1143 at intervals of time. Now, whichever of these suppositions
1144 regarding the "ages of ages" be the true one, it avails
1145 nothing for the substantiating of those cycles; for whether the
1146 ages of ages be not a repetition of the same world, but different
1147 worlds succeeding one another in a regulated connection,
1148 the ransomed souls abiding in well-assured bliss without any
1149 recurrence of misery, or whether the ages of ages be the eternal
1150 causes which rule what shall be and is in time, it equally
1151 follows, that those cycles which bring round the same things
1152 have no existence; and nothing more thoroughly explodes them
1153 than the fact of the eternal life of the saints.
1154 >
1155 >
1156 >
1157 20. *Of the impiety of those who assert that the souls which enjoy true and perfect
1158 > blessedness, must yet again and again in these periodic revolutions return
1159 > to labour and misery.*
1160 What pious ears could bear to hear that after a life spent
1161 in so many and severe distresses (if, indeed, that should be
1162 called a life at all which is rather a death, so utter that the
1163 love of this present death makes us fear that death which delivers
1164 us from it), that after evils so disastrous, and miseries of
1165 all kinds have at length been expiated and finished by the help
1166 of true religion and wisdom, and when we have thus attained
1167 to the vision of God, and have entered into bliss by the contemplation
1168 of spiritual light and participation in His unchangeable
1169 immortality, which we burn to attain,—that we must at
1170 some time lose all this, and that they who do lose it are cast
1171 down from that eternity, truth, and felicity to infernal mortality
1172 and shameful foolishness, and are involved in accursed
1173 woes, in which God is lost, truth held in detestation, and happiness
1174 sought in iniquitous impurities? and that this will
1175 happen endlessly again and again, recurring at fixed intervals,
1176 and in regularly returning periods? and that this everlasting
1177 and ceaseless revolution of definite cycles, which remove and
1178 restore true misery and deceitful bliss in turn, is contrived in
1179 order that God may be able to know His own works, since on
1180 the one hand He cannot rest from creating, and on the other,
1181 cannot know the infinite number of His creatures, if He always
1182 makes creatures? Who, I say, can listen to such things?
1183 Who can accept or suffer them to be spoken? Were they true,
1184 it were not only more prudent to keep silence regarding them,
1185 but even (to express myself as best I can) it were the part of
1186 wisdom not to know them. For if in the future world we
1187 shall not remember these things, and by this oblivion be blessed,
1188 why should we now increase our misery, already burdensome
1189 enough, by the knowledge of them? If, on the other hand,
1190 the knowledge of them will be forced upon us hereafter, now
1191 at least let us remain in ignorance, that in the present expectation
1192 we may enjoy a blessedness which the future reality is
1193 not to bestow; since in this life we are expecting to obtain
1194 life everlasting, but in the world to come are to discover it to
1195 be blessed, but not everlasting.
1196 And if they maintain that no one can attain to the blessedness
1197 of the world to come, unless in this life he has been indoctrinated
1198 in those cycles in which bliss and misery relieve
1199 one another, how do they avow that the more a man loves God,
1200 the more readily he attains to blessedness,—they who teach
1201 what paralyzes love itself? For who would not be more remiss
1202 and lukewarm in his love for a person whom he thinks
1203 he shall be forced to abandon, and whose truth and wisdom he
1204 shall come to hate; and this, too, after he has quite attained
1205 to the utmost and most blissful knowledge of Him that he is
1206 capable of? Can any one be faithful in his love, even to a
1207 human friend, if he knows that he is destined to become his
1208 enemy?[558] God forbid that there be any truth in an opinion
1209 which threatens us with a real misery that is never to end, but
1210 is often and endlessly to be interrupted by intervals of fallacious
1211 happiness. For what happiness can be more fallacious and
1212 false than that in whose blaze of truth we yet remain ignorant
1213 that we shall be miserable, or in whose most secure citadel we
1214 yet fear that we shall be so? For if, on the one hand, we are to
1215 be ignorant of coming calamity, then our present misery is not so
1216 shortsighted, for it is assured of coming bliss. If, on the other
1217 hand, the disaster that threatens is not concealed from us in
1218 the world to come, then the time of misery which is to be at
1219 last exchanged for a state of blessedness, is spent by the soul
1220 more happily than its time of happiness, which is to end in a
1221 return to misery. And thus our expectation of unhappiness
1222 is happy, but of happiness unhappy. And therefore, as we
1223 here suffer present ills, and hereafter fear ills that are imminent,
1224 it were truer to say that we shall always be miserable,
1225 than that we can some time be happy.
1226 But these things are declared to be false by the loud testimony
1227 of religion and truth; for religion truthfully promises a
1228 true blessedness, of which we shall be eternally assured, and
1229 which cannot be interrupted by any disaster. Let us therefore
1230 keep to the straight path, which is Christ, and, with Him
1231 as our Guide and Saviour, let us turn away in heart and
1232 mind from the unreal and futile cycles of the godless. Porphyry,
1233 Platonist though he was, abjured the opinion of his
1234 school, that in these cycles souls are ceaselessly passing away
1235 and returning, either being struck with the extravagance of
1236 the idea, or sobered by his knowledge of Christianity. As I
1237 mentioned in the tenth book,[559] he preferred saying that the
1238 soul, as it had been sent into the world that it might know
1239 evil, and be purged and delivered from it, was never again
1240 exposed to such an experience after it had once returned to
1241 the Father. And if he abjured the tenets of his school, how
1242 much more ought we Christians to abominate and avoid an
1243 opinion so unfounded and hostile to our faith? But having
1244 disposed of these cycles and escaped out of them, no necessity
1245 compels us to suppose that the human race had no beginning
1246 in time, on the ground that there is nothing new in
1247 nature which, by I know not what cycles, has not at some
1248 previous period existed, and is not hereafter to exist again.
1249 For if the soul, once delivered, as it never was before, is never
1250 to return to misery, then there happens in its experience something
1251 which never happened before; and this, indeed, something
1252 of the greatest consequence, to wit, the secure entrance
1253 into eternal felicity. And if in an immortal nature there can
1254 occur a novelty, which never has been, nor ever shall be, reproduced
1255 by any cycle, why is it disputed that the same may
1256 occur in mortal natures? If they maintain that blessedness
1257 is no new experience to the soul, but only a return to that
1258 state in which it has been eternally, then at least its deliverance
1259 from misery is something new, since, by their own showing,
1260 the misery from which it is delivered is itself, too, a new
1261 experience. And if this new experience fell out by accident,
1262 and was not embraced in the order of things appointed by
1263 Divine Providence, then where are those determinate and
1264 measured cycles in which no new thing happens, but all
1265 things are reproduced as they were before? If, however, this
1266 new experience was embraced in that providential order of
1267 nature (whether the soul was exposed to the evil of this world
1268 for the sake of discipline, or fell into it by sin), then it is
1269 possible for new things to happen which never happened
1270 before, and which yet are not extraneous to the order of
1271 nature. And if the soul is able by its own imprudence to
1272 create for itself a new misery, which was not unforeseen by the
1273 Divine Providence, but was provided for in the order of nature
1274 along with the deliverance from it, how can we, even with
1275 all the rashness of human vanity, presume to deny that God
1276 can create new things—new to the world, but not to Him—which
1277 He never before created, but yet foresaw from all
1278 eternity? If they say that it is indeed true that ransomed
1279 souls return no more to misery, but that even so no new thing
1280 happens, since there always have been, now are, and ever shall
1281 be a succession of ransomed souls, they must at least grant
1282 that in this case there are new souls to whom the misery and
1283 the deliverance from it are new. For if they maintain that
1284 those souls out of which new men are daily being made (from
1285 whose bodies, if they have lived wisely, they are so delivered
1286 that they never return to misery) are not new, but have
1287 existed from eternity, they must logically admit that they are
1288 infinite. For however great a finite number of souls there
1289 were, that would not have sufficed to make perpetually new
1290 men from eternity,—men whose souls were to be eternally
1291 freed from this mortal state, and never afterwards to return to
1292 it. And our philosophers will find it hard to explain how there
1293 is an infinite number of souls in an order of nature which
1294 they require shall be finite, that it may be known by God.
1295 And now that we have exploded these cycles which were
1296 supposed to bring back the soul at fixed periods to the same
1297 miseries, what can seem more in accordance with godly reason
1298 than to believe that it is possible for God both to create new
1299 things never before created, and in doing so, to preserve His
1300 will unaltered? But whether the number of eternally redeemed
1301 souls can be continually increased or not, let the
1302 philosophers themselves decide, who are so subtle in determining
1303 where infinity cannot be admitted. For our own part,
1304 our reasoning holds in either case. For if the number of
1305 souls can be indefinitely increased, what reason is there to deny
1306 that what had never before been created, could be created?
1307 since the number of ransomed souls never existed before, and
1308 has yet not only been once made, but will never cease to be
1309 anew coming into being. If, on the other hand, it be more
1310 suitable that the number of eternally ransomed souls be definite,
1311 and that this number will never be increased, yet this number,
1312 whatever it be, did assuredly never exist before, and it cannot
1313 increase, and reach the amount it signifies, without having some
1314 beginning; and this beginning never before existed. That this
1315 beginning, therefore, might be, the first man was created.
1316 21. *That there was created at first but one individual, and that the human
1317 race was created in him.*
1318 Now that we have solved, as well as we could, this very
1319 difficult question about the eternal God creating new things,
1320 without any novelty of will, it is easy to see how much better
1321 it is that God was pleased to produce the human race from the
1322 one individual whom He created, than if He had originated it
1323 in several men. For as to the other animals, He created some
1324 solitary, and naturally seeking lonely places,—as the eagles,
1325 kites, lions, wolves, and such like; others gregarious, which
1326 herd together, and prefer to live in company,—as pigeons,
1327 starlings, stags, and little fallow deer, and the like: but
1328 neither class did He cause to be propagated from individuals,
1329 but called into being several at once. Man, on the other
1330 hand, whose nature was to be a mean between the angelic and
1331 bestial, He created in such sort, that if he remained in subjection
1332 to His Creator as his rightful Lord, and piously kept His
1333 commandments, he should pass into the company of the angels,
1334 and obtain, without the intervention of death,[560] a blessed and
1335 endless immortality; but if he offended the Lord his God by
1336 a proud and disobedient use of his free will, he should become
1337 subject to death, and live as the beasts do,—the slave
1338 of appetite, and doomed to eternal punishment after death.
1339 And therefore God created only one single man, not, certainly,
1340 that he might be a solitary bereft of all society, but that by
1341 this means the unity of society and the bond of concord might
1342 be more effectually commended to him, men being bound
1343 together not only by similarity of nature, but by family affection.
1344 And indeed He did not even create the woman that
1345 was to be given him as his wife, as he created the man, but
1346 created her out of the man, that the whole human race might
1347 derive from one man.
1348 >
1349 >
1350 >
1351 22. *That God foreknew that the first man would sin, and that He at the same
1352 > time foresaw how large a multitude of godly persons would by His grace
1353 > be translated to the fellowship of the angels.*
1354 And God was not ignorant that man would sin, and that,
1355 being himself made subject now to death, he would propagate
1356 men doomed to die, and that these mortals would run to such
1357 enormities in sin, that even the beasts devoid of rational will,
1358 and who were created in numbers from the waters and the
1359 earth, would live more securely and peaceably with their own
1360 kind than men, who had been propagated from one individual
1361 for the very purpose of commending concord. For not even
1362 lions or dragons have ever waged with their kind such wars
1363 as men have waged with one another.[561] But God foresaw also
1364 that by His grace a people would be called to adoption, and
1365 that they, being justified by the remission of their sins, would
1366 be united by the Holy Ghost to the holy angels in eternal
1367 peace, the last enemy, death, being destroyed; and He knew
1368 that this people would derive profit from the consideration
1369 that God had caused all men to be derived from one, for the
1370 sake of showing how highly He prizes unity in a multitude.
1371 23. *Of the nature of the human soul created in the image of God.*
1372 God, then, made man in His own image. For He created
1373 for him a soul endowed with reason and intelligence, so that
1374 he might excel all the creatures of earth, air, and sea, which
1375 were not so gifted. And when He had formed the man out
1376 of the dust of the earth, and had willed that his soul should
1377 be such as I have said,—whether He had already made it,
1378 and now by breathing imparted it to man, or rather made it
1379 by breathing, so that that breath which God made by breathing
1380 (for what else is "to breathe" than to make breath?) is
1381 the soul,[562]—He made also a wife for him, to aid him in the
1382 work of generating his kind, and her He formed of a bone
1383 taken out of the man's side, working in a divine manner.
1384 For we are not to conceive of this work in a carnal fashion,
1385 as if God wrought as we commonly see artisans, who use their
1386 hands, and material furnished to them, that by their artistic
1387 skill they may fashion some material object. God's hand is
1388 God's power; and He, working invisibly, effects visible results.
1389 But this seems fabulous rather than true to men, who measure
1390 by customary and everyday works the power and wisdom of
1391 God, whereby He understands and produces without seeds
1392 even seeds themselves; and because they cannot understand
1393 the things which at the beginning were created, they are
1394 sceptical regarding them—as if the very things which they
1395 do know about human propagation, conceptions and births,
1396 would seem less incredible if told to those who had no experience
1397 of them; though these very things, too, are attributed
1398 by many rather to physical and natural causes than to the
1399 work of the divine mind.
1400 24. *Whether the angels can be said to be the creators of any, even the least
1401 creature.*
1402 But in this book we have nothing to do with those who do
1403 not believe that the divine mind made or cares for this world.
1404 As for those who believe their own Plato, that all mortal
1405 animals—among whom man holds the pre-eminent place, and
1406 is near to the gods themselves—were created not by that most
1407 high God who made the world, but by other lesser gods
1408 created by the Supreme, and exercising a delegated power
1409 under His control,—if only those persons be delivered from
1410 the superstition which prompts them to seek a plausible
1411 reason for paying divine honours and sacrificing to these gods
1412 as their creators, they will easily be disentangled also from
1413 this their error. For it is blasphemy to believe or to say
1414 (even before it can be understood) that any other than God
1415 is creator of any nature, be it never so small and mortal.
1416 And as for the angels, whom those Platonists prefer to call
1417 gods, although they do, so far as they are permitted and commissioned,
1418 aid in the production of the things around us, yet
1419 not on that account are we to call them creators, any more
1420 than we call gardeners the creators of fruits and trees.
1421 25. *That God alone is the Creator of every kind of creature, whatever its
1422 nature or form.*
1423 For whereas there is one form which is given from without
1424 to every bodily substance,—such as the form which is constructed
1425 by potters and smiths, and that class of artists who
1426 paint and fashion forms like the body of animals,—but another
1427 and internal form which is not itself constructed, but,
1428 as the efficient cause, produces not only the natural bodily
1429 forms, but even the life itself of the living creatures, and
1430 which proceeds from the secret and hidden choice of an intelligent
1431 and living nature,—let that first-mentioned form be
1432 attributed to every artificer, but this latter to one only, God,
1433 the Creator and Originator who made the world itself and the
1434 angels, without the help of world or angels. For the same
1435 divine and, so to speak, creative energy, which cannot be
1436 made, but makes, and which gave to the earth and sky their
1437 roundness,—this same divine, effective, and creative energy
1438 gave their roundness to the eye and to the apple; and the
1439 other natural objects which we anywhere see, received also
1440 their form, not from without, but from the secret and profound
1441 might of the Creator, who said, "Do not I fill heaven
1442 and earth?"[563] and whose wisdom it is that "reacheth from
1443 one end to another mightily; and sweetly doth she order all
1444 things."[564] Wherefore I know not what kind of aid the angels,
1445 themselves created first, afforded to the Creator in making
1446 other things. I cannot ascribe to them what perhaps they
1447 cannot do, neither ought I to deny them such faculty as
1448 they have. But, by their leave, I attribute the creating and
1449 originating work which gave being to all natures to God, to
1450 whom they themselves thankfully ascribe their existence.
1451 We do not call gardeners the creators of their fruits, for we
1452 read, "Neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that
1453 watereth, but God that giveth the increase."[565] Nay, not even
1454 the earth itself do we call a creator, though she seems to be
1455 the prolific mother of all things which she aids in germinating
1456 and bursting forth from the seed, and which she keeps rooted
1457 in her own breast; for we likewise read, "God giveth it a
1458 body, as it hath pleased Him, and to every seed his own
1459 body."[566] We ought not even to call a woman the creatress
1460 of her own offspring; for He rather is its creator who said to
1461 His servant, "Before I formed thee in the womb, I knew
1462 thee."[567] And although the various mental emotions of a
1463 pregnant woman do produce in the fruit of her womb similar
1464 qualities,—as Jacob with his peeled wands caused piebald
1465 sheep to be produced,—yet the mother as little creates her
1466 offspring, as she created herself. Whatever bodily or seminal
1467 causes, then, may be used for the production of things, either
1468 by the co-operation of angels, men, or the lower animals, or
1469 by sexual generation; and whatever power the desires and
1470 mental emotions of the mother have to produce in the tender
1471 and plastic fœtus, corresponding lineaments and colours; yet
1472 the natures themselves, which are thus variously affected, are
1473 the production of none but the most high God. It is His
1474 occult power which pervades all things, and is present in all
1475 without being contaminated, which gives being to all that is,
1476 and modifies and limits its existence; so that without Him
1477 it would not be thus or thus, nor would have any being at
1478 all.[568] If, then, in regard to that outward form which the
1479 workman's hand imposes on his work, we do not say that
1480 Rome and Alexandria were built by masons and architects,
1481 but by the kings by whose will, plan, and resources they were
1482 built, so that the one has Romulus, the other Alexander, for
1483 its founder; with how much greater reason ought we to say
1484 that God alone is the Author of all natures, since He neither
1485 uses for His work any material which was not made by Him,
1486 nor any workmen who were not also made by Him, and
1487 since, if He were, so to speak, to withdraw from created things
1488 His creative power, they would straightway relapse into the
1489 nothingness in which they were before they were created?
1490 "Before," I mean, in respect of eternity, not of time. For
1491 what other creator could there be of time, than He who
1492 created those things whose movements make time?[569]
1493 26. *Of that opinion of the Platonists, that the angels were themselves indeed
1494 created by God, but that afterwards they created man's body.*
1495 It is obvious, that in attributing the creation of the other
1496 animals to those inferior gods who were made by the Supreme,
1497 he meant it to be understood that the immortal part was
1498 taken from God Himself, and that these minor creators added
1499 the mortal part; that is to say, he meant them to be considered
1500 the creators of our bodies, but not of our souls. But
1501 since Porphyry maintains that if the soul is to be purified,
1502 all entanglement with a body must be escaped from; and
1503 at the same time agrees with Plato and the Platonists in
1504 thinking that those who have not spent a temperate and
1505 honourable life return to mortal bodies as their punishment
1506 (to bodies of brutes in Plato's opinion, to human bodies in
1507 Porphyry's); it follows that those whom they would have us
1508 worship as our parents and authors, that they may plausibly
1509 call them gods, are, after all, but the forgers of our fetters
1510 and chains,—not our creators, but our jailers and turnkeys,
1511 who lock us up in the most bitter and melancholy house of
1512 correction. Let the Platonists, then, either cease menacing
1513 us with our bodies as the punishment of our souls, or preaching
1514 that we are to worship as gods those whose work upon us
1515 they exhort us by all means in our power to avoid and escape
1516 from. But, indeed, both opinions are quite false. It is
1517 false that souls return again to this life to be punished; and
1518 it is false that there is any other creator of anything in
1519 heaven or earth, than He who made the heaven and the earth.
1520 For if we live in a body only to expiate our sins, how says
1521 Plato in another place, that the world could not have been
1522 the most beautiful and good, had it not been filled with all
1523 kinds of creatures, mortal and immortal?[570] But if our creation
1524 even as mortals be a divine benefit, how is it a punishment
1525 to be restored to a body, that is, to a divine benefit? And if
1526 God, as Plato continually maintains, embraced in His eternal
1527 intelligence the ideas both of the universe and of all the
1528 animals, how, then, should He not with His own hand make
1529 them all? Could He be unwilling to be the constructor of
1530 works, the idea and plan of which called for His ineffable
1531 and ineffably to be praised intelligence?
1532 >
1533 >
1534 >
1535 27. *That the whole plenitude of the human race was embraced in the first man,
1536 > and that God there saw the portion of it which was to be honoured and
1537 > rewarded, and that which was to be condemned and punished.*
1538 With good cause, therefore, does the true religion recognise
1539 and proclaim that the same God who created the universal
1540 cosmos, created also all the animals, souls as well as bodies.
1541 Among the terrestrial animals man was made by Him in His
1542 own image, and, for the reason I have given, was made one
1543 individual, though he was not left solitary. For there is
1544 nothing so social by nature, so unsocial by its corruption, as
1545 this race. And human nature has nothing more appropriate,
1546 either for the prevention of discord, or for the healing of it,
1547 where it exists, than the remembrance of that first parent of
1548 us all, whom God was pleased to create alone, that all men
1549 might be derived from one, and that they might thus be
1550 admonished to preserve unity among their whole multitude.
1551 But from the fact that the woman was made for him from
1552 his side, it was plainly meant that we should learn how dear
1553 the bond between man and wife should be. These works of
1554 God do certainly seem extraordinary, because they are the first
1555 works. They who do not believe them, ought not to believe
1556 any prodigies; for these would not be called prodigies did they
1557 not happen out of the ordinary course of nature. But, is it
1558 possible that anything should happen in vain, however hidden
1559 be its cause, in so grand a government of divine providence?
1560 One of the sacred Psalmists says, "Come, behold the works
1561 of the Lord, what prodigies He hath wrought in the earth."[571]
1562 Why God made woman out of man's side, and what this first
1563 prodigy prefigured, I shall, with God's help, tell in another
1564 place. But at present, since this book must be concluded, let
1565 us merely say that in this first man, who was created in the
1566 beginning, there was laid the foundation, not indeed evidently,
1567 but in God's foreknowledge, of these two cities or societies, so
1568 far as regards the human race. For from that man all men
1569 were to be derived—some of them to be associated with the
1570 good angels in their reward, others with the wicked in punishment;
1571 all being ordered by the secret yet just judgment of
1572 God. For since it is written, "All the paths of the Lord are
1573 mercy and truth,"[572] neither can His grace be unjust, nor His
1574 justice cruel.
BOOK THIRTEENTH.
73 (Texto do capítulo)
ARGUMENT.
76 IN THIS BOOK IT IS TAUGHT THAT DEATH IS PENAL, AND HAD ITS
77 ORIGIN IN ADAM'S SIN.
78 1. *Of the fall of the first man, through which mortality has been contracted.*
79 Having disposed of the very difficult questions concerning
80 the origin of our world and the beginning of
81 the human race, the natural order requires that we now
82 discuss the fall of the first man (we may say of the first
83 men), and of the origin and propagation of human death.
84 For God had not made man like the angels, in such a
85 condition that, even though they had sinned, they could none
86 the more die. He had so made them, that if they discharged
87 the obligations of obedience, an angelic immortality and a
88 blessed eternity might ensue, without the intervention of
89 death; but if they disobeyed, death should be visited on
90 them with just sentence—which, too, has been spoken to in
91 the preceding book.
92 2. *Of that death which can affect an immortal soul, and of that to which
93 the body is subject.*
94 But I see I must speak a little more carefully of the
95 nature of death. For although the human soul is truly
96 affirmed to be immortal, yet it also has a certain death of
97 its own. For it is therefore called immortal, because, in a
98 sense, it does not cease to live and to feel; while the body is
99 called mortal, because it can be forsaken of all life, and cannot
100 by itself live at all. The death, then, of the soul takes place
101 when God forsakes it, as the death of the body when the
102 soul forsakes it. Therefore the death of both—that is, of the
103 whole man—occurs when the soul, forsaken by God, forsakes
104 the body. For, in this case, neither is God the life of the
105 soul, nor the soul the life of the body. And this death of
106 the whole man is followed by that which, on the authority
107 of the divine oracles, we call the second death. This the
108 Saviour referred to when He said, "Fear Him which is able
109 to destroy both soul and body in hell."[573] And since this
110 does not happen before the soul is so joined to its body that
111 they cannot be separated at all, it may be matter of wonder
112 how the body can be said to be killed by that death in which
113 it is not forsaken by the soul, but, being animated and rendered
114 sensitive by it, is tormented. For in that penal and
115 everlasting punishment, of which in its own place we are to
116 speak more at large, the soul is justly said to die, because it
117 does not live in connection with God; but how can we say
118 that the body is dead, seeing that it lives by the soul? For
119 it could not otherwise feel the bodily torments which are to
120 follow the resurrection. Is it because life of every kind is
121 good, and pain an evil, that we decline to say that that body
122 lives, in which the soul is the cause, not of life, but of pain?
123 The soul, then, lives by God when it lives well, for it cannot
124 live well unless by God working in it what is good; and the
125 body lives by the soul when the soul lives in the body,
126 whether itself be living by God or no. For the wicked man's
127 life in the body is a life not of the soul, but of the body,
128 which even dead souls—that is, souls forsaken of God—can
129 confer upon bodies, how little soever of their own proper life,
130 by which they are immortal, they retain. But in the last
131 damnation, though man does not cease to feel, yet because
132 this feeling of his is neither sweet with pleasure nor wholesome
133 with repose, but painfully penal, it is not without reason
134 called death rather than life. And it is called the second
135 death because it follows the first, which sunders the two
136 cohering essences, whether these be God and the soul, or
137 the soul and the body. Of the first and bodily death, then,
138 we may say that to the good it is good, and evil to the evil.
139 But, doubtless, the second, as it happens to none of the good,
140 so it can be good for none.
141 3. *Whether death, which by the sin of our first parents has passed upon all
142 men, is the punishment of sin, even to the good.*
143 But a question not to be shirked arises: Whether in very
144 truth death, which separates soul and body, is good to the
145 good?[574] For if it be, how has it come to pass that such a
146 thing should be the punishment of sin? For the first men
147 would not have suffered death had they not sinned. How,
148 then, can that be good to the good, which could not have
149 happened except to the evil? Then, again, if it could only
150 happen to the evil, to the good it ought not to be good, but
151 non-existent. For why should there be any punishment where
152 there is nothing to punish? Wherefore we must say that the
153 first men were indeed so created, that if they had not sinned,
154 they would not have experienced any kind of death; but that,
155 having become sinners, they were so punished with death, that
156 whatsoever sprang from their stock should also be punished
157 with the same death. For nothing else could be born of them
158 than that which they themselves had been. Their nature was
159 deteriorated in proportion to the greatness of the condemnation
160 of their sin, so that what existed as punishment in those
161 who first sinned, became a natural consequence in their children.
162 For man is not produced by man, as he was from the
163 dust. For dust was the material out of which man was
164 made: man is the parent by whom man is begotten. Wherefore
165 earth and flesh are not the same thing, though flesh be
166 made of earth. But as man the parent is, such is man the
167 offspring. In the first man, therefore, there existed the whole
168 human nature, which was to be transmitted by the woman
169 to posterity, when that conjugal union received the divine
170 sentence of its own condemnation; and what man was made,
171 not when created, but when he sinned and was punished, this
172 he propagated, so far as the origin of sin and death are concerned.
173 For neither by sin nor its punishment was he himself
174 reduced to that infantine and helpless infirmity of body
175 and mind which we see in children. For God ordained that
176 infants should begin the world as the young of beasts begin
177 it, since their parents had fallen to the level of the beasts in
178 the fashion of their life and of their death; as it is written,
179 "Man when he was in honour understood not; he became
180 like the beasts that have no understanding."[575] Nay more,
181 infants, we see, are even feebler in the use and movement of
182 their limbs, and more infirm to choose and refuse, than the
183 most tender offspring of other animals; as if the force that
184 dwells in human nature were destined to surpass all other
185 living things so much the more eminently, as its energy has
186 been longer restrained, and the time of its exercise delayed,
187 just as an arrow flies the higher the further back it has been
188 drawn. To this infantine imbecility[576] the first man did not
189 fall by his lawless presumption and just sentence; but human
190 nature was in his person vitiated and altered to such an
191 extent, that he suffered in his members the warring of disobedient
192 lust, and became subject to the necessity of dying.
193 And what he himself had become by sin and punishment,
194 such he generated those whom he begot; that is to say, subject
195 to sin and death. And if infants are delivered from this
196 bondage of sin by the Redeemer's grace, they can suffer only
197 this death which separates soul and body; but being redeemed
198 from the obligation of sin, they do not pass to that second
199 endless and penal death.
200 4. *Why death, the punishment of sin, is not withheld from those who by the
201 grace of regeneration are absolved from sin.*
202 If, moreover, any one is solicitous about this point, how, if
203 death be the very punishment of sin, they whose guilt is cancelled
204 by grace do yet suffer death, this difficulty has already
205 been handled and solved in our other work which we have
206 written on the baptism of infants.[577] There it was said that the
207 parting of soul and body was left, though its connection with
208 sin was removed, for this reason, that if the immortality of
209 the body followed immediately upon the sacrament of regeneration,
210 faith itself would be thereby enervated. For faith is
211 then only faith when it waits in hope for what is not yet seen
212 in substance. And by the vigour and conflict of faith, at least
213 in times past, was the fear of death overcome. Specially was
214 this conspicuous in the holy martyrs, who could have had no
215 victory, no glory, to whom there could not even have been any
216 conflict, if, after the laver of regeneration, saints could not suffer
217 bodily death. Who would not, then, in company with the
218 infants presented for baptism, run to the grace of Christ, that
219 so he might not be dismissed from the body? And thus faith
220 would not be tested with an unseen reward; and so would
221 not even be faith, seeking and receiving an immediate recompense
222 of its works. But now, by the greater and more admirable
223 grace of the Saviour, the punishment of sin is turned
224 to the service of righteousness. For then it was proclaimed
225 to man, "If thou sinnest, thou shalt die;" now it is said to
226 the martyr, "Die, that thou sin not." Then it was said, "If
227 ye transgress the commandments, ye shall die;" now it is
228 said, "If ye decline death, ye transgress the commandment."
229 That which was formerly set as an object of terror, that men
230 might not sin, is now to be undergone if we would not sin.
231 Thus, by the unutterable mercy of God, even the very punishment
232 of wickedness has become the armour of virtue, and the
233 penalty of the sinner becomes the reward of the righteous.
234 For then death was incurred by sinning, now righteousness is
235 fulfilled by dying. In the case of the holy martyrs it is so;
236 for to them the persecutor proposes the alternative, apostasy
237 or death. For the righteous prefer by believing to suffer what
238 the first transgressors suffered by not believing. For unless
239 they had sinned, they would not have died; but the martyrs
240 sin if they do not die. The one died because they sinned, the
241 others do not sin because they die. By the guilt of the first,
242 punishment was incurred; by the punishment of the second,
243 guilt is prevented. Not that death, which was before an evil,
244 has become something good, but only that God has granted to
245 faith this grace, that death, which is the admitted opposite to
246 life, should become the instrument by which life is reached.
247 5. *As the wicked make an ill use of the law, which is good, so the good make
248 a good use of death, which is an ill.*
249 The apostle, wishing to show how hurtful a thing sin is,
250 when grace does not aid us, has not hesitated to say that the
251 strength of sin is that very law by which sin is prohibited.
252 "The sting of death is sin, and the strength of sin is the law."[578]
253 Most certainly true; for prohibition increases the desire of
254 illicit action, if righteousness is not so loved that the desire of
255 sin is conquered by that love. But unless divine grace aid
256 us, we cannot love nor delight in true righteousness. But lest
257 the law should be thought to be an evil, since it is called the
258 strength of sin, the apostle, when treating a similar question in
259 another place, says, "The law indeed is holy, and the commandment
260 holy, and just, and good. Was then that which is holy
261 made death unto me? God forbid. But sin, that it might appear
262 sin, working death in me by that which is good; that sin
263 by the commandment might become exceeding sinful."[579] *Exceeding*,
264 he says, because the transgression is more heinous when
265 through the increasing lust of sin the law itself also is despised.
266 Why have we thought it worth while to mention this? For
267 this reason, because, as the law is not an evil when it increases
268 the lust of those who sin, so neither is death a good thing
269 when it increases the glory of those who suffer it, since either
270 the former is abandoned wickedly, and makes transgressors, or
271 the latter is embraced for the truth's sake, and makes martyrs.
272 And thus the law is indeed good, because it is prohibition of
273 sin, and death is evil because it is the wages of sin; but as
274 wicked men make an evil use not only of evil, but also of good
275 things, so the righteous make a good use not only of good, but
276 also of evil things. Whence it comes to pass that the wicked
277 make an ill use of the law, though the law is good; and that
278 the good die well, though death is an evil.
279 6. *Of the evil of death in general, considered as the separation of soul
280 and body.*
281 Wherefore, as regards bodily death, that is, the separation
282 of the soul from the body, it is good unto none while it is
283 being endured by those whom we say are in the article of
284 death. For the very violence with which body and soul are
285 wrenched asunder, which in the living had been conjoined
286 and closely intertwined, brings with it a harsh experience,
287 jarring horridly on nature so long as it continues, till there
288 comes a total loss of sensation, which arose from the very
289 interpenetration of spirit and flesh. And all this anguish is
290 sometimes forestalled by one stroke of the body or sudden
291 flitting of the soul, the swiftness of which prevents it from
292 being felt. But whatever that may be in the dying which
293 with violently painful sensation robs of all sensation, yet, when
294 it is piously and faithfully borne, it increases the merit of
295 patience, but does not make the name of punishment inapplicable.
296 Death, proceeding by ordinary generation from the
297 first man, is the punishment of all who are born of him, yet,
298 if it be endured for righteousness' sake, it becomes the glory
299 of those who are born again; and though death be the award
300 of sin, it sometimes secures that nothing be awarded to sin.
301 7. *Of the death which the unbaptized*[580] *suffer for the confession of Christ.*
302 For whatever unbaptized persons die confessing Christ, this
303 confession is of the same efficacy for the remission of sins as
304 if they were washed in the sacred font of baptism. For He
305 who said, "Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit,
306 he cannot enter into the kingdom of God,"[581] made also an exception
307 in their favour, in that other sentence where He no
308 less absolutely said, "Whosoever shall confess me before men,
309 him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven;"[582]
310 and in another place, "Whosoever will lose his life for my
311 sake, shall find it."[583] And this explains the verse, "Precious
312 in the sight of the Lord is the death of His saints."[584] For
313 what is more precious than a death by which a man's sins are
314 all forgiven, and his merits increased an hundredfold? For
315 those who have been baptized when they could no longer
316 escape death, and have departed this life with all their sins
317 blotted out, have not equal merit with those who did not
318 defer death, though it was in their power to do so, but preferred
319 to end their life by confessing Christ, rather than by
320 denying Him to secure an opportunity of baptism. And even
321 had they denied Him under pressure of the fear of death, this
322 too would have been forgiven them in that baptism, in which
323 was remitted even the enormous wickedness of those who had
324 slain Christ. But how abundant in these men must have
325 been the grace of the Spirit, who breathes where He listeth,
326 seeing that they so dearly loved Christ as to be unable to deny
327 Him even in so sore an emergency, and with so sure a hope
328 of pardon! Precious, therefore, is the death of the saints, to
329 whom the grace of Christ has been applied with such gracious
330 effects, that they do not hesitate to meet death themselves, if
331 so be they might meet Him. And precious is it, also, because
332 it has proved that what was originally ordained for the punishment
333 of the sinner, has been used for the production of a richer
334 harvest of righteousness. But not on this account should we
335 look upon death as a good thing, for it is diverted to such
336 useful purposes, not by any virtue of its own, but by the
337 divine interference. Death was originally proposed as an
338 object of dread, that sin might not be committed; now it must
339 be undergone that sin may not be committed, or, if committed,
340 be remitted, and the award of righteousness bestowed on him
341 whose victory has earned it.
342 8. *That the saints, by suffering the first death for the truth's sake, are
343 freed from the second.*
344 For if we look at the matter a little more carefully, we shall
345 see that even when a man dies faithfully and laudably for the
346 truth's sake, it is still death he is avoiding. For he submits
347 to some part of death, for the very purpose of avoiding the
348 whole, and the second and eternal death over and above. He
349 submits to the separation of soul and body, lest the soul be
350 separated both from God and from the body, and so the whole
351 first death be completed, and the second death receive him
352 everlastingly. Wherefore death is indeed, as I said, good to
353 none while it is being actually suffered, and while it is subduing
354 the dying to its power; but it is meritoriously endured
355 for the sake of retaining or winning what *is* good. And regarding
356 what happens after death, it is no absurdity to say
357 that death is good to the good, and evil to the evil. For the
358 disembodied spirits of the just are at rest; but those of the
359 wicked suffer punishment till their bodies rise again,—those of
360 the just to life everlasting, and of the others to death eternal,
361 which is called the second death.
362 9. *Whether we should say that the moment of death, in which sensation ceases,
363 occurs in the experience of the dying or in that of the dead.*
364 The point of time in which the souls of the good and evil
365 are separated from the body, are we to say it is after death, or
366 in death rather? If it is after death, then it is not death
367 which is good or evil, since death is done with and past, but
368 it is the life which the soul has now entered on. Death was
369 an evil when it was present, that is to say, when it was being
370 suffered by the dying; for to them it brought with it a severe
371 and grievous experience, which the good make a good use of.
372 But when death is past, how can that which no longer is be
373 either good or evil? Still further, if we examine the matter
374 more closely, we shall see that even that sore and grievous
375 pain which the dying experience is not death itself. For so
376 long as they have any sensation, they are certainly still alive;
377 and, if still alive, must rather be said to be in a state previous
378 to death than in death. For when death actually comes, it
379 robs us of all bodily sensation, which, while death is only approaching,
380 is painful. And thus it is difficult to explain how
381 we speak of those who are not yet dead, but are agonized in
382 their last and mortal extremity, as being in the article of
383 death. Yet what else can we call them than dying persons?
384 for when death which was imminent shall have actually come,
385 we can no longer call them dying but dead. No one, therefore,
386 is dying unless living; since even he who is in the last
387 extremity of life, and, as we say, giving up the ghost, yet lives.
388 The same person is therefore at once dying and living, but
389 drawing near to death, departing from life; yet in life, because
390 his spirit yet abides in the body; not yet in death, because
391 not yet has his spirit forsaken the body. But if, when it has
392 forsaken it, the man is not even then in death, but after death,
393 who shall say when he is in death? On the one hand, no one
394 can be called dying, if a man cannot be dying and living at
395 the same time; and as long as the soul is in the body, we
396 cannot deny that he is living. On the other hand, if the man
397 who is approaching death be rather called dying, I know not
398 who is living.
399 10. *Of the life of mortals, which is rather to be called death than life.*
400 For no sooner do we begin to live in this dying body, than
401 we begin to move ceaselessly towards death.[585] For in the
402 whole course of this life (if life we must call it) its mutability
403 tends towards death. Certainly there is no one who is not
404 nearer it this year than last year, and to-morrow than to-day,
405 and to-day than yesterday, and a short while hence than now,
406 and now than a short while ago. For whatever time we live
407 is deducted from our whole term of life, and that which
408 remains is daily becoming less and less; so that our whole
409 life is nothing but a race towards death, in which no one is
410 allowed to stand still for a little space, or to go somewhat
411 more slowly, but all are driven forwards with an impartial
412 movement, and with equal rapidity. For he whose life is short
413 spends a day no more swiftly than he whose life is longer.
414 But while the equal moments are impartially snatched from
415 both, the one has a nearer and the other a more remote goal
416 to reach with this their equal speed. It is one thing to make
417 a longer journey, and another to walk more slowly. He,
418 therefore, who spends longer time on his way to death does
419 not proceed at a more leisurely pace, but goes over more
420 ground. Further, if every man begins to die, that is, is in
421 death, as soon as death has begun to show itself in him (by
422 taking away life, to wit; for when life is all taken away, the
423 man will be then not in death, but after death), then he begins
424 to die so soon as he begins to live. For what else is going
425 on in all his days, hours, and moments, until this slow-working
426 death is fully consummated? And then comes the time
427 *after death*, instead of that in which life was being withdrawn,
428 and which we called being *in death*. Man, then, is never in
429 life from the moment he dwells in this dying rather than
430 living body,—if, at least, he cannot be in life and death at
431 once. Or rather, shall we say, he is in both?—in life,
432 namely, which he lives till all is consumed; but in death
433 also, which he dies as his life is consumed? For if he is not
434 in life, what is it which is consumed till all be gone? And
435 if he is not in death, what is this consumption itself? For
436 when the whole of life has been consumed, the expression
437 "after death" would be meaningless, had that consumption
438 not been death. And if, when it has all been consumed, a
439 man is not in death but after death, when is he in death,
440 unless when life is being consumed away?
441 11. *Whether one can both be living and dead at the same time.*
442 But if it is absurd to say that a man is in death before he
443 reaches death (for to what is his course running as he passes
444 through life, if already he is in death?), and if it outrage
445 common usage to speak of a man being at once alive and
446 dead, as much as it does so, to speak of him as at once asleep
447 and awake, it remains to be asked when a man is dying?
448 For, before death comes, he is not dying but living; and
449 when death has come, he is not dying but dead. The one is
450 before, the other after death. When, then, is he in death so
451 that we can say he is dying? For as there are three times,
452 before death, in death, after death, so there are three states
453 corresponding, living, dying, dead. And it is very hard to
454 define when a man is in death or dying, when he is neither
455 living, which is before death, nor dead, which is after death,
456 but dying, which is in death. For so long as the soul is in
457 the body, especially if consciousness remain, the man certainly
458 lives; for body and soul constitute the man. And thus,
459 before death, he cannot be said to be in death; but when,
460 on the other hand, the soul has departed, and all bodily
461 sensation is extinct, death is past, and the man is dead.
462 Between these two states the dying condition finds no place;
463 for if a man yet lives, death has not arrived; if he has ceased
464 to live, death is past. Never, then, is he dying, that is, comprehended
465 in the state of death. So also in the passing of
466 time,—you try to lay your finger on the present, and cannot
467 find it, because the present occupies no space, but is only
468 the transition of time from the future to the past. Must we
469 then conclude that there is thus no death of the body at all?
470 For if there is, where is it, since it is in no one, and no one
471 can be in it? Since, indeed, if there is yet life, death is not
472 yet; for this state is before death, not in death: and if life
473 has already ceased, death is not present; for this state is
474 after death, not in death. On the other hand, if there is
475 no death before or after, what do we mean when we say
476 "after death," or "before death?" This is a foolish way
477 of speaking if there is no death. And would that we had
478 lived so well in Paradise that in very truth there were now
479 no death! But not only does it now exist, but so grievous
480 a thing is it, that no skill is sufficient either to explain or to
481 escape it.
482 Let us, then, speak in the customary way,—no man ought
483 to speak otherwise,—and let us call the time before death
484 come, "before death;" as it is written, "Praise no man before
485 his death."[586] And when it has happened, let us say that
486 "after death" this or that took place. And of the present
487 time let us speak as best we can, as when we say, "He,
488 when dying, made his will, and left this or that to such and
489 such persons,"—though, of course, he could not do so unless
490 he were living, and did this rather before death than in death.
491 And let us use the same phraseology as Scripture uses; for it
492 makes no scruple of saying that the dead are not after but in
493 death. So that verse, "For in death there is no remembrance
494 of thee."[587] For until the resurrection men are justly said to
495 be in death; as every one is said to be in sleep till he
496 awakes. However, though we can say of persons in sleep
497 that they are sleeping, we cannot speak in this way of the
498 dead, and say they are dying. For, so far as regards the
499 death of the body, of which we are now speaking, one cannot
500 say that those who are already separated from their bodies
501 continue dying. But this, you see, is just what I was saying,—that
502 no words can explain how either the dying are said
503 to live, or how the dead are said, even after death, to be in
504 death. For how can they be after death if they be in death,
505 especially when we do not even call them dying, as we call
506 those in sleep, sleeping; and those in languor, languishing;
507 and those in grief, grieving; and those in life, living? And
508 yet the dead, until they rise again, are said to be in death,
509 but cannot be called dying.
510 And therefore I think it has not unsuitably nor inappropriately
511 come to pass, though not by the intention of man,
512 yet perhaps with divine purpose, that this Latin word
513 *moritur* cannot be declined by the grammarians according to
514 the rule followed by similar words. For *oritur* gives the
515 form *ortus est* for the perfect; and all similar verbs form
516 this tense from their perfect participles. But if we ask
517 the perfect of *moritur*, we get the regular answer, *mortuus
518 est* with a double *u*. For thus *mortuus* is pronounced, like
519 *fatuus*, *arduus*, *conspicuus*, and similar words, which are not
520 perfect participles but adjectives, and are declined without
521 regard to tense. But *mortuus*, though in form an adjective,
522 is used as perfect participle, as if that were to be declined
523 which cannot be declined; and thus it has suitably come
524 to pass that, as the thing itself cannot in point of fact be
525 declined, so neither can the word significant of the act be
526 declined. Yet, by the aid of our Redeemer's grace, we may
527 manage at least to decline the second. For that is more
528 grievous still, and, indeed, of all evils the worst, since it consists
529 not in the separation of soul and body, but in the uniting
530 of both in death eternal. And there, in striking contrast to
531 our present conditions, men will not be before or after death,
532 but always in death; and thus never living, never dead, but
533 endlessly dying. And never can a man be more disastrously
534 in death than when death itself shall be deathless.
535 12. *What death God intended, when He threatened our first parents with death
536 if they should disobey His commandment.*
537 When, therefore, it is asked what death it was with which
538 God threatened our first parents if they should transgress
539 the commandment they had received from Him, and should
540 fail to preserve their obedience,—whether it was the death
541 of soul, or of body, or of the whole man, or that which is
542 called second death,—we must answer, It is all. For the
543 first consists of two; the second is the complete death, which
544 consists of all. For, as the whole earth consists of many
545 lands, and the Church universal of many churches, so death
546 universal consists of all deaths. The first consists of two,
547 one of the body, and another of the soul. So that the first
548 death is a death of the whole man, since the soul without
549 God and without the body suffers punishment for a time;
550 but the second is when the soul, without God but with the
551 body, suffers punishment everlasting. When, therefore, God
552 said to that first man whom he had placed in Paradise, referring
553 to the forbidden fruit, "In the day that thou eatest
554 thereof thou shalt surely die,"[588] that threatening included not
555 only the first part of the first death, by which the soul is
556 deprived of God; nor only the subsequent part of the first
557 death, by which the body is deprived of the soul; nor only
558 the whole first death itself, by which the soul is punished in
559 separation from God and from the body;—but it includes
560 whatever of death there is, even to that final death which is
561 called second, and to which none is subsequent.
562 13. *What was the first punishment of the transgression of our first parents?*
563 For, as soon as our first parents had transgressed the commandment,
564 divine grace forsook them, and they were confounded
565 at their own wickedness; and therefore they took
566 fig-leaves (which were possibly the first that came to hand in
567 their troubled state of mind), and covered their shame; for
568 though their members remained the same, they had shame
569 now where they had none before. They experienced a new
570 motion of their flesh, which had become disobedient to them,
571 in strict retribution of their own disobedience to God. For
572 the soul, revelling in its own liberty, and scorning to serve
573 God, was itself deprived of the command it had formerly
574 maintained over the body. And because it had wilfully
575 deserted its superior Lord, it no longer held its own inferior
576 servant; neither could it hold the flesh subject, as it would
577 always have been able to do had it remained itself subject to
578 God. Then began the flesh to lust against the Spirit,[589] in
579 which strife we are born, deriving from the first transgression
580 a seed of death, and bearing in our members, and in our
581 vitiated nature, the contest or even victory of the flesh.
582 14. *In what state man was made by God, and into what estate he fell by the
583 choice of his own will.*
584 For God, the author of natures, not of vices, created man
585 upright; but man, being of his own will corrupted, and justly
586 condemned, begot corrupted and condemned children. For
587 we all were in that one man, since we all were that one man
588 who fell into sin by the woman who was made from him
589 before the sin. For not yet was the particular form created
590 and distributed to us, in which we as individuals were to
591 live, but already the seminal nature was there from which
592 we were to be propagated; and this being vitiated by sin, and
593 bound by the chain of death, and justly condemned, man could
594 not be born of man in any other state. And thus, from the
595 bad use of free will, there originated the whole train of evil,
596 which, with its concatenation of miseries, convoys the human
597 race from its depraved origin, as from a corrupt root, on to the
598 destruction of the second death, which has no end, those only
599 being excepted who are freed by the grace of God.
600 15. *That Adam in his sin forsook God ere God forsook him, and that his
601 falling away from God was the first death of the soul.*
602 It may perhaps be supposed that because God said, "Ye
603 shall die the death,"[590] and not "deaths," we should understand
604 only that death which occurs when the soul is deserted by
605 God, who is its life; for it was not deserted by God, and so
606 deserted Him, but deserted Him, and so was deserted by Him.
607 For its own will was the originator of its evil, as God was
608 the originator of its motions towards good, both in making it
609 when it was not, and in re-making it when it had fallen and
610 perished. But though we suppose that God meant only this.
611 death, and that the words, "In the day ye eat of it ye shall
612 die the death," should be understood as meaning, "In the day
613 ye desert me in disobedience, I will desert you in justice," yet
614 assuredly in this death the other deaths also were threatened,
615 which were its inevitable consequence. For in the first stirring
616 of the disobedient motion which was felt in the flesh of the
617 disobedient soul, and which caused our first parents to cover
618 their shame, one death indeed is experienced, that, namely,
619 which occurs when God forsakes the soul. (This was intimated
620 by the words He uttered, when the man, stupefied by
621 fear, had hid himself, "Adam, where art thou?"[591]—words
622 which He used not in ignorance of inquiry, but warning him
623 to consider where he was, since God was not with him.) But
624 when the soul itself forsook the body, corrupted and decayed
625 with age, the other death was experienced of which God had
626 spoken in pronouncing man's sentence, "Earth thou art, and
627 unto earth shalt thou return."[592] And of these two deaths that
628 first death of the whole man is composed. And this first death
629 is finally followed by the second, unless man be freed by grace.
630 For the body would not return to the earth from which it was
631 made, save only by the death proper to itself, which occurs
632 when it is forsaken of the soul, its life. And therefore it is
633 agreed among all Christians who truthfully hold the catholic
634 faith, that we are subject to the death of the body, not by the
635 law of nature, by which God ordained no death for man, but
636 by His righteous infliction on account of sin; for God, taking
637 vengeance on sin, said to the man, in whom we all then were,
638 "Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return."
639 >
640 >
641 >
642 16. *Concerning the philosophers who think that the separation of soul and body
643 > is not penal, though Plato represents the supreme Deity as promising to
644 > the inferior gods that they shall never be dismissed from their bodies.*
645 But the philosophers against whom we are defending the
646 city of God, that is, His Church, seem to themselves to have
647 good cause to deride us, because we say that the separation of the
648 soul from the body is to be held as part of man's punishment.
649 For they suppose that the blessedness of the soul then only is
650 complete, when it is quite denuded of the body, and returns to
651 God a pure and simple, and, as it were, naked soul. On this
652 point, if I should find nothing in their own literature to refute
653 this opinion, I should be forced laboriously to demonstrate that
654 it is not the body, but the corruptibility of the body, which is
655 a burden to the soul. Hence that sentence of Scripture we
656 quoted in a foregoing book, "For the corruptible body presseth
657 down the soul."[593] The word corruptible is added to show that
658 the soul is burdened, not by any body whatsoever, but by the
659 body such as it has become in consequence of sin. And even
660 though the word had not been added, we could understand
661 nothing else. But when Plato most expressly declares that
662 the gods who are made by the Supreme have immortal bodies,
663 and when he introduces their Maker himself promising them
664 as a great boon that they should abide in their bodies eternally,
665 and never by any death be loosed from them, why do these
666 adversaries of ours, for the sake of troubling the Christian
667 faith, feign to be ignorant of what they quite well know, and
668 even prefer to contradict themselves rather than lose an opportunity
669 of contradicting us? Here are Plato's words, as Cicero
670 has translated them,[594] in which he introduces the Supreme
671 addressing the gods He had made, and saying, "Ye who are
672 sprung from a divine stock, consider of what works I am the
673 parent and author. These (your bodies) are indestructible
674 so long as I will it; although all that is composed can be
675 destroyed. But it is wicked to dissolve what reason has
676 compacted. But, seeing that ye have been born, ye cannot
677 indeed be immortal and indestructible; yet ye shall by no
678 means be destroyed, nor shall any fates consign you to death,
679 and prove superior to my will, which is a stronger assurance
680 of your perpetuity than those bodies to which ye were joined
681 when ye were born." Plato, you see, says that the gods are
682 both mortal by the connection of the body and soul, and yet
683 are rendered immortal by the will and decree of their Maker.
684 If, therefore, it is a punishment to the soul to be connected
685 with any body whatever, why does God address them as if
686 they were afraid of death, that is, of the separation of soul and
687 body? Why does He seek to reassure them by promising
688 them immortality, not in virtue of their nature, which is
689 composite and not simple, but by virtue of His invincible
690 will, whereby He can effect that neither things born die, nor
691 things compounded be dissolved, but preserved eternally?
692 Whether this opinion of Plato's about the stars is true or
693 not, is another question. For we cannot at once grant to him
694 that these luminous bodies or globes, which by day and night
695 shine on the earth with the light of their bodily substance,
696 have also intellectual and blessed souls which animate each
697 its own body, as he confidently affirms of the universe itself,
698 as if it were one huge animal, in which all other animals were
699 contained.[595] But this, as I said, is another question, which we
700 have not undertaken to discuss at present. This much only
701 I deemed right to bring forward, in opposition to those who so
702 pride themselves on being, or on being called Platonists, that
703 they blush to be Christians, and who cannot brook to be called
704 by a name which the common people also bear, lest they
705 vulgarize the philosophers' coterie, which is proud in proportion
706 to its exclusiveness. These men, seeking a weak point in the
707 Christian doctrine, select for attack the eternity of the body,
708 as if it were a contradiction to contend for the blessedness of
709 the soul, and to wish it to be always resident in the body,
710 bound, as it were, in a lamentable chain; and this although
711 Plato, their own founder and master, affirms that it was granted
712 by the Supreme as a boon to the gods He had made, that
713 they should not die, that is, should not be separated from the
714 bodies with which He had connected them.
715 17. *Against those who affirm that earthly bodies cannot be made incorruptible
716 and eternal.*
717 These same philosophers further contend that terrestrial
718 bodies cannot be eternal, though they make no doubt that the
719 whole earth, which is itself the central member of their god,—not,
720 indeed, of the greatest, but yet of a great god, that is, of
721 this whole world,—is eternal. Since, then, the Supreme made
722 for them another god, that is, this world, superior to the other
723 gods beneath Him; and since they suppose that this god is an
724 animal, having, as they affirm, a rational or intellectual soul
725 enclosed in the huge mass of its body, and having, as the fitly
726 situated and adjusted members of its body, the four elements,
727 whose union they wish to be indissoluble and eternal, lest
728 perchance this great god of theirs might some day perish;
729 what reason is there that the earth, which is the central
730 member in the body of a greater creature, should be eternal,
731 and the bodies of other terrestrial creatures should not possibly
732 be eternal if God should so will it? But earth, say they, must
733 return to earth, out of which the terrestrial bodies of the
734 animals have been taken. For this, they say, is the reason
735 of the necessity of their death and dissolution, and this the
736 manner of their restoration to the solid and eternal earth
737 whence they came. But if any one says the same thing of
738 fire, holding that the bodies which are derived from it to make
739 celestial beings must be restored to the universal fire, does
740 not the immortality which Plato represents these gods as
741 receiving from the Supreme evanesce in the heat of this
742 dispute? Or does this not happen with those celestials
743 because God, whose will, as Plato says, overpowers all powers,
744 has willed it should not be so? What, then, hinders God from
745 ordaining the same of terrestrial bodies? And since, indeed,
746 Plato acknowledges that God can prevent things that are born
747 from dying, and things that are joined from being sundered,
748 and things that are composed from being dissolved, and can
749 ordain that the souls once allotted to their bodies should never
750 abandon them, but enjoy along with them immortality and
751 everlasting bliss, why may He not also effect that terrestrial
752 bodies die not? Is God powerless to do everything that is
753 special to the Christian's creed, but powerful to effect everything
754 the Platonists desire? The philosophers, forsooth, have
755 been admitted to a knowledge of the divine purposes and
756 power which has been denied to the prophets! The truth is,
757 that the Spirit of God taught His prophets so much of His
758 will as He thought fit to reveal, but the philosophers, in their
759 efforts to discover it, were deceived by human conjecture.
760 But they should not have been so led astray, I will not say
761 by their ignorance, but by their obstinacy, as to contradict
762 themselves so frequently; for they maintain, with all their
763 vaunted might, that in order to the happiness of the soul, it
764 must abandon not only its earthly body, but every kind of
765 body. And yet they hold that the gods, whose souls are most
766 blessed, are bound to everlasting bodies, the celestials to fiery
767 bodies, and the soul of Jove himself (or this world, as they
768 would have us believe) to all the physical elements which
769 compose this entire mass reaching from earth to heaven. For
770 this soul Plato believes to be extended and diffused by musical
771 numbers,[596] from the middle of the inside of the earth, which
772 geometricians call the centre, outwards through all its parts
773 to the utmost heights and extremities of the heavens; so that
774 this world is a very great and blessed immortal animal, whose
775 soul has both the perfect blessedness of wisdom, and never
776 leaves its own body, and whose body has life everlasting
777 from the soul, and by no means clogs or hinders it, though
778 itself be not a simple body, but compacted of so many and so
779 huge materials. Since, therefore, they allow so much to their
780 own conjectures, why do they refuse to believe that by the
781 divine will and power immortality can be conferred on earthly
782 bodies, in which the souls would be neither oppressed with
783 the burden of them, nor separated from them by any death,
784 but live eternally and blessedly? Do they not assert that
785 their own gods so live in bodies of fire, and that Jove himself,
786 their king, so lives in the physical elements? If, in order to
787 its blessedness, the soul must quit every kind of body, let
788 their gods flit from the starry spheres, and Jupiter from earth
789 to sky; or, if they cannot do so, let them be pronounced
790 miserable. But neither alternative will these men adopt. For,
791 on the one hand, they dare not ascribe to their own gods a
792 departure from the body, lest they should seem to worship
793 mortals; on the other hand, they dare not deny their happiness,
794 lest they should acknowledge wretches as gods. Therefore,
795 to obtain blessedness, we need not quit every kind of
796 body, but only the corruptible, cumbersome, painful, dying,—not
797 such bodies as the goodness of God contrived for the first
798 man, but such only as man's sin entailed.
799 18. *Of earthly bodies, which the philosophers affirm cannot be in heavenly places,
800 because whatever is of earth is by its natural weight attracted to earth.*
801 But it is necessary, they say, that the natural weight of
802 earthly bodies either keep them on earth or draw them to it;
803 and therefore they cannot be in heaven. Our first parents
804 were indeed on earth, in a well-wooded and fruitful spot,
805 which has been named Paradise. But let our adversaries a
806 little more carefully consider this subject of earthly weight,
807 because it has important bearings, both on the ascension of
808 the body of Christ, and also on the resurrection body of the
809 saints. If human skill can by some contrivance fabricate
810 vessels that float, out of metals which sink as soon as they
811 are placed on the water, how much more credible is it that
812 God, by some occult mode of operation, should even more
813 certainly effect that these earthy masses be emancipated from
814 the downward pressure of their weight? This cannot be impossible
815 to that God by whose almighty will, according to
816 Plato, neither things born perish, nor things composed dissolve,
817 especially since it is much more wonderful that spiritual and
818 bodily essences be conjoined than that bodies be adjusted to
819 other material substances. Can we not also easily believe
820 that souls, being made perfectly blessed, should be endowed
821 with the power of moving their earthy but incorruptible
822 bodies as they please, with almost spontaneous movement,
823 and of placing them where they please with the readiest
824 action? If the angels transport whatever terrestrial creatures
825 they please from any place they please, and convey them
826 whither they please, is it to be believed that they cannot do
827 so without toil and the feeling of burden? Why, then, may
828 we not believe that the spirits of the saints, made perfect and
829 blessed by divine grace, can carry their own bodies where
830 they please, and set them where they will? For, though we
831 have been accustomed to notice, in bearing weights, that the
832 larger the quantity the greater the weight of earthy bodies is,
833 and that the greater the weight the more burdensome it is,
834 yet the soul carries the members of its own flesh with less
835 difficulty when they are massive with health, than in sickness
836 when they are wasted. And though the hale and strong man
837 feels heavier to other men carrying him than the lank and
838 sickly, yet the man himself moves and carries his own body
839 with less feeling of burden when he has the greater bulk of
840 vigorous health, than when his frame is reduced to a minimum
841 by hunger or disease. Of such consequence, in estimating the
842 weight of earthly bodies, even while yet corruptible and mortal,
843 is the consideration not of dead weight, but of the healthy
844 equilibrium of the parts. And what words can tell the difference
845 between what we now call health and future immortality?
846 Let not the philosophers, then, think to upset our
847 faith with arguments from the weight of bodies; for I don't
848 care to inquire why they cannot believe an earthly body can
849 be in heaven, while the whole earth is suspended on nothing.
850 For perhaps the world keeps its central place by the same
851 law that attracts to its centre all heavy bodies. But this I
852 say, if the lesser gods, to whom Plato committed the creation
853 of man and the other terrestrial creatures, were able, as he
854 affirms, to withdraw from the fire its quality of burning, while
855 they left it that of lighting, so that it should shine through
856 the eyes; and if to the supreme God Plato also concedes the
857 power of preserving from death things that have been born,
858 and of preserving from dissolution things that are composed
859 of parts so different as body and spirit;—are we to hesitate to
860 concede to this same God the power to operate on the flesh of
861 him whom He has endowed with immortality, so as to withdraw
862 its corruption but leave its nature, remove its burdensome
863 weight but retain its seemly form and members? But
864 concerning our belief in the resurrection of the dead, and
865 concerning their immortal bodies, we shall speak more at
866 large, God willing, in the end of this work.
867 19. *Against the opinion of those who do not believe that the primitive men would
868 have been immortal if they had not sinned.*
869 At present let us go on, as we have begun, to give some
870 explanation regarding the bodies of our first parents. I say
871 then, that, except as the just consequence of sin, they would
872 not have been subjected even to this death, which is good to
873 the good,—this death, which is not exclusively known and
874 believed in by a few, but is known to all, by which soul and
875 body are separated, and by which the body of an animal
876 which was but now visibly living is now visibly dead. For
877 though there can be no manner of doubt that the souls of the
878 just and holy dead live in peaceful rest, yet so much better
879 would it be for them to be alive in healthy, well-conditioned
880 bodies, that even those who hold the tenet that it is most
881 blessed to be quit of every kind of body, condemn this opinion
882 in spite of themselves. For no one will dare to set wise men,
883 whether yet to die or already dead,—in other words, whether
884 already quit of the body, or shortly to be so,—above the immortal
885 gods, to whom the Supreme, in Plato, promises as a
886 munificent gift life indissoluble, or in eternal union with their
887 bodies. But this same Plato thinks that nothing better can
888 happen to men than that they pass through life piously and
889 justly, and, being separated from their bodies, be received
890 into the bosom of the gods, who never abandon theirs; "that,
891 oblivious of the past, they may revisit the upper air, and
892 conceive the longing to return again to the body."[597] Virgil
893 is applauded for borrowing this from the Platonic system.
894 Assuredly Plato thinks that the souls of mortals cannot
895 always be in their bodies, but must necessarily be dismissed
896 by death; and, on the other hand, he thinks that without
897 bodies they cannot endure for ever, but with ceaseless alternation
898 pass from life to death, and from death to life. This
899 difference, however, he sets between wise men and the rest,
900 that they are carried after death to the stars, that each man
901 may repose for a while in a star suitable for him, and may
902 thence return to the labours and miseries of mortals when he
903 has become oblivious of his former misery, and possessed with
904 the desire of being embodied. Those, again, who have lived
905 foolishly transmigrate into bodies fit for them, whether human
906 or bestial. Thus he has appointed even the good and wise
907 souls to a very hard lot indeed, since they do not receive
908 such bodies as they might always and even immortally inhabit,
909 but such only as they can neither permanently retain
910 nor enjoy eternal purity without. Of this notion of Plato's,
911 we have in a former book already said[598] that Porphyry was
912 ashamed in the light of these Christian times, so that he not
913 only emancipated human souls from a destiny in the bodies of
914 beasts, but also contended for the liberation of the souls of
915 the wise from all bodily ties, so that, escaping from all flesh,
916 they might, as bare and blessed souls, dwell with the Father
917 time without end. And that he might not seem to be outbid
918 by Christ's promise of life everlasting to His saints, he also
919 established purified souls in endless felicity, without return to
920 their former woes; but, that he might contradict Christ, he
921 denies the resurrection of incorruptible bodies, and maintains
922 that these souls will live eternally, not only without earthly
923 bodies, but without any bodies at all. And yet, whatever he
924 meant by this teaching, he at least did not teach that these
925 souls should offer no religious observance to the gods who
926 dwelt in bodies. And why did he not, unless because he did
927 not believe that the souls, even though separate from the body,
928 were superior to those gods? Wherefore, if these philosophers
929 will not dare (as I think they will not) to set human souls
930 above the gods who are most blessed, and yet are tied eternally
931 to their bodies, why do they find that absurd which the
932 Christian faith preaches,[599] namely, that our first parents were
933 so created that, if they had not sinned, they would not have
934 been dismissed from their bodies by any death, but would
935 have been endowed with immortality as the reward of their
936 obedience, and would have lived eternally with their bodies;
937 and further, that the saints will in the resurrection inhabit
938 those very bodies in which they have here toiled, but in such
939 sort that neither shall any corruption or unwieldiness be
940 suffered to attach to their flesh, nor any grief or trouble to
941 cloud their felicity?
942 20. *That the flesh now resting in peace shall be raised to a perfection not
943 enjoyed by the flesh of our first parents.*
944 Thus the souls of departed saints are not affected by the
945 death which dismisses them from their bodies, because their
946 flesh rests in hope, no matter what indignities it receives after
947 sensation is gone. For they do not desire that their bodies be
948 forgotten, as Plato thinks fit, but rather, because they remember
949 what has been promised by Him who deceives no man, and
950 who gave them security for the safe keeping even of the hairs
951 of their head, they with a longing patience wait in hope of the
952 resurrection of their bodies, in which they have suffered many
953 hardships, and are now to suffer never again. For if they did
954 not "hate their own flesh," when it, with its native infirmity,
955 opposed their will, and had to be constrained by the spiritual
956 law, how much more shall they love it, when it shall even
957 itself have become spiritual! For as, when the spirit serves
958 the flesh, it is fitly called carnal, so, when the flesh serves the
959 spirit, it will justly be called spiritual. Not that it is converted
960 into spirit, as some fancy from the words, "It is sown in corruption,
961 it is raised in incorruption,"[600] but because it is subject
962 to the spirit with a perfect and marvellous readiness of
963 obedience, and responds in all things to the will that has entered
964 on immortality,—all reluctance, all corruption, and all slowness
965 being removed. For the body will not only be better than it
966 was here in its best estate of health, but it will surpass the
967 bodies of our first parents ere they sinned. For, though they
968 were not to die unless they should sin, yet they used food as
969 men do now, their bodies not being as yet spiritual, but animal
970 only. And though they decayed not with years, nor drew
971 nearer to death,—a condition secured to them in God's marvellous
972 grace by the tree of life, which grew along with the
973 forbidden tree in the midst of Paradise,—yet they took other
974 nourishment, though not of that one tree, which was interdicted
975 not because it was itself bad, but for the sake of commending
976 a pure and simple obedience, which is the great virtue
977 of the rational creature set under the Creator as his Lord. For,
978 though no evil thing was touched, yet if a thing forbidden
979 was touched, the very disobedience was sin. They were, then,
980 nourished by other fruit, which they took that their animal
981 bodies might not suffer the discomfort of hunger or thirst; but
982 they tasted the tree of life, that death might not steal upon
983 them from any quarter, and that they might not, spent with
984 age, decay. Other fruits were, so to speak, their nourishment,
985 but this their sacrament. So that the tree of life would seem
986 to have been in the terrestrial Paradise what the wisdom of
987 God is in the spiritual, of which it is written, "She is a tree
988 of life to them that lay hold upon her."[601]
989 >
990 >
991 >
992 21. *Of Paradise, that it can be understood in a spiritual sense without sacrificing
993 > the historic truth of the narrative regarding the real place.*
994 On this account some allegorize all that concerns Paradise
995 itself, where the first men, the parents of the human race, are,
996 according to the truth of holy Scripture, recorded to have been;
997 and they understand all its trees and fruit-bearing plants as
998 virtues and habits of life, as if they had no existence in the
999 external world, but were only so spoken of or related for the
1000 sake of spiritual meanings. As if there could not be a real
1001 terrestrial Paradise! As if there never existed these two
1002 women, Sarah and Hagar, nor the two sons who were born
1003 to Abraham, the one of the bond woman, the other of the free,
1004 because the apostle says that in them the two covenants were
1005 prefigured; or as if water never flowed from the rock when
1006 Moses struck it, because therein Christ can be seen in a figure,
1007 as the same apostle says, "Now that rock was Christ!"[602] No
1008 one, then, denies that Paradise may signify the life of the
1009 blessed; its four rivers, the four virtues, prudence, fortitude,
1010 temperance, and justice; its trees, all useful knowledge; its
1011 fruits, the customs of the godly; its tree of life, wisdom herself,
1012 the mother of all good; and the tree of the knowledge of
1013 good and evil, the experience of a broken commandment. The
1014 punishment which God appointed was in itself a just, and therefore
1015 a good thing; but man's experience of it is not good.
1016 These things can also and more profitably be understood of
1017 the Church, so that they become prophetic foreshadowings of
1018 things to come. Thus Paradise is the Church, as it is called in
1019 the Canticles;[603] the four rivers of Paradise are the four gospels;
1020 the fruit-trees the saints, and the fruit their works; the tree
1021 of life is the holy of holies, Christ; the tree of the knowledge
1022 of good and evil, the will's free choice. For if man despise
1023 the will of God, he can only destroy himself; and so he learns
1024 the difference between consecrating himself to the common
1025 good and revelling in his own. For he who loves himself is
1026 abandoned to himself, in order that, being overwhelmed with
1027 fears and sorrows, he may cry, if there be yet soul in him to
1028 feel his ills, in the words of the psalm, "My soul is cast down
1029 within me,"[604] and when chastened, may say, "Because of his
1030 strength I will wait upon Thee."[605] These and similar allegorical
1031 interpretations may be suitably put upon Paradise without
1032 giving offence to any one, while yet we believe the strict
1033 truth of the history, confirmed by its circumstantial narrative
1034 of facts.[606]
1035 22. *That the bodies of the saints shall after the resurrection be spiritual, and
1036 yet flesh shall not be changed into spirit.*
1037 The bodies of the righteous, then, such as they shall be in
1038 the resurrection, shall need neither any fruit to preserve them
1039 from dying of disease or the wasting decay of old age, nor any
1040 other physical nourishment to allay the cravings of hunger or
1041 of thirst; for they shall be invested with so sure and every
1042 way inviolable an immortality, that they shall not eat save
1043 when they choose, nor be under the necessity of eating, while
1044 they enjoy the power of doing so. For so also was it with
1045 the angels who presented themselves to the eye and touch of
1046 men, not because they could do no otherwise, but because
1047 they were able and desirous to suit themselves to men by a
1048 kind of manhood ministry. For neither are we to suppose,
1049 when men receive them as guests, that the angels eat only in
1050 appearance, though to any who did not know them to be
1051 angels they might seem to eat from the same necessity as ourselves.
1052 So these words spoken in the Book of Tobit, "You
1053 saw me eat, but you saw it but in vision;"[607] that is, you thought
1054 I took food as you do for the sake of refreshing my body.
1055 But if in the case of the angels another opinion seems more
1056 capable of defence, certainly our faith leaves no room to doubt
1057 regarding our Lord Himself, that even after His resurrection,
1058 and when now in spiritual but yet real flesh, He ate and drank
1059 with His disciples; for not the power, but the need, of eating
1060 and drinking is taken from these bodies. And so they will
1061 be spiritual, not because they shall cease to be bodies, but
1062 because they shall subsist by the quickening spirit.
1063 23. *What we are to understand by the animal and spiritual body; or of those
1064 who die in Adam, and of those who are made alive in Christ.*
1065 For as those bodies of ours, that have a living soul, though
1066 not as yet a quickening spirit, are called soul-informed bodies,
1067 and yet are not souls but bodies, so also those bodies are
1068 called spiritual,—yet God forbid we should therefore suppose
1069 them to be spirits and not bodies,—which, being quickened by
1070 the Spirit, have the substance, but not the unwieldiness and corruption
1071 of flesh. Man will then be not earthly but heavenly,—not
1072 because the body will not be that very body which was
1073 made of earth, but because by its heavenly endowment it will
1074 be a fit inhabitant of heaven, and this not by losing its nature,
1075 but by changing its quality. The first man, of the earth
1076 earthy, was made a living soul, not a quickening spirit,—which
1077 rank was reserved for him as the reward of obedience. And
1078 therefore his body, which required meat and drink to satisfy
1079 hunger and thirst, and which had no absolute and indestructible
1080 immortality, but by means of the tree of life warded off
1081 the necessity of dying, and was thus maintained in the flower
1082 of youth,—this body, I say, was doubtless not spiritual, but
1083 animal; and yet it would not have died but that it provoked
1084 God's threatened vengeance by offending. And though sustenance
1085 was not denied him even outside Paradise, yet, being forbidden
1086 the tree of life, he was delivered over to the wasting of
1087 time, at least in respect of that life which, had he not sinned,
1088 he might have retained perpetually in Paradise, though only
1089 in an animal body, till such time as it became spiritual in
1090 acknowledgment of his obedience.
1091 Wherefore, although we understand that this manifest death,
1092 which consists in the separation of soul and body, was also
1093 signified by God when He said, "In the day thou eatest
1094 thereof thou shalt surely die,"[608] it ought not on that account to
1095 seem absurd that they were not dismissed from the body on that
1096 very day on which they took the forbidden and death-bringing
1097 fruit. For certainly on that very day their nature was altered
1098 for the worse and vitiated, and by their most just banishment
1099 from the tree of life they were involved in the necessity even
1100 of bodily death, in which necessity we are born. And therefore
1101 the apostle does not say, "The body indeed is doomed to
1102 die on account of sin," but he says, "The body indeed is
1103 dead because of sin." Then he adds, "But if the Spirit of
1104 Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, He
1105 that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your
1106 mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you."[609] Then
1107 accordingly shall the body become a quickening spirit which
1108 is now a living soul; and yet the apostle calls it "dead," because
1109 already it lies under the necessity of dying. But in
1110 Paradise it was so made a living soul, though not a quickening
1111 spirit, that it could not properly be called dead, for, save
1112 through the commission of sin, it could not come under the
1113 power of death. Now, since God by the words, "Adam, where
1114 art thou?" pointed to the death of the soul, which results
1115 when He abandons it, and since in the words, "Earth thou
1116 art, and unto earth shalt thou return,"[610] He signified the
1117 death of the body, which results when the soul departs from
1118 it, we are led, therefore, to believe that He said nothing of
1119 the second death, wishing it to be kept hidden, and reserving
1120 it for the New Testament dispensation, in which it is most
1121 plainly revealed. And this He did in order that, first of all,
1122 it might be evident that this first death, which is common to
1123 all, was the result of that sin which in one man became common
1124 to all.[611] But the second death is not common to all, those
1125 being excepted who were "called according to His purpose.
1126 For whom He did foreknow, He also did predestinate to be
1127 conformed to the image of His Son, that He might be the first-born
1128 among many brethren."[612] Those the grace of God has,
1129 by a Mediator, delivered from the second death.
1130 Thus the apostle states that the first man was made in an
1131 animal body. For, wishing to distinguish the animal body
1132 which now is from the spiritual, which is to be in the resurrection,
1133 he says, "It is sown in corruption, it is raised in
1134 incorruption: it is sown in dishonour, it is raised in glory:
1135 it is sown in weakness, it is raised in power: it is sown a
1136 natural body, it is raised a spiritual body." Then, to prove
1137 this, he goes on, "There is a natural body, and there is a
1138 spiritual body." And to show what the animated body is,
1139 he says, "Thus it was written, The first man Adam was made
1140 a living soul, the last Adam was made a quickening spirit."[613]
1141 He wished thus to show what the animated body is, though
1142 Scripture did not say of the first man Adam, when his soul
1143 was created by the breath of God, "Man was made in an
1144 animated body," but "Man was made a living soul."[614] By
1145 these words, therefore, "The first man was made a living soul,"
1146 the apostle wishes man's animated body to be understood.
1147 But how he wishes the spiritual body to be understood he
1148 shows when he adds, "But the last Adam was made a
1149 quickening spirit," plainly referring to Christ, who has so
1150 risen from the dead that He cannot die any more. He then
1151 goes on to say, "But that was not first which is spiritual,
1152 but that which is natural; and afterward that which is
1153 spiritual." And here he much more clearly asserts that he
1154 referred to the animal body when he said that the first man
1155 was made a living soul, and to the spiritual when he said that
1156 the last man was made a quickening spirit. The animal
1157 body is the first, being such as the first Adam had, and which
1158 would not have died had he not sinned, being such also as
1159 we now have, its nature being changed and vitiated by sin to
1160 the extent of bringing us under the necessity of death, and
1161 being such as even Christ condescended first of all to assume,
1162 not indeed of necessity, but of choice; but afterwards comes
1163 the spiritual body, which already is worn by anticipation by
1164 Christ as our head, and will be worn by His members in the
1165 resurrection of the dead.
1166 Then the apostle subjoins a notable difference between these
1167 two men, saying, "The first man is of the earth, earthy; the
1168 second man is the Lord from heaven. As is the earthy, such
1169 are they also that are earthy; and as is the heavenly, such
1170 are they also that are heavenly. And as we have borne the
1171 image of the earthy, we shall also bear the image of the
1172 heavenly."[615] So he elsewhere says, "As many of you as have
1173 been baptized into Christ have put on Christ;"[616] but in very
1174 deed this shall be accomplished when that which is animal in
1175 us by our birth shall have become spiritual in our resurrection.
1176 For, to use his words again, "We are saved by hope."[617]
1177 Now we bear the image of the earthly man by the propagation
1178 of sin and death, which pass on us by ordinary generation;
1179 but we bear the image of the heavenly by the grace of
1180 pardon and life eternal, which regeneration confers upon us
1181 through the Mediator of God and men, the Man Christ Jesus.
1182 And He is the heavenly Man of Paul's passage, because He
1183 came from heaven to be clothed with a body of earthly mortality,
1184 that He might clothe it with heavenly immortality.
1185 And he calls others heavenly, because by grace they become
1186 His members, that, together with them, He may become one
1187 Christ, as head and body. In the same epistle he puts this yet
1188 more clearly: "Since by man came death, by Man came also
1189 the resurrection of the dead. For as in Adam all die, even
1190 so in Christ shall all be made alive,"[618]—that is to say, in a
1191 spiritual body which shall be made a quickening spirit. Not
1192 that all who die in Adam shall be members of Christ,—for the
1193 great majority shall be punished in eternal death,—but he
1194 uses the word "all" in both clauses, because, as no one dies
1195 in an animal body except in Adam, so no one is quickened
1196 a spiritual body save in Christ. We are not, then, by any
1197 means to suppose that we shall in the resurrection have such
1198 a body as the first man had before he sinned, nor that the
1199 words, "As is the earthy, such are they also that are earthy,"
1200 are to be understood of that which was brought about by sin;
1201 for we are not to think that Adam had a spiritual body before
1202 he fell, and that, in punishment of his sin, it was changed into
1203 an animal body. If this be thought, small heed has been
1204 given to the words of so great a teacher, who says, "There is
1205 a natural body, there is also a spiritual body; as it is written,
1206 The first man Adam was made a living soul." Was it after
1207 sin he was made so? or was not this the primal condition
1208 of man from which the blessed apostle selects his testimony
1209 to show what the animal body is?
1210 >
1211 >
1212 >
1213 24. *How we must understand that breathing of God by which "the first man
1214 > was made a living soul," and that also by which the Lord conveyed His
1215 > Spirit to His disciples when He said, "Receive ye the Holy Ghost."*
1216 Some have hastily supposed from the words, "God breathed
1217 into Adam's nostrils the breath of life, and man became a
1218 living soul,"[619] that a soul was not then first given to man, but
1219 that the soul already given was quickened by the Holy Ghost.
1220 They are encouraged in this supposition by the fact that the
1221 Lord Jesus after His resurrection breathed on His disciples,
1222 and said, "Receive ye the Holy Spirit."[620] From this they
1223 suppose that the same thing was effected in either case, as
1224 if the evangelist had gone on to say, And they became living
1225 souls. But if he had made this addition, we should only
1226 understand that the Spirit is in some way the life of souls,
1227 and that without Him reasonable souls must be accounted
1228 dead, though their bodies seem to live before our eyes. But
1229 that this was not what happened when man was created, the
1230 very words of the narrative sufficiently show: "And God made
1231 man dust of the earth;" which some have thought to render
1232 more clearly by the words, "And God formed man of the clay
1233 of the earth." For it had before been said that "there went
1234 up a mist from the earth, and watered the whole face of the
1235 ground,"[621] in order that the reference to clay, formed of this
1236 moisture and dust, might be understood. For on this verse
1237 there immediately follows the announcement, "And God
1238 created man dust of the earth;" so those Greek manuscripts
1239 have it from which this passage has been translated into
1240 Latin. But whether one prefers to read "*created*" or "*formed*,"
1241 where the Greek reads ἔπλασεν, is of little importance; yet
1242 "*formed*" is the better rendering. But those who preferred
1243 "created" thought they thus avoided the ambiguity arising
1244 from the fact, that in the Latin language the usage obtains
1245 that those are said to form a thing who frame some feigned
1246 and fictitious thing. This man, then, who was created of the
1247 dust of the earth, or of the moistened dust or clay,—this "dust
1248 of the earth" (that I may use the express words of Scripture)
1249 was made, as the apostle teaches, an animated body when he
1250 received a soul. This man, he says, "was made a living soul;"
1251 that is, this fashioned dust was made a living soul.
1252 They say, Already he had a soul, else he would not be
1253 called a man; for man is not a body alone, nor a soul alone,
1254 but a being composed of both. This, indeed, is true, that the
1255 soul is not the whole man, but the better part of man; the
1256 body not the whole, but the inferior part of man; and that
1257 then, when both are joined, they receive the name of man,—which,
1258 however, they do not severally lose even when we
1259 speak of them singly. For who is prohibited from saying, in
1260 colloquial usage, "That man is dead, and is now at rest or in
1261 torment," though this can be spoken only of the soul; or "He
1262 is buried in such and such a place," though this refers only
1263 to the body? Will they say that Scripture follows no such
1264 usage? On the contrary, it so thoroughly adopts it, that even
1265 while a man is alive, and body and soul are united, it calls
1266 each of them singly by the name "*man*," speaking of the soul
1267 as the "inward man," and of the body as the "outward man,"[622]
1268 as if there were two men, though both together are indeed but
1269 one. But we must understand in what sense man is said to
1270 be in the image of God, and is yet dust, and to return to the
1271 dust. The former is spoken of the rational soul, which God
1272 by His breathing, or, to speak more appropriately, by His inspiration,
1273 conveyed to man, that is, to his body; but the latter
1274 refers to his body, which God formed of the dust, and to
1275 which a soul was given, that it might become a living body,
1276 that is, that man might become a living soul.
1277 Wherefore, when our Lord breathed on His disciples, and
1278 said, "Receive ye the Holy Ghost," He certainly wished it to
1279 be understood that the Holy Ghost was not only the Spirit
1280 of the Father, but of the only-begotten Son Himself. For
1281 the same Spirit is, indeed, the Spirit of the Father and of
1282 the Son, making with them the trinity of Father, Son, and
1283 Spirit, not a creature, but the Creator. For neither was that
1284 material breath which proceeded from the mouth of His flesh
1285 the very substance and nature of the Holy Spirit, but rather
1286 the intimation, as I said, that the Holy Spirit was common
1287 to the Father and to the Son; for they have not each a separate
1288 Spirit, but both one and the same. Now this Spirit is
1289 always spoken of in sacred Scripture by the Greek word
1290 πνεῦμα, as the Lord, too, named Him in the place cited when
1291 He gave Him to His disciples, and intimated the gift by the
1292 breathing of His lips; and there does not occur to me any
1293 place in the whole Scriptures where He is otherwise named.
1294 But in this passage where it is said, "And the Lord formed
1295 man dust of the earth, and breathed, or inspired, into his face
1296 the breath of life;" the Greek has not πνεῦμα, the usual word
1297 for the Holy Spirit, but πνοή, a word more frequently used
1298 of the creature than of the Creator; and for this reason some
1299 Latin interpreters have preferred to render it by "breath"
1300 rather than "spirit." For this word occurs also in the Greek
1301 in Isa. lvii. 16, where God says, "I have made all breath,"
1302 meaning, doubtless, all souls. Accordingly, this word πνοή is
1303 sometimes rendered "breath," sometimes "spirit," sometimes
1304 "inspiration," sometimes "aspiration," sometimes "soul," even
1305 when it is used of God. Πνεῦμα, on the other hand, is uniformly
1306 rendered "spirit," whether of man, of whom the apostle says,
1307 "For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit
1308 of man which is in him?"[623] or of beast, as in the book of
1309 Solomon, "Who knoweth the spirit of man that goeth upward,
1310 and the spirit of the beast that goeth downward to the
1311 earth?"[624] or of that physical spirit which is called wind, for
1312 so the Psalmist calls it: "Fire and hail; snow and vapours;
1313 stormy wind;"[625] or of the uncreated Creator Spirit, of whom
1314 the Lord said in the gospel, "Receive ye the Holy Ghost,"
1315 indicating the gift by the breathing of His mouth; and when
1316 He says, "Go ye and baptize all nations in the name of the
1317 Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost,"[626] words which very
1318 expressly and excellently commend the Trinity; and where it
1319 is said, "God is a Spirit;"[627] and in very many other places
1320 of the sacred writings. In all these quotations from Scripture
1321 we do not find in the Greek the word πνοή used, but
1322 πνεῦμα, and in the Latin, not *flatus*, but *spiritus*. Wherefore,
1323 referring again to that place where it is written, "He inspired,"
1324 or, to speak more properly, "breathed into his face the breath
1325 of life," even though the Greek had not used πνοή (as it has)
1326 but πνεῦμα, it would not on that account necessarily follow
1327 that the Creator Spirit, who in the Trinity is distinctively
1328 called the Holy Ghost, was meant, since, as has been said, it
1329 is plain that πνεῦμα is used not only of the Creator, but also
1330 of the creature.
1331 But, say they, when the Scripture used the word "spirit,"[628]
1332 it would not have added "of life" unless it meant us to
1333 understand the Holy Spirit; nor, when it said, "Man became
1334 a soul," would it also have inserted the word "living" unless
1335 that life of the soul were signified which is imparted to it
1336 from above by the gift of God. For, seeing that the soul by
1337 itself has a proper life of its own, what need, they ask, was
1338 there of adding living, save only to show that the life which
1339 is given it by the Holy Spirit was meant? What is this but
1340 to fight strenuously for their own conjectures, while they carelessly
1341 neglect the teaching of Scripture? Without troubling
1342 themselves much, they might have found in a preceding page
1343 of this very book of Genesis the words, "Let the earth bring
1344 forth the living soul,"[629] when all the terrestrial animals were
1345 created. Then at a slight interval, but still in the same book,
1346 was it impossible for them to notice this verse, "All in whose
1347 nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land,
1348 died," by which it was signified that all the animals which
1349 lived on the earth had perished in the deluge? If, then, we
1350 find that Scripture is accustomed to speak both of the "living
1351 soul" and the "spirit of life" even in reference to beasts; and
1352 if in this place, where it is said, "All things which have the
1353 spirit of life," the word πνοή, not πνεῦμα, is used; why may
1354 we not say, What need was there to add "living," since the
1355 soul cannot exist without being alive? or, What need to add
1356 "of life" after the word spirit? But we understand that Scripture
1357 used these expressions in its ordinary style so long as it
1358 speaks of animals, that is, animated bodies, in which the soul
1359 serves as the residence of sensation; but when man is spoken
1360 of, we forget the ordinary and established usage of Scripture,
1361 whereby it signifies that man received a rational soul, which
1362 was not produced out of the waters and the earth like the
1363 other living creatures, but was created by the breath of God.
1364 Yet this creation was so ordered that the human soul should
1365 live in an animal body, like those other animals of which the
1366 Scripture said, "Let the earth produce every living soul,"
1367 and regarding which it again says that in them is the breath
1368 of life, where the word πνοή and not πνεῦμα is used in the
1369 Greek, and where certainly not the Holy Spirit, but their
1370 spirit, is signified under that name.
1371 But, again, they object that breath is understood to have
1372 been emitted from the mouth of God; and if we believe that
1373 is the soul, we must consequently acknowledge it to be of the
1374 same substance, and equal to that wisdom, which says, "I
1375 come out of the mouth of the Most High."[630] Wisdom, indeed,
1376 does not say it was breathed out of the mouth of God, but
1377 proceeded out of it. But as we are able, when we breathe,
1378 to make a breath, not of our own human nature, but of the
1379 surrounding air, which we inhale and exhale as we draw our
1380 breath and breathe again, so almighty God was able to make
1381 breath, not of His own nature, nor of the creature beneath
1382 Him, but even of nothing; and this breath, when He communicated
1383 it to man's body, He is most appropriately said to
1384 have breathed or inspired,—the Immaterial breathing it also
1385 immaterial, but the Immutable not also the immutable; for
1386 it was created, He uncreated. Yet, that these persons who
1387 are forward to quote Scripture, and yet know not the usages
1388 of its language, may know that not only what is equal and
1389 consubstantial with God is said to proceed out of His mouth,
1390 let them hear or read what God says: "So then because thou
1391 art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out
1392 of my mouth."[631]
1393 There is no ground, then, for our objecting, when the apostle
1394 so expressly distinguishes the animal body from the spiritual,—that
1395 is to say, the body in which we now are from that in
1396 which we are to be. He says, "It is sown a natural body, it
1397 is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there
1398 is a spiritual body. And so it is written, The first man Adam
1399 was made a living soul; the last Adam was made a quickening
1400 spirit. Howbeit that was not first which is spiritual, but
1401 that which is natural; and afterward that which is spiritual.
1402 The first man is of the earth, earthy; the second man is the
1403 Lord from heaven. As is the earthy, such are they also that
1404 are earthy; and as is the heavenly, such are they also that
1405 are heavenly. And as we have borne the image of the earthy,
1406 we shall also bear the image of the heavenly."[632] Of all which
1407 words of his we have previously spoken. The animal body,
1408 accordingly, in which the apostle says that the first man
1409 Adam was made, was not so made that it could not die at
1410 all, but so that it should not die unless he should have sinned.
1411 That body, indeed, which shall be made spiritual and immortal
1412 by the quickening Spirit shall not be able to die at all; as
1413 the soul has been created immortal, and therefore, although by
1414 sin it may be said to die, and does lose a certain life of its
1415 own, namely, the Spirit of God, by whom it was enabled to
1416 live wisely and blessedly, yet it does not cease living a kind
1417 of life, though a miserable, because it is immortal by creation.
1418 So, too, the rebellious angels, though by sinning they did in
1419 a sense die, because they forsook God, the Fountain of life,
1420 which while they drank they were able to live wisely and
1421 well, yet they could not so die as to utterly cease living and
1422 feeling, for they are immortals by creation. And so, after the
1423 final judgment, they shall be hurled into the second death,
1424 and not even there be deprived of life or of sensation, but
1425 shall suffer torment. But those men who have been embraced
1426 by God's grace, and are become the fellow-citizens of the holy
1427 angels who have continued in bliss, shall never more either
1428 sin or die, being endued with spiritual bodies; yet, being
1429 clothed with immortality, such as the angels enjoy, of which
1430 they cannot be divested even by sinning, the nature of their
1431 flesh shall continue the same, but all carnal corruption and
1432 unwieldiness shall be removed.
1433 There remains a question which must be discussed, and,
1434 by the help of the Lord God of truth, solved: If the motion
1435 of concupiscence in the unruly members of our first parents
1436 arose out of their sin, and only when the divine grace deserted
1437 them; and if it was on that occasion that their eyes were
1438 opened to see, or, more exactly, notice their nakedness, and
1439 that they covered their shame because the shameless motion
1440 of their members was not subject to their will,—how, then,
1441 would they have begotten children had they remained sinless
1442 as they were created? But as this book must be concluded,
1443 and so large a question cannot be summarily disposed of, we
1444 may relegate it to the following book, in which it will be more
1445 conveniently treated.
1446 MURRAY AND GIBB, EDINBURGH,
1447 PRINTERS TO HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE.
LIST OF WORKS
79 PUBLISHED BY
T. & T. CLARK, EDINBURGH.
82 (Texto do capítulo)
SUBSCRIPTION BOOKS.
85 (Texto do capítulo)
Foreign Theological Library.
88 >
89 >
90 >
91 *MESSRS. CLARK beg respectfully to intimate that from this time
92 > they will allow a Selection of Twenty Volumes (or more at the same
93 > ratio) from the various Series, with the exception of the Volumes issued
94 > in 1868-69-70. No Duplicates allowed in a Selection of Twelve or
95 > Twenty Volumes.*
96 At the Subscription Price of £5, 5s.
97 |
98 |
99 |
100 Selling Price. |
101 |
102 |
103 |
104 £ |
105 *s.* |
106 *d.* |
107 Any 12 vols. of First Series (or more at same ratio), |
108 |
109 |
110 3 |
111 3 |
112 0 |
113 |
114 |
115 |
116 |
117 |
118 |
119 FIRST SERIES**, 29 vols. demy 8vo. *netto* |
120 |
121 |
122 7 |
123 12 |
124 0 |
125 |
126 |
127 |
128 |
129 |
130 |
131 Hengstenberg's Commentary on the Psalms. 3 vols. |
132 |
133 |
134 |
135 Shedd's History of Christian Doctrine. 2 vols. |
136 |
137 |
138 |
139 Gieseler's Compendium of Ecclesiastical History. 5 vols. |
140 |
141 |
142 |
143 Neander's General Church History. 9 vols. |
144 |
145 |
146 |
147 Olshausen on the Gospels and Acts. 4 vols. |
148 |
149 |
150 |
151 Olshausen on the Romans. |
152 |
153 |
154 |
155 Olshausen on the Corinthians. |
156 |
157 |
158 |
159 Olshausen on the Galatians, Ephesians, Colossians, and Thessalonians. |
160 |
161 |
162 |
163 Olshausen on Philippians, Titus, and Timothy. |
164 |
165 |
166 |
167 Olshausen and Ebrard on the Hebrews. |
168 |
169 |
170 |
171 Havernick's General Introduction to the Old Testament. |
172 |
173 |
174 |
175 |
176 |
177 |
178 |
179 |
180 |
181 **SECOND SERIES**, 20 vols. demy 8vo, cloth, |
182 |
183 |
184 5 |
185 5 |
186 0 |
187 |
188 |
189 |
190 |
191 |
192 |
193 Stier on the Words of the Lord Jesus. 8 vols. |
194 |
195 |
196 |
197 Hengstenberg's Christology of the Old Testament. 4 vols. |
198 |
199 |
200 |
201 Ullmann's Reformers before the Reformation. 2 vols. |
202 |
203 |
204 |
205 Gerlach's Commentary on the Pentateuch. 1 vol. |
206 |
207 |
208 |
209 Müller on the Christian Doctrine of Sin. 2 vols. (*new translation*). |
210 |
211 |
212 |
213 Baumgarten's Apostolic History. 3 vols. |
214 |
215 |
216 |
217 |
218 |
219 |
220 |
221 |
222 |
223 **THIRD SERIES**, 20 vols. demy 8vo, cloth, |
224 |
225 |
226 5 |
227 5 |
228 0 |
229 |
230 |
231 |
232 |
233 |
234 |
235 Kurtz's History of the Old Covenant. 3 vols. |
236 |
237 |
238 |
239 Stier on the Words of the Risen Saviour, etc. 1 vol. |
240 |
241 |
242 |
243 Tholuck on the Gospel of St. John. 1 vol. |
244 |
245 |
246 |
247 Hengstenberg on Ecclesiastes, etc. 1 vol. |
248 |
249 |
250 |
251 Tholuck on Christ's Sermon on the Mount. 1 vol. |
252 |
253 |
254 |
255 Ebrard on Epistles of John. 1 vol. |
256 |
257 |
258 |
259 Dorner on the Person of Christ. 5 vols. |
260 |
261 |
262 |
263 Lange on the Gospels of St. Matthew and St. Mark. 3 vols. |
264 |
265 |
266 |
267 Oosterzee and Lange on St. Luke's Gospel. 2 vols. |
268 |
269 |
270 |
271 Ebrard's Gospel History. 1 vol. |
272 |
273 |
274 |
275 Kurtz's Sacrificial Worship of the Old Testament. 1 vol. |
276 |
277 |
278 |
279 |
280 |
281 |
282 |
283 |
284 |
285 **FOURTH SERIES** (1864-71), |
286 |
287 |
288 8 |
289 8 |
290 0 |
291 |
292 |
293 |
294 |
295 |
296 |
297 Any two years in this series can be had at Subscription price. |
298 |
299 |
300 |
301 |
302 |
303 |
304 |
305 |
306 |
307 (1864-65.) |
308 |
309 |
310 |
311 Lange on the Acts of the Apostles. 2 vols. |
312 |
313 |
314 |
315 Keil and Delitzsch on the Pentateuch. 3 vols. |
316 |
317 |
318 2 |
319 2 |
320 0 |
321 Hengstenberg on the Gospel of John. 2 vols. |
322 |
323 |
324 |
325 Keil and Delitzsch on Joshua, Judges, and Ruth. 1 vol. |
326 |
327 |
328 |
329 |
330 |
331 |
332 |
333 |
334 |
335 (1866.) |
336 |
337 |
338 |
339 Keil and Delitzsch on Samuel. 1 vol. |
340 |
341 |
342 |
343 Keil and Delitzsch on Job. 2 vols. |
344 |
345 |
346 1 |
347 1 |
348 0 |
349 Martensen's System of Christian Doctrine. 1 vol. |
350 |
351 |
352 |
353 |
354 |
355 |
356 |
357 |
358 |
359 (1867.) |
360 |
361 |
362 |
363 Delitzsch on Isaiah. Vol. i. |
364 |
365 |
366 |
367 Delitzsch on Biblical Psychology. |
368 |
369 |
370 1 |
371 1 |
372 0 |
373 Delitzsch on Isaiah. Vol. ii. |
374 |
375 |
376 |
377 Auberlen on Divine Revelation. |
378 |
379 |
380 |
381 |
382 |
383 |
384 |
385 |
386 |
387 (1868.) |
388 |
389 |
390 |
391 Keil's Commentary on the Minor Prophets. 2 vols. |
392 |
393 |
394 |
395 Delitzsch's Commentary on Epistle to the Hebrews. Vol. i. |
396 |
397 |
398 1 |
399 1 |
400 0 |
401 Harless' System of Christian Ethics. 1 vol. |
402 |
403 |
404 |
405 |
406 |
407 |
408 |
409 |
410 |
411 (1869.) |
412 |
413 |
414 |
415 Hengstenberg on Ezekiel. 1 vol. |
416 |
417 |
418 |
419 Stier on the Words of the Apostles. 1 vol. |
420 |
421 |
422 1 |
423 1 |
424 0 |
425 Keil's Introduction to the Old Testament. Vol. i. |
426 |
427 |
428 |
429 Bleek's Introduction to the New Testament. Vol. i. |
430 |
431 |
432 |
433 |
434 |
435 |
436 |
437 |
438 |
439 (1870.) |
440 |
441 |
442 |
443 Keil's Introduction to the Old Testament. Vol. ii. |
444 |
445 |
446 |
447 Bleek's Introduction to the New Testament. Vol. ii. |
448 |
449 |
450 1 |
451 1 |
452 0 |
453 Schmid's New Testament Theology. 1 vol. |
454 |
455 |
456 |
457 Delitzsch's Commentary on Epistle to the Hebrews. Vol. ii. |
458 |
459 |
460 |
461 |
462 |
463 |
464 |
465 |
466 |
467 *The First Issue for* 1871 *comprises*— |
468 |
469 |
470 |
471 Delitzsch's Commentary on the Psalms. Vols. i. and ii. |
472 |
473 |
474 1 |
475 1 |
476 0 |
477 *This Subscription includes other two volumes, the names of which will be announced shortly.* |
478 |
479 |
480 |
481 |
482 |
483 |
484 |
485 |
486 |
487 *The Retail Bookseller is entitled to charge* 24 *s. if the Subscription is not paid by his Customer in advance.* |
488 |
489 |
490 |
491 |
492 |
493 |
494 |
495 |
496 |
497 |
498 |
499 |
500 |
501 |
502 |
503 **BENGEL'S GNOMON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.** (Sixth
504 Thousand now ready.) Now first translated into English,
505 with Original Notes, Explanatory and Illustrative, in
506 five large volumes, demy 8vo, Edited by Rev. Andrew R.
507 Faussett, M.A., Rector of St. Cuthbert's, York, *netto* |
508 |
509 |
510 1 |
511 11 |
512 |
513 ---
FOOTNOTES:
91 [1] a.d. 410.
92 [2] *Retractations*, ii. 43.
93 [3] *Letters* 132-8.
94 [4] See some admirable remarks on this subject in the useful work of Beugnot,
95 *Histoire de la Destruction du Paganisme*, ii. 83 et sqq.
96 [5] As Waterland (iv. 760) does call it, adding that it is "his most learned,
97 most correct, and most elaborate work."
98 [6] For proof, see the Benedictine Preface.
99 [7] "Hitherto the Apologies had been framed to meet particular exigencies:
100 they were either brief and pregnant statements of the Christian doctrines; refutations
101 of prevalent calumnies; invectives against the follies and crimes of Paganism; or confutations of anti-Christian works like those of Celsus, Porphyry,
102 or Julian, closely following their course of argument, and rarely expanding
103 into general and comprehensive views of the great conflict."—Milman,
104 *History of Christianity*, iii. c. 10. We are not acquainted with any more
105 complete preface to the *City of God* than is contained in the two or three pages
106 which Milman has devoted to this subject.
107 [8] See the interesting remarks of Lactantius, *Instit.* vii. 25.
108 [9] "Hæret vox et singultus intercipiunt verba dictantis. Capitur urbs quæ
109 totum cepit orbem."—Jerome, iv. 783.
110 [10] See below, iv. 7.
111 [11] This is well brought out by Merivale, *Conversion of the Roman Empire*,
112 p. 145, etc.
113 [12] Ozanam, *History of Civilisation in the Fifth Century* (Eng. trans.), ii. 160.
114 [13] Abstracts of the work at greater or less length are given by Dupin, Bindemann,
115 Böhringer, Poujoulat, Ozanam, and others.
116 [14] His words are: "Plus on examine la Cité de Dieu, plus on reste convaincu
117 que cet ouvrage dût exercea tres-peu d'influence sur l'esprit des païens" (ii. 122);
118 and this though he thinks one cannot but be struck with the grandeur of the
119 ideas it contains.
120 [15] *History of Ecclesiastical Writers*, i. 406.
121 [16] *Huetiana*, p. 24.
122 [17] Flottes, *Etudes sur S. Augustin* (Paris, 1861), pp. 154-6, one of the most
123 accurate and interesting even of French monographs on theological writers.
124 [18] These editions will be found detailed in the second volume of Schoenemann's
125 *Bibliotheca Pat.*
126 [19] His words (in Ep. vi.) are quite worth quoting: "Cura rogo te, ut excudantur
127 aliquot centena exemplarium istius operis a reliquo Augustini corpore
128 separata; nam multi erunt studiosi qui Augustinum totum emere vel nollent,
129 vel non poterunt, quia non egebunt, seu quia tantum pecuniæ non habebunt.
130 Scio enim fere a deditis studiis istis elegantioribus præter hoc Augustini opus
131 nullum fere aliud legi ejusdem autoris."
132 [20] The fullest and fairest discussion of the very simple yet never settled question
133 of Augustine's learning will be found in Nourrisson's *Philosophie de S.
134 Augustin*, ii. 92-100.
135 [21] Erasmi *Epistolæ* xx. 2.
136 [22] A large part of it has been translated in Saisset's *Pantheism* (Clark, Edin.).
137 [23] By J. H., published in 1610, and again in 1620, with Vives' commentary.
138 [24] As the letters of Vives are not in every library, we give his comico-pathetic
139 account of the result of his Augustinian labours on his health: "Ex quo
140 Augustinum perfeci, nunquam valui ex sententia; proximâ vero hebdomade
141 et hac, fracto corpore cuncto, et nervis lassitudine quadam et debilitate dejectis,
142 in caput decem turres incumbere mihi videntur incidendo pondere, ac mole
143 intolerabili; isti sunt fructus studiorum, et merces pulcherrimi laboris; quid
144 labor et benefacta juvant?"
145 [25] See the Editor's Preface.
146 [26] Ps. xciv. 15, rendered otherwise in Eng. ver.
147 [27] Jas. iv. 6 and 1 Pet. v. 5.
148 [28] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 854.
149 [29] The Benedictines remind us that Alexander and Xenophon, at least on some
150 occasions, did so.
151 [30] Virgil, *Æneid*, ii. 501-2. The renderings of Virgil are from Conington.
152 [31] *Ibid.* ii. 166.
153 [32] *Ibid.*
154 [33] Horace, *Ep.* I. ii. 69.
155 [34] *Æneid*, i. 71.
156 [35] *Ibid.* ii. 319.
157 [36] *Ibid.* 293.
158 [37] Non numina bona, sed omina mala.
159 [38] Virgil, *Æneid*, ii. 761.
160 [39] Though "levis" was the word usually employed to signify the inconstancy
161 of the Greeks, it is evidently here used, in opposition to "immanis" of the following
162 clause, to indicate that the Greeks were more civilised than the barbarians,
163 and not relentless, but, as we say, easily moved.
164 [40] *De Conj. Cat.* c. 51.
165 [41] Sallust, *Cat. Conj.* ix.
166 [42] Ps. lxxxix. 32.
167 [43] Matt. v. 45.
168 [44] Rom. ii. 4.
169 [45] So Cyprian (*Contra Demetrianum*) says, "Pœnam de adversis mundi ille
170 sentit, cui et lætitia et gloria omnis in mundo est."
171 [46] Ezek. xxxiii. 6.
172 [47] Compare with this chapter the first homily of Chrysostom to the people of
173 Antioch.
174 [48] Rom. viii. 28.
175 [49] 1 Pet. iii. 4.
176 [50] 1 Tim. vi. 6-10.
177 [51] Job i. 21.
178 [52] 1 Tim. vi. 17-19.
179 [53] Matt. vi. 19-21.
180 [54] Paulinus was a native of Bordeaux, and both by inheritance and marriage
181 acquired great wealth, which, after his conversion in his thirty-sixth year, he
182 distributed to the poor. He became bishop of Nola in a.d. 409, being then in
183 his fifty-sixth year. Nola was taken by Alaric shortly after the sack of Rome.
184 [55] Much of a kindred nature might be gathered from the Stoics. Antoninus
185 says (ii. 14): "Though thou shouldest be going to live 3000 years, and as many
186 times 10,000 years, still remember that no man loses any other life than this
187 which he now lives, nor lives any other than this which he now loses. The
188 longest and the shortest are thus brought to the same."
189 [56] Augustine expresses himself more fully on this subject in his tract, *De
190 cura pro mortuis gerenda*.
191 [57] Matt. x. 28.
192 [58] Luke xii. 4.
193 [59] Ps. lxxix. 2, 3.
194 [60] Ps. cxvi. 15.
195 [61] Diogenes especially, and his followers. See also Seneca, *De Tranq.* c. 14,
196 and *Epist.* 92; and in Cicero's *Tusc. Disp.* i. 43, the answer of Theodorus, the
197 Cyrenian philosopher, to Lysimachus, who threatened him with the cross:
198 "Threaten that to your courtiers; it is of no consequence to Theodorus whether
199 he rot in the earth or in the air."
200 [62] Lucan, *Pharsalia*, vii. 819, of those whom Cæsar forbade to be buried after
201 the battle of Pharsalia.
202 [63] Gen. xxv. 9, xxxv. 29, etc.
203 [64] Gen. xlvii. 29, l. 24.
204 [65] Tob. xii. 12.
205 [66] Matt. xxvi. 10-13.
206 [67] John xix. 38.
207 [68] Dan. iii.
208 [69] Jonah.
209 [70] "Second to none," as he is called by Herodotus, who first of all tells his
210 well-known story (*Clio.* 23, 24).
211 [71] Augustine here uses the words of Cicero ("vigilando peremerunt"), who
212 refers to Regulus, *in Pisonem*, c. 19. Aulus Gellius, quoting Tubero and Tuditanus
213 (vi. 4), adds some further particulars regarding these tortures.
214 [72] As the Stoics generally would affirm.
215 [73] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 434.
216 [74] Plutarch's *Life of Cato*, 72.
217 [75] 1 Cor. ii. 11.
218 [76] Ecclus. iii. 27.
219 [77] Rom. xi. 33.
220 [78] Ps. xlii. 10.
221 [79] Ps. xcvi. 4, 5.
222 [80] Originally the spectators had to stand, and now (according to Livy, *Ep.*
223 xlviii.) the old custom was restored.
224 [81] Ps. xciv. 4.
225 [82] 2 Tim. iii. 7.
226 [83] "Pluvia defit, causa Christiani." Similar accusations and similar replies may
227 be seen in the celebrated passage of Tertullian's *Apol.* c. 40, and in the eloquent
228 exordium of Arnobius, *C. Gentes*.
229 [84] Augustine is supposed to refer to Symmachus, who similarly accused the
230 Christians in his address to the Emperor Valentinianus in the year 384. At
231 Augustine's request, Paulus Orosius wrote his history in confutation of Symmachus'
232 charges.
233 [85] Tertullian (*Apol.* c. 24) mentions Cœlestis as specially worshipped in Africa.
234 Augustine mentions her again in the 26th chapter of this book, and in other
235 parts of his works.
236 [86] Berecynthia is one of the many names of Rhea or Cybele. Livy (xxix. 11)
237 relates that the image of Cybele was brought to Rome the day before the ides
238 of April, which was accordingly dedicated as her feast-day. The image, it
239 seems, had to be washed in the stream Almon, a tributary of the Tiber, before
240 being placed in the temple of Victory; and each year, as the festival returned, the
241 washing was repeated with much pomp at the same spot. Hence Lucan's line
242 (i. 600), 'Et lotam parvo revocant Almone Cybelen,' and the elegant verses of
243 Ovid, *Fast.* iv. 337 et seq.
244 [87] "Fercula," dishes, or courses.
245 [88] See Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 24.
246 [89] Prov. vi. 26.
247 [90] Fugalia. Vives is uncertain to what feast Augustine refers. Censorinus
248 understands him to refer to a feast celebrating the expulsion of the kings from
249 Rome. This feast, however (celebrated on the 24th February), was commonly
250 called "Regifugium."
251 [91] Persius, *Sat.* iii. 66-72.
252 [92] See below, books viii.-xii.
253 [93] "Galli," the castrated priests of Cybele, who were named after the river
254 Gallus, in Phrygia, the water of which was supposed to intoxicate or madden
255 those who drank it. According to Vitruvius (viii. 3), there was a similar fountain
256 in Paphlagonia. Apuleius (*Golden Ass*, viii.) gives a graphic and
257 humorous description of the dress, dancing, and imposture of these priests;
258 mentioning, among other things, that they lashed themselves with whips and
259 cut themselves with knives till the ground was wet with blood.
260 [94] Persius, *Sat.* iii. 37.
261 [95] Ter. *Eun.* iii. 5. 36; and cf. the similar allusion in Aristoph. *Clouds*,
262 1033-4. It may be added that the argument of this chapter was largely used
263 by the wiser of the heathen themselves. Dionysius Hal. (ii. 20) and Seneca
264 (*De Brev. Vit.* c. xvi.) make the very same complaint; and it will be remembered
265 that his adoption of this reasoning was one of the grounds on which
266 Euripides was suspected of atheism.
267 [96] This sentence recalls Augustine's own experience as a boy, which he bewails
268 in his *Confessions*.
269 [97] Labeo, a jurist of the time of Augustus, learned in law and antiquities,
270 and the author of several works much prized by his own and some succeeding
271 ages. The two articles in Smith's Dictionary on Antistius and Cornelius
272 Labeo should be read.
273 [98] "Lectisternia," feasts in which the images of the gods were laid on pillows
274 in the streets, and all kinds of food set before them.
275 [99] According to Livy (vii. 2), theatrical exhibitions were introduced in the
276 year 392 a. u. c. Before that time, he says, there had only been the games of the
277 circus. The Romans sent to Etruria for players, who were called "histriones,"
278 "hister" being the Tuscan word for a player. Other particulars are added
279 by Livy.
280 [100] See the *Republic*, book iii.
281 [101] Comp. Tertullian, *De Spectac.* c. 22.
282 [102] The Egyptian gods represented with dogs' heads, called by Lucan (viii. 832)
283 *semicanes deos*.
284 [103] The Fever had, according to Vives, three altars in Rome. See Cicero, *De
285 Nat. Deor.* iii. 25, and Ælian, *Var. Hist.* xii. 11.
286 [104] Cicero, *De Republica*, v. Compare the third *Tusculan Quæst.* c. ii.
287 [105] In the year a.u. 299, three ambassadors were sent from Rome to Athens to
288 copy Solon's laws, and acquire information about the institutions of Greece.
289 On their return the Decemviri were appointed to draw up a code; and finally,
290 after some tragic interruptions, the celebrated Twelve Tables were accepted as
291 the fundamental statutes of Roman law (*fons universi publici privatique juris*).
292 These were graven on brass, and hung up for public information. Livy, iii.
293 31-34.
294 [106] Possibly he refers to Plautus' *Persa*, iv. 4. 11-14.
295 [107] Sallust, *Cat. Con.* ix. Compare the similar saying of Tacitus regarding
296 the chastity of the Germans: "Plusque ibi boni mores valent, quam alibi bonæ
297 leges" (*Germ.* xix.).
298 [108] The same collocation of words is used by Cicero with reference to the well-known
299 mode of renewing the appetite in use among the Romans.
300 [109] *Æneid*, ii. 351-2.
301 [110] 2 Cor. xi. 14.
302 [111] Cicero, *C. Verrem*, vi. 8.
303 [112] Cicero, *C. Catilinam*, iii. 8.
304 [113] Alluding to the sanctuary given to all who fled to Rome in its early days.
305 [114] Virgil, *Æneid*, i. 278.
306 [115] Compare Aug. *Epist. ad Deogratias*, 102, 13; and *De Præd. Sanct.* 19.
307 [116] Ch. iv.
308 [117] Virg. *Georg.* i. 502, 'Laomedonteæ luimus perjuria Trojæ.'
309 [118] *Iliad*, xx. 293 et seqq.
310 [119] *Æneid*, v. 810, 811.
311 [120] Gratis et ingratis.
312 [121] *De Conj. Cat.* vi.
313 [122] Helen's husband.
314 [123] Venus' husband.
315 [124] Suetonius, in his *Life of Julius Cæsar* (c. 6), relates that, in pronouncing a
316 funeral oration in praise of his aunt Julia, Cæsar claimed for the Julian gens to
317 which his family belonged a descent from Venus, through Iulus, son of Eneas.
318 [125] Livy, 83, one of the lost books; and Appian, *in Mithridat*.
319 [126] The gates of Janus were not the gates of a temple, but the gates of a passage
320 called Janus, which was used only for military purposes; shut therefore in peace,
321 open in war.
322 [127] The year of the Consuls T. Manlius and C. Atilius, a. u. c. 519.
323 [128] Sall. *Conj. Cat.* ii.
324 [129] *Æneid*, viii. 326-7.
325 [130] Sall. *Cat. Conj.* vi.
326 [131] *Æneid*, xi. 532.
327 [132] *Ibid.* x. 464.
328 [133] Livy, x. 47.
329 [134] Being son of Apollo.
330 [135] Virgil, *Æn.* i. 286.
331 [136] *Pharsal.* v. 1.
332 [137] *Æneid*, x. 821, of Lausus:
333 "But when Anchises' son surveyed
334 The fair, fair face so ghastly made,
335 He groaned, by tenderness unmanned,
336 And stretched the sympathizing hand," etc.
337 [138] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 813.
338 [139] Sallust, *Cat. Conj.* ii.
339 [140] Ps. x. 3.
340 [141] *Æneid*, ii. 351-2.
341 [142] Cicero, *De Rep.* ii. 10.
342 [143] *Contra Cat.* iii. 2.
343 [144] *Æneid*, vi. 820, etc.
344 [145] His nephew.
345 [146] *Hist.* i.
346 [147] Lectisternia, from *lectus*, a couch, and *sterno*, I spread.
347 [148] *Proletarius*, from *proles*, offspring.
348 [149] The oracle ran: "Dico te, Pyrrhe, vincere posse Romanos."
349 [150] Troy, Lavinia, Alba.
350 [151] Under the inscription on the temple some person wrote the line, "Vecordiæ
351 opus ædem facit Concordiæ"—The work of discord makes the temple of Concord.
352 [152] Cicero, *in Catilin.* iii. *sub. fin.*
353 [153] Lucan, *Pharsal.* ii. 142-146.
354 [154] Virgil, *Æneid*, i. 417.
355 [155] In Augustine's letter to Evodius (169), which was written towards the end
356 of the year 415, he mentions that this fourth book and the following one were
357 begun and finished during that same year.
358 [156] Comp. Bacon's *Essay on the Vicissitudes of Things*.
359 [157] Matt. v. 45.
360 [158] 2 Pet. ii. 19.
361 [159] Nonius Marcell. borrows this anecdote from Cicero, *De Repub.* iii.
362 [160] It was extinguished by Crassus in its third year.
363 [161] Cloacina, supposed by Lactantius (*De falsa relig.* i. 20), Cyprian (*De Idol.
364 vanit.*), and Augustine (*infra.*, c. 23) to be the goddess of the "cloaca," or sewage
365 of Rome. Others, however, suppose it to be equivalent to Cluacina, a title given
366 to Venus, because the Romans after the end of the Sabine war purified themselves
367 (*cluere*) in the vicinity of her statue.
368 [162] Forculum foribus, Cardeam cardini, Limentinum limini.
369 [163] Virgil, *Eclog.* iii. 60.
370 [164] Virgil, *Æneid*, i. 47.
371 [165] Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 25.
372 [166] Virgil, *Georg.* ii. 325, 326.
373 [167] Eusebius, *De Præp. Evang.* i. 10.
374 [168] Virgil, *Georg.* iv. 221, 222.
375 [169] The feminine Fortune.
376 [170] Hab. ii. 4.
377 [171] So called from the consent or harmony of the celestial movements of these
378 gods.
379 [172] *Tusc. Quæst.* i. 26.
380 [173] Livy, ii. 36; Cicero, *De Divin.* 26.
381 [174] Called by Cicero (*De Oratore*, i. 39) the most eloquent of lawyers, and the
382 best skilled lawyer among eloquent men.
383 [175] Superflua non nocent.
384 [176] Rom. i. 25.
385 [177] *De Divin.* ii. 37.
386 [178] Cic. *De Nat. Deorum*, lib. ii. c. 28.
387 [179] Superstition, from *superstes*. Against this etymology of Cicero, see Lact.
388 *Inst. Div.* iv. 28.
389 [180] Balbus, from *balbutiens*, stammering, babbling.
390 [181] See Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* i. 2.
391 [182] Plutarch's *Numa*, c. 8.
392 [183] Written in the year 415.
393 [184] On the application of astrology to national prosperity, and the success of
394 certain religions, see Lecky's *Rationalism*, i. 303.
395 [185] This fact is not recorded in any of the extant works of Hippocrates or Cicero.
396 Vives supposes it may have found place in Cicero's book, *De Fato*.
397 [186] *i.e.* the potter.
398 [187] *Epist.* 107.
399 [188] *Odyssey*, xviii. 136, 137.
400 [189] *De Divinat.* ii.
401 [190] Ps. xiv. 1
402 [191] Book iii.
403 [192] Ps. lxii. 11, 12.
404 [193] Sallust, *Cat.* vii.
405 [194] Augustine notes that the name consul is derived from *consulere*, and thus
406 signifies a more benign rule than that of a rex (from *regere*), or dominus (from
407 *dominari*).
408 [195] *Æneid*, viii. 646.
409 [196] *Æneid*, i. 279.
410 [197] *Ibid.* vi. 847.
411 [198] Sallust, *in Cat.* c. xi.
412 [199] Sallust, *in Cat.* c. 54.
413 [200] 2 Cor. i. 12.
414 [201] Gal. vi. 4.
415 [202] Sallust, *in Cat.* c. 52.
416 [203] Horace, *Epist.* i. 1. 36, 37.
417 [204] Hor. *Carm.* ii. 2.
418 [205] *Tusc. Quæst.* i. 2.
419 [206] John v. 44.
420 [207] John xii. 43.
421 [208] Matt. x. 33.
422 [209] Matt. vi. 1.
423 [210] Matt. v. 16.
424 [211] Matt. vi. 2.
425 [212] *Jactantia.*
426 [213] *Æneid*, vi. 820.
427 [214] Matt. x. 28.
428 [215] Matt. viii. 22.
429 [216] Acts ii. 45.
430 [217] Rom. viii. 18.
431 [218] Prov. viii. 15.
432 [219] *Æneid*, vii. 266.
433 [220] Job xxxiv. 30.
434 [221] Of the Thrasymene Lake and Cannæ.
435 [222] Constantinople.
436 [223] Constantius, Constantine, and Constans.
437 [224] *Panegyr. de tertio Honorii consulatu.*
438 [225] *Tusc. Quaest.* v. 19.
439 [226] Ps. xl. 4.
440 [227] Plato, in the *Timæus*.
441 [228] Ch. xi. and xxi.
442 [229] See Virgil, *Ec.* iii. 9.
443 [230] Of the four books *De Acad.*, dedicated to Varro, only a part of the first is
444 extant.
445 [231] Cicero, *De Quæst. Acad.* i. 3.
446 [232] In his book *De Metris*, chapter on phalæcian verses.
447 [233] Tarquin the Proud, having bought the books of the sibyl, appointed two
448 men to preserve and interpret them (Dionys. Halic. *Antiq.* iv. 62). These were
449 afterwards increased to ten, while the plebeians were contending for larger privileges;
450 and subsequently five more were added.
451 [234] Ch. 31.
452 [235] *Fabulare.*
453 [236] *Fabulosum.*
454 [237] *Civile.*
455 [238] *Timeri.*
456 [239] *Vereri.*
457 [240] *Intercido*, I cut or cleave.
458 [241] *Paranymphi.*
459 [242] Comp. Tertullian, *Adv. Nat.* ii. 11; Arnobius, *Contra Gent.* iv.; Lactantius,
460 *Inst.* i. 20.
461 [243] Mentioned also by Tertullian, *Apol.* 12, but not extant.
462 [244] *Numina.* Another reading is *nomina*; and with either reading another translation
463 is admissible: "One is announcing to a god the names (or gods) who
464 salute him."
465 [245] Tert. *Apol.* 13, "Nec electio sine reprobatione;" and *Ad Nationes*, ii. 9,
466 "Si dei ut bulbi seliguntur, qui non seliguntur, reprobi pronuntiantur."
467 [246] Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii., distinguishes this Liber from Liber Bacchus, son
468 of Jupiter and Semele.
469 [247] *Januam.*
470 [248] *Vivificator.*
471 [249] *Sensificator.*
472 [250] As we say, "right-minded."
473 [251] Ch. 21, 23.
474 [252] The father Saturn, and the mother Ops, *e.g.*, being more obscure than their
475 son Jupiter and daughter Juno.
476 [253] Sallust, *Cat. Conj.* ch. 8.
477 [254] Vicus argentarius.
478 [255] Virgil, *Æneid*, viii. 357, 358.
479 [256] Quadrifrons.
480 [257] Frons.
481 [258] "Quanto iste innocentior esset, tanto frontosior appareret;" being used for
482 the shamelessness of innocence, as we use "face" for the shamelessness of impudence.
483 [259] Cicero, *Tusc. Quæst.* v. 13.
484 [260] An interesting account of the changes made in the Roman year by Numa is
485 given in Plutarch's life of that king. Ovid also (*Fasti*, ii.) explains the derivation
486 of February, telling us that it was the last month of the old year, and
487 took its name from the lustrations performed then: "Februa Romani dixere
488 piamina patres."
489 [261] Ennius, in Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 18.
490 [262] John x. 9.
491 [263] *Georgic*, ii. 470.
492 [264] *Summa*, which also includes the meaning "last."
493 [265] Virgil, *Eclog.* iii. 60, who borrows the expression from the *Phænomena* of
494 Aratus.
495 [266] Soranus lived about b.c. 100. See Smith's *Dict.*
496 [267] Tigillus.
497 [268] Ruma.
498 [269] "Pecunia," that is, property; the original meaning of "pecunia" being
499 property in cattle, then property or wealth of any kind. Comp. Augustine,
500 *De discipl. Christ.* 6.
501 [270] Sallust, *Catil.* c. 11.
502 [271] Quasi medius currens.
503 [272] Nuncius.
504 [273] Enunciantur.
505 [274] Cœlo.
506 [275] Cœlum.
507 [276] Sc. Χρόνος.
508 [277] See c. 16.
509 [278] Varro, *De Ling. Lat.* v. 68.
510 [279] Nourisher.
511 [280] Returner.
512 [281] In the book *De Ratione Naturali Deorum*.
513 [282] Mundum.
514 [283] Immundum.
515 [284] Mundus.
516 [285] Mundum.
517 [286] Virgil, *Æneid*, viii. 319-20.
518 [287] In the *Timæus*.
519 [288] Plutarch's *Numa*; Livy, xl. 29.
520 [289] Comp. Lactantius, *Instit.* i. 6.
521 [290] Egesserit.
522 [291] Wisdom vii. 24-27.
523 [292] "Sapiens," that is, a wise man, one who had attained to wisdom.
524 [293] Finem boni.
525 [294] Dii majorum gentium.
526 [295] Book i. 13.
527 [296] Rom. i. 19, 20.
528 [297] Col. ii. 8.
529 [298] Rom. i. 19, 20.
530 [299] Acts xvii. 28.
531 [300] Rom. i. 21-23.
532 [301] *De Doctrina Christiana*, ii. 43. Comp. *Retract.* ii. 4, 2.
533 [302] Liberating Jewish slaves, and sending gifts to the temple. See Josephus,
534 *Ant.* xii. 2.
535 [303] Gen. i. 1, 2.
536 [304] Spiritus.
537 [305] Ex. iii. 14.
538 [306] Rom. i. 20.
539 [307] Ch. 14.
540 [308] *De Deo Socratis.*
541 [309] Virgil, *Æn.* 7. 338.
542 [310] Virgil, *Æn.* 4. 492, 493.
543 [311] Virgil, *Ec.* 8. 99.
544 [312] Pliny (*Hist. Nat.* xxviii. 2) and others quote the law as running: "Qui
545 fruges incantasit, qui malum carmen incantasit.... neu alienam segetem
546 pelexeris."
547 [313] Before Claudius, the prefect of Africa, a heathen.
548 [314] Another reading, "whom they could not know, though near to themselves."
549 [315] These quotations are from a dialogue between Hermes and Æsculapius,
550 which is said to have been translated into Latin by Apuleius.
551 [316] Rom. i. 21.
552 [317] Jer. xvi. 20.
553 [318] Zech. xiii. 2.
554 [319] Isa. xix. 1.
555 [320] Matt. xvi. 16.
556 [321] Matt. viii. 29.
557 [322] Ps. xcvi. 1.
558 [323] Ps. cxv. 5, etc.
559 [324] 1 Cor. x. 19, 20.
560 [325] Ps. xcvi. 1-5.
561 [326] Jer. xvi. 20.
562 [327] Ornamenta memoriarum.
563 [328] Comp. *The Confessions*, vi. 2.
564 [329] See Plutarch, on the Cessation of Oracles.
565 [330] The *De Deo Socratis.*
566 [331] *De Fin.* iii. 20; *Tusc. Disp.* iii. 4.
567 [332] The distinction between *bona* and *commoda* is thus given by Seneca (*Ep.* 87,
568 *ad fin.*): "Commodum est quod plus usus est quam molestiæ; bonum sincerum
569 debet esse et ab omni parte innoxium."
570 [333] Book xix. ch. 1.
571 [334] See *Diog. Laert.* ii. 71.
572 [335] Virgil, *Æneid*, iv. 449.
573 [336] Seneca, *De Clem.* ii. 4 and 5.
574 [337] *Pro. Lig.* c. 12.
575 [338] *De Oratore*, i. 11, 47.
576 [339] *De Deo Soc.*
577 [340] *De Deo Soc.*
578 [341] *De Deo Soc.*
579 [342] *Cat. Conj.* i.
580 [343] Plotinus died in 270 a.d. For his relation to Plato, see Augustine's *Contra
581 Acad.* iii. 41.
582 [344] *Ennead.* iv. 3. 12.
583 [345] Apuleius, not Plotinus.
584 [346] *De Deo Socratis.*
585 [347] Apuleius, *ibid.*
586 [348] Virgil, *Georg.* i. 5.
587 [349] Augustine apparently quotes from memory from two passages of the *Enneades*,
588 I. vi. 8, and ii. 3.
589 [350] Or, humanity.
590 [351] Comp. *De Trin.* 13. 22.
591 [352] 1 Tim. ii. 5.
592 [353] δαίμων = δαήμων, knowing; so Plato, *Cratylus*, 398. b.
593 [354] 1 Cor. viii. 1.
594 [355] Mark i. 24.
595 [356] Matt. iv. 3-11.
596 [357] *Timæus.*
597 [358] Ps. l. 1.
598 [359] Ps. cxxxvi. 2.
599 [360] Ps. xcv. 3.
600 [361] Ps. xcvi. 5, 6.
601 [362] Ps. lxxxii. 6.
602 [363] 1 Cor. viii. 5, 6.
603 [364] Rom. i. 21.
604 [365] Eph. vi. 5.
605 [366] Namely, δουλεία: comp. *Quæst. in Exod.* 94; *Quæst. in Gen.* 21; *Contra
606 Faustum*, 15, 9, etc.
607 [367] Agricolæ, coloni, incolæ.
608 [368] Virgil, *Eneid*, i. 12.
609 [369] 2 Chron. xxx. 9; Eccl. xi. 13; Judith vii. 20.
610 [370] Ps. lxxxii. 6.
611 [371] John i. 6-9.
612 [372] *Ibid.* 16.
613 [373] Augustine here remarks, in a clause that cannot be given in English, that
614 the word *religio* is derived from *religere*.—So Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 28.
615 [374] Matt. xxii. 37-40.
616 [375] Ps. lxxiii. 28.
617 [376] Ex. xxii. 20.
618 [377] Ps. xvi. 2.
619 [378] Ps. li. 16, 17.
620 [379] Ps. l. 12, 13.
621 [380] Ps. l. 14, 15.
622 [381] Micah vi. 6-8.
623 [382] Heb. xiii. 16.
624 [383] Hos. vi. 6.
625 [384] Matt. xxii. 40.
626 [385] On the service rendered to the Church by this definition, see Waterland's
627 Works, v. 124.
628 [386] Literally, a sacred action.
629 [387] Ecclus. xxx. 24.
630 [388] Rom. vi. 13.
631 [389] Rom. xii. 1.
632 [390] Rom. xii. 2.
633 [391] Ps. lxxiii. 28.
634 [392] Rom. xii. 3-6.
635 [393] Ps. lxxxvii. 3.
636 [394] Ex. xxii. 20.
637 [395] Gen. xviii. 18.
638 [396] Gen. xv. 17. In his *Retractations*, ii. 43, Augustine says that he should not
639 have spoken of this as miraculous, because it was an appearance seen in sleep.
640 [397] Gen. xviii.
641 [398] *Goetia.*
642 [399] 2 Cor. xi. 14.
643 [400] Virgil, *Georg.* iv. 411.
644 [401] Ex. xxxiii. 13.
645 [402] Plotin. *Ennead.* III. ii. 13.
646 [403] Matt. vi. 28-30.
647 [404] Acts vii. 53.
648 [405] *Ennead.* I. vi. 7.
649 [406] Meaning, officious meddlers.
650 [407] *Pharsal.* vi. 503.
651 [408] Ps. lxxiii. 28.
652 [409] *Æneid*, vii. 310.
653 [410] *Æneid*, iii. 438, 439.
654 [411] *Teletis.*
655 [412] The Platonists of the Alexandrian and Athenian schools, from Plotinus to
656 Proclus, are at one in recognising in God three principles or hypostases: 1st,
657 the One or the Good, which is the Father; 2d, the Intelligence or Word, which
658 is the Son; 3d, the Soul, which is the universal principle of life. But as to
659 the nature and order of these hypostases, the Alexandrians are no longer at one
660 with the school of Athens. On the very subtle differences between the Trinity
661 of Plotinus and that of Porphyry, consult M. Jules Simon, ii. 110, and M.
662 Vacherot, ii. 37.—Saisset.
663 [413] See below, c. 28.
664 [414] *Ennead.* v. 1.
665 [415] John i. 14.
666 [416] John vi. 60-64.
667 [417] John viii. 25; or "the beginning," following a different reading from ours.
668 [418] Ps. lxxiii. 28.
669 [419] Ps. lxxxiv. 2.
670 [420] Matt. xxiii. 26.
671 [421] Rom. viii. 24, 25.
672 [422] See above, c. 9.
673 [423] Virgil, *Eclog.* iv. 13, 14.
674 [424] Isa. xxix. 14.
675 [425] 1 Cor. i. 19-25.
676 [426] According to another reading, "You might have seen it to be," etc.
677 [427] John i. 1-5.
678 [428] John i. 14.
679 [429] Comp. Euseb. *Præp. Evan.* xiii. 16.
680 [430] *Ennead.* iii. 4. 2.
681 [431] *Æneid*, vi. 750, 751.
682 [432] *Inductio.*
683 [433] Namely, under Diocletian and Maximian.
684 [434] Gen. xxii. 18.
685 [435] Gal. iii. 19.
686 [436] Ps. lxvii. 1, 2.
687 [437] John xiv. 6.
688 [438] Isa. ii. 2, 3.
689 [439] Luke xxiv. 44-47.
690 [440] Written in the year 416 or 417.
691 [441] Ps. lxxxvii. 3.
692 [442] Ps. xlviii. 1.
693 [443] Ps. xlvi. 4.
694 [444] Homine assumto, non Deo consumto.
695 [445] Quo itur Deus, qua itur homo.
696 [446] A clause is here inserted to give the etymology of *præsentia* from *præ
697 vensibus*.
698 [447] Another derivation, *sententia* from *sensus*, the inward perception of the
699 mind.
700 [448] Gen. i. 1.
701 [449] Prov. viii. 27.
702 [450] Matt. xviii. 10.
703 [451] A common question among the Epicureans; urged by Velleius in Cic. *De
704 Nat. Deor.* i. 9; adopted by the Manichæans and spoken to by Augustine in
705 the *Conf.* xi. 10, 12, also in *De Gen. contra Man.* i. 3.
706 [452] The Neo-Platonists.
707 [453] Number begins at one, but runs on infinitely.
708 [454] Gal. iv. 26.
709 [455] 1 Thess. v. 5.
710 [456] Comp. *de Gen. ad lit.* i. and iv.
711 [457] Ver. 35.
712 [458] Ps. cxlviii. 1-5.
713 [459] Job xxxviii. 7.
714 [460] Vives here notes that the Greek theologians and Jerome held, with Plato, that
715 spiritual creatures were made first, and used by God in the creation of things
716 material. The Latin theologians and Basil held that God made all things at
717 once.
718 [461] John i. 9.
719 [462] Mali enim nulla natura est: sed amissio boni, mali nomen accepit.
720 [463] Plutarch (*De Plac. Phil.* i. 3, and iv. 3) tells us that this opinion was held
721 by Anaximenes of Miletus, the followers of Anaxagoras, and many of the Stoics.
722 Diogenes the Cynic, as well as Diogenes of Apollonia, seems to have adopted the
723 same opinion. See Zeller's *Stoics*, pp. 121 and 199.
724 [464] "Ubi lux non est, tenebræ sunt, non quia aliquid sunt tenebræ, sed ipsa
725 lucis absentia tenebræ dicuntur."—Aug. *De Gen. contra Man.* 7.
726 [465] Wisdom vii. 22.
727 [466] The strongly Platonic tinge of this language is perhaps best preserved in a
728 bare literal translation.
729 [467] Vives remarks that the ancients defined blessedness as an absolutely perfect
730 state in all good, peculiar to God. Perhaps Augustine had a reminiscence of
731 the remarkable discussion in the *Tusc. Disp.* lib. v., and the definition "Neque
732 ulla alia huic verbo, quum beatum dicimus, subjecta notio est, nisi, secretis
733 malis omnibus, cumulata bonorum complexio."
734 [468] With this chapter compare the books *De Dono Persever.* and *De Correp.
735 et Gratia*.
736 [469] Matt. xxv. 46.
737 [470] John viii. 44.
738 [471] 1 John iii. 8.
739 [472] Cf. *Gen. ad Lit.* xi. 27 et seqq.
740 [473] Ps. xvii. 6.
741 [474] 1 John iii. 8.
742 [475] The Manichæans.
743 [476] Isa. xiv. 12.
744 [477] Ezek. xxviii. 13.
745 [478] Job xl. 14 (LXX.).
746 [479] Ps. civ. 26.
747 [480] Job. xl. 14 (LXX.).
748 [481] It must be kept in view that "vice" has, in this passage, the meaning of
749 sinful blemish.
750 [482] Ps. civ. 26.
751 [483] Quintilian uses it commonly in the sense of antithesis.
752 [484] 2 Cor. vi. 7-10.
753 [485] Ecclus. xxxiii. 15.
754 [486] Gen. i. 14-18.
755 [487] The reference is to the *Timæus*, p. 37 C., where he says, "When the parent
756 Creator perceived this created image of the eternal gods in life and motion, He
757 was delighted, and in His joy considered how He might make it still liker its
758 model."
759 [488] Jas. i. 17.
760 [489] The passage referred to is in the Timæus, p. 29 D.: "Let us say what was
761 the cause of the Creator's forming this universe. He was good; and in the
762 good no envy is ever generated about anything whatever. Therefore, being
763 free from envy, He desired that all things should, as much as possible, resemble
764 Himself."
765 [490] The Manichæans, to wit.
766 [491] Gen. i. 31.
767 [492] *Proprietas.*
768 [493] This is one of the passages cited by Sir William Hamilton, along with the
769 "Cogito, ergo sum" of Descartes, in confirmation of his proof, that in so far as
770 we are *conscious* of certain modes of existence, in so far we possess an absolute
771 certainty that we exist. See note A in Hamilton's *Reid*, p. 744.
772 [494] Compare the *Confessions*, xiii. 9.
773 [495] Ch. 7.
774 [496] Or aliquot parts.
775 [497] Comp. Aug. *Gen. ad Lit.* iv. 2, and *De Trinitate*, iv. 7.
776 [498] For passages illustrating early opinions regarding numbers, see Smith's
777 *Dict.* Art. number.
778 [499] Wisd. xi. 20.
779 [500] Prov. xxiv. 16.
780 [501] Ps. cxix. 164.
781 [502] Ps. xxxiv. 1.
782 [503] John xvi. 13.
783 [504] In Isa. xi. 2, as he shows in his eighth sermon, where this subject is further
784 pursued; otherwise, one might have supposed he referred to Rev. iii. 1.
785 [505] 1 Cor. xiii. 10.
786 [506] Augustine refers to John viii. 25; see p. 415. He might rather have referred
787 to Rev. iii. 14.
788 [507] Ps. civ. 24.
789 [508] Matt. xxii. 30.
790 [509] Matt. xviii. 10.
791 [510] 2 Peter ii. 4.
792 [511] Eph. v. 8.
793 [512] Ps. cxlviii. 2.
794 [513] Matt. iv. 9.
795 [514] Jas. iv. 6.
796 [515] 1 Thess. v. 5
797 [516] Augustine himself published this idea in his *Conf.* xiii. 32, but afterwards
798 retracted it, as "said without sufficient consideration" (*Retract.* II. vi. 2).
799 Epiphanius and Jerome ascribe it to Origen.
800 [517] Gen. i. 6.
801 [518] Namely, the Audians and Sampsæans, insignificant heretical sects mentioned
802 by Theodoret and Epiphanius.
803 [519] Ps. xcv. 5.
804 [520] *Vitium*: perhaps "fault" most nearly embraces all the uses of this word.
805 [521] Essentia.
806 [522] Ex. iii. 14.
807 [523] Quintilian calls it *dura*.
808 [524] With this may be compared the argument of Socrates in the *Gorgias*, in
809 which it is shown that to escape punishment is worse than to suffer it, and that
810 the greatest of evils is to do wrong and not be chastised.
811 [525] Eccles. x. 13.
812 [526] Specie.
813 [527] Ps. xix. 12.
814 [528] C. 13.
815 [529] Rom. v. 5.
816 [530] Ps. lxxiii. 28.
817 [531] *De Deo Socratis.*
818 [532] Augustine no doubt refers to the interesting account given by Critias, near
819 the beginning of the *Timæus*, of the conversation of Solon with the Egyptian
820 priests.
821 [533] Augustine here follows the chronology of Eusebius, who reckons 5611 years
822 from the Creation to the taking of Rome by the Goths; adopting the Septuagint
823 version of the patriarchal ages.
824 [534] See above, viii. 5.
825 [535] It is not apparent to what Augustine refers. The Arcadians, according
826 to Macrobius (*Saturn.* i. 7), divided their year into three months, and the
827 Egyptians divided theirs into three seasons: each of these seasons having four
828 months, it is possible that Augustine may have referred to this. See Wilkinson's
829 excursus on the Egyptian year, in Rawlinson's *Herod.* Book ii.
830 [536] The former opinion was held by Democritus and his disciple Epicurus; the
831 latter by Heraclitus, who supposed that "God amused Himself" by thus renewing
832 worlds.
833 [537] The Alexandrian Neo-Platonists endeavoured in this way to escape from
834 the obvious meaning of the *Timæus*.
835 [538] Antoninus says (ii. 14), "All things from eternity are of like forms, and
836 come round in a circle." Cf. also ix. 28, and the references to more ancient
837 philosophical writers in Gataker's notes on these passages.
838 [539] Eccles. i. 9, 10. So Origen, *de Prin.* iii. 5, and ii. 3.
839 [540] Rom. vi. 9.
840 [541] 1 Thess. iv. 16.
841 [542] Ps. xii. 7.
842 [543] Cf. *de Trin.* v. 17.
843 [544] Wisdom ix. 13-15.
844 [545] Gen. i. 1.
845 [546] Gen. i. 14.
846 [547] Rom. xii. 3.
847 [548] Titus i. 2, 3. Augustine here follows the version of Jerome, and not the
848 Vulgate. Comp. *Contra Priscill.* 6, and *de Gen. c. Man.* iv. 4.
849 [549] 2 Cor. x. 12. Here, and in *Enar. in* Ps. xxxiv., and also in *Cont. Faust.*
850 xxii. 47, Augustine follows the Greek, and not the Vulgate.
851 [550] *i.e.* indefinite, or an indefinite succession of things.
852 [551] Again in the *Timæus*.
853 [552] Wisdom xi. 20.
854 [553] Isa. xl. 26.
855 [554] Matt. x. 30.
856 [555] Ps. cxlvii. 5.
857 [556] De sæculis sæculorum.
858 [557] Ps. cxlviii. 4.
859 [558] Cicero has the same (*de Amicitia*, 16): "Quonam modo quisquam amicus
860 esse poterit, cui se putabit inimicum esse posse?" He also quotes Scipio to the
861 effect that no sentiment is more unfriendly to friendship than this, that we should
862 love as if some day we were to hate.
863 [559] C. 30.
864 [560] Coquæus remarks that this is levelled against the Pelagians.
865 [561]
866 "Quando leoni
867 Fortior eripuit vitam leo? quo nemore unquam
868 Exspiravit aper majoris dentibus apri?
869 Indica tigris agit rabida cum tigride pacem
870 Perpetuam; sævis inter se convenit ursis.
871 Ast homini," etc.
872 Juvenal, *Sat.* xv. 160-5.
873 —See also the very striking lines which precede these.
874 [562] See this further discussed in *Gen. ad Lit.* vii. 35, and in Delitzsch's *Bibl.
875 Psychology*.
876 [563] Jer. xxiii. 24.
877 [564] Wisdom viii. 1.
878 [565] 1 Cor. iii. 7.
879 [566] 1 Cor. xv. 38.
880 [567] Jer. i. 5.
881 [568] Compare *de Trin.* iii. 13-16.
882 [569] See Book xi. 5.
883 [570] "The Deity, desirous of making the universe in all respects resemble the
884 most beautiful and entirely perfect of intelligible objects, formed it into one
885 visible animal, containing within itself all the other animals with which it is
886 naturally allied."—*Timæus*, c. xi.
887 [571] Ps. xlvi. 8.
888 [572] Ps. xxv. 10.
889 [573] Matt. x. 28.
890 [574] On this question compare the 24th and 25th epistles of Jerome, *de obitu
891 Leæ*, and *de obitu Blesillæ filiæ*. Coquæus.
892 [575] Ps. xlix. 12.
893 [576] On which see further in *de Peccat. Mer.* i. 67 et seq.
894 [577] *De Baptismo Parvulorum* is the second half of the title of the book, *de
895 Peccatorum Meritis et Remissione*.
896 [578] 1 Cor. xv. 56.
897 [579] Rom. vii. 12, 13.
898 [580] Literally, unregenerate.
899 [581] John iii. 5.
900 [582] Matt. x. 32.
901 [583] Matt. xvi. 25.
902 [584] Ps. cxvi. 15.
903 [585] Much of this paradoxical statement about death is taken from Seneca. See,
904 among other places, his epistle on the premeditation of future dangers, the
905 passage beginning, "Quotidie morimur, quotidie enim demitur aliqua pars
906 vitæ."
907 [586] Ecclus. xi. 28.
908 [587] Ps. vi. 5.
909 [588] Gen. ii. 17.
910 [589] Gal. v. 17.
911 [590] Gen. ii. 17.
912 [591] Gen. iii. 9.
913 [592] Gen. iii. 19.
914 [593] Wisdom ix. 15.
915 [594] A translation of part of the *Timæus*, given in a little book of Cicero's, *De
916 Universo*.
917 [595] Plato, in the *Timæus*, represents the Demiurgus as constructing the *kosmos*
918 or universe to be a complete representation of the idea of animal. He planted
919 in its centre a soul, spreading outwards so as to pervade the whole body of the
920 *kosmos*; and then he introduced into it those various species of animals which
921 were contained in the idea of animal. Among these animals stand first the
922 celestial, the gods embodied in the stars; and of these the oldest is the earth, set
923 in the centre of all, close packed round the great axis which traverses the centre
924 of the *kosmos*.—See the *Timæus* and Grote's *Plato*, iii. 250 et seq.
925 [596] On these numbers see Grote's *Plato*, iii. 254.
926 [597] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 750, 751.
927 [598] Book x. 30.
928 [599] A catena of passages, showing that this is the catholic Christian faith, will
929 be found in Bull's *State of Man before the Fall* (*Works*, vol. ii.).
930 [600] 1 Cor. xv. 42.
931 [601] Prov. iii. 18.
932 [602] 1 Cor. x. 4.
933 [603] Cant. iv. 13.
934 [604] Ps. xlii. 6.
935 [605] Ps. lix. 9.
936 [606] Those who wish to pursue this subject will find a pretty full collection of
937 opinions in the learned commentary on Genesis by the Jesuit Pererius. Philo
938 was, of course, the leading culprit, but Ambrose and other Church fathers went
939 nearly as far. Augustine condemns the Seleucians for this among other heresies,
940 that they denied a visible Paradise.—*De Hæres.* 59.
941 [607] Tobit xii. 19.
942 [608] Gen. ii. 17.
943 [609] Rom. viii. 10, 11.
944 [610] Gen. iii. 19.
945 [611] "In uno commune factum est omnibus."
946 [612] Rom. viii. 28, 29.
947 [613] 1 Cor. xv. 42-45.
948 [614] Gen. ii. 7.
949 [615] 1 Cor. xv. 47-49.
950 [616] Gal. iii. 27.
951 [617] Rom. viii. 24.
952 [618] 1 Cor. xv. 21, 22.
953 [619] Gen. ii. 7.
954 [620] John xx. 22.
955 [621] Gen. ii. 6.
956 [622] 2 Cor. iv. 16.
957 [623] 1 Cor. ii. 11.
958 [624] Eccles. iii. 21.
959 [625] Ps. cxlviii. 8.
960 [626] Matt. xxviii. 19.
961 [627] John iv. 24.
962 [628] "Breath," Eng. ver.
963 [629] Gen. i. 24.
964 [630] Ecclus. xxiv. 3.
965 [631] Rev. iii. 16.
966 [632] 1 Cor. xv. 44-49.
Transcriber's Notes:
94 - Obvious punctuation and spelling errors have been fixed throughout.
95 - Inconsistent hyphenation is as in the original.
96 - New original cover art included with this eBook is granted to the public domain.